(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A dictionary of the Asante and Fante language called Tshi (Chwee, Tw̌i) : with a grammatical introduction and appendices on the geography of the Gold Coast and other subjects"

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at http : //books . google . com/| 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



){E 3^3 2/ 



HARVARD COLLEGE 
LIBRARY 



FROM THE BEQUEST OF 

THOMAS WREN WARD 

Treasurer of Harvard College 
1830-1842 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



A 

DICTIONAEY 



OP THE 



ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE 

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TVri). 



Digitized by Google \ 






Digitized by LjOOQIC 



A 

DICTIONARY 



OK THE 



ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE 

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TWI), 

WITH 

A GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION 

AND APPENDICES ON 

THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE GOLD COAST 

AND OTHER SUBJECTS. 



BY 

REV. J. G. CHRISTALLER, 

OF THB BA8XL GBUIAK EVAKOBUCAI. MIB8IOH, W. AVBICA. 



BASEL: 188L 

PRINTED FOR THE EVANGELICAL MISSIONARY SOCIETY. 
Sold by thb MissioNS-BrcBDANDLUNG, Baskl, Switzrhland, 
BY TbCbnbr & Co. 57 A 59 Lupoatk Hill, London, 
AMD » THE Book Dbpobitory of thb Basxl Mission, Christiansborg, G. C, W. A. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 






n.^fV 1 " i'.'f\] 



"/^ARVARD^ 
UNIVERSITY] 

imfJARY 
I FEB 27 1S62 



v\a^ 






Printer: L. RKINHARI>T (formerly C. Sch.iltsc), Batd. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



PREFACE. 

This Dictionary follo'ws **A Orammar of the Asante and 
Fante Language called Tshi (Chtoeef Twi), based on the Aknapem 
Dialect, with reference to the other (Akan and Fante) Dialects/ 
by the same author, Basel 1875. The said Grammar has been 
approYcd by several philologists in Germany and France.^) It 
has, however, not met with the same favourable reception on the 
Gold Coast, at least beyond the sphere of the Basel German 
Mission ; but it is hoped that the present Dictionary will be more 
welcome to educated Fantes on account of its more prominent 
practical usefulness, and because in it the Fante dialect has been 
more extensively referred to than in the Grammar. 

2. The Dictionary appears now somewhat delayed by the 
claims which six other publications in Tshi and three in Akra 
made on the author, and its publication has taken considerable 
time because its loose sheets were sent to an intelligent native 
of the G^ld Coast, whose judgement has been of great value to 
the author, for corrections and additions. 

If the work has been long in coming out, it is hoped that 
it will be the more useful and will not prove short-lived. If it 
has become larger than any other existing Dictionary of a Negro 
language, this has at least not been the intention of the author; 
the ample materials collected with the help of clever and in- 
telligent natives made it a matter of course, if not a duty, to 
store up whatever may bo useful for his successors. 

3. The persons for whose benefit the author has written, 
are 1. the missionaries, not only of his own society, in Akuapem, 
Akem, Okwawu &c., but also of the Wesleyan Methodists in the 
Fante country ; — 2. Europeans who are interested in philology 
or in any capacity called to have intercourse with the natives 
of the coast or inland countries; — 3. the educated natives, be 
they employed in Christian churches and Mission or Government 

*) Cf. Lazarus nnd Steinthal, Zeitscbrift fiir Volker-Psychoiogie und 
Sprachenkunde 1876, p. 164—172. By the "Institut deFraace" a gold medal 
of 300 francs has been awarded to the author. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



VI Preface. 

schools, or whatever occupation may he their inducement to the 
study of languages; all these may also be helped by the book 
in their endeavours to acquire the English language. 

4. The materials of the work have been collected during 
more than 25 years' study of the language. The words were 
gathered from all available sources in the various ways alluded 
to in the preface to the Grammar p. Iseq. When the author left 
the Gold Coast in 1868, he took with him, besides an entire 
translation of the Bible in manuscript t>r in newly revised printed 
portions, a good number of other manuscripts and of materials 
for a dictionary collected by personal intercourse with natives 
of various places and tribes, among whom I reckon first the 
helpers at the work of translation, who also, with other assistants, 
contributed a good deal of proverbs and other folk-lore &c. 
And whilst the Bible was in printing and twenty other new 
publications or revised reprints were in preparing, the author 
received, besides manuscripts for several of these new works, 
many letters and answers on various questions concerning those 
different publications, also new contributions for the dictionary 
and essays on mythological and historical objects, partly from 
the native missionary D. Asante, partly from other educated 
natives. — The Vocabulary of H. N. Riis has been carefully 
compared and every word or phrase found correct or rectified 
has been embodied in the present dictionary, sometimes with 
reference to the work of Riis. — A rich source of words has 
been opened in the native proverbs, the printed collection of 
which embraces more than 3600. The reader is often referred 
to this for brevity's sake. 

5. The Dialects of the language are described in the Gram- 
mar p. XVII seq. & 185-196, where also the claims of both the 
Akan and Fante dialects and the intermediate literary dialect 
are sufficiently discussed. I do not find any cause to retract 
what is stated there, though I have since then become better 
acquainted with the Fante dialect through A. W. Parker's books 
(see p. XVI), many words and phrases of which have been in- 
corporated in this work. I have also obtained some more in- 
formation about the Akan and the Br5n or Kam&na dialects, 
and may sum up my impressions in this manner: 

(1) The Akan dialect is considered to be spoken purest in 
Akem; but by its dainty and affected mode of expression (e.g. 
the frequent e$ & oo, where most other dialects have simply 
e & o, as, adee, a8e§, kore§, Qbo^, sog, = ade, ase, kge, obo, so) 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Preface. VII 

it appears less fit to become the common dialect of all Tsbi 
tribes. — The dialect of Asante agrees in all essentials with 
ihat of Akem, only the pronunciation is "broad and hard (tet^re 
dennSnnen)" e. g. they pronounce "kfire" instead of "kyere", — 
vhilst in Akem it is ''soft and delicate (boko frenkyemm)." 
The other countries in which Akan is spoken are Adause, Asen, 
Dankyira, Twiforo, Akwam, all these with little deviations from 
Akem and Asante, and Akuapem, on which see No. (2). 

(2) The dialect of Akuapem, derived from Akem and Akwam 
and having points of contact with Bron and Fante, appears on 
the whole the one most suited to become the literary idiom 
equally intelligible to all the other tribes. See 6r. p. XIX, and, 
on the influences of Fante, the small English-Tshi-Akra Dictionary 
of 1874, p. XI. 

(S) The Br5n or Eam&na dialects are spoken in the coun- 
tries N. & X.E. of the Akan countries, viz. Kam&na, Okwawu, 
Nkoransa, Broh Ac, also in Pae (E. of the Volta). These dialects 
seem to be genuine Tshi, but are deemed inferior to Akan, prob- 
ably on account of archaisms or admixture of foreign elements. 
Broil is also spoken beyond the territories of the genuine Tshi 
people by tribes which had or still have a separate language 
of their own, as Gyaman and the tribes E. of the Volta speaking 
6uan, viz. Nt^ummuru, K&rakye, Worawora or Boem, Nkonyfi. 

(4) The Fante dialects have not followed the other dialects 
In changing the commencing sounds kw, gw, hw, before palatal 
vowels, into tw, dw, fw, and in occasionally softening b (espec. 
in diminutives) into w &c., but have deviated from them by 
changing t, d, n, before (e) e, i, into ts, dz, ny, and by curtail- 
ing many terminations by cutting off their final vowels. 

6. In the Introductory Notes to my Grammar § 4 (p. XVII 
seq.) I had to censure the system of orthography advised by 
D. L. Carr and J. P. Brown in their "Mfantsi Grammar**, Cape 
Coast, 1868. Now I am under the necessity of criticizing the 
orthography chosen by the Eev. A. W. Parker in his translation 
of the Gospels of Matthew and Mark into the "Fante Language**, 
printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, London 1877, and 
in three previous smaller publications, however gladly I welcome 
these works as the beginning of a Fante literature. Mr. Parker 
is right in using ten vowels instead of the five a e 1 o u, but 
he employs the diacritical dot under each of those five vowels 
in a manner repugnant to the orthography followed in our 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



VIII Preface. 



numerous books in conformity with the Standard Alphabet of 
Dr. Lepsius. If he had no knowledge of the said Standard 
Alphabet, of which the secretaries of the Wesleyan Missionarj 
Society had officially expressed their cordial approval, he was 
at least in the possession of some of our four editions of the 
Tshi Gospels, his own translation of the two first Gospels ia 
the ^^Fante Language^' affording unmistakable proofs that he 
has made use of them, as was proper and right. The Scriptures 
in Tshi have been translated and printed by the long continued 
labours of Basel missionaries and their native assistants, and 
by the generous help of the British and Foreign Bible Society, 
without any self-ihterested motives, for the whole Tshi nation^ 
Fante included. If the Wesleyan Christians in Fante use some 
expressions for religious ideas different from those used in the 
churches and schools of our Basel Mission, or if they wish to 
have portions of the Bible or other books written and printed 
in their own dialect, we have nothing to say against that. On 
the contrary, we are glad to have the opportunity of comparing 
the idiomatic peculiarities of both sides and are ready to learn 
and adopt whatever may seem preferable in the treasures of 
our western neighbours, or, whenever we on our part may have 
to choose between two forms or expressions, to select that which 
brings us nearer to them. But if the latter give way to the 
opposite tendency, creating an orthography entirely of their own 
invention and in their biblical translations studiously substituting 
their own expressions to those contained in our Tshi Bible, as 
if it were their duty to avoid the suspicion of having trod in 
the footsteps of their forerunners, we regret their misspent time 
and strength. The orthography adopted by Mr. Parker differs 
from ours far more than the Fante dialects differ from the Akan 
dialects. The dialects can sarcely be said to be at variance 
with each other; they may peaceably exist side by side; but 
the two orthographies cannot thus coexist. B. Cruickshank in 
his book '^Eighteen Years on the Gold Coast", London 1853. 
vol. II. p. 262. says: "Educated natives have frequently failed 
in making communications in writing, in their native language, 
intelligible to each other, from their disagreement about the 
sounds of words, and the consequent employment of different 
letters to represent them." Shortly after Mr. Cruickshank^s book 
had appeared in print, when he visited the Basel Missionary 
station at Akropong in the capacity of Acting Governor, in 
Febr. 1854, he could personally convince himself that Europeans 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Prefa<;e. IX 

have indeed ''been successfol in reducing the language of the 
natives to grammatical rules and to writing in the Eoman 
qharacter". Innumerable letters of natives educated in the Basel 
Mission Schools and some 40 publications embracing more than 
6000 printed pages leave no doubt that now "^a proper repre- 
sentation of the language" common both to Asante and to Fante 
does exist. There are Fante Christians who have bought and 
read our books written after the Standard Alphabet, who also 
understand and appreciate them. But the new Fante orthography, 
if largely received among the Fante Christians, would almost 
prednde mutual intelligibilitj of written or printed communi- 
cations between the western and the eastern parts of the Qold 
Coast in the native idioms, — not only the Akan division of 
Tshi, but also the Akra language, the Dahome (or Ewh6) and 
the Yoruba language being likewise reduced to writing after 
the principles of the Standard Alphabet. It is as if railways 
were built along the coast from Akra to Adi and farther on to 
Lagos^ and the Fantes would build a railway of their own of 
a different gauge, so that no cars from the western railway could 
be used on the eastern, and vice versa. Does is not lie in the 
interest of our Fante brethren to accommodate their writing to 
the Standard Alphabet approved and recommended by the re- 
presentants of the Wesley an Missionary Society in 1855? The 
question has been submitted by me to the representants of the 
said Society in 1879, in a letter discussing the particular defects 
and disadvantages of the new system as well as elucidating the 
facilities and difficulties of transition to the Standard Alphabet, 
— with what result, I cannot tell. 

In order to do every possible honour to the Fante dialect 
as represented in Parker^s books, I have carefully perused them 
and weighed every word contained therein; accordingly most 
of the terms, forms and meanings peculiar to them have been 
embodied in this dictionary in adaptation to the Standard Alphabet. 

7. Foreign words adopted in Tshi (about 20 from Gfi, Guan, 
Marewa, nearly 100 from European languages) have been marked 
as such by indicating the language from which they are taken 
in brackets. Above 100 more foreign words found in the Tshi 
Bible are registered in Appendix A. — New words derived from 
words already existing in the language and introduced by the 
Basel missionaries, are partly marked by a dagger (t); many 
such as well as modern terms, used in teaching the various 
sciences, are not found in this dictionary, because not a^ yet 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



X Preface. 

suffioiently approved. Nearly a hundred of them are contained 
in the appendix to Mr. Bellon*8 Instruction in Arithmetic. 

8. The arrangement chosen has been, to let the words fol^ 
low each other in the alphabetical order of their initial con- 
sonants, disregarding the prefixes. Cf. the Grammatical Intro, 
duction § 10. 14. 18. 20. 25,1. 26-30. Words either similar or 
related to each other are placed together. Thus e. g. su, su are 
followed by nouns with prefixes: o-su (joined to sii, from which 
it is derived); e-su; nsu, osu, asu; then sua, sua, sua and 
nsua, o-sua, o-sud,; o-siid. follow; then the various compounds 
of all these, intermixed with derivations by suffixes and new verbs, 
according to the alphabetical sequence of the letters, as sAa-bise... 
sQafo, ... nsu-akyi, sflan, ... siiaw, su-ban &c, — Of compounds the 
constituents are marked out by applying the hyphen, or the 
primitives are added in brackets. — Nouns formed by the suf- 
fixes fo or ni, wa (ba) or ma (Graramat. Introd. § 1 9, 2.3), and 
nouns compounded with -de and -sem (=ade, as§m) are so 
frequent that not all of them have been put down; the student 
will easily find the meaning of such words by resorting to the 
simple words. — Of verbs the primitive sense is given first, 
and the figurative and free senses are added in rational order. 
— The various applications of each word and standing phrases 
are illustrated by examples, and for farther illustrations the col- 
lection of proverbs and passages of the Bible or other books 
are frequently referred to. 

9. In the orthography both the full and the shortened writing 
(Grammat. Introd. § 25) have found consideration. The forms in 
Fante and Akem, different from those in our books, have been 
added in many instances; in other cases analogy will guide 
those aright who are particularly interested in those dialects. 

10. Definitions of words and descriptions of specific occu- 
pations or customs, as they were given by native assistants, 
have occasionally been added for the benefit of Europeans en- 
gaged in acquiring the language. These explanations have the 
more value, as they are all idiomatic, presenting the genuine 
manner of expressing thought in the language, without being 
altered by the endeavours to express thoughts imported by 
foreigners. 

11. Particular , pains have been taken to add the synonyms 
wherever they seem to be demanded. — That under some words 
as *ahene, apata, nsa, ntama" lists of different sorts of beads, 
fishes, spirituous liquors, textile fabrics &c. are given, may serve 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Preface. XI 

as a stimulas to students and teachers to collect snch lists of 
other objects. In a similar way the geographical names and 
proper names of persons, given in Appendix IIL and G, in- 
vite farther collection. 

1 2. As it was the writers endeavour to condense the matter 
presented in the shortest possible space, a liberal use has been 
made of dbhreviations, a list of which is appended to this Preface; 
some others will be found in the appendices. — All words not 
marked bj v., a., adv^, conj,, interj. are nouns; nouns are marked 
by n. only in a few cases to distinguish them from adjectives &c. 
Verbal nouns derived by the palatal suffix are marked byt7.fi.; 
many simple or compound nouns marked by inf. are likewise 
verbal nouns. — Of verhs the transitive and intransitive are 
rarely marked by tr. and in(r., because most verbs are used in 
both ways even more readily than in English. Parts of the verb 
are now and then marked by contin,, pret,, perf.y progr., ftU,, 
imp. I dt IL, inf., — affirm., neg. — 

13. The writers task would have been much easier, if he 
might have issued the work in German; but circumstances de- 
manded it otherwise. Most of the English contents of the work 
have been revised by Englishmen, and some deficiencies in this re- 
spect are made good in the Corrections and Additions pp. 569 seqq. 

14. The Additions taken from the translation of the Bible 
and other Christian books are meant chiefly for the Christian 
student and will help him in thoroughly mastering his object. — 
On the Corrections, see p. 569, Bern. 2; they include also the 
corrections of the few misprints found on pp. 1-568, and the 
answers on notes of interrogation used in some cases of un- 
certainty. 

15. A few words about the Appendices. — The Table of Gold 
Weights (Appendix B) may require alterations for the Fante 
and rectifications for the Akan countries. On foreign gold coins 
see Payne's Lagos and West African Almanack. — The Geo- 
graphical Appendix (C), though it cost comparatively more time 
than any other part of the work, is yet very imperfect. It would, 
however, not have been right to leave it out for two reasons: 

1. Our knowledge of the countries concerned has considerably 
increased since the publication of the Grammar, as a comparison 
with § 1 of the Introductory Notes, Gr. p. X. seq., will show. 

2. The completenes of a Dictionary demands, that the archaic 
elements contained in the geographical names, however unim- 
portant the respective towns or villages, brooks or mountains 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Xn Preface. 

may be, be not neglected. (This can also be said concerning 
the Proper Names contained in the Appendices D^ F, 6.) - Ap- 
pendix C may moreover serve as a foundation for a Geography 
of the Gold Coast, a desideratum which studious natives ought 
gradually to supply; for it is astonishing how scanty, vague 
and confused the knowledge of these countries has hitherto been, 
even among natives, concerning the places beyond their im- 
mediate experience. — Only of Akem, Akuapem and Qkwawu 
accounts of some completeness could be given. It is hoped that 
a large map prepared by the Basel missionaries on the Gold 
Coast will incorporate the geographical knowledge hitherto ob- 
tained of the three countries just mentioned and of the Akra and 
Adanme countries, on which map also some forty stations and out- 
stations of the Basel Mission will be marked, as well as other 
places where native Christians are dwelling. — In process of time 
materials for a History of the Gold Coast also should be gathered, 
similar to what we have already of Sierra Leone. — Payne's 
Lagos and West African Almanack contains much valuable 
matter, though more of a statistical than geographical character, 
and more of Lagos and its vicinity than of the other parts of 
the Gold Coast Colony. Its yearly issues might be made the 
receptacle for geographical and historical contributions. 

16. After every endeavour to render the work as correct 
and complete as possible, the author feels how much room there 
is still left for augmentation and rectification, and hopes that 
many of those who use it, may feel compelled to contribute 
additions and rectifications. Of the Akuapem dialect not many 
words will be found wanting; but the literary idiom may still 
be amply enriched by importations from other dialects, and by 
the new-made and foreign worc^s alluded to in § 7. 

17. The author begs pardon for the length of this Preface 
and the following Introduction. If there be many who will not 
read this or that, others may still be helped thereby in their 
endeavours to master the language. And so the author concludes 
with the fervent wish and prayer that his work may contribute 
to a thorough knowledge of this important language, so that 
it may more and more become the vehicle of true knowledge 
and spiritual light to the numerous tribes to which it has been 
assigned. 

Schomdorf, Wurtemberg, August 188 L 

J. G. CHRISTALLER. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



xin 



EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. 

a. Grammatical terms and other English words. 

0. or adj. adjective. - {dbt. about.) - adv, adverb. - affirm, affirma- 
tive. - App, Appendix. - attrih, adj. attributive adjective. - aux. v, 
auxiliary verb. Gr. § 106-112. - {bef. before; hel. below.) - caus. 
causatively. Gr. 208,3.4. - cf. confer, compare. - com. common 
language. - eonj. conjunction. - conn, connected form. Gr. § 47.49. 
cotisec. consecutive form. Gr. § 91. 178f. - contin. continuative form. 
Gr. § 9 1 . 1 02. 1 67. - contr. contracted, contraction. - co-ord. co- 
ordinate (sentence). - cpds, compounds. - d. penny, pence. - dec. 
decent language. - deriv. derivative(s). - descr. descriptive (a. or 
adv.) - diff. different. - dim. diminutive. - e. g. exempli gratia, for 
example. - emph. emphatically. - esp. espec. especially. - etc. and 
80 forth. - &uph. euphemistically. - Europ. European. - except, ex- 
cepting. - expr. expressing. - (/*. i. for instance.) - fig. figuratively. 

- f. foil, followed, following. - fr. from. - frq. frequentative. - fat. 
future tense. - gener. generally. - Gr. Grammar. - id. idem, the 
same. -> imit. imitative (adv.) - imp. imperative. - inf. infinitive, 
verbal noun. - int. interj. interjection. - interrog. interrogative. - 
f nfr. intransitive. -' Introd. Introduction, Introductory. - Z. line; 
pound sterling. - lang. language. - lit. literally. - n. noun. - neg. 
negative. - num. numeral. - obsc. obscene. - ohs. obsolete. - Ohserv. 
Observation. - opp. opposed (to). - orig. originally. - p., pp. page, 
pages, -part, particle, -perf. perfect tense, -perh. perhaps. - pers. 
person. - Phr. Phrase(s). - pi. plural. - poet, poetical. - poss. pos- 
sessive. - pref prefix. - jJr. n. proper noun. - prep, prepp. prepo- 
sition, prepositions. - pret. preterit tense. ~ princ. principal (verb, 
sentence). - prob. probably. - progr. progressive form. - pron. 
pronoun. - prop, properly. - qualif qualifying (adv.) Gr. § 133,4. 
134,1. - q. V. quod or quae vide, which see. - red. reduplicated, re- 
duplication. - refl. reflexive. - rel. relative (particle). - Bern. Re- 
mark. - retrosp. retrospective. - s. see; shilling. - scU. scilicet, to 
wit; namely; being understood. - sent, sentence. - seq.sequens, the 
following. - sign, signifies. - sing, singular. - suhord. subordinate 
(sentence). - ^s^md. symbolically, -syn. synonymous, synonyme(8).- 
W. transitive. - usu. usually. - v. (v.v.) verb (verbs). - v. n. verbal 
noun. - mz. videlicet, namely, to wit.- wig. vulgar (word, expression). 

b. Names of Places, Languages^ Dialects. 

Ab. Aburi. - Ak. Akan. - Akp. Akuapem. - Akr. Akropong. - 
Akw. Akwam. - Aky. Akyem. - Ar. Arabic. - As. Asante. - Dan. 
Danish. - D. Dutch. - Eng. English. - Europ. European. - F. Fante. 

- Fr. French. - G. Ga. - G. C. Gold Coast. - Ger. German. - Gr. 
Greek. - (Gy. Gyadam.) - Heb. Hebrew. - iL^talian. - Kuk. Ku- 
kurantumi. - Ky. Kyebi. - Lat. LaHn. - Mf. Mfante = F. - Og. 
Ogua, Cape Coast. - Okw. Qkwawu. - On. Qnomabo. - Port Por- 
tuguese. - Skr. Sanskrit. - Span. Spanish. - Tw. Twi. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



XIV Abbreviations &c. 



c. Tshi Words; cf. Gr. § 287. 
a. ana. - a.s. anase. - @.s. enese. - etod. eto-dabi-a. - n.a. ni ade. 

— n.s. ne se. - nh. nhlna. - nt. ntaku. - Nyankp. Nyahkopon. - 
Ony., Onyank., Onyk. Onyame, Onyankopon. - tet. tctefo (kasa). 

— The leading word of an article in the dictionary is often re- 
presented by one, two or three first letters with a dot, sometimes 
by a mere middle-sised dash. 

d. References to Books or Persons. 
Bd., Br,, Or., see p. 637. 665. — Chr, Christaller. — D. As, David Asante. 

— Diet, Dieterle. — Gtog, Geography. — Gram. Grammar. — Hist History. 

— K, Kurtz, see the list p. XV (No. 12). — Mf, Or. Mfantsi Grammar 
(p. XVI). — N. E. Voc. Vocabulary for the use of the Niger Expedition 
1841. (Gr. p. VII. B. 5.) - P. Ket Paul Keteku. — pr. proverb (3600 Tshi 
Proverbs, $. p. XVI, No. 24). — Frk. Parker (p. XVI> — JB. Riis (p. XV). 

— Rem. Remark(s). — Bog. Roget*s Thesaurus of English Words and 
Phrases. — Scr. Scriptures. — St. Statutes of the German Evangelical 
Mission Churches on the G. C, «. p. XVI, No. 14. — Voc. Vocabulary. — 
Zim. Zimmermann^s Akra Grammar or Vocabulary. 

e. Books of the Bible. 
Ac. Acts. — Am. Amos. — Co. Canticles, Song of Solomon. — 1.2.Ch. 
Chronicles. — 1. 2. Co. Corinthians. — Coi. Colossians. — Da. Daniel. — 
Dc Deuteronomy. — Ec. Ecclesiastes. — Ep. Ephesians. — Est. Esther. 

— Ex. Exodus. — Ezc Ezekiel. — Etr. Ezra. — On. Galatians. — Ge. 
Genesis. — Edb. Habakuk. — Sag. Haggai. — He. Hebrews. — Ho. 
Hosea. — J«. Isaiah. — Ja. James. — Je. Jeremiah. — Job. — Joel. — 
(i.2.3.) Jo. John. — Jon. Jonas. — Jos. Joshuah. — Jude. — Ju. Judges. 
1.2. Ki. Kings. — La. Lamentations. — Le. Leviticus. — La. Luke. — 
MaL MalachL — Mk. Mark. — Mt Matthew. — Mi. Micah. — No. Nahum. 

— Ne. Nehemiah. — Nu. Numbers. — Ob. Obadiah. — 1. 2. Pe. Peter. — 
Phi. Philippians. — Phile. Philemon. — Pr. Proverbs. — PiB. Psalms. — 
Be. Revelation. — Bo. Romans. — Bu. Ruth. — 1.2. So. Samuel. — 
l.Ji. Th. Thessalonians. — 1. 2. Ti. Timothy. — Tit. Titus. — Zee. Zecha- 
riah. — Zep. Zephaniah. 

f. Various Marks or Signs. 
dt and. - dtc. et caeiera, and so on, and the like. 
.. between two parts of a verbal phrase indicate the place of an 
object to the t;. (when nearer to this) or of an attributive n. or 
pron. (when nearer to the word next following); e.g. no., mu, 
to hdp (as in 68ono mtk); so ..mn, to lay hold of(M in 68o.n6mi!i). 
«.« or . . • stand for three or more omitted letters, syllables or words. 
=s is equal to. 

=>- is more or larger , i. e, of a wider sense, than . . . 
-< is less, i.e. of a narrower sense than (the following word). 
* asterisc, serves for reference to notes and other purposes; see 

p. 644. (29.^ 644-649. (32-66.) 654 ff. 666. 
t dagger, indicates new-made words, see Preface § 7. 
§ paragraph, section. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



XV 



TSHI LITEfiATUfiE. 

A. PUBLICATIONS IN TSHI 
prepared by the Basel Qtrtnan MUHonariea, 

We omit 4 publications previous to 1868, 8 of Bible portions (1869—66) 
and 12 others (1866—74), as superseded by new works or editions. — 
For brevity's sake we give of No. 6—24. only the English titles. — 
The figures in parenthesis refer to the order in which the single publi- 
cations followed each other. Cf. 6r. p. YIIL 

J. Grrammars and VocdbtUaries. 

1. (5.) Elemente des Akwapim Dialects der Odschi Sprache dtc, 

von H. N. Riis, Basel 1853. 

2. (6.) Grammatical OuUine and Vocabulary of the Oji Language 

with especial reference to the Akwapim Dialect, togetlier 

with a Collection of Proverbs of the Natives, by H. N, Riis, 

Basel 1854. 
3.(39.) A DinHonary, English, Tshi (Asante), AJcra, hj J. 6. Christ- 

aller, W. C. Locher, J. Zimmermann. 1874. 
4.(41.) A Grammar of the Asante and Fante Language called 

Tshi &c. hy J. 0. Christaller. 1875. 
6.(50). A Dictionary of the same — the present book. 

11. The Holy Scriptures. 
6.(28.) The entire Bible, 8vo. Old Testament 1871. N.T. see next 
7a.(27.) The New Testament, 2d ed. 8vo. 1870. 
7b.(45.) The New Testament, 3d ed. 16mo. 1878. 

Of the Portions printed 1859-65 (Gr. p. VIII) some may still 
be had and used, especially the Four Gospels, 2d ed. 1864, and 
the Psalms and Proverbs^ 1865. 

III. Books for tJie School, Church and Family, 
8.(31.) Primer for the Vernacular Schools &c 2d ed. 1872. 
9.(29.) Dr. Earth's Bible Stofies, 2d ed.with many illustrations 1 872. 
10.(44.) ^iWciSfories for LittleChildren, 2d ed.withwood-cuts.l877. 
1 1.(33.) Words for Learning and Praying, containing: a Catechism 
of the Christian Doctrine; (498) select Scripture Passages; 
the History of our Lord^s Passion; some Prayers usfed at 
church, Prayers for family and private worship, andPrci^^^ 
for school-children. 1872. • 

1 2.(34.) The doctrines of the Christian Beligion, based on Dr, Luther's 
smaller Catechism (by J. H.Kurtz, D.D.) with an Appendix 
on the Ecclesiastical Year and lists of Bible Lessons. 1872. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



XVI Tshi Literature. 



13.(48.) Liturgy and Hyikns for the use of the Christian Churches 
of the 6. C. speaking Tshi (containing the order for Baptism, 
Coniirmatiou, the Lord's Supper, the Solemnization of Mat- 
rimony and the Burial of the Dead; 456 Hyrans; 13 Fante 
Songs; Remarks on Versification, Metres and Tunes &c.) 
3ded. 1878. 

14.(25.) a. Statutes of the German Evangelical Mission Churches 
on the Gold Coast. 6. Liturgy of the same (the rest of it, 
containing different Prayers and Thanksgivings used at 
church, and the order of Consecration of Catechists and 
Ministers). 1865. 

15.(30.) JRegtdations for Catechists. 1871. 

16.(46.) Regulations for Beacons. 1878. 

17.(38.) Tunes to the Tshi and Akra Hymnbooks, 2d ed. 1874. 

18.(32.) Instruction in Arithmetic. 1872. 

19.(37.) Stories from General History (with chronological tables). 
1874. 

lY. Tracts. 

20.(47.) Man^s Heart, either God's Temple or Satan's Abode, re- 
presented in 10 figures, 2d ed. 1 878. 

21.(35.) The Orphan's Letter to his Saviour in Heaven. 1873. 

22.(36.) Oguyomi, the Negro Girl at Ibadan. 1873. 

23.(43.) The Spread of Christianity in Germany. 1875. 

F. Folk-lore. 

24.(49.) A Collection oi 3600 Tshi Proverbs. 1879. 

All these Books were printed at Basel and are sold at Basel, 
London, Christiansborg, as indicated on the title-page of this book. 
— These 24 publications contain altogether 5550 printed pages, 
the 24 publications here omitted (as mentioned at the head of this 
list), 2881 pages. 

B. PUBLICATIONS IN FANTE. 

1. Mfantsi Grammar, by Dan. L. Carr and Jos. P. Brown, 32mo. 
Cape Coast 1868. 

2. Fanti and English Spelling Book. London 1874. 

3. The first Caiechism of the Wesleyan Methodists. 1874. 

4. Order of Administration of Sacraments and of the Solemnization 
of Matrimony and the Burial of the Dead. 1875. 

5. The Gospds of MaUhew and Mark, by A. W. Parker. 1 877. 
No. 2-5, printed in London for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, 

contain 256 pages. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION 
to the Tshi Dictionary. 

A. (GENERAL REMARKS. 

§ I. Tshi we call the language prevalent in the Gold Coast 
countries between the rivers Asini and Tanuo on the W. and the 
Volta on the E., extending even beyond the Volta, and from the 
sea-coast to the upper course of the Volta and the Kong mountains 
on the N. — Bern. In the orthography devised for this formerly un- 
written language, we write the name "Twi", the true pronunciation 
of which might be rendered more exactly in letters of Dr. Lepsius^ 
SUndard Alphabet by '*Tswi" and in English hy ''Chwee'' ; but 
whilst the writing "T^i" may be justified by its simplicity and 
sufficiency and by reasons of analogy (with kw, dw, fw &c. cf. 
Gr. § 13), the transliteration "Tslii" was chosen to avoid too much 
deviation from the former spellings **Tyi, Otyi", and the German 
writing ^Tschi" (formerly "Otschi"). We must, therefore, beg to 
notice that the "i" in "Tshi" is to be pronounced as in the con- 
tinental languages or as "ce^' in English. — On the names Amina,. 
Fante, Akan, see Gr. p. XVI. 

§ 2. Concerning the position of this language among other 
African languages we fully assent to the views of Dr. Lepsius as 
displayed in his elaborate "Introduction on the Nations and Lan- 
guages of Africa", premised to his "Nubian Grammar".*) In this 
work, on p. XXI-XXXII, he describes with reference to 1 2 char- 
acteristic points, the distinguishing features of (a) the Bantu Lan- 
guages of the Southern Negroes (prevailing over all the continent 
S. and 2-5 degrees N. of the Equator, with the exception of the 
S.W. corner), contrasted with those of (b) the so-called Uamitic 
Languages in the N., N.E. and S.W. and of (c) the Semitic Lan- 
guages found in the N. & N.E. of Africa, and shows that (d) the 
Negro Languages of the intermediate zone^ of Central and Western 
Africa, mubt have been altered by more or less influences of the 
Hamitic (and Semitic) Languages, so that they have lost many of 
the peculiarities uniting them to the Bantu Languages. 

§ 3. Among these mixed Negro Languages (d) we may dis- 
tinguish several groups, such as the Mande Group and the Kru 
Languages in the West, and the Yornba-Iho-Efik Group on both 
sides of the lower Niger; between these three groups we may class 
together four languages meeting on the shores of the river Volta 
and call them ih^Volta Grotipy viz. a) Ewhe or E^^ (better E<pe), 
spoken in Dahome and N., W. and S. of it; ^) Adaumc with its 



*) Nubische Grammatik niit einer Kinleitimg ttbor dic.Vdlker uud 
Sprachen Afrika's von R. Lepsius. Berlin, W. Hertz, Iba). pp. cxxvi. 506. 

b 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



XVIII Grammatical Introduction. 



younger branch, the GSL or Akra Language, spoken W. of the lower 
Volta and in some parts E. of it; c) Giiaii, spoken by the Nta nations 
N. of the upper Volta (about Salaga)*) and by several tribes on 
the eastern banks of the Volta and W. of it in Akuapero and some 
Fante countries ; d) Tshi, spoken throughout the dominions of the 
former Asante empire when it had its widest extension. 

§ 4. The known dialects of the Tshi language do not present 
any great differences and may be comprehended under these three 
names: 1, Akan, the most central and purest dialects; 3. Broii or 
Kamana, the northern and eastern dialects, chiefly spoken by 
tribes that are or seem to be of Guafi origin and partly speak their 
Guah dialects besides; 3. Fante, the dialects of several maritime 
tribes in the South. The Fante dialects seem to differ more from 
the other and among themselves than the Bron dialects from Akan. * 
— All these dialects may unite in (4.) the common liierary dialect 
based on that of Akuapom. — For particulars about these dialects 
see the Preface § 5. 

§ 5. Of the characteristic features of the Tshi language we 
shall now mention some (marking coincidences with those 12 points 
of Dr. Lepsius, § :5, by L. 1-12) : 

A. In points of Phonology, 

1, Every syllable ends in a vowel, sometimes followed by a 
nasal consonant. L, 10. Every word, when stripped of its prefix 
or prefixes, if there be any, begins with a consonant. — A nasal 
consonant, serving as a prefix, may by its inherent vowel element 
constitute a syllable by itself. L. 11, 

2, The Tshi has more and finer distinctions of vowel sounds, 
including nasalization, and a greater variety of diphthongs than 
other languages, and makes use of them for the variation and dis- 
tinction of words, whereas the number and use of consonants is 
comparatively limited; e.g there is no "1, v, z", and no stem begins 
with '*r". The combinations kp, gb, which are frequent in Guan, 
Ga, Ewh6, Yoruba &c., are not found in Tshi. Instead of ts, dz, it 
has ky, gy, and besides tw, dw. 

3, 1 he great variety of vowels is increased by different tones, 
every syllable of every word having its own relative t(»ne, equal 
with or different from the neighbouring syllables, either high, or 
low, or middle, sometimes in successive degrees. I'his different 
intonation, inherent in the original formation of words, is still more 
diversified in the conjugation of the verb and by syntactical com- 
binations of words and sentences. (L, 12,) 

*) That the language of the Ntas at Salaga is essentially Guan, 
though their transition to Islamism and much intercourse with foreij^n 
traders have caused some linguistic differences from the kindred heathen 
tribes, has l>eeu stated by the native missionary D. Asante and the 
deacon Theoph.()poku(hoth natives of Akropong and both well acquainted 
with the (fuaii of Datj and Kyerepoh), who visited Salaga in 1877. — 
Of this language nothing? has yet appeared in print. In its grammatical 
forms it resenil)les Tslii, in its phonetic part it is similar to Ga and 
E<|)e ; many words are borrowed from Tshi, many entirely different from 
Tshi, Ga and E(pe. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Characteristic Features of Tshi. XIX 



4. Of the consonants the hard mutes are pronounced with full 
force, yet without any harshness, and, whilst in this case the con- 
trast between the strong consonant and the weak vowel is decided, 
the desire of easy transition to succeeding sounds and the tendency 
to fluency of speech has led to the palatalisation of guttural con- 
sonants and of the labial w (Gr. § 10), to assimilation of soft mutes 
with corresponding nasal consonants or mutual assimilation of nasal 
consonants (Gr. § 18), and to a negligent articulation of w, y, & w 
before or between vowels, so that the weak consonants appear 
weaker than in other languages. The so ini vowel r has the strange 
function of strengthening and diversifying the vowel element of 
the words in which it occurs, and is never used in a primary, but 
always in a secondary or auxiliary way. 

5. The euphonic vowel harmony existing in Tshi (more than 
in Yoruba) provides against to great or too small dissimilarities of 
vowels in successive syllables. Gr. § 1 7. X. 5. 

6> Beduplication, complete or in part, is much resorted to, 
especially in the adjective, for the frequentative form of the verb, 
and for some plural forms of nouns. 

B, In points of Etymology. 

7. Nouns are formed by prefixes not so numerous as in the 
Bantu languages, but still conveying some classification of persons 
as opposite to things, and o{ single or individual existence as opposite 
to plural or collect ire existence. — Some suffixes occurring in the 
formation of nouns are easily traced back to the process of com- 
position. One plural suffix of limited occurrence has a pronominal 
character. One suffix, consisting of tlie letter e or i, e or I, serves 
to increase the scanty number of forms for different classes of 
nouns. — By Composition new nouns are formed with remarkable 
facility. 

6*. The distinction of sex (or gender) is expressed neither in 
the pronouns nor in the grammatical forms of the language, but 
only in some cases by peculiar words, or by composition with such, 
or by the diminutive suffix used to denote female names. L. 2. 

9. The personal j)ronouns have the character of nouns and 
are virtually the same in the nominative, possessive and objective 
cases, though partly adapting their form to this different use. The 
aiher pronouns are used as nouns or as adjectives or in both ways. 
— A relative particle "a" serves to make up for the want of rela- 
tive pronouns, as in Hebrew. 

10. Adjectives are in analogy with nouns (prefixes, however, 
are not very frequently used), and they have some characteristics 
of their own besides, especially with regard to reduplication. 

11. Numerals are in analogy with nouns. Ordinal numerals 
are wanting, and the deficiency is supplied by circumlocution. 

12. Verbs have not so many inflectional forms and "^conju- 
^ations" as in the Bantu languages, a. I'he personal pronmins are 
prefixed^ partly coalescing with other prefixes. L. 4. — b. For the 
tenses and other modifications of the verb prefixes (partly recognised 
as verbs) are used, in two cases the suffix e or i. — c. By the use 

• 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



XX Grammatical Introduction. 

of auxiliary verbs a great variety of compoand forms is obtained. 
— d. The passive voice and participles are wanting. — e. Negation 
is expressed by a nasal prefix to the verb. 

13. Adverbs are for the most part in analogy with nouns; 
some are derived from verbs. There are also many onomatopoetic 
adverbs. 

14. Instead of prepositions, either nouris of place and relation 
are used as postpositions (L. 6), or various atwiliary verbs in re- 
gular or defective conjugation^ or both together. See Gr. § 1 1 7 seq. 

15. Conjunctions are either primitive particles, or derived from 
verbs or nouns. 

16. Interjections are either primitives, or fragments and con- 
tractions of sentences. 

0. In points of Syntax. 

17. The subject stands before and the object or other comple- 
ment (Gr. § 198-220) after the verb. L. 8. 9. (The subject and the 
object never stand together; if the object be put first, for em- 
phasis' sake, it stands absolute, and either a comma, or the con- 
junction "na" separates it from the succeeding subject.) 

18. The aUribviive adjective, numeral and adjective pronoun 
follow their noun. 

19. The attributive noun and pronoun (in the genitive case) 
precede their noun. (L. 7.) 

20. Double verbs are sometimes used for Eng. simple verbs. 
Finite verbs are also frequently employed as auxiliaries, especially 
in the way of co-ordination, where the Eng. language uses adjec- 
tives, participles, adverbs, prepositions. 

21. The tones of verbal forms often change in compound, 
especially in subordinate sentences and after the transposition of 
any member of a sentence by putting it foremost for emphasis' sake. 

B. GRAMMATICAL SPECIALITIES. 
I. SOUNDS AND LETTERS. 

Vowels. 
§ 6. Simple pure vowels, short&long: In Fante books of A.W. Parker: 

a, a (broad) = air. far; ^1= liTnL 

a, a (thin) = a » fat; 

e, e (broad) = e » very, there; 

e, e (middle) = c » bed^ eight; 

e, e. (narrow) between e & i; 

i, I (close) = i in fill^ ravine; 

0, (broad) ^= o » not, nor; 

0, o (middle) = o » tobacco; • 

0, o (narrow) between o & u; 

u, 11 (close) ^= « in full, rule; u = oo » boot. 

ItemarTxS. 1. The broad or open vowels a e o, requiring the 
widest opening of the mouth, are changed into the lidlf-open vowels 
a e (of the 2d degree) when followed by one of the close vowels 



a 
e 
e 


a sound unknot 
(before i & u). 
= e in met, li = 


wn in 
u in 


Eng 
but. 


e 
i 
i 




=-ey 
= ee 

= 


» prey. 
» pit. 
» meet. 
» not. 






9 
u 


= 
= 00 


y> no. 
^» foot. 







Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Sounds and Letters. XXI 

i u (of the 4th degree), but remain broad before the half-dose vowels 
e (of the 3d degree). 

j2. The popular writing omits the dots under a ^ 9. Never- 
theless we may distinguish the thin a or the narrow e & 0, if we 
bear in mind the following rules: a) whenever a is followed by close 
sounds (viz. i, u, middle e, 0, or gya, nya, twa, dwa), .it is thin, 
aud h) when e or have a broad vowel before them, they are 
narrow, except if they be followed by close sounds, 

3. Short and long vowels in Tshi differ only in duration, not, 
as in English, in quality. Instead of the long vowels a, ^ &c. at the 
end of verbs in the past tense followed by an object, the simple 
vowels are doubled. Gr. § 91,3. 

§7. Nasalvowels: §,e 6 i o u; F. an, en, in, in, on, un,un. 
Long nasal vowels : a 3 I 5. — Bern. In Tshi it is impossible to 
mark the nasal character of a vowel by n (or by n, as it is marked 
in Toruba) a) beciause many syllables terminate in m, n or n with 
either pure or nasal vowels before them, e. g. paro, pam, pan, pan ; 

b) because 2 or 3 nasal vowels may follow each other, e. g. toa, 
and c) because Mr. Parker uses the same letter n for our n (Eng.w^), 
80 that he has only one way to express the three different words pa, 
pan & pan. — On the Fante Vowels marked in § 6, see Preface § 6. 

§ 8. Diphthongs and triphthongs: 
a) ae ae ai; ee ei; oe 6e oi; ui ui; — ai! 
h) aw iw an; ew ew (ew) iw; ow ow (ow) uw; — ao ! 

c) ia la iaw; ea ^a; da, iiaw; Qa iil uae dac; do. 

§ 9. Disyllabic combinations of vowels: 
a) ia ia ie ic io; ea ea ee ee; ea; 
h) na ua ue ue uo; oa 6a oe 6e 00 ; oa; 
c) iae iei, eae; uae uei, oae oee, eaw eew. 

Bern. 1. Of two or three nasal vowels only the first, or, if this 
should be very short, the second, bears the nasal sign. 

Bern* 2* In A. W. Parker's Fante books we find not so many 
diphthongs as under § 8 & 9 ; e. g. for ae, ee, ua, uae, we find 
a, 6, wa or uya, we &c. 

Consonants. 

§ 10. Simple and compound consonants: 

Mutes Fricatives Semi-vowels 
1 
a) Labials 
h) Dentals 

c) Gutturals 

d) Palatals 

t) Gntturo-labials 

D Palato-labials 

Bern, L In Fante t & d become ts & dz before (e) e i. 
Parker uses the letters n c twh j wh w 
for the above given n hy tw dw fw w. 

Bern. 2. Instead of tw, d^, the author of the Standard Al- 
phabet, Dr. Lepsius, would prefer tsw, dzw ; but the sound of s 



hard soft 




nasal 


pure 


P b 


f 


m 


w 


t d 


8 


n 


r 


k K 


h 


n 


— 


ky gy 


hy= 


=X ^J 


y 


|kw gw 


hw 


hw 


— 


Iku gu 
tw dw 


hii 


hu 


— 


fVi^ 


hw 


^ 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



XXII Grammatical Introduction. 



(Eng. 8h) is neither so decided as in Eng. churchy nor does it precede 
the sound of w. The lips are compressed from the outset, at the 
same time in which the tongue is applied to the palate, and are 
opened simultaneously with the withdrawal of the tongue. In dw 
the sound of z is not heard in correct pronunciation, neither in dwa, 
dwe, dwi, nor in dwo, dwu; foreigners not accustomed to the si- 
multaneous utterance of w & 7 --= w, will either pronounce dwa, 
dwe, dwi, djo, dyu, or dzua, dziie, dziii, dzo, dzii, as the Akras 
and Krepes do. - For the pronunciation of fw the mouth is formed 
as for whistling, the round aperture between the lips being only a 
little larger. 

II. FORMATION OF WORDS. 

§ 11. In the words of the language we distinguish stemj prefix 
and suffix* Many words occur as mere stems, others have prefixes, 
or suffixes, or both kinds of affix at the same time. 

§ 1 2. Stems are redupUcafed by complete or incomplete doub- 
ling. Sometimes the whole word, consisting of a stem and a prefix, 
perhaps also a suffix, is repeated, e.g. nsemma-nsemma. Gr.§ 29,4.5. 

§ 13. Primary and secondary stems (Gr. § 28) consist of a 
consonantal and a vocalic part. 

§ 1 4. The consonantal part, with which every root begins, is 
any simple or compound consonant (§ 10) excepting r. 

Observ. 1. Soft mutes are seldom, and pure semi-vowels arc 
never followed by nasal vowels; nasal semi-vowels, when radical 
i.e. not transformed from soft mutes, are always followed by nasal 
vowels. 

2* The compound consonants ky, gj^ hy, ny, tw, dw, fw, 
nw, w, appear before e, e, i; gy, ny, tw (and Ak. dw, fw, nw) 
also before a, tw, dw, iiw, w also before o, 0, u, transformed from 

e, e, i; kw, gu before a, a; hw, 11 w before a, e, i. 

3. The consonant r does not commence any root; in the prefix 
re- and perhaps in the word ara (also in the compound 'nera) it 
was originally d. Besides these cases it frequently commences sec- 
ondary syllables, strengthening or enlarging the vowel element of 
the word, and by elision of a very short vowel of the preceding 
syllable, espec. before a (e, q), it sometimes appears as a second 
initial consonant compounded with the strong consonants p, t, k, 

f, s, h, or even with b, d, m, nw. 

4. The consonant h does also not begin any root, and occurs, 
besides its use as a prefix, as the commencing sound of a word (or 
a syllable in a compound word) only in the place of an original g, 
when preceded by the prefix n; e. g. iino = n-go. 

§ 15. The vocalic part of simple stems occurs in the following 
eight varieties : 

A. Monosyllables. 
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 



a a 


a h 


aw (aw) 


ae ae 


am ah (an ar) 






au 




ai 




§ 


e 


ew 




ee 


em eh (en er) 


e 


e 


ew 




ei 


eh (en er) 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Formation of Words. XXIII 



ee 


e § 


ew 




(er) em en 


(en) 


i 1 


i i 


iw 




(ir) im in 


(in) 








ow 


Qe om on 


I (on or) 







6 


ow 


oi cm on 


t 


' 





6 5 


ow 


oe oe 


(or) 6m on 


ron) 


a u 


u 


uw 


ui 


(ur) urn un 


(un) 


ia ia 




iaw 








uaOa 


U ua 


rtaw 


B. Disyllables, 








6. 


. 


7. 
are ari ane ame 


8. 
&ra dna 










aruw anim 


araw &ram aran 


&nam 


ea 






ere (§nie) 


Sre 6rew Srem eren 








eri eni 






ea ea 


ee ee 




ere erew ene 


era ena ema 




eaw earn eew 




eren erem enem 


eraw erara eran 




ia ia 


ie ie i 


Ie io(w) 


iri iriw ini irni 


ira ire ine ima 










iriin iruw iriii 


iraw irew iren inam 


ga 






ore 


6rQ 6rQW 6ron 6rom 








ori oru 






oa 6a 


oe og 




oro orow ono 
6roh onoii Snom 


ora oraw ona oma 
Oram oran onam oman 



na ua ue ue uo uru un nnu ura ure una uma 

uruw unnm uro nron 

Most of these vowels or combinations of vowels and serai- 
vowels may assume an additional e or i, the suffix of some forms 
of the verb and of some nouns derived from verbs ; but if those 
verbal forms are closely followed by an object or other complement, 
the suffix is omitted and the final vowel doubled instead of adding 
the suffix; if the last letter be in or n, the suffix is omitted without 
any compensation, so that the form is distinguished only by its 
peculiar tones (ending high and low). 

Verbal Stems. 

§ 16. Most of the single vowel sounds or combinations of 
sounds specified above are found in verbs and nouns, some few 
only in nouns. Of verbal stems we have, therefore, eight varieties 
according to § 1 5. Another variety of verbs are those which appear 
as compounded of two simple verbs, e. g. hata, watiriw. 

§ 17. Of the verbs existing in the language about 280 are 
monosyllabic, 270 disyllabic, 10 trisyllabic, 1 tetrasyllabic; but 
of the monosyllables about 40 have the tones of the disyllables, 
and of the disyllables about 50 the tones of the monosyllables. — 
Most of the verbs may be rednplicaiedy whereby the monosyllables 
hfcoKie disyllabic, the disyllables tetrasyllabic or (in 50 cases) 
trisvllabic, and a few of the trisyllables obtain 5 syllables, as, pati- 
[»atiriw, or, losing a final syllable, 4 syllables, as, taforo, tafotafo. 
By repeated reduplication fa & bare become fofdftfa, bol)db6bare. 
Affixes of Nouns Ac. 

§ 1 H. Prefixes used in the formation of nouns, numerals and 
partly of adjectives and some particles are the following: 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



XXIV Grammatical Introduction. 



i. § & (e & o), chiefly used in the singular ; they are dropped 
when they closely follow after a word ending in a vowel more 
narrow than themselves. 

2. a (a), in the singular of many words and the plural of others. 

3. m (d, n), chiefly in the plural and in names of materials. 

4. am (an, an) in the singular form of a few words. 

§ 19. Suffixesww^^ in the formation of nouns and some adjectives: 
1, The palatal suffix ^, i, or e, i, Ak. also ee, ie. Gr. § 36. 
2> The personal suffixes ni, F. nyi, & fQ, Ak. fog. Gr. § 38. 

3. The diminutive suffix, originally ba (best preserved in F.), now 
usually changed into wa, or, after a word ending in ni or h, 
into ma, often only preserved together with a preceding a (or 
e or o) in a long a, e. g. akura = akdrowd. 

4. The particle uom, found in some plural forms of nouns and 
pronouns. 

Affixes of the Verb. 
§ 20. Prefixes used in the inflection of the verb are 
1. the so-called personal pronouns 
J, thouj he,she,it; we, yow, thei/; 

me wo Q e ye mo wo before a e e o o I in the next 
mi wu e ye mu wo before a e i o u I syllable, 
m'- wo- w- ye- mo- wo- before the prefix a (a). 
2> a (a) in the perfect and consecutive forms. 

5. re- (orig. de) in the progressive and future II. 

4. m, n, u, in the imperative II, and all negative forms. 

5. be-, ko-, (be-, ko-) in the fiiture I d: II. and ingressive forms. 

The prefixes 1,2., 1,3., 1.4,, 1.5., 1.2.4., 1.3.4., 1.3,5., 1.3,4,5,, 
may be combined. See § 29. — For the meanings of the forms 
mentioned under 2-5, see Grammar § 91-96. 166 182. 

§ 21. Suffixes used in the inflection of the Verb: the palatal 
suffix eori in the past tense and sometimes in the continuativeform. 

§ 22. In infinitive forms we find the prefixes o-, a-, m-, and 
sometimes the palatal suffix. 

III. ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON TSHI ORTHOGRAPHY. 
Inaccuracies of the Alphal>et. 
§ 23. Deviations from two important rules of the Standard 
Alphabet, viz. "that every letter should always express the same 
sound*' and *'that every simple sound should be expressed by a 
simple sign", have been found advisable in the following cases : 

1. The letters d, t, in the combinations dw, tw, and likewise 
the letter n in the combination ny or as a prefix or in compounds 
before y & tw, are not dental, but palatal. 

2. The letter fin the combination fw is not formed with the 
underlip only, but with both lips; the originally gnttural breathing 
became labial by the influence of the succeeding w. 

3. The letter m, standing as a prefix or in compounds before 
the simple f (not before f^), is not formed with both lips, but with 
the lower lip only. Instead of using a new letter (ii), we let the 
common m serve for this peculiar sound also. Sometimes a final ii 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Remarks on Tshi Orthography. XXV 

or n is retained without changing it into m, as ahenfo(F.), oman- 
fo, bat the pronunciation will be the same. 

4. The letter h sounds, in the pronunciation of some people, 
somewhat raucous, near to German or Scotch ch in HocK\ Greek 
jy but only before pare vowels, especially o. 

5. The letters by (used only before e, e, i) express a simple 
sound (German ch in ich or before c & i, or ^ of the Standard Al- 
phabet); but the analogy with gy, ky, demanded its being re- 
presented by hy, and the genesis of the sound agrees therewith. 

6» In the combination sua, in which the very short u is scarce- 
ly heard, the sound of s, in the pronunciation of Qome people, 
slightly approaches to that of ^^ e.g. osQd, a kind of monkey. The 
same may occur, though in a less degree, in the similar combination 
sia; at least in the Akra language, which shows a predilection for 
the sound sk, the original form Asiante is changed into Ashanti, 
whilst Tshi people pronounce As^nt^. 

Defective Writing. 
§ 24. One admissible kind of defective writing consists in the 
omission of diacritical signs that are not absolutely necessary. 

1, The dot under a e o is usually omitted, whereby the letters 
a e are made to represent each of them two different sounds; see 
§ 6 Retn, 2. and Gr. § 1,^. § 2 Bern. 

2. The nas(d sign on vowels is omitted 

a) in words of very frequent occurrence, beginning with m or n, 
e.g. me (mi), I; mo (mu), gou; mu, inside^ interior; ne, his, gno, 
he, no, him Sc, ; oni, person ; the suffixes -ni, -nom ; ani, face &c. 
[Bern, ma, a frequent termination of words, has often nasal a, 
cf.2c.y and often pure a, cf 4.] 

h) in words or syllables terminated by m, n, n, if distinction from 
other words is not required, e. g. nam, nim, nom, mem, pern, den, 
tenten, hon, poh, kum, pun, anan, anum, ason, akron. 

c) on the two vowels of disyllabic stems which have m or n between 
them, as the forms ending in ane, ame, ene, ini, imi, ono, unu, 
eoa, ema, ina, ima, inam, ona, oma, onam, una, uma. § 15,7.8. 

d) on the second of two joined nasal vowels. § 15,^. 

S, The marks for the tones are generally omitted in popular 
writing; they are also wanting on many words of this dictionary, 
either from uncertainty or oversight, or because the tones may be 
known from analogy or simple rules, e.g. that in nouns of a mono- 
syllabic stem the prefix usually has the low, and the stem the high 
tone. In verbs, the monosyllables as well as the disyllables and 
polysyllables have their peculiar tones in their various forms. See 
6r.§ 40. 47-51. 91.95-101. 112. 

4. Sometimes simple m or n is written instead of mm, nn. = 
mb, nd, e. g. ma = mba in terminations (nneema, ntrama ^c), 
mogya, muka = bogya, bukyia, anadwo, 'ne, 'nera (from edA). 

§ 25. Another kind of defective writing consists in ih^ omission 
^{letters which are sounded in dignified or slow speech, but not 
in common quick conversation, when two syllables do readily co- 
alesce into one. 

c 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



XXVI Grammatical Introduction. 

i. The suppression of a very short vowd often takes place 
before a syllable beginning with r. a) We prefer the defective writ- 
ing after strong consonants and before open vowels (especially **a*^), 
or before syllables made weighty by a long vowel or final m or ii; 
e.g. pra, pram, pran, tra, tra, kra, sra, fra, bra, fr§, bebre, frem- 
irem; mpren, prow, kron, kronkroh &c. (6r.§20J), instead of the 
full writing p&ra, p&ram, p&ran, t&ra.... f^re, beb^rS, f^remf^rem, 
mp5ren, pdrgw, k6ron, k6r5hk5rdh, though the tones of pra &c. 
are as of disyllables and the very short vowel cannot be omitted 
if the proper vowel be nasal and n be substituted for r, as t^na, 
k5ndhk5n6n. h) We prefer the fidl writing after weak consonants 
and when the vowels are 6, i, o, u, e^ g. h&ra, h&ran, ram&ra, b^ra 
(imp, of ba), bftre, sftre, here, biri, boro, bum, piriw, pirim, tiri, 
p5row, puruw, turn, kuru, &c. — In all these cases provision has 
been made in the dictionary that the word can be found whether 
it be sought for in the full or defective writing. — Teachers in 
schools should use discretion in such cases and not rigorously info jrce 
either way of writing. They will do best by observing the above 
rules and taking the orthography of printed books for their standard. 

^. The pronouns me, ne (in the possessive case) always drop 
their vowel before a noun with the prefix a, e.g. m^ani, n^asd; the 
pronouns mo & wo in the same case are written fidl, e.g. moanim, 
woano, and the pronouns me, mo, no, wo in the objective case 
are likewise written full, though exceptions may take place, espe- 
cially in poetry; e.g. "odame ase, oyiwo aye, fweno yiye, m^- 
nya mo" is better than **odam' ase, oyiw' aye, f\ven"iye, m^nyam' ". 

IV. DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE DICTIONARY. 

§ 26. The alphabetical order of the sounds described in § 6 
and 10, as observed in the arrangement of words in this dictionary, 
is this : a, a, a, a, a - b, d, dw, (dz) - e e e, e, C e e, 6 - f, fw, g, 
(gw,) gy, h, hw, by - i i, 1 i - k, kw, ky,' (1) - m, n, ny, n, uw 
nw - Q Q, 5, o, 6 - p, r, s t, (ts,) tw - u u, u - w, w, y. 

§ 27. Deviafiofi^ from the strict order of arrangement. 

1. The sounds e e e, n ii, y Q are sometimes ifUermixed in 
the arrangement of the words ; e. g. abegui precedes abehene, 
aheukwa — aheiisaw, abeiiiiua — ahenyere, mdno — manno. 

J2. Doubled letters are, in the arrangement of words, treated 
as if they were simple; e. g. ahenne follows after ahdne (not after 
aheiikwa), aman-ne after amane. 

3. Prefixes do not affect the arrangement of the words (Pre- 
face § 8), except in the midst of compound words, e. g. nsu-ani, 
nsu-ano, between su^ne and asua-nu; but here also they are some- 
times overlooked, the same way as in the beginning of words ; e.g. 
ah6-gden, ah6-Qdeii, stand between abode & ahddom, aho-gyaw 
between ah6yaw and aboyeraw, not before abofadi or ab6pae. 

§ 28. a. If you wish to consult this dictionary for any word 
that has a prefix or (in verbs) several prefixes, you are to divest it 
from the prefix or prefixes (§ 29) and seek it under the consonant 
with which the stem begins, b. If this consonant be an m, n, ii or 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Directions for the Use of the Dictionary. XXVII 

iiw^ yon will in many cases have to seek the word under b, d, g, 
di^y and if you meet the consonants nw, nw, ny, it may he doubt- 
ful whether it is the prefix n or n before w, w or y, or whether 
the stem begins with nw, iiw, ny. On both these difficulties see §30. 
§ 29. The different prefixes with tbeir combinations (§ 18. 20. 
28a.) may, for practical purposes, be grouped together as follows: 
i. a-, am- (an-, an-), m-(n-, n-), in nouns and verbal forms; 

§-, 0-, in nouns (and, according to 5, before verbs). 
J2. abe-, akg-, amme-, anko-, be-, ko-, I only in 

mm-(nn-, nn-), mm§-, mmme-, nko-, nuko-, > verbal 

re-, rebe-, reko-, rem-(ren-, reii-), remme-, renko-, I forms ; 
3' ^y Q-; me-, mo-, wq-, wo-, y§-, pronominal prefixes, occurring 
a) immediately before verbal stems, h) combined with any of 
the verbal prefixes under Id: 2; in the latter case ga-, Qa-, mea- 
(in the perf. and consec.) and mebe- (in the fut. I) are contracted 
into a^, wa-, ma-, me-. 
jRem. Succeeding close vowels change every a, §, Q in all these 
prefixes into a, e, o, and me, mo into mi, mu; in writing, however, 
we do not always follow the pronanciation, but let (me, mo,) wQ, 
ijvo unchanged before a-, am- (an-, an-), be-, ko-, rebe-, reko-, 
remme-, reiiko-, in order that the pronoun wq-, fhey, be sufficiently 
distinguished from wq-, thou^ which is the more necessary because 
the dot in wQ (like that in a) is usually omitted. — Examples: 

a) The pron. wq (fhou) with other prefixes before the v, fi : 
wufl, wAm^fi, wurefl, wtirimfi; wo&fl, woAm^fl, wo^b^fi, wo^k6fi, 
woammefi, woankofl, and 6 consecutive forms similar to the pre- 
ceding 6 forms of the perfect; w6befi, w6kofi, w6m*mef[, w6nkof£, 
w6r^befi, w6r6kofi, w6r^mmefl, w6r^hkofi; likewise the pronouns 
me & mo are either changed into mi & mu, or remain. 

b) The pron* wo- (tliey) with other prefixes before the v. tu : 
w6tu, w6ntu, wontti, wonnt^, wor^tu, worentd; wgAti, woantu, WQk" 
betu, wo^k6tu, woammetii, WQahkotd and 6 similar forms in the con- 
secutive; w^b^tn, w6k6tu, w6mmetu, wommetu, wQmmmetii, w6hkotu, 
WQokotii, wohnkotd, worebetA, wgrekotii, woremmetu, worehkotii. 
This last example shows how many combinations also of each of 
the pronouns me, Q. e, ye, mo with other prefixes are possible. 

§ 30. The difficulties arising from the cases indicated in § 206, 
will cease to puzzle beginners if they will pay attention to Gr. § 1 8 
and 24,5. and to the nature of the vowel following after the con- 
sonants in question, cf. § 15,1. To make it plain and easy, we say: 
Seek mma mm§ mme... under b, mma mme... under m; 

9 nna nne nnenni... » d, 

» nwa nwo nwu » w, 

» (nwa) nw§ nwe nwi » dw, 

» nnya nnye nnyi » gy, 

» nyanyenyi » 7, . . 

If three m, n or n be together, the first two are prefixes of 
the negative form of the 2d imperative, and the third is either 
radical, or transformed from b, d, ^^ gy, dw. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nna nne nni... 


» 


n; 


nwa nw6 liwi 


» 


nw; 


nwi nwu 


)) 


nw; 


nnya nnyi 
nyanyi 


» 

3> 





xxvm 



ADDENDA, 

Words supplementary to the Dictionary p. 1 — 631. 

bakua, stcUk of a plantain- or banana-tree; obrode b., kwadu b. 
abebn-de, symbol, prognostic. 
berede, a red bead put among the marks in the pot of a sooth- 
saying demon; ahene kgkQ bi a wQde to k5ro mu 
abo a. s. abebude mu; s, k5ro. 
bese, a kind of amulet; sumaii a wode ton ade. 
abukd, a kind of amulet; suman bi; s. App. D. IV. 
dasuman, a kind oi play; s, agoru. 
guam, t;.+ 1,U woguamno atuo abien, he was kiUed by two 

guns fired at him at once* 
kabere,+ wode kyere nipa a, wawu; '*when somfething has 
been stolen, a small cord (hnuahama) is tied round a 
piece of wood, then the thief will die", 
iiku, a kind of amulet; s. App. D. IV. — amamfS, ditto, 
mmanim-pe, inf. [gbanin, pe] ye-, to be longing after men. 
amanni-pe, inf. sociality; am. nti onyaa amannifo pi. 
mmarutuwa, opening, door or entrance of the round houses of 

the Nta people at Salaga. 
e-nam, ^.+ nsum' nam-yi, fishing. — iiam-kumfo, butcher. 

nfiiikwanseni [Salaga] butcher; = namkumfo. D.As. 
nnontwuwa, a kind oi play; s. agoru. 
sansanwie: wode asem ato wo so, se nso woadi asem, na wo- 
asan, na abo wo. 
o-senkam,-f wabgme s. = waka akyere me se obeka a8§m a- 

kyere me. 
asibelete, esono-nfe-ne-mina, s. agoru. 
sudre,+ a beaten path, track, trace, vestige, mark; yehua sono 
anammon n^ wohsiiare pi, beboro dakoro kwah po, we 
saw many footprints and other marks of elephants for 
even more than a day^s journey. 
yera, v.+ 6. caus. ode yera nenan so kwan, he seeks thereby to 
obliterate his tracks to mislead or frustrate investigation. 
7. tew ani yera, to frustrate. Ezr.4,5. 
ayera, a kind of amulet; otuo sumaii. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



A DICTIONARY 

OF THE 

ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE 

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TWI). 



The Yowel a, nasal a, is changed or shortened into a, a, e^ 0^ 
e^ 0, &y iy and enlarged into a^ a, or into the diphthongs ae, ae, 
ai, *au, aw, aw; Gr. § 1-5. 17,3. 19 A. 

2L-ypref. 1. of nouns in the sing, and pi. (Gr. § 29,2. 35,2. 42,1. 
43.44.71. 104,2), of adjectives {§ 69,1 b.c. 70,2. 72.), of numerals 
(77. 78,2. 3.) and of a few particles, viz. adverbs (134, 3), conjunc- 
tions (142) and interjections (147,1. 5. 6.) — J2. of the verb in the 
perf. and consec. forms (§ 91,4. 8. 92. 95-97.) 

a, ret. part, (conj.) 1. having no comma after it, belonging to 
I noun, pron., or princ. sent., that = who^ which, where, or any other 
rcl. pron. and conj. 5 such as, so that, Gr. § 64. 65. — 2, usually fol- 
lowed by a comma, belonging to a subord. sent., if, when, though, 
6r.§141,3c. 

a^ interrog. part, Gr. §142. 

a, emph,part. (interj,) Gr. § 75,2. 144. 151.— F. (at the end of 
a sent., omitting eye at the beginning) = Uis, Mt 16,12,14, Mk,U, 19, 

a = ara, s. under R. 

kyhy int. ah! oh! aha! 

ai^ al, ai, int. eigh! ah! ah me! alas! 

d5, int. what! why! hey! ay! fie! 

au, in/.F. ah! MIc, 15,29, 

am-, an-, au-, pref, 1, of nouns in the sing., Gr. § 29,2. 35, 5. 
2. of the V, in the perf. or consec. neg. forms, § 92. (95, 1-5. with 
w=o). 3, of the particles ampd, ^nsa, ^nka. 

B« 

The consonant b occurs before pure vowels and a in ba; 
is changed into m, by an m (n, 11) before it, or into w, in dim. 
forms; or, together with e, i (-eb-, -ib-) into o, u; Gr. § 18. 19B. 
20, 4; is lost in dim. forms and in the verbal pref. be after the pron. 
me. Gr.§37.91,6. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ba — babayenteii. 



ba, V. io come, i. e. to move to or towards the speaker qt 
' addressed person; — to come forth; to come io pass, to happen; to 
take place^ to arise; to fill: nsu ba, the river fills '^ — to produce: 
asase ba aduan, the earth brings forth food. — ba mu, to come 
tti, into; to he fulfilled, realized, — ba so, <o come upon, befall , over- 
take; to succeed (on the throne); to become famous, renowned, — 
de.. ba, to bring; kofa.. ba, to fetch. — imp. bSra; inf. obA, odi 
ako-n^-abd, waba ha mmae, ne koree ni ne bae, F.mh&y Mt24,3. 
— red. beba, boba. — Gr. § 95. 104. 

0-b a, inf., s. ba. — bo . . ba, to beckon (and call or bid) to come; 

gye.. ba, by assenting replies to encourage a speaker to continue. 

O'h a,j pi. m-, offspring, child, son (obAbanin,gbAbirfmd), daughter 

(obAbea); the young of animals; person (esp. in cpds.); me ba, my 

brother's child. ba, -ma, -wa, diminutive suffix; Gr. § 37. 

0-b a, a kind of beetle. 

ba (in cpds., as bakon, basin, batwew, mmati) = basa; s. haw. 
aba, (pl.id.) F.amba, kernel, seed, fruit; c/'.adua, aduaba; eggs; 
da aba so, to brood; - ball, knob; j?Labaabd, knots, clods, globules. 
aba, welcome, salutation; mn,-, to welcome. 
aba-o, int. F. welcome! hail! Mt27,29, 28,9. Gr.§147,5. 
ba, V. to extend, spread out, s.mpas&a; cf. bae. — red. baba. — 
ba mu, to make or give way between; syn. jerew mu. 

ba, place, spot; mma nhina, everywhere; s. babi, haw, hew, 
bea, here. 

0-b a, pl.m-, woman, = qb^B,, g(ba)basia; cf. abawa. 
aba, pi. m-, wand, rod, whip, stick for beating, cudgel; pi. 
blows, strokes; cf. dua, nsaba, aporiba, poma, twom, mpire, sika- 
fere. — Phr. bg.. mma, to flog; cf. fwe; di aba, io receive a flogging 
or blows, pr. 31. 1450.2637. 
mba, inf., F. s. ba. 
hkjpl.a,', botigh, branch of a tree, river; cf. basa, baw, dub A. 
b&, a play-card with 6 figures in 2 rows, 
b&ba, a sickness of the genitals, 
baba, pi. m-, = boba. 
O'h&hay pl.m-, daughter, = qh&heaL. 

ababa, abdb^wd, pi. m-, maiden, young woman, married or 
not, who has not yet bom a child, or only one or two ; syn. abeaf6. 
b^bababa, adv. profusely, said of raining; cf.osu. 
baba, babac, red. v., s.h&, bae, anim ababae, anobabae. 
bab^ddm, an army in dispersion; wgye b., syn. wgbg pete. 
Babae-ntwa, pr.n. an epithet of the Asantes; cf. Bae. 
Q-bdbaniii, pi. m-, son. 
Q-bdbarimd, pi. ra-, son. 

o-babasia, j?2.m-, woman; 5. gbea, gba, gbasfa; cf. akatasia, 
akatamasiaba. 

babayemfi, babayenteii, s. bob... 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



gbdbea — bafow. 3 



o-babea, plm-y daughter^ = ohahB,. 
o-bab6re, pi, m-, a fine, heaittifuly delicate woman, 
babl, some place, somewhere; elsewhere; cf. ba, beabi. — 
mmabi-mmabi, in different places, here and there, — 
babiara, anywhere; in negative sentences nowhere, 
babi-mbre, F. = nea, where; senea, how, 
o-bdb6, inf. [bo,.ba] beckoning and calling to come, 
o-bdbun, pl,m-^ a young, fresh, healthy man, a man in the 
prime of youUi; cf, bun. 

ababumma, [dirnJ] lad, stripling, 

o-babuii, pi, m-, a young, fresh woman in the state of puberty, 
maid^ virgin. 

o-babumma, [dim.] girl, lass, young woman of 12-16 years, 
abadae, the yearning of bowels for a child, pr.3182. cf. odae. 
a bad in y names of children; dapenmunnafaasoab.5.Gr.§41,4. 
abddom^y obad., pl.m-^ a young, fine, tender, little child, 
abadomaba, ¥.id. [infant, 

Badu, pr. n, of a man who is tJie tentJi child of a mother. 
Baduwa, likewise of a woman, Gr.§41,5. 
abaduaba, s. abed... 

o-baduedu(^f6, jpZ. m-, rambler, rover, stroller, vagabond, 
abadwe, F. a man whose hand is withered. Mtl2,10,Mk.3,l, 
o-badwcmmd, pl,m-^ a pensive, thougJUful, prudent, reflec- 
ting, considerate, sensible, intelligent person, [fr. gba, dwen, oba; 
ewo obanimdefo nh obanyansafo ntam\] 
ebddw6m, s, nn\Vonkoro. 

bae (mu), v. to disjoin, pad, cleave, sunder, rend; to open, 
gape; to unravel, loose, unloose, unstitch, unroU; to distend, extend, 
expand, spread, spread oid. — red, babae, baebae. — syn, ba, gua, 
gnae, pan mu, san mu, tew mu, terew mu, yerew mu. — Otam no 
abac; bae ntama, nhoma, hycn mu abranna no mu! babae asa- 
wa no mu! - M6mma^mM open your ranks! make way for going 
through! - wabae ne nan mu; woabae won (mpasiia) mu. 

Bae, Baebae, Baebac-antwa, surnames of the Asan- 
tcs, as a host of endless coming, or, extending so far that they 
cannot be surrounded. *^ 

o-bdeankg(ro), one who came and did no i ore go;pr,43, 

bae bae, red, v. 1. s, bae; dua no ab., the tree has spread; 
2, anim baebae, the day breaks; s, buebue. 

abd^f5 [uea gbae foforo], 7ieW'Comer, new beginner, novice, 
abaesaba, F. = abasiaba, abofra, ababa, Mk, 5, 89, 

bafaii, -ne, pi, m-, a child who did not learn to walk within 
the first 2-7 years; pr, S5. — sluggard^ Inzybones ; onihafo. 

bafow, bafoo, (one ivho came a- foraging) forager; pr. 36, 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



abafra — abakyere. 



abafra, abafraba, mbafraber, mbafram, F. = abofra, abofra, 
mmofraase. 

b^fua, a single thing or person^ one and the same thing. 
o-bdgofo [nea g-n6 mma goru], fornicator; 51/n. mmeapefo. 
abdgdw, F. relaxation or slackness of the arms; eyemeab. 
= ata m'abasam, ama mapa abaw. 

b^gua [bo agua], public assembly^ congregationy council^ — 
ofra baguam* or baguafom', he is a member of the council. 

abaguadd [bagua ade], share of fees for attending a pa-- 
laver; pr. 37. 370. 2966. 

baguaf6, elders and other persons met in council or as- 
sembled for public deliberation. 

bagya, a fourfooted beast; pr.38. 
o-bdgy6, inf. [gje..hsi] exhortation to continue in a speech. 
a-bagy6, inf. [gye oba] adoption. 

oba-gyigy ef6,|?Z.m-, 1, nurse] J2. a mischievous child; one 
who gets other persons into trouble. 

bahd (dec. = mposae, com.), dry fibres of the bark of the 
plantain stalk; pr. 10. 569. 629. 

o-bd-huhuni, pi. m--fo, a worthless fellow \ s. ahuhufo. 
bakd, lagoon, lake communicating with the sea; F. lake^ 
pond; cf. otare. 

abdkdn, j>L m-, the eldest child, the firstborn; the state or 
birthright of a firstborn son. 

bakdnoma, lagoon-bird, heron, stork dtc. 
bakasianepO; a bird, s. otwironku. 
abdk6, a kind of shea-treeiV, with brown wood used for 
furniture; of the seeds oil is made in Akem. 

bako, Akp., F., = biako, koro, one; gbako, one person; 6r. 
§ 77. 80, 2. mmako-'mako, one by one, each. pr. 2548. 3258. 
0-bakofo, obiak., a single person, pr. 455— 459. 
Q-bakokonfmma, dim. of the foil, [oba, akoko-nini.] 

Q-b akokonini, a conceited, vain glorious woman (like a cock), 
coxcomb. 

bdkoma, plm-, nobleman, lord, prince, person of the royal 
family, of high rank or position; high-born; aristocrat] di b.=di 
adebyesem, to be imperious, violent, positive, stubborn, wilful, ar- 
bitrary, pr. 39. [oba a onam ne kon so, onam na ototo ne kgn kyea.] 

bdk6n [ba=ba8a, kgn], wrist. 
abakQS^m [nsem a aba kg], history, story of past events; cf. 

bakron, nine persons. Gr. § 80, 1. [abasem. 

bakua, s, kwadn b. 

abakyere [basa, kyere], gold and costly beads tied round 
the wrist in honour of one's birth or deed. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bam — oban. 



bam, V. to embrace (in welcoming, syn, fam, ye atu, or in 
fighting) ; b. kjinii, to raise and shake a state-umbrella, = pem 
bamkyinii; - red, bemmam, bonimam. 

bam' = ba mu; ne dae abam'. 6r. § 214 after Bern. 2, 
b^m, bambam, adv, expressing the sound of striking^ 
clapping^ lashing, falling. 

abdm, a ceremony performed at the birth of twins, of the 
3d, 7th to 11th child, and in their after life by themselves, 
before every new crop or harvest. Oye ab., woye abdmfd, he is, 
ihey are entitled to the abam ceremony, Wode ad were guare ab. 
Fida, pr, 1137, Se adujamforo biara bo a, ab4mf6 anniiare abam 
a, wonni hi. 

bam, bam6, bams em, imperiousness, haughtiness, inso- 
lence; syn, adehyesem, ahenemmasem; odi no so b., he plays the 
rich or high-bom'^ he plays insolent, wanton tricks, - haxndi, inf, 

bdmma, phm- [ban, ba dim,'] the projecting lower part of 
the wall in Negro houses, used as a seat. pr,2252, 

b^mma, pi. m-, a stripe of country-cloth] the breadth in 
which it is woven; a ribbon-, syn, ntamabamma. At bSna. 
ab am m d: woto ab., they put their hands on each other* s necks, 

bamfo, -fog, a thorny plant, pr. 1676-77. [pr. 1213. 2791. 

bamiawu, a kind of snake. 

bamkoii [s. bam & kon, neck]: oto b. kasa, he speaks 
haughiUy; ototo ab., he walks with a majestic air. 

bamkyinii (kyinii a wopem di bene so), state-umbrella; 

bams 6m, s. bam, bame. lpr.1729, 

bail, V. to lie or to lay in a proper row, to extend', to string 
fntrama, wo hama so); to pile up, to store (ode, putu so); to hem in 
(atade ano, with a ribbon); b. ho, syn, sa ho; b. ho, syn, toto ho. 
— red, bemman. 

ban, i. row, fence, enclosure, frame; esp. the fence round 
the yard of a negro-house; watwa ban mu, he had to do ivith the 
king's wives, — c/*. faban, dantaban. — 2, = dua-S0y s. duasee, — 
3. esp. in cpds. : form, figure, shape; fashion; manner, nature; 
race, kind, species; syn, su (wo su n^ wo ban biara nye!) s. ab6a- 
bah, abusuab&n, adakabdh, odammiin, dobdn, duabdn, nipabiin, 
narabdn, subAh or subah; odabdn, abodabdn, adibdh = aduan', 
ahabdn. — 4. a fortified place; si bah, to put people in a place 
by authority in order to enforce the laws, or to keep the people in 
subjection and prevent their falling off; to place troops in a strong 
position', to occupy a place as a garrison, 

aban, -ne, (pi, id.) a house built of stone, cf. odah; a large 
fine building, palace; pr,31B0. - a large, strong building = abah- 
k§8e, fortj casCie. 

Q-ban, pi, m-, a string of cowries, 40 cowries; w6t5h no bdh- 
bin, WQtonton no abdhabdh, they sell it each fer a string; cf, ntrama. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



dhaii — abantid. 



6-b Ah J A beast of prey, the toild cat = aduatii. 

bandn, four persons, Gr. §80,1. 
o-banana, phm-y grand-son^ grand-daughter^ grand-child, 
abanase-abduase, a kind of herb, 
abanhina, a j7o^ (ahina) containing palm- wine for a string 
of cowries (ban). 

0-b a n i m d e f 6 , ph m-, a person of wnder standing^ possessing 
knowledge; cf, gbadwemma, Qbanyansafo. 

Q-banimmd [obanih, dim»\ cf, abarimAwd, opanyimmd. 
0-b an im- mere [ob. -bere], a handsome man\ an e/feminate 
o-banim-mone [ob. bone], a bad man. [man, 

o-banim-panyin, an old, venerable man. 
g-banin, pl.m-y man, male jperson; = gbarima; F. obenyin. 
baniufana, armring of a man. 
baninfo, pi. brave men. 

banlnhd; bravery; gbyeno b., he encourages him. 
baninhd-hyd, inf. encouragement. 
abanfns6m, manful^ manlike, manly , warlike deeds or be- 
haviour, bravery; pr. 391. odi ab., he shows manliness, quits him- 
self like a man; syn. mmarimasem, mmaninne. 

o-banln-tdn, a man that has children, a father of a family. 
o-banin-tr6fo, a lying man, liar. 
o-banin-warefo, a married man. 
o-banin-ydn, wizard, sorcerer, magician; s. ay eh. 
o-banin-y6re, an unborn child, designated by a man to 
be his future friend or wife. 

bafikdm, a kind of golden ornament, pr,155L 
aban-kes6, fort, casUe; cf. abau, abantia. 

banker oap em, a kind of bead, s. ahen^. 
o-bankii, a kind of food, prepared of ground maize, com- 
monly eaten when yam is scarce, 
ab^nkiia, s. ^kiia. 

0-b hhkyejpl. a-, the cassava, cassada, manioc, jatropha mani- 
hot; F. G. duade. pr. 36. 40. 

aba no ma, step-child, foster-child, pr.41. 
o-bansinl, pl.hsLnsi(6, (a man of) a garrison; s. si ban. 
0-b an so a, a bird, 
b dns u u, Zon^,=tententeh ; n^anim b. he is long-faced, long^ 
bdnten(n), long-shaped, long (hama, ntama, nsa). [visaged, 
abausos^m, a word talked over the fence, (idle) talk, gossip, 
aban-tenten, tower; pi. m- or aban atenteh. [hearsay. 

aban-tid, a small fort, as the Mortella tower near Chri- 
stiansborg. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



abanto — basd^wi. 



abdntd, inf. [to aban] (tho act of) buUdinff a stone-house; 
masonry^ mason's work, 

g-bantoni, ph a--fo, mason^ bricklayer. 
blinu, two persons, two together, pr, 44-46, 1390. 2081, 
baniim, five persons, Gr. § 80, 1. 

b annua [ban dua], any kind octree (ofosow, atoa, ...) tised 
for fences. 

abannud; the court or yard of large buddings [aban, gua; 
adiwo a ewo aban bi mu]. 

o-ba-nyansaf6, a wise person; sgn, obadwemmA, obanim- 
def6, on7an8af6. 

o-bannja, a long red intestinal worm, 
abanyimfa, F. = (nsa) nifa. 
bap on, a disease in the jaw-bone, 
o-bdpomma, pi, m-, [oba, pon, oba] a person of high birth, 
of wealUi, entrusted with an office^ from the man next to the king 
down to the chief of a village; cf. mmopomma. 

Q-bapro we, pi, ra-, a spoiled child; s, porow, porowe, poro- 
kyewa; ojen nemma mmaprow^, he miseducates, spoils his children. 
bira ... s. bra, bSra ... is- yen. 

bare, v. (.. ho, .. so) ^ cover, lay over^ overspread'^ s, baw; 
to sling, wrap, wind, twine, twist round; to embrace closely, clasp 
round, — red. bebare, bobare, bobabobare. — de bare ani, prop, 
to twist (the arms, in wrestling) face to face, i, e. to engage in 
hattle, to fight hand to hand, 

o-barehyia, a cartouch, cartridge-belt all round the loins; 
cf. ntoa; ne ntoa ye gb. (when it contains 12 cartridge-boxes); 
- di b., to surround, 

g-b^rimd, pi, m-, man, male person, = ohtiuih [obanin-ba?] 
cf. nini; Gr.§41,1.2. — valiant man, hero, cf. oberah. 

abarimd, a man entrusted with an office by one superior 
to him, cf. adamfo; adherent, client, subaltern; follower , helpmate, 
companion, servant, pr. 1077, 

abarimd, -mAwd, jp?. m-, boy, lad, 

abarimakwdn, a way for heroes, dangerous way, adventurous 
abarimasem, == abauinsem. undertaking^ pr,1077, 

g-barimaye, inf, manhood, 

g-basd, pi. a-, the arm; the forefoot of quadrupeds; c/". abaw, 
nsa;-daa basa, branch of a tree; cf, bk, dub a. 

abasa , -saw A, [basa, dim,^ a withered or lame hand or arm; 
a person having such, 

b^sa, b^sab^Lsa, confused, disordered, disorderly, cf. s^ka... 

bksa, three persons, 6r. §80,1. 

basawa bi, some few (two or three) persons, 

basa^wi^ a large sea-fish [G. gba]; apata bi a gte se sire. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



basafil — batakari. 



basafd, a cuhUy eU] cf. abasamfa. 
basafawa,=bafan, obnbuafo? obuBufo?/)r. 52, 
bdsak5kom', the inner part of the arm at the joint of the 
elbow^ s. kokom; cf, mmotoam\ 

basakuram (?), the upper arm; $, nsata. 
abasa-kyga, inf. pr.733.^ s. ky5a, abasatoto. 
abas dm'; the space to which a man can extend his arms^ a 
fathom, the length of six feet; the strength of the anns. — tu..ab., 
to dishearten, discourage; n'abasam atu, he is disheartened; cf, 
ne nsam^ agow or ahodwow, wapa abaw. 

abasamfd, a measure of three feet, a yard; cf sin. 
abasam-fcu, inf. discouragement; cf. abawpa. 
basatiri, batiri, = mmati. 

abasa-toto, inf. the swinging of the arms, pr,733. 
abds^m, pi. m-, a story that happened'^ history; cf. abakosem. 
bas6wd, a clear-sighted, sJdlftd, respected or ambitious man 
in a society; aristocrat {?); gye hyew, oye agaasemde. 
o-basia^ F. = obabasia; cf. akatasfa, akatamasiaba. 
basiaba, adv. even. 
basid, six persons. Gr. § 80, 1. 
bd-sfgyaw, m-, the state of having no children. — 
ii h,, to be without children; s. mmeiS. .. &1 Sam. 15,33, 
o-basimma, a young woman, s, obeasimma. 

bdsin, F. a-, stump of an arm; one-armed person. 
abasiriwd, pi. m-, an infant; a child of 6 to 12 or M years. 
abas 5: di ab.^ to stand security] cf. a[ka]gyinam, akabaso; - 
menn6 ka, menn^ ab., I owe no debts, neither for myself nor 
from standing security. 

bason, seven persons. Gr. §80, 1. 

bat a, V. (..bo), to be close to, adjoin, lean against; pr,991. 
to adhere, cling to; to be connected with, pr, 691. — red. batabata; 
ebata[bata] ho kwa, it is a mere appendage. 

bdtd, trade, traffic, commerce. — tu b., di b., to trade; odi 
ntama b., he deals in cloth; ^ye b., to offer trade, to win a ctistomer, 
- Wofa da-bone kg gua a, bata butu wo ; s. butuw. 

o-bdtd, a beast of prey like the lynx; it has a longer tail with 
more hair on it than at6atoa. 

batddewd, F. boat; Ak. obonto; cf. korow. 

batddf, inf. trading; s. (di) batd. 

bataf6, (pi. id,) wild boar, syn. kokot6. — bataf6-sS, a botn^s 
tusk. pr. 42. 43. — batafo-sds6no, a medicinal plant. 

batdgy6, inf., s. {gye) hktL 

batakari, pi. m-, war-dress, like a shirt without collar 
and sleeves; the dress of the Mohammedans. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



obdtdm — abayisem. 



o-batdm^ a simpley sUly-, dtdl, half-witted fellow. 
o*bd-tdn^ obeatao, pL m-, a woman thai has children, motJier. 
o-batani, j??.a--fo, trader, tradesman, merchant; pr.923.l330. 
cf. oguadini, ondntef6, gpewadlfo. — batatii, inf., s, (tu) hkti. 
b a t i r i , basatiri, = mmati. 
batw§w, elbow-, cf. basa, twea. 
baw, V. =bare; to besmear, bedaub', — 
baw amdnne, to smear a twig with lime for catching birds. 

baw = ba, bea, bere, bew, place] Qnk6 baw = babi, he goes 
nowhere] cf. gjabaw. ^ 

baw = ba; bo . . baw == bo . . ba, to beckon, call. 
abaw = abasa, the arms] woso no abaw-abaw, tJieg carry him 
on the arms. - Wapa abaw, he has withdrawn or dropped his 
arms, \. e.heis exhai^ed, quite tired, despairs] cf. ne nsa apa, ne 
nsam' agow or ahodwo, n'abasam' atu. 
abaw-pa, inf. despondency. 
o-bdwa, [oba, dim.] = gbeawa, girl, lass. 
abhwsLy pl.m-, maid-servant, serving-girl. 
b a w 1 w e , eight persons. Gr. § 80, 1 . 
abawu, inf. death of a child, pr.296. 
b^ya, bayabaji, tvide open; n'ano b. =tetre; wgagyi- 
gyaw won adan ano atoto ho bb. 

abdye, inf. [ye oba] careful treatment of children. 
abayen, inf. [yen ba] the bringing up of children; abayem- 
mone, bad education, pr. 56. 

o-bayen, pl.m-j witch, hag; s. ay en. 
bdy6re, a kind of yam; s. ode. pr. 57.58. 

Q-ba-yeyere, favorite child, the most beloved (son) among 
a plurality of children (as yeyere is among a plurality of wives). 

bdyi, (abayide, -g6ru, -s^m) witchcraft, sorcery; ye or dew 
bayi, to practise witchcraft; b. ye abusuade, witchcraft is inborn, 
innate, hereditary. 

abayide, = bayi [ade]. 

o-bayifd, pi. a-, witch, hag; wizard, sorcerer, pr. 59-62- cf. 
bayi, ayen, baniny§n, bay§n, obonsam ; ob. kgdgwe, na wgkyeree 
DO kabere. The Negroes describe a wizard or witch as a man or woman 
yoho stands in some agreetnent with the devU. At niaht, when all people 
deepf he {or she) rises or rather leaves his {her) boay, as a s^iake casts 
tke slough, and goes out flaming from his eyes^ nose, mmUh, ears, arm- 
jnts; he may walk with his head on the ground and his feet stretched 
uvward; he catches and eats beasts, or kUls men either by drinking their 
Uood or by catching their soid which he boils and eats, whereupon the 
person dies; or he bites tfiem that they become fuU of sores. Some change 
themselves into leopards, snakes, anteCopes; some use their witchcraft am 
for trade in seUing things. 

abay ig6rii, = bayi; 6g6ru me ab., he or she practises witc?^ 
abayisem, =bayi. [craft upon me. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



10 be — b6b6re. 



be, adv, used of the effect o£ pinching: otime ara be, he 
pinches me sharply, that I feel it keenly; cf. bee, bew, v. & adv, 
e-be, pi, m-, proverb t parable, nddle; bu be, to tdter, teU or 
make a proverb. 

a-be, pi, m-j palm, palm-tree; the species of palm from which 
the palm-wine (nsa-fnfu) and palm-oil (nno) is got, the most common 
in Western Africa: oil-palm, Elaeis Guineensis; palm-ntU {cf, 
befua, adwe); bunch of palm-nuts (bemu); aU the palm-nuts grow- 
ing on a tree; pr. 64-69. cf. nO, dwow, sa, sc, pow, tow, twa abe. — 
Diff. species of oil-palm: obedam, abefufu, abetuntum, abehene; 
other paHns, s. adobe, kube, nkresia, kokosi. ^ 

be, V. to recite, declaim, deliver in a rhetorical or set manner; 
be kwadv^om, to deliver mournful songs; onim kwadwom be. 

b e a, V. [red. beabea] to lie Icngthtvise, across, to cross; cans, 
to lay lengthidse; gbea h6 t5t6te^; ntamadan'no bb. ho, the teni^ 
lie stretched down; cf. bew, boa, da, gu, sam. 

bed, place ( = ba, baw, bew, here); pi. mmea-mmea, at 
differ etU places; manner of state or doing (in cpds. with an inf.^, 
0-bea, pi. m-, woman, fetn4le, = {Ak.) gba, obabasia, F. obasia. 
beabi, Ak. F. = babi. 

beae, place, situation] pi. mmeae-mmeae, at different places, 
beae, pi. m-, the beam or pole on which the rafters are put; 
b. yi atg nkorasimma yim* akyea, this pole came to lie crooked on 
these posts. 

beae, a swelling in the groins; mmaninyare bi. 
abeaf6, pi. m-, a young, lovely woman, neatly, nicely dressed. 
o-b6a-agu^man, pZ. m-n-, s. aguamAn. 
bea-kunini, cardinal point; m- anan, the four c. poitUs 
North, South, East, West, s. benkum, nifa, apuei, atoe. D.As, 
o-beaslmma, a weak sort of woman; a despicable person. 
0-bea tan, s. obatdn. [5. oba-simma. 

o-b6awa, ob&wa, pi. m-, girl, lass. 
beba, beba, red. v.<, s. ba. 
beba, beba, ... s. boba, boba. 
beba, beba, pi. m-, F. = gbo, pi. a-, stone. 
bebare, bebabebare, red.v.^ s. bare, bobare. 
be be, red. v., s. bew. 
bebebebe: Miinnyae b., pr. 
bobge, red. v., s. bee, beeb§e. 

ab6be, pi. m-. As. butterfly; winged insect in general. pr.'70. 806, 
ab c b e w, j)Z. m-, grasshopper, locust; cf. ho&ikhi (ntunturae), 
obfrihkran, otiituy'ura, fwidgm, gkra, opiti, ewi, otwe, odabg. 

abeberese, 1. = abete; J2. F. hardship, trouble, tribulation, 
adversity. 

beb6re, mtich, many; very much, exceedingly; cf. pi, burn- 
bum, ti^^m. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bebferebe — ebem. n 

beb6reb6, F. bebrete, much, many; much, too mmh, too 
many; when referred to a v, in the neg., it means (not) enough: 
exkso b., it is not large enough, 

bebeta, pot-ladle to stir up the corn-dough put on the 
fire; dna a wode d^uma an& opampan aseh no tratra a wode 
nu mmore mu; cf. beteta. 
bebew, red.v,, s. bew. 
bebre, bebrebe, bebrete, s, bebSre.. . 
bebrebe, hustle, pr, 1158. 
o-bebreb6f6, an insolent, itnpertinent, saucy fellow, churl; 
n^ano dennennen wo asem biara ho. 

abebii, inf. [bu be], speaking in proverbs. 

abebiisem, phm-, proverbial saying; s. §be, akasa-bebni. 

beb un = abe-bun, cf. akyenkyen. 
o-b6ddm, a kind of oil-palm whose ripe nuts have no black 
top, but are red throughout (abe hi a ebere wie na eho babi 
mmiri se abe-pa); also the nuts thereof; cf. adam. 

Q-bedew, pi. a-, a kind of basket roughly made of palm- 
branches] berew a woabQ (woanwene) de soa adesoa; wgfre hi 
se: ahagya, akyemmedew, akuapemmedew ; c/l akotwe, ky^nkyen, 
apakdn. 

o-bedefiinu, pi. m-, a chopped and withered palm-tree, of 
which the palm-wine has been extracted. 

b(3diapan, a certain bright star; osram wu a, ono na odi 
n'ade; cf. owii6di, kosoroma. 

abediid, palm-tree] more frequently simply abd. 
abedud^ mortar to bruise palm-nuts in ; = abe woduA. 
abeduaba, abad., a kind of doll, carved out of wood, 
abedwa, abedwewA, a young palm-tree] pr.TO. 
Q-b6dwo, a half-grown palm-tree; cf. antweribe. 
he e J V. to twitch off, pincJi off, nip off, cf. bew; - red. beebee, 
bebee . . ho = tetew ho hkakrankakra; wakobebee nam no ho, 
he has pinched off little bits from the meat. 

e-be^^ Ak. = bew, a pachydermatous animal. 
ab$f6 = db^^f6. 

a-befud, pi. m-, a single palm-nut with the skins, (diff, bafua.) 
abefUfu, a species of oil-palm. 
be go r 6, a palm-nut without a kernel. 
abegui, place where palm-nuts are cast before the oil is 
made of them. 

abghene, a species of oil-palm, 

bekyekyfere, pot in which the palm-oil is boiled. 
§-b e m , right, state of being right, righteousness, guUUessness; 
bu b., ma b., ma wodi b., to acquit of an accusation, pronotmce 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



12 b6mina — aben. 



guiltless, give right iOfjttstify; d i b., to he justified, innocent, guUt- 
less\ wudi bem! you are right, I beg your pardon. 

b^inma, pi. m-, arrow, cf. b§n, agyan; how, cross-bow wWi 
the arrows, cf. ta, kantun; - gtow yen (so) b., otow ne b. sa (wg, 
si) yen, he shoots arrows at us, discharges his bow against us. — 
bdmma-dua', arrow, = ben, agyan. — b^mma-h^md, bow-string, 

bemma-tow, inf. shooting with the bow, archery. 

bemma-tofo, pi. m-, archer , bow-m<in. 

bembu, inf. acguittance, justification. 

bemdi, inf. innocence. 

be me, bemme, bemmeme [G. bobe] adv. added to statements 
of time, quantity, number : such a long time, such a large quan- 
tify or number; already; only\ even, indeed-^ kan, tete, dabidabi b., 
long ago; mfrihyia 20 beme asem na oreka yi? of a palaver of 
no less than 20 years does he talk? mede memaa no Rwasida b., 
I gave it him on Sunday already; enyc 'ne b. na ofi ye ade yi, 
not since to-day only he does this; atiri ha b. na ogyee ana? 
did he indeed ask 100 heads? 

abememfi, a place out of the way, at a distance^ eda ab., 
it is far off; ogyina ab., he stands aloof; nnyina ab. sa, na twu 
ben me, do not keep away thus, come near to me! 

bemmen, bemmen, red. vv., s. ben, ben. pr.3011. 

bemmu, = bembu. 

bemu [abe mQ], cluster of pdlm-mds. 

ben, V. to approach, come or draw near; to be near; oben 
no abusuam\ he is a kinsman of his; - red. bemmen ; syn. ben- 
kye[n], pinkye. 

ben, pron. what (kind of), which. Gr. § 74. F. cb§n, ebena. 

ben = aben, horn; won ano kg b. koro mu, they are unani- 
mous, in unison. 

e-ben, pi. mmemma, arroio; cf. bemma, bemma-dua, agyan ; - 
etee se ben, it is as straight as an arrow, i. e. quite right pr.80. 

b e n n , straight (dua, hama, kwan) ; etee b., it is quite straight. 

ben, V. to ache, pain; red. bemmen; me ti ben me, my head 
aches; wohti bemmen won, their head aches. 

b6n, V. to become red by boding, to be sufficiently cooked, 
boded, roasted; to be done well; to become red by dressing (a 
wound with hot water) : watoto kuru no na aben ; to become hot 
(a gun, by firing), pr,3386; perf. to he smart, clever, well versed 
in any knowledge or business, good or bad, f.i. in political mat- 
ters; to be astiUe; - nehO ben, he is healthy; neho mmen, he is 
sickly, feeble; -red, bemmen. 

-ben, a. (in cpds.), red, yellow; cf. odub^n, oguab^n, osub^n 
&c. s. men, kg &c. bere, v. 

aben, pl,m-^ horn of animals; horn, flute, wind-instrument, 
musical instrument; hy§n ab., to sound the horn ;- mmeiiy pr, 376. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ebena — bepodwuma. 13 

smmenhyen, agora; cf. ben & abentii, ab5rob^n, botowA, odiiru- 
gya, agjesod, k^te, nimeus6n, aprMa', ases^b^n, atenteb^n, toro- 
Mnt6; nkontw^, adakab^n; ob^ntA, osankA &c. 

§-beiia, F. what, which] s. ben ; ebena nyimpa = onipa ben, 
what manner of man. e-beiia-dze, F. = ade-ben, deen, den, whai, 
§-bena-ntsiri, F. = eden nti, wherefore, wherefrom, why. 

benna [bend a], ph m-, a weight of gold = 2 ounzes = 32 
ddUars or acJcies = 7L4s. 

ben a, bSra, Ak.=bainma, ntamabSna, stripe of cloth, ribbon; 
cf, nwa-b^na. 

b^na^ b6na: bob., to wail, lament, mourn; 5yn. twa advro. 
benabena, pr.3344. 

Benada, Brftda, Tuesday. TSr. §41,4. 
ben-an5, unmixed palm-wine, as it came from the reed un- 
der the tree, cf. dodoben ; opp. mfrasa. 

b 6 tin 6, a-, spit, broach(er), — gye or di b. or ab., to act 
or be employed as skirmisher (before the twafo, van)^ to begin 
the attack, to engage in dangerous fighting] kogye b.; oredi ab.; 
eyi de, merekodi ab. = merekob^re, merekoko mabere wo mu. 
o-ben nenl, pi. bennef6, skirmisher, sent to attack the enemy, 
abenne [bem ade], fees for acquittance in a law-suit, 
o-ben em, -n6m, pi. a-, a stinging fly; syn. tutuhunu. 
O-ben 6m, name of a month, abt. March. 
o-beu-hy§nfo, jpZ. a-, m-, horn-blower, musician. 
beiikiim, F. a-, the left hand (nsa b. pr.8t) or side; to 
the left (b. so); cf. nifa; north, cf. kwaem'. 
o-beukumfo, pl.tL-^ a left-handed person. 
benkye[n]^ v. = ben, pinkye, to draw or be near, pr.82. 
beiikyi, Eng. bench] cf m&iio'. 
b en s 6 r 6 , pl.m-, basin of porcelain. 
o-b§ntd, pi. m-, a musical instrument consisting of a curved 
branch or stick with a cord made of the fibres of palm-branches, 
played in a doleful strain. — obenta-sankfi, j^saZ^r^, lute, va^kwv. 
o-bentdu, a word used for a person whose name we do not 
know or do not choose to mention; usually: asi^masi s§ ob., 
Such-a-one, WJiat-cCye-call-him (Ger. der und der, Fr. tel, Sp.fullano). 
a b e n t i a [aben tia], pi. m-, the short horn, the most common 
wind-instrument of the negroes, usually made of a young ele- 
phant's tooth and covered with the skin of the twom. 
Q-bentia-hyenfo, pi. m-, the king's horn-blower, 
h^ntoa, pi. m-, clyster-pipe, syringe, squirt ; b o .. b. 5. bo 102. 
obenyin, abenyin-ndem, F. = gbanin, abaninsem. 
bepow (bop. pop.), pL m-, mountain, hill, pr.489. cf. bew. 
bepowd, small mountain, hillock', cf. koko, pampa, pempe. 
bepodVS^uma, work done on the slope of a mountain, pr. 84. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



14 abepow — obere. 



abe-pow, inf. the act oilopping off the leaves of an uprooted 
bera, bara ... 5. bra ... [patm-tree. 

bera, imp.^ s. ba; bera ma yenko, comCy let us go! 
o-beraii, -btirane, jp?. a-, a strong^ st&ut, big man\ a potverfidy 
mighty 7nan, pr. 85. 86. 1717. 

gbSran-mmotoanr-dua, s. krammennua. 
aberan-sem, violence] cf. anuodensera. 
aberau-so, (after the manner of strong men, i.e.) by force. 
aberdnt6,-e, pi. m-, young many youth; syn. akwankwa. 
aberant6kwd, aberantewd, j)Z. m-, id. 
o-b e r an- 1 e t e t u, pZ. a-, giant (oberan tenten, honton, oberan 
a oware na oso te se nea tok«ru da ne mu). 

berapae, a wicket serving for a door, made of palm-branches 
kept together by three sticks driven through tliem ; cf. aserene. 

beraw: to b., to faint, swoon (away), fall in a swoon: 
osukom am a wato b., thirst has made him faint] wo4p^m n6 ap^m 
n6 ma wato b., they have knocked him about that he is half-dead; - 
to cause to faint: ofw6 no ato no b., from the flogging he is half- 
dead',, cf to piti, tware. 

aberaw, a polite address to a person of equal or inferior 
rank, used in reply to a salutation, cf. ya; Gr. §147,9. 

aberaw-aberaw, pr. 1363. 2929. scantily 'i so soi 

berg, V. 1. to bring (when a personal object, esp. me, yen, 
wo, mo, is mentioned; else 'de.. ba, kgfa.. ba, de.. koma* is used). 
— ^. b. ase, to lay or put down, bring low, humble, abase, abate, 
lessen: obSre neho ase ma me, he humbles himself before me. — 3. to 
grow or get(perf. to be) tired, weary, fatigued; to have much to suffer; 
not to come to rest; pr. 89. 754. mabSre wo nsa, woama mabSre, I atn 
weary of you; adwumaye ama mabere, I am fatigued by work. — 
red. bSrebSre. 

0-b6re, inf. fatigue, weariness; labour, toil; fa gb., to grow 
tired; hye.. b., to tire (out), wear out, weary, fatigue, harass; ode 
ne kasa hyeQ me b. 

bere, F. manner in which; se-bere 'te do no, Aky. == senea 
bere, s. berew. [ete nen, so it is. 

bere, r. to redden, to grow, become or make red or yellow; to 
cause to redden, pr. 298; bere (sika, awowa, kgbere) h6, to polish 
(gold, brass, copper); to ripen, grow ripe, of fruits growing above 
ground; perf. to be ripe. — n'ani b., his eye reddens i.e. he covets, 
lusts after; he grows angry or grieved; n'ani ab., his eyes are red, 
reddish, from weeping, excitement (passion, anger, or deep grief), 
drunkenness, old age. — red. berebere. — qualif. adv. ko, pr. 1.504. 
-bere, in cpds, blooming, beautiful, handsome; delicate; soft, 
gentle ... s. ohahere^ gbanim-mere, tekremabere. 

o-b ere, i>/. a-, female, esp. of animals ; cf. gba, gbea, Gr. § 141 , 2. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ebere — aber§kwasi. 15 

e-bere, 1. place (often in cpds, as, dabere, trabere, = dabew, 
trabew, trabea); cf. ba, baw, bea, bew, amere;-^. time, season; 
pi, mmere, the stages of human Ufe, of man's age; - 3, manner, cf, 
bea, abere, amere; - 4. good time; fine manner; bloom, flower, prime 
of life; beauty dt strength; •*nana, md wo bo bere so e! king, arise 
in iky glory and strength (for warfare, for the pacification of conten- 
ding parties).** — Phr, Odi bere (pi, wodi m), he enjoys his life, 
lives a luxurious life; he is a loiterer, sluggard, time-killer. Wabu 
uemmere mu, lie has died in the prime of life, in the best of his 
years, prematurely. Wabgbere, /i€ has (broken up time, i. e.) done 
ichat nobody has done, committed a heinous deed. 

abere, m-, F. time; aberebi, m-, sofuetimes, once; mber dodo 
ara, as often as; mber pi n^ara, from time to time; mber nbina, at 
aU times, for ever and ever; mbere, time which. 

abere, (obs.) manner: aber' a wope = senea wope. 
aber 6, pi. m-, an antelope with small horns, of a reddish hue 
and of the size of a goat; = okwadu. 

abere be, -bee, a quadruped similar to a cat, eating bananas; 
cf. ape^ow. 

b6reb6re, berebere, red. w., s. bSre, bere. 
berdbere, soft, slow, gentle; softly, gently; pr.3048; comfort- 
ably, at ease; gradually, by degrees, by easy or dow steps; -slow, 
gradual movement, advance or progress, pr. 3043. 3397. 1201; consid- 
erateness, patience, carefulness, pr. 734. — y § h., to go on conrnderate- 
hf K- 3558; oje n'ano b., lie assumes a modest speech, uses a niodesi 
language. 

berebere, smooth, glib, voluble, flippant; oye or n^ano ye b., 
he is loquacious; cf. b^tebet§, birebire, kiirokiiro. 
ber§bo, m-, liver. 

berebu-w, -o^ pi. m-, nest, bird*s nest, pr.92. 
b6re-dQm, troublesome warfare. 

b e r e - d u m , v. to be of a deep red tinged with blue, of a crim- 
son OT purple colour. Ex. 26, L 
bere-ensa, eternity. D.As. 

berefi, basket; Akr. tekrekyi; wode nton ni mmew ni knbe- 
ahaban na enwene. 

b e r e fi [ber§w, efi], bundle or heap of palm-branches. 

Q-b§refo, pi. a-, a needy, indigent, poor, destitute man; syn. 
ohiani, omanehunufo. JRi. 41,2. 72, 13. 

O-ber ekii, a bird of the size of a pigeon, of light brown color, 
crying "kn, ku** not only by day, bnt also four times by night, con- 
sidered as a spirit (osaman) and fortune-teller, pr. 93. 726. 

o-berekuni, an eye red as that of the bereku; owo b., he has 
red eyes (considered as beautiful). 

ab^rekiirf, a kind of fish, probably the eel. 

aber^kwasi, a certain annual festival. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



16 ab^rekyi — besr^de^^ 

aberekyi, p?. m-, goat; cf, oguan; Ak. F. amponky^; by- 
names: add6nnd, aduonnimma (=adii k 6nnd, onni mma, iJie fel- 
Imc that does not sleep j that gets no flogging) y ankdma-seperep^, se- 
kyerempew6. pr. 94-99. 483.498. abirckyiba, kid. abirckyibere, 
she-goat, abfrekyinini, Ak. = opip6, Akr., he-goat. S. abirekyi. 
bereman, pr.l933. 
beremba, F. = obarima. 
aberentse, F. = aberante. 
o-berempon, s. obirempoh. 
berentuw, s. kwaeb. & ntuw. 

berep6w, [berew pow], knot of palm-leaves. — bo .. b., to 
strike the head of a respectable person with such a knoty i.e. to apply 
to him in order to obtain his p>atronage in a law-suit ; cf. bg 54, 

berew, the leaves of the oU-palm, together with or separated 
from the midrib ; b. tuatua mpopa ho, the palm-leaves grow from the 
sides of the palm-branch; b. taban, a single leaf, leaflet^ pinna. — 
Phr. Manya babi a mibu me b., / Jiave found a place wliere I can 
live (get food & drink), Cf. bereft, berepow, mmerenkenson, 
ber^w, s, ber^bere, 'merew. 

bergww, hereo, soft; slow, tardy, pr,820; softly, mildly; slotc- 
ly; comfortably, peaceably. 
bergwa, = berepow. 
aberewd, pl.m- [obere, rZiw.] old woman, matron, mother; 
••m'ab.** is even more respectful than **me na*. — Phr. sore kobisa 
ab., to get up and go aside fordeliberaffon, cf. tu agyina; ma yehko- 
bisa aberew4-ti4, let us go and (ask a very old woman, i.e.) take counsel. 
aberewa, a sort of mat, s. kete; a sort of European cloth. 
aberewa-ani-nsu, a medicinal plant, 
bere-ye, in/*, fineness, beauty; c/*. -here, gbabere. 
ber' ol = bSra o! come! Gr. § 144. 
abesa, inf. [sa abe], the act of picking out the palm-nuts from 
their smashed pulp, s. nnoye. 

b^sdn, i. = ab4 as4s6, mmes^s^, aland (piece of ground) on 
which palms grow, — J2, a Iwle in which palm-nuts are prepared 
for making palm-oil. cf. gsan. 

bese, V. to take or break off{ibe^ palm-nuts from the stalk); 
to pluck, gather (mako, pepper, from the shrub); pr. 107. 

b e s e b e s e , v. to move - ano, the lips - as in speaking, without 
emitting a sound, i<Saiw.l,i5. to murmur, grumble; inf. grumbling, pr. 108. 
o-b^s§ (op.) the time (quarter) of the year from the beginning 
of the latter rains in October till in January ; syn, adommflrow. 

ab e s e b li r w' (ap.), com grown in the said time ; maize plan- 
ted at the end of the harmattan, in March (before the rainy season 
has fully set in), the prosperous growth of which is doubtful, pr. 115. 

besea, Ky. s, bosea. 

besr^de, fat of the quadruped called bew or bee. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



b^tg — beweondd. 17 

b^tg, h^ieheteyWeakyinfirMy feeble, effeminate; soft,mildy 
lenient; syn, boko, merew. Ne ho aye no b. = ontumi hka neho; 
n'akwa mu aye no b. = nye no den j ne yam' ad wo no b. = ne yare 
a ewQ neyam' no, enni ahoeden bio; asem no adwo b. = nye den 
bio ; n'asem ye h.^heis a lenient (not a hardy rigorous, severe) man. 
b^tebete, glib, voluble, flippant; n'anb ye b., Jie is loquacious; 
syn. ber^bere. 

abete, a common food of the negroes, consisting of roasted 
flour of maize boiled in water, and considered one of the worst meals. 

[pr, 1340. 1457. 
b e te t d^ a stick to stir up food in cooking, apotstick; cf. bebeta. 
bet6kdw, F. patakaw^ a species of small ants; cf. tetea. 
b 6t6m, pi. m-, ear of Indian corn or other grain, 
o-b etehypl. a-, the full grown palm-tree with a long, slender stem, 
abetia = abed^ea, pr.74. 

betu, ad we ho nam, the pulp of the palm-nut; cf sa abe. 
ab e t u n 1 1\ m , a species of oil-palm. 

abetwa, inf. [twa abe] to tap the felled palm-tree and cut out 
the opening (to keep it clean) every day as long as the palm-wine 
distils. 

betw^bere, the time of cutting palm-trees, about 2 o'clock in 
the afternoon. 

bew, 17. [red. bebei^] to steal, filch, pilfer, snatch away; cf. bee; 
ntrama a egu ho mprempren no, wabeb§w mu niwa-du ko, he pil- 
fered ten of the cowries that were but just lying there; wota bebew 
won wara ade, they often pilfer things from their master. 

bew, adv. quickly, snatchingly; mede ade no mekotoo ho no, 
b§w na wafa. 

b e w , a kind o{redd;yellow-striped^\xTo^, cotton cloth,pr. 3334. 
bew, t;. fo lie across; to cross, impedCy intervene; cf bea; red. 
bebew; wgde abebew won ho, they have covered (marked) their body 
wi^ stripes or weals (wales). 

abew, (inf.) hindrancCy impediment, detention; abew bew won, 
something intervened and prevented them. 

e-bew, Ak. bee, a large animal between the elephant and the 
§-bew, pi. m-, F. bone. [buffalo, 

g-bew, place (cf ba, baw, bea, here), esp. in cpds., as dabew, 
tobew, gy inabew, sibew; pi. m-, places, countries; a map. 
bew, F. == bepQW, mountain, hill; cf. Abetifi, Bewase. 
bew-ase, a low tract of country at the foot of a mountain. 
ab§wodu4, abedud, mortar for bruising (wqw) palm-nuts to 
separate the edible part from the shell. 

b^weoniid, a sweet-scented gum or resin (s. ohfiam); the 
tree yielding it. The name (lit. wUl eat i.e. misuse a sister) conveys an ob- 
scene notion, meaning that the use of the perfume by a girl will allure even 
her brother to lasciviousness; but 8.pr. 2503. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



18 abeya — obibambiba. 

ab6y ^, abeyS,^ a sort of hlach earthen vessel y 

abeyea, aboyS,l = asanka, ayawa; pr. 465, 2573. 

a-b^-y^S, inf. the process hy tchkh oil is made from palm-nuts; 

[^^Tino-yc. 

o-bi, ph ebfnom, Gr. § 60,1. somebody j some one, one, a person; 
anybody; another (person); in neg. sentences (the negation being 
transferred from tbe verb in Tslii to the pron. in Eng.): nobody, 
none; pr. 114-142; - onipa yi, me bi ni = me ni ni, this man is a 
relative of w/we, belongs to my family. 

e-bf, Gr. §60,2. something, sow e^ part, a quantity (pr.2327); any 
thing; another thing ; in neg. sentences nothing, none; pr. 111-113. 861. 
— cf biribi, ebi-n^bi. 

bi (2)ron. used as an adv., Gr. § 134,3 b), also, likewise, too. 
bi, pi. bi, binom, Gr. § 74,3. a, an, a certain, one, some; any; 
another; in neg. sentences no, not any; pr. 63. 499-501. — 
bi! F. = biako! fwo abo bi! Mk. 13,1. 
ebia, made into an adiK by ellipsis: (there is) something, m. 
some reason or likelihood, that..; perhaps, peradventnrc, ptossibly; 
Gr. § 135. pr. 3204. F. bia, anfvvea. 
bia, F. = biow, bio, biem, again. 
abia, adv. in the tvay of helping, to one^s aid or help; Gr.§131 ,2. 
meye no (adwuma) abia, I help or assist him in doing it (in tlie tcork); 
mhh no mu abia, I support him; ma yenkana kgdgw me abia, come 
with me to help me in my 2)lantation-work ; cnera obedow me ab., 
yesterday he came and helped me in tilling the ground; ote soro te 
yen abia = gte s. ma yen ; pr. 3349. 

abi <4, a kind of herb the seeds of which are used for beads; cf. 
abiirobia, ahene ; pr. 443. 795. 

bf abia, small round; n'aniwa ye mmia-mmia {opp. akese). 
obi-ade (lit. some one*s propoiy) a servant of a high person. 
obi-adee-wo-wo (another's propeHy is in thy hand), an epi- 
thet for a thievish person or animal, as the chimpanzee, dog, goat, 
biilko, Aky. biek6, Akp. bak6, one; single; cf. eko, koro; 
Gr.§ 77. pr. 65. 1005. the same (thing), pr. 27. 2832. — one great muUi" 
tude or mass of people or things : f we nnipa biako ! what a great mass 
of i^eople! fwe abo biako (F. bi)! Mk. 13^1. — biako no, the one be- 
sides that mentioned already, the other, another, F. ekoro no; - ye b., 
to become united, to agree; - mmiako-'miako, one by one, each;pr.789. 
o-biak o, gbakO, one man, jyerson or individual; pr. 445-454. 
o-biak 6 fo, gbak., id., a single person; pr. 455-459. 
o-bfara, F. e-, any body, any one; Gr. § 60,1. 
e-biara, any thing; every 2^ossible thing; Gr. § 60, 2. cf. biri- 
biara; adv. in any or every possible tvay, to the utmost. 
biara, Gr. § 75,3. any, either. 
obiba, a person of good family ; gyc ob. a gnsg 'bi ani. 
obibambiba, = gba a obi nni no so barosem bi. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



abibiduru — obirebirof6. 19 



a b i b i d il r u , negro medicine ^ co hu fry m edicin e. 

0-bibi-hy^f6, pi. a- [nea ohye bibiri] dyer in blue, 

0-bibinl, pL a--fo, negro, black man, African; pr. 563. 
bibiri, dark-bine cotton-yarn or cloth ; dark-blue colour; bye b., 
to dye with dark-blue. 

Abibiri(m'), the Negro-country, Africa; r/*. Aburokyiri. 
bibitiri, a skein (hank, knot or number of knots) of dark- 
blue cotton-yarn; bibiri a wgatee abobo no apgwapow a wgton. 

obf diinebi, [ebi dan bi, s. d^ii, n], an amalgam, a mixture or 
cotnpound of two things, each of which depends on, or conforms and 
communicates its qualities to, the other; f.i. dwete n6 kubere ntwee 
ka a woakyim abom', a ring made of silver and copper wire (the 
C4)pper enbances the beauty of the silver, the silver enhances the value of 
the copper). Kurtz § 228. 

bie, V, As. = bue. 
biem', Ak. =: bio, again. 

abieii' [abienu] Ak. mmiend, two; s. enu. 

abiesa, Ak. mmiens^, iJirec; s. esa. Gr. § 77. 

b i-h u n u = onipa a gmfa wo ho biribiara, a person of no im- 
portance i. e. relationship to one. 

c-b i - n e - b i , so-so^ half and half (gfa-ni-fa), middling, in part, 
not completely, not fully; indifferently; tolerably; oye n'adwuma bi- 
n^-bi, he does his work in a negligent manner; gbaa no b., his coming 
was not with uprightness of intention ; enye eb. na wgbae = wgbaa 
no nokwarem, wgammd n6 ses^sesa, they did not come half-hearted, 
bid in earnest and in uprightness; gte hg bi-ne-bi ara, he lives ivithout 
anything in paHicidar or extra-ordinary ; ebi-n^-bi mansofwe, pro- 
visional government. 

e-biu, Ak. bini, diii, dung, muck, excrement; cf. 6^b6w; dross, 
s. dadebin, dwetebin. — 

bintuw = bin a eye merew; cf kyerebo. 

e-binom, F. birim, 5. obi, bi. 

e-bio, biow, Ak. biem', again, further, more, any more; in neg. 
sentences no more; mihhu no b., gmma b., minni bi b. 

abird, Gr. §31,2. the reverse, contrary, wrong way; aye ab., 
tV has turned otd to the contrary; wakano ab., he has repotied it per- 
versely. - bg ab., to reverse, to alter to the contrary, to turn the icrong 
way, turn upside down: bg asem no ab. ma yen five, take the case in 
. the. opposite way and let us see; wobg asem ab. ka a, wgnte ase, if 
yoii represent a matter perversely, it will not be understood; - cjf. 
abirenkyi. 

biram, v. to beat, strike, smite with the hands; gdo ne nsa b. 
nekoko; cf gnram. 

bir^bire, brawl, noisy quarrel, loquacity, pr. 462. — 6y6 b., 
n'ano ye b., he is brawling, loquacious^ prattling: gwg tekrema -b., 
he has a bad, quarrelsome tongue, Cf. berebcre. 

0-bir6biref6, pi. a-, prattler, idle talker; syn. okttrokdrofo. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



20 obirebe — abirimmuro. 

o-birebe, a kind of bird, pr.3474. — o-bireku, 8, gberekn. 
abirekyi, (-ba, -bere, -nini,) i« more correct than aberekyi, q,v. 
o-birempou, pi. a-, F. a--fo, a wealtht/y great, powerful man. 
abirenkyi-abir6nkyi, kkw. perverse, -ly, distorted; waye 
no ab. = bisibasa bi, wabo no abira. 

biri, t?. to grow, he, or make Mack, dark, dirty; aduru no 
mmiri bebrebe, the ink is not black enough; pr. 810. 3162, wabiri ne 
tam, he has soiled his dress; ntamaa abiri, soiled linen; m'ani so biri 
me, my head smms, I am giddy; biri n'ani so e ! stun him! obiri ne 
mogya ani, he blackens the colour of his blood i. e. does not care for 
his blood, exerts himself to the utmost, works hard. — red. biribiri. 

biri, adj, in cpds, black, dark; cf. adubiri, akokobiri, oponko- 

birii, F. blackness. {hir'idx. 

biribi, Gr. § 60,2. something; in neg. sentences nothing; syn. 
fwe; won biribi a woye nye biribi pa biara, there is no good in any- 
thing they do; nea eye biribi ara na wose: enye biribi, just tluU which 
is something makes one say : it is nothing, no matter, pr. 3591. 465-474. 

biribi ara, anything, in neg. sentences nothing, nothing at all; 
wanse b., he said nothing at all; enye b. na eye ntama, it is nothing 
but a garment; pr. 464. — biribi-biribiara, id. 

birfbiri, red. v., s. biri; anim bb., s. anim. 

biribiri, adv. numerously: nnipa no akyeresob., the people 
are thickly crowded; wobehyehy§e odan no mu b., they crowded the 
house; syn. pitipiti. 

biribiri, adv. (qualifying the vr.him, saw, wosow, to shake, 
shiver, tremble), very much, exceedingly; ne ho him b., he shivers 
very much. 

abiribiriw, epilepsy, lunacy \ twa or y are ab., to be lunatic, 
epileptic. 

biribiwd [biribi, dim.] a trifle; b. biara, any small matter. 

biriboro, dirty, soiled, bemired all over; dqte aye no b., he 
is grievously daubed tvith dirt. 

birlditwem,-twom, adv. all at once, suddenly; syn. preko- 
pe, birim. 

abirikd, m-, a run, running, pr. 475.; gallop; canter, trot; tu 
or tutu mmirika, to run; ode mm. bae, he came running. 

birikyi, t?. <o tremble, shudder, fear; to faint from fear; to be 
stunned, startled, bewildered; wayi no ahi am a wab., ehfi ama wab. 
= nketenkete akita no. 

biri m, a sudden fit, start; suddenly, at once; of wee ase b., he 
fell doum plump! bounce! — bob., to shrink, startle, start up with 
fright, esp. from sleep; cf. bo piriw, pirim (hg 7). 

birim, F. = binom. 

birimmirlm (pi. id.) 1. fin, mpata aky i b. = ntetew. 2. nave 
or spoke of a wheel. 

abirinimur6, a thorny plant with medicinal leaves. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



obirinkrah — bo. 21 



0-blrinlu:^n, a kind of locust; s. abebew. 

birfsi ^G. bfrlsi'), dark-blue cotton-cloth; blue baft, 
abiriwd, blacking, black paint; woaka ne ti ab., they have pain- 
kd his or her head with black figures^ a ceremony performed on boys 
at the first shaving of their heads, or on girls at the beginning of 
puberty. (Kanno, abofra a wadi mfe 4 a gsekaii hkaa no ti da, se 
woyi no, a.s. ababa boe bra ye a, wohyew odwQm^ na wode n^ gyli- 
biriw no asra ne ti so ayi no samd.) 

bisa, t?. i. to ask, question, piU a question to. 2, to inquire, 
maJce inquiry about, pr. 1632. 3085. kobi8a(ne ho), to ask advice o/'an 
imaginary spirit. 5. b. .. mu, to hear, examine, interrogate, syn. pe 
mu, pe or pepe mu; bisa no mu! examine him! 4. to ask for, to beg, 
syn. sSre. 5. to ask for, care for; pr. 977. - Fhr. obisa n'ase, a) he asks 
of what descent or family he is; b) he woos or courts her, asks or de- 
sires her in marriage; (diff. obisa no ase, he asJcs him for an expla- 
nation). — red. bisabisa; to inquire after, pr. 1686. 

abisabisa, F. qucstianing, questiom; catechism; s. asemmisa. 
0-bisabisdf6, pi. a-, one who often asks or inquires for the 
way, pr. 479. 

abisa-nsii-^-am a-n s a, one who gives wine when asked for 
water] gye ab. = gy§ gdefo, ne yam' ye, he is liberal, generous, 
bountiful, munificent. 

bise, bise-pd, bisekyim, cola- [goro-, gura-] nut, Sterculia 
acuminata; the tree bearing it; yr. 480. 

bisetord, spurious cola-nut; cf siiabise. 

blsT, bisibisi, dark, gloomy, clouded; dim, discoloured; 
osoroyeb., n'aniwa ye bb., syn. kusQ, kusukusu; ade no ani ye bb., 
the thing has not tJie proper colour that it ought to have, whether 
dark or light. 

blsibasa, confusion, disorder; confusedly, disorderly; oye 
ne nneema b.; okeka asem no b., he states the casein a vague, illogical 
manner] syn. b^sabasa, s&kasaka^ ses^sesa; cf. abirehkyi. 

obit^nbfba, some (distinguished) mother's child; monnkohaw 
ob. = onipa no, don^t vex that person (who does not deserve to be 
vilified) ! 

bitsi, F. = piti; to b. = to p. Mt 15,32. Mk. 8,3. 

ho, V. [red. bo6o] to strike; to be in, or cause, a vigorous mo- 
tion. This apparent primary idea of the v. has many ramifications. 
We shall arrange the difi*erent significations and combinations with 
nouns and other verbs (Gr. § 200 — 220) under the following heads 
A — L with the continued numbers 1—106^ and at the end review 
in a synoptical manner the combinations with nouns of place and 
relation (Gr. § 118, 2. 3. 119). 

A. To be in, or cause, vigorous or excessive motion: 
1. to throb, palpitate: ne komam' boo no pa, his heart smote him. 
18am. 24,5. — 2. to heave, to rise and fall with alternate motions: 
asorokye bo, tfte waves rise and fall; epo bg asorgkye, the sea casts 
up or raises bUlows. — 3. to break out, burst forth impetuously: asu 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



22 bg^ 

abg, the river has overflowed its hanks, — 4. to heconie loose : ne yam' 
abg, his bowels are loose; ebebo ne yam, it will cause mm diarrhoea. 

— 5. to emit cjccessive heat: owia bo, the sun shines vehement! f/, burns. 

— 6*. to blow vehemcnili/ : mframa bo, the wind blows; cf.15. — tr, 
to whirl up: mframa bo tutuw, the wind raises, whirls up the dust. — 
7. to start (up), startle: bo birim, pirim, piriw; (from fear) bo mpu- 
nimpu, toy am. — 8. to rise or cause to rise in tumultuous disorder: 
bo bum, to rise at once; tr. to make havoc; cf. 54 \ bo \vi, twi, nyin- 
nyan, to alarm, to be alarmed or confused. — 9. to fall back: bo 
pemmo (into a sitting posture), dompemmo (of an army), — 10. to 
hasten: bo fwi, pankrah, aperenten. — tl. to move forward with im- 
petuosity cf' tumultuous rapidity: bo kirididi, to run to and fro; bg 
(kirrr) kg or hyeh.., to rush into; bg hyia or to a,., to rush 
against; bg to w or gu.. so, to rush, fall, or come upon. — 7X^. to 
rage: bg dam, gje^ to run, go or be 7nad\ to drive mad; s. dagye. 

B. To emit a sound that strikes through the air (and makes it 
strike the organs of hearing): 

13. to strike, ring (to sound by percussion) : gdgn bg (paiih!), the clock 
strikes (bang!), the bell rings. — 14. to strike, beat, play on, to cause 
to sound by beating (of musical, resounding instruments): bg dgn, 
dawurum', donno, mma-mu, sanku, adakabeii. — 15. to roar: mframa 
bg bu, the wind roars; cf. 6. — 16. bg mu, bom', to cry (syn. pae 
mu, teetec mu, kekaw mu); bom' na ennyigye! cry aloud! to roar, 
thunder: gyata bobom', a lion roars; Onyankopgn, gpranna, osu 
bom', it thunders. 

C. Tlf increase by an inward vigorous movement or process (to 
full size or maturity) : 17. to grow big, large, ripe, esp. of edible 
roots: ne nneema (gde, bankye, koko, ntgmmg, hkate) abg, his 
(planted) things have grown large ; brgde no abg, those plantaifis are 
well grown; n'aburow abg (= anyinnyin na asow aba, aye akese- 
akesc, aboa, abcre), his corn is fully grown j gde abg, the yam is 
ripe; emmge e, it is not yet ripe; - tr. n'asase bg (=ba) aduan, lUs 
land yields (produces) much food. — 18. to grow big, heavy, old, esp. 
of persons : abofra yi abg se gde, the child has become as stout as a yam ; 
wabg duru, (a.) he has become heavy with eating, has a loaded sto- 
mach; (b.) she is big with child, pregnant; wabg apa, he or she has 
grown old; bg akora, akwakora, to become an old man; bg aberewa, 
to become an old woman. 

D. To grow or turn into : 19. to grow or divide into: dua no 
abg nta, the stem divides into ttco branches; abg nkorata an an, it has 
got four branches. — 20. to grow or swell into: bg kukudfi'diV, to 
bud; abg lioronoa, it has become a blister, a blister or pimple has 
arisen; abg dodonkii, it is puffed up. — 21. to turn into: abg abira, 
it has turned out the reverse; bg no abira, now take the reverse. 

E. To enter into close contact, to join closely (^= strike together): 

22. to agree, be in unison or concord: g-ue no bg, he is intimate, on 
friendly terms with him; wgbg = wgka, wgafa wgfiho aygnko. - - 

23. bg mu, bom' (to strike together in tJie same place, Gr. § 214. 
Jiem. 2), to join, unite] to discharge itself into, pr.3084; to agree, he 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



jjQ^ 23 

joined, nnitedj reconciled^ make friends; wgabom', they have become 
reconciled; - cans. ka.. bom\ to reconcile^ inake one; ka or de 
(fa)., bom', to join, unite, connect, compact y compose, vonsoUdate; 
dc, bo., mu, to admix, to join with: ode ueho bg Kristofo niii, 
he enters into the community of Christians; cf. bo asafo (Al). — 
<54. bg.. 8 0, to join, fall hack upon (of military movements of parts 
of au army); Asikumafo de twitwi b§bgg Akyene so. — 25. bg so, 
to fit upon, to he equal, pr. 3232; abrammo uo bg so, the weigJUs are 
equal; ebg so pe, it is exactly alike; to he level; cf se so, ta so, te so; 
to be well joined^ connected, jammed. — 26, bg ho, to adjoin; to 
he double; caus. de.. bg ho, to double, • — 27. to move in company: 
bg anan, to join the feet, i.e. to walk together; bg nsa, to join the 
hands, i.e. to eat together. — 28. bg ani, to fall in with the enemy 
(face to face), to engage in battle. — 29. bg anim\ to have the faces 
set opposite each other, s. mmganim. — 30. bg hye, hyeban, fuhye,' 
to border upon, confine ivith each other; bo afipam, to be neighbours. — 
c^i. bg,. ho, to stick or adhere to, be fastened on: nitiri bg akyeue 
ho, a skull sticks on the drum, pr. 1111. nheno bg no nsa ho, heads are 
tied round his wrist; caus. de.. bg.. lid, to fasten, tic to. — 32. de.. 
bo, to tie on: gde hheno abg ne nsa, he has tied beads round his wrist; 
ode hama bg n'aseh, he girds his loins with a rope. — 33. to gird, 
girdle, hind with a belt, sash dtc. gbg ueho so, he girds himself; wabg 
(= wakyekye] ne yam* de resu, she has tied her belly in weeping for 
a dead person. — 34. to have tied on or round: ahene, beads, pr.795; 
ntoa, a cartridge-belt, pr.984. — 35. bg.. so, to tie on a roof: bo 
dan so, to thatch a house with palm-branches and grass tied to the raf- 
^r.s, =:kuru dan so, de sare kekye so. — 36. de.. b g . . m u, to dip in: 
ode asawa bg iiho mn, he dips cotton in palm-oil; to immerse: bg 
(obi, neho, ne kra) asu, to perform a purifying, initiating (f- conse- 
crating ceremony; to baptize. — 37. bg.. mu, to fasten to (by bea- 
ting): wgbg uo duam' (pa, pam'), they fasten him to a log; bg (de.. 
bo) asenduam', to affix to the cross; magye asem no mabg ine bo, -= 
niafa mate meho so, I have taken the mtdter upon my breast i.e. upon 
myself have taken charge of it. — 3S. de. . bg, to make lean against; 
gde abofra bg ne bo, he carries a child on his arm so as to make it 
lean against his chest ^=^ gde no afam ne koko, oturn uo; - /o put to: 
bg hamanka no akgnkgn, = fa to wokgn ho. — 39. to set before: 
mede mebgg n'anim, / pointed it out to him (in his face), charged it 
to him. upbraided him with it. 

F. To remove, resort to a place or person: 
iO. to change abode, remove to: mede makgbg Date, I have removed 
(with my things) to Late, have taken my residence, have established, 
'fettled myself at L. — 41. to join, attach one's self to a person, famUy, 
iorieiy: gbea yi afi ne kunu hkyen (ako no, agya no aware) de akg- 
bg okiiro-foforo nkyen or ho, this icoman has left her husband and 
(Racked herself to (taken up her abode with) another; bg afe, to join 
Ofi^s self to one\s equals; bg abiisGa, pr. 2654.3458; bg fekuw, asafo, 
to join a society, company (cf. 23. 87.) — 42. to apply, take refuge 
to: bg kyeame so, /o call upon, address one's self to, the speaker or 
reporter (of a king); woahkgbg kyeame so a, wurenhu bene anim, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



24 bQ^^ 

if you do not address the speaker first, you will not he admitted to the 
king; mede asem no makobo akyeame 8o se w6mina enkodu ahemfi, 
/ have set the case before the speakers that they may bring it before 
the king's court. — b^ bosom, to surrender or devote one's self with 
all one's property to a fetish. — 43. to resort to a shelter or hiding- 
place: bg dofoa, bo nkokora. — 44. to desert, fall off, run away: bo ko. 

G. To break, spoil; to ruin, destroy; to go to ruin, rush into de- 
struction, perish; to sink, fall, fail: 

45. to break, knock out: wabo n'aniwa, he has knocked out his eye; 
cf. tu; - n*aniwa abo, his eye has been knocked oid, destroyed, his 
eye-sight is lost; pr.2295. — 46. to break (tr. & intr.); to crack; to 
shatter, dash; red. to smash, be smashed; bo ahina, nwaw, to break 
a pot, a snail, pr. 2188. 557; ahina no abo, the pot is broken (in pieces 
or only cracked); hg ad we mu, to crack pal m-nut-kernels, cf. abo- 
bgbe. — 47. to ruin, destroy : bo man, to ruin a toivn, people, nation; 
syn. see, pr. 2005. oman bg, iJie town (people, nation) is going to ruin, 
pr. 1995-98. 1371- — 48. bg bere (to break up the time i) to commit a 
heinous act. — 49. bg tuo, to destroy one's self by a gun: wabg (neho) 
tuo, lie has shot himself. — 50. to fall back, relax: bg tgm' to fall in, 
sink, become hollow; n'ano abg atom', his mouth (and cheeks) have 
sunk, he is hollow-cheeked from old age and loss of teeth. — 51. to 
fail, happen amiss, be marred: dgte-dwini a odii no abg no, pr. 258. 

H. To be removed, withheld from, lost to, taken from: 
52. to fail, be lost to: n'ahenni abg no, his kingdom is lost to him, he 
has lost his k. ; n'adnan abg no, he lacks food ; ntease abg no, Jie is 
void of understanding ; Onyk. anuonyam abg yen, we come short of, 
miss the glory of God, Rom. 3,23. n'akatua remmg no, he will not 
lose his reward, Mt. 10,42. ne gua abg no, he failed in trade; nam a 
mekgtg metgne no abg me, I stiff ered a comiderablc loss with the fish 
I bought for sale; emu sika fa abg me, Host half the money invested 
in the business; gkye a moakye sika no yi, abg me, by your dividing 
this money I have come off a loser. — 53. to be taken away from: 
wabg nufu, he has been weafied (from tfie breast). 

I. To strike, hit, smite; to sting, prick; to knock, beat drc: 
54. to strike, smite, beat, knock; to give, fetch or deal one a blow; gbg 
no (ade pr. 429, aba, nsa, twere, kutruku), he beats him (with some- 
tliing, stick, hand, knuckles, fist); cf. bg .. mma, bobg, boro, fwe, to 
beat with many blows, to flog; cf. biram, guram;~mabgno po, bum, 
I have struck him severely; gbg no berepgw, bere w a, he applies to him 
for help and protection in a law-suit; - bg.. abo (cf. pa., abo, siw.. 
abo), to stone, to beat, pelt or kill with stones ; bg . . so, to beat upon 
in order to compress; cf. abgso. — 55. to inflict: bg no sotgre, give 
him a box on the ear; gbg no fe, he inflicts on him a wound in the head; 
wgboroo wgh bobgg wgn afe, they struck and wounded tJiem. — 56. to 
hit: otuo abg no, a gun has hit him, he has been shot (cf. 49) ; asem 
no abg no, the case has been decided against him, he has been found 
or declared guilty ; ntonto bg no, the lot falls upon him; n'ani bog 
me so, his eye fell or hit on me, he glanced at me; cf. mmganim; 
n'ani bgg no so pe ua oliuu no, at tlie first look lie ktiew JUm; to 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bQ^ 25 

hefaU: oyare boo no, a sickness befell him, he feU sick. — 57. to stingy 
odowa (kotokuroda) abo me, a hee (wasp) has stung me. — 58. bo., 
mu, to pnck, ptincture: obo ne pompo mu, ne mfa mu, Jie opens (by 
a puncture) his boUy cuts open his ulcer ca/used by a guinea-worm; 
9yn. sa. — 59. to cut asunder: bo abama, to cut the climbers previ- 
ous to the cutting of the bush and preparing of the land for a plan- 
tation. — 60. to hammer: hq dade, to forge; cf. 89. & tono; pr. 3329. 
— - 61. to drive into the ground: wabo no dua, lit he has driven in 
a piece of wood in order to produce a magic effect against him^ i.e. 
he has cursed him. — 6J3. to counteract a movement, to stop: bo a no, 
to prevetU from advancing or spreading, to stop the onward progress; 
to ward off, resist, syn. waw ano, so Sno, som'; pr. 2. 3345. bo gy ina, 
to cause a stand, to stop; bo., to ho, to defer, dday, put off, ad- 
journ, postpone (a case) ; - bo sonsohku, to stand still, stop, stay, 
pause, linger. 

J. To give a push, to set in motion (other objects, or one's own 
body, or single parts) : 63. to push away, aside: bo. . to ho, 5. ^^; 
bo obi asem bye, to distort, misrepresent, garble another's word or 
matter ; woabo m^asem ahy§ {scU. fam'), lit tJwu hast struck (attemp- 
ted to push away) my word and put (hidden) it somewhere (under 
something) i. e. you want to put a covering on my word, represent it 
only on one side. — 64. to drive (by striking) : bo kowa, to spin a 
top. — 65. bo., gu, to spout, spirt: obousu bo nsu gu soro. — 
66. to drive or chase away: hq dgm gu, to defeat the enemy; bo., 
fwete, pets, pansam, ampansam, to burst out or dash into and 
scatter, disperse (intr.d;tr.); to rout, discomfit. — 67. to set to (flight): 
bo woho agua, betake thyself to flight! — 68. to shake, bend, bow: 
mframa bo dua no, the wind bends thai tree; ohq ne ti ase, he bows 
his head; obo ne mu ase, he bends his back or body dowmoard, bows 
(himself down), stoops. — 69. to move the hand: gbo no ba, he beckons 
him to come. — 70. to set in motion or employ the organs of speech: 
obo nekgn, he speaks through his throat, Ps. 115^7; gbo ne fwene 
kasa, he speaks through his nose, snuffles; bg daw, to set the jaw in 
motion by speaking, to converse, discourse, = bg semgde, bg nkom- 
TaQ(78). 

K To utter sounds by the human voice; to speak, talk. 
71. to cough: bg waw. — 72. to whistle: bg fwirema. — 73. to smack 
with the tongue: gbgno nkyekyewa, ntwom, he sneers, scoffs at him. 
— 74. to laugh: bg seretoa, to smile; bg nserehyehye, to break out 
into a laugh, to laugh out loudly. — 74a. to cry aloud; s. 16. bg mu, 
bom'. — 75. to shout: bg ose, to give a sJiout, set up a war-cry; bg.. 
tnUiw=rhuro, to shout at, to deride or revile wiUi shouts; bg .. homo, 
to welcome with shouts. — 76. to wail: bg bSna (b6na), bg abubuw, 
to lament, set up a lamentation; syn. twa adwo. — 77. to make a 
noise: bg nn6, to clamour, vociferate, be quarrelsome. — 78. to dis- 
course, converse: bg nkgmmg, bg semgde, to hold or carry on a con- 
versation; cf. bg kgh, bg daw, 70. — 79. to rejyort, relate: bg kasee, 
aiDannee, to deliver a message; bg (no ho) nsekn, to talk of, speak 
>8 of, slander, detract, asperse. — 80, to pronounce^ f. i. a sound or 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



26 hQ. 

syllable in reading after the phonetic method or according to the 
spelling; bo din, to namCy meniion, speak of or about; pr. 1640. 1776. 
to pronounce the names i.e. the qualities of, to praise; si/n, kamfo; 
wobo no din-pa, - dim-mone, theif praise, - blame or disgrace him ; 
bo., mmran, to give an epithet; bg.. nsabran, to pronounce the h(^ 
nourahle titles of; bo so, to speak out: asem a wode bae no, bo so 
(^ka)kyere me! to touch on, mention, allude to, speak of: wgbono 
so = wgbo ne din ; woahye mom se obiara mmmg so, they forbade 
that any one shoidd mention it; bo no md, state it in a comprehen- 
sive manner, givethe main points, essentials. — 81. to utter, speak out: 
bgmpae, to invoke, pray, address in prayer; to curse; wabo me bo- 
som, he has cursed me by a fetish. — &:^. to utter and address tciih 
words of various purports: bg nkuro, to speak out a complaint, to 
accuse; bg.. sobo, to blame, reproach; bo., kgkg, to warn; bg.. 
adafa, to flatter, allure, entice. — 83. to proffer: de . . bg. . bo or abo, 
to offer at a price for sale or as a present. 

L. To make, procure, cause, practise cCc. 
8d. to strike at, set one*s Jiand to: bg ase, to strike the first blow, 
break the ground, lay tJie foundation, begin; cf. abgse, inmgase; bg 
so, to begin; to continue ; cf. pa so, pern so. — 86. to create, give rise 
to, originate; to institute, ordain from the beginning: Onyahkopgii bgg 
onipa, God created man, pr. 96S-5. Onyk. ammo no sa, tJiis has not 
been ordained so by God from the beginning. Onyk. bgg nna-mmere- 
nson, God has made tlie ages (Heb. 1^2). bg aware, to institide matri- 
mony: bg ade, to create the things i.e. the world: Odomarikama bgg 
ade yi, since God Jias created tfie world; to found or establish a king- 
dom or dynasty: Asante bene a gbgg ade no de Kouadu. — 86. to 
create, make, appointor nominate to an office: bg.. safohene, to 
make or set up as a captain; syn. si. — 87. to make by uniting into: 
bg asafo, to form into a company, association, congregation ; cf. :23. 
41. — 88. to bring together, assemble, arrange: bg gua, (to join seats?) 
to sit toget/ier in council, to institute or fiold a council; gbg no gua, 
he convenes an assembly for him, on his account; bg atwe, to insti- 
tute a battue. — 89. to make by beating: bg asgw, nkrante, to forge 
a fioe, a sword; cf. 60. pr. 3328. — 90. to form into balls or lumps: 
bg dgkono, abodo, to form tlie dough for boiling or baking bread. — 
91. to form, to shape into: bg kahiri (kare), to make a pad; s. son- 
kahiri; bg hankare, dantaban, kontonkron, mfamfid, to make, form, 
or describe a Iioop, ring, circle, circuit. — 9J2. to set up: bg apa, to 
erect a scaffold; bg nsra, to jntch a camp, to encamp, also to be in 
drilling. — 93. to make by removing obstacles : bg kwah (foforo), 
to malce a (new) way; bg kwan fita, to level, clear the way. — 91. to 
make by digging: bg da, amoa, nkg or nkgmoa, to dig a grave, a 
pit, a cavity for planting yam; bg nkonou, to sink a shaft. — 95. to 
make by aggregation: bg kuw, to make a lieap, lay or put to a lieap, 
accumulate; bg dwetiri, to gather, lay up a capital; bg kaw, to make 
or contract a debt. — 96. to bring together and fasten: bg no boa, 
make it up into a bundle; cf. 35. bg so ; - bg tgw, to form into a ball, 
lump; to gather into a ball; bg pgw, to tie a knot; bg tirim' (pgw), 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bg^ 27 

to make a plan, to plan, projecty design, contrive, devise; to make a 
resolution, resolve, make up otie's miml. — 97, to invent, fabricate, 
forge (a falsehood, lie) : wabo ama me, wabo ato me so, he has im- 
puitdtome, fcdsely charged me with; r/*. obomafo. — 98, to procure by 
digging, scooping, filling in: bg fa, dote, hyirew, ntwoma, to dig out 
tarth, clay, ivhite clay, red ochre, cf tu; bo akoto, to dig for crabs, 
j.r. H29. 505. 857. bg nsu, to scoop or draiv under, cf. saw; bg hkyeue, 
to buy salt, which is filled into sacks (= kgtg nkyene; ebia wgbg 
no boa (96) nti na wgfre no sa). — 99. to procure by cutting and 
peeling off: bg apam, to cut sticks for supporting the yam-plant; - 
bo adurn, to peel or loosen bark from trees for medicine. — 100. to 
procure for one's self: bg (nnosoa-soafo, ad^umayefo) pa, to hire or 
engage (carriers, labourers) ; bg . . were, to secure one^s (oum) con- 
fidence i. e. welfare or success ; bg (obi hg) bosea, to borrow money 
(from another). — 101. to procure for another : bg (obi) bosea, to 
lend money (to anotJicr) ; bg.. akghhama, to maintain ov support 
(with food). — 10:2. to ap^ply: bg.. bentoa, to apply a clyster; bg.. 
hyirew, to make strokes with white clay on a person's body ; bg nto- 
nto, to draw lots; bg aka, to try by ordeal. — 103. to cause, call 
forth: bg mmnsu, to cause, conjure, or do, mischief, pr.555. — 104. to 
cause to, bring upon, strike or affect with: bg no mmusu = ka 'mnsu 
j^u no so, ka ghene ntam gu no so ; bg.. h(iammg, to disappoint; 
bg.. d won no, to confound; F. to astonish, surprise; bg.. yare, to 
cause a sickness to; bg.. ahohora, adapa, anyampa, to expose to dis- 
grace, dishonour, infamy. — 105. to exert: bg mmgden, to make stre- 
nuous efforts; bg mmgforo, to make new efforts. — 106. to perform, 
commit, practise: bg . . bra, to leadone^s life, form one^s conduct, con- 
duct one's self; bg krgn (krgno), to commit a theft or robbery, to rob; 
bg nkyekwakyema, to behave proudly. — 107. to exercise or prac- 
tise., against, to treat with: gbg no so dwae, he treats him with in- 
solence, haughty contempt; gbg no kah (kane) or ayamgnwene, he 
is illiberal or stingy towards him; gbg no atiriragden, he treats him 
cruelly, is harsh or cruel towards him. 

M. 108. bg with an inf. of a tr. v., to be easy to do; f. i. gdan 
bg (:bo) si = wg asiye, a house is easily built; gdan mmo si = ye 
osi-na, a house is not easily built; gdan bgyg ana, na woresee me 
dan y i ? is a Iwuse so easily made that you are spading my house ? 
nhoma kyerew mmg kyerew, writing (books) is not an easy thing; 
iihoraa mmg (:mmo) sua, to learn to read and write is not very ea.sy. 
This bg or bo seems to be the v. ba, to come, of which the *a* is 
ehded before the g or o of the following inf. 

N. Some phrases in F. (found in A.W. Parker's books, 1874-77). 
100. bg adze : a) = bg ade, to create the world (85) ; b) — bg ase, 
to begin (84) ; c) = bg ase or fam', to strike or fall to the ground, cf, 
abo-de-ammg; to come to an end: amandzchun no gnkghg adze da, 
those torn^nts will last for ever and ever; gya a gmbg adze, tJie ever- 
lasting fire, Mt. 25,41. d) bg. . mu adze, to bow down. — 110. bg., 
ham, to rebuke, ML 17,18. 20,31. Mk. 1,25. — 111. bg hu = ho dwiriw 
or yeraw . ., to be (sore) amazed, Mk. 1,27. 6,51. 14,33. — 112. bg . • 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



28 bo — ebo. 

anohoba, = h7e bo, hye ase, to promise, Mt 14^7, Mk 14,11, — 113. bo 
gnose, = bom', di or ye nokoro, to agree, live in concord, — 114, bo 
(ho) aprow, = twa ho hyia or kontonkron, to compass, go or be rcmnd 
about, Mt 3,5, 23,15, Mk, 1,.28, — 115, bo werdam, = ye agyede, to 
give a ransom, Mt, 20,28, Mk, 10,45, 

0, (Betrospective,) bo ia various combinations with nouns of 
place and relation: 

ho; (bo ahina ho, to knock a pot, 54,) - hq ho, to be double, eaus. 
to d&uble^ 26 ; bo . . ho, to stick, adhere to d^c. caus. to fasten, tie to, 
31; to join to, 41, — akyi: (bg pon akyi, to knock at the door, 54.) 

— mu: bg mma mu, dawuru mu, to sound dtc, 14; bom', to cry, 
roar, thunder, 16; to join, unite, agree, caus. to reconcile, to connect 
dtc, 23; de.. bg.. mu, to admix, join, 23; to dip in, 36; to fasten, 
affix to, 37; bg.. mu, to crack, break, 46; to prick, puncture, 58; to 
hit intOi s, botae. — ani: bg ani, to join face to face, cf, bare ani, 
28, — anim: bg anim', to face, cf, mmganim, pem anim, 29; de.. 
bg . . anim, to set before, 29, — a n o : bg auo, to stop the onward 
progress, 62, — ase: bg ase, to begin, 84; bg. . ase, to bend or bow 
down, 68, — so : (bg ,, bo, to beat upon, 54,) bg so, to begin, to con- 
tinue, 84; to be lilting, equal, level, 25; bg.. so, to gird, 33; to tie 
on or to, to thatch, 35; to fall or glance upon, 56; to apply to, 42; 
to speak out, mention, 80. 

P, (Betrosp.) bo followed by other verbs: gu, 65; hye, 63; gu, 
hyen, hyia, ko, toa, tow, 11; gu, fwete, pete, pansam, 66; to bo, 
62^63, 

ho y v, to push, cast down; syn, sum; bo no fwe fam', cast him 
doum! pr. 488, 

bo, v. Ky. = boro, to beat, flog; to suri^ass. 
bo, ^. Ak. = bow, to grow weak, become intoxicated dc; to 
make weak drc, F. ne ho bo no, he is astonished, Mt, 7, 28, 
bo, ebo, s, bgw, ebgw. 
e-bo, promise; syn. bghye, nhyease; hye.. bg, to give a promise, 
£bo, name of a month, abt. September; s. gsram. 
abo, boUs: cf, pomp6, mpobi4. 

a bo, odi (no) ab., he serves (him) as a boy at table &c. cf, gbSai. 
Q-hOy pounded tobacco; cf bgw. 

e-bo, chest, breast, bosom; syn. koko; de abofra bg.. bo, gye asem 
bg.. bo, s, bg 38. 37,; stomach: ne bo fono or yerew no, he is qualm- 
ish, qtieasy, inclined to vomit, affected tvith nausea, he feds disgust; 

- the breast, bosom, as the seat of feelings, affections and passions, 
the heart; courage: ouni bo a ode ko, Jie has no courage to fight; - 
disposition, temper, mood, passion, anger: ne bo nye, oye bo se, he 
is much given to anger, very passionate, cf. bobonc. — Phr, Ne bo 
abu, lie is out of breath; - ne bo da ne yam', he is confident, of good 
cheer or courage, courageous; - ne bo ad wo, he is in a tranquil state 
of mind, contents himsdf, is appeased, satisfied, composed, content, 
happy; pr, 492, cf, abodwo; - ne bo afuw (me), he is angry (with 
me); nebo afuw abg soro; - nebo haw no, = gyare koma, he is 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ebo — boa. 29 

passionate; - ne bo ahurn, Jteis in a rage; - ne bo atg, atQ ne yarn', 
he is wdl content, happy, at ease, = ne koma htg ne yam* ; - ne bo 
atu, he is in consternation; ne bo wiriw no, F. Ite is greatly amazed, 
Mk, 9,15, - ne bo awu, a) he is not given to anger, not irascible, 
pindictivc, revengeful ; b) he is disheartened, desponding, lisUess, apor 
(hetic; - ne bo ye duru, he is a brave, valiant man; oye Qbarima, 
gje nnam. — ObSr§ or gtq or gto ne bo ase, he has patience, is pa- 
tient, forbearing, indulgent, waits patiently ; - ghorah ne bo, he puffs 
himself up; lie provokes him to anger (?); - waai ne bo sc o-ni no 
beko, he undertakes, dares, ventures, to fight with him; - gta ne bo, 
he sets his heart at rest, composes his mind; - ot^a ne bo to ne yam', 
he appeases, stills, composes, consoles, comforts him, sets him at ease 
or at rest. 

e-bo, potter's clay; - 
tu bo, to dig up clay for making pots; cf anwemm6. 

e-bo, pL a-, a piece or figure of brass or other metal, a stone or 
seed used for a weight; cf abramm6, abofi, abofunu; -price, value 
(perh. = gbo, stone, — in ancient times round perforated quartz- 
stones served instead of money); egyina bo koro so, it is of equal 
value; enni bo, pr. 10S3; — ebo or ne bo ye den, F. no bo so, oso 
bo, it is dear, cosUy, precious; nebo ye mer§w, it is cheap; cf abo- 
oden, aboQmerew, brabo. — obg (no) bo, he shows (him) the price, 
sets or holds out, offers at a certain price ; mise mepe akoko matg 
a, na wgde rebo me abo, when I said I sought for fowls to buy, tliey 
cffcred me plenty; pr, 3291. — wodi no bo, tJiey make a bargain about 
Mm or it. 

Q-bo, pi. a-, stone; rock; flint-stone', pr, 490; bullet, slug cut from 
a bar of iron; abo, the marks (cowries, eggs, leaves or other things) 
in the pot of a fetish, s. §koro. — bg, pa, or siw abo, to stone, to beat, 
pelt, or MU with stones. Phr. anka bo anka poma, all at once; - to 
bo, /o ?a^ a bet or wager, cf kyia; oto no bo, lit. he puts a stone for 
him; he bets or wagers him; to me bo se ob§ko 'n§ ! wiU you bet me 
that Jte will go to day? me ni wo gye akyinnye se obi beba 'ne, na 
wase ^dabi na oremma*, na oba a, na meka se : to me bo e ( = ka 
kyere me se, meye gnokwafo) ! na wuse : wo bo ni ! if I dispute with 
you, whether some one wiU come to-day or Hot, and you say, he will 
not come, — when he comes, I say: pay me the wager (= testify to 
my truthfulness)! and you say: there it is, you were right! - 5, mkih 
wo b6, you are rigid! = wo de wom', wo de abam' I 

abo, abo, F. door, gate, Mt 6,6.7,13. 28,2. cf. abobow, aboano, 
aboenyim. 

abo, = abao! a salutation to a stranger arriving; welcome! cf. 
mtbo, akwaba. 

mbo! F. = mmo, m6, am6! Mt 25,21. 26,49. 

b»a, v. to lie, be prostrate, be stretched out; cf bea, bew, sam; 

Donan pi boa abgnten so, many sheep are lying in the street; nyisi 

binam preko boa no so, five orphans lie i.e. depend on him at once; 

earn, with de or f a: fa boa ho! lay it there! mede mato ho, I have 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



30 boa — aboadi. 



laid it Ihere. — tr. io put in o)r!er: gnye onipa a gboa n^ade yiye, 
ommoA n'ade yiye, he does not keep his things in order. — Phr. boa 
ano, to lay or bring together, i.e. to gather, collect^ assemble, — red. 
boaboa; boaboa neho, to make one's self ready j get ready, 

boa, v.l, to ?/e, tell a Hey be mistaken, be wrong ; to err; pr.416J769. 
wommoa (kora), you do not lie, it is trne! of. ampa! - J2, to do pur- 
posely, to /c/^n= boapa; gboa yco, he did it designedly (n'ani da ho 
yiye na gyee); meboa maye, I shall do it xmrposely; meboa na me- 
nkyere, I purposely do not shoie it; mammoa, I did not do it inten- 
tionally, 

boa, V, to hell), assist; gboaa me ma meyee m'adwuma (or na 
meyee m'adw.), = oyeo me adwuma abia, he assisted (helped) me in 
(daing) my work, 

o-boa, inf, help, asslstanee, — mboa, F. help, grace; cf, gdom. 

boa, stand, standing (place to stand in) for hunters waiting 
e-b 6 a, F. Akw. 7iet, fishing-net, = as^u. [^or game. 

boa, id, = atra; as^u bi a wgde hama aye. 

boa, 2)1. m-, bundle, parcel, package, packet; bribe, syn. adan- 
mudo, anadwode; - di mmoa, to receive bribes; wamano mmoa, 
he has bribed him, 

hh6viy pi, m-, animal, beast, creature; in fables: aboa onipa, the 
animal (called) man; a rude, ignorant, uncivilized man, p»\ loOT- — 
Phr. di.. aboa frequently used in verdicts, e.g. wukum no a, wudi 
no aboa (= wubu no aboa), // you had killed him, you would hare 
dealt tvith him as with a beast (you wotdd have imposed upon his 
quietness, treating him as a beast that does not complain) i. e. yoti 
wmdd have killed him innocently, undeservedly; s, aboadi. 

ab6 a, ab6awa, pi, m-, [dim,] small animal, insect, worm. 

aboab c4ii, kind, sort or species of animal; minnfm n'ab., I do not 
know tvhat kind of animal it is, 

oboab6, = gsebgw, akw^bg; a large loaf of boiled bread (wg- 
boapa na wgbgg no koktir5 sa). 

abo-ab6, a, [gbo, red, j;Z.] stony; gkwan no ye ab., the way is 
stony. Prov, 13j 15, 

boaboa, red. v,, s, boa. 

o-boaboafo, one who brings together; gb. ne hena? who will 
collect or keep together the fatherless children? 

botiddbi, m-, a large kind oflocust, of a dusky colour; syn, 
ntuntum6; s. abebew. 

aboadi, [gboa ade, or ebg-ade = abghyede] a thing or things 
promised by a vote or solemn promise as payment for help obtained ; 
thank-offering; gbosom ye nnama, na odi ab., if a fetish is powerfid, 
he receives thank-offerings, pr, 616, gmano (n')ab., gye n'ab^ma no, 
he pays him his vows, Ps. 22,26. 50,14, 61,9, 65,2. 

obo ad ee, F. bgadze, creator [nea gb6() ad«^e, Gr. § 39, 9 b,= 

aboadi, inf [di . . aboa] pr. 538, 972, 1813. [gdeb6fo, gbgfo]. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



boadifo — boba. 31 



boadifo, one who receives a bribe [di mmoa]. 
boaduam, iooih-aclie, = ades6, gkekaw. 
o-bodf6, pi. a-, helper J assist ani, supporter, B6kfo, pr. n. 
boafo, a hunter at his stand, waiting for game; s. boa. 
a b a-f u f u , a name of the leopard (s, gsebg), used in the hearing 
of a king (also of an osumanni) when he is at meals. 

boaguru, a breaking mit, cutanemw eruption^ imslules on the 
abo-ano, F. = abohow-ano. [hands or feet, 

mboaanofo, I\ congregation. 
b ap a, t'. #0 do purposely , intentionally ^with predetermination; 
to feign, pretend; oboapa yee, he did it on purpose; pr. 558. cf. boa^. 
o-boapawfo, = oboayifo. [pr.l643. 

boapea, a kind of ape or monkey; cercopithecus? 1. ad6pe. 
o-boase, broofn ("bound together below**); syn. ohtiae, gprae. 
boaseto, inf. = abotoase, patience, forbearance, endurance. 
boasipe,? 
o-boasomafo, j>/. a-, (civil) commissary, "purposely sent" (for 
some special purpose). 

aboaiia, (F.ad6pe?) akindoffl^)C, which never climbs trees ;///c 
gorilla? though feeding on fruits, it is said to be so fierce as to kill 
twenty men at once; ote se onipa na gye tia; na sasabonsam de, 
oye tentententen. 

aboatsena, pi. m-, serpent, F. Mt. 7^10. 

abdatw^wii: obi nka no ab., obi iihawno, nobody stands in 
his way, throws any impediment in his way; odi wgn so a obi iika no 
*b., he rtdes over them tvithoui restraint. 

gboa-yOj inf. a premeditated act; munnsusuw se gkg a me- 
kgg hg no ye me awerefiri, na ey^ me gboaye, do not think that I 
went there from for get fulness, I went there designedly (meboaa-pa na 
m'ani daa hg na mekgg hg); adaka yi ye gboaye, this box is care- 
fully made. 

aboawa, F.-ba, 5. aboa; mmoawa-mmoawa, all sorts of insects 
and nnimalculae, Mf. Gr.p.SS. 

g-boayifo [nea wgaboa ayi no] trustee, chosen for some special 
purpose; pi. committee, board of commissioners. 
g-boayifoni, board officer. 

boba, red. v., s. ba. 

g-b6ba, grinding-stone, a stone of oval form by means of which 

the negro-women grind the corn on a larger stone called wiyamm6 ; 

boba, beba, F. = gbo. [syn. wiyamm6ba. 

ab6ba, pi. id., bidlet, slug, square piece of lead or iron used as 

t^ol; cf: gbo, korAb6, adareb6. 

boba' [= baba], bobaw, pi, m-, mmobadua, dry sticks^ twigs 
or branches reaching to the thickness of an arm, brush-ivood; wa- 
nya ade anya ne mmoba, he has got every thing unto th^ very least, 
= wanya ade mS abunkam so. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



32 bobare — ab6b6w. 



bob are, boba-bobare, red.v.y s, bare. 

b b a y cm f i, (bab. . .) bundle of dry sticks. 

bob ay en ten, pole, perch^ stick (mmoba a eyan lio tenteo). 
o-bob6, pL a-, a species of wild vine growing in the woods. 

bobesd [obobe nsa] = win, wine. 
o-b6biri [aboa a obiri, aboa tuntum], pi. a-, a species of anie- 
lope, of dark colour, called also ewi ; cf. odabo. 
0-bobiri, pi. a-, a black stone. 

bobo, red.v. [s. bo, bobow], to beat or knock repeatedly; bobo 
(nnua), to strike with the beak, to peck; to cleave wood, pr. 775. — 
to break, shatter (nkuku, pots); to crack, pr.l61. - to destroy; mframa 
bobo hy§n, the wind breaks ships, Ps. 48,7. - to cut (adoto mu hama) 
pr. 546. 652. mekobobo afuw, I go to chop the stems and branches of 
the bmh which is cut to make way for a plantation, that all the wood 
may be burned completely. MabobQ me nsa ano na makoto m'asase, 
I did not let my hands be idle, (lit. / employed, i.e. worked with, my 
fingers) and have bought some land. 
bobo, noisy crying, pr. 1158. 

abobo = abobow ; As. = asSr^ne. 

bobo, quiet, silent, stUl, peaceable; pUegmatic, dull, sluggish; 
G. b^boka; oye b. = (?y§ komm, oiika neho kora; etod. wode wo 
won sa, §tod. nso a oyare ma woye sa. 

abobo-ano, s. abobow. 

abob6b^i [ab§ a ne hnwea nye den na wghom' a §ye yiye], a 
palm-nut the shell of which may be easily cracked with the teeth. 

abob6-b6: di ab., to bargain, barter, higgle, haggle; me ni wo 
di ab. = meye ade mema wo a, na woma me biribi midi. 

abobo-boa, pi. m-, the class of stinging insects (bee, wasp. . .). 

abdbadwe, a thorny climber; hama a eho nsge-nsoe; wgde 
n^aba tow ware. 

abobQe, (pi. m-?) a kind of beans; syn. dtwfe. 
boboi, inter j. of surprise; cf. boe. 

bobofo, onipa b., a humble man; an indolent, inert man; 
one who is to be pitied; sunsum bobQfo (Fantesong 13), spirit of hu- 
mility or mercy; cf. mmobg. 

ebo-b5n6, propensity to anger, choler, violent passion. 

abobonim' = ofi no anim, the place before the entrance to a 
dwelling. 

abob5nua [nea obobo nnua], a bird of the size of a lark, feed- 
ing on insects; wood-pecker. 

bobow, red. v., to wind up, roll up (asawa, yam, kete, ntama, 
nhoma...); qwq bobo neho, the snake is coiling itself up. 

ab6b6w, the wicket or door in the fence of a negro-house, usa- 
ally made of palm-branches, syn. berapae ; entrance or gate of a 
dwelling or complex of houses; complex of houses belonging to one 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



abobow — boe. 33 

family; rourt, cmtrf-i/ard; square, qnaiicrs ; divcUing, (Bampo ab. 
80 kyen Dako de; Kwaw no OfeeWanyin te ab. bakom'; B6afo ab. 
ben ahemii; ab. ue unipa a woteTako, na wowo opanyih bako a.s. 
banu; abonteh uk ramroh nh nnantam* na ekyekye ab. mu.) 

abobo w-ano, the space imraediately before the door or gate; 
tltreshold. 

ab6b6 w, = go, a kind of reed or rush used for mats (5. go- 
kete). Akyemfo tetew ab. no gkwanmu na woakyekye asoa ako nca 
worckgto nkyene ho; eho na wode ab. no si nkyenc bo wo bed^w 
mu 8oa ko Akyem. 

abo-dabaU; L bar of lead or iron [adaban] from which slugs 
[abo] may be cut. — J2. Turkey-red satin stripe, 

abod^m', 1, caurage, spirit; selfpossession, composure; hearty, ^ 
determined purpose, firm resolidion; ye no ab. (= yc no berew, mma 
wo koma nntu ho), do it confidently; cf ne bo da ne yam\ — 2. name 
of a dance, 

o-boddmfo, 2)1 » a-, madman, madwoman, insane person ;pr, 547, 

o-boddu, pi, a-, cave [obo odan, a house in a stone or rock], 

aboddn-seniy words or doings of madness or of a madman. 

abode, pi, id, [bo 85 ade] creature. 

abodeamin6, bottle of thick Europ. glass [ado a ebo dade 
[= ^f\ve ase] a, emmp, a thing which, tvhen it strikes or falls to the 
ground, does not break]; syn, tumpdn. 

obodede, a full grown shark; cf. ^sq, fcirefilre. 

abo dill, ifif [bo din] F, praise. Wo na abodin nhina yg wo 
dea, all praise belongs (is due) to thee. 

b6d0, bodobodo, soft, tender, fine, usod of things mixed 
with water, as mmgre, dough; cf, f^kgfekg, m6humQhu. 

a bo do', bread, baked bread of Indian corn; cf dokono, pdno. - 
to ab., to bake bread, - abodotofo, pi, id,, baker, 

o-bgdym,^. a-, dog; syn, okr^man, otvired. 
bod6m, pi, a-, a precious coral or bead; cf, botA, ahene. 
bodomm6, a weight of gold == 20 ntaku, ^V2 dollars or 
bodommo f4, the half of the preceding. [ackies, 11 s, 3 d. 
bodua [aboa dua] s, ahiigyd. 

abodwe, F. 3£k, 15,15, 1 Tim, 6,10. s, next. 

abodwo, abodVv^oee, inf. [bo dwo] inward rest, contented- 
nes8, content, contentment, satisfaction; peace of mind, equanimity, 
evenness of temper, imperturbation, tranqmlUty, sedatencss; pr.3592. 
pleasure, delight; n'abodwoee ba, a son according to his liking; enye 
no abodwo, it displeases, vexes him; ehq nye won ab., they do not 
feel comfortable there; cf, nebo ad wo; abotoyam, ahoto. 

abodwo-ky§re, inf longsuffering [bo, dwo, & kye, to last], 
bgfe! interj, yes! syn, yiw. 

boe! inierj, of astonishment, on hearing or recoivingbad news, 
or indicating pain. 

3 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



34 aboe — abogyaboa. 



aboe, r.n. />. bo 23] confluence, meeting or junction ofttvo or 
more streams; cf. abomma. 
mboe, F. creationy = adebo. 
boe, V, to begin; boe wo adwuma ansa-na maba, begin thy 
work before I come, 

b 6 e boe, red. v. 1, s. boe. — 2. to part in heaps. — 3. anim b., 
s. baebae. 

aboedeii, aboeduru, aboemerew, s. abood., ab9od., aboom. 
abo-enyim, F. before the door, withoid, ML 12,46. = abobonim. 

boewerc w, pi. a-, nail of a finger or toe; cf. awerew. 
ab6fi, 1. weights heavier than they ought to be; wo abo yi yc 
ab.! cf. abofunu. 2. a weight or price in odd numbers, f.i. any num- 
ber of cowries between 5, 10, 15, and 20. 

0-b6f6, pi. a-, 1. messenger, ambassador; cf. bg kasee, to deliver 
a message. — 2. angel. — cf. osomafo. 
0-b6fo,i??. a-, creator; cf. oboadee. 

0-b5f6, J)?, a-, hunter, syn. obommof6; pr. 549-551. — di.. abof6, 
= di . . yaw, to provide a hunter with food during his lonely stay 
in the wood. pr. 549. 

0'h6f6fpl. a-, spoiler, destroyer; mischievous, injurious person, 
miscreant [nea odi aboro]. pr. 552.553. 

abgfo [ab6a fo] carcase of a beast; aboaa wawu da wuram'; 
syn. afo, ab6ka, funu. 

abo-fono, inf. nausea, loathing, 52c^we55 of the stomach, pro- 
pensity to vomit, pr. 1098.1099. 

obofo-ts^n, F. pi. a-, a regular hunter; s. ten 2. 

abofrd, pLm-, 1. child, boy, girl; young; ab. barima, boy, lad; 
ab. bea, girl, lass. — 2. servant, attendant; person subordinate or in- 
ferior in rank. [F. abafra; gba, forowa = foforo?] pr, 341-343.554-592. 

0-b 6 f li , the bark of a tree (as, ofo, opanto) that can be used as 
a cloth or sack; s. bofunnua. 

bofud, bufua, 1. a kind of tree(?). 2. (ago b.), yellow velvet; 
yellow colour; asawa b., yellmv yarn; cf. odubeii. 

q-h O'iu^xi J ivhite marble. 

abo-fiinu, false (too light) «t'c/r///fe, = abohunu, abo a emfra; 
cf. ebo, abofi. 

bofunniid, pit. m-, 1. a tree of which bofu is taken ; Antiaris 
saccidora Balz. — 2. dua a wgatwa no porow asen ano, a pointed 
piece of wood, taken from that tree, tied round with a string, used 

as a charm to remove mischief (yi 'musu) or to curse (bg. . b.). 

3. menase b., the uvula in the throat. 
abofuw, 5. abufuw. 
bogya, Ak. F. = mogya, 1. blood; syn. gkafo, danse. — 
2. a person related by blood, kinsman, kinswoman, pr. 593-596. 
abogy aboa [bogya aboa], pr. 2418. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



abogyabum — obomafo. 35 

abogyabum, strokes after tvhich Hood gushes, plenty of bloody 
much hlood; s. bum, pr. 97, 

abogy adua, an edible berrt/ resembling cberrics; the tree or 
^rub producing it. 

abogy afra, inf me-neno di ab., tve both are ofthesame blood, 

a b gy e , tJie lower jaw or jaw-bone, 

a-bogyese, beard, pr. 417, — bogyese-piitu, whiskers, 

abogy etiri, the upper end (condyloid process) of the lower 
jaw-bone, next to the ear. 

abogyewd, j>?. m-, one of the two rafters of a roof forming 
the gable. 

abogyewayan, aboa abogy e a woayl atoa ne yah so. D,A8. 

h oh a, pi, m-, sheath, scabbard, case for a knife or sword; pr. 

[2847,2893, 
0-b 0-h e m m a [lit. queen of stones'] very hard white stone, quartz, 
g-bo-hene \jpl, a-, precious stone, 

abo-hordu, inf. provocation to anger, syn, abnfuwyi. Prov.15,1, 
abo-hiiru, inf, fury, rage, wrath; cf. abufuw. 
boka, F. east, eastward, leeward; = anafo. 
aboka, pr.lS76, 

aboka^ carcase of a beast; spoiled meat; syn. abgfo; cf, bomu. 
o-bohy e, inf. [hy§ bo] promise, vow, = hhycase. 
abohyeafo, i>r.595. — abohyede, 5. aboade. 
o-bo-hyen, a white stone, 
b5k0, b6koboko, soft (ntama, tenterehfi, nensam ye b.); 
tender, feeble, effeminate; syn. bete, merew; softly, gently, slowly, 
comfortably, quietly: ye adwuma no b.=berew ; gyina hob.=komm. 
hboko J pi. m-, a species of wild fowl; cf, ak6kokwantenni. 
b6kwdw, = sukramah^ 
bom', = bo mo, s, bg, v. 16. 23. (36. 46. 53.) 
bom, V. to be quiet from fear, struck with fear, overawed, in- 
timidated, terrified; osebo sQ a, mmoadoma hhina bom ; hknra ate 
agyinamoa hka nti, woabom; won hhina bommom (red.) = ehQ 
ak^ won mS woaye komm. — F.to be depressed, dejected. Mt.26^ 37, 
e-b m' , pi. a-, a small pot in which the palm-wine distilling from 
the tree is caught; ahinawa bi a ano ketewa-bi a wode sua abe; 
pr, 599,946, cf, asahina; p6row, v. 
abom' [= ab6 mu], stony ground. 

Q-bomma, pi. a-, a long, but comparatively thin kind of drum; 
cf. akyene, atumpah. 

abommd, pi. m-, [nsu a ebebom'] tnbuiary, tributary stream, 
affluent, branch, pr. 3084. 

Q-bomafo, [bg 97] calumniator; one who falsely imputes ill 
deeds to another. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



36 abomana — bonna. 



SLhomansLj pr. 1382. 

abomfia, despicable j^crsov ; syn. ketewa, nea omfra, onni a- 
nuonyam ; oye ab. = omfra fwefwefwe; obu no ab., ==obuno kakrii- 
bi, ketewabi, obu no se omfra, he despises him, 

bo m m6, jt??. m-, a vahiable cloth to cover a bed; mpanyintdro 
bi a wode kata mpa so. 

o-b o ni m f 6 , pi. a-, hunter, sportsman ; syn. Qbof6 ; pr. 600-608. 

bommofo-adua, a certain fruit, very red. ^' 

abommoyere: goru ab., s, adam, J2. 
bom'mou, red. v., s. bon'. 
bom mo 11, red. v., s. b6n. 

homou6y pi. m-, stink-fishy a kind of dned fish brougbt from 
the coast for sale. [G.bomono, fr. Tw.momono, rair, orbon, to stink.] 
bommonserewd, a kind of bSrgfo-kcnte, q. v. 
abommorowusd, a sbrub with edible fruits. 

bomQt6, a kind of beast resembling a beaver. 
ab6mpnruwa [ebgmp.], phm-y 1. a small round wooden box 
to keep gold-dust in. — ^. a tree with its fruit resembling the pome- 
fa 6 m 1 1, a kind of gun. [granate 
bom u , 2)1. a- [aboa mfi] a killed beast of chase, game ; s. aboka. 
Ab6mmiibuw^fre, F. nea wobo abubuw a wofreno. 
boiV, V. to call or cry after or to (from a distance); bgn no! 
cry after him! 

hbiij V. to crow; akokg b., the cock crou% pr. 353.1673. 
boa, V. to imbue or penetratCf asleaven does the dough, pr .2045; 
to smelly emit an odour or xmrticular (good or bad) scent; to stink: 
pr. 1518. 2496. srade, anowatere bgn no hO, he smells of ointment , la- 
vender-water; ne ho bgn, he stinks; pr. 315. 1388. 2427. wuram bg bgn, 
tJie bush there emits an offensive smell; gko no abgn wgn f wen em', 
they arc weary of, disgusted with fighting. 
bon, V. F. = boe, to begin. 
o-b on, pi. a-, hole, hollow, cave, den of animals; cf. etO, tokuru, 
amoa; v^. 215. 2.359. 

O-b 11, 7>?. a-, ralCy valley; bed of a river; oboiihunu, valley with- 
out water; cf. osubon, gka. 

bon, pi. a-, rind, bark (of a tree, dua ho ab.) ; scales (of a fish) ; 
cf. hono. — Phr. gmmgg ho bon e, he has not even mad^ a begin- 
abon', F. badness; s. bone. /wiw^ ofU. 

abonfi, Ak. = abon; cf. dweteb6na. 
b 6 n 3,, stock of a musket, gunstock. s, tub5na, tuo. 
bona, Ak. bg bSna = twa a(gya)dwo, kenkan su-dwom, to 
recite the praise of a deceased person, to wail, lament. 

bonna, m-: gto (mmea) mmonna, he attacks women by night 
in order to ravish them. — o-bonnat6f6 [nea gtoa mmea ana d wo 
pe se gfa wgn] a lascivious, lewd man, ravishcr. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bonam — ahonsc. 37 



bo nam [ab6a ndm, hanam] venison, game. 

b6ne, a. bad, evil, wicked; aboa-bone, a wild, dam/ermis ani- 
mal; asem-mone, a bad i.e. hard, unkind ward; evil, wicked deed; 
bad i.e. difficult, dangerous palaver; pr. 3864-6, 2548, 

e-bon^, «. evil; sin, wickedness. [G. efon, eSa.] Maye bone, I 
have done evil, I have sinned; odwen ne kdmam boue, he meditates 
evil in his heart; fa me boue firi me or kye me, forgive me my sin(s). 
— bone-awosan, original sin, Kurtz § 198, — bone-lafiri, F. ebon- 
fafiri, bonfakje, forgiveness of sins. 

0'bbn6jpl.&'j 1. = onipabone, a bad, wicked man; nnipa yi, 
w6ye ab6n6. — J2. = okwased, a foolish man. 

g-bonefo, pi. a-, id, !,<& 2, — abonefosem, wickedness; foolish 
tricks; blockishness, tJioughtlessness, 

boneiiwdne, bonewone, borew6r6, bayonet, 
bouhon, a kind of beads; s, ahene. 
o-b6nf, i^^. abAfo, tvaiter, servant at table; cf, abo. 
bonnf aye [gba a onni aye?] 1, ungrateful; oye b., he is un- 
gratefid. — J2. ingratitudey ungratefulness, 

ab n 1 m' [ade a ebo anim] diadem; cf. abotiri. 
o-boniu, a barren, unfruitful woman or beast. 
o-boiikft, pi. a-, gutter, gully, furrow, channel, ravine formed 
by water; cf. obon, oka, osuka. 

0-boiiko, pi. m-, lobster, craw-fish, cray-fish. 
bohh&vkj pi. m-, travelling-basket, syn. apakah; cf. dinkyc- 
d^nky^, osdko. 

abonkyi-aboiikyi, a. rough, uneven; okwan so ye ab., the 
way is rugged, 

bonn6, [bon, do, filling in a gap^^ work done in leisure time, 
fr.3497. di b., to do work in short intervals bcticcen other work, to 
work in leisure time: mekodi b. kakra wo m'afnwm*, I will use the 
little free time (between my other work) for working an my plantation; 
se manni b. mankyerew wo na mise meret^en akosi se menya ho 
kwan kora de a, en'de anka ebekye. — bonnodi, inf. — obonno- 
dwuma, incidental, occasional business; adwobaw-ka y§ ob. — 
bgnno-so, occasionally, incidentally, 

a-bonsam', inf, [bo nsam'] clapping of (the) hands, 

o-bonsam, pl,^-, ra-, 1, wizard, sorcerer, witch, ^= gbayifo. — 
2, the devil conceived to be an evil spirit reigning over the spirits 
of deceased wicked men^ a demon; sunsum bi a gkyere nnipa 
nsommone; gno na ne mma ne abayifo, abosom ne asuman. 

g-bonsdmf6,^La-, = obayifo. 

abonsdm-kuvow, hell, the place or abode of the devil VLndi 
of the spirits of the wicked placed under bis dominion ; the abode 
of ev'd spirits. 

a b n s e, [obon ase], pi. m-, bottom of a valley. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



:^H (o)b5nsu — bore. 



(o)b5nsu, tchale or other animal in the sea spouiing water. 
bonsu[w]d, a kind oi pot; s, ahina; a drinking-vessd. 
abont6fi (F. abrontsen), i^Z. m-, street, the chief street passing 
through the midst of most negro-towns, [hron, ten = tenten.] 
abontem-fdu, an esculent herb. 

abonteii-ndmp§,ii, a honse with an open front towards the 
street; s, Qddmpan. 

a b n t e n-k 6 , street-fighting. 

0-b6nt6, pi. a-, hoot; cf. batadewa, ahyemma, okSrow. 
abontdre, a small edible fruit; the climber on which it grows, 
bo n tori-, a tree resembling the poplar. 
b6ntor5^ F. [Eng.] hunting, ntama hatahata, of which flags 
are made. 

abontowiiku, a climber bearing edible fruits. 
o-bon t u, a species of goat with long hair, very tame and care- 
ful; pr,609. 

abonua, j)L m-, axe, hatchet; syn. atwapo; Onyank5pon ab., 
thunder-bolt; a stone resembling a finger, said to fall from heaven 
with the lightning and to enter the ground until it meets water be- 
low and then returns; the thunder-stone, a belemnite (f). 

o-boniiky6refo, name of a large drum, bomma. pr,513. 
bgriw6ma, bile, gall, [bore, nwoma = nwene.] 

aboodeu, dearness, high price; otoo no ab., he bought it dear; 
cf. nc bo ye den. — aboodeii-bo, pi. -abo, precious stone. 

aboodiiru, courage, courageousness, bra very ; cf. ne bo yc duru. 

aboom6r6w, cheapness, low price; to ab., to buy cheap; cf. 
ebo ye merew; abosiri, fowfow. 

abO'pae, inf. the quarrying of stones, pr.3593. 
o-bop6ii [aboa, pon]|?Z. m-, & large animal, as, esono, susono, 
yoma, t5rom, bew, eko. 

0-b6-p6ii, a stone table. 

bor, bor, F. = bore, bore, boro. 
abor a , p^ m-, a European or mulatto-woman, s. ab6rowA. 

b r a d e-ky e n a , a fine straw-mat. 
aboraiika, -kawa [b5ro, ahka] = akutu. r^ ^^ 

abor-do, m-, F. = mmoros6, exceedingly, abundantly (tc.Mt. 3^16, 

bor e, V. 1. to dig; b. d6 or d^ ase, to dig round about the yarn; 
F. bor dadze = funu fam\ Mt. 25,18. — 2. to Jwllow, scoop, cut or 
hew out, excavate; b. gdasem', ok6rowm'; syn. tu mu. — 3. to search 
out; wabare (abgre abore) akgfd adc no, he has found it out; — to 
devise = tu n'adwenem agyina. Obgre ne nsem hye, (= gmpe se 
odi nsem nhina wo guam') he buries his ^natters, keeps them to him- 
self, keeps tliem secret, manages to hide them. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bore — boroboro. 39 



bore, V. to stir] b. asu, to move about in the water to swim; 
cf. boro 2. — obore ne kurnm', lie disturbs, hurts his sore, ne knru 
mmore, his sore remains undisturbed; pr. 1079^ 1814- — 
bore so, to be engaged in combat or fighting; ye-ni won rebore so. 

e-b6re, venom ofsnaJces or insects; gdoa boo me; n'anom' bore 
(ne bore) wo me nsam'; - poison at the point of arrows, pr. 372, 
Ak. eboro. 

e-b5re, a kind of venomotts snake, ^= onSnka. 

o-B o r e b 6 r e, a name of God or of a ipy thical Deity; cf. bore 2, 

aborehude [ade a wgabore ahu] invention. 
bo re sen [s^n a mmore worn'] a vessel in which dough' is 
made or kept. 

borew6r6, bononwane, bagonet. 

boro, V, Ak.bo, 1. to beat, strike, smite (nnipa, mmoa, with many 
blows, cf, bo); pr. 611,763. osu b. dan so, the rain falls heavily on 
the house; b. dan mu, to beat the clay of which the floor of the house 
18 made; b. amu so, to beat (level) the ground over a grave, pr.612, — 
b. asawa, osaw, to beat cotton, a sponge of fibres; b. tarn, to smootJte 
washed clothes by beating them with a cudgel (aboroba) ; b. hiiasu, 
to brush off the dew from the grass and leaves in walking, pr. 356. — 
2, to beat the water with hand and feet; b. asubonten, po, to bathe 
or swim in the river, in the sea; cf, bore asu. — 3, to be(U, vanquish, 
subdue, overcome, pr,3410, — 4, horo so^ to surpass, be more than, 
be abundant; syn, bu so, fe ho; wany& neho aboro so, he is abun- 
dantly rich, 

boro nsa, Ak. s, bow, v, 

boro- or buro- in compds. indicates that a thing is from Eu- 
rope or of European origin; cf. ab5robe &c. obtironi, ab5rowa. 

e borg, Ak. = ebgre, poison, pr, 363, 

iboro, injury, damage, detriment, hurt; malevolence, envy;- 
pr. 613, 874, 901; ab. wo ne tirim' ; 6y^ kh6ro = ^y e ob6f6, he is a 
malevolent or envious fellow, f.i. in showing how to make a thing, 
he does not say all. — di.. ab., to damage, do harm, hurt; s. aborodf. 

aboroba, i>?.m-, a smooth cylindric ^icce of tcood, serving in- 
stead of a smothing-iron. [boro, aba.] 

ab6rgbe,i?Z. m-, ananas, pine-apple, [borg, abe; it seems to 
have been brought into the country by Europeans.] — 
ab6rgbe-dua, the ananas-plant — ab6rgbe-fuw, ananas plantation. 
— abSrghe-mma, dim. 

ab6ro-b§ii, pl.m-^ European horn, French-horn, trumpet. 

g-b6r5bfn, a by-name of the vulture, s. opete. [*• *beh. 

bdrdboro. b6rgb5rgb5rg, sweet, agreeable to taste (aduaba a 
abere, aduan a nkyene wom*). 

aboroboro-sem, a nice, interesting, entertaining story ; as§m a 
eniiim a.8. obi nteeda na woankasa abg wotirim ka, a.s. atetesem bi. 
boroboro: ohiani b., a really, miserably poor man. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



40 gborode — gborofotefb. 

o-boro-de, -dee, the plantain; 1. th^ fruit or fruits; 2. tbe/rc6 
(ph^'\ gnam abrodem') =obrode-dua, pU abrode-anua. Otwabrode, 
he cuts the hunch witbout cutting tbe stem; odwow brode, he cuts 
small clusters or hands (s. osiaw, pi, a-) of 4 to 8 single fruits from 
tbe whole buncb (oduru, pi, a-). — Di/f. Jcinds: brode -fnferefu, 
-fufu, -hemma, -kokowa, -kwadu; gb6sfm, ag6na-n^-toA, gyebum, 
nnwer^.tfa (nny.), okom-bekum-wo, mpantCi, mp^mma, os6boas6. 

0-brode-duru, a bunch of plantains, containing 5 to 8 hands 
or rings of single fruits (betem, pL m-). 

o-brode-dwe, brodee-dwo, roasted plantains, pr. 216S40.6il 
- brode-h5no, the husk of the plantain-fruit, the ashes of 
which mixed with palm-oil are made into soap. — brode ho bono, 
the fibres of the plantain-stalk; s, bah a, mposae. 

brode-s e, pL a-, 1, the stump of a plantain-tree cut off, from 
which new trees grow; 2. = the next. 

o-b r de w d, ^Z. m-, the suckers or shoots from the mother-plant, 
plants for transplanting, — brodewd, Ak. s, obdsAw ; cf, baha. 

ab6ro-df, inf, action of one seeking another's detriment; obi 
rebeye wo yiy^ nk obi akotiam'; w6reye biribi k 6bcye yiy^, na obi 
akoye mft anye yiye a. s. wakotwa nkontompo ama dekode no afi 
aborodo, F. = abordo, mmoroso. [wo nsa. 

aborodo': 6twk ab., he feigns to be unable to fight, h^ deserts 
(wantumi ahko), pr.l460. — o-borodoni, i^?. a--fo, desetier. 
g-borodomd [b8ro, gdomd] the European fig or fig-tree, 
borogfd., As. a weight of gold, = agyiratwefa; s, borowo. 
borofere, pl,fi-^ a tropical fruit resembling a melon (fere), 
the papaw, and the tree, Carica papaya; pr, 643.3265. — 
brgfere-dua, the papaw-trec. 

B 6 r fo, F. A-b6rgfo, pi, of 0-btironi; pr. 644... gkasa borgfo, 
he speaks a European language, 

borofo-hama, pack-thready twine, string, cord of European 
manufacture. 

borofo-homa, dressed (curried) leather from Europe. 

b 6 r f - k e n t e, striped cotton, s, ntama. 

borofo-mako, a kind o^ pepper. 

b 6 r f - s u k r a n , the tamarind and its fruit. 

b 6 r g f - n k a t e e , the bread-fruit-nut and its tree. 

borgfom', in the manner, after the fashion of the Europeans. 

borgfo-pe, inf. oyh br., he is (foolishly) fond of, or, seeks to 
please, th^ European. 

bo r g f s a, a string of heads [fr. b6rofo nsa ano, hoto the Eu- 
ropeans have j)ut it, or siaw?]. 

aborg fo-s6m, words, manners, dealings oftlic Europeans. 
g-l)6rgfo-tefo, one understanding and speaking a European 
language, pr. 646. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



borohaniie — b6sea. 41 

borghanne [b6ro, ban, ade] glass. D, As. 
borohene [b6ro ohene] the European governor of the Eng- 
lish possessions on the Gold Coast. 

boro-homa, boro-nhoma, paper; leather. 

boro^^O? borokO, br6kobrgko, soft, weaky flabby, flaccid, 
as withered leaves, blotting-paper; feeble, e.g. from intoxication or 
seediness; mm6rokgmm5rokowafo, effeminate, 1 Cor. 6,9. D. As. 

abrok6kokot6, [akoko akora, obsc."] a kind of beads; s. ahen^. 

aboro-kyew, a European hat; pr. 2894. 

5-b 6 r 6 m, pi. a-, a kind of lizard. 

aboroma, -me, pi. m-, a species oi dove, wild pigeon, turUe- 
dove; = mmorommorom^, gyamhoho, gy'ahoho. 

a b r Q m e , oto no ab., he lags words (riddles) before him to make 
hira guess; when he does not find the right answer, he abuses him 
in most ofPensive language referring to father & mother; woto ab., 
ma jeiikoto ab., — an immoral play. 

borommd [bbrgn, dim.] narrow street, dley, lane. 
b6romp6t6, bod., water-pox, chicken-pox (mpete brafo nen). 
aborompo, a kind of herb. 
boron, i>^ m-, street, lane; cf. abgnten, F. abrontsen. 
borou, copper wire, k6bere ntwSe. 
boro-nuo, s. bttro . . . 
abor6n6 m a, pi. m-, dove, domestic pigeon. [b6ro, anoma.] 
o-br6tea, s. opete. 

boro-toa, cruet, phial, vial, flask, flagon, botUe. 
ab6rot6to, a certain shrub, perh. Strychnos nux-vomica, and 
its seed, nnx-vomica, poison-nut, vomica mU; wode sisi ohye, wgde 
gye ban. 

abort) wd, abgra', European female (woman, lady); midaMo- 
woman; to distinguish the former from the latter, she is called 
AbGrokyiri abgra. — aborowd-ba, a child of a European mother; 
a European lady not yet grown. 

borowo, As. a weight of gold, = agyiratwe; 5. borg6fa. 

ab6r6w5nuud [b6rg, awonniid], lard brought from Europe. 

a b 6 s d m , cliff, crag, rock; chain, shelf, layer, ridge or ledge of 
rock or stones; rocky place. F. = abotan, Mk. 4,5. 

0-b6sdw [boro, gsaw] a kind of sponge for washing; gbrgde 
a wgadwow na emu dua a wgaboro a wgde guare no. Ak. brgd^wd. 

abgse [bg 84] inf. beginning, origin; minnim sa asem no ab. 
trod 6, I do not know the true etymology of that word; cf. mmgase, 
mfiase, mfitiase, nhyease. 
b 6 s e a, i>Z. m-, pebble. 

b6sea, Ky. b^s^a, loan of money; bg b., to lend or borrow 
money; pe b., to borrow money, pr. 2935.2937. mabg no (mapeno)b., 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



42 bosea-ho — ahosoukwa. 



/ have lent him money; mekgbo b^ / am going to borrow motiey; 
makobo (no ho) b., mape b., I have borrowed money (from him); bo 
me b. dare du, na wobo me a, mesom wo ano, lend me ten dollars, 
then I shall serve you for it. 

b s e a-b o , a-b o s e a-p e , inf. lending or borrowing of money. 

ab6-s§n, injf'. hanging up of stones to avert a threatened event 

[pr.3052. 

abosiy inf. [si bo], hazardous enterprise, daring feat. 

o-bdsim, a kind of plantain, s. obdrode. 

abosfri, a loto or cheap price; maton mama no magye no ab. 
bi, / sold it to him at a low price; cf. fow, fowfow, aboomerew. 

abosOy F. most high; the Most High. MJcS/- 

abosOy 1. girdle. — J2. (boso) batten, the movable bar of a 
loom^ which strikes in or closes the threads of a woof (adea otama- 
nwenefo de bo asawa no so mk epiw). 

abgso-ba, club, cudgel. prSU. [bo 54, aba.] 

abo-so-nhwi, moss growing on stones. 

g-b s 6 m' , jp?. a-, the moon ; a mofith ; syn. osram'. ML 24^. 

g-b6som, pi. a-, tutelar or guardian spirit of a town or family; 
imaginary spirits, subordinate to God, worshipped or consulted by 
the negroes, generally called fetishes by the Europeans, though the 
term fetish would better be restricted to asuman, charm, or, to 
avoid confusion, not be used at all. [The word is supposed to come 
fr. obo &som(?). Tete ab6s6m no a mpanyimfo som won (a.s. wode 
nsa n^ nnuaii kogyaw won) no ye abo ara iiko; ebi ye nnna, se 
abe, odnm, ony^; ebi ye siw n.a.; ebi ye koro (s, koro); akomfo 
abosom de, ewoho-woho a, wobete se oyi se: mafa obosom, na 
oyi se: mafaobosom.] — bg b., 1. to surrender one's self to a fetish 
or patron spirit. — 3. to curse (another) by a fetish, s. bg 4J2. 81. 

abdsom, a potion drunk when in swearing an oath of alle- 
giance or mutual fidelity; wgpftm a, wgnom (or wodi) ho abosom; a 
covenant made valid by such a potion; g-n& no wo abosom ; s. nsu 4. 

g-b s m - b li w , house or lodging of a fetish. 

g-b 6 s m-a k e 1 6 w, -tere, pi. a-, chameleon, pr. 62 1-623. 

g-bosomf6, fetishman, syn. gkgmfo; onipa a gbosom wo no so 
ni ne mu. pr. 624. 625. 

g-bosommd, [-ba], pi. m-, fetish child; a child gotten by the 
help of a fetish and therefore given to him. 

boso m-m a n [-ban] enclosure, enclosed space sacred to a fetish. 

abosom-mg, inf. the calling upon or surrender to a fetish. 

g-bosom-muw, s. gbosombuw. 

abosompcm-abdsommaguli, the fetislics altogetJier. 

g-b s m - p a n y i n , i>?. a- m-, a chief or superior fetish. 

g-b s m-p 6Uy pi. a-, a great, pmoerftU, mighty fetish. 

abosofi-kwa, pi. m-, [gb. akoa] slave or servant of a fetish* 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



abosonno — obotof6. 43 

a b s n-n e (j>l. id.), a thing given or belonging to a fetish. 

a b s o n-sem, feilsh-religionj fetishism; fetish-matters. 

a b o n s n-s 6 d, inf. the carrying of the fetish. 

aboson-s6m, inf. fetish-service, the worshiping of fetishes or 
idols; idolatry, heathenism. 

0-b o s n s m n i , 2^?. a- -fo, a worshiper of fetishes, a heaihen. 

aboson-sii, the water in the pot (koro) belonging to a fetish. 
b6sonopo, bosoropo, the great sea, ocean, pr. 380.636. 3070. 
b s o w: 6j^ b., he is melancholy. [3094. 

0-b6sii, [e-bow, osu] dew; ob. gu, dewfaUs; cf mmosuwa. 
b o t a, 17. /o mark, to incise, make an incision; woakobota onipa 
(akyere) ne, to-day they have marked a man destined to be killed; 
ode sekan abota no (ho) kakra, he has given him some incisions with 
a knife; - to get a sight of, catch sight or a glimpse of: wo ani bota 
no ho dabiara a, fa bisa no ma me, a/ny day you get a sight of him, 
ask him about it for me; n'ani ammota ho = wanhu ho; obae, m'ani 
ammota no, when he came, I did not see him at all. 

b6 td; ayeUowcordl, the most costly of all, = kakawa; s. ahene. 
bo tae, v.n. [bota] mark, target, butt; - watow or wabo b. no 
mo, he has hit the mark or aim. 

^b6tafo w a, i?Z. m-, a child of one or two years, pr. 629. 

o-b6 tan, pi. a-, rock; gbo a ^terew' h6. Ez.24^7. 

abotar, F. = abotoase; nya ab. = to wo bo ase. Mt. 18,36. 

hh6tehj tJie right or full sum, = abo a eye gkwaii mii; the 
principal sum ; cf. akoten ; n'4b6ten kofuaa ahannu, the complete 
sum amounted to 200 (heads of cowries). 

o-botf ri, = aboa ti. pr.633. 

abotlrl, tam ab., to wrestle. [G. fo abotiri.] 

abotfri, ^^m-, head-band, fillet ; diadem, crown ; ade biara a 
wode bo won ti. 

abotisi, a triple crown, as the pope's. 

abotit6u, a high stately head-dress, turban; abotiri ten ten, ab. 
a enye ahnhu-tama bi na eye ntama-pa. 

h^tOf pi. m-, sack, bag, bundle; syn. atwea. pr.832. 

b5to, a powdered medicine in a small gourd; woahnw (no) 

b to, 5. poto. [b- aga ne f ^enem\ 

ab oto, inf. [to (me) bo]: laying a bet or wager; enam akyin- 
ny egye mn na ab. no ba, na ete se nkyia. 

abo-to, inf. = abotoy am', ^eaoe, confidence, good cheer. 

abotoase, inf. = boaseto, ^a^/ewce, forbearance, endurance. 

abdt6, empty or blind nut or other fruit contAining no kernel 
or flesh in the shell or husk (brode, nkate, aiikyS &c. aba a eye bono 
nko na aduan nnim'); ofa ye ab. 

o-botofo, jp?. a-, nea odwenso kete so, who pisses on his mat 
[bg tgw J cf. p6tgf6. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



44 botohiihiiw — bow. 



botohiihiiw, steam; b. afiri, sleam-enfjine; b. na ede owusi- 
hyen nam ; wonoa biribi na wubua so a, b. sinsiane mmuaso no 
ho gu fam'. 

ab to ku rd, pi, m-, a kind of momCy of a dark hue with light 
stripes, living in the wood; syn» odontwi. 

b6t6ro, Ak. wabg no b.==wabgno obo a 6bekum^ no, ebema 
wato, lie struck him with a deadly blow, he heal him so severely that 
he must die from it. 

bo tow, v. ^0 abatey to decrease, rdax, become less in vigour, 
strength, heat &c. — tr. to abate, reduce, lessen, diminish, remit; - 
nfwireh no ab6tow* = akagyaw, the flower has faded, withered; ne 
kuru a etuu kokttro no, afei de ab. kakra, his sore that had become 
large, has decreased; aduru no ab. yare no, or ama gyare no ab., the 
medicine has given a check to the sickness; nsu no ab., the water has 
become lukewarm; wabotow, he is cast down, dejected, all his joy 
and gaiety has left him, = ne ho afgm no ; wgab. gko no, they have 
suspended hostilities, made a truce; wgab. asem no ato hg, they have 
brought the palaver into an easier ivay and have laid it aside for a 
while (asem no, wonni no denn^nnennen na wodi no berew na wg- 
agya mu ato hg kakra). 

botowd, p^. m-, 1. small bag or sack, pouch. — 2. a musical 
instrument, bag-pipe? pr. 633, 

abotgydra', inf. [bo to yam'] ^)eace of mind, joy, happiness; 
satisfaction, contentment; cf, abotg, abodwo. 

ab6-tu, inf consternation; despondency; eye no ab. = etu ne 
bo, ema ne bo tu. — abotdsem, neics of trouble or danger; report 
causing frigid or consternation. 

botur6b5dw6, lukewarm, tepid ; nsu b. 

bo-ii. As. by all means, absolutely, positively; with negation: 
by no means; mise, kgfa onipa no bera, bo-fi na se wamma a (Akr. 
na se eka no babi emma na ose gmma a), san bSra, I say, fetch thai 
man ; but when lie absolutely refuses to come, then return. 

bow, V. l.to become tough (of clay in pottery). — 2. s. red. 
bobgw. 

bow, bundle of tobacco-leaves, commonly called 2ihead or hand 
of tobacco. 

bo-w, a charm (fetish) hidden in the ground: wasi or wahye 
no b. ==gde suman bi akghye fam' ama obi; ebi ye kabere, ebi ye 
sumanhunu bi n^ aduru. 

e-bow, = omununkum, fog, mist; angpa bgw = angpd bosii; 
b. atg =r gbosu agu. 

bow, Ky. boro, to grow weak, flag, slacken; tr. to make weak, 
slack, flaccid, flabby, flaggy; gpe nti hhabah nhinaabow, on account 
of the harmattan the leaves are all drooping; awia abow (= akisa) 
nfwiren no, the sun has withered the flowers ; abe no abow, that palm^ 
is no more as fresh as in the first three days after foiling it. — bow 
nsa, to become weakx.Q. intoxicated, to get drunk, by drinking much 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bowema — bra. 45 



palm-wine or any liquor or spirits; s. asabow. — ne ho abowno, 
he is disheartened^ disgiistedy has lost all joy and vigour; s. ahobow. - 
cf. botow, anobow, ahobow. 

bowema, F. = bonwoma. 

bowere w', pZ. a-, Ak. abgw^re, nail of a finger or toe; claWy 
clutch, pounee, talon ; syn, ^erew. 

b werewua, a disease which spoils and blackens the nails 
of the fingers. 

abowi, ^bowuw, contrilmtion, indemnification for expenses 
of war, paid by the defeated party; ransom paid by the conquered 
chief to redeem his people that they might not be made prisoners 
or slaves. — Ye-n6 Asantefo wiee ko no, woma yeboo sonkahiri 
ansa-na wogyee yen ab. (sika, nkoa, aguade n. a.), when our war 
with the Asantes was over, they made us serve them and then im- 
posed on us a contribtUion (in money, slaves, goods); woabo no son- 
kahiri ama ab., they have submitted to his rule and have given (the 
conqueror) money and men in token of their submission; yegye mo 
ab. ansa-na yeakg; Asantefo de ab. na ekyekyeree won ktirow. — 
Meyi wo abowuw = mebo wo, I shall release thee with a stroke (in 
plays of children: mmofra goru na nea odi neyohko so no yi nea 
wantumi no a ope se ogyae no ab., enese obo no). 

ahoyky aboy^, Ak. s. ab^yd, asanka, ayawd. F, Mt 14,8. 

aboyafo, F. = keka, Mt 8,28, Mk.1,13. ^^^ ^'^^' 

aboydm', i. girdle round the waist. F. Mf.S,4.Mkl,6. — 
2. (efen hi, a newly framed word) = nea ebo yam'; wuhii a, na wo 
yam' abo, wo kon do no, wo ani so no dodo. 

bo-yerew, inf. = abofono, sickness of the stomach. 
bra, bara, v. 1. to make, enact a late or latvs, to order with 
authority, to lay an injunction upon, to command, esp. to forbid, pro- 
hibit; mpanyimfo ko apam akobrd ade, the elders have assembled 
to^ enact or make laws; mabrano, I have interdicted him ; bra no 
ne ara se onnkosi ntew bio, forbid him this very day any more 
to join in that play (ntew-si) again; - to fix (by law) the value of: 
woabra dare ma aba mman 75. — ^. to settle: matu mabebra ha, 
I have removed and taken up my abode here. — 3. to come (i. e. to 
he horn) again into this world: owui wo ha na wakgbra (wo) Nkrati, 
he died here and has come again at Akra. — 4. to became habitual: 
asabow, atoro abra no, drunkenness, telling lies has become habitual 
to him, =^ eye ne bra, it is his habit or nature, he is addicted to..; 
n'agya nneyee abra no, his fathers manners have become his, he 
takes after his father. — 5. to deceive, = twa nkontompo, pr. 1225. 
wabva me = wasisi me, wadada me. — ^. bra., mu, fo withhold or 
keep back, to hide or conceal something in speaking, to dissemble, 
dissimulate: gbraa me asem no mu, he did not tdl me the whole 
truth; yebra no kasam', we disguise our speech before him; woka 
aaem no ara pe a, bra mu, when you relate the case, do not say all; 
gkyerge me kwan no, wabrd m^ mii, ii;hen he showed me the way, 
he misled me; cf. mmrabram'. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



46 Obra — brakyew. 



o-b ra, (inf,) L tlie coming into this worlds the state of exigence 
or life in this world; obra a wo woo me too mu yi, the life into which 
I have been horn; mesgre bra yim', I shall depart this life; obra 
akyi wo amane, ifi after-life more trouble is met with than in child- 
hood; or, in future days trouble may befall you; raeboo obra, men- 
nom bi da, as long as I live, I never drank any. — 2. manner of 
life, conversation, behaviour, conduct ; pr. 409.634.635, obra a eho 
nni dem or akasay^, blameless behaviour; bo bra, to behave, con- 
duct, to bear or carry one's self; bo bra-pa, to behave well; bo bra- 
bone, to behave ill; 6mpe bra foforo mmg, he shall seek to lead a 
new life, shall alter his conduct; n'aso awu nti, woapo ne bra ama 
no = woato no kwan, wonni n'asem akyi bio, they have left him 
to himself (nobody exhorts him any more). — 3. the nature i.e. th^ 
menses or monthly courses of women, euph. asabu; ye b. (bu nsa, kg 
afikyiri), to menstruate, to have the mofUhly flow or discharge, cf. 
bu 5 c. (wobeye b., a nasty abuse). — bra-agoru, a ceremony 
performed with a girl having attained to puberty. — bra-tam = 
afikyikg-tam, adabu-tam. 

abra, falsehood, fraud, deceit, pr. 1024. 1025. 2327.2475. syn. nna- 
braba, nkgnkgnsa, nkontompo. 

abra, a kind of monkey; sareso akyeneboa bi. 

mbra, F. = mm&ra. 
bra, 5. bSna. 
bra-bdh, manner of behaviour, conduct; ne sa b. nye me fe. 

brabo, [bra, v. 1., ebo], set price or rate; fixed amoutit of 
fees, fines, indemnities &c. Oman n^ hemfoforo no twitwa nnewa 
nhina ho b., the elders and the new king set rates on, fix the pri^c of, 
every thing. 

abra-bo, inf. [bgbra] life in this world, pr. 3060; way, F.P8.67^. 
conduct, behaviour. 

Q-brabrdf6, pi. a-, a deceitful, fraudulent, person; syn. ok6n- 
tomponi, gkgnkgn6df6. 

brad a, enticement, persuasion, temptation. — to b., to deceive 
by sweet words, to entice, persuade, talk over; wgto no b. = wgde 
nsem dede dada no na wanya amane. — bradam', F. by crafl, 
Mk. 14,1. -— brada-to, inf. enticing dec. ; cf. semmradd. 

abrada, F. s. abranna. 

Q-b r d f6, pi. a-, executioner, hangman; pr. 636. forerunner; a by- 
name of the bird apatipere. 

g-b r ^f6, pi. braf6, a woman that has her monthly courses. 
braka, round-about way, by-way, side-ivay; (merekg no, men- 
nam t5 na) mekobuu b. na mede mekofii akura hg, I came to the 
village by a round-about way; wabu br. akofA m'akyi, by a side- 
way he came in my back; wobebu yen ho b., they wUl go round to 
attack us from behind. 

b r a-k y e w : obu br., Jiis conduct is crooked, perverse, dishonest. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bram — bu. 4? 



bram (bilram) v. [red, brammram]: i. b... ho, to overlay: 
wode sika abram afoa no ti ho, the handle of the stcord is overlaid 
with gold; to shut up, close, securej fasten, stop: bram pankran no 
ho nbina hyia, make the cask water-tigM all round. — ^. b... ano, 
to secure, shut or lock up; to seal up; bram nnipa no ano na woan- 
nya okwan amfi adi, shut up or confine those people that they cannot 
come out; fa nnadewa bram adaka yi ano, naU this box up; b. pon 
no ano fa nnadewa bobom', secure this door with nails, — 5. b. . . 
so, to overtvhelm = kata so, bunkam so; dom yi ab^rdm' [akata] 
yen so, the enemies overwhelm us, are mare than we* 
bram' = bra mu, s. bra, v. 6. 
brammram', red. v, bram. 

brimmram: n'ano ye b. = birebire, he is a babbler, talker, 
tattler, ready to speak evil things. — o-brdmmramf6, pi. a-, onipa a 
ne tekrema yaw bebre, n'ani ye den; syn. gkasafo. 

Q-brdmmiri [obran, biri] pi. a-, 1. gbran tuntum, a black, 
strong man. — 2. 6j^ ab., he is a wrathful man; abufuw ye gb. or 
ab., wrath can make a man commit things which otJiervnse he would 
never do. 

abrammd [bram'abo] weigJU, weights; gkari no sika wg m'ab. 
80, he weighs his gold with my weights. — abrammo-kwdumti, true 
o-bran, s. gb6ran. [weights. 

a-br4nn&', F. abrada, pi. m-, sail [G. abena]; si ab., to set a 
sail; screen to keep off the rays of the sun ; gallery, veranda, covered 
by the sloping roof of the main building [G. ablana] ; portico, piazza, 
covered wcdk, corridor, pillared hall, colonnade, peristyle. 
abransgm, abranso, abrante, -wa, -kwa, s. aber. , . 
brapa, [gbra pa] F. virtues; s. gbra 2. 
brasiam, s. gkgre. — bra-tarn, s. gbra 3. 
braw, a-, s. beraw, a-, 
bre... bre... s. here... here... 
mbre, F., = nea, where, senea, as, how. 
abrebo, F. = abrabg. 
abr§bretam, F. soft raiment, Mt. 11,8. 
mbrehdadze, F. = ahobfirease. 
mbrew, F. = 'merew, weak; weakness. 

bremba, brempon, F. = gbarima, obirempgn. 
abrentse, F. = aberante. 
bri... 8. biri... 

bro... bro... s. b6rg... boro... btiro... 
bru... s. buru... 

brd, a. blue, (cf. akase, bibiri, hoa, tuntum); 
n. queen's blue, indigo blue; blue starch. 

bu, V. [red. bubu] A. to bend, fold; B. to crack, break, cut Sc, 
A. 1. tr. to bend, crook, curve; intr. to bend, crook, be curved; 
syn. kyea, koa, konton ; - epo abu dgnngn, abu kg asase no mu, 
Ihe sea has formed a bay; bu braka, to take a round-about way. — 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



48 bu^ 

2, to bendy fold: bn an o, fo seamy hem a cloth ; bu dukfi no ano ! — 
bu. . to ho, to double, pr. 653. — bu . . due so^ (to bend and la^ 
oveVy) to double. — bu. . bo ho abiesa, fold it thrice. — 5. to make 
by bendingy to manufacture: bu kotoku (pr, 768), kyew, mpaboa, 
ntoa, to make a bag, haty sandalSy a cartridge-box. — 4.to mak^ by 
bending or turning one's own body : bu afiri, to turn or cut a som- 
erset. — 5. to bendy move or direct parts of the body* a) bu nkom- 
p w , to bend or turn the necky to look roundy about or back: obu 
nk. fw§ n'akyi, lie looks back; obu nk. f we won nhina, hs looks round 
about on them aU. — &^ bu. . ani, ^o wink at; obu no ani, he winks 
at him (gives him a hint by a motion of the eyelids); - obu no ani- 
kyew, he casts squint i.e. evil looks at him; - obu n'ani, n'aniwa, 
he shuts and opens his eyeSy winlcSy twinkles y blinks y cf. aniwabubu ; 

- obu n'ani gu (n'asogden) so, Ae winks aty overlooks (liis disobedi- 
ence). Acts 17,30. — c^ b u n sa, orig. to bend the fingers in counting 
the (six) days during which a menstruant woman is not allowed to 
enter or sleep in her regular dwelling; euph, = ye bra, to menstru- 
ate. — d) bu ntwer, F. to bow the knee, Mt. 27,29. 

B. 6. to bend a thing so as to occasion a flaw in it, but not en- 
tirely to break it; to crack; cf. bukaw. — 7. to break (by bending, 
f.i. aba, dua, dompe, Joh. 19,36. cf. bo 50): mabu poma no, I have 
broken the stick; intr. poma no abu, the stick is broken; - bu.. mu, 
to break in two; s. 29 c. — S. to break downy demolish (gdan, cf. bu- 
ruw, dwiriw); intr. to break downy tumble down, fall to ruin: gdan 
no abu. — 9. to break o/f (abtirow, the ears of Indian corn)y to reap. 
— 10. to cut off: obubu n'awcrew, he pairs (off) his nails ; — to cut 
the hair: obu n'anim = oyiyi nenhwi ano; obu n'atiko, = oyi n'a- 
tiko hhwi ano. — 11, to cut or hew down, to fell (trees): bu kwae 
= dgw, to cut the bush, pr. 652. mekg kwaem' makobu nnua, I will 
go into tJie wood to fell trees. — i^. bu mu, to break or cut. in the 
middle, to cut off: bu.. mmerem\ a) obu ne mmerem' = wasi so [ore- 
nyih na onnya hwiee nyiu] na wapatuw awu, he dies a premature, 
untimely death, is cut off in the prime of his life; - b) wabu n^ 
mm^re {k 6de bewo) mu = ne mmere atwam', she is past age. Heb. 11,11, 

— c) bu nna mu, s. abiinndm. 

C. i5. bu.. so, to break off the end or point, to blunt, (opp. 
son ano), pr. 994. — 14. hn.. bo, to break, transgress, disobey (a law, 
command, order, injunction); obu n'asem so= onnyina n'asem so, 
he breaks his (own) word, does not keep his promise; obu ne na asem 
so, he disobeys (acts against) his mother^ s word. — 15. b u.. so, to 
go beyond, surpass: ebu n'abasa so, it goes beyond his power or abi- 
lity ; adwuma y i abu me nsa so, this wofk is too much for my strefigtJi ; 
edgm no bu yen so, tJie enemy is stronger than we are; syn. kyeii, 
bunkam; cf. bramso. — 16. bu so, to run over, overflow: wafwie 
nsu agu mu ma abu so, Jie has poured water into it so that it Jms run 
or flown over; Ps. 23,5; syn. boro so, fe ho. — i7. b u so, fo tc a5tin- 
dant, plentiful, frequent, often met with, common; mama n horn a no 
abu so, I have made that book common, caused it to be in the Imnds 
of many; cf. ka. — 18. huso, to be common, undean: nni nea abu 
so. do not eat unclean things. Acts 10,14. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



bii. 49 

D. 19. To break otU or forth: obu fua won so, he broke forth 
upon them. — ^0. to end or turn out badit/: n'asem abu, his matter 
did not conie to a good end, has turned out badly, — 2L to befall: 
abu abu uo, lit. a breaking has broken upon him, i.e. a great calamity 
Irnsbe fallen him, — 22, to fail, fall shoti, fall off in respect to vigour, 
activity &c. bo bu, to get out of breath; no bo abu, he is out of breath 
{s, ebo) = nebonie atew no; ii'ani bu, lit. his eye breaks, i.e. he is 
weary of waiting longer; wofwe obi kwan na omnia a, na w.o ani 
bu = eye wo abometew. 

E. 23, To count (orig. by bending the fingers, cf. 5 c) bu nsa), 
1o recko^i, compiUe, calculate, -buakonta, /o cast up an account; 
to cipher; o-n^ no bu ak., h^ reckons with him, Mt. 18,23.24. bu ho ak., 
to account for. - bu ano, to cast up, sum up in a total; bu.. fra 
(mu), gu.. 80, hye..niu, ka.. ho, si.-so, tia, /o reckon among, to add 
to {cf. kan.. fra): buyifra(hye)akontanomu, gu ak.no so, kaak.no 
ho, tla ak. no, add this to tlie account; bu sika no si so na yenfwe, 
add the money to the former sum and let us see (what the amount 
will be); obu n'aka-foforo si dedaw so, he calculates his new debts 
and adds them to the old ones, — 24, buakapere,^o balance' an 
account, counterbalance a debt: obu me ak., he adjusts his account 
due to me by a contra-account (cf. bu tew) or by shifting off payment 
to another person indebted to him. — ^5. bu tew, ^o netUralize or 
cancel a debt by balancing against it an equal amount owed by the 
creditor: mede woka, wonsowodemebi, namayemmu ntew! wode 
me dare 10, me nso mede wo d. 4, enti mebu dare 4 yi raatew, na 
yi dare 6 a aka no mA me! 

F, 26. To account (one) for, consider, think, deem, judge (one 
able, capable, apt, fit), acknowledge as; to estimcUey esteem, respect, 
honour, pr. 651, 654. 655. obu no kese, he holds him in great esteem ; 
mimmii no fwe, I do not respect him at all; — bu.. abomftS, to de- 
spise, s. ab. — bu . . animtia, to despise, disregard, hold in contempt; 
cf, tiatia.. anim. 

G, To observe, pay attention to, regard with care; cf, buw. 
^. bu.. bra = bg ..bra, to behave, conduct, bear or carry one^s 
self; bu braky^w, s, brakyew. — 28. human, to observe the so- 
cial or civil duties: obu man pa, he comports (himself) well with 
his fellow-citizens, behaves, demeans, or carries himself well in this 
town, is sociable; he rules (or manages the affairs of) the toivn well; 
he labours for ilie welfare of the towns-people; obu mam-mone se 
biribi, he is extremely unsociable; ye-n^ no mmu man yi = ntra 
man yi mu, we can no longer live together with him; ye-n^ nipa yi 
bu man yi, we live peaceably together, are on friendly terms; cf, 
amammu, araammui. — bu man kwanmu a WQmpam', F. to admin- 
i^er judgment impartially, 

H. 29, To decide, judge, pronounce judgment : a) b u . . b e m , 
to pronounce sentence in favour of fi person in a law-suit, to acquit 
of an accusation; atemmufo (asennifo) abu no bem, the judges have 
acquiited him, — b)hn,.iq^to give (bring in) a verdict^ pass sentence 
against a person, to pronounce guilty, condemn; woabu no kum fg, 
they have sentenced him to be killed. — f?) b u .. n t e n or at e n , to 

4 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



50 , bu — bubu. 



judgCy to decide a case, to givey pass or pronounce sentence or judg- 
ment on (upon) or against: woabu no nea pyee no so nten, tiiey have 
passed sentence against him for what he did, — d) hu mn , to bring 
to a decision, do atvay toith (a case); wode asem no aliye duam* 
abu mu = wgde ab6re mpanyimfo na wgawie asem no di, wgabu 
fo n^ bem (etg-dabi-a wgde dna hye dua ntam' bu mu). — ej bu .. 
ntenkyew, to judge unrighiemishj, to pass an unjust sentence, 
to 2^ervert judgment; - bu.. ananaten, to pronounce an unfair, 
partial judgment J to judge partially, — bu Asaute-ten, pr. 740, 

I. 30, b u be, to speaJc, utter, use a proverb , to make a proverb; 
de bu be, to turn into a proverb, pr. 60.656,681.1361. 1767, 

J. 31, bu, Ak. = buw. 

bu in combination with nouns of plaeo. and relation: 
bu .. mu, s. 7, 12. 29 c) — [bu ani, 5 b), - bu anim, W] — bu ano, 
2, 23, — bu so, 13-18, 

bu followed by other verbs: bu.. bg hO, due so, to ho, s. 2; 
gu so, 5 b); fra, gu so, bye mu, ka ho, si so, tia, 23; tew, 25. 

abu, fcdlj ruin, overwhelming calamity, disaster, great misfor- 
tune ; cf, asianc ; - abu abu no, a calamity has befallen him (s. bu 21), 
c.s. bone a waye aye a.s. nea gpe se gde ye ne ygnko no asau abe- 
fwe nahkasa so; - ma abu mmu no! let disaster or ruin befall him, 
i.e. may mischief come upon hint! 

hii bu, = ^\f plenty, abundantly; gsesdw' (nsu, nsa, nkyene, 
niio) no bu bu. 

bua, V, [red, bnabua] L to cover, to shut, close, esp. with so; 
b. dan (so), to put a roof on or thatch a house; bua adaka no so, 
close that box'^ bua aduah no so, cover thai food; cf kata so, mua, 
hini; mmuatama; opp, bue, hie. — ,^. bua da, lit. to cover (scil. 
the food) and sleep, i.e. to fast, to go to bed witlioul having eaten, 
pr.211, — 3. to come down upon: ne'musu abua n'atifi, his mischief 
has fallen on his own head. — 4, to grow thick, bushy, luxuriantly, 
ranMy (esp. of climbers); to flourish; gd^ no abiia kusri = aye aha- 
ban pi; cf, bum. — 5. to answer, reply; mammua no, I gave him 
no answer; wgkobuabuaa wgnho, they gave each other (rough) an- 
swers, scolded each other; cf, gye so. pr.752. — 6, to congratulate: 
kobua wo nua a gresaw no, congratulate your dancing brotfier, — 
7. bua.. so, to charge or upbraid ivith, to reproach, to scold or 
abus^ by reminding one of some reproachful deed or matter, to cast 
something in the teeth of; s, asobua. — 8, bua ntsen, F. = bu nteii. 
Mt,7yl. — 9, buabua tun, F. to conclude, 

abiia, J)?, m-, tobacco-pipe; c/". abiirobua, taseii. 
abuabuagyas5: asankatratrabi a wgde buaaduan so wg gyaso. 
abu add, m-, inf, [bua,^.] fasting, fast, abstinence from food; odi 
hh, y he fasts {o\\QfC)\ odi mm., /«c/a5fe (repeatedly); wodi mm.y t he f/ fast, 

buber, F, = abQrobu-bere, harvest, (of Indian corn). Jlf^ 13^0. 

bubu, red. v., s. bu. (2,) to break or bend repeatedly, to double, 
fold: bubu hhoma, to fold up a letter. — (7,) to break many things 
simultaneously; to break in many pieces; to pluck: bubu asomerewd 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



obubuafo — abufuw. 61 



ababah noa nom, pluck some leaves together with the stalks of the 
herb called asom., boil them and drink the decoction; - to break 
mnplrJeJi/y Ps. 10,1,5.37,17. bubii.. mu, Ps. 46, 10. Is. 9,4. bubii abodo, 
to crumble bread. — perf. to be broken down by hardships, i.e. fa- 
iigtted, exhausted: okwan no ware uti mabiibu, from the long way 
I came quite tired or undone; Pa. 38,9; to be lame, s, the foil. 

o-bubuafo, i??. a-, a man lamed by sickness, palsy; onipa a 
wowoo no mu na oyare abeye no ana nnurui abeduru no na wa- 
bnbu gu fako na ontumi nye fwe; - gkasa bubuafo, a lame i.e. 
atcktoard language or manner of expressing one's self 

nibubui, F. s. mmubui. 

abubummaba, abubumma, a kind of worm or moth; ab.- 
aiiwdne, the case (made of broken little sticks) in which it lives,pr.658. 

Obubuo, name of a month, about November* 

abubur, pi. m-, F. = aburuburu, Mt.21,12. 

ab u b u- w, -o, 1. public inquiry after something. 2. wailing, crying, 
from grief, sorrow, fear, for help in consternation and distress; the 
noise made by the people whilst sheep are being offered to the river- 
spirit (at Akwam); - gbo ab. = oresu na oredi nkommo, he wails, 
laments; ab., wgmmo no kwa. 

a b u b u w-b o , inf, wailing, lamentation, 
bue, 1'. [red. buebue] to u^icover, disclose, cf. bua. 1. tr* to 
open (obue n'ani, n'ano, ne nsam', fihoma mn, he opens his eye, 
mouth, hand, a book); bue adaka no (s(»), open the box; kobue poii, 
open the door {syn. hie); bue odan no (ano), open the house; diff. tn 
ano, san. — J2. bue .. ano, to initiate, inaugurate, dedicate: yereko- 
bne asoredan ftno, we are going to dedicate a chapel. — 3. bue so, 
to clear (land) from trees; obue n'asase so, he cuts away tJie trees 
on his piece of ground^ so that the sun may shine on the land. — 
4. bueto so, to turn over (the leaf of a book). — J. intr. to open, 
he open: gpoh no abue {syn. ano da ho), the door is open; n'ani 
abae or ada ho, his eye is open; n'adwenem' abue or ada ho, his 
mind is clear; ne tirim bue, his conscience awakes. 

buebue, red.v., s. bue; 
anim rebuebue = anim rebaebae, the day breaks. [G. hie gble.] 

biie bi\e, interj. 

bue pen, a page or pair of two opposite j^fig^s in a book; cf. 
kratafa ; wakan ma aka b. kakra hi na wawie, he has read it nearly 
through, he has read it all excepting a few pages. 
bufo, F. reaper. Mt.13^0. 
o-bufo, sloven, ditiy fellow; slut, slattern; s. buru, burum\ 

biifu^, s. bofua. 
a b ufuw, -fuo, inf. [ebo fuw] anger, wrath, passion ; fa or nya ab., 
to grmc angry; yi.. ab., to excite to anger; gy^ ab., he is irascible. 
o-bufu-fafo, pi. a-, an irascible man, easily provoked br offended. 
abufu-hy<^.w, hot anger, wrath, fury. 
abufu-nim' [anim] an angry countenance. Prov. 25,23, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



52 abui — abiintwere. 



abui, needle, especially a large one; cf, pane, dorowa. 
mbui, F. hreaUng, fall ML 7,27. 

biikaw, i\ 1. to bend: ob. ne basa, he bends his arm; ob. ne 
nsa to n'akyi, he puts his hand on 7//,v bark; b. wo nan to so, cross 
or bend your legs. — 2. to break, crarl\ flaw, i.e. to bend a tbing 
so as to occasion a flaw in it, but not entirely to break it; r/\ bu, (J. 
— 3. to shift from one master to another, to desert one, cf, guafi. 

bdku, Y, ph m-, = brCiku', book. 

bukyfii, F. s. mukyia, muka. 

bum, V. to spread; to spread or lay over; to cover a place or 
a thing completely ; wi'ird no abum kusu, (^^ aye ahaban bebre na 
aye fet'efefe) iltat bush has grown rank and luxuriant, filling a wide 
space with its foliage; wgto asawu bum mpata so ansa-na woyiyi 
won, a net is spread for the fishes before they are caught; ode ntania 
abum no so = akata obi (a.s. narikasa) so; fa bum me so = kata ' 
me so! [ret?, bummum.] 

biim, 2^1 * a.-, a spreading or thorough movement or effect: gua 
bg bum, tfie whole assembly rises at once (s. bg 7); wgasgre bum = 
preko, they have got np in a state of confusion; oguah no abebg 
m^aburo mu b., that goat has made havoc in my maize, has eaten a 
good port i an of my corn; wgabgyen abum, they have pw/ W5 into 
confusion; wgabg aguabum, they have brought the market into cofi- 
fusion; ebgg b. no, when the confusion began; abogyabum, covering 
or bespattering with blood by blows, 

bum, adv. severely, thoroughly, very much; gbgg no ara bum 
preko, he gave him one severe blow; wgbobgg nnuan no ara bum 
bum bum, they gave or dealt the goats vigorous blotvs; gmanmufo 
tan abanmufo b. 

bum a, V, to catch, seize, take by force (nnipa, mmoa, mpata); 
buma oguan no b6ra, catch that sheep and bring it; wgbebumaa no 
akgtgn no, they pounced upon him and took him away to sell him, 
[red. bumabuma.] 

bum mum, red,v,^ s. bum. 

C-bu 11, a. Ak. bunu, 79Z. a-, green, unripe; akutu-bun, an unripe 
orange, pr.2344. cf. gbabuh. — c-buu, F. unripeness. 

e-buii, pi. a-, abyss, gulf; the depth of the sea; amoa a emu do 
a ewg nsum'. 

abu-nnam' [nea obu nn^ mu] he who cuts off one's days, an 
appellation (or title) of kings; cf. okumnipa. 

buiikam, v. (so), to surpass, e.rcecd, be superior to (in num- 
ber, valour, power, force): cdgm b. wo a, wuguan, if the enemy is 
too strong for you, you flee; wob. yen, wgab. yen so, they surpass 
us in number; wanyti ade ma ab. so, = akyeii so, atra so, he has 
grown enormously rich; agofo horow abicn a wohyiae no, se atififo 
b. anafofo so nti, anafofo antumi wgn. 

abuntwere, a green, hard, unripe fruit; akutu no ye ab., 
the orange is unripe; s. bun. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



abunu — abiiro. 53 



a b u n u, a kind of great drum ? s. oboniiky^refo. — Cf. cbun. 

buo, s. buw. 
obuobi-k waw, a kind of bayere; s. ode. 

bupe, a kind of cloih from Toam, s, kente, ntama. 
abu-peii, parlj portion, share, the result of a division; of. 
nkyem'. 

bu-preko, a bit, morsel, or piece, broken off by a single 
breaking; of, tepreko. 

aburji, i>?. m-, well, cistern] tu ab., to dig a well. 

abiir6 w, maize, Indian corn. pr. 672-80, ab. aben, the corn is 
sufficiently ripe for use; ab. aboa, the corn is ripe to perfection. — 
bu ab. to break the ear from the stalk; hQan or sunsQane mmetem, 
io husk maize ; few or tutu ab., to take out the grains. 

abaro-bdtem, pi. m-, cone or ear of Indian corn. 

a b li r o b f a, a plant growing frequently in the vicinity of towns, 
with red flowers and black seeds; Cannalndicaov spcciosa,pr.661, 

aburo-bu, inf. the plucking of the ears of maize; corn-harvest, 

aburo-bua, pi. m-, a short tobacco-pipe made of clay, clay- 
pipe made in Europe, pr. 662, 

abiir5-d6ma, maize fiUl-grotvn, but not yet quite ripe, as roa- 
sted and eaten by the negroes. 

biiro-dua, the plant or stalk of Indian corn; the spike of a 
plant of maize, in which the kernels sit; a cone of maize from which 
the grains have been picked. 

aburod uaiV, food or dishes prepared of maize: obankn, abete, 
dgkono, kyekyere, ammoagyanewa, mpampa, pimpi, sense, oto. 
b ii r 6-f u a , pi. m-, a single grain of India^i corn. 
a b u r o-f i\ w , a plantation of maize. 

abiiro-j^ua, a European cJuiir, arm-chair, chair wWi a back; 
cf, akentennua, akonhua. 

aburo-guane, = abiirow guannuan, ripe cars of Indian com. 
buro-gya, Aky. matches; syn. samannyA. [pr.673, 

biir6-h 6 n o, the husk or covering of the cars of maize; pr,679. 
a kind of country cloth, s. kente. 

buro-ku [iiku]^ pomade, 2)omatum. D.As. 

bu ro-kuruwa, a European jar , can, cup, mug dc. 

burokiiruwd, pomegranate, s. buruk... 
Aburokyiri, the white tu an' s country, Europe and America 
respectively. jpi*. 663-6. Ab. nipa, a man who deserves to be sold to Ab., 
a b li r o k y i r i - s ii a, Turkey-red cloth. [pr. 664. 

h u r o-n a n , the stalk of maize, 
Q-b u r 6 n f , pi. borofo, a-, European, white man ; mulatto* pr. 667-71, 

bur 6-0 n y a , Ch ristmas and New-year's-day. 

buro-iino, m-, European oil, olive-oil, sweet-oil. 
aburo-pata, pr, 680. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



54 aliurotseii — abnsiide. 

abiircHtsen, F. abaro a abg yiye pe; s. ten 2. 

aburo-wi [awi] wheat. D.As* 
bum, fiHhines.% dirtiness, uneleaHnesa, ^orenliness^ i^ttttishness; 
neb. nti wo ne no didi a, enye de. — oye b. (e.s. ue ho wg fi na 
ne fi ntcw), he is a filthy^ dirty, unclean fellotc, a docen ; cf. ohem- 
mnm; bnmm, obnfo. 
bum, r. s. buraw. 

buriibiiru, bbbb., adc. entirely, totally; odi me nya b. = 
obu or gye me akoa papa. [G. bbiblu.] 

abaruburuw, pL m-, a species of dove; pr, 68L (ne mmaran 
te se akoko de.) F. abubur. 

buru k u', F. buka', pL m-, hook. 

burakiirawa, a large tree and iU edible fruit similar to a 
pomegranate but larger and with larger seeds. 

burum\ a filthy, dirty, unclean felloic; sloven; slut, slattern; 
oye b., gjc nebo b. = oye neho fifi; s. burn, obufo. 

O-bur um, a large quadruped; pr. 682. 

aburu-nsumma-beu, a species of rfore (red), 
buruw, v. to break down, demolish (gdan n.a.); syn. dwiriw; 
to tumble down, fall to ruin ; amoa no ab., tJie sides of the pit hace 
broken down; ne fwene buru gu n'anom', he has his nose smastted, 
knocked into his mouth, pr. 584 

aburuwa, pL m-, 1. nantwi ab., heifer, yomuj cow, that has 
not yet calved. — 2 = afana, a female slave, especially one from 
the interior with marks cut in her face. 

aburuwd-ba, i>i. mmuruwA-mma, a vUe, despicable person. 
busu, s. mmusn, ahabosu, abusude &c. 

a b u s u a , F. -suia, pi, m-, family, kindred, relatives, especially the 
relations of tJie mothers side ; one of the original families of the Tshi 
nation. — bg ab., to join a family or tribe, pr. 683-7. 

abusua-baii, sort of family or people ; mo ab., moye awi! you 
are a thievish family! 

abusfia-bo, inf. wufi k&ro bi so aba na abusua biara a wote 
nedin a.s. wufim\ wode wohO akghyem'. 

a b us fi a -b n e , a sin hereditary in a family. 

abusua-de, something hereditary, inborn, inbred, innate] bayi 
ye ab. ; eye no hh. 

abusiia-duji, the tail i.e. cord or tie which connects a family. 

a b u s u a-k u w , family, tribe, clan. [pr. 686. 

a b u s u a-ni a u , tribe. 

o-busua-ni, 7//. a- -fo, relation, relative, kinsman; syn. oni. 

a b u s n a-y arc, family-distemper, hereditary disorder. 

o-busufi-panjin, the head of a family, pr.687. F. abusuia- 
mpanyin, patriarchs 

abiisua-ponni, a member of an important family, pr.687. 

abusu-de, a wicked, misehierotis thing or deed; Ul luck, dis- 
aster, pr. 118. F. abomination, Mt 24,15. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



abususem — bwe. 55 



abusu-sem, wicked^ mischievous words^ behaviour , or conduct; 
Uasphemy; cf. mmusubo. 

o-busiifo,2?^ a-, a wicked^ mischievous man, s. obusuyetb; a 
frolics&me fellow; a rogue (facetiously): oburoni yi ye ob., oto yen 
kasa, this European is a rogue, he understands our language^ 

o-busu-yefo, pL a-, a wicked man doing mischief \n secret; 
rogue^ knave, villain, scoundrel, pr. 119. 

o-butew, inf comjjensafion, the payment of a debt by a credit 
of cquul amouyit; reciprocation , mutual return; ob. ne se: wode 
bi ka na ono nso de wo bi na mode atua; a. s. ono ufa ue tiritn' a, 
wo nso afa wo tirim; s. bu 20, 

butii, a-, 5. butuw, abotn. 
Obutu, j)r. n. of the language of SanyS, Afutu Bereku, SimpS 
(Winnebah), Ap^, cf. Gr. Introd. § 5,2. 

biitu, adv, cmnpletely &c, very muchy = kora, yiye, papapa; 
odii aduah no b. (entirely), ka n'anim b. (sharply); wabo no aho- 
hora b. (utterly), 

butubutu, imit. adv, expr. the sound of drumming: wgka 

butubutuw, red, v, [akyene b. 

butu-ne-bdte, a kind of beads; s. abene. 
abutusem, s, abot... 

butuw, v. to overturn, turn upside down, upset; ob. n'agua, 
he turns his chair (as the negroes, from a superstitious notion, do 
when they rise); b. kurow, to overthrow, capsize a canoe; - intr. 
to Ue or stand upside down, to lie on the belly. — k6h'k6 (t6m^re) b. 
pon 80, a tumbler stands upside down on the table; pr. 2023, abofra no 
de n'ani b. ne na ho, the child laid its face against its mottier, — 
b. aba so, to brood, — bata b. wo, your trade fails, goes amiss, 

butiiw, s. tekrema-biituw. 

buw, v. 1. to sit on and cover eggs or young, as a fowl, to 
brood; osansa ko abuw = okoto nkesua na wada so na wasow, = 
okobutuw aba so, pr. 2776. — 2, to heap together, to keep together 
under a covering (abe, palm-nuts, till they begin to rot, - aburow, 
maize, in a vessel or under ground, to malt it for making ahai, 
beer), — 3, to spare, save, lay up: obuw ne sika de akoware yere, 
he spares his money in order to procure through it a wife, — 4, to 
watch, keep sentry, guard; asrafo buw abah, soldiers guard the fort, 
— 5. to watch, lie in wait or ambusJi: obuw no okwan so, he way- 
lays him, s, tew; b. mogya, to lie in wait for blood. — 6. to watch 
or overtake one in the way in order to call him to account; cf. tware. 
abuw, inf., s, buw, v. 1, 

e-bu w, nest, coop, cage, cot, cottage, hut, lodging; cf, berebiiw, 
akokobuw; odah bi a wofre abosom n6 asamanfo wo mu = obo- 
86inbuw, abosonnan, asamanfredah. — F. =ntamadan, teni, taber- 
nacle, [G. ba.] 

buwfr^fo, pi, A-, = gkomf6; onipa a oturoi fre nsamanfo 
n^ abosom d& mmonsam ma wubeka won anom' as^m. 

bwe, bwobua, V, = bue, buabua. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



56 da. 



n. 



The consonant d occurs before pure vowels, sometimes before 
nasal vowels when tliey are followed by m, n, or ii (e.g. den, dom, 
don, dum); d is changed into n by an m (n, ii) before it, Gr. § 18., 
and into n or r by negligent pronunciation, Gr. § 19 B. cf. nne, 
nnera, anadwo, anopa, = eda-yi, nne-da, adadwo, adopa. — In 
several Fante dialects d is changed into dz when coming before 
the vowels e & i, seldom before e. In a few cases d or dz in F. 
interchanges with s; cf, adze, dadze, d§,de, adade = ase, asase; 
do = so. Gr. § 293, 1 a. h. Bern, 1-3. 

The combination dw has nothing to do with the sound repre- 
sented by single d, and will be treated afterwards by itself. 

da, V. [inf. nna, red. deda] 1. to lie (of a single person or 
thing; deda, of many persons; gu, gugu, of many things ; cf. bew, 
bea, boa, sam, buw,butuw, ten, tew) ; odafam', he lies on the ground; 
gda ayannya, he lies on the back. — ^, to he in a certain place, to 
be situated: ne kiiro da bepo^ so, me de da bon mn, his toioti is si- 
tuated on a mountain, mine in a valley; ky^lvye da osram nkyen, 
the evening-star stands near the moon; - to float, swim, be buoyed 
up: base a eda nsu ani, a floating cask. — 3. to live in a place : 
odenkyem da nsum\ omampam nso da wuram', the crocodile lives 
in tiie water, the guana in the bush; onni dan na oda wuram'. pr. 647. 

— 4. to sleep (especially in the perf.): okoda, he goes to sleep; wada, 
he is sleeping, pr. 704. gda bebre or dodo, he sleeps much; meseh wo 
nna, / surpass you in sleeping, pr. 2892. merekasa no, gfaa mu dae, 
whilst I spoke, he fell asleep; - obiara ka wo sa a, da, if any one 
tells you so, sleep i.e. take no notice of it; ne ti ada, s. eti. — to die: 
ghene dae na wansgre. — 5. to be quiet: ne nsa nna, his hand never 
rests, he is industrious, = gy e nsi, gye osifo, gdeygfo. — 6. to remain, 
rest: n'asem da m'asom', his word remains in my ear, I do not for- 
get it. — 7. to weigh down: nsenea, wotom' torn' a, eda, when you 
continue to put in things into the scale, it sinks. — 8. to curd, curdle, 
coagulate, congeal, thicken: nufu no ada, the milk has curdled; hno 
no ada, the palm-oil has thickened. — 9. da, Ak. = da so, s. 25 c). 

Phr. 10. da aba so, to sit on eggs for breeding^ to brood, hatch; 
syn. buw, butuw. — 11. da adagyaw, pr. 699. da kwaterekwa, to be 
naked. — 12. da adi, to be manifest, evident, open or clear; cf. 
da hg> yi adi. — 13. da. dvieh^ to lie and think, to meditate. — da 
f we, to consider; s. 28. da tirim. — 14. da afa, to sleep at a sepa- 
rate place, pr. .384.705. — lo, da fam\ to be level; ehg da fam*, U is 
a lerel place. JPs. 26,12. — l(j. da ogya (ho), da gyentia, to sleep at 
the fire; pr. 359. — 17. da ho: a) eh 6 da hg (pefe), it is mani- 
fest, evident, obvious; it is open, accessible: asem yi ho da hg, the 
matter is now plain or clear, = asem yim' ye pefe; - emu da hg, 
it is clear, plain, intelligible, open; opp. emu asiwr me; - gpon a no 
da hg, the door is open. — b) n'ani da hg, he is modest, sober^ care- 
ful, attentive, mindful, heedful; syn. n'ani ka ase. — 18. d a ho, 

— da so, 5^. 25 c). — 19. da hyia, to border upon, to confine with; syn. 
bo bye (hyia), bg hyi^bah, to fuhye. — 20. da kapua, to importune^ 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



(la — da. 57 

to urge; to be bent upon. — ^i. da mu, dam': a) to be or lie in or 
between; da akuru mu, fo be full of sores, pr. 700. - tokuru da dna 
uo mu, there is a hole in the tree, the tree is hollow* — b) to be heard 
among other voices and noises: iinawuta da mu. — c) to be guilti/, 
in fault: to be bound, to be under obligation (to perform a duty). 
Mat. 23,16, — 22, da ano: ne ti da hkrante ano, s, eti; dua no da 
opoh ano, s, 1. — 23. da mpan, F. = to be or lay empty, open; cf. 
2r, — 2i,d»,asG,a) to lie under (Gr. § 118,3).— 5; to thank (lit. 
to lie down); oda no ta no so asc, he thanks him for the tobacco; 
meda wo ase, / thank you; miyi me yam' meda wo ase, I thank 
you heartily; meda-ase meda-ase, I am much obliged (to yon); meda- 
ase aberaw, id, (s, abfiraw); efunu ada-ase, the corpse has passed 
(a person or bouse) without pushing; s, afunsoa. — 25. da so, a) 
to lie ©r sleep upon, — b) to sleep after having heard a message &c. 
wankoda so, it did not let him sleep; otce no, wanna so, he obeyed 
it forthwith; wanna so na obae, he came on that very day, — c) to 
go on, continue in doing something. When put before another verb, 
to denote continuation of the action expressed by da so, that other 
verb may be rendered in Eng. by the adv, on, still: oda so kan, he 
goes on reading, he reads on; oda so yare, he is still sick; in Aky. 
so may be omitted : woda (so) di ako, they are at war still; cf. ko 
so, toa so, & Gr. § 107,"l6. — F. da-ho, da-do, da-ro, Mt 19,6. Mk. 
Of3o.9,17. — d) oda neho so, he is wary^ cautious, circumspect, heed- 
ftd, careful. — e) n'ani da me so, s, ani. — 26, da nsow : oda nsow, 
neti An nsow, he bears a mark, has a characteristic, is marked out 
or distinguished by some sign or character: onipa yi, ne duabah da 
nsow, the figure of this man is of a particular shape or make; cf, 
dansow. — 27. da nsram, Ky. Gy. = da yafumpan mu, to sleep 
with an empty stomach. — 28, da tirim fwe, to consider, deliberate: 
Jisem a woka kycry moyi, meda mafwc, or, me(re)da me tirim ma- 
fwe, the matter you tell me, I will consider. 

g-da, inf, asase no d^ won di, the country lies open to them. 
da, 5. daw. 

eda, pi, nna, a day (of 24 hours; nkwa-da a nnonfwerow 24 
worn'; emu 12 ye adekyeo, na emu 12 ye adesae); a time definite 
or iudefiiiite; da nhinfi. all day; every day, always; nna hhina, all 
dags, always; s. da: - eba nna-nna, it comes at times, now and then, 
occasionally, seldom, = eto-dabi-a eba, // happens sometimes; da 
He'ne, a day or time (occasion) like this ; pr. 690-8 ; this day week; 
Gr. § 248,6. — wonnim nna, or obi nnim nna, one does not know 
what time brings, = perhaps, pcradventure, Cf. da, da, daben, da- 
bi, dafua, dakoro, nnannu... da du, Gr.§80,5. nnaoha, nna-mmcrc- 
nson, nna-no, 'ne. — Oregyc nna awu, = ne wuda aben or adu, 
ne wu adu so, ne nna rehi = ureye awu, orebewu, his days will soon 
he at an end; wahye da, he has fixed a day, it i^ his intention; wato 
no da, Jie has appointed him a day; watu ahye da, he has deferred 
it for another time. 

da at the end of negative sentences = da bi, any day, ever, or, 
together with the negation, never, pr. 396. 1479. Id87, Cf. dabi, pen. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



58 oda — (labi(h\l)i. 



(Sometimes it merely gives empbasiB to the negation : rainnim no 
da, / do not know him at all,) 

0-da, pL a-, grave^ tomb; F. nda; cf. obo-da, odamoa; - bo da, 
to dig a grave. 

nda, F. L = nna, inf. sleep. — ^. = oda. — 3. pi. of eda. 

da, V. 1. to open (the mouth to put food in): ne se apam nti 
wode dade da n'anom ansa-na wode aduah hye mu. — 2. s. dada. 

da, adv. & n. always, ever; continually, constantly, every day, 
daily; often; eternally; eternity. Ote ho da, a) he always sits there; 
b) he lives for ever; - M an6p4 ohk or ohk anopa da, always in the 
morning f every morning he comes; da afe, every year; da adekyee 
n^ adesae na mode meye adwuma mema no, I work for him always 
by day and night; oba me fi da, he often comes into my house; oye 
sa da da or da na gta ye sa, he always does so. — da nkwa, ever- 
lasting life. — Cf. dapcm, daba. 

da , dawa, ^?. n-, 1. a little belly as hung round the neck of 
sheep or dogs, pr.l768\ cf. gdawuru, nnawuta. — 2. menase d., the 
uvula in the throat. 

daba, d. nhina, dabate, (F.) always; cf. da, dSpem. 
o-dabaii,j>Z. a-, bar of iron. — adabampdr6w, bar of lead. 

dabduk^, iron crow, crow-bar. Ak. akokobane. 
o-dabaw, j)i. a-, (pair of) tongs; nippers , pincers; c/*. awiri,fem. 

dabedabe [Kru lang. id."] = dabodabo. 

da-be a, = dabere, dabew, pr.2101. 

dabe-frama, climate. I). As. 

dabekyiri. As. = dabere akyiri, bed-room, sleeping-room. 

dd-b6u, tvhich day or time, when? - d. na obac or obaa d., 
when did he come? 

o-ddbeii, red woolleti stuff; = nkra-nhoma. 

dabere, v. = taforo; okraman d. na gko. 

dabereko, flirtation, flattery, hyimcrisy. 

da-bere, a place to lie on or sleep in, sleeping-place, pr.2298. 

dabere-akyiri, 5. dabekyiri; gkg ne d. = gkg piam' akgda. 

dd-bew, = dabere; waf6m ak^dd n^ y{)nk6 d., Ihc lias by mis- 
take lain down at his friend's sleeping-place. 

d^bi [eda hi] L one day, one time, some time back, once, in 
time past, formerly ; = dabihg; cf. nna-no, nna no bi. — 2. some 
day, one day, some time, i.e. at a fufnre time; another time; cf. da- 
kye; pr. 693.1644. — 3. any day, i.e. ever, together with a negation: 
never, usually shortened into da. — 1. no, never; in this meaning it 
is the only remnant of a whole negative sentence, s. Gr. § 146,*^ 

dabi-ara, aiiy day, ever, at any time. 

dabf-ara-da, together with a negation, never. 

dkhidk, no, never, not at all, by no means, - a more empha- 
tical form of denial than dabi i. 

d k b i-d (\ I) i , 1. [red. of d a b i i.y long, a long time, a long while : 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



d^biho — dadu. 59 

gbae d. yi, wunhQu no ana? he lias been here a long lime, did you 
not see him? Joh,14,9. woamma ntem, ebe na woko d. yi? t/ou are 
coming late; where have you been so long? d. bemme, long agoj long 
since, a great while ago. — J2, [red, of d ab i 4/ no, not at all. 
d^bfho, = dabi 1. 

da bo, a. stnooih, soft, said of cloth; sgn. torotorotoro ; opp. 
hutuhutu. 

^-dab6, abiirow dabg, corn roasted while yet in the ear. 

o-dabo,pZ. a-, L antelope, - the general name, or only a spe- 
cies of antelope with horns, syn, abere. Other kinds are: gbobiri, 
adow4, gfr6t6, gkwadu, gtwe, owans4n, ewi. — ^. a kind o^ locust; 
s, abebew. 

ada-bo, inf. previous attempt; gman-nhyiam' ho ad., a preli- 
minary parliament, * 

ddb5ddb6 (2)l.id,?)[Krii: dabedabe] duck; mmran: kw^kwli. 
addbra, = odompo. 

o-dabrabaf6, pi, a-, deceiver, liar, hypocrite, impostor, rogue 
<ltc, onipa a n'asem a oka nh. na biribi kotow akyiri; F. ndabraba- 
ny\^Mt6,16.7, 5.16,8, — syn, gkonkgnsdni, okontomponi ; cf, nnabrabd. 
dad a, a. & adv, Ak. = dedaw. 

ad ad a, a bluish earth brought up in digging gold before the 
fa which contains gold. 

dada, red.v, 1. s, da. — 2. to spread (of trees): dua a wgtewe 
enkyi?ena adridii se yi!— 3, to persuade, win over, tohdl;pr,708.709. 
to cheat, deceive, delude, impose upon; syn, ma ti da, gyigy^y sisi, 
di kusnm; - inf. nnada; onnim abofra nnada. 

0-dadafo, pi, a-, deceiver, impostor, swindler, pr.TlO, 

dadada, F. always, = daba. 

dadadaw, F. long long ago, 

dadare, F. s. dare. 

dadaw, F. = dedaw, old; already, long ago, 
adadaw, F. oldness, Mf,Gr,pr.l01. 

dadawra', s. dodom'. 

dade, adade, F., As. = asase. 

dade, 1. iron. — 2. pi, n-, iron instrument, tool, weapon, 
sword, dagger; wgaka no or wgato no dade = wgakum no. — 3. 
the barrel of a gun (s. ohum). 

dade-biii, slag, dross, or recrement of iron. 

dad e-gyd, 1. the first pain of a cid from a sharp iron. — 2. 
tlie flashing of bright iron; Nali.2,4. cf. gsekannya. 

dade-kofi, tin-plate, white iron, — dade-kwdsi, iron-plate. 

dade-ky^ w, iron cap, helmet, pr. 589, 

dad6p6ti, a kind of beads, s. ahen6. 

dad e-se n, pi, n-, iron pot, iron vessel. 

dade wd [dade, dim.']pl. n-, a small piece of iron, nail, spike; 
cf. prego, darewa. 

da-du, inf. day-break; wgkoe fi d. so kgpem anadwofa. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



60 (ladii — dAji-ere. 



da-(lii, ten days, dadu-d^bak6, dadu-nnammien' &c., 11, 12 
dai/s dx, dadu-nnannum, a fortnight; Gr. § 80,5. adadnonu^ ada- 
duasa, adaduanan &c., 20, 30, 10 days dec. Gr. § 78,2. 
daduianyi, F. = deduani, Mt, 27^5. 
o-da-dweii, inf. meditation (in lying down), care, mental am- 
iety; odi no ho d., he is in anxiety about him; od. rekum no, cares 
are icearing him to death; 5. da 13. 

adadwo, Ak. = anadwo, night, [eda, dwo.] 
dadze, F. = dade, iron. 

dildzc, F. = ase, fam\ ground, shore, (on the) land. Mt.l3,4S. 
Mk. 6^47. — nam d., to walk on foot, Mt. 14,13. — fwc d., to fcdl down, 
Mt. 18,36. — dadze-lwe, = asefwe, fall. 

dae, V. d. mu = bae, guae mu, to separate. 
dae, (an unusual form) inf. [da]: da nkwa da nnipa nbina 
dae, eternal life lies ready for all men. 

o-dae, pi. a-, dream. — sO dae, soso adae, to dream. 
O-dae, a sickness of the stomach and belly; cf abadae. 
0-da6, palm-wine of the preceding day (anad\v(»fasA k wgde usu 
afram' de asi gya so, na ado kye anopa a, wgde fra angpa-sji mu 
ma 6ye d6n). 

a dae, V. n., a place of red or lying doimi. 
adae, a festival day, returning every forty-third day; oue 
feast, called adae kcse, akwasidae (adwedae), is celebrated on Sim- 
day ; another, 24 days later, called awukudae, falls on Weduesday. 
The king receives all his elders and honoured guests in his residence 
and gives them drink and presents. 

o-daefo, one wlio causes separatlan or discord; so mo mu saara, 
ntie od., do not listen to one who wishes to cause a separation between us. 
a d a e-s o , inf. dreaming. — o-d a e s o f o , pi. a-, dreamer. 

a da fa, bo ad., to call, decoy, allure, entice, permiade (gen. with 
a good intention); gbo no ad. = woka asempa kyere no a.s. wode 
biribi ma ohu se wope se oba wo hkyen. 

adafi, twa ad., to betray, disclose, discover, shoio, give notice; 
to warn, forewarn, caution; wo ano atwa woho ad. = wo ano adi 
wo ho adanse, aka asem no ama wo, wo ano na akum wo, 2 Sam. 1J.6. 
woatwano ad. se onnuan, they gave him notice that he should flee. 
Acts. 23,30. adall-twa, Inf. (A native in searching for the etymol- 
ogy thought of the phrase 6t\\k neh6 dk fd, watwd ad^ fi = wadan 
ueho akgda ne nkyen bako: ete so onipa no ada wo asem nom' na 
onnim; na woka kyere no a, na etc se wokonyan no na wadah afi 
no benkum so akgda ne uifa so, e.s. wafi nea obenya aniane hgako 
nea orennya amane.) 

da-fiia, pi. n-, a single day: nnafud nnjiawotwe = nna mfaa- 
mfua or mmako-mako awotwe, one day after the other for eight days; 
gbaa sukti gsram yi mu nnafua du. 

dA^gcrc [Dan. & Dutch: lak] sealing-wax. pr. 712. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



dj\":o — addm. 61 



d^ go ! inferj. it is a lie! nea woka yi nhina, d. ! all that you are 
sailing is a lie, a falsehood y is not true; huw d., to tell lies; cf. atoro. 

dt^giia, dear, fair^ bright, of a shining y radiating surface: 
afwefwe anim ye d., the looking-glass is fine , bright; onni nkdrnmo 
hi dl nti, n'anim tweri or aye d. -= n'anim nliina ye f6fg, because 
he has no sorrow j he has an open, cheeiful face. 

adagyaw, nakedness y nudity. — da ad., #o be naked, 

dagyawe, a naked man. To d. nko a, anka wogoru asafo 
^Hypr.328l [pr.2935. 

ada-gyew, agyew, timCy leisure: minnf ad., I luivc no time. 

da-gye, sleep -walkingy night -walking; obo d., he gets mad 
(gets up, runs about y fights) in sleepy is a somnambidiHt, lumitic. 

dahd, the leaf or leaves of the adobe, a species of palm-tree, 
used by the negroes to cover the roofs. 

da-h6-{i-6home, a precious cloth in the possession of the 
kings of Asante. 

da-liuma, j^l* d-» « common (not festival) day; wonko abo- 
sompow mu n. bi. 

addka, pi. n-, box, case, chesty coffer, trunkypr,?13; (closely cup- 
board;) rectanglCy parallelogram. 

adaka-baii, the manner or shape of a box rfr. 

ad aka-h oily pi. n-, harmoniuniy 2>i(OwfortCy clavichord , organ; 
cf. aben. 

adakamaii, F. tombs; Mt 23,29. = ada. 

adakan i, (j)l. id.) the lock of or for a boXy case dc. 

a da k a-te LI , a press for clothes. 
diikoj diikoro, one day; (gba suku) dakoro dakoro, nna- 
koro nnakoro, 0ie comes to school) only now and then; cf. dafua, 
dakye, dabi. pr. 694.2114. 

0-dakuro, s. odekttro & the foil, 
addkuro, nea odakttrow, one who rides over the town. 
g-daku-dwom, s. dwom. 
da-kye, dakye bi, some future day; in future; another time; 
abofra hyew ne nsa a, d. obefwe neho yiye ; afei de waka wo ho 
asem yiye, d. de, obeyaw wo. B.p.l6o.—pr.902. [fr. eda & kyc, v.] 
Cf. dabi J2. 

d am' = da mu, to be or lie in dx. s. da 21. — dam, F. s. d§m. 
dam [Dan.] draughts. — to d., di d., to play at draughts. 
g-ddm, madness. - bo d., to go, grow (»r run mad; pr.975. od. 
na ebgno, wabg d., he is mad; abo no d., it has driven him mad; 
ff. bg 12y gye. 

-dam, a. red, scarlet; cf. gb^dim, adam 1. ^., aniadam, dam- 
ma, dame, damram. 

adam, 1. the crest of the cock. — 2. the shell of a kind of shell- 
fish, red on one side, pr. 714. — 3. a certain play or ceremony of 
banters; osi adam n.s. wugoru abgf6, abgmragyere, bgmmgf6-agorn, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



d^mma — d^u. 



e. 8. wo a wukum aboa no wiikura otuo na woto dwom na wotow 
tno no na ebinom bg mma mu a.s. vvoka akyene [akyonedAm] a.s. 
wgbo dawuram' [dawurudara], na ebinom nso saw ka wo ho. 

d^mma, a small welgJd of gold equal in value to 2 pence 1 
farthing; pr.716; s. sika. 

damma-l)(), the red seed o{k certain shrub, used as & gold- 
weight; d. ahaban ye owaw-aduru, the lerwes of the damma skrtib 
arc a medicine used to cure a cough. 

o-dammd, [gdan, dim.] small house or room; cot, cottage. 
ndamba, nnarama, F. Mt. 26,64. hereafter; nd. asendzida no, at 
the last dag of judgment. 

addinm{lkw{\dw6, a by-name of the leopard; s. gseb6. 
o-dam-nidn, the kind or shape of a house; gdan yi d. ye fe; 
rf. ban, sibea. 

. damankama, s. dom... 
damaram, J!??. n-,( a flower with vermilion leaves; the shrub 
dainar§.min, i on which it grows; scarlet, cinnabar red. 
damas [Eng.] dammk. - Am. 3,12. - ahiafo d., mock satin, 
ddm'd^in', chequered; yam atotow no ho d. mmako-mako. 
ddme, a red powder from iron ore; 'mosea kgkg a wgasew 
a wgde twa (won) anim a.s. asaf%. 

od dm f 6, ijZ. a- [gdAm] madman, pr. 719. 

damfo, friend (used in addressing a person). F. ML 26,50. 
adamfo, j?Z. nnamfo(nom), 1. Ak. [nea m6dkn no] master, su- 
perior, patron, — 2. Akp. friend; sgn. awe, gygfiko; cf. abarirna; 
fa ad., to make friendship. — 3. hostj who receives or etiiertains and 
lodges a guest; sgn. ofiwura. 

a d a m f w d, hostess; the tvife of the Jiost of a house where jour- 
ney-men are lodged and entertained. 

ddmmirifua: gpompono ne nsa hye ne d. mu = gde ne nsa 
hye ne nan 2 ntam\ he folds his hands and puts them between Jtis 
legs (wode wo nsa hye ho a, na wo were ahow neh a.s. ade ahia wo); 
wgde atumpan rema no d. (= due), theg condole with him by beating 
the drum. pr. (717.) 1153. 2660.3400. 

add mm 6, inf. [bg dam] madness, pr. 13.54. 
o-damod [gda, amoa] grave, tomb, septdchre. 
Q-ddmpau, [gdan, mpan] a house or room with an open front; 
= gdan hunu, gdan a gpoh nsi auo ; gdan a auo tetre a wgtram* 
awia di asem, bg semgde na wgnom nsa na wodidi mu. F. Mt.26,58. 
Cf. abgnten-ndmpan, nammgn-ndmpan. 

0-d a m p d r e, pL a-, rafter, spar, framework of a roof; d. ani, 
inside of the roof, [gdan, house, aparew, W6.] 
dam ram, -ma, 5. dam&ram. 
addm-sf, inf. s. adam 3. 
ddii, 17. [inf. a-, red. denndn] 1. to apply to, to seek the protec- 
tion of, put one^s self under the protection of a man of distinction & 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



daii — dan nail. • 63 



inflnonce, ^ve (one's self) over or up to, adhere to; to depend on; ode 
neh<^adA.n Brofo; ode iieh5 abedan bosom; Ahitofel de neho bedan 
Absalom ; onipa yi dan me (= ode neho bg me bo) ua wanya biribi 
adi; odahme or odan me da-yi, he ahva/js applies or comes to me 
(for his \\ym^\ pr.720, 2595. — 2. to appeal to: ode asem no kg- 
dan Kaesare, he appealed to Cesar. — 3, to claim; to desire; medafi 
se menya adwuma-pa bi maye na manya biribi madi, the only thing 
I ask or care for is, that I may get some proper work to do in order 
to get something to eat. — 4. to call in, demand, exact payment from: 
odin me ka, he demands payment, calls in a debt from me; cf. aka- 
Am; pr. 721-723. — 5. s. dennan. — ad ail, inf. clieniship, a state 
of being under the protection of a patron; ne nkyen a gte yi, eny^ 
osom, na eye adan. 

dau , t?. [red. dan'n^n] to turn, to give another direction, ten- 
dency or inclination to; to change, alter; to turn, transform, change 
into, to become by a sudden transformation : pr. 724. gbayifo dan nelio 
osebg, a wizard transforms himself into a leopard; to convert, to be 
converted (into); to retract, revoke, recall, remove nsew, a curse; 
wadan me dua a gbggme no. — syn. kisa; san; sakra; ye, nyin. — 
Phr. gdan neho, he turns round; gdannan neho, = gd. ne nsa, s. 
hcL; gdan n*akyi (kyereme), he turns his back (upon or to me), — 
dan., gya, Y. to leave, Mk. 1,20. 14,52. -ds^ti.. kyene = gyakyene, 
iogive tip, relinquish, pr. 510 1553. — dan mu, to alter; wadan n'a- 
henni mu, he has changed the fashion of his rid^. -dan ani, to turn 
me's face, i.e. to turn round; gdan n'ani guane; to turn the face, i.e. 
to change, pervert, subvert; gdan asem no ani^ he gives a wrong turn 
to (or, he misstates) the matter, perverts judgment. — dan nsa, to turn 
ones hand; to trade, negotiate; gdannan ne nsa, he trades, deals; 
Luk.19,15. he is industrious (gtg biribi na gtgn, a.s. gtgn nnwinne). — 
dan asem, pr.2855. = d. asem no ani, 5. d. ani. 

g-ddii, i>L a-, house, negro-house (R. p. 166); room, apadmcnt; 
cf. fadan, aban, cfi, asah, gsan, nndn86, pint^ntw^r^, and the diff, 
parts or kinds of house or room: abdnkua, abrAnnil', abgutenniim- 
pan, dabekylri, gdAmpan, nammgnndmpan, nnantwer6m\ p4kiisu, 
pato, ]iiA, pumpunu, asiiso, ntwironod. 

g-d A ii-a n 5 , house-door, dom'-tvay, opening or entrance of a house; 
odanan6-pon, the door by which the entrance-way is closed ; cf. 
^^on.R.p.l66. 

dannau, red. v., s. dan', v. to turn many times, repeatedly; 
to turn, move or throw this way and that way; mframa d. hyen; - 
od. neho, gd. ne nsa, s. dan'. 

adanndn, inf. repeated changing, alternation. — di ad., to 
ehange, undergo changes; wodi ad. ye, they do it alternately, by turns. 

adannaii-di, inf. change, changing, turn; ad. abgde, organic 
creature, Kurtz § 174. 

g-dannaii, a kind o^ yam; s. gde. 

ddnnan-w6-ab6, obi a w6dah no k, w6wh ab6, an unpro 
fitahle ma,^er; s. under f o w. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



G4 ddudiid — ddnta. 



d aii-diid, pL nndnnua , a tree (pole or slick) cut for Uie build- 
ing of a house; timber. 

o-dAu-ne-na, a kind oi lizard = ntafontafo, s. oketew. 

adannfm' [odan anim] front of a Jtotise; place in front of a 
house; wosi dan a, wopAw nnua pakyen ad. ans?i-na wokyei'i adan- 
kyf ri, tchen a* house is huilt, the best sticks are taken for the front, 
and afterwards the sticks for the back-wall are put in, 

0-d a u k a , I?/, a-, poudcr-flask, powder-horn ^ powder-case ; cf, toa. 

adkiikdypL n-, hare. pr. 504. F. asoaso, asoket^. fpr.C}92. 

adaiikum, s. adenkum. 
daukwanser6, a kind of bat; s. ampafi. 

o-diliikyeii [odan hkycn] the side of a house. 

adaii-kyeii, inf. [kyen dan] the marking or lining out of the 
sides of a house and fixing the sticks for the walls; cf. adannim. 

adaukyiri [odan akyi] the backy back-wall, rear of a house; 
the place behind a house; cf. adannim; mfikyiri. 

o-daiimu, the interior or inner part of a house; masiesiemed., 
/ have put my house or roam in order. 

adaiiiiiude [dan mu hde]pl.id.y bribes; syn. boa, anadwode; 
di or gye ad. = di nimoa, to accept bribes. 

0-d da no, the stick in a bird-trap on wbich the bird stops and 
causes the trap or snare to spring so that it is caught; the trigger 
of a springe ; cf. nterewso. 

o-daiiiiow [odan-gow] a house in decay, out of repair, in a 
ruinous state. 

a d an s&^' handcuff, manacle; woato no ad. or wode ad. atone, 
he has been handcuffed. 

danse, F. dase, mogya a abiri ko, gore, thick, clotted blood. 

add use, witness, testimony; evidence, proof; deposition of a 
witness; - di ad. (iiif. adanse-diV to give testimony or evidence, to 
bear witness, to witness, testify; - nye ad., to call or take to witness; 
pr. 114.164. — wo addnse, thou aii witness; onoara ad., he is witness. 

g-d a n s e f 6, i>Z. a-, one who gives testimony, a witness, deponent. 
dansebere, s. daasebgre. 

adanse-kriim, false witness or testimony. 

d a n s e k r u ni f o , a false witness. 
d d u-s 5 , the upper part or floor of a house, garret ; cf. abansoro. 
da-nsow, a. [nea eda nsow] easy to be known, remarkable, 
conspicuous, patiicular; pr. 3254. 

da-nsow, donsow, t?. to be distingiiisltcd dr. ne nko ara na 
od. [oda hq a ote senea woahye no nsow ; gyi dcnsow, e.s. wo ho wo 
adc bi na nnipa nhina nim wo; ne ti d. = esono ne ti nko, etc se 
Onyank. ahyeno gyirae; onipa yi, ne duaban d., this man has a 
singularly formed body. 

o-dan td, a kind of gun. 
ddnta, under-garment, loin cloth of the negroes, ~ amoase, 
odena, otam; wabo d. 



Digitized by 



Google 



dantabdn — odasfiwa. 65 

dantabilii, circle; st/7t, koutonkron; woboo (wotwaa) no ho 
d. = wotwaa no ho hyiao, thei/ surrounded him. 

a d d n t a m', pi. n-, [adan ntam' kwan] teat/, passayc, infervenifir/ 
space between houses. 

adantdni' [nea gda or eda ntam'] intermediate, middle (used 
0. g. in apposition to a proper name for the sake of distinction, as 
Aduobe Adantam\- Aduobe biakd di panyih, na adantdm* di ho, 
na akfima ka akyiri). 

adantofo, F. = abantofo. Mt. 21, 42. 

ndautapii^ ? 

o-daii til w, -tuo [odan ntnw] an tininhabiied house or room; 
ofie d., a forsaken dwelling. 

O-ddnyji, a certain medicinal plant; pr.895. 
(1 a-p A J pi. n-, a good, lucky, festival day. 

ad a pa, disgrace, disgraceful treatment; r?/*. adagyaw, ahohora, 
anyampa; wobg no ad., they maltreat, disgrace, degrade a respec- 
table man, as by flogging him in the street, taking away his clothes, 
fastening him to the block (cf. edua 6). — F. Mk.9,12. 

o-dapaui, pi. a--fo (nea neho da ho kora, otam nkata no so; 
onipa a gta ye ahohorade) a shameless person ; one who acts dis- 
gracefully. 

dap em, a iJiousand times daily; a long time; always, every 
often; d. nhina, for ever; d. na woye ade bone yi! you always com- 
mit tJ^is wickedness; syn. da, daba. 

dapen,pZ. a-, or n-, week; = nnaawotwe. [da, pen, prop, 
a set of days'] R.p.lG?- (The names of the seven days, s. Gr.§41,4.) 

dapeiis6m, toeekly report. 

daponua, p/. n-, a high, festival day. [da, pgn, da, = eda a 
eso.] Yedi d. 'ne, to-day we have a feast; Adae nna ye n., the Adae 
days are festival days. Cf. dapA, afahye. 

ddrd, (pi. id.), dollar; piece of money, silver coin. F. dadare 
[fr, Dan. daler, Dutch daalder.] 

add re, ^>Z. n-, Ak. adere, hook, hill-hook, large knife, hush knife, 
nsed by the negroes to cut down branches and shrubs, pr. 728-30. — 
Own ad., pr.3481. fig. the destructive power of death, Death^s scythe. 
Phr, me nan tia ad. so, / am on the point of starting {for work on a 
plantation or for a journey). Cf adatia, adawd. 

adare-bo [dade bo] musket-hall, bullet of iron; cf. aboba. 
ddrekana, a sympathizing expression in condoling; mil d. 
= ma due or hygdeii, to condole. 

darewa, pi. n-, a small fish-hook; cf. dadewa rf- tghkogyei. 

adasa, F. men, 2ieople (in general). Mt. 5,11,1^.19. Mk. 9,S1. s. adesa, 

adasa-mba, F. men, children of man ; syn. nnyimpa. 

Q-dasanyi, F. s. odesani. 

Q*dasdwa, a tree and its fruit; s. adesA. 

5 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



60 dase — addw5roma. 



dase, F. = adanse, Mt.84- Mk,6,lL dzi d., ye adase, = di adanse, 

dase, F. bloody gore ; s. bogya, danse, kafo. ^-*^^- -^'^j^^* 

da-ase, io thanlCy s. da J24. — ndaase, F. = nnaase, aseda. 

g-daase, a log of wood scooped out longitudinally to serve for 

a moiiar (rf. owoaduru); fodder-rJiest or wafer-trough for sbeep. 

Odaasede, edaho [edaaSe, fara'], owoaduru nso si ho; od. de, akura 

na wgye, nanso won a wokyi woadurum' fufu Kwasida na wowow 

worn*. 

* 

daascbei'O, [fr. mada-asc mabere, I have thanked I have 
become tired] a title given to kings : a benefactor so liberal that he 
makes one grow tveary of returning thanks- 

adasefo, F. witnesses; adase- torfo, false witnesses, Mt26j55,60, 
(\ asT, tight(?); wokyeree no hama d., they bo^md his hands tight. 
da-so, to continue, s. da J25 c, 
0-d{\s6,i??. n-, coverlet y blanket, quilt (ade a eda [mpa] so); the 
cloth on ivhich one sleeps; cf. mrauatam. 

o-dasii, pi. a-, [gda su = horow] a division of the night, nighi- 

watch (of which the negroes count three: from 6 to 10, lOtol and 

1 to 4 o'clock. Woda na wunyah a, wgfre no d. biako; gd. biako 

twam' a, na omununkuni ne mframa abetwam'.) Wayi (or wada) 

d. biako, he has slept the first part of the night; wgadd ayi d. fa, 

they lie in the first sleep: wgada ayi ad. abiefi, they have slept from 

the beginning of the nigld till after midnight; wgadd ayi ad. abiesa, 

they had slept till about 4 o'clock in the morning; gbaa gd. abien mu, 

he came in the second watch; eduu gd. kgnkgn, it was in the middle 

of the night; gdasiim' , at midnight, in the night. — F. dcsu, iff. :i44S. 

ad a to w a, a sort of cloth; s. ntama. [Jrs.90^4. 

a d a t i a, --^ adare tia, pr. 412. 

da-tia, a short term or space of time granted to a debtor for 

discharging his obligation ; wahye no d. hi. 

0-d a w, 1. the jaw, = abogye ; osum d. = gde ne nsa sum n'a- 
bogye, he suppoHs his chin with his hand. — 2. conversation; gbg 
daw = gbg semgde, he (^ moves his jaw'' =) holds a conversation. 

daw a, pi. n-, [eda, dim.] a shoti day or time; yekodii nnawd 
bi wo ho na yebae, we spent some fetv days there and then returned. 
dawa, pL n-, 1. (a x>air of) fire tongs. — 2. a bell of native 
manufacture, hung on sheep's or dogs' necks, s. da. 

adawd [adare, dim.] a small bill-hook. 
ad aw a, == adewti, a certain play and song of women, 
dawadwa, stomach (of man); cf. furu, nsonokese. 
d a - w r , a day fixed, yet not punctually kept, a slipping day 
(as it were); wahye d., he set a time, but has not kept to it. 

a d a w 6 r o in a, favour, kindness, grace, mercy; the word is used 
in an elliptical way, and scarcely as the subject of a sentence. — Wo 
ad., you are very kind! n'ad.ntia, ahka miwui, but for his kindness, 
I shotdd have died; ghene ad. ntia, anka wokura me, but for the 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



adawiibo — de. 67 



kincfs mercy L should have been put to death; midi no ad. ansa-na 
many a od an madain\ e.s. mesomno ansa-na omaame kwan medaa 
ne dan mu; - woye biribiara de ma obi na otaa wo so kaw a, wuse: 
midi no ad., I procured permission^ hisfavotiry to allow mc.pr. 644, 

adawu-bo, inf, = adawuru-bo. — dhwy'iro, pr.3013. 

o-dawuru, pl,n-, a kind of bell to be struck with a stick by 
ike public crier in making proclamation, also used at public meet- 
ings, at certain plays, in the frantic^dances of fetish-men &c. cf, 
nnawotd. — dawurudam, s. ad am, 3, 

Adawurantu-adawara-nloa [wodah won (bosom) Ntoa] a by- 
name of Komah or Akiiropon in the language of the great drum. 

ad aye, inf. [da yiye] a good s^ituation ; nekdro-ban wo ad. ma 
eye few, the town is beautifully situated, 

da-j'^iye! dayiy'o! interj. sleep well! Gr. § 147,3. 

de, F. L = se, that; ose de, bera ! =-• oka se : bera ! — .^. = se, 
as, even as; de-bre, de-mbre, Mt. 6,2. = senea, like as. — 5. = se 
(used elliptically) ; ekd^ d^ = ekd^ s{j, it wanted as (Utile as possible) 
i.e. almost, nearly. — 4. = sO, very, very much. — 5. = den, ML 26,66. 

de (dew), red. dede (dedew), a., 1. agreeable, pleasant, 
sweet, is used of eatables and drinkables: eye de, it tastes well, 
pr. 642. 1942. 2103. — of sound, e.g. of the horn, of the drum, of a 
tnne, pr.79.2337. of words: akwanmusem dew, pleasant news, pr.l899. 
of a person : oye de, he is an agreeable man, pr. 1318. — ^. rigJit, 
righteous, used in judicial decisions or sentences: n'asemye de, he 
is (in the) nght; n'asem nye de, he is wrong. — Phr. me ho asem ye 
(won) de, a lawsuit about me (i.e. my being or getting involved in a 
lawsuit or misfortune of any kind) is or would be pleasant to them, 
i.e. I am hated by them. On the simple or variously reduplicated 
forms and the predicative and attributive use of them, s. Gr.§ 68-70. 
0-de, n. s. gdew. 

de, v. (Ak.) s. dew. 
nde, F. = nne, to-day. 

de, V. 1. to hold, have, possess; to own: gno na ode kiiro yi, he 
is Uie possessor of this toum; pr. 713. ode neho, he possesses himself 
\.^.he is free, his own master, not in bondage; pr.713. — ^. to owe: 
ode (me) kaw, he owes (me) a debt; pr. 747. 776. — 3. to hare seized 
or befallen: awgw dome, I am cold; okom (osukom) de no, he is 
hungry (thirsty). — i. to contain, to be: ne din de den ? what is his 
name? — to have the name of, he called: ode Kofi, his name is Kofi. 
— oJoholdon, keep on, persist in, continue: ode no fwe ara, he kept 
^flogging him; wode bone yg a, iiiede wo fwe ara, if you continue 
to do evil, I continue to flog you, i.e. as long as you do evil, I shall 
always punish you. pr. 759. — 6. to use, be accustomed to: gnne ap^m- 
pensi nh ^pe n'Ade, lit. he does not use extortion and seeks his things, 
i.e. it is not his manner or fashioii to enrich himself by extortion. — 
7. 1o mean, refer to, allude to, aim at: gde me ygnko, na gnne me, 
he means my friend, not me; pr. 1907.1583. -— 8. to mention: gmaii 
bo. namenne sika, tJie (wJwle) town or nation is lost, not to mention 

Digitized by VjOOQI^ 



m de^ 

money, pr. 1998.3524. se wonn6 sd or se wonn^ n n^ ^, asrani abiesfi 
wohyia preko, lit. if Uiey do not mention (meeting), in three mofiihs 
they meet once, i.e. at least once in 3 months they a^emble. — [This 
r. is mostly used in the contin. form only, Gr. § 91,2. 102, 2. 167., 
sometimes in the pret.: okom dee me, I ivas hungry ; seldom in other 
forms, as, progr. : a wow rede me, / am beginning to feel cold; perf.: 
awow ade me, cold has now (hy degrees) come upon me; fid.: awow 
bede me, / shall feel cold.] — The v. de expressing a state, the 
action by which the state is produced, is usually expressed by 
other verbs, as, fa, to take, nya, to obtain: obefa neho adi, Jie will 
become free ; obenya kaw, he will run into debt. 

d e is very often used as an aux. t\ introducing an object to 
which the action expressed by the principal verb refers, or by means 
of which it ts performed, or of which some other thing is made; e.g. 
ode afoa bye boham\ he (has a stvord puts i.e.] puts a sword into the 
scabbard; ode nkrantetwaadub^, he having a stvord cut off a branch, 
i.e. he cut of a branch with a sword; ode nhoma bu kotoku, lit. lie 
taking leather makes a bag, i.e. he makes a bag of leather. Intransitive 
verbs like b a, to come, ko, logo, fwe, to fall, tra, to sit, when con- 
nected with the aux. v. de, assume crt2(^af/r« significations : tohring, 
conduct, throw dotvn, to cause to sit or to put; but de never par- 
takes of the inflection oi' the jyr inc. v., and in all neg. and imp. forms 
it is replaced by the inflective verb fa, to take; e.g. wode no betra 
ahennua so, they taking him will (cause him to) sit i.e. they will set him 
on the throne; fa no tra agua no so, lit. take him sit i.e. place him on 
that stool ; woamfa no antra agua no so, they have not set or placed 
him on the stool. Cf Gr. § 108. 205. (pr. 770. 77 A. 781.) 206. (pr. 756. 757, 
771. 773.) 208. (pr. 7o8. 764. 766. 779.) 234. (pr. 734. 746. 754. 755. 761-63.) 
237. (pr. 733. 736-39. 749-51. 753. 765. 767. 769. 777. 778. 772. 780. 752. 782.) 
240-42. (pr. 740-45. 768. 737.) 

de, Ak. dee, emph. part, d^conj., by which a person or thing, 
or an action (or sentence), is made prominent or opposed to another 
or others. [It is derived from the n. ade (s. bel.) which again is de- 
rived fr. the V. de.] It means taken apart, concerning, as foi\ as to 
(Gr. § 75.3): me de, menk6, my thing or part i.e. as for me, I do 
not go. When the sent, or part of a sent., which is made prominent 
by d e, precedes a corresponding co-ord. sent., the latter begins with 
na or nanso, but, and d c is usually not translated (if we will not 
express it by indeed, it is trite, take it for granted, Gr. §1 40.251, r.); 
but when it follows after the corresponding sent., de is translated 
by but, however: mafr^no d6, n^ ommA, / have called him, bid he 
does not come; obekg, na me de, metra ha, he will go, bid I shall 
stay here; me de, mete dan mu, na me nua de, gyc adwuma (wo) 
adi wo, I am sitting in the hou.se, bid my brother is tvorking outside; 
AbCirokyiri (de), gba di n'agya ade; eha-yi de, ente sa, in Europe 
a child inherits his father's goods; here, however, it is not so, — The 
particle may be used twice; asem yi de de, minhu ase, as to (the 
concerns of) this matter, I do not understand it. 

de, dee, dea, profi. put instead of a previous noun //*r. atle, 
thingJGT,%Q2. me de, mine, also my party my portion; yende, oitrs&c. 

[pr. 823. 824. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



od& — deu. 69 



o-de, Ak. gdee, F. edwo, ^am, a large esculent tuber or root 
of various climbing plants, of the genus Dioscorea, forming, when 
roasted or boiled, a wholesome, palatable, and nutritious food; 
pr.82o-i^. The difiP. kinds have each its particular names: L ode- 
p4 ne: gyawii, akwakg, krukrup^, nkantdmi, dikd, mSde, odanndn, 
ode-kwaseii, ammd-ra^nni-anwu (Ab.), amanyakti, nnonko-Agnko, 
osu, pepea; 3. hk^nf: nkauih^ne, nkukii, Aniwa-^niwa; 3. hk- 
yere: ahabnyere, onyame-bAyere, kSde, kokora, asahiud^ asante- 
anbiViit^m, ntonto, obuobi-kwaw, aduoku, kumi-yiw,kwabena-afwi, 
kwame-fwi (the last 5 are names of men who first planted these 
kinds); 4. afas^w; afase-k^ni, afase-tuntum, apiik'a, adi-amma- 
wo-ba; 5. m^nsil (ye fremfrem), nkdmf6 (ye nwene); ayamkaw- 
de. — S* fua, bore, pan, tu &c. mmotgkroma, mpgw; fufu. 

hd6, Ak. adee, F.adze,j!)?. ade, nn^^ma(F.nnyemba, ndzemba), 
nnewa, 1. ihing, substance, espec. an inanimate object; any object of 
the senses or of thought pr. 783-88... (cf. asem, any object of speech, 
transact tony occurrence, affair, event); something, st/n. biribi; ade- 
kgkg, something red; pr. 135.139. 140.814. (sometimes it is left untrans- 
lated^ Gt. § 202,1.) cf. adebone, adepa. — ^. vessel^ instrument; 
pi. effects, furniture. — 3. property, possession; part, portion; lA. 
goods, wares, merchandise, pr.820. goods, riches', fortune, wealth; 
pr. 813.83 1.193:^.3514-16. (di, pe,iiya ade, s. 8-10,) — 4. some unknown 
agent, poicer or cause: ade atg no so ma wawu, he had an apoplectic 
fit from which he died. — 5. a striking act of strength, skill or cunning; 
a feat, deed, exploit: wo aye ade, you have performed something great 
and praiseworthy! — 6". r/7n///w(78 taken together, the world; bo 
ade, to create the world; to found a kingdom; s. bo 85, — 7, the 
things visible in daylight or performed in the day-time: ade kyg, 
(he things ajfpear, become clear, visible, i.e. the day breaks; ade a- 
kye, it is daylight, morning; - ade sa, the things disappear, vanish, 
cotnc to an end, i.e. the day closes, etids; ade asa, the things are done, 
i.e. it is evening, night, pr. 808.810.811. — 8, Phr, (cf. 3) di (obi) ade 
n) to feed or live upon one^s property, be supported by, get presents 
of, enjoy benefits of one, pr. 866.873.876. — b) to inherit one^s pro- 
perty; pr, 844.877. to succeed in one's office or on the throne, — ^. pe 
ade, to seek i.e. endeavour to make a fortune. — 10, ny a ade, to 
make a fortune, becotne or grow rich ; pr. 975.3514-16. 

ade, a kind of beads, s. aheu6. 

de, V, to open wide (gd^nky^m ade n'anom' rebekAme; de 
kotoku no ano, na m6mfa ntrama no mfnnu mu); to extend; wotwa 
(mpasOa) dee mu, they extended their lines for fighting, ranged the 
battle; syn, terew; cf, dede. 

de, adv. still, silent, quiet, calm; softly, gently, carefully: fa 
koto ho de, nseeuo! — syn. komm, b6rew. 

g-de', friend, used by a female addressing a female friend; cf 
awe, hwew^. 

dea, Ak. = nea, Akr.; F. nyia, he who; dzea, dza, that which; 
^^ place wfierc, manner in which, pr, 3354,3359.3116. (3113-3283.) 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



70 adi^bisa — detiSdijfc . 

ade-b isd, Inf, consultation, inquiry of a fetisb or fortuneteller. 
Q-d obi Sato, pL a-, inquirer, pr. 1700, 

a d e b 6 [ada-ebo, koko so fikataso] an amulet worn or *^lyin(j on 
the breast", of cloth, leather &c.; nknrofo de sebe n. a. ye mu; - 
breast-plate, ephoch 

ado-bo, inf, creation. — odebotb, creator, = ob6fo, oboadee. 
ade-boiio, pi. n-, a bad thiwj, evil, ill, sin; cf. bone. 
o-doboueyet'(), pi. n-, sinner, evil-doer, malefactor, criminal; 
cf. obone, gbonefo, onipabone. 

ad e how 6 ii, pad. — adobonoil, akind of beads. S. kabonoa, -a. 
a d b g 11 6 r u w a, bolster; s. kabguoruwa. 
ndeda, F. = nnera, yesterday. 
ndo-dayi, F, = nne-dayi, to-day. 

adodj\de, an old, weU-hiown, common thiny; ■— adc dedaw. 
doda-dodaw, red. a. or adv. 1. very old. — .?. long ago, long 
since, for a long time. 

dedaw', Ak. dada, F. dadaw, pi. a-, a. 1. old (used of thuigs, 
seldom of persons, cf. apa, panyifi, akora): odAn dedaw' or odan- 
neddw, an old house. — 2. long known, long acquainted: gdamfo 
dedaw, an old friend. 

dc^djiw, Ak. dada, adv. already: wabii d., he is come already. 
ded(S, red. a., s. de. 

I) edo , 7>r. n. of a female, said to be the mother of the Ga people 
and the elder sister of Kgkg, q. v. 
gdodo, Ak. sayings, fame, repoH. 

dodo, F. := gy<*gyegye, noise, tumult. Mt.9,2s. Mk.o,38. 
g do d c, possessor, oicner, ptroprietor. 
ad edo, Ak. = dvVae; a z^ri^m 2J>lay ; yegorg ad. 
dCdo, red. r. to sneak, slink, crawl after, to ivatch, lurk for, 
lie in wait (agyinamoa dede nkura; gbgmmgfo d. aboa ansa-ua 
wakum no; dedt} kgkyere aboa no!). 

ad ode n k r u ni a, the castor-oil jjlant, Jiicinus communis, Palma 
Christ i. 

ado-di, inf. inheriting. — g-dodifo, pi. a-, heir. 
g-d e - d o ni fi , a\ domit, horghorg. 

g-dedni\ni, j^/. nneduafo, [nea gda duam'] captive, prisoner, 
one fastened to the block, cf. dud (». — F. daduianyi. 
d e (1 u a-f f , = nneduafo fi, prison. 
dog, ad eg, Ak. s. de, ade. 

d^fg, a. soft, sweet, flattering; softly; oyh n'ani akyi d. = gd4 
n*ani aky\ fefefe (oka n'ani gu so se gredd, nanso eny4 nna n^ greda), 
he blinks, twinkles, winks, casts a smiling look (at). 

def^ddfg, red. v., to flatter; syn. hoahoa; gdef^d^fe no kgy^ 
n'dd^ adi, he flatters him in order to inherit his property ; gd. n*aiio, 
he speaks softly, appeasingly. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



adefem — dekode. 71 



ade-fem, inf, borrowing, — o-defomfo, one who borrows. 

ado-ferCj inf. pieff/y rcligiotmicss, reverence, vcneraiiony awCy 
hdy fear. — o-defercfo, pi. a-, a pious, godly, religions, reverent, 
careful, conscientious, scrupulous, person. 

a de-fir I, inf. giving or selling on credit. 

o-dcfirifo,i>Z. a-, debtor, = odefemfo. 

o-defo, 2)1. a-, a man of wealth, wealthg, opulent, rich man; sgn. 
osikanL, obonyafo. 

•o-do'foo, benefactor, a good, lind, benign, charitable, liberal, 
hountifidy munificent man, used as a respectful or flattering address 
to a man of rank, [nea ne bo ade ye fow? adoeyefo?] 

ade-foin, inf. offence, tAinsgression, trespass, pr.^167. 

o-dc-fufiV, 1. a pudding of yam, s. fufu. - ^. a kind o^ butterfly. 

ade-fw ere, inf. (tbe act of) expending or wading money; ex- 
penditure. — adefwcrede, costs, expenses; charges. 

g-de-i^ufo, pi. a-, founder, caster; type'Caster, letter-founder. 

ode ha, [wbo possesses the forest] a by-name of tbe leopard, s. 
osebo. 

ade-hilnu, a vain thing, vanity, = ahubude. 

o-deh ve, pH^ *-» ^- f^^^ man, free woman; noble man; member 
of the king's family; me d. ni, this is one of my sister's children (wben 
they are freeborn). pr. 122.839.843-47.134:4. — 2. tbe state or rank of 
a free man; pr. 330. 836-38. ko wo kCirom* na kodi wo d., go to thy 
cmmtry and live there as a free man. — 3. (adj.) free, not in bondage 
free-born. F. no bogy a debye, his most precious blood. Ftk. — 
4. (n.) od., an eruption and swelling of the eyelids. 

o-dehye-ba, pi. nnebye-mma, free people's children. 

adehye-di, inf. libeiiy, personal freedom. 

o-dehye-k6fonf, knight; baron. Hist. 

o-dehye-panyin, cotint, earl; omantara mu d., landgrave. Hist. 

adehye-SQUfi, behaviour of a free, independent man; arro- 
gance, presumptuousness ; As. = abantan. - di ad., to be presump- 
tuotis; to live as a nobleman^ pr. 849. 

adehye-som, inf. service in tbe quality of a free man or re- 
laiion, not of a slave. 

o-dehyewa, (yomtg) nobleman, pi-. 848. -pi. n-, nobility. 

ade-kan, the first thing; first- fruit; cf. abakan. 

ade-kdu, inf. counting, reading; cf. gkdn, okenkan, nbomakan. 
dgke, s. dekye. 

d^kedeke, carefully: woso no (wokura no) d., they carry 
(handle) him cautiously. 

dekedeke, softly: onam ncnan ano d., he walks silently on 
tiptoe; syn. berew. 

dekode [ado ko] tchat, which thing (in indirect questions, 
Gr. § 60); kobisa no dekode a ofwefwe, go and ask him what he is 
looking for; eden na aye no ma osu? minnim dekode. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



72 adekora — demcrekn. 



ade-kora, inf, securing of things, pr. 712. 

o-dckiiro, adekftrow [nca gdc ktirow] pl.ti- -fo, 1, owner or 
chief of a iotvn or village (used as a respectful title or appellation); 
kfirow yi mu dekftro ba ne no. J2. gliene safohene a gtc ne krirom'. 
cf. ohene, omaiiheue. - 3. htirgmnastery magor, prefect 

ode-kwasod, a kind of yam ; s, ode. 
deky^, adv. L perccpiiblg; J2, slighilg. (?) Waka no d., he 
has touched it injnno24Slg; ade a mcde uiato ha y'u "kit n6 d., the 
thing I have put here, do not touch it roughly! rae wura a niesom uo, 
onk4me d., my master whom I serve, does not treat me in a hard 
manner; wyso^a fiinu no, ank«t d., tchen the corpse was carried, it 
did not move in the least; onkA nclio d. ti^ no, he obeys him withotU 
any reluctance or opposition. 

adc-ky^, inf, 1. dividing: yebaa ad^kye, or, ad^ky^ nti na 
yebae, we came to divide the things. — :2. the act of presenting, 
m aking presents. 

adekyedc, (pi. id.) gift, present, also adekye, akyede. 

adeky ee \cf. ado kyc] 1, day-break, morning (cf. anopa). — 
4?. the nej't or foJloiving day. 3. day-light (cf, awia), the whole day 
including morning, noon, afternoon and evening (anopa, owigyi- 
nae, betwabcre a.s. mfaretubero, anwumnicre). Mt.W,6. 

adeky ee- ha ma, the first ray or sfre(dc of light at the hori::on 
in the morning sky; morning-twilight, dawn, day-break, day-blush, 
the xmrple glory of the morning. 

adekyee-soroma, morning -star, day-star; s. ko-soroma, 
owuodi, kyekyepeaware. 

ade-kyere, inf. instruction, teaching. 

dem, i. hurt injury, damage, loss; fault, defect, blemish; wadi 
dcm, h^i has received a hurt, suffered damage (in his health, from a 
previous sickness); onnideni or dem biara nni neho, he is faultless, 
w'Uhouf blemish (q^ nesoro bedu fanr nni yare biara). — ^, a last- 
ing impression ; residue ; a sticking fast, resting, continuing (in the 
ear); edi m'asom* dem, it remains in my ears'^ obi tu wo fo-pa a, 
ma enni wo asom* dem. 

dem m, a. stdl, quiet, calm; syn. dinn, komm. 

dem, F. = sa, sa, so, thus; ML :3/}^ 5.16,19. dcm no, whereupotk, 
Mt. 14,7. dem yi, thus, Mt. 3,lo. on this fashion, Mk. 2,12. — deiiiara, 
= saara, so, even so, the same, likewise. Mt 5,12.46 47. 7, Vi. 

dem-iitsir, F. — nesa nti, therefore. Mt 3,8. 5^48. 6,2. 
a (1 e m e ii e , As. — sumSna, pr. 743. 

demmere, n-, F. ndzemhir, reed; diff. kinds: i. mfia, used 
for wicker-work; 2. kete, used for a kind of flute, keU\ odurugya; 
3. oyee, with many thorns (eho wo naoe-nsge se). 

g-demerofuji, bush-dog, catches fowls; = odompo, q, r. 

demeregu, -kii, adobe 'mercnkensono k wodpo, a branch 
of the adobe -/>rt/m. from which the fibres (cdow) are or have been 
taken out. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ademud6 — dennan. 73 



ade-mii-d6, (pi, id.)y a Hung preserved^ treasured up in a box 
&c., ireasureSy valuables; e.g. ad6muh6ne, ad^musikd; adcmutam, 
a precious clothy not used always, but kept for festival occasions. 

deii, V, to overcmnCf master, conquer, overp&wer; den so: 
to outweigh, overpoise, overbalance ; to be more than, surpass, ex- 
ceed, preponderate, prevail. Woden no ne se: nnipa banu fuw bako 
fwe no, thcif lay hold of him (and flog him); 'f\Ve no', though it be 
omitted, is understood; but it may also be added: woaden no afwe 
no, they have together given him a flogging; nsenea gfa yi a den so, 
dm side of tlie balance weighs down; eden me so se adesoa duru- 
duru, P8. 38,4. onipa k&ra den abode nhina (bebre, abooden), man's 
soul is more valuable than all creatures; ne yere a gkowaree no den 
no, his wife is more (in rank and every thing) than he; n'as§m a 
waka no den no, he has gone too far in saying that. 

(e-)deu , F. den, de, Ak. deeben, deen, sen, pron, interrog, Gr. § 
60, 2.5. i. what? ivhat thing? ose d^n ? tvhai does he say? wofrc yi 
den ? ichat (or how) is this called? eden ni, what is this? It may be 
used in the poss. case: ed^n asem ni? = as^m ben ni? eden asem 
na moka, what (thing's word) are you talking? — Ji?. ^den, ed^n nti, 
for what, from tchat cause, ichy? woyee den na wofwee ase, what 
did you do (i.e. how was it) that you fell? moye den na mugyina ha 
kwa? Iiow is it that you are standing here idle? — 3, how? woye 
nno den ? hmc is the palm-oil made? — 4. den, F. how much? Ak. 
sen? Akr. ah^? — Ed^n , contr. = eye den : edeii na wofwefwe, 
what i^ it that you seek? 

deiiu , red; syn, ko, kgko, yemmenn, yenn. 

deii, y. to grow or be hard, severe, difficult; n'adwuma no den 
no, his work is (too) hard for him (oye adw. pi); any a aden wo neii 
=r ama woabSre, now you have had enough of it; no y are no ad., 
his sickness has become severe; awia no, asem no aden me, the heat 
of the sun, the palaver has become too much for me, I am in a strait 
about, in trouble on account of it; oko no aden so, the fight has 
grown hot. 

deu, denneii, dinn^nnennen (denddn, d^ndendenden) or 
dinnennen, a. Gr. § 70, 1-5. hard, firm; strong; hardy; sharp, se- 
vere; cruel; difficult; opp. merew; - dade ye den, iron is hard; 
dua dennen, hard wood; ntama no ye den, this cloth is strong; oye 
den, he is hard, cruel; he is firm in his resolution, does not easily 
yield; neho ye d., he is (bodily) strong, healthy; nekoh ye d., his 
neck is strong (to. carry loads); nekon mu ye d., ne tirim ye d., 
he is valiant, potcerful (said of the leader of an army) ; emu ye d., 
it is hard, important, difficult, troublesmne; owia ano yg d., the sun 
shines hot; ebo ye d., it is dear, s. ebo; pr.820. — n'ani ye d., n'ano 
ye d., ne nsam* ye d., ne tirim ye d., .9. ani, ano, nsa, tiri. 

e-dcn, n. strength ; gbehye nea eye merew no eden. 

o-denS, = ddnta, amoase, loin cloth; mekgfaa gd. memoe. 
d ennaii, red. v. s, d^n ; to spread, be extended; obobe no aden- 
nan, tlic vine is sx)read out, hangs over, Ez. 17,6. dua no ad., tJie tree 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



74 o(16neh^ — odesanf. 



h(us become thickly covered with foliage; wode ohene iikyinii abed, ho, 
the place has been crowded icith the king's umbrellas. 
o-de-nc-h{i, = odeba, q, v. 
d e n n e h , red. v. s. den. 

ad en 11611, inf. equal balance, being in a state of equilibrium, 
equipoise. - di (adesoa) adennen, to carry (a load) on the head tcith- 
out holding it; odi n'abina ad., =: oso n^ahina na ne nsa nkuram*; 
odi nebo ad., he lives carelesslg ; wudi wobo ad. a, wohkye wu. 

den II en, dennennen, 1. a. s. den, — ^. adv. hardy strongly, 
vehemently; sharply, severely. 
ade-nim, inf. = nimdee. 

o-donimfo, = onimdefo, a well-instructed, prudent, clever man. 
d^iikes(j, bushy, brushy; ne ti afuw d.; odoto bi abu afwe 
afaw no so d., the whole mass of the thicket fell on the plantation. 

. adenkAm, a sfnall calabash witb a long neck, used for play; 
toa a mmea de abene abyebye bo na wobo wo agorura'. 

ade-iikye-o! salutation on taking leave in tbe evening: way 
you live to see the next morning! — syn. nnopa-5 ! 

deiikyeb^5, a kind of European cloth. 

d^hkyedenkye, swam}), bog, fen, marsh, moor, quagmire; 
marshy or boggy ground, deeper tban atekye ; cf. dontori. 

d5nkycdeiiky6, adv. in a shaking, vacillating manner; 
ebim d., it shakes to and fro. — fi. hammock; cf. abamahka, osako. 

o-ddnkyeni, jd. a-, alligator, pr. 859. crocodile; gdenkyem- 
rairempoh, pr. 2.S/J0. syn. asuboa. — denkyemmercfu, -funu,|>r. 1171. 

o-d e 11 ky e 111 ni 6-0, 1. a glittering, 2)recious stone said to come 
from tbe bead of an alligator. — ;^. a certain food (nut?) pr. 745. 
a d e n s d [nea eda nsa], Ak, = kapo. 

d e n s w , s. da-nsow. 
ad e-n y a, inf. becoming rich, acquisition of wealth. 
a de-pa, a good or precious thing, something good; goods. 
ade-p^, inf. seeking for riches, pr. 1441. 

d ep Q, ganglion, a tumor or excrescence on tbe back of tbe band, 
adero, Ak. = adare. 
dddsa-mma, = nnfpa mma; s. adasa, odesanf. 

dde s iV, -saw4, tbe eatable fruit of a large tree, of tbe size and 
sbape of a lime, of a yellow and reddisb colour, and of a sbarp 
sweet-sour taste ; tbe tree on wbicb it grows. 

adesfie [cf. ade sa] 1. evening-time. — J2. the whole day from 
morning //// night; Mat. 20,12. maye adwuma ad., I have worked till 
night. 

g-desj\nf , odas... pi. a--f6, adesa-mma, man as a rational being 
("mmoa na efre onipa sa") opp. aboa; od. nye nea [entia ese se] 
woye no yiye, wan does not deserve to be treated well. ijr.o09Ml.2375. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



adese — gdeyotb. 75 



adese, tootk-a^'he; oyare ad.; si/n. boaduatn, ok^kdw. 

ade s e [ade ase a aka, what is left at the bottom of a thinif] sedi- 
fHenty residuum y dregs; a mean, useless thing; cf. puw; - ad. Twi, 
ajargofi or patois of the Tshi language, 

o-desdnl, adesenf, pi, a--fo, = nnipa a womfra, men ofloto 
condition y low, mean, common people, the dregs of society; cf, akwani- 
humani. F. people living in the bush, not on the coast, bush-people, 

ade-see, inf, waste of things, Mt.26^8. 

a de-sod, inf, [soa ade] carrying loads; ad. ye yaw, — is 
troublesome. 

ade soa [ade a wode 8oa biribi] a basket (tckrekyi) or another 
thing in which tvomen keep and carry their things (abode, atam), 

adesoa [ado a wosoa] pi. n-, nn^soa, load, burden, 

adesoa-ky^ufe', an excessive burden; ad. yi de, mintumi! 

o-d es dn i, y>Z. a- -fo, carrier, porter. 

a d e-s u a, inf, learning, study, 

t\Ae^\\fi'Aiii\y school-house^ school-room. - adesuae, school; s, sukfi, 

o-desuafo, ji/. a-, learner, student* — adesua-ka, inf, examination, 

ade-to, ade-to, inf buying, — o-detof6,i>/. a-, buyer, customer, 
ade-tou, ad^-ton, inf selling, trading, — adetoiVdan, shop, 
o-detoiifo, pi, a-, seller, trader. 

ade-to-wo-so, a single fit as of epilepsy, not of repeated or 
frequent occurrence; cf ahunum', abiribiriw. 

detse, F. = dote. 

dew, V, to flare, flame, blaze; ogyaredew, tlicfireis blazing; 
dew bayi, to exercise or practise tvitclicraft; to bewitch; 5. obayifo; 
odew 8e okanea, fig. he is very lively, active in his business <&c. 

dew, a, s, de. 
o-dew, siocetncss, agreeablencss, pleasantness; agreeable taste, 
taste fulness, relish; flavour; j^leasure, joy, cmnfort, benefit; wosom 
Nyame yiye a, wobete mu dew, if you serve God well, you will have 
the benefit of it, you will see how happy it will majce you. 

dew, F. joy, Mt, 13,20. 44, 25,21. 28^. — dzi dew, to rejoice, 
Mt. 2,10.5,12, — dew-do, = fewso, gladly. Mk.6,20. 

adewd [ade, dim.] a little thing, trifle; eny^ ad., it is consider- 
oWe, important, = eso kokftro, eso se, eso ampa! 

adewd, tet. adawd, a name for several kinds oi play, s, agoru; 
a play at funeral customs. 

adewd-dwom, a song used in that play, pr, 174. 

adewafo, women engaged in that play, pr, 3237, 

ad6-wu, inf. bashful ness; syn, adefere. 

ade-wid, inf, stealing, theft; cf, kron6, akrommo. 

ade-7§, ^^f- doing, doings (cf, nneyee); activity; efficacy, 

a d e 7 e (1 e , (pi, id,) instrument, 

o-deyefo, -yofo, ;>/. a-, an industrious, diligent man; syn, 
osifo; oye od. = oye nsi, ne nsa nna, fie is diligent in his business. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



70 di. 

di [red. didi] V. dzi [dzidzi]. This verb of multifarious signi- 
fications seems to be related with the v. de; but whilst de chiefly 
means to have in hands or hold, and describes a state: di meaus 
to take (in hands) and to handlCy or to use, make use of, employ^ aud 
describes actions. It is, however, not confined to actions, nor to 
objects taken with the hand (for which we have the vi\ fa, gye, 
yi, 8om\..), but is most frequently employed with abstract nouns, 
and the activity expressed by it is more of an abstract and com- 
pound than of a concrete and simple nature. — As in the case of 
bo, we arrange the various significations, which di has in connec- 
tion with its common or specific objects or other complements, iu 
groups marked hy A- Z (to which we superscribe some general 
meaning), and subdivided by the continued numbers 1-110. 

A, To take and use; to receive, obtain, suffer. 

1. to eat J to take <f taste (food) : odi aduan, d^, fufu, mo, kwadii, 
nam ; cf. we. pr. 'J26. S62-65. 870. 875. 882 f. 905 f. 914. 1644. 2690. 3111.— 
The red. didi is used, when no object is mentioned and the act of 
eating is denoted in a general way: mekodidi, I am tjoiny to cat; 
odidi, he is at his meal, sits at table. — J2. to eat, live upon: onui afuw, 
na odi ntodii, he has no plantaiion, but lives on bmtffht thinf/s, has to 
buy his victuals; di.. ade, s. ade 6' a. — 3. to spend, me up, waste: 
wadi no sika nhina, he has used up all his money; watgn no adi, he 
has sold him and eaten i.e. used up the money received. — /. to use 
in traffic: Akyemfo di sika, Akuapemfo di ntrama, the Akcms use 
ffold'dust, the Aknapems cowries for their currency ; pr. 917. — 5. to 
take or keej) and use for one's self: pr. 1070. se m'akoa di da a, mi- 
gye no mman du, if my slave takes a day for hinhself (staying away 
on one of the 3 days [Sunday, '^i'uesday, Saturday] beyond which 
even hard masters do not sot their slaves to work, instead of coming 
to work for me), / take from him ten strinys. — di bore, /o 6f a 
loiterer, shiyyard, time-killer. — 6. to use freely, to enjoy: di here, 
to enjoy one's time, to live a luxurious life; pi. wodi mmere. — fa 
ncho di, to obtain the free use of one's own self to become free, be 
emancipated; to live independently, to enjoy one's libeiiy or freedom; 
pr. 1075.1439. — 7. to use naturally (Rom. 1,27) j to have sexual inter- 
course with; cf. fa (gbea, oyere, sigyafo), euph. ko.. ho, hu, hyia 
(2 8.13,14); di u^\\o,pr.881. to practise onanism, masturbation; of 
beasts, irr. 3411. — 8. to receive, yet, accept o/'and use up; to partake 
of, have the benefit of: di ade, s. ade 6* a; di abaguade, to receive or 
draw fees for attendiny to palavers; di mmoa, adaiimude, to receive 
presents or bribes; - cf. odi amanterenu-ade, he is a doubt e'deaicr^ 
insinuates himself with both parties dr. — 9. to inherit: odi n'ade, he 
inherits his goodSj is his heir, tie succeeds him in fiis office or on the 
tlirone; s. ade 8b; odi nhyira, nkwii, tie receives, intierits a blessing, 
life. — 10. to obtain : d i n i m , hkonim, to gain oi get ttie victory^ 
be victorious, triumpti. — 11. to suffer: opatafo di aba, ttie peace- 
maker receives blows, pr.2637. — obedi mmusu, miscliief teill come 
upon or bcfatl tiim ; wadi ko-musu, nkogu, tie has suffered a defeat. ^ 

B. To be meet or fit to receive, to be worth, becoming, right, 
12, to require, demand: di ntomii, ntewso, j?r. 2934- — 13. to have 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



di^ 77 

or fetch a pricCy to he ivortli: n tarn a yi sin di dare fei, two yards of 
(his cloth cost half a dollar, — 14, to deserve: odi (sf/n. ose) animka, 
fwe, kum &c. he deserves censure, a flogging^ to be killed, — 15, to 
he meet, fit, becoming, right: edi sa, se edi ara neo, it is or was didy, 
deservecMtj done so; odi ye, he is right in doing so; odi wo fwe, kum, 
he is right in flogging, killing yon. 

C, To have, possess, cantain, 

16, to have capacity for, to be able to lake in, to hold, contain: ahina 
yi di nsa siisukora du, this pot holds ten calabashes full of palm- 
wine, Joh.2,6. — 17. to have, be infected with: odi dem, he has a 
(])liy8ieal) failing ; edi dem, it is defect, Cf, 29. — 18. to possess: odi 
nya, he possesses a slave (diff. 60), — 19, neg, nni, not to have; 
pr, 907-922, (excpt. 914.917.) cf wo. Gr. § 102,2.' 

D, To have or occupy a place, rank, order; to exiM someichere. 
20, to be, ea^ist, or live at a place, in the affinn. expressed by wg; 
cf. 27, — 21. neg, nni, not to be in a place; nni ho, not to he pres- 
ent; nni babi, not to be anywhere, not to exist; pr. 468. 599,1506, 22 10 f 
Gr. § 102,3. — 22. to be in some situation (outward circumstances): 
kuro no di ka mu, the town is blocked up, blockaded, invested. — 
23. to be (first, next, last) m the order or row, or m rank: odi kaii, 
he is the first (cf, 35); odi ti, he is at the head; odi won mu tiban, 
he is their leader; odi panyin, he i^ the elder or eldest; cf. 42. — 
wadi me ahukan, he has seen me first (before I saw him); - odi ho, 
he is the secofid; odi so, he follows after (cf, 35); nsem a edidi so 
yi, the words here subjoined; - di akyiri, <o &e last, cf. 35, d; ka 
akyiri. — di dibea, s, dibca. — 24. di mu, to he among the number: 
odi mu bi, he is one of them. — 25. di mu, to be prominent among: 
woma edi mu dodo, they make too much of it. 

E, To exist in a certain number. 

26. to amount to: mahu amane a edi aduasd nhina, I have seen all 
the thirty misfortunes, i.e. I have had every possible misfortune; okasa 
a edi adnasa, all the innumerable languages, 

F, To spend or live or last a certain time. 

27. to spend or pass time, to remain, stay, tarry, continue at a place: 
odii ho dadu, he passed or stayed there ten days, -di gyina, s. gyina.- 
2ii. to attain to some age: wadi mfe (mfrihyia) du, he is ten years old. 

G, To be m some state, condition or situation. 

29, edi mil, it is complete, entire; odi mu, he is witlwnt blemish or 
defect; cf. 17. — 30, edi use, it is equal, an even number ; edi don, 
it is odd, an odd number, — 31. odi bem, he is right, innocent, guilt- 
l€S:i; odi fo, he is wrong, culpable, guilty ; pr. 247,1611. odi so, he is 
btntneahle, guilty; mindzi so wq ne bogya ho, F. Mt, 27^4, I am in- 
nocent of his blood. — 32. di hia, to be in poverty, poor, indigent; 
di tamu, to live in opulencCy affluence, luxury, to he opulent. — 33. 
di sigyaw, to live in single, unmarried state ; di mma-sif^yaw, to be 
without children. — 34. di yiye, to be doing well, prosper, thrive. 

If. To be in a simple, compound or reciprocal motion, 
35. di(..) kan, to walk before, precede, cf. 23; - di(..) anim', to 
walk in front of go before; - d i .. aky i, Ak. akyire, a) to walk 
behind, to follow (after), pr, 893.898 f. to be younger ; to be mhordi- 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



78 di. 

naU. - b) to pursue j pr. 300. - c) to jtroseeufe, fottotc up, pr, 873.895,; 
to visit (sins upon); - d) to be with, assist, support, help, Ruth 2,4. 
1 Sam. 17,37. — d i a k y i r i, i(h (a-c); cf. US. — odi no ntenteso, he 
goes along with htm, over against or behind him. — 36. di ahurusi, 
to exult. —^ odi atvrasi, he moves in a eirele returning to liisj^laee. — 
mmoa di sare no so atwagu, beasts pass over the gra^Hsg jAaec in great 
numbers. — odi me so akorokorow, he tpitrudes upon or impotiunes 
me by frequent visits. — odi antweri no so aforosiah, he goes up and 
down the ladder. — odi yen mu abyemfiri, he goes in and out among 
us. — wodi yen barehyia, theg surround us. — edi kyihhyia, it 
whirls round. — odi ahodannah, he often turns or ehanges himself 
or his dress. — odi ako-n^-ab4 or ^kosaii, he goes to and fro. — odi 
atweba, he draivs (it) baekteards and forwards (?). — 37. wodi 
atubo, atubra, fheg frequently ehange their abode, have migratory 
habits; ef 77. — 38. wodi atata, they run after eaeh other; - wodi 
nsianeho, they pass by eaeh other; wodi ntwitwar'ano, id. in run- 
ning a raee. 

I. To be active inwardly. 
39. odi ne tirim, he meditates, ponders, revolves or resolves in Jtis 
mind; he musters resolution or eourage; he takes pains; di wo tirim 
ma wonsiian wo, bear ttw bleeding manfully; - odi no bo dad wen, 
he is anxious about him. — 40. to bear, sustain, to stand: obedi yare 
no, he will stand the siehiess; wadi yare no, he has recovered from 
the sicl-ness; nea meye no no, orcnni, he will not be able to bear what 
I slwill do to him; ose n^asem wonni (= nea oma woye no, won- 
tumi), he is haughty, overbearing, ready to repress or subdue by in- 
solence or effrontery, (he thinks himself irresistible?). — 41. to neu- 
trcdize, render harmless (a blow or cut) ^. 482. 

J. To be active in some office or capacity. 

42. di bene, amrado, kyeame, sofo, to be and act as king (cf. 47), 
governor, speaker (linguist, interpreter), priest (or minister); odi 
panyin, he is entrusted with an office (odi me panyin, he is older 
than I, cf. 23); - odi adiakyiri, he holds an inferior office; - di 
srani, to serve as a soldier; - di bakoma, to play the superior or 
nobleman (s. bakoma); di debye, pr. H36. cf. 53. 

K. To be active in smne occupation. 

43. di.. so, to ride: odi man no so, he rules over the country; odi 
kdrow no so, Ite has authority over the city. — 44. to perform some 
business or duty: odi boa no = oye no abia, he helps him in what 
he is doing. — di adwinni, to do skilful work; di dwuma, to profess 
some trade; odi ne dwuma, he is at his work. — di bouno, to work 
at intervals, intersecting other work. — di abo, to attend at table; di 
pia, to act as steward, chamberlain, valet. — odi no nkommSran, he 
is his disciple or accomplice in his fetish-practices; di pa, to serve as 
a hired labourer or carrier. — di abofo, di yaw, to provide a hunter 
in the bush with food, pr. 549.3389. — 45. to carry on (trade) : di 
bata, to traffic, trade; di gua, to carry on a trade ; di nsesa, nsesa- 
gua, to barter, exchange, truck; di mpewd, to peddle, hawk. — 46. 
to perform a play: di dam, to play at draughts; - wodi asrayere, 
they perform their ceremonies for their husbands absent in the ca^np. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



di. 79 

— 47. to exhibit in a showy or ostentations manner : di ahene, to 
make parade of royalty j to exhibit royal riches and power, cf. 42. 

L. To transact or negotiate some arrangement. 
48. to negotiate, to stiptdate, to make an agreement : di bo, to make 
a bargain; - di abobobo, to barter, bargain, haggle; - di ano, to 
agree, make (or come to) an agreement; di kasasie, to make a pre- 
mons agreement ; - di mm^ra, to agree upon a latv. — 49. to enter 
itiio, incur or be under an obligation ; wodi abosom, they take an oath, 
pledge themselves with an appeal to the fetishes (or tutelar spirits); 
odi nsew, he binds himself by an oath, declares upon oath, c&nfirms 
by offth, protests with solemn asseverations; wodi ntammara, they 
swear oaths on both sides; odi iibyease, he gives a solemn promise; 

— odi a(ka)gyinam' or akabaso, he stands security. — odi me adanse, 
Ite bears or gives witness a) concering me, b) before or to me. — 50. 
to plead, to carry on a suit or plea: odii dii dii, na antetam', he did 
his best in pleading, bid it was of no avail; - to discuss and settle a 
palaver : di asem to carry on a law-suit, compose or settle a litigation, 
judge drc. di afisem, to arrange family matters, settle domestic quar- 
rels; di amansem, to negotiate or transact piMic chairs; odi ma no, 
lie pleads for him, in his favour; odi kg n'afa, he strives or pleads 
for hispafiy (oka or odi ma ne mfefo) ; odi ntam\ he mediates, inter- 
feres ; odi (ntam') mmow, he mediates, acts as go-between, tries to 
bring about a reconciliation. 

M. To be active in a general tcay, in word and deed; to exercise 
or practise some manner of dealing, to exhibit or display some quality 
or character. 

51. to proceed, act or deal with: me n^no bedi no bone, I shall deal 
witli him in a most unpleasant way, witliout mercy. — 5J2, di asempa, 
seDkwanmu, to walk uprightly, deal honestly, lead a good and honest 
life. — di nokware, to speak truth, act faithfully or trustworthy, to 
be faithful. — di anem, = ye anem, to be diligent, industrimts. — 
di d^, to exhibit one's love. — 53. di debye, to live as a free man or 
nobleman, pr. 836. cf. 42. — di tumi, to exercise power or authority. 

— di bam(e), to behave^ proudly, arrogantly. — di abransem, aho- 
edensero, tumisem, to commit violence, exercise power or auUiority 
(S;c. — di ahensem, ahenemmasem, adehyesem, to boast of being a 
king, prince, nobleman, to be imperiaus, tyrannical, arrogant <S;c. — 
di akakab^ns^m, akokobiris4m, akrahkransem, aporisem, ntintim- 
m^QS^m, as^nnini, to deed violently dtc. — 54. di asemmone, to lead 
a bad life, commit a wicked deed, evil deeds drc. — di asennini, atrA- 
trasem, to deal rashly, commit a crime. — di senkyenfe', to perpetrate 
«» atrocity. — di ayeyesem, to commit a perverse or exorbitant ac- 
tion; to be stubborn, wilful, capricious (?) — di nkwaseas^m, to act 
fociisldy, wickedly ; di ahuhusem, to make nonsense, act frivolously. 

— di ntuntdnansem, to act insolently, impudently dc. 

N. To be active in some or other way concerning other persons. 
00. odi no aboro, he envies him, wrongs or injures him. — odi no mfi- 
*kyiri, he does something tvithouthis knoivledge, will or approbation. 

— otli no kasdm" , he defrauds, cheats him; odi no amim, id., he over- 
••eocAc* him, takes him in; — wadi me hdammo, he has disappointed 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



80 di. 

me. — 56. wodi no kmsa, fhf^ imtke him accoutvt or pn§ for, fine him, 
take redrew from him. — 57. odi no were, Ite takes revenge or ven- 
geance OH him. — 5^. wodi no mfaanfwe, 04eg hold and flog him, 
give him a thrasiuug. — 5'J. odi (no) awu, he cotnmits a murder (on 
him). — 60. odi no nya, he treats him tuf a si a re, hard or rntellt^; 
ef. JS. — 6fi. odi no ni, he renders him honour, patfS him respect or 
homage. — 0^. odi no tow, he renders or pags him tribute; rf. yi 
tow. — 63. odi no adaworoma, he np^tties to or craves for his bene- 
toteme, favour, kindness. 

O. To be active in certain urags of talking, in gestures rfr. 
64. wodi semode, theg hold or ear rg on a jtleasant conversation ; wodi 
awerebosem, theg^tavea coloqug (on disagreeable matters); dzi a were- 
ho, F. to wail; wodi nkommo, theg converse, discourse, Ju)ld conver- 
sation. — 65. odi no nkommodom, he ctmdoles with him tcith a hypo- 
critical mind. — 66. odi no ho lew, he tnocks at /lim = ogoru no hd; 
wodi no opdrefwe, theg mock, deride, ridicide him (in his back). — 
67. odi no (ho) nkasagiia, he mutters, gnimUes about him, publidg 
gives vent to his ill feeling against him, get not in his presence. — &^. 
odi no nkokod^sem, Ite flatters, coaxes, wheedles, humbugs, hoaxes 
him. — 69. odi no or no ho nseku or nsokode, lie calumniates or 
danders him. — 70. odi no atem^ he scolds, abuses, reviles him. — 

71. odi atoro (Ak. toro), he tells a lie or lies; odi nkontoro, 5. nk. 

P. To be active in some wag of doing one's business, in observ- 
ing or keeping a command or a special dag. 

72. to observe some manner of doing; edi adannan, it umlergoe^ 
changes; wodi adannan ye, or, wodi no nnyigye, theg do it aUer- 
natelg, bg turns. — 73. di so, fo observe an injunction, promise^law : 
odi n'asem so, he keei)s to or acts accordifig to his word; odi mm^ra 
so, he ke^ps the law. — to adliere or stick to; to be punctual, to arrive 
at tlie appointed time: da a wohyee no se 6nsah mm^ra no, wanni 
so na odii nnannn guu so, he did not come at the dag appointed to 
him, but staged two dags longer. — 74. to keep some observance : 
odi abuada, he fasts, wodi mmuada, theg keep a fast, observe fasting; 
di afofi, to abstain from plantation-work on ^ome weekdag. — 75* 
to observe, celebrate, solemnize a certain day : di fofida, to observe 
the day of rest bg abstaining from pi antation-icork; di homeda, to keep 
the dag of rest (Sabbath-dag); odi n'awoda, he celebrates his birth- 
dag; di dapa, daponna, to have or celebrate a festival dag, a feast; di 
afe or afrihyia, to eelebraie a yearlg festival (s. bye fa); Brofo di bftro- 
nya, the white people celebrate Christmas or new-gear's-dag ; Guanfo 
di bum, the Guang people have their yearlg harvest custom or festi^ 
val. — 76. to keep a day for some purpose: wodi asennida, tlie^ 
keep a court-day. 

Q. To practise habitually. 
77. wodi atubo, tttcg are given to frequent change of abode; (cf 37.) 
wodi atiib^, theg have the practice of shooting themselves. — 78. odi 
awommawu, she bears children who ttsuallg die soo^i. 

It To act in mutual engagement a) in a friendly way. 
79. wodi atirimusem, they are on an intimate footing. — SO. wodi 
adi (-n6-adi), theg make each otlter presents, send each other portions 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



di. „ __ ?1 

from their food or meals. — (Si. wodi nnuaromoa, ihey unite in buy- 
intj a sheep to kill and share it; wodi nfwebom\ ntontg, ihey have 
joined interest ^ have assoeiated, have made cmnmon causey are in 
partnership. — <S*^. wodi twaka, twawe, usAwgso, theyiave cmnmti' 
nion, eat together dx., are on good or friendly terr)is, on a familiar 
footing; wodi nuakranna, they are on a familiar or intiinate footing. 
83. wodi akapimafwe, they hare close communion, favour each other 
in turn. — wodi aniwabubu, there is a mutual understanding or 
agreement between them. — 8i. wodi mmoa, iinoboa, hiafwe, they 
aid each other , are alliedj work together, mutually support each other. 
— So. wodi aware, they intermarry. 

S. To be in mutual relation b) of an indifferent nature. 
86. wodi afra, they are intermixed, commingled ; edi atuntamfra, it 
is (or, the things are) thoroughly commixed, jumbled or huddled to- 
gether. — 87. woadi ananwuram', they have mutually entangled them- 
selves, crossed or thwaiied ea<'h other. — 88. wodi iifweanim, mmo- 
anim^ they face each other, look each other in the face. — 8.9. wodi 
aguma or ^yensin, they wrestle or struggle in a cmnbat for exercise 
or for a prize. — iJO. wodi atifra, atipira, they knock their heads . 
together, s. pira. 

T. To act in a mutual engagement c) in a hostile way. 
01. wodi dom, they are at war (with each other); wodi ako, they are 
figJUing (with each otJhcr). — if^. wodi akamekame, anobaebae, a- 
pcrepere, ntawntaw, atutuw, twemamentwe, they are in contention, 
strife, contest, struggle, dispute, bickering, quarrel, at variance dtc. 
with each other. 

U. To act hostilely towards one^s self. 
93. odi neho dom, he commits suicide^ destroys himself — 94. wodi 
wonho dommata, they fight agai7ist themselves (their own companions, 
by a mistake). 

V. To be disengaged or sepanUcd. 
95. wodi nkotewmu, nkotetem', they nmtually desist from, or leave 
off (break off, give up) fighting, none of the parties having gained 
the victory. — 96. wodi mpapaeni', they part, separate, divide, are 
divided; wodi likra, they part, separate, bid each other farewell. 

W. To meet with or experience. 
97. odi.. ye-na, he meets diffictdty in doing (it); e.g. wodi no pata- 
na, they have diffictdty in appeasing him, he is not easily pacified; 
asempa no dii ho Jiyeii-na, the gospel found no easy entrance there. 
X. 98. In the verbal phrase: gye.. di, /o believe (migyo niidi, 
I believe^ ogye dii, he believed) the first verb, gye, moans to receive, 
and the second, di, probably means to use, to transpose or convert 
info action ^or, to enjoy ^); cf. gye.. tie. 

r. 99. 100. Other meanings of di red., s. under didi, 3. 4. 
Z. 101-110. Some phrases in F., partly identical with some 
of the preceding, partly new (found in A. W. Parkers books) s. un- 
der dzi. 

jI-H". Retrospective view of tlie previously given principal 
meaDiugs and verbal phrases: 

6 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



82 (li. _ _ 

a)di with comiDon objects and other complements, or without com- 
plements: to eat,l. to live upon, 2. spcnd,3,27, usCy4,G.7^ keep, take 
for one's self y 5* receive, 8. inker it,9. suffer, 11. deserve, 14. he worth, 13. 
be meet, fit, ri/ght,li). eontain,16. have, possess, 17 -19. to he, 23-26.29. 
30. to sustain, stand, endure, 40. to neutralize, 41. ncgotiate,48. pleads 
50. to deal (with), 51. 

h) di with specific objects and ether complements, alphabetically 
arranged: aba, ii. abaguade,^. bakoma,-/;?. bam,bame,5^. abanin- 
8cm,/>,5. barehyia,,?(>. abarimasem,5<9. bata,4.o. bem,,?i. bere,5.tf. 
ho^ 48. tiho,44. abobobo,4/V. &hofo,44. bonng,44. aboro,55. abosom, 
49. abransem,o.9. abuada,74. bfironya,75. da, 5.^. dadwen,5,9. dam, 
46. adanmude,<S. adannah,7^. adan8e,4.9. dapa, daponna,7.5. ada- 
woroma,^5. ade,8./>. dehje,42.:')3. ad ehyesem,. '■>.?. dem,i7. adi(-ne- 
hd\)^80 adiakyiri,4^. dibea,55. do, 5^. dom^91.93. dommata, />-/. 
don, ,9^. adwini,-/'i. dwuma,^4. afe (afirihyia),^8.75. few,66. mfia- 
kyiri,55. afisem, 50. fo, 31. eSofl,74. fofida, 75. aforosian,.9f?. afra,^tf. 
afrihyia,^^f.7o. mfuanfwe,58. afuntumfra,6^6". fweyl4. nfweanim,^KS. 
nfwebom\8i. gua,45. aguma,<9.9. agyinam,'/.9. hejie,42. ahene,</7. 
ahenemmasem^ ahensem,5^. hia,5^. hiafwe,^5. hg,^.?.^7. neh6,7. a- 
hodannan,,^^. ahdedensem,5^. ahomasin^o. homeda,75. hiiamm9,55. 
ahuhusem,5^. ahukan,^,^. hiim,75. ahurusi,5^. i)hyease,4.9. ahyem- 
firi,^^. nhyira,^^. akaba8o,akflgyinam, i.9. akakabensem, 5^. akame- 
kame,.9^. kamu,^^. k&hy23.35. akapimafwe,8.V. kasa,5^. nkasa- 
gua,(>7. kasasie,'^^. ako,.9i. hkogu,ii. akokobirisem, 5<?. nkoko- 
desem,6VV. nkommaran,ii. nkommo,6\^. nkommodom,6*J. komusu, 
11. ako-ne-aba,.V6\ nkOnim, iO. nkontoro,7i. akorok6r6w,.5^. ako- 
BAJi, 36. nkotetem'<?o. nkra,<>6. akrankransem,55. kum^ 14. kusnm, 
55. nkwa,i/. nkwasea8em,5i. kyeame,4^. akyi, akyiri,^5,55. kyin- 
hyia,5^. amansem,5^. amanterenu ade,^?. mm&ra,i<9. mmasigyaw, 
33. amim, 55. mmoa,(S4. mmoa,^. mmganim,8«*?. mmgw,5(?. amrado, 
42. mil y 24. mu,^.9. mmusn,ii. na,.97. nnakranna,<^5. ananwuram', 
87. anem,5^. ni, 61. mm, 10. anim,c^5. animka,i4. aniwabubu, ^.?. 
a no, 4^. anobabde, .9^. nngboa, ^'^i. nokware, 5^. iinnammoa, W. 
nyii, 18,60. nnyigye,7.^. pa, 44. panyin,4^. mpapaem,.9(). gperefwe, 
66. aperepere, .9^. mpewa, 45. pia,44. aporisem, 5.?. nsawgso, iS^. 
nse,,?^. nseku,6'.9. hsem 40. 50-54. semgde, 6'i. a8emmone,54. asem- 
pa,5-^. asennida, 76'. asc^nnfni, 5.9. 54. 8enkwanmu,5^. 8enkyenf%54. 
nsesa, nsesagua, 45. n8ew,4.9. n8ianeh6,.9(*?. sigyaw,,9t9. eika, 5.4. so, 
4,9.7.9. 86,5i. sgfo,/^. n8okodc,67>. sranf ,4^. asrayere, 16. ntam\5^. 
ntammara,4.9. tamu,,9^.atat&,.9.*y. ntawntaw,^^. atem,70. ntenteso, 
.95. ntewso, i^. ti,^.9. atifra,^^. ntintimkns6m,5.9 atipira, .9^>. tirim, 
.9.9. atiHmusem, 7.9. ntodii,^. ntomu, 12. ntont6,81. atoro,7:/. tow,/>^. 
atratra8em,.54. atAb6,77. atubg, ,97.77. atubra,57. tumi,55. tumiaem, 
.5.9. atuntunansem, 54. atutiiw,.9^. atwagu,^6'. t^'aka,tV4?. atwa8i,.96\ 
twawe,(S^. twe,7. atweba,,96\ twemamentw6,.9^. ntwitwarano, 5^'. 
aware, «^5. awoda,75. awommawn,7«*^. awii,5.9. were,57. awerehoscm, 
64. yare,4/9. yaw, 44. rtyt^n8in,K9. ayey^.sem, 5 /. yiye, ,9/. 

(This list of objects and coinplemoHts may bo increased.) 
r) di combined with other verbs: di boa, 44. di ma, di kg n'a- 
fa,5^. fa neho di,^. ^ye d\,98. fa di, s. fa 23. 



1 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



adi — adidiikyiri. S3 

adi, v.n. eating, fcdsting; s, adi-bone, adipaw; wodi adi, fhct/ 
send portions to one another = wokyokye wgnho ade, pr.904. ef, 
^\H0^ adi-ni-adi, adiama. 

adi, = adi wo, an open or outer space, opp. to a shut up and 
covered space or hidden place; out, outside, withotd, abroad, ont of 
doors. — da adi, to lie open, be manifest; fi adi, to come or go md, 
forth, F. pue; yi adi, to bring forth or ont, to bring to light, render 
visible, diselose, make manifest, pr. 934. 

adr, contr. = ade yi, this thing, this, that. 
adi-akyfri, pL-fo^ a subordinate offieer, subaltern; onyaa 
ad. bi dii, he obtained some inferior office; s. di .9.9a. 43. 

adi-ama, sending of portions, pr. 9S6. Est.9Ji2, ef adi-n^-adi. 
adi-amnia-wo-ba (wiidi a, w6m'm4 wob4 bi) a kind of 
yam, s. od^. 

diasekaii, a dish of Indian corn, a kind of abet6. 
a d i-a s i e [nea woadi asie] a matter preiHonsb/ arranged or 
scaled beforehand, pr. 939. 

adi-baiV, -bane, Ak. food; s. aduaiV. 

d i-b e a, place, position, rank, occupation ; nnipa a wodi d., men 

of rank; ne d. so, he is in a high position; wode no kodii ne d. bio, 

he teas re-instated in his office, restored to or put in his former state. 

dlbo \Fjng.'\ deal-board. — dibd-dua, ^>7. d.-n-, fir, cypress. 

a d i-b on (», bad food; pr. 2600. l^' 103,17. 

tidiA^ J fruition, usufruct; enjoyment; benefit, prof il; share. D. As. 

didi, red.v. (s. di) i. to eat; to be or sit at meals, at table; 

pr.923'933. 1691. 1870.2154. — didi me, to eat enough, pr. 932. — 

2. to live on, make one's livelihood by: Brofo ho na yedidi = Brofo 

ade na ese se wov^ia, whatever we can get from a white man, by fair 

or unfair meam, is right, because he has plenty (!) — 3. to spread 

(of an ulcer &c.), to diffuse itself; = bore no adidi ako ne honam 

nhina mu, s. fwete 4. — 4. to soak, to get Utrough, to penetrate. 

adidf, inf. eating, feasting, meal; pr.97. 935. 2892. ne kara ko 
adidi. 

adi di, Turkey-red thread or colour; - adidi-pd, crimson; 
adidi-slkd, yellmv thread, orange-red yarn. 

d id i-a m f 66, a man who eats much and yet has no fat. 
adidf-befl, manner of eating; dining-room. 
adidf-bcre, time of eating. 

adidi-dc, 1. eatables. — 2. nim6a adldid^ == adidl-ad^, aduan- 
nakd, manger. 

did if 6, (pi. id.) guest; kgfre me didifo na wommftra! 
0-didif6, pi. a- (nea odidi ma etra so) a greedy eater, glutton, 
a d i d i f u r u m , gluttony, voracity. f gourmand. 

ad idii, place or time of eating; ad.ase, id. — adidii-fwefo, the 
master (t^ler, governor) of a feast, steward. Joh. 2fl. 
adidiikyiri, the time after a meal. 

Digitized by LjOOQIC 



84 didikaw — adiiikara. 

didi-kaw, a debt for vkiuais. 

didi-m§, the act of eating enough, so as to be satisfied, eating 
one's fill; hence a feast, feasting , banqueting, including the idea of 
drinking copiously, pr, 934 f, 

adidi-poii, table, dining -table; dinner-table; r/*. opon, dan- 
anopon. 

adidi-trA,s6, ghdtony, voraeity, excess in eating. 

adidi-twea, 1, the stomach, — nsonokese. — ^. a bag for 
victuals, 

adi-ff , adfn, inf. [fi adi] going otd, going fotih. P?. 1:21,8. Mic.S^. 

adifude [cf fu] plenty of things, es^ec. eatables; nianyaadnan 
ad., / hare got food for victuals) in eaces% for nothing; odi, ope or 
6ye ad. =^ {)ye amfm, he is greedy, — adifudc-j)e, inf greediness, 
cupidity. — o-dif'udcj)Of6, a greedy, nnsatiable fellow or person. 

udUui^ a stone commemorative of a shameful or criminal act 
as rape or murder, committed at the place, on which every passer- 
by puts a leaf to protest against the deed. — ad i-ho, s. adi, adi wo. 

o-dlhiinuin, revel, reveling; greediness; 6y^ od. = 6y^ adi- 
fude, he likes to eat all he can get, or all he htts to-day. 
dika, a kind of yam, s. ode. 

ad(kaii-0, a salutation addressed by a traveler to one who 
went before, after having come up with him; answer: ya ab^raw. 

adikaufo, mie (or pi. many) gone before, the fare-most, first. 
dikpei, [Ga] dart. 
dim-mo, inf s. bo din, nnimmo. 
dim-mone, = din bone; dim-[>a = din pa. 

e-di II, i. name; ne din de den? what is his name? wgato no din, 
they have given him a name; cf Gr. § 205, 4.5. — pae din, s. pae. 
bo din, to mention; pr, 1776. on account of; cf. Gr.§243Z>. (the last 
ex.) on pretence of: obog adwumaye din bae, he came on pretence of 
working; gbg ne d. so, he mentions his name; gbg ne d., he calls upon 
him. — 3. the good name, reputation, character; bg din (pa), to 
praise; bg din bone, see din, to revile, slander, defame; wgde wgnho- 
ho dira-mone bae ^= wgbekaii wgiiho-ho asem, they reproached, up- 
braided each other. — 3. a well-known name, fame, renotcfi: wagye 
(ne) d., gwg d., he has become renowned, celebrated, famous, he is 
renoivned; onipa a gwg d., a man of rank or distinction; ned. ada 
kakra, his name sleeps a little, i.e. he is no more spoken of so much; 
ne d, atg nsum, he is no more mentioned. 

d 1 11 11, d 1 11 11. a., adv. stillj silent; quiet, calm ;pr.3069. Mk.4f39. 
syn. demm, koni, krAnanana. 

ad In am [ade a wgde di nam] (pi. id.) fork, table-fork. 

adi-ne-adi, mutual communication of food; cf. di SO. & adi, 

O-dinimfo, 5. onimdifo, [adiama. 

adiiikara, linen (nwera) bought of the Europeans, which the 
negroes wear as mourning after having variegated it with red and 
black stripes, pr. 387. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



dinsed — do. 85 



din-see, inf, slander , calumny, pr.2216. 

adintrom (obsc) pederast; won a wo-ue mmarimada; r/lturum, 

adi-puw, excessive eating; pr. 938, 

adiwo, the yard of a nogro dwelliug; adiwo Jio, ,oiU of doors, 
without; cf. adi & abaniiiia. 

di-w6-afe-mma, a bird of prej larger than akroma, living 
OH the young of oUter birds. 

adi-yi, inf. manifestation, revelation. 

a d i J i s ^ m , prophecy ; the hoolc of revelation. 

odiy ini, pi. a- -fo, prophet, Chr. (nkomhyefo, Frk.) 

do, y. [red. dodo] 1. to increase in quantity or number , to mul- 
tiply, to become numerous; ne sika do, his money increases; ewo no 
ado, the honey has increased, has filled the comb ; pr,72L 813. 1348. 
woado = woayc bebre, woafew; cf, dosd [do & so], few. — 2, to 
bring foiih abundantly: asu no do mmoa minya-manya, the water 
swarms with animals, Gen, 1,20. — 8. to 2^yoduce, attract, gather: do 
srade, awonnua, to gather fat, to fatten, grotc fat (only of beasts); 
l>r. 499. do nkanare, to gatJier rust, to rust, grow rusty. — i. to fill, 
becofne full: wado wuw (wadidi pi, n'afuru ahye), he is cramnhed, 
stuffed, cloyed (full); wa(lo ntwom, he is full of itch. — 5. to become 
hot: nsii no ado, the water is hot; dade no ado, the iron is red-hot; 
me ho ado, / am hot = maye hycw, hyerehyere. — 6*. emu dg, to 
become dee}), to deepen: asu no mu do, the river is deep; eho de, 
emu ung, there it is shallow. — 7. do asuko, to dive. — S. F. to sink 
under tlie water, sink down, = raem ; Ml. 14,30. be choked, Mk. 5, 13. — 
9, to sifik, infiltrate, penetrate: do mpumpunase: asu no ado mp., the 
rividet has lost itself in the ground, flowing or oozing below the sur- 
face. — 10. to enter, lose one's self in: ode neho or ne ti ado wuram', 
he has absconded, concealed himself in tJic bush. — ii. d o m u , doni\ 
to go abroad, into foreign countries: ankyc na odom^ koe, not long 
afterwards he set out on a journey; wddom', he is away on a journey, 
abroad; odom' ko Ililam, ommaee, he icent on a journey to Krepe 
and is not yet back; won nhiua dodom' kgo nkfirow so, they all went 
abroad into foreign countries. — 12. to enter (the nose, said of the 
smoke or scent of something burned &c.) : aduru no (make no) ado 
me, the smell of that medicine (pepper) has entered my nose (causing 
me to sneeze, making me sick &c.) — 13. to enter deeply, to grieve: 
asem no ado me (= ye me yaw), the matter grieves me, — II. to 
take refuge to, have recourse to, resort to: wabed6 m^, he has taken 
refuge with me; raadgpanyin no, I have resorted to that gentleman; 
opanyin na, ade hia wo a, wuguah kodg, you have recourse to a man 
of consequence when you are in distress. — lo. to swear by: medo 
(= meka) Onyankopgn se asem a meka yi wom*, I stvear by God 
that what I say is true, — 16, to love: do wo ygnko se woho, love thy 
neighbour as thyself; wgdodg wgnh5, tJiey love each other, Gr. § 57. 
pr,2378. - to like, prefer ; pr. 2104. cfi^e^ pe asem, — 17, dg..h6, 
to spare, save, take care of: gdg ne nan ho, he does not like to exert 
(tire) his feet by walking, pr. 283. — 18, ..ho do, to be of impor- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



86 do — dododo. 



tancc to, excite an intense interest or sympathy in : losu ho do (= hia) 
yen a, anka yenya ne ho ascni bi ka. 

Phr. 19. no kon do, his throat deepens for, i.e. he has an appetiie, 
a lonying desire for, eagerly desires, lusts after. — ^^0. do iikraii, 
to become wild, fierce, frightful; n*ani do hkran, he rages, chafes. — 
21. do,, na, to dislike, s. na. — 22. do aniwii, to be bashful. — 23, 
do 80 : to take prerentive measures: odg so ntem siesie lio na amroa 
sa, he quickly takes precautiotis that this may not come to j^ass. — 
21. do, s. dgw. pr. 33H. — 25. do, do., so, fo suffice, be sufficient; 
eyiara do me so, that will just do for me; ddg me so, // suffices me; 
anno me so, it is not enough for me. 
do, r. s. dow. 
do, F. = so, Ak, soo. 
do, Ak. = ho; pini do = twiw ko ho; s. dob^. 

e-do, s. edow. 

O-do, inf. love, affection, pr. 942-944. 

o-dg, a kind of river-tish. 

o-do, a playing-bidl made of palm-leaves. 

ado, a piece of prdm-b ranch or bamboo made into a kind of 
needle for the string of f ra used for tying the grass in thatching 
roofs. 

do, f(dt'. staringly; of we me do, lie stares at me. 2 Ki 8,11. syn. hn. 

o-do', a sickness in the belly; eye wo yam' kuru ma wukyiroa 

g-doa, adoa, s. odowa, adowa. ['"ogj*- 

ndoba, F. = nngbae, Fs. 67 fi. 
do bail, the line or border of a piece of ground selected for 
making a plantation, on which the bush is cut first, to show how 
far it is to be cut. 

adobe [edgw abe] a species of palm-tree, the leaves of which 
called daha, are used to cover roofs. — adobe-aba, i. nuts of 
the said palm, — 2. & kind of beads, s. ahene. — adobg-oiiwam, 
a bird; cf. giiwam, pr.945. — adobcwa, pi. n-Jhe young fidohc- palm. 

o-d o b e n [dowe a ebere] red-brown (colour), ruddy, bay. 

a d o I) d o b , a kind of beads, s. ahene. 
dobosa, tg d., to faint. Jon. 4,8. syn. ye n^nnan; gkgm de wo 
na woaye 8i4mo a.s. woanom nsa na egyinagyina wo ani so a, na 
woatg d. nen ; rf. tg beraw, piti. 

adgb6w, 6s\ ad., adgbow-si, inf. a custom to bo observed by 
a woman at the death of one of her husband's relations. 

adgd (', a favourite thing, pet, darling. F.honam adgdze, sinful 
affections. • 

adodc, oyster (fiwora mu nam bi). i>r. 940. 
dod o, red. o. s. dg. — bgre no ad. ne honam mu, s. fwote i. 
dodo, adv. muchy very much, too much, ejcceedingly. F, dodow. 
dodo, Ak. (F. Mt.22,14.) s. d<^dow, a.dn. — o-ilodo, F. hosts. 
dodo-ara, F. many. Mt. 7,22. — dododo, F. exceedingly. Mk. 6,26. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ododoben — odoko. 87 



g-d6doben, dor..., a piece of hollow reed or bamboo through 
which the palm-wine distills from the felled tree into the vessel 
placed under the hole cut in it. pr, 946/. 

dodo III', dadawm*, the jxtlalCy roof of t lie mouth; aduan' no 
af^m me d., the food cleaves to my palate. 

dodom', F. = kokoam'. 

dodoiikii, a swelling y bubble j blister; any thing blown np, 
puffed up, or, as it were, swollen; ado bi a aye kusu na wunnim de- 
kode a ewom*; adc bi a ahon; wokyekyere boa bi a, wuse: bo no 
d., na obi anhu uca ewom^; ^^y^ bi hyew wo ua abo hor6n6a a, 
wose : abo d. — biirohono d. pr. 679. 

dodow, red. v., s. dow; 1. to become brown. — :2. to become 
sick by excessive eating. (Oyare ko onipa tuntum honam a.s. n'apow 
mu na oy^ ko a, enna wokd se: wadodow. Wadodow no se: wa- 
didi ma atra so na oyare). — 8. wododow won yam' su, they weep 
frofn secret longing. 

dodow, a. much, many. — n. quantity, number, numbers, midti- 
tude; dote d6dow k moboe b6ye ah6 ? how much toill the quantity of 
clay dug out by you be? won d. si ahe, ivhat are their numbers? (eye 
biako pe, // is only one; wosi abien, they are two; wgdoso, they are 
a great many.) — a great number of people, pr. 948-50' odi d. akyi 
kwa, he merely follows the mass of the people, the multitude, the many. 

dodow: po d., to stammer, stutter. 

dodow a, pi. nn6dowa-nnodowa, a., small, little, tiny; od6 nn-, 
abdrow nn-, cf. nkokore; syn. nketenkete. 

dodow a, a wcacer^s spool, bobbin; = hkyekyere^. 

dodo we', n-, a., n. brown; brownness. 

dodo wura, ^.hwuradodow. (Nnipapiwom'awohycd.kwa.) 

adoe, goodness, kindness, loving-kindness, kind-heartedness; fa- 
vour, benevolence ; affection. Opanyih yi, oye adge = ne yam' ye, 
he is charitable, bntevolent, shows his kindness (by presents or other 
manifestations of his love); ode mmSrgsa ye won adoe •-= ye won 
aye, ye won yiye, he ingratiates himself with them, courts their fa- 
vour^ by dealing rum to them; Onyankopgu adgc a oye wgnnipaho 
(or ode ye nnipa) ayi adi wo Kristo mu, God^s loving-kindness to- 
wards men luis manifested itself in Christ. — F. adoe (ad we), acts 
of love. — adoe -ye, inf. the act o^ practising charity. — g-doe- 
yefo, pi. a-, a charitable^ beneficent person. 

o-d g f 0, pi. a-, 1. lover. — ^.one beloved; me d., he wliom I love. 
dofoa: bg d., to hide, seek a hiding-place; = kohintaw, bg 
adgfono, a kind of beads; s. ahene. [nkokora. 

dgfowa, ;;/. n-, lover, paramour? d. hk,pr.Sl32. 
d6hJia, Ak. = nohoa, nohg. 
dohuwa, i>/. n-, amtdet; = sumdn. 
o-d 6k 6, a sickness in the bowels leading to diarrhoea, (perh. 
prolapse of the rectum?) 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



88 floko — dom. 

d o kO, dokodgko, fine, soft (of dry things, ground to powder); 
cfe dd. = afe aye betebcte, = feko. 

doko, dokodokg, sivect, agreeable; mellifluent, fneUifltwus, 
smooth; sifti, boroboroboro, dcde, fremfrem. 

adokodgkgde, = ade-fremfrem, something sweety pr. 4i)6. 

dgkgdgkgseuij = nnoko-nngkg-ascm, mellifluent, smooth 
or sweet words, flattery. 

g-d g k 6 n o, hulled bread of maize; ef. abodo. irr. 053 f, 

dgkoiVkruikyee, As. Id. - pr.9o.5. — adgkonni, pr. 3012. 

doku, pL n-, F. monkey. — gdgkyc, pr. 2737. 

dgni, V. Y. to belong to; gdom won, =ofi won mu, Mt. 26,33. 

d grn, v. F. to go Into another country, ML 21,33. ^^^' ^^'^^' 

dom', r. Id. [red.dodoni'] s. do 11. to peregrinate, be away; 
wadom', F. = onni ho. 

dgm, /;. to seek allies or an alliance with; asafo a wosiia no 
kodom nca eso na woafwe won hiada; gye adorn, to seek, take, en- 
gage as allies, call In the aid of; wakogye ohene bi &dom. 2 Ki. 7, 6. 

e-d g 111 (pL Id., dgm horow, d. afanu) 1. a host, an army;pr. 685. 
956.057.060. — 2. the hostUe army, the enemy, pr. 050.2268 2176. — 
di dgm, to be (d war. — di nehO dgm, to rommlt suicide. — ^ya dgm, 
s. dgm, V. — kd dgm, to wage war, goto W(fr. — y i dgm, to oterconte 
the enemy, gain the victory, pr. 2052. woayi dgm, nanso wgadi nko- 
nim, they have vanquished the enemy and triumphed. — edgm gu, 
a host or the enemy Is defeated, pr.456. — Cpds. dgm-heue, general; 
dgnki'inini, tlie main body or gross of the army, main army; dgra- 
kuw, a division J brigade; dgm-tow, a regiment. Cf. asafo. 

dom, V. to favour, grant favours; to be gracious; to pardon 
(a malefactor); to help in distress; to be useful, favourable, to serve 
one's turn, pr. l')07 ; to happen. — Wgadom wo, you are favoured; 
dom me preko, for once do me the favour! Onyarikopgn adorn n*a- 
niwa: wahfi nyansa bebre, God h((s favoured him so, that he has ob- 
tained much wisdom ; ene de, osu abedom yen wg ha, to-day we have 
been favoured with rain here; ghene adom no kora, the king tins 
granted hlni his life; wadom me akyc me ntama, (eus^ me, nso m^ani 
nni so,) he presented me with a doth, (undeservedly and unexpectedly); 
mekg hg na se gdom ba ho a, meka no asem bi, / shidl go there and 
If he happen to come there (as I wish he may) / shdl tell him some- 
thing. 

g-dom, Inf. grace, favour. Onyafik. dom nti na yenya nkwa, 
by the grace of God we obtain life. — F. adom, lFet.3,7. 

adom, /;//'. a favourmg; the second rainy .season in September 
and October, the latter rain Ujjon the maize; =^ adommere, adom- 
mnrow, ad6nsii; rf. asnsow. 

g-dom, a kind octree, the bark of which is used in performing 
an ordeal. 

dom, V. F. = dome. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



dommd — adc^mmere. 89 



d6mmjl, a wei{jht of gold; Asante dommd is equal in value 
to ntaku 14, or 7 s. 10^^ iL Akycin d. = ntaku 18, or 10 s, P/i d, 

o-domm ji, pL a-, (F. odomba) a fruit similar to a fig; the tree 
bearing it. F. Mt 7,10. 21,19. ' 

ado m m a [edon, r//m.] hdl; =^ nuonnomma, nnyenennycncmma. 

-do mil, in cpds., .$. mmoadoina, adomdkwadec, doinunkama. 

do ma, doraawa, d6madoma, «. softy tender, thin, fine, fresh, 

young; cf, gba-douia, aburo-domii; ode-d6ma ue gd6 horgboro a 

ennyini ua wodi no, Ak. =^ gdc fotbro, Akr. ; gbrgdo no ye d6nia- 

doma, ennyinie; onipa no ye onipa dd. 

ad 6 ma, w., something soft; pr.491. — cf, abddoma. 
do ma, pLn-j a young, tender tree; onya, odum, gfram, ne 
DDoma no, wgde si dan. 

domma-Ffi, a iceight of gold, the half of dgmmd, q,v. 
adomakwadce nbina, all sorts of things. 
domamfiri: hye d., to accursc; s. bye. 
adom-manade [ado a wgde mra gdom] saerament, Chr, 

o-dom-maiiiii, pL n-, odom-marima, a great warrior, hero. 

fpr. lUl. 
doman k a ma, -koma, a. many, manifold; plentiful, abundant, 
copious; syn. bebre. pi, powA. — Ne yiye d. a ode yee no no, wan- 
yi n'.\yd (wanna n' &se), he did not thank him for his manifold bene- 
fits; [Onyahkopgn yee ade nbina d., God made all things. R.p, 166.] 
asem rl., a icorld of palaver, a prolific, incessant, perpetual, inter- 
minable, endless palaver or litigation. 

0-(16maiikama, -koma, God, the Creator (^he is much above 
«^A oyy bebre, wokg babiara a, wuhfi no"). Onyankopgn Od. abg 
ade nhina, God, the creator, has made all things. R.p.l66. ()d. bog 
nna-mmerenson, w6tg ade a, wontua kaw? since God has created 
seven days, has it not (Uways been .so (is it not equally true) that, 
what is bought, mn.nt be paidY i.e. why is it that you do not pay me for 
such a long time? (F. Nyahkopgn no Doniankoma Ba, the Eternal 
Son of God; Nyankopon gnye Ondomankoma Sunsum, God is an 
Eternal Sjjirit. Frk.) The word as a name of God seems to mark 
him as ////.' boundless, infinite, interminable, immensely rich Being, 
or as tlie author, owner and donor of an inejchaustible abundance 
of Uiings. (The etymology in Mf. Gr. p. 72 ^the sole benefactor*' 
is nutcnable.) Cf Onyaiikopgh. 

domarc, [Kng.] romal, a kind of cloth (silk, half silk, or 
cotton fabric, orig. from the East Indies). 

0-dom-marf uia, pi. n-, s, gdommanin, gsabarfmd. pr.959. 

dgmmata, wgadi wgnho d., they have fought against them- 
selves, i.e. their own people, by mistake or envy. 

dome, V. [inf. n-] to curse, crecrate, imprecate evil upon; syn. 
bgdua, hye nsew. (Wadome no, e.s.ose: ohwu, a.s. nhyird mm'md 
n6 so dk.) 

ad6m-m6re, the second rainy season: s, adorn. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



90 adomffrilw — adond. 

a d o m f f r d w : watg ad., he 1ms inadvaicntly fallen into the camp 
or into an ambush of the enemy* 

domfrdso [Dan. dobhelt-flaske] a four-cornered botlle, 

d o m-m a f [dom, boa] a helper in wary an ally. 
g-domono, the best sort o^ palm- wine y s. nsafufu. 

dompe,7iL u-, bone, syn, kasae, F. ebow. 

dompo-boa, pi. n-, vertebrate animal, 

dom-pemmo: edom no san koboo d. wo A., the aimy re- 
treated tOy fell back upon A. ; cf. ho 9 & pom, pemmo. 
o-d m-p i a fo, pi. a-, commander of an army. 
0-doinp6, i>/.n-, wild doy^ bush-doy, black, feeding on carcases, 
snails &c. ef. odemereffia, hatwea; pr. 505. 530. 85 5-57. 970-7 ii 35:)6' 

domponini, a weight of gold (^\ little money sufficient to 
buy something to eat. pr. :2943. 

dom mum, pi. a- [edom bum] prisoner of war, captive. — 
kyere d., to take prisoner y capture; fa nn-, to make prisoners. 

dommiimfd, inf. capturcy captivity. 
adom-miirow [adorn abiirow] 1. maize planted in the second 
rainy seasofi. — Ji. the time of the latter raiuy in which maize is 
planted, the second rainy season; cf. adorn, adommere. 

don, v. [red. donn6n] to soaky steep, drench; to saturate with 
water or other liquid; to soften in water; to penetrate y permeate; a- 
bdr6w no adon, adonnon, the corn is soaked, softened, well sodden; 
n6 gyfgy^ d6nn6h onipa mu, its sound thrills through one's whole 
frame. 

don, t;. Mf. to prepare "swish" for building purposes. 

d rV, V. [inf. n-, red. dorinon] to walk softly, gently, slowly, in 
a measured pace; to crawly to move or advance slowly; odon' se 
a.y e^oxo, pr. 230. (s. donn); odorinoti se obommofo, se agyiuamoa a 
orekQkyere akura. 

don n, softly y delicately , slowly and finely; onara d., tic walks 
softly drc.y gracefully (onantew mmerantesem mu, for pleasure or 
show), he promenades. 

o-d on, bell; e-dgh, clock; bo don, to strike the bell or clock; wo- 
80 w don, to ring the bell; edgn bo, the clock strikes; cf dghfwcrew; 
abo donkoro, the clock has struck one, it is one o'clock; abg nngti- 
abieh, it is two o'clock cCt. Gr. § 80,4. 

don, odd (number); edi don, it is odd; opp. edi nse, it is even. 

ado-na [do, na] prop, a difficulty in loving,- disaffection, dis- 
pleasure, dislike, ill-takingy disfavour; wafaraeadgna, he has con- 
ceived a disaffectioUy dislike against or aversion to me (opp. wanyH 
me adgy^, he has found if easy to love me); yeka asem yi a, obefa 
yen ad., when we say this, it mil awaken dislike in him against us. 
it will bring us into disfavour with him; osuro adgna, he is afraid 
of incurring displeasure, of giving offence. — F. keyi n'ad., go and 
teU him his faidt.Mt. 18,16. [Cf. the name Dowuona = do owuo na, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



a(]onkt^M — doiitori. 91 



he displeased with Death, scil. that the preceding three or more 
children of the same mother did not live; do not ascribe it to men.] 

adona-toii, L perverse judgment from fear of incurring dis- 
favour ; mmu me ad. ^= nfwe nea wodo no anim mmu me ntenkyew. 
— 2. oyino ad., he expresses to hhn his grief, regret, resentment, 
not as a complaint. 

0-d o n d n w a, pr. 973, 

ad 6 n n e [odom ade] gifts of grace. Chr, 
donfw ere w [gdon a afwere] pi, n-, an hour; d. biako, one 
hour. — F. donfwer', Mt 17,18, Akp. donh6rdw. 
d o n-<j^ II i, F. defeat Mf Or, p, 77, 

0-d6nk6, 1. a kind of jumping insect, — 2. swing, swinging 
line; otow neho (a.s. ne nua) donko, he swings (his brother); brofo 
d., parallel bars, parallels (for gymnastics). 

o-d o n ko, o-doukon(, pi, nnonko, nngnkof6, a negro from the 
interior, such as are brouglit thence and sold as slayes in the coun- 
tries nearer the coast, {s, Nnohkg, Gr.p.XV ); hence a slave; pr, 974f, 

Odofi k 0, pr. n. given to a boy as the slave of some fetish, 
d o II ko o' (n-), war, warfare, warlike deeds, mdltarg eoneerns, 

e-dijn-koro, ane d clock ; s. cdon, Gr. § 80,4. 

d 6 n k II d n k u , deep ; eye d. ==* emu do ; abura d., a deep well ; 
sfjn. ho, hoho', ktirohkfiron. 

g-<loiVkrinini, a chief warrior (syn. dommarima). Zeph, 3,17. 

do II no, bile cast out by vomiting; bgnwoma a ayarefo fe, = 
f^niln; wafe d. 

o-donno, a small drum; akyene ketewa bi h, eto ne an6 tir^w 
na mfinfmfinf y^ tdatea. pr. 978. 

doiinoinma = kgkod^mma; cf. nnonnomma. 
don no 11, red. v. .:>•. doii. 
don'non, red. v, s. don'. 

donnon, a bend or bending, 1, in a road, a round-about way; 
2. in the sea-coast, forming a bay or bight, or making the land pro- 
ject into the sea; epo, asu, asase no, dom no abu d. ^=: abu bardka, 
= abukaw abefa babi. 

o-d(')nson, a kind of str In g- Instrument ; s. osanku. 

ad<Sn-sd, the latter rain; cf, adom. Adonsu to a, na adommt)- 
row ben. Ad. nye ade a eta to da, enti ^to-dabi-a ema biuom abdrow 
how (gefs blasted); na enti, so Onyk. doin ma osu to gu so na eye 
yiye a, na odom na wadom wo, na ente sc asusow a enMc dii etue 
afrihyia. 

adon-tcii, the main body or gross of the army, main army, or 
rather : the centre of an army. 

o-donto, a pot fidl of palm-wine. 

d6ntori, mud, mire; slough, puddle, muddy plash (dote nh 
nsu a afrafram*); ef, denkyedenkye, atekye. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



92 odontwi — adowa. 

o-dontw(, n^ abotokura. 

adon-we, ivf. [wegdom]///6' chcwitujof the bark of the odom tree. 
ado n-w o w a [edom awowa] hostiujc. 

adon-iiya-de [ade a wgde iiya odoni] means of grace, Chr. 
adon-ye, inf, [ye dgin] slate of war; mobilization. 
adope, = aboatia, a kind oi ape. 
dorba, F. = dorowa. Mt. L%^4. Mk. 10,25. 
do re [rt'c/. dodore] intr. to become muehy increase, accumulate ^ 
(jather: won ho adore fl, they are covered with dirt; ne kaw adore, 
won akaw adodg-dodgrc, /*/.s* debt, their debts have stceUedto a great 
amount. 

0-d6rob(jii, s. gdodoben. 

dorowa, As. needle of native manufacture; pr. 758. cf. pane, 

ad OS as e [adgw, asase] arable land, plough land. [dorba. 

do so, V. [do, so] to be muehy to be enough; edgso, it i^ enough^ 

neg. enng-s6; when a personal object is added, it stands between 

the two parts: edg me so, // is enough for me, enng no so, it is not 

enough for him; perf. adgso, ado no so. 

adosoa, F. adosoea, Mt.^^ll. s. adesoa. — gdosoaiii, s. odes... 

dote, Ak. nngtee, F. detse, .<oil, earth, clag, mud; sgn. efd. 

dote-dwiiii, potter's work. — did., to make earthen vessclsy 

adotcbe, pr.i^lS. fpr.258. 

d o to, do to, adv. to fg w : waigw d., he /s" so(ddng wet. 
o-doto, thicket; dua tenten bi si lig, na hania nhina kg ho. 
ado tow a (dim.) a small thicket. 
do twa, glove, pair of gloves. 

dow, V. to till or cultivate the ground; to hoe, to weed; to cut 
the weeds or the bush; to mow, pr. H.4>il. d. afuw, to prepare or work 
a jdantation (by clearing away the thicket &c.). — intr. to Tlo agri- 
cultural work; d. adare, hkrante, asgw, to work ivith a bill-hook, a 
sabre or bush-knife, a hoe. 

adow, th^ cutting of the bush; tJie tilling of the ground; agri- 
culture, 

e-do w, the fibres (ham a) of the goung leaves oftlie adobe palm; 
a kind of twine made thereof; - adobe nkgnmu 'mcrenkensono niu 
na woyi dgw; wgmfd nye nnuahama; wgde bg asuman, wgde nwene 
gtah, na AUtafo na ciiwene ntama nso; ef. demercku. 
edow-tam, a mat-like ivoven cloth. 
dow, V. [red. dodow] to become or be brown; uneema a wg- 
kyew nhina ho d.; s. asabra. 

O-do w a, 1. pi. n-, bee; pr.986. — ;2. a kind of bird;pr. 1955. — 
3. a swelling or bump, in the arm-pit, the nape, the loins &c. the 
appearance of which is ascribed to a wound, pr. 1857. 

adow a, a species of antelopCy the smallest of all antelopes, said 
by the negroes to be the king of animals, pr. 984 f. 

ado w ;i, the handle of a door made of palm-branches, by which 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



dm — nilua. 93 

it is opened or shut; berapae mu hama a wode kyekyere a wosom' 
hie na wosom' torn'; wosi no ad. 

dm... s, duru. 

du, V. Ak. duru, to reach, arrive; to be .suffirictit ; — odua ha 
'nera, he arrived here yesterdaji; yebodii (fie) ntem, tee shall soon 
arrive home; adow-bore or kwa(;bu adu (bo), the time for prejta- 
riuff the plantations or for enttituj the hush is come; - sika no n nu, 
the nomnj is not snffteient ; Adu jie, // is eraettif the sum; - ddii me 
80, lit. it has arrived on me, i.e. // is mij turn; wnnnun babi (korii c), 
ym have not come far ifet, — Phr. nc ho du ne ho, he prospers (in 
his doings), fares welt. 

dn, diidn, Ak. = duru, duruduru, a. 
e-du,/f'«. Gr.§77. 78,1.2. 

Adu, pr, n. of men, found also in by-names of the kontromfi 
and the goat: aduonn<\, aduonnimma. 

dun, in the foil, words, is pronounced in F. as diiin, duya. 

diia, r. L to plant (in general); to put into the (/round (abilrow, 
ase, abrgbe...). [Other verbs used for peculiar ways of planting 
are: gu (mo, kokote..), to sow (riee, g^unea-corn) ; fua ode, to plant 
yam; tew abe, to transplant palm-trees^'] — to transplant, — ^. (fig.) 
a) to plants establish (a new religion) : wode ascmpa no beduaa 
Akiiropon akye, the gospel has Iteen brought to Akr, long ago, — b) 
to transplant (inhabitants) : Eniresi-brofo de nnipa kodua A'hUa, 
abcdua oman bi wo Adata, the English have made a colony at La- 
gos; woatu no Akuropgn akodua Aburi, they have removed him from 
Mr. and placed him at Ah, — c) to station, to appoint to the occu- 
pation of a post, lAace, or office; wode me akodua Akyem; wgamfa 
yen ankodua Aky. kora, na yekodii nnawa bi wo hg na ycbac, we 
were not really stationed in Ahcniy but stayed there only a short time. 

e-du;i, pL n-, 1, plant, tree, shrub. — ^, stem or stalk of a plant 
or its leaf or fruit. — S. wood; piece of wood, pr. 9fH. something 
made of wood, pr. 1014. — i. stick, pole, — .>. handle, helve (of a hoe, 
asgw dua, cf, sokum, Ak. soduro, F. sgbakura). — G. a block or log 
rtf wood, to which prisoners are fastened by means of an iron fixed 
in it and closing round the wrist; bg (As. to).. duam\ to fasten to 
the block, to arrest^ imprison; da duam', to be arrested, fastened to 
the block; wode won ano abg no duam'= wode won iino akfi akyere 
no so: hkg babi na tra nea wode wo atra hg ara. — 7, privy, neceS' 
^ry^ consisting of a scaffold of poles outside the town : gkg dua so, 
he is gone to the privy; cf, dua see, tia i<:c. — Phr,: ^f. bg dua, to 
eiirse, orig. by driving a piece of wood into the ground and mut- 
tering words in order to produce a magic effect. — 9. si so dua, 
= hy§ mu den, ma etim. 

e-(l li ;i , dua, the tail of quadrupeds or birds. Watwa dua (used 
contemptuously), he is circumcised. 

adiiil (pi. id.)j kernel, seed, fruit (of trees); odiad., he eats fruit 
(ogna, akutu, odgmA, asa...). -^///z.aba, adiuiba, F. eduiaba, eduia- 
dzewa. Gm.1,11. Mt. 21,S4. ML lh,;>. Luk.lSfi. 20,10. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



94 dufi — aduan. 



dua, duawA, F. duiaba, ^(iiWv) j)^. n-, 1, a small tree, shrub. — 
2. a small piece of woody stick, splinter, pr, 1431. 

diiaba (= dud aba), aduabd, pL n-, 1, the fnut of any tree, 
syn. adna, aba. — 2. lemon, lime; cf. ahka. 

diia-b^ii, i. hind of tree; - 2. pendiar shape of the body; cf. 
dan sow; - s. ban. 

dud-basa,i>Z. n-, = duba, branch. 
adiiabfcii, a by-name of the goat, s. abirekyi. 
dua-bo, a tree remarkable for the hardness of its wood, com- 
pared with that of stone; kwaem' dua a eye den sen nnua nhina; 
ewu a, eye den sen n^amono. 

du a-b6ii [dua abon] bark of trees. 

dud-buroni, lit. a wooden European. Phr. maye meho d.= 
maboapa, I purposely misrepresented the matter; woyee woii ho d. 
ma ohene aso tee, they secretly informed or apprized the king of it. 
dud-da 11, odah a wode nnannua asi, a house of wood. 
dua-ddii, = duase-dan, tiafi, &c. privy, necessary (house). 
a-dua-ddii, inf. [odah a wodah nnuabo bi] the removal of a 
curse; the sheep, money lOc. given to remove a curse. 
dua-d6, F. = bahky^, cassada, manioc. 
d u a d e w a, pZ. n-, a kind of ntorewa ; pr. 674. 
duafo,|?Z. a-, planter; sower; cf. ogufo, okuafo. 
o-diiafoQ,2>Z. a-, Ak. a circumcised man; Akr. twetiafo. 
diid-hfu, s. duhln. 

dua-h o-nhwi, moss growing on trees. 
d n a- h 0- m m e r , a spongy excrescence on trees, mushroom. 
o-d II d-h y e n', j>?. a-, Ak. efoo, a species oi monkey, eolobusbi- 
color, having the body black, the extremities (face, fore-neck, legs 
and tail) white, [dua-hyeh = white-tml.] 
duak6ro, a kind of chintz; s. ntama. 
aduakr6n, ninety. 
aduakwam6a, Akw. = abiribiriw. 

d 11 a m', d u am' -d a, prison, emprisonment ; pr. 297. 
a d u a m m d [aduan ba] greedy eater, glutton, gormand; cf. odidi- 
fo; sa abofra yi ye ad. = obd a ope adidf dodo, ohu aduan biara 
a, ope. 

aduammen, a by-name of the owl. 
aduam-foro [aduan foforo] new yam or other victuals. 
a d uam-mono [aduan momono] ratv food. 
adiia iV, aduanc^., adibane [fr. di, bah] pi. n-, food, victuals, osp. 
vegetable food^ consisting or prepared of edible roots (afam-duan) 
and grain; the flesh or soft, pulpy substance of fruit, the kernel, cf. 
aboto; dish; meal; woawie ad., dinner (breakfast y supper) is ready; 
wote ad. h6, they are eating, sit at table; - ad. no atu or ato me 
ho, 8. tu. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



aduanndkd — due. 95 

aduan-ndkd [aduan' addkd] L a box containing food or 
provisions. — ^. crib, manger. 

a d u an u d II [aduan' din] store-house, corn-magazine. 
aduanaii, forii^, Gr.§ 78,2. 

a d u a iJ-f 1 11 [aduan a aye mfin] pi, n-, stale food, pr. 285.932,1115. 
a d u a u-k d u (pi. n-), first-fruits. 
aduaii-sit, kind of food; ad. ben ni? 
aduau-su, a fruitful rain; ad. na ereto yi. 
a d u a n t a ^ food withoui salt. D.As. 

ad u an ill Ilk ^m, sour-sop if-c. (the fruit aud the tree); cf. adu- 
kuntdnk^m. 

duJiaii wo, the bark of a cei'tain tree in Waaa smelling like 
onions (s. Ah^b) and used instead of such. 

ad uan-yf [aduan', ayf] : abofra no besee me ad., that boy has 
invited me to table in an improper, impolite manner. 

a d u a n-y i, inf. the fetching or taking off of the dishes (from the 
kitchen or from the table), 
diia-poriwa, s. poriwa. 
adtiasa, thirty. Gr. § 78,2. 
dud-ase, fA6 trunk or root of a tree; cf. duhin. 
duasee, privy, necessary; cf. duaso, dampen, kaasee, hkyeree, 
mankyiri(-8o), tia, teasee, yane. — duase-diin, vf. dnadan. 
dua-siu [dud sin] j)Z. n-, block, log; diff. dunsin, q. v. 
dua-s6, ko d., $. dua, 7. & duasee. 

d u a-t ti n n i\ r u [dud tinnuru, dut4n]|)7. n-, a large, mighty free. 
ad ua-tld, pi. n-, a short-t ailed beast; 1. a beast of prey of the 
cat family, attacking sheep ; of the size of a country dog; syn. gban. 
— 2. otwe ad., pr. S412. 

d u-ba [dud ba or basa] pi. n-, branch. 
e-du-bako, eleven. Gr. § 78,1. 

0-dub6ii [dua ben] a kind of tree, the yellow troof/ of which is 
used to dye b o f n a , q. v. 

adu-biri [aduru biri] (black) ink; black paint. 
e-du-biako, dercn. Gr. § 78,1. 
ad u-b one y pi . n-, [aduru b.] poison. 

odud6, a medicine, consisting of the juice of some plant or 
bark and water, kept for weeks, to dress wounds with, 
dudurn, red. v. duru; F. red.a.Anm. 
due, V. [red. duedue] 1. the orig. meaning seems to he to stroke, 
or, more gener., to handle, manage, manipulate, use; senea wodue 
je afiri no fa no, en'na wofre no sOm, the manner in which they 
handle or place and prepare the trap is expressed by the word *sum* ; 
fwe n'ano senea odue kasa fa, look at his mouth and the manner he 
uses it in speaking! s. duia.5. — J2. to daub, besmear amulets or 
things connected with fetish- worship with blood, the yolk of ^ggs, 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



96 due — ducdue. 



white and red clay etc., in order to impart preventive or palUaike 
power y to atone or expiate, or to make thingff turn out favourably; 
wode mogya due akyene; odue sumah, e.s. ode hkesua a.s. aduru 
n.a. srasra sumah bO na sumah no adi; due sumah ano, pr, 117. — 

3. to use as a preventive or palliative (evading accusation or respon- 
sibility); Opanyih due: mante, mante, an elder (when called to 
account for misdeeds of bis own people, uses as an amulet i.e.) apo- 
logizes: I have not heard of it, I know nothing about it! pr. 2601.— 

4. bu due so, to double (up), i.e. fo bend or break in the middle 
and fold or lag one part upon the other (wgto nc nah na wobu no 
due so = wobu no fa so, theg break him so that the feet take tJie way 
over tht head), — 5. [red,] to feel or search for with a long instru- 
ment, to poke; to p^robe (a wound); to sounds fathom ; fa dua yi due- 
due nsu no mu, search in the tvater with this stick, — 6, [red,] t^ 
search or inquire after, investigate: merekoducdue gmah mu = me' 
kofwefwe omah mu asem mafwe, / will irg to gather information 
on the sentiments of the people or to obtain a favourable disposition 
among the people, — 7, [red,] to stroll abotd, wander, rove, ramble; 
cf obadueduefo. — 8, The significations given under ^,3, have given 
rise to a peculiar use of the v, in the imp, to express a) pity on any 
misfortune that befell the addressed person, b) a threat or predic- 
tion on account of some misdeed: a) due! hush! soothe or appease 
thyself, set your heart at rest, compose your mind, alleviate your pain 
i.e. may your pain be alleviated! (Ade twa obi a, wose: due, due! 
obi ni wu a, n^abusuafo sc: due, due!) — due, gener. repeated 2 or 
3 times, has become an appeasing and consoling interjection, pro- 
nounced towards a person who has hurt himself or met witli an 
accident; the thing afflicting or incommodating is added with n^: 
due n^ amanehunu = due, na woahu amane, may you bear your 
affliction easily! may you recover from your affliction! miinnue n e 
ko! I pity you for the trouble and ill success of the fighting! due n^ 
adwumaye! miinnue n^ adwumaye na adwumaye bekum mo! 
you are to be piUed for such hard or grievous work, it tvill kill you! 
It is also used in several common forms of salutation: du6-ne- 
a wo- 6, said in the morning, when it is cold; du6 -n i-w i' 6, said 
in the middle of the day, when it is hot; due-n^-h\v£n*6, said in 
the evening, when it is cool; due-n6-su-6, said after a shower of 
rain, — meaning, at is were, may you ectsily bear the inconvenience 
caused by the cold (awow), the sun (awid), the coolness (ohwini), }nay 
you recover from the effect of the rain (osu). — &) d u e! woe unto 
thee! munnu6! woe unto you! (Nea woaye yi, due! this thing which 
you have done will have grievous consequences! 6\ ade na murewia 
yi? miinnu^! what! you are stealing? you will suffer for it!) — .9. 
due., adwerewa, s, adw... 

due (the interj, or imp, mentioned under d u e «9 a), used as a 
noun) a pitiful state or condition, pr, 604, expression of pity. — ma 
due, to condole, console, comfort, soothe. Biribi a eye yaw ay^ 
onipa na woko ne hkyeh kose se: 'mgbo 'mobo! na woaroa no due 
a.s. hyedeh neh. pr. 567.604,700. 1039 f 

duedue, red. v., s, due 5 — 7. Cf. obadueduefo. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



odiiofoo — duku. 07 



o-ddofoo, pi. a-, Ak. besmearer; = nea odue sumilQ — gkoirifo, 
pr. 2S63. (Katawere komfo bi, Agyemane oti Asen, na wagye din 
yi aye ne de.) 

d 11 foky e, a tree that has fallen dawn and lain on the ground 
for some time; a large y rotten block, log or piece of wood, pr, 1039-41. 

d u-foro, ph n-, sucker, a shoot from the roots or lower part 
of the stem of a tree; a young tree, [dua foforo; dua a afiii wg du- 
nsin ho.] 

adu-fra, inf. [adui-u, fra] pharmacy. — adufrasem, id.; phar- 
macopoeia^ dispensatory. — o-dufrafo, pi. a-, apothecary, Chr. 

dufudufu, a. feeble. — pr.5S. 

dufua, pL n-y a rough kind of seal made of a block; a piece 
of wood with a handle, [dua a woafufftaw ho kakra.] 

d ufiiaw, a medicine or medical preparation /brmar/w/o balls; 
adura biara a woayam no n^ yisA afra abo no tow ahata. 

d u-h in, pi. n- [dua hin] a root of a tree in the ground, 
adu-hiiam, ^>?. n- [aduru hOamhttam] perfumes^ street herbs, 
siceetSy sweet-smelling, odoriferous spices; ode ad. aye, she has nibbed 
or anointed herself tvith sweet odours. Syn. ohiiam. Different kinds: 
k(irob6w, b^weouM, oslko, oTweut^a, mnJfiwa, p^per^ (=z aloe). 

diiia, F. (dwia, Prk.) 1. = dua, v. to plant dec. ML 13,3.31. — 
;?. duia (mu, do &c.) = nam or fa (mu, so &c.), to go along, to take 
one's way through, over dx. - okoduiaduia mpoano, he went by the 
sea-shore ; okoduia abrbkwa mu, he went through the corn fields; 
wodze mpa no duiam' si dadze, they let down the bed through (the 
opening) ; Mk. 2^13.23.4. - duia hen awuradze do su fre Nyankopon, 
c(M upon God, through our Lord: — 3. (= due 1.) to take a (cer- 
tain) course, to proceed, deal, act, treat, use, manage in a certain 
manner; mbre woboduia ahyira no nyi, thus shall he be blessed, 
Ps.l284' wgatse babi-mbre oduia tu won fo, you have heard hotc 
]t€ admonishes them ; wgka mbre oduia ye' nyimpa no kyere' won, 
they told them how it befell to the man, Mk. 5^16. oduia den bg' nyim- 
pa? how did he make man? yeboduia den afwefwe yi? hotv are 
we to seek this? mre yeboduia afwefwe Nykp. no mboa nye de, 
yebgdwen do da yeduia mboa u'akwan no do, we are to seek the 
grace of God in a constant and careful use of the means of grace; 
akwah yi, oduia do nda ahen ? hotv long is he to use tJiese means? kc. 
wgnfwe habanra' nsukdko mbre woduia nyin, Mt 6,28' 

duia,F. =dua, tree dx. — duiaba = dua, ynot^ dtc.Mt.7,3.. 
aduialia, aduiadzewa, F. = aduaba, fruit. Mt. 21,34. Mk. 12^. 

duiafo, F. = oduafo. Mt. 13,3. 
o-d li k li , small cask, barrel, keg; cf. dnkbrA, gkwddum, gpihkran. 

diiku, diikudukii, a. d adv. reduced to small particles; abodo 
no abu dd., the bread has been crumbled entirely; wabubu dua no 
mn dd., he has broken the stick into small pieces; mfgte awe ntama 
no nhina dd. = pasapasa, the termites have eaten up the cloth, re- 
ducing it to very small shreds ; sare no aye dd., the grass has cnnn- 
Mcd into small fragments; gpgnkg a\Vc sare no nhinii dd. 

7 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



98 diikuduku — duom. 

dukuduku, a. dadr. fai and fint, stont; waye d.; oguan no 
ado srade d. — dukuduka, id^ ovo mma d. anan, he has four 
stotd and UcfJy ihUdreu. 

ddku', pi. n- [Dan. dwj, Datch dork] handkerchief; a yard 
cf cloth: nnuku abien ye sin, two yards are a fathom; cf. nnnka- 
nnukawa, dim. 

d u k u d u u , linen ; grey haft, 
adukii-ntiiukdm [G. alu^ndugrn] sour-sop, Apiona muri- 
cata; street-sop, Anoua squamosa; custard-apjjle; the fruit and the 
shrub or tree bearing it ; cf. addantunkum. 

adu-kfiro, |>/. n-, a hftle in a free or stone in which water 
gathers; dua ma toknru a nsa ta mn na nnoma guare worn'; obo 
ad. nso wo ho; nsa nnim' a, wose: ad. a wo. pr. 2917. cf nnokiirogua. 
d u m, r. [red. dannum] to go out (of fire); tr. to ptd out, ex- 
iinguish, quvnch (fire or a light); pr. 3080. — ogya no adom, the fire 
is gone otd; dum kanea, put out the light. — bere-dum, to be of dark 
red; ntama yi b. 

0-duni, pi. a-, 1. the Odum-iree, a large tree; the wood is used 
for timber, furniture, fuel. — 2. As. edura, pillar, supporting a honse 
or erected for remembr^ce; tomb-stone; monument; - adum ne 
nea wode gyinagytna odan ; abo a Brofo de sisi ada so no ye adum 
a wode ye hkae. 

0-dumafo [aduru, ma] s. oduyefo. 

adum f 6, a kind of executioficrs at Kumasc; s. dunnyi, obrAfo. 

dum-gya, /)/. a-, (a pair of) candle-snuffers; extinguisher. 
e-du-mlcii', du-mknu, F. du-abien, twelve. 
e-dii-iniensa, F. du-abiasa,' ///ir/f r «. 

d u m p e u , privy, necessary; cf. duasee. 
e-du-nnau, fourteen. Gr. § 78,1. 

duiidum, F. s. dum. 
o-dunni = dumni, s. pi. adumfo Sl dunnyi. 
e-d ii-iJ k r u II , nineteen. 
e-dii-nsid, sia-teen. 
d u-ii S i u , pi. n-, the stump of a tree. pr. 403. [dua, sin ; dua a 
wgativa so na esi ho no.] 

e-d 11-11 son, seventeen . 

e-dii-nnum, fifteen. — duiinuii), red. v., s. dum. 
e-d ii-n w (» t w e , eigldeen. 
dunnyi, F. = obrafo, executioner. Mk. 6^. , 
aduo, s. adiwo. 

duobo, t?. to he tvanton. Jer. 50,11. anuoden a etra so yo. 
aduoku, a by-name of the rat, s. okisi. 
adiiokii, a kind of yam (baycro), s. ode. 
d uoin, V. only used in the imj). [prob. fr. due mu]; proceed^ 
go on, come on! Wo-n^ hi kg kwah na gnam berew a, na wuse: 
duom nA yenkg y! munuuom! 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



adiWnna — adiiru. 99 



adii-onnd = adii k 6nnA, a nick-name of the goat ; s. adu. 
adii-onijf-inina , — adu a onni mma, dlUOf s. abirekyi. 
adu-onu, itcenty. — adu-oiu\in, fifty. Gr. § 78,2. 
a d u-o s i a, sixty, — ad u-5 w 6 1 w e , eighty, 
du-pa, pj, n-, an old, large tree [dua a anyin a.s. abo apa; 
nnupa = nnua akese a esosoe yiye]. 

d u-p o 11, ^;?. n-, [dua, pon] a large tree. pr. 426. 
d u p w , s. ntetea-d. 

du-p fi 11, jp?.n-, the hroad and large part of the root of certain 
trees above ground, projecting like a buttress from the low part of 
the stem ; dua kesc utiiii a aii adi aye kokiiro ; odum, ofram, ofo, 
onyii, owataku, ow6wa wo nnupun. 

dnr , F. 1, = du, v. Mk. 13,33. — 2. = duru, a, 
dura, V, [red, duradura] d. ho, d. so: to cover, deck, line; to 
coat, crust, overlay; d. mu: to line, to finish or overlay, to cover or 

put in the inside of. Ex. 25,11.28. 26,29 Wode twom-nhoma dura 

akukua n^ mmentia ho. 

adurad 6, upper-dress, upper-garment, e.g. of Mohammedans, 
aduro, aduruo, Ak. s. aduru; cf. soduro. [pr.3085. 

duru, Ak. s. du, v. 

ddru (dru); v, Ak. du, 1, to descend, dismount, alight, come 
or go dotcn; duru (b6ra) ! = si fam' ! cf. si an. — 2. d..mu, to de- 
scend into, to strike, of lightning : opranna d. duam' a, esg gya, if 
the lightning strikes a tree, it catches fire. — 3. to feel a presenti- 
ment, foreboding: nsem a eye hu duru no, he has a presentiment of 
or his heart forebodes fearful things; gbra a awerehow nnim' duru 
ne kara, his soul has a presentiment of or anticipates a life unthout 
grief. — 4. waduru afiforo, he has entered a new-built house and 
consecrated t^ by a solemnity of 1-3 days, — 5. waduru afti, he 
has a hunch-back. — 6. esQm duru, darkness descends, it gets dark; 
owia duru sQm, the sun gets dark, is eclipsed; n'adwenemu adnru 
sum, his mind is darkened or obscured, [red. duduru.] 

duru, duruduru, a. Ak. du, F. dur, durdur, duduru. l.heavy, 
weighty, ponderous; gbo yi ye d., this stone is heavy; obo duruduru, 
a heavy stone; ne kotokum' aye d., ne tam ano y§ d., his purse is 
well filled; - tmrdensome, Mt.23,4. burdened or bowed dotvn with grief, 
Mrk. 14^33. — ^. wabo duru, she is (big) with child ; cf. yem, v. — 
3. with m u: thick; dote yi mu, gfasu yim' ye d., this clay, this tcall 
is thick; - important, difficult, senous; asem yi, emu ye duru, this is 
a difficult matter. — 4. n' anim ye d., he is grave, earnest, respec- 
table, venerable. — 5. ne nsam' ye d., Jte is wealthy, op^dent, power- 
ful = oye osikani, owo atuo. — 6". ne b o or ne koko ye d., he is 
courageous, valiant^ brave, stout, tmdaunied. 
duru, duruduru, n. heaviness, iveight. 
o-duru, pi. a-, the whole cluster of fruits of the plantain- and 
banana-tree, consisting of several smaller clusters (siaw.) 

aduru, pZ. n- or nnuruwa-nnuruwa, Ak. aduruo, aduro, poic- 
der, tnedicine, drug, physic; ne yare ano ad. ni, this is the medicine 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



100 odi'ii*up:ya — dwa. 



against his sickness; -perfumery; ant/ cJwmical preparation; any 
kind of powder or fluid not used as food, e.g, gun-powder (atuduru), 
ink (adubiri), paint.,.; hence also = aduru-bone, adubone, poison: 
wato no adurn, he has poisoned him; - wabo ad. = okowawao dua 
ho abon abeye adiiru. 

o-d uruo:y a, a kind of flute or pipe used in the performance of 
mournful music before a king (demere a cho apow-apow ne nsoe pi 
a wofre kete no bi). 

O'duru-mafo, s. odumafo. 

adurii-mu-pe, chemical analysis. — aduru-mu-sem, chemistry; 
pharmacy; pharmacology. Chr. — cf. adufrasera, kafra-nyansa. 

ad ur u-toa, -toa, pi. n-, a case, box, phial j or cruet for any kind 
of powder or fluid, e.g. an ink-stand; a medicine-box. ♦ 

o-durii-yefo, -yofo, s. oduyefo. pr. 1043. 3540. 
dutaii, i^?. n-, [dua, otaii] 1. a large tree, cf. dupii, dnpon; 
pr. 1047. — ^. tJie stem of a tree. 

du-tdnii urn, pi. n-, a large, niigJdy tree. 

adii-to, inf. [to aduru] poisoning. — adut6-duru, potion, ap- 
pliance used to poison apcrson ; cf bore. — o-dutoro,i>Z. a-, poisoner. 
da tra, pi. n-, shingle, [dua, tra, pi. nnua ntra-ntra.] 

add tw^, a moveable pole supported in the middle, for children 
to play on; wgtra ad. so, wokyin ad., they .sit on or turn the pivot- 
pole, pr. 1048. 

adutwiim (orig. pr. n. m.) a kind of cloth, s. ntama. 

aduwa, F. beans; s. ase. 
diiya, F. s. dua, duia. 

o-d u y e f , i>?. a-, [aduru-yefo] ^%^/cmw. F. Mt.9,l2. 

The combination of these two letters (dw) is not a compound 
of the common dental d and w, but a palato-labial transformation 
from the gutturo -labial combination ^w, which has still been re- 
tained for it in parts of Fante ; s. Gr. § 1 2. — This transformation 
originally took place only before o, e, i; but tho^e vowels, when 
followed by a final w or m, have usually been transformed into 
o, o, II, and have retained this form also when the final w was 
dropped (cf. dwom, dwonto, nnwonkoro). In Ak. the combination 
^iia or f^wa (F.) has likewise been transformed into dwa or even 
into dziia [G. dfa = dStia]. — 

By the nasal prefix (I'l), dw is changed into iiw (iinw). 

dwa, Ak. = gua or gwa in Akr. and F. 
Words not found under dwa are, therefore, to he looked for under gua. 

dwa, V. Ak. 1. = gua, to carve, ciU up, cut in j>icces: to gat, 
eviscerate. — ;^. ~- kyia, to saltde. pr. 143. 

dwa, V. 1. to .stand out, be prominent, project; ne fwene dwa 
ahun mu, jtis nose stands out in the air (perh. he sneers, shows coti- 
tempt by turning up his nose); - 2. to state, report; to expose, propose; 

Digitized by LjOOQIC 



dwadwa — dwe. 101 



ode asem no abedwa ho = abeto ho, lie told the matter publielf/, in 
the public jAacc, 

dwadwa, adv, denoting some sound (?): ode nfwiren no fwee 
asa no mu dw. 

adwa, Ak. = agua. 
o-dwfi, an edible fruit; cf. ogua. 

adwabfreni, Ak., s. aguAbirem; a place at Kumase; a place 
for assembling, market-place, pr. 2303. 

dwae, hauglUiness, arrogance, insolem'c, j>/*Ci»VMWi>/wo/«//f6'A',* 
tyranny; oye d^ae = oye mpanyinyo, odi nipauyinsem, Qye ahan- 
tan, he is haughty and conttmiptuous, arrogant, pres^umptuous; obo 
me so dwae, = obo me so ahantansem, he treats me with insolvnee, 
Juiughig contempt, tyrannizes over me ("as African kings despise 
others and think they can do with them whatever they like"); ;:=- 
odi bam, q,v, — Cf. dwae-dwom. 

d\Vae-bo, inf. haughtiness dx., tyrannical hehaviour; ;»•. dwae; 
dw. ye wo de! you only delight in overhearing behaviour, effrontery! 
dw. abg no dam, he is mad with tyranny. 

dwae-dwom, a song of a defying character, sung by the 
dancers in the play called dwae. 

o-dwileni,i)Z. dwd6f6, dancer or sharer in the said play. 
d w a k oro, a kind of snare; osum d w., he lays a snare; s. atiri. 
d wane, Ak. = guan, to run away, flee; to trouble: wodwane 
me ho dodo, you trouble me too much ; me ho ad wane me, I am in a 
afrait, in trouble = me ho hia me. 
o-dwane, j>;. n-, Ak. =. oguan. 
dwamiwah, Ak. = guannuau,;>r. X259. 
dware, v. Ak. = guare, pr.59. 
adwareo, inf. Ak. = aguare, bathing. 

dwe, a. (piick\ brisk, nimble, used in an elliptical way (without 
the verb ye): ne ho dwe = wadi; ode ade no mfia me no, me ho 
dwe, = migyei, when he gave me fJie thing, I took it at once, using 
it forthwith; cf. pram; gkyekyere adesoa kakra de maa me, na mi- 
gyei, me ho dwe, he gave me a heavy load, but I took it at once. 

dwe, adv. completely, entirely, totally, utterly; wadi dw6 = 
pe; wanom nsu dw6, dua no abu dwe = abu wg so ara we. 

dwcd\V6-dwedwe, adv. id. — dua no abubu dw..., tlic stick 
is cmnpletely broken into many jiarticles; ahabaii no aye dw..., tlw 
leaves have bccotne utterly dry. 

dwe, dw(3iin, adv. id. afuw mu atanna ahyew dwe, the heap 
or pUe of wood on the plantation is burned completely; ode a wode 
kgtoo gya mu no ahyew dwenn, the yam which you put in the fire 
is totally burned; otam no ahyew dwenn, enkA hi. 

dwe, V. F. = dwo, v. {Prk. jui) to be harmless, Mt.10,16. to be 
meek, ML 21^5. to be kind; - to cease (of the wind) Mk. 4,39. - to wither 
(of the hand) ML 12,10. — dwedwe, red. v. F. = dwudwo. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



102 (Iwe — odweii. 



dwe, n. 1, kernel, s. adwe; fig. pith, marrow, heart, strength; 
watu no mu dwe = ahoodeii. — 2. something contained in pustules 
in the face, white, round and hard(?), pus, matter? (wumia mfowa 
a, na biribi fitafita korokorowa fim' na eye den, na yefre no dwe; 
wutu kuru na emu dwe no tu a, enkye wu). — 5. perhaps = mpe? 
m^anf as^re dw^, =nna amma m'aniwam' bio,* my eyes have got so 
that I cannot sleep; cf. sare.' — i. =gye? perplexity, madness; asem 
no dy^ wo so dwe, the matter has become a mad palaver to tJiee, hard 
to settle, 

adwe, pi. nnwSa (nnwewa), palm-kernel, the stone or kernel of 
the fruit of the oil-palm, together with its hard shell, enclosed in the 
pulpy substance of which the palm-oil is prepared ; any other nut 
or kernel, pr. 1050. 155 1-5 3,1505, bo ad^e, to crack a kernel, 

dwfe, dwfedVv^e, adv. expressing a feeling oi pain; moyafu- 
nu(m') kaw me or keka me d\Vedwedwe, my belly aclies, I have the 
gripes, 

dw6a, poet, a fine, girl, lady. 
Dweada, Dweeda, Ak. s. Dwoda. 
ad\fr^-ad\Ve, a. [adwe] fnll of bnmps like palm-nut-kernels: 
afasew mununkum bi ye adw. 

it d w c I) a w, s. adwobaw. f r. 40. 
adw('-l)o, inf, cracking of palm-kernels, pr.l55?. 
adwe-dae =-- akwasidae, s, adae. 
dwed w6, s. after dwe. — dwodwe, red, v, F. = dwudwo. 
d >V e d w e w a , adj, close together, narrow (of an opening or 
passage); s, adwoku. 0/*. hihia, muamua. 

dwedwcjw^, the throaty gorge, wind-pipe; the larynx, head 
of the wind-pipe; wdso n6 dw6dw(jwAm' -- watim no amenewA. 
o-d w (» h 6 II e , pr, 2472. 

adwe-k^', a ring made of the shell of a imlm-kernel, 
dw^iiii, s. dwe, dwerebe. 
dwell, dwene, v. to think (of); to meditate; to consider; pr. 309. 

— odwen ne komam* bone, he meditates or devises evil in his heart, 

— d^eh so or ho: to think about, to meditate on, to consider; to 
mind, regard, care abotd; mcdwen asem (so), I think about a matter; 
odweh ne nua so or ho, he is thinking about his brother; ade a wo- 
kgye yi, dwen ho yiye, consider the thing well tvhich you are going 
to do; n'asem nhina ye ntwiri, minnwen so, all his talk is slander, 
I do not mind it; - F. wand wen do antse (= antie), he neglects to 
hear, Mt. 18,17- — ne nsem a gkae hhina, mad wen akyiri mahil, 
I have turned over in my mind all lie said, and found it true. — cf. 
susuw. — Jled. dwennweii, to care, be anxiouSy d'lstracted^ take 
anxious thought. Mat. 6, 25-34. cf, dadweii. 

e-dwoii, Mt. egwen, grey hair; edwen aba netirim, neti afuw 
dweh, he has grey hair, 

o-d w en, a lost thing; a thing found and appropriated; a single 
person met on the way and seized as a slave; pr. 451. 1051, — wgafa 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



odweu — dwenso. 103 



no dwen, or watg dweh» he has been seised and made a slave. Onipa 
nam na oto dweii a, obi ua okyere no kwan^^^r. Mato dwen minliu 
nea menko, / am at a loss where to go; u'aniwa ato dwen, he is lost 
in thinking. 

0-dweii, Ak. odwene, a kind of forest-tree; wode ye woma, 
wgde n'ahabah bg abodo. pr. 1057, 1538. 

adwen, adwcne, a common fish in tbe river Volta, silurus, 
silure, sheat-fish? pr. 738,1052-55.1322. 

AwQnwhj pL n-, the first appearance of fruit after tbe falling 
of tbe flower; tender, early fruit; Cant. 2^ 13.15. — waporow (wate- 
tew) akuta dw. no nbina; pr. 1505. 

dwen-dVv^eii, red. v. F. = dwehnwen. 
dwene, v. s, dwen. 

o-dwene, a-, s. odwen, a-. 

adwene, inf. (pi. id.), thought, pr.l056. conception, idea; mind; 
sentiment; intention, opinion; character. M'adw. baa wo so, (As.) / 
thought of gon; n'adwene ankosi bo, that did not come into his mind, 
that never entered ifito his head. — F. fa adwen (Prk. ajuin), to 
care, consider, be musing. Mt. 6,25.27. Mk. 6,52. Ps. 39^3. — Ne tirim 
wg adw., he has good natural capacities, is talented; - gsakran'adw., 
he changes his mind, repents, is converted. — n'adwene ye bete, 
he is feeble-minded, fickle, unsettled or easily changed in his opinion. 
— n'adwenem' tew, his thoughts are clear, he is intelligent, clever, 
shrewd, brisk, lively, sprightly; - n'adwenem* ntew no, he has mis- 
givings, is mistrusting. — n'adwenem' abue or ada ho, lie has good 
(common) sense, is intelligent. — n'adwenem' ye (no) bare, he is 
light-minded, frivolous. 

ad*ene-fre, inf. calling for attention; abebu a. s. asentia bi a 
wgde fi asem ase de, adwene na wgde fre. 

adweiiem-hare, -sem, UglttmindednesSy frivolousness. 

adwenem-tew, inf. clearness of thougJU, intelligence, shrewdness, 
sprighUincss. 

d weii-fa, 1. inf. appropriation of a thing or person found. — 
2. a kind of amulet or charm. 

ad we u-h u hiiw, light-mindedness, frivolity; tirim' adw., fancy. 

0-dvven-nfni, pi. a-, [oguah or odwane, nlni] ram. pr. 1059 f. 
Qye no odwennini-bewo-ba, he makes him believe that a ram will 
Umh, i.e. he flatters him (Odwaben Boaten na gkae). 

o-<lweiinimma, a young or small ram. 

adweniiiininen, a ram's horn\ wasi adw., he has juU a ram^s 
horns upon his head. 

o-dweiikobiri, a kind of forest-tree; gwgman'akoa(odwennfe8a). 
dw^uku, s. dwonku. 

a d w e n[e] s ii k a r d , inf. change of mind, repentance, con version. 
dwenso, v. to urine, to make water; is more decently ex- 
pressed by gu n sn. pr. 1061. 

drtrens6, w. urine, water; dw. abg no, he. is sick of or suflers 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



lOi (Iwcnsotoa — dwese. 

from disury, ischury, is a/fecfed with strangury, pr. 3455. — dwenso- 
kiiku, -kdriiwd, j;/. n-, chamher-poL 
dwell so- toa, ph u-, the bladder. 
dweii-to, inf., o-dwentotb, s. dwonto, odwontofo. 
0-d well n wan, -nc, name of a monih; s. osram. 

d w e 11 u vve 11, red, v., s. dwen. 
o-dweniiwena, -newa, a tree. pr. Wo?, 
o-(lwendwenekoma, pr. 1038. 
ndwcra, F. (PrJi. njira) = nhwera. 
a d vV e 11 11 w ere, Akp ., s. ad were, 
dwere, v, to cnishy destroy j kill; to be cut up, crushed, de- 
stroyed, killed. Yekoe no, yeantumi won, na wodwerce yen hhina. 
Boaten baa Kyebi no, Dwabenfo a ode won bac no nbina, gdweree 
won (wg) bg. Osee Yaw dgm a ode baa Akantamasu hbinu dweree 
wg bg. Cf, dwerew, Akr., nsed of things, & knm. 

dwere, v. to bind, tic, tic up; syn. kyere, kyekyere; dw. no 
baraa = kyere no b., bind him tvith a rope; gdvV^re nnaworopewa, 
she ties her hair into the likeness of a little stick, — F. to draw to the 
shore, bring a ship to port or to land. ML 6,53. 
ad were, = araoakua. 

ad were (Akp. adw^nhwere), a kind of herb, used in religious 
ceremonies to S2)rinklc water tenth it for purification or otberwise to 
take away unclcanness; ababan betebetc bi a etc se fan a wgde guare 
asum'; wgde bi guare abam; wgyim bi de tare pgmp6 ano mil etu 
ntem; wgde adw. a wgayam n^ hno due suman se wgde reyi 11 a 
akii suman no; - s. adwerewa. 

dwere be, rtr7;'. = dwe, dwenn, korfi&c. completely, etitircly, 
totally, utterly; dgm, gmah, knro, afuw no ahyew dw. ; gpe aliycw 
nwura dw., aduan no aye dw. (too much burned on the coals); g- 
man no abg dw.; kuro no aseedw.; kuro no nbina ye dw., the foam 
is quite spoiled, burned to the ground (h:. - Akwamfo aye HuAfo dw.; 
mmoa adi m'afum' aduah nbina d\V.; wgabefa ne nbina dw., wgan- 
nyaw ebi; - anka 'bi kora wg bg a, na wose no so : dw. 
adwerebia , a kind of beads, s. ahen^. 

dwerew, Akr. = dwere, to crush, shatter, dash to pieces or 
into fragments (nkuku, nkcsua &c.), stronger than bg, bo bo. 

adwerewa, adwera', sprinkle, sprinkling-brush; a means to 
remove fdfh i. e. falsehood or misrepresentation (blame, accasaUon, 
slander?) pr. 1802. due., adw., to confirm; to prove; to bear witness 
for or against, to convict; kase a mereb6 no, m^hwie na obeduee 
me adw.; gsah se ennini' a, medue no adw., if he deny its being 
true, I will prove it against him; osennifo no ama adansefo no redue 
nea wanyii asem no ad\v., the judge has adlcd up the witnesses, con- 
fronting them with the indictee (ctdprit, defendant), that theif may 
take away the f(d sit y of the culprit's a.ssertio7i and leave the tn after 
bare as it is. 

dwese, warp; = nsa, s. ntamahwene. — dweseboro. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



dwcte — dwiriw. 105 



dwct§, F. gwete, sUoer. — dwete-bia, dwete-fl, dross of 
silver, — dwete-bonfi, pi. n-, silver-coin^ silverling, — dwete- 
dwiimfo, x)l. a-, silver-sfnith. — dwete-tuo, a gun inlaid with silver, 
d w6-tiri [gna tiri] a capital Or stock of money to begin trade 
tcith; a fund employed in business or any undertaking. — bod w., 
to gatlur such a capital, pr. 1062. 

dwetiwd, [dwetiri dim.'] a stmdl cajntal, stock or fund, 
dwetiwHiii, a possessor of sonie little property, not exactly 
rich, but on the way to become so ; a sparing, saving, thrifty person. 
dwidwi: ne ho dw., he Ms a rough skin. 

e-dwie, Ak. = dwiw, dwuw, pi. n- louse. 

adwima, F. (Prk. ejuima)= adwuma. — dwimfo^ F.=odwiimfo. 

adwini, artificial work, as work in gold, silver, brass, leather, 
wood; any trade or mechanic ati reducing raw materials to a form 
suitable for use; plastic art; sculpture, carved ivork; the art of draw- 
ing; design, delineation. — di adw., to make artificial work, to prac- 
tise a trade or art; odi sika-adwini fefew, he makes fine things of gold. 
Cf. odwumfo. 

ad winnade, i>Z. id. or n-, [adwini nnade] tool or machine for 
artificial work. 

adwf 1)110, pi. id. or n-, [adwini ade] a thing made artificially, 
artificiid work, work of art. 

adwin-nf, ad\Vin-nf, inf.^ the 2)r act ise of a trade or art. 

adwiiini- Gwuma - daii, manufactory. 

adwiiini-nyansa, art, talent for any art. 
d wira, v. 1. to dash or strike against, to spatter ^ sprinkle. Osu 
bo dwira me dan h*o nti, eho hyirew nhina ahohoro, because the rain 
strikes veJiemenily against my house, the white earth (with which the 
wall had been whitewashed) has been etUirely waslied off; ode prae 
dwiraa me, lie struck me with a broom; ode nsu dwiraa m'ani so, 
he dashed water in my face. — ^. to cleanse from guilt or moral 
and religious uncleanness ; to sanctify; to consecrate. — Obi kum 
fi (ofi aba ft bi) a, wodwiram', if one maJces a dwelling (ceremoni- 
ally) unclean (if a dwelling has becmne defiled), it is purified; wgde 
nnuan mogya n.a. dwira otie, the liabitation is rendered clean again 
witfi the blood of sheep dtc. — Se ebia mefom mekodi biribi a mikyi 
a, wotew adwenhwere nft owokom' ntwoma na wode adwiradwira 
mensa n^ m'ano. Wode nsu dwira no, or, wodwira no Two) nsum*. 
Okodwira neho wg pom' e.s. gsorokye no bg ba a, na wakogyinam'. 
Cf. ahodwira. 

o-dwird, t]ie yam-custom, an annual festival celebrated in the 
mouth of August or September, when the first yam is eaten, being 
considered also as the beginning of a new year. — twa dwira, to 
celebrate the yam-festival. — Wotwa odwira wg Kumase, Akwam, 
Akiiropgn; cf. aberekwasi, ohum, akonhuru. 
dwiri, dwiridwiriw, s. the foil. 

dwiriw, dwuruw, v. 1. to separate, disperse, scatter; odw. gya 
(no mu), he scatters the fire-brands or coals as with a poker, rakes 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



106 dwiw — dwoasrvina. 



out the fire. — J2. to break tij>, break or pidl down, to demolish (odan, 
pempe, siw); to prostrate; to ruin (gyare no dwiriw' nipa no pasa). 

— 3. ne ho dwiriw no, he is slwckedj druck tvith surprise, horror 
or disyusty he is astonished, atnazed, bewildered, confused; me ho 
(a)dwinw me, = me ho aye bete, me tirim aye me kos6nenene, a wow 
agu me so &c. Cf. ahodwiriw. 

dwiw, V. s. dwuw. 
e-dwiw, dwuw, Ak. edwie, pi, n-, louse. 

dwo, V. 1. to cool; nsu no ad wo, the water is no more hot; 
ma nkwan no nnwo ansa, let the soup cool first. — x?. to be calmed, 
appeased, allayed; to abate, subside; to become or be soft; to relax 
from a stat^ of excitement; to be calm, quiet, gentle, mild, meek, tame, 
peaceable, humble, especially in ih^perf. and with bo, ho, an i. — 
3, tr. to make quiet, soft, tame, cf. dwudwo. pr. 1064-66. — Aboa yi 
dwo, this animal is sitting quietly, not moving; oguanten dwo (ne 
ho dwo, n'ani dwo), na abirekyi ani ye den, the sheep is gentle, but 
the goat is bold. Epo adwo, the sea is calm. Onipa no dwo, he 
is a quiet man; odwo, he is humble (not proud, = onyd mpanyin- 
sem); ne bo or n'abufuw adwo, his anger is appeased; n'ani dwo, 
ne koma ho dwo, he is mild, gentle; neho dwo, he is meek. — 4. 
to come to rest, feel comfortable, pr. 748. Kan-no oye hiani, nnausa- 
yi de, ne ho adwo, formerly he was poor, but now he is better off; 
me ho adwo me kakra, I feel a little better. — Oman mu adwo, the 
town or country is quiet, in peace; afei yen here so adwo, now peace 
has come back again. — N'asOm' adwo, he has become free from dis- 
turbance, has come to peace. — Ne kete mu dwo, his bed is soft. — 
Ne kotokum' adwo (= aye duru, opp. awow), /tis purse is well" 
filled, well-stored. — Dwo wo ani, lit. cool thy eye,* i.e. moderate your 
liaste, moderate your demand, restrain your passion or desire! dwo 
w'ani didi, eat slowly; dwo w'ani bereo! act or proceed softly, gently, 
slowly! pr. 622. 1003. — Red. dwudwo, q.v. — Cf. abodwo, ahodwo, 
asomdwoee. 

dwo, V. s. dwow, V. to cut. 

dwo, V. F. (PrA;. jo) to crush; obodwo no sam, it wUl grind him 
to powder. Mt 21,44. 

e-d wo, F.yam; fa dwo here me, bring me a yam; cf. brodee-dwo. 
adwo: ya adwo, reply on salutations, addressed to one born 
on Monday [5. K wad wo] or to any other person. 

adwo: twa adwo or agyadwo, to cry aloud, to lametit, wail. 
ndwo, F. {Prk. nju) 1. root, = ntini. Mt. 3,10.13,6.21. Mk. 11,20. 

— 3. fringe, tassel. Mt 9j20. 14,36. 23,5. {Prk. njo, njuo.) s. edwow. 
adwO, a kind of plant. 

Ad woa, -owa, F. Agwewa, j^r. n. of a female born on Monday, 
dwo a, dwoa, orig. dweba, gweba, j)?. n-, a weight of gold = 
ntaku 64 = S dollars or ackies^ half an ounce or 11. 16 s. 

dwo a-gy i n a, the same amount minus one taku or 6*Y* d. i.e. 
gold dust balancing the dwoa weight in equal scale, without the 
usual over-weight, pr. 747. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



dwoasuru — odwontofo. 107 



dwoa-siiru,i>^. n-, a weight of gold =.ntaku 32. (or 28?) 
adwoa-abiri (nhuwA tuntum) a kind oi beads; s. ahen^. 
^dw6baw, ad web. (plAd,) the (chief) branch, twig or shoot of 
the yam; ode a esi kiisu na ne nsa ayiyi ua woka batabata bo; bama 
no ani a efi kahkyerekyere no; - od^ no ayi adw. — ofupe si a, na 
woreka adw. 

dwobesare, a twig or shoot growing from tbe root beside 
the principal stem ; n'ani bi a efi worn* bio ; efi k6tl (large) na em- 
foro pam bio. 

adwol)6toku, a kind of beetle, 
D woda, Aky. Dweeda, Dweada, Monday* Grr. § 41,4. 
dw6dw6, adv, softly, slowly, easily, safely; m6nkgno d^. 
na momm^rano dw,! — dwodwodwo, ?(?. 
adwogu,i)r. -2955. 
d w Qk 0, the iJalsy ; paralysis. 

dw6-k6r(3w [edwokokSro] the middle part of a yam, which 
in roasting remained, hard; ode a woatotd na anwie ben na woa- 
twitwa ho, na nea aka mu na ammeh no, mfinimfini de no, na wode 
ato gyam' bio atoto. pr. 1068, 

ad wok II, Ak. akye, tveel, wicker-basket, snare or trap made 
of twigs for catching fish, = n8ow a, \ cf, eb6a. pr. 3066. Wode mpopa 
hwene no se kyerenkye, ne ti tenten, n*ano dwedwewa, ne to k6n- 
tenn; na woaye mu k^nyaoh (nwrlinn, nnya-nnya), na nipata fa 
ken ten h no mn ho na wobefi a, na kanyann no asiw won kwah. 

d worn, V. dw. ano, to dratv or tie together, contract (a bag, 
purse, pillow); to pucker; 6dw6ra (gmom) n'akatawia ano, he shuts, 
puis up, his umbrella; odwom n*ano, he purses, puckers up, his lips. 
e-dwom, Ak. ed^om, jd, n-, song^ hymn, psalm, poem, — to 
dwom, to sing; — fre dwom, to lead the choir; - ye dwom, to com- 
pose a poem. Qwo 'ne to dwom, he has a (good) voice for singing. — 
Kinds of dw.: ebddwom or nnw6nk6ro, odakudw., dwaedw., agye- 
roannare, akorododw., kwadw., onnibiamanedw.^sankCidw., antore- 
pira n. a. 

dw omnia, s. nnwgraraa. 
o-dwoni-frefo, the leader of a choir, precentor. 
dwonkd, dwehku, the hip, haunch, hip-bone, thigh; cf. asen- 
mu, the loins, sSre, the thigh; - to dw., to tvalk lame, hobble, limp\ cf. 
to apikkye, to halt, be lame, 

a-d w nk u-b d ii, a protuberance an the hip-bone. pr. 2280. 
adwonkii-to, inf. s, to dwonku. 
dwouiio, confusion; asem no abo won dw. = aye won se 
hnwonima n^ hno, aye won sa, siamo, wonhu as@n-kd a wgnka, that 
word has confounded or perplexed them, they can find no word to 
say or no answer to it, 

dwon-td, inf. singing. — dwonto-bca, (pi, id.) air, tune. 
o-d wo n 1 fO; dwent., ;;?. a-, singer, songster, poet, bard. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



108 adwotwa — dwumadi. 



adw6-twa, inf. lamentation, wailing; diff. dwowtwa. 

d wo w, t'. 1. to cut, sever, citt up, cut to pieces, cut down ; odwow' 
no, Ji€ cut him down, slew him; 6dw6w abe, he cuts or severs the 
single palm-nuts from Uie stalk; pr. 310. odw. brode = otwitwa no 
ai»iaw-asiaw fi gsaw ho, lie cuts the hands ofplantcUns from tfw whole 
bunch; ode sosow dwow wuram' b^yere, he takes out mid yam with 
a digging-iron ; pr.1067, cf. t u (afum' bayere). — 2. to grind roughly, 
abCirow, maize, awi, Guinea-corn ; cf yam. — 3, to thrash, thresh. 
e-dwow, j>;. n-, tassel; fringe. Cf ndwo, F. 

dwow: 6tvfk no d w., he kidnaps him; lie robs or plunders him. 
ad wow: y i adw6, L to kidnap; oyii no ad wo ton no, lie kid- 
napped and sold him. — 2. topanyar, i.e. to take by force as a pawn 
for a debt which one of the seized person's countrymen owes to the 
seizor; a creditor may thus seize any person of the debtor^s town 
or country, when he has in vain tried to get payment by other 
means and has asked permission from his own king and elders; 
and the person thus attacked may in defending himself wound or 
kill his aggressor with impunity. — 3. Wudi wo yonko anim na ofa 
biribi hye wo a, na wofre no adwo-yi; ofa nehO kohintaw wo a, na 
wgfre no saara. — 4. yi agyew, Mf. to seize tlie property of on^s 
debtor for ones own payment. 

d wow-twa, inf. open and habitual robbery, depredation'^ cf. 
akwanmuka; diff. adwotwd, lamentation. 

o-dwowtwafo, pi. a-, a (liabitual) robber, freebooter, liigh way- 
man; syn. gkwanmukifo, an occasional highway robber. 
a d w 6 w-y i , inf. panyarring; kidnapping. 
0-d w w-y i fo, pi. a-, mansteater, kidnapper. 

dwu, V. s. dwuw, V. 
e-dwu, s. edwiw. 

d wild wo, red. v., s. dwo. Further meanings: 1. to soften: 
to tame (with ho): dwudwo aboa no ho, tame that beast. — ;^. to 
become soft or tame; ne ho adwudwo, lie has become tame; he is tame 
in consequence of a severe threatening or treatment, or from aston- 
ishment. — 3. with mu: asase no mu adwudwo, the soil has become 
soft, damp, moist. 

o-dwiima, the trumpet-tree; its wood is used for fences. 

dwuma, biisiness, occupation, employment; duty, office, func- 
tion; trade, profcssiofi; - ne dw. a odi ne nuuapdc, apra, asiiko, 
ntamahoro n.a., his occupation is chopping wood, sweeping, going 
for water, washing cloth dc. — syn. nea gwo ye & the foil. 

t\dw6ina,7>Z.n-, F. agwima, adwima, work, labour, espec. agri- 
cultural work, manual work; employment of any kind; business, duty 
(adw. a mewo ye ma nipa, my duty to man); — ye adw., to work, 
labour; ukurofo nhina ko won mfum' akoye won nnwuma, all the 
people arc on their plantations to do tJieir work; - gu adw,, pon adw^ 
to give up or cease working. Cf ob6re; osom. 

d w u ni a-d i , inf. avocation, profession, business, employment, 
professional labour or exertion. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



odwumafo — dzeiidzeiidzei'i. 100 



o-dwiiinafo,i>Z. a- = odwumayeni. (F. Mt.20,L) 

adwuma-gu, -poii, ceasing or cessation from work. 

a d w 6 m a-y e , inf. working, lahouring ; cf. adeye. 

o-d w umayeni, pi. a- -fo, tvorkmauy labourer. 

o-dwum 1*6, i>Z. a-, artist, artisan, workman, one doing artificial 
work as a carpenter, joiner, gold-, silver-, or coppersmith, brazier, 
pewter er, tinman, saddler, umbrella-maker, shoe- or sandal-maker Sa^. 
(nea osen apon n^ nnaka a.s. hkonnua, gye ate, opam hkyinii, obn 
mpaboa, obu ntoa, a.s. onipa biara a oye biribi a eyo nwonwa na 
nnipa Dbina ntumi nye). 

ad w u m-p 6 n [adwini, opon] work bench, joiner's bench, (tnr- 

mng')lath€, turn-bench, sJiop-board, work-table, writing-desk dtc. 

dwuru w, v. F. Akp. = d wiriw. (juru,iVfc. Mt.24,2.26,6L Mk.13,2.) 

dwuw, V. 1. to scrape, remove by scraping: wodwuw aduru, 

timj pass their fingers through a medicine rubbed over one's body, wg- 

de adurn ye won hO babi na wode won nsatea nw6rahw5rari mu. — 

2. to clean a place by scraping with a piece of bark or anything. — 

3. to scrape or rake together, amass, accumulate; dw. sika, to draw 
out a good quantity of gold from the bag; dw. ntrama, to pile up 
cowries in a large heap (boa., ano, to collect in a small heap). — 

4. dw. dan, to repair (renew) a house in decay; gdan-now bi wg hg 
na woremiamia mu aye no yiye; odwuw a wodwuw gdan no da 
yi de, eye sikasee ara kwa, this constant (or repeated) repairing of 
that Iwuse is mere waste of money. — 5. to revive, return from (the 
realm of) the dead; gte se nea w4wu adwuw, he looks as if he had 
been dead and had returned from the otiier world (said of one who 
is pining away bodily and mentally); cf. sasabonsam; red. wgawu 
adwudwuw. 

The combination d z is found in Fante dialects instead of simple 
d before tlie vowels e (= e) and i (exceptions: dede = ^y^^j^^y^-, 
dehye&c), seldom before e; before a only in d za=^ dzea, dea, nea. 

dz, F. = d before (e) e i. 

dza, ^^ dzea, F., Ak. dea, Akr. nea. 

dzc, = de, se. 

dze, == de, 1. V. — 2. adv. hardly; though, hoivever. 
adze, ph ndzcmba, nnecmba (Mf. Or. nyemba) =^ ade, nneema. 
adze, = ase, Ml. 11,23.23,12. 

dzca, = dea, nea, person who, thing which. 

dzcbonyefo, i>Z. a-, = gdeboneycfo. 

dzcdze, red. v. dze. ML 26,47. 
adzefiirfidze, apparel. 1 Pet. 3,3, 
adzegyan, vanity. 

dzcKO, = dekSde. Mk. 5,14. 
adzeky e =t adekyee, daylight; adz. yi nhinara, all this daylong. 

dzom, = dem, blemish. Eph. 5^. 
ndzemba, = nneema, s, adze, 
ndzenibir, = demmere, Mt. 11,7,12^0.27^9. 

dzeii, dzeiidzeudzen, = den ; dennennen, straitly. Mk. 5,43. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



110 atlzesa — e. 

adz«*sa, = adesae ; adz. ko, ihr darknes^i goes awaif. 

adzes<*, = ade-see, irfi^f. Mt. 26\6f. 

adze>uea, = adesoa. Mt 11^. 

ndzesoeade = nnosoa. Mt234. 

ndzeye, = nnejee. Mt. 5J6, 

ndzejelsenenej = (nnejee) trcne, righteouAnrss. ML 5fi. 
d zi, r. [red. dzidzi] = di [didi] s, di 1-100. 
101. dzi = di ano, to cot tenant (for). Mt. 26^15. — 102. dzi adagya, 
= da adagjaw, to be naked. Mt 2oM. — (iif.) dzi dase, = di adanse, 

ML 26fi2. — 103. dzi dew, to rejoirr; a. dew. ML 2^10 (17.) dzi 

dzem, = di dem, to have a blemiiih. — 10 i. dzi adzibew, = di di- 
bea, to be in an office. — 105. dzi .. mfamfanto, to foilau: .. afar off. 
ML 26,58. — (86.) dzi af5ra, = di afra, to have one's portion with- 

ML 24^1. — 106. dzi .. huhoha, to murmur agaipust. Mk. 14^ 107. 

dzi ahjem', to make a covenant, testament. — Kks, dzi ahjia, to be 
gathered together. — (35.) dzi ..nkyir = di .. akyi, to visit (sins 
upon). — (29.) dzi ma, =di mu, to be u:h(Ae ; to be perfect. Mt. 15^31.19^1. 

— (96.) dzi mpapem*, = di mpapaemn, to be divided. Mk. 3,24. — 
109. dzi primprim, to be urhoie, strong, ivcll, in good health. Mt. 9^2. 
ML 2,17. — 110. dzi .. nsembon, to rad at, revde, blaspheme. ML 15,29. 

— (64.) dzi awerelio, to mourn, wad, lament. Mt. 24^. 
adziban^ = adibane, adoan. 

adzibew, = dibea, office, rank. 

adzidzi, tsena-, = tra adidii, to sit down at meals. ML 26,20. 
adzidzifo, = didifo, guests. ML 22,10. 
adzifidzi, ^=^ adifude, intemperance, excess. Mt. 23,25. 
edzin, pi. a-, = edin, name. 
dzue... dzui... dio... dzu... F. (jue, jui, jo, ju, Prk.) s. 
dwe... dwi... dwo... dwu... 

The vowel sounds e, e, e, i\ and e, e, 0, e, and oe, ei, and 
ew, ew, ew (s. Gr. § 2-5. 17. 19 A^ frequently interchange and are 
sometimes intermixed in the alphaoetical arrangement, especially 
in compounds. 

e in our books represents two sounds : 1, the full e, and J2. the 
narrow e. Cf Gr. § 1 Bern. 2. and § 2. 

c in Fante books often stands instead of a = a before i, u or 
other close vowel sounds. 

e- or e-, prcf. of nouns in the sing. (& pi.) s. Gr. § 29,2. 35,4. 
43.44., of pronouns, §60,1-3., of numerrds, §77.78,1. — is usually 
dri>pped in close connection with a preceding word, Gr. § 49,1 . 

e- or e-, a pron. for a thing or things, which is prefixed to the 
verb, Gr. § 54. 58. ; in F. also for the 2d. pers. sing. Gr. § 58 Hem. 1. 

e, emph. pati., an enclitic sound giving emphasis after a wish 
or command, Gr.§144.; diito after the negative preterit tense, §170. 

e, an enclitic sound after names in the vocative (§ 46,2. 144.) 
and in songs. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



^ — fa, m 

e, interj. expressing pleasure, joy, &c. oh! hey! 
el, ei, interj, expressing surprise, astonishment: indeed! 
e = eh§, interj, implying affirmation, approbation, assent, con- 
sent &c., yes! syn, yiw, yie, wie. 

F. 

The letter f has the same sound in Twi tiiat it has in English, 
except in the combination Iw, on which see a later page. 
The consonant f occurs before pure and nasal vowels. It seldom 
interchanges with other consonants; cf, fotow & pgtow; fromfrom & 
F. promprom; few & fwew; funu & hunu; fintsiw, F. = hintiw, 
Ak. fwinti, sunti. 

fa, V. [red. fefa, fofa] to take; cf, gye, kukuru, tase, m& so, som' 
yi, & de, fua, kita, kura. — i. to take to make use of: pr, 1081, 
to lay hold on for use. In these senses it takes the place of the aiix, v. 
de in all negative and imperative sentences; s, Gr. § 108, 26-29. 
205,5. 206,2. 208,3.4. 237. 240 a. c. 241. Cf, 26 (below). — 2. to 
take away: hena na wafa me tuo? who has taken my gun? — 3. to 
carry off (said also of inanimate subjects): nsu afano, the water 
has taken him, i.e. he is drowned; pr. 389. 3085, mframa afa me kyew 
ko, the wind has carried off my hai. — 4, to lay hold on, to seize: 
wafa no gyaw, he has embraced his legs i.e. implored him, begged 
his pardon, — 5. to take up and keep, to appropriate what is found : 
pane yi, maha wo fam'; m6mfa ana? / have found this needle on 
the floor; may I keep it? fa! you may have it! fa abofo, to find a 
dead animal (game) in the bush, pr. 497. fa or tase nwaw, to take 
up or gather snails; pr. 1080^ F. to gather (fishes in a net) Mt. 13^7, 
— 6, to take i.e. keep for one's own: wubu kyew yi ma hena? mibu 
mafa, for whom do you make this cap? I make it that I may keep it, 
i.e. for myself; P^, 22,19. cf Gr.§ 109,32. 243 6. Bern, 2, — 7. to take 
possession of what is left or prepared by others : asase a Germanefo 
no gyawe no, Wendefo befae. — F. fa ahemman tsena mu, to in- 
herit the kingdom, Mt, 25,34. — 8. to obtain possession of by force, 
to seize, capture, conquer: fa d wen, to seize for a slave, to make booty 
of; woafa no dommum, he has been made captive; wgfaannommum 
pi, iliey made many captives (in war); wafa kiirow no, he has con- 
qtiered the town. — 9. to take and use or misuse: fa gbea, osigyafo; 
pr. 167, fa oy ere (fa kun, F.) to take one's wife (husband) illegally, 
i.e. to commit adultery. Mk. 10,11.12. — 10. to take, get, win, acqtdre: 
fa abarim^, to engage as a servant; pr. 1077, fa ad^mfo, to enter one^s 
service; or == fa oyohko, to make friendship with, pr. 1078. — 11, 
to obtain, get: wafa afuru, she has got a belly i.e. she is (big) with 
ckUd. — 12. to bear in mind: mafa me tirim, I have got (it) in my 
head, i.e. / have taken the sense or the warning, I understand it = 
iDthu ase; I remember = makae. — F. fa ad wen, to take thought, 
concern one's ^e//'=dwendNven, Mt, 0,25^34. fa apam, to take coun- 
sel, Mt. 27,1J7. — 13. to take inwardly, to conceive: gfa(mo) abufuw 
da, he often grows angry (with me); pr. 1079. wafa me adona, Jie has 
taken a dislike to me, — 14. to take, admit; to choose, elect. 1 Tim, 5,9, 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



112 fk_ _^ 

— 15» to take in a passive sense, to get or attch: obdre, fatigue, 
weariness, oyare, sickness: ofa ob6re utem, he soon gets tired; wafa 
gyare, Jie grew sick, has been taken ill; fa miuusu, to incur a cula- 
miiy; to suffer the results of a mischievous deed, pr. 398. 555 f, 1736. 

— 16. to take a road, a course, to take one's wag over...pr. 107L1076. 
me wura kwan ni, obi mmfa bo! - wofa benkum a, mefa nifa, Gen.lS^. 
wamfa abontcn so, na ofaa mfikyiri, he went behind the houses, not 
along the street. Cf. 20. — 17. F. fa kwan mu, to be right, lawful, 
permitted, Mt. 12,10. 22,17.27,6. — i6'. f a mu, a) to walk through, take 
one^s wag through ; ofaa mfenserem' guane, he escaped through the 
window. - b) ofaa mu dae, whilst this was goiug on, he fell asleep. -e) 
memf&inu,=memfsih6 ^we, I do not care (abottt). - d) F.yefamuben, 
what mag we gain by it? — i^. f a s o , a) witb kwah : wgfaa okwah 
foforo so kgo won kurom\ Mat.2,12. — b) instead of nam so in imp. 
& neg. sentences: (to do) by means of s. Gr. § 108, 27. — c) to fall 
into oblivion, to be forgotten or neglected: afa me so = m'ani apa 
so, me were afi. — d) to overcome: wafa n^atamfo so, he has over- 
come his enemies; eyi na efaa no so kora, at this he was quite over- 
come; — e) to make profit, to gain, = famfaso. — 20. fa as e, ^/) or/ 
as «n aperient, to evacuate the bowels; aduru no befa n'ase, that 
medicine wiU purge him. — 21. f& ho, a) to move along, t4)2>ass by; 
cf. siane bo, twa bo, twam'; mma mframa mmfa wo bo bebrebe, 
do not let the wind play abotit you too much, i.e. keep yourself warm. 

— b) to touch on, to concern, affect, import; to have to do with: eyi 
fa bo biribi, this has some relation to it; efa bo den? what has that 
to do wUh it? wofa b5 den? whcU is it to you? asem no mfd me ho 
fwe, or, momfA asem no ho fwe, that business is no matter of mine, 
does not concern me ; gfa mo ho biribi, he has something to do with 
you = g-n^ mo wg asem bi ; gmfd bo fwe, he will have nothing to 
do with it, keeps 7ieutral. — omfA (= emfd) no bo, F. lie shfdl be free, 
it is nothing to him, no business or concern of his, Mt. 15,6. 27,4. — 
22. fa neb 6 di, lit. to take and dispose of one's self i.e. to become 
self-dependent, independent, free, to be emancipated ;pr. 1075.1 439. — 
.gmfk nebo nni, lie is not Jus own master; Kwasida mo nbina moafa 

mobo adi, on Sunday you (dl are free, have your time for yourselves, 
Cf. gfadi, fawoho-kodi. — ;^^. fa di, to take and use up, to consume, 
spend, waste; cf. afaadi. — 24. fa (mu) to partake of. — 25. Very 
often fa in its imp. and neg. forms and in the inf. is used, in con- 
nection with another verb, as an aujr. v. introducing or referring 
to a passive object of the principal verb, and at the same time im- 
parting to the princ. verb a causative meaning. Cf. de, Gr. § 108, 
pr. 136-169. 1072-74. 108.3-88. 3170.E.g. fa b6ra! lit. take come i.e. bring: 
kgfa bera, go take come, i.e. fetch; fa kg! take go, i.e. take it off, away 
with it! fa tom* or fa to so, lay (it) in or on, add it! fa firi me, for- 
give me! Cf. 1 (above). — 26. In other cases fa is used as an out. r. 
referring the action of the principal verb to a place, as taking its 
way through, or to a means employed; cf. 16. 19b) above; it serves 
then to express the Eng. prepositions through, by dr. Cf. Gr. § 108, 
27. 109,30. 223,2. — In pr. 3374. fa supplies the place of the Eng. 
words up to, as far as. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



efa — ofadi. 113 

e-fa, Ak. F. 1, earthy clay, mud; soil; »ivish; Akp. dote; tu fa 
= tu dote, to dig earth ; bo fa = bo ntwoma, hyirew, to dig red 
or white earth and form it into Ixdls; pr. 1514. cf, bo 98. — 2. the 
emih containing gold, underneath afafnnu & adada. — 5. F. diist: 
asase fa, dust of the earth. 

a fa, hdlows, — ka afa, to blow the bellows. 
mfa, weft, woof, the threads that cross the xcarp (nsa) in weaving. 
fa, adv. plainly, clearly, really; = fe, pefe, trgnenene, filnh. 
fa, V. to become hoarse; ne'ne afS, ^c 0m voice) has become 
or is hoarse. 

efa, afa, pi. a-, feast, festival, holiday; - hye fa or afa, to cele- 
brate a festival, e.s. wgye afrihyiade biara, wodi afe ; oheno bye fa 
= oh. behyd di- 
g-fa, ph afa, afa-afa, i. the half of a thing or number of tilings; 
moiety. — J2. the other side or part of a thing or place, a separate 
place. — 3.2)art, piece; cf. sin. pr. 64. 1286. 1858. 3110. S481. gfa-n^- 
fa, half and half; only in part; ogyina fa or fababi, he stands apart , 
aside; da afa, to sleep separately, pr. 384. cf. Gr. g 80,7. 84., fftko, 
af^nu, afllsa, afanin, & faro\ 

afa, s. efa & ofa. — afa-afa, F. by halves. 
mfa, rofah^md, the Guinea-^orm, Filaria medinensis, a whitish 
worm that burrows in the human cellular tissue ; it has the thick- 
ness of twine and may attain a yard's length. Oyare mfa, mfa aye 
no, he has got a Guinea-worm ; mfi ahy^ ne gyA, the G. approaches 
the surface, scratches, itches, pinches, the skin is raised by it; mfa, 
no atwe, na aka ne bobo; mfa no abobg kakra. [6. fakpa Ig ed§e. 
Si efe dframg, Zim, Vac. p. 43. 65. 67.] 

fa, f&fky a. adv. 1. flexible, flexile, limber, lithe, pliable, pliant; 
tenacious, tough; syn. fakafaka, fann, hiiS, sa; - mframa bg dua 
no a, eye fl {s. bS,) ; onipa yi, ne mu (ne nan, ne nsa) ye fH, wanya 
nsa fd. — J2. reeling, tottering, vacillating ; gnam fhf^ he totters, 
walks totteringly; cf. to ntintdn. 

g-fdbafo, pi. a-, == gfdkg-n^-fibafo, intriguer, tale-bearer, tell- 
tale. IVov. 12,2. 

{kh^ix, pi. a-, = dgt^ban, mud-wall, pist-wall. [6. fence.l 

Q-f a-b e h , red or yellow clay; cf, kgtgfa, ntwoma. Afab6n, pr, n. 

afd-b6, (pi. id.) clod, glebe; a lump or pieces of swish (i.e. the 
earth of a pise-wall) from a ruined building; ruins. 

fa-o b 0- 1 -m e-gy am' flay a stone into the fire for me/ name 
of a sickness, = kukrn-me-ta-awiam\ 

fa-obrebre, a by-name of the aturnkuku. 

f a-d ^ iiypl. a-, dgt^din, mttd house, mud cottage, building in pise. 
afdde (pi. id.) gain, profit, lucre, acquisition, proceeds : booty, 
spoil, plunder ; cf. asade, afowde; earnings; - ade a wunya wg obi 
ho fa no tumi so, a.8. wunya no gsom mu. 

Q-fadi, inf. 1. using up dtc. s. fa di. — 2. liberty, emancipation; 
s. fa neho di, ahofadi. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



114 mfadi — efdm'. 



m fadi, inf. the (taking and) keeping of a thing for one^s self. 
afa-adi, spend-thnft; bankrupt, insolvent debtor; woaye woho 
afa-adi, you have made yourself bankrupt. 

a^aOypass, defilee, in mountains; cf. mpotam\ 

afa-afa, J)?, of ofa; s. afa. 

o-fa-fa, inf. partaking j participation. 

g-fafafo, pi. a-, partaker. 

mfafato, ¥. s. mfamfanto. 

afaf^nt6, afef., SLfof.,pl. m-, butterfly; cf. abebew, oyima. 

fafarahd; an herb poisonous for goats, 
mfafokuwa, F. members. Eph. 5,30. 

o-fa-firi, inf. forgiveness, pardon; syn. gfakye, fa-ascm-kye. 
mfa-foro, inf. F. a renetced taking or undertaking: ma yemfa no 
mf. nsom wo, grant that we may serve thee in newness of life. 
fafu, adv. [obs.] entirely = kora &c. 
afa-funu, mould, a sort of earth dng up first in digging gold; 
cf. fa, asasehono. 

fagiide*^, metal [efa, gu, ade, things from the soil that may 
be molten and cast]. 
mfa-haina, s. mfa. 

faho-faho, adv. (fa ho, to move along) wofa fah6-f., they sail 
along the shore; cf wonam ano-ano, they walk along the shore. 
mfahu, tinder; abe ho boh bi akyi na wode ye mf. 
afa-hye, inf. festival, celebration of a festival; af. bi dui, somt 
festival came on. 

faka (taka?), epo f., bay, gulf. Nig. Exp. Vac. 
fakafaka, a, flexible dr. s. fa. 
mfd-ka-ho, inf. (the act of) adding, addition. 
o-fa-ko, s. ofa, Gr. § 80,7. of. a yegyina, wliere we stand. 

f d k g-b e w , place where to pid a things pr. 2008 f. 
mfa-kokonini, a cutaneous eruption caused by the Guinea- 
worm being about to manifest its existence in the body. 

o-fdko-nCj-fjlba, inf. talc'bearing ; damfo, w6y^ of., friend, 
you tell tales on both sides! — o-fAko-ndA'AhafOj ^= tale-bearer, busy- 
body, officious, meddling, meddlesome person ; nea otie nsem koka 
na okotie bi beka; cf. ateakosewa. 

g-fa-kye, inf. = ofafiri, forgiveness, pardon. F. ye f., to be 
forgiving; cf. fa-asem-kye. 

fam' = fa mu. 
e-fdm' [efd mu] soil, ground, floor, bottom; in the ground, on 
the ground, at the bottom; down, below; syn. ase; asase, asase so; 
cf. Gr. § 1 19. 1 24,.3. Ofii dua no so sii fam', he came down frmn the 
tree; ofii pohkg so sii f., he alighted from the horse; ofii hyeh mu sii 
f., he came from the ship to land, he disembarked. Osoro n6 fam\ 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ffi-mm — faim. 116 



heaven and earth; fam* u^ nsu ani, hi/ land and by sea; efi ue soro 
besi ne fan' dem bi nni no ho, from the head to the feet, from head 
to foot, from (op to toe, there is no blemish in him; cf. 2 Sam. 14,25. — 
iitama no mn tew abien fi soro de-besii fam', the veil was rent in ttvo 
from the top tothebottmn. Mat.27f51. — Red. fanf-fam', adv, very low. 

nimm, «., adv. red; yellotc; syn, Lg, kokg... Wgde sika aye 
ho f.; wgde ntwoma akwaw dan no mu f. 

fani, V. \red. femffim, fomfam] 1. to encircle with one's arms, 
to embrace; syn, bam, ye atu; abofrd no ab^fam mk kyh me atu, 
(he child embraced and hugged me with his arms. — J2. fam ho, to 
adhere closely, to cleave^ cling or stick to ; cf bata (ho) ; hama fam 
dua ho, the climber adheres to the tree. F. sure fam ho, it is coupled 
xcith fear, 1 Pet 3^2- — Cf afammoa, mfomfamho. 

g-fam', a kind of thin cake; wgtoto f. ne se: wode nno fgtgw 
mmgre na wgde tereterew asahkam' na wgde ahaban momono kata 
80, na wgde nsramma gu so ma eben. 

fam' [gfamu] what is on the side or part of part, concern, diie, 
duty, right; manner; region, direction. Owg dgm film\ he is on tlw 
side of the enemy; me fam' de, biribi nsiw wo kwan, on my part 
nothing shall prevent ymi; me n^ wo fam' de, ehhia, it is of no con- 
sequence to me and thee ; Onyame fwe fam' ye iiwonwa, (the way of) 
GodCs providence is wonderful; eha-lam', hereabout; ehg(nom)fam\ 
thereabout; epo-fAm', seawards. 

alam', F. district ^ region. Mt. 15,21. Mk. 7^31. n'afam' dze no, for 
his part. 

mfamba, F. seed. Mt. 13,31. Mk. 4,31. 

afam'd 6, (pi. id., = ade a ewg fam' a.s. efi fam') eartJdy things; 
low or mean things; earth, stones and minerals. Kurtz § 173. 

af a m'd u a ii [fam' aduan] food growing underground, as yam &c. 
mfdmfd, a small brass pan used in weighing gold. pr. 1633. 

mfamfanto, F, dzi .. mf. = di .. akyi wo akyirikyiri, Mt. 26,58. 

[Mk. 14,54. 

mfam fi a, circuit, compass. — bg.. ho mf., to go about or round, 
to compass; to surround; to encircle; - bg dan no ho mf. = okyini 
dan no ho, he compasses the house in order to see whether there is 
any danger, or to find a place to enter ; gk5 bg yen ho mf. = twa 
yen ho hyia, there is fighting round about us; afafanto rebetg ka- 
neam' anadwo a, gbg ho mf. ausa-na gtgm'; anoma no bg ne bere- 
bttw ho mf. 

mfdmmiri [fan bin] a dish of dark-green pot-Jierbs, the poorest 
meal iV<w7. 15,17. 

afam-moa [aboa a efam obi ho) an animal that clings to one's 
person or clothes, pr. 1089' 

e-f d n, herb, vegetable, pot-Jierb, cabbage, greens, pr. 1340. 
fa n n , a., adv. = f^ hiia &c. tough, flexible, dasHc ; n6 md bn f., 
h has a pliant back; ne nsa bu f., he has supple fingers. 

fa II 11, a., adv. clear, distinct, plain ; open, straightforward; - 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



116 fana — mfaredau. 



spn, fenn, fe, pefe; m*aiii tnaa no (Hon se oko, I saw him distincUy 
going away; ka no f. kjere me, idl me plainly. [G. t^.] 

fana, v. to trouble, harass, faiigue; = f^nii, fona; syn. liaw. 
afand, a kind of tree, used for fuel; the frnit is eaten, 
afana, Ak. 5. afoa. — o-fanafoo, Ak. = ofoasoafo. 
n, f Ji II a, afanawa, F. -ba, pi. m-, female, weneh, especially /Vm/i/e 
dare; maid-servant. 

nifana-hjia, inf. obyia nomf., he marries her as if she were a dave, 

fane, Ak. = fan. pr. 106. 
0-fa-ne-fa, s. ofa; of. Kristoni, a half-and-half Christian, 
fanos, G. foundation; syn. fapeme, nhyease, mfiase, utoase;- 
to f., to lay the foundation (in building). 

f an i m, v. impers. to he less had, more toiler able, te> he prefer- 
ahle (when a choice is to be made between two or more unfavour- 
able things). "N'ani wu" anasc "n'anim gn ase*, efanim nea ewo 
he? efanim aniwu (na enifanim animguase), which is the milder 
expression: ''lie is ashnmed'' or '^he is ahaslted''? ''to he ashatned'' 
is not 80 strong as ^to he abashed^' ; efanim eyi, na emfanim eno, 
this is less bad than that; eyi ye afanim, this appears to be milder. 
fa - 11 n o , petroleum. D.As. fpr- ^091. 2461. 

m fan si), a kind of head; s. ahen6. 

F Jin to, F. Mfantse, the Fantc (Fanti, Fantee) country and 
the language or dialects spoken there. — Fante-kdsjl, the Fante 
language. — Fante- man, the Fante nation. — (J-ranteuf, 
pi. M--fo (F. Fantsenyi, Mfantsefo), a Fant^ man, Fante 2>eoj>le. — 
F ante-pern nhlna, all tJie Fantes and tlteir confederate tribes. 
ofantQ, -bia, -biri, 5. ofonto... 
fantonyampe: 6y6 f., oye fantonyampeni = hye kwasia- 
mankwa; cf. ah woman woma. 

g-fanny a, pi. m-, a hill-hook without a nose; = adare. 

fa-peme, F. foundation. Mt. 7,25. cf fanes, nnyinaso. 
afar, afarbo, afarbodze, afarpata, F. =r= afore, -bo, -bode, -mnka. 

fara, s. fra. — afaraw, s. aferaw. 

fare, v. [a strengthened form of fa] s. fefare. 

fkre, m-, mfarow [fa de?] the trunk of an elephant. 
afdrc, a kind of herb, very tender, used as a medicine; ne 
tirim ye merew se af., he is tender-hearted. 

m fdr e, fresh air; ligld, cool hrecze, gentle wind; mframa a eye 
a awow nnim', nso ahohuru nnim'. Mekogye mfare, / am going to 
take the air, I want to take an airing; - mfare tu nnoh-abiesa n6 
nnon-nah mu, die cooling hreeze cofnes between 3 and 4 o'clock. 

ofdr 61) ae [nea ofa* bae] the author or originator of a new play, 
song or other thing; onipa a ode agoru hi ana dwom bi ana biri- 
biara a woye wo omah mu ba; sa agoru no f. ni! pr. 1098. 

m f a r e-d a n, parlour for cooling, summer house. Judg. 5,50. Am. 3,15. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nifarehd — fe. 117 



m fa re ho, inf, [fa li6] compass, circumference^ pcrijjhcri/; cf. 
afefare. 

mfarc-fci\-berc, the time from about 3 to 4 o'clock in the aftcr^ 
noon; cf. mfare & betwabere. 

afarfo, F. = apofofo, fishers. Mh 1,16. 
afarpata, F. = aforomuka, Mt 23,18. 
f a-s a', adv. lit. take it so, \iz. just as it is, = rather, syn. mmom. 
Nea wode kosom Asantefo no, fa-sa kosom Aborofo, instead ofserv- 
imj the Asantcs, serve rather the Europeans. — FasiidiYm'ase, (Be- 
content-with-it-thank-me) pr. n. given to a slave. 

afaasoduru [aduru a efa ase] purgative, aperient. 
fa-asem-kye, forgiveness; onnim f. pi, titer e is not much 
placability in him; cf. gfakje, gfafiri. 

afase w, Ak. -see, an inferior kind of yaw; s. odL pr. 858. 1094. 
afaso-kani, afasew-tuntum, s. gd^. 

mf^s6, inf. gain, profit, benefit, emolument; pr. 1095, - wafa mf. 
pi = wafa so pi, he has made or gained much profit. 
m f a s 6 - p e , inf. greediness, self-interesiedness. 
mfaso-pefo, a self-interested x)erson; greedy of gain or profit. 
g-fasii, pi. a-, wall. pr. 328. — to f., to build a wall. 
aljisii-t(), inf. building a wall. — mfasu-siii, ruins; cf. afabo. 
fata, v. to fit, suit, meet; to become, pr. 2864. F. to be worthy 
of. Mt. 10, 10. — f. so, to agree, accord or harmofiize wiHi; to be fit, 
titling, suitable, proper, appropriate. Cf. se, se so, & sen, kyen so, 
boro so. 

f ^ t a f a t a, fa t a f a t a , a., adv. reeling, staggering, fluctuating, 
lUckering, fickle, unsteady; dmp^h' tu fatafata, the bat flits, flutters, 
flickers; cf. f^re, v. 
m f a t a e , m f a t a s o , inf. fitness, aptitude. 
ni-t 6 , inf. building in pise (swish). 

mfji-to-h5, inf. comparison, similitude, application of a simi- 
litade. pr. 1096. 

mfd-to-so, inf. a false charge or accusation, imputation; defa- 
mation; syn. romotoso, adansekriim. 

g-fa-twa, inf. denunciation; sycophancy, tale-bearing; treachery, 
perfidy; obia awurakwa akgka ne ygnko awiirakwa bone bi a waye. 

o-fatwafo,2?Z. a-, denouncer, sycophant, tale-bearer, traitor. 

[pr. 1097. 

fa-woho-kodi ["take thyself go eat''] a name for lc2)rosy {cf. 
kwata, piti), because a slave seized by it was set free i. e. left to 
himself. Cf di 6. 

fe, few, red. fefe, fefew, fef<ife, &c. (Gr. §70.) adj., adv. 
l.finc,prdty,nicc,beautiful, amusing; pr. 12 18. 2950. 3555. — after ho, 
handsome; pr.28. 1.392- syn. guahn, kama, oso. — 2. glad, in the ex- 
pression eye me fe, it makes me glad, gives me joy: eye me fe(w) se 
moaba, / am glad that you are come. Cf. few, n., ahogfe. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



118 fe — cf(5. 

fe, v., s. fefew. 

fe, pL&'j a bleeding wound especially in the head, sf/n. apira- 
kuru; wobo no fe, Wobobg no afe= wopirano, wopirapira no, ihey 
wound him; ode ne fe no koe, he went with his wound; ne fe no atii, 
his wound has become tdcerous. 

fe, V. [red* fife] to be or become fine, tender, soft, smooUi by 
grinding, pounding; said also of woven things; - kyekyerc no afe 
dgkodoko, that meal is very finely ground; fufu no fe, iJie dougfitf 
mass of pounded yam (or plantains) is soft; ofe a efe yi, mirensiw 
bio, as it is so fine already y I will not pound it any longer ; aduru 
no mfei e, the powdered medicine is not yet fine enough; ntaraa yi 
ani fe, this cloth is soft, smooth ^ fine, Cf fe, fei, v, & feko, a. 

f^, V. [red. fefe] 1. to eject from the stomach, Uic tJiroat, die 
mouth; to vomit; pr. 190. — fe ntasn, Ak. ta or to ntasu, to throw 
otd saliva or spittle, to spit out ; pr, 2347, — fe h6hore, to throw md 
phlegm ; fe ahohora (fig>), to foam out shameful words, to commit 
sJmmefid deeds, — ^. fe ho, <o flow over; cf, fere ho, tere ho, boro 
80, bu so. — 3, to yearn or long for, to desire, desiderate; to be home- 
sick: mafe (= ni*ani agyina) me na, me kiirom, meygiikd yi; ofe 
no, wafeno. — 4. fe neho akyiri, to repent; asem a midii no, 
mafe meho akyiri sd, I repent very much (of)^ what I have done. 
F.id. Mt. 21,32, 27,3' 

c-f e, inf, vomiting, pr. 1098. 

fe, V, s, few. 

fe, adv, completely, entirely; thoroughly; cf, kora, po &c. Gv.% 
134,3c. Wadi nenhina fe! wapra odan mn h<? nh. fe; wasesaw 
nsu no hh. f^. Cf, fefefe. 

fe, V, s, fei. 

fe, adv, openly, plainly, clearly; cf, filhh, fenh, p^fe. Eda h6 
fe; mihftd no fo. 

ffe, adv, deep, deeply, far doton, far below the surfctce, Edaasc 
f(^; ehye mti fd; me nsA ak6 nsu no md fe na miiiha. 

f e, f e, interj, a challenge to fight and its answer. Se wo asem 
te se mede a, twiw bfira na yenko! fefe [= f^^] a word of con- 
tem'ipt. pr. 1099. cf mfi, F. 

afe, 2^1' (^' id.) mf6f6, a person of equal age, size, rank; jday- 
mate, coinpanion, comrade, fellow; F, afe, neighbours, — wo Afe ne 
nea wo n^ no se afe; pr. 1826. w6ye me mf^fo; pr. 1104. b g afe, to 
enter into fellowship with; pr. 682. — gdem(^. hye af6, gde n'df^ hye 
me, he deems me his equal, he obtrudes himself upon me; cf, afehyv, 
mpekua, fekuw. 

afe, pi, m-, year; syn, afirihyia. — di afe, to celebrate a yearly 
festival; cf afedi & di ^8. 75. 

afe, j;?. m-, comb, 

e-fe, a kind o£ fly-brush, fail for flies, made of the tiny sticks or 
fibres of palm-leaves, tied together: berew mu nnua a wgayiyi a- 
wcre ho na wgde abom' akyekye ne ti de pra won ho ohurii, gtcn, 
nwansana ; emu akese hi wg hg a akgmfo de kgm. Cf mm^f6, asaff. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



mfe — fefefe. 119 



mfe, -ban, tl^e side oftJu! body; of man and animals. — mfem\ 
the side of the body, viz. the inner part of it: me rafem' ye me yaw, 
/ have pain, in my side, 

ftid, a child that died first in a family (before any of its bro- 
thers or sisters); "abofra a wawu yi ye foa". pr. 630. 

tea, V, 1. to lay up or by^ to keep, preserve; fa fea ma me = 
fa kosie ma me [obs.] — ^. to yive in addition, to add, to repeat (a 
blow, shot, punishment): wabo no twere wafea no; wafea aboa no 
or watow no tuo afea no = watow no tuo bio; ofea no, he gives him 
the last, deadly stroke. — fea so = pa so; cf, foa so, pua; fea ho, 
to enlarge. — fe afea ho, to pitff (up), to give a better appearance 
to, set off to the best advantage, to improve on reality; mofeafea atoro 
bo to me so. — mfeafeaho (inf.) enlargement, augmentaiion. 

feafea, a. pointed, tapering, as a pyramid, obelisk, spire, 
sngar-loaf; thin, slender: kotokurodu ayaase ye f. 

f e a m\ an amulet to bring about a quick delivery of a child, 
o-f e a m , 5. ofiam. pr. 1100. ^P^- ^'^^' 

mfe-bdu, the side of the human body. 
mfeda, F. last year; nnfedan, next year; Mf. Or. p. 136. 
afe-ddh, inf. lit. the turning (renewing) of the year; afed^in 
sesc, a twelve-mmUh ago; eh a af., a iwelvemonth hence, next year. 
afe-df, inf. festival, feast-day, anniversary. 

fee, V. with ase, to propagate, to continue, increase or multiply 
by generation or successive production (of animals and plants) ; to 
breed abundantly. Akoko no ase afee, that hen has got a goodly num- 
ber of offspring; mefee m'akoko yi ase, / let this fowl of mine breed; 
gd6 no ase afee, that yam has proimgated or spread; mefge me d^ 
ase, I propagate my yam; duaba a wode maa me no, as6 af6e. Cf. 
fefew, foe. 

fefa, fofa, red. v. 1. s. fa. — 2. with ho: to wind round about; 
owo fefafefa dua no ho, the serpent is wound about the tree in many 
windings. 

fefa, a. flexible dtc. s. fa. Diff. flfa. 

fefare, fofare, red. v. [fare = fa] 1. to dry to a certain degree 
(in pottery). — J2. to seise, take possession of; to occupy, to fill (a 
space). Ekaw afefare mo amcne me, I am dqcply involved in debt. 
afefare, inf. extension, extent; the space occupied by some- 
thing, the surface included within any given lines, area; circum- 
ference, compass; - gdan yi afefare n^ turo yi de se, the area of this 
house and thai of this garden are alike; dua yi afefarem' beyg 
anammoh anan, the circumference of this tree will be four feet. 

f e f e, a. s. fe. 
afefede, fi>ne, nice, beaidiful thing or things; s. mfef6w-ade. 

fefe, red. v. s. fei. pr. 1101 f. 

fefefe, a., adv. a<;curate, exact; exactly; completely, thorough- 
ly; oka asem a, okyere ase f.; okyere me ade a, mete ase f.; syn. 
pepepe. — cf fb. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



120 fef6fo — fem. 



fgf 6 fo, mighty men? Jer. 26,21. 
fcfere, red. v. s. fere. 

fefere-fefer§, adj. flickering; gkanea no aye f., tJic light 
flickers (before dying). 

afe fe-sem, a deliglUful thing or matter; odo ye af., enye akyen- 
kyenne, love is a matter of free will, not of constraint or compulsion. 
fefew, s. fefe, a. 

fefe w, red. v. few, to btid, sprout, shoot (out or forth), to put 
fofih shoots; to grow (up), i^rosper, flourish, especially of plants; - 
ma wo adwuma mf. wg yen mu. Cf. few, fee, fromra. 
fcfew-bere,t spring. 
mfefewa: yi mf., to teaze; oyi me mf., Jie teases me, excites me 
to ungovernable anger, = oborah me bo >- oburu me bo» oyi me 
abufa, oyi me^abi. — mftfewA-yi, inf. tcazing. 

mfefew-ade, = afef^de; pr. 1103; pomp, state, luxury. 
mfefo, s. afe. pr. 1104. 

mfe-ho-akyir, F. repentance. MtSJil. cf. nnubo, abonu. 
afc-hy6, inf. impudence, insolence, arrogance; disrespect, dis- 
paragement, cf. bye afe; - 6y^ af., instead of associating with bis 
companions of tbe same age, he puts himself on a par with elder 
persons, intrudes himself forces his company upon tliem; - d^n af. nf ! 
fei (or fe), v. to search by opening or entering into, to prick, 
to poke; to jnck; wofei won aniwam\ asom', onipa bo akwaii nb. ran, 
ntamam'; wafei n'aniwam' fvie me (fig.), he looks at me sharply, 
keenly, with clear eyes. — lied, fefe, fefei, feifei; wof. ne nbwi mu; 
wufeifei kara nom^ a, anka wobebu nea pane no bye. 

df^f [afe yi?] adv. now, at present ; after that, Uien; ekau-no 
wgkoe, afei de, woye biako. — F. afi, amfi, mfi. 

af(5-k^e, yearly celebration, anniversary; awoda-di, odwira- 
twa ye af., the celebration of tlie birth-day, of the yam-custom, ts a 
yearly remembrance of tbe real birtb-day or tbe first institution of 
tbe custom. 

fek o, feko-feko, a. <& adv., fine pulverized; yam no f., grind it 
quite fine; aduru no aye f. = afe aye b^tebetc, nmbilmubu (of dry 
tbings), bgdobgdg (of tbings mixed witb water), 
m f c k 6 r p a , As. innumerable years. 

fekiiw, [afe kuw] a heap or company of persons having about 
the same age; any number or body of people forming a company, 
society y association, club. Me fekuw so kyeu wo dc, my contempor- 
aries are more numerous, my company or party is larger than yours; 
obg feku-bone, he keeps bad company. — F. oyer uya okun bo fe- 
kwu, the wife enjoys the company of the husband. Frk. 

o-f (5 k 11 n i , pi. -fo, member of a cofnjyany, society dx., comrade. 

fekQ-nijj^yede [fekuw anigye ade] social pleasures. 

fem, V. 1. to lend, loan; to let (for hire), to lease, to hire out; 
syn. bo bosea. — 2. to borrow; to hire; syn. pe b6sea. — Mafem no 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



afem — mfensa. 121 



sika, / have lent him money; mafem ne ho sika, I Imve borrowed 
money from him. Cf. firi. — 5. to pinch, squeeze, compress between 
or to seize and hold with the fingers, pincers, tongs &c., to nip; to 
cramp; ode dibaw a.s. awiri fern gya, he takes a fire-brand with a 
pair of tongs, — Q-f§m, inf, — 6hj6 fern •= ofem. 

afem, a kind of leopard, smaller than osebg and asabontwi. 
f^mm, adv, 1, low, lowly, very low; okotow no f., he bowed 
or stooped down before him very low; woabSre no ase f., he has been 
deeply humbled. — ^. quite level, even, smooth; nsu no an! ada f., 
the stir face of the water has become perfectly smooth. 

f e m , V. to grow blunt, dull, to be set on edge: me se aftjm, my 
teeth are set on edge; iem jino or se, to disgust, to cause or excite 
dislikcy distaste, disrelish, disgust ; to tire, weary; pa a mekodii no 
afem m'ano a.s. me se, = adwama a migyei se m^koye no, eden mo 
so nti, mintumi menye, / am tired of the tvork which I engaged to 
perform, I have enough of it, can do it no more ; mema afem wo ano, 
I shaU make it loatlisome or disgusting to you; kuruwa no afem 
n'ano = ne nom ye deii dodo, the cup is too bitter for him. 
mfCm', = mfe mu, s. mf^. 

mfcmf6m, miistache, mustachio; the whiskers of a cat or other 
sach animal. 

f e h f e n , hasty, hurried ste2)Sy leaps, bounds, pr. 1107- — onam 
fen fen fen, he leaps, skips, capers, Iwbbles. 
f6iin, a. s. fann, fe, &c. 
e-f(5ii, Ak. efen, efene, Ab. ofen, a newly framed, amusing or 
pleasant word which for a time becomes a favourite expression; a 
jocose, jocular, sportive, droll word or expression, jest, joke, sport. 
Wodi f. ne se : asem biako bi aba na nnipa nhinu. kuram', te se abo- 
yam', oyima; asem yi, nnansa yi wode di f.; as§m no adan fene a 
wodi; ofen bi aba nnansa yi, wofre no oyima; efene hyia a, wonni 
bio (pr. 1108.); yedi won ho fen = few, we make sport of them; wode 
no di fen, they make a, fool of him; ntama yi ye fe; ma yenni no 
fen = ma yento na yen bauu nko ara mfura nkycre. 

fcna, F. = fana, f5na, to trouble; to be troubled, Fs.90,7. Mi. 
S,29. 15,22. woreffena akwan, iJiey were toiling in rowing, ML 6,48. 
a f e n a , F. = afoa. Mt. 26,47. 51 f 
fcndn, bile thrown up from the stomach; f6 a nea oyare atiri- 
dii no yam' adc sa a, 6fe kata akyiri; = bghwoma, dunno. 
mfendzc, F. wiadze mf., the ends of the earth. Fs. 67,7. 

lenemm, fenemffenem, s. fremm, fremfrem. 
af^nkwa [fern, akoa] a slave hired from his master. 
mfcncwa, mfonowft, a kind of bead, s. ahene. 
mfensfi [s. afe, esa] 1. lit. three years; mahye no mf. se omme- 
tua ka, I have given him three years' time for the payment oftJie debt; 
pr.S47. — 2. a Imig time; wotog ado mf. ni, wommetud kdw? mfe- 
nsa yi ara wunwie nhdma yi kyerew ana? mamma ahku a, mf. yi 
wodaso gyina ho, duom! mf. ni a obo yi fi da ho ara; seuea wo 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



122 mKnsero — gfere. 



de wobetraH ho (= wiase ha) mf. ara ni na woreuye adwuma hi? 
— 3. [== mfe a ensa] years tJiol have no end, always, for ever, 

[pr, 1878.2620. 

m f e n s e r 6 [Dutch venstcr, Ger. fenster^ window, window-shuUcr; 
cf. apomma. — mfensere-dua, window-frame. 

f§nt^m, t;. to level, plain; to make even or level, asase, tJte 
ground; cf fgtew, funtum. 

fen tern, a. (£• adv. even, level, plain, flat; smooUi; levelled tcilJi 
the ground; lazy, idle; quiet. Oda fam' f., he lies flat ofi the ground 
and does not stir (or, idle, without stirring); woaye kiirow no f. = 
woasee k. n. abubu ho adan hh. agu fam' kora, tfiey have levelled 
the town with the ground, evened it with the sod. 

inf§ntoin', inf [fem, to, mu] interest, usury; roigyeno mf., / 
take interest from him; ma mf., to pay interest; wofem atiri 2 a, wo- 
ma atiri 3, wo da si asram 3. (at. 10, — at. 15, — afriliyia); sika 
a ode fern no no, onya ohamu anum da afrihyia, he gets 5 percent 
on the money Jw lent him. — syn. nsiho, 50 per cent, or less; mpem- 
anim, 100 per cent; cf huruw sika. 

dfferaw', pi. m-, a large bird with beautiful (groen) plumage, 
feeding on fruit; the clock-bird, said to announce the hours by its 
cry; by-names: oto-abere, tuakwan. 
afere, Ak. id. 

f ^ r e, V. [red. fefere] 1. to swing, brandish, flourish. — ^. f. m u, 
to bore through, pierce, perforate, drill; of^rc ahen6 no mu = ode 
fitii a.s. sekan n.a. fitf mu tokiiru. — 3. f. ho, to trifle, fribble, dabble, 
bungle, tamper about or with, to touch here and there. O'f^re aduaii 
ho, = odi ho ako-ni-aba, otwa ho pe ntem na onnidi. Ofef^r^ a- 
dw^ma no ho: §86 ky5n n6 nti 6ntumi ny^, onennamh6 kwk\ osom' 
a, f&t^fata; ot6 ko, t6 ba. 

fer(5, V. [red. fer<5f^re] 1. to respect, revere; to fear, to slum; 
gmfere Nyankopon mfere nnipa, he fears neither God nor man. 
Luk. 18,2. pr. 866. 2159 f — 2. to be cautious, wary, careful, heed- 
ful; s. 7. — 3. to be ashamed of. pr. 1929. — d. to be shy at, to be 
bashful, timid, to be afraid of pr. 1114-17. 1929. — 5. to be disgraced, 
to pine under disgrace, pr. 1113. 2287. — 6. to feel embarrassed or 
under restraint, pr. 547. — 7. fere ade, to be conscientious, strict, cor- 
rect, duteous, moral, religious, superstitious. 

e-fere, afer6, inf respect; bashfidness; shame. pr.lUlf. cf. 
adefere. 

e-ferc, 1. pot-sherd, piece, fragment of a pot. — 2. a pot with 
a Jwle, used for melting lead, gold &c., melting-pot, crucible. 

fere, F. — fe: wabo no f., he has wounded him. 

fere, v. [ret?, fefere] f. ho, to fail, to miss hitting, reaching, 
attaining or finding; syn. siane ho, tore ho; to have not sufficiaU 
room; nhoma no afere ho wo kotokum', the book stands forth or out, 
is projecting sideways in the bag, from want of room. Cf. fe ho. 

fere, 5. anifere, cf. fei, v. — fere, a. cf. ferefere, 
e-fere, gourd, Cucurbiia. pr.lllO. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



afero — gfewa. 123 



afere: odan af., the smaU sides of a house(?)pr.3385. 
fere fere, a. deow, bare^ exposing the bare grou/iid; yc ho f.; 
obotan f. Eze.24;r. cf, feaf^a. — fcreferefere, adv, cteafd^; popa 
pon no so f.; wapra dan mn bo f. 

Q-f^ref6, pL a-, i. a person respected or revered by another; 
me f. nc nipa a mefere no. W6 fyr^fo fl^r^ 4, na woAf^re, pr, 1118. 

— 2. one wlw respects or reveres another, pr. 1119. 
in fere ho, inf. missing one^s aim. 

f6renc, a. excessive , ample? pr.3235. Cf, gkwahf^rene. 
afgre-sem, (pi, id^) a disgracefvl, shameful word, deed or 
matter; ascm a wudi a.s. woka a, eye aniwu; woadi af. 'ne! to-daif 
you have commuted a very shameful deed! 
nifete: twa mf. = kyini. 

f^tefete, a. light y thin; syn. hdtahata, hamahama. 
fetefete, v. f. ho, to tear up or opcriy to slit, rend, cut open; 
syn, buebue ho, titi ho. 

fetefete, pi, mfetemfetewa,5waW; syn. nketenkete; bonemf., 
ade, asem mf. — mfetemfetewa-de, trifles. 

fe tere, t?. <o strip off, draw back, draw up, tuck up (a cover- 
ing, a sleeve); syn. worow. — afeterefetere (R.pr.129.) the dem^ 
ding of the glans by drawing the prepnce or foreskin. 

fetew, V. to hoc and level the ground; to plough, cf. fcntem, 
funtum. — fetew^-a(le,+ plough. 

dffctewd, a kind of free with edible fruits. 
mfetewe, a ploughed place; asase a woafetew. 

f Q w, V. [red, fefew, q, v.] to thrive (of men and beasts) ; to pros- 
})er, flourish; to multiply, to become numerous; woafew = woado, 
woaye bebre. 

few, t?. to squeeze, pinch; to jam, to wedge in; syn. fem, pen, 
ti, titi. Ode n'akantannua afew me nan ; waka no afew dua ntam\ 

— f. aburow, to take out the grains from tJie ear of maize, = tutu 
ab. fi abdrodua ho. 

few, 17. F. few ano, to kiss. Mt. 26^48. Mk. 14,44. = few ano. 
few, a. s. fe, fefe. 
e-f^w, n. 1. fineness, beauty, fairness, handsomeness: ade no, 
nef. ne d^n ! ne f. no biribiara nse ! nc few de, wonk^, its fineness 
is unspeakable. — 2. gladness ; efew a eye me no, eny 6 adewa ! F. 
dzi few, to rejoice. — 3. sport, mock, mockery; di.. ho few = goru.. 
ho, to make sport with, make a mockery of, mock at. 

few, V. [red. fifew] to sip;- to lap; to suck, suck out (dompem* 
hon, the marrow of a b&nc); few .. ano, to kiss; mifew n'ano, I kiss 
him. Cf. nom, num nufu, fwew & F. few. 

m f e w a (pi. id.) 1. wooden spikes fastened to the strings of a 
drum. — 2. screw; the screws which hold the lock of a gun; cf. 
kyerowa. 

ofewa, a kind of tree, very hard, but only of a man's height; 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



124 ofSwabiri — fi. 



uDua ma panyin, dennennen, ketewa s^; wode fwe nnipa, wode tow 
8ukud6h. — gfewa-biri, another similar kind of /re^; wode ye 
osoku n6 ntweri. 

mfow-ano, inf. the act o^ kissing, a kiss. 

few-di, inf. the act of mocking , mockery, sportive insult; = 
nnoruho; cf. ahlyi. 

0-fewdifo, i??. a-, mocker, scorner, scoffer, deridcr; cf. ohiyifo. 

f i, V. Ak. firi [red. fifi, q. v.] 1. to come oid, come forth, issue, 
appear; syn. pue; owia fi, the sun appears (comes forth from behind 
the clouds; diff. pue); osram fi, the moon comes forth i.e. the new- 
moon appears, pr. 3044. — mogya bebre fii, much blood ran out; nsu 
pi fi bae, Num. 20,11. — 2. to come up, spring, shoot up, out or forth, 
to rise above the ground; aba a midiiae no afi, tJie seed which I plant- 
ed has come up ; cf fifi; to grow. — 3. to grow fit for proper use: 
n'ani afi, his eyes have come forth i.e. he has arrived at the age of 
discretion. — 4. to be prosperous, advantageous, come out well: ade 
yi afi. — 5. to go off readily, sell wdl, meet with a ready sale or 
market: m'aguade fi; me ntama a metone no fii. — 6*. to come out, 
become public, be revealed: asem no afi, this thing is known. Ex.2,14. 
cf fi adi 14^b). — 7. to become clean: m'atade afi, my dress is clean; 
knruwa no ho afi, na emu mfii e, the outside of the jug is clean, btU 
not yet tfie inside. — 8. to be justified, be declared guiltless : ne ho 
afi. — 9. to come or go from, forth from, out of (a place, person or 
thing); to proceed or begin from; in these meanings it is followed 
by a locative complement (Gr. § 207. 208,5), and serves most fre- 
quently as an atix. v. showing the direction (from some starting- 
point) of a movement expressed by another verb and supplying the 
Eng. prepp. from (with the complement m u, out of) and since ; cf Gr. 
§ 109,30.31. 208,5. 223,4. 224. 229,1. 230,3. 239,1. 240«.&. 265,1. 
Ohuruw fii hyen mu too pom', he sprang out of the ship into tJte 
sea; wgtow no fii hyen no mu kyenee po mu, they cast him out of 
the ship into the sea; ofii dua no so durui (=sii fam'), he came down 
from the tree; wanyftn afi nna mu, he has awoke from sleep; nam no 
aboh, yi fi kutu mu, the meat is done, take it out of the pot; efii se 
ne ba wui no, onserewe da, she has never laughed since fwr child 
died. Cf efise. — 10. to come or be from, derive, have origin from a 
place (or person) : wufi he? where do you come from? what country- 
man are you? mifi Nkran na mereba, I am coming from Akra; 
mifi hayi, I am from here; ofi nsuase (ba), he comes up from tlie 
bottom of tJie river, pr. 2716. me na asem yi fi me, this matter is from 
me, lKi.l2M John 8,47.9,16. lJohn4j.6. — 11. to leave, to go aivay 
from; ofii ho koe = ogyaw ho koe, he departed from thence; fi me 
so! (go) away from me! mifii n'anim' ho mifii, I went away from 
before him. — 12. to escape ; wafi mu afi, he has escaped from it. — 
13. to emerge from or appear at a place : Filipo kofii Asoto, PJiilip teas 
found at Azotus. Acts 8,40. Cf 14. 18. 20. — i4. f i adi, a> to go or 
come out: ofii adi fii ne dan mu, he went out from his house; caus. to 
bring out: koyi adaka no fi adi, go and fetch the box out; - h) to 
come to lighti become manifest: n*awi afi adi, his theft Juts cotne to 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ofi — cfi. 125 

light. — 15, fi gua, to appear publicly, manifest or reveal one's self 
in public. — fi gua so, pr, 1452, to come out = 14 h); diff. pr.ll24, 

— 16, f i .. akyi, a) especially with the ingressivc prefix be- or ko- 
(cf. 13)y to come or appear behind; wabefi m'akyi, he has turned up 
in my rear; cf, waba m'akyi; obi amfi m'akyi, nobody came to sup- 
port, assist, or help me, pr. 1190. — b) to do behind one i. e. without 
one's knowledge: mintumi mimfi ohene akyi nieny6, I cannot do it 
without the knowledge of the king, — 17, f i aky iri, a) to go begond 
the limits, be carried ov pushed too far; n'asem a oreka no afi akyiri 
= akoboro so. — b) to come after, come to pass afterwards = ba 
mu (?) — c) to remain behind, be behindhand or backward: wasaw 
ma afi akyiri, = wansdw akyene a woka no ano pep^pe, dancing 
too sloicly, he has not kept up with the drum. — 18, befi .. mu, fi 
mpaaso, to come unexpectedly, unawares: onipa yi abefi mi mA; 
wgato won k&ro ho fasn na dom bi ammefl won mu; Asantefo ab^fi 
yen mpsiase. — 19. fi .. nsa, to be lost to: me mma fi me nsa a, na 
woafi me nsa, Qen, 43,14. anoma no afi mo nsa =r afi me nsam' or 
me nkyeh aguah. — 20. befi.. nsam', to come into one's possession: 
wabefi me nsdm^ = waba me nkyen, manya no. — 21. fi ase, a) 
to begin, commence, syn. boe, fiti ase, hye ase, tu ase; wafi n'adwuma 
ase, he has begun his work. — b) to lay the fotmdation; syn. bye 
ase, bo ase. — c) to begin at the beginning: fi ase ka, repeat or re- 
late (it) from tJie beginning, — 22. fi or f i.. so, <o begin from, with 
or at a place, time, person or thing (often supplying the Eng. prep. 
frofn or since): won nhina behu me afi won mu akQma so akosi won 
mu kesc so, Heb.8,11. Mat. 20,8. ofi baa ha eny6 'ne, Gr.§ 230,3. — 
23. fi tan : ofi taii : she goes out the first time after her confinement ; 
ofi bra, she returns fronh her retirement during her monthly courses. 

— 2d. tr. to cause, to come forth, to send forth, emit: fi fifiri, to emit 
.nceat, perspire; fi mogya, to send forth blood, i.e. to bleed: me nsa 
refi mogya, my Jiand is bleeding ; fi ani, to get eyes; pr.8119. fi se, to 
teeth, breed or cut tcMh. 

o-fi, o-fio, pi, afi, home, the place a man lives in, mansion; - 
hence 1. a man^s own house, in contradistinction to other houses and 
the street; a dwelling including all the houses and the yard be- 
longing to a single family (diff, fr. odan & aban, which denote the 
house as a particular kind of building) ; bera me ^, come into my 
house; y4nko ofie? shall we go home? mesoe ne fi da, I always take 
up my lodgings in his house; pr.2782. Gr. § 124,1. — 2, town, in 
contradistinction to the forest and field or to the villages belonging 
to it (diff, fr, kilrow, denoting the town as a collection of houses, and 
fr. oman, usually denoting the inhabitants as an organized political 
body), pr. 7 53. 1129. 1680 f, — 3, home, lasting abode: yen fi pa wg 
(or nc) gsoro, our true home is Jieaven, 

afi, F. = afe yi, this year. — 2. = afci, noia, then. ML 26,65. 
^mfi, mfi, F. = afet Mk.l2fi. 

nifi, F. then, expressing defiance; cf. ft*. 

e-fi, filth, dirt; n'atade aye fi, his dress is dirty; ne ho aye fi, 
he is dirty; efi aka no or wagu neho fi = n'akyiwade bi aka no. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



126 efi — fifl. 

Jie has defiled himself (by eating something that was forbidden to 
him); ne yere de fi abeka no, his wife has defiled him (by adultery). 

e-fi, fifi, pi. afi-afi, a. filthy, dirty , nasty, unclean; cf. buru, 
bnrum; ne ho ye fi, he is dirty, unclean; 6yh n'dd6 tlft, he does ev- 
ery thing in a nasty manner; ghye atadefl, ofura ntamafi or ntama 
afiafi, he wears nasty clothes. 

e-fi, ph afiaff, bundle, sheaf; sail (= sare fi), nnua-fiy ahabanfi^ 
borewfi, a bundle of grass, of sticks (cf babayerafi), of leaves, of 
palm-leaves; mmfironan afiafi, bundles of maize-stalks. 

an, (in compounds, as abememff, ahafi, akwantemfl, atifi) tlie 
middle or midst of 

mfi-mfi, F. = miinimfini, tJie middle, midst. 

mfia, Aky. s. demmere. 

afi-adze, F. treasures. Mt 13^2. = afi-ade, akorade. 

aflaff-anomfl = atrdn6. pr.ll25. 

afiafi, pi. 1. of efi, filthy; 2. of efi, bundle. 

mfi-akyiri, inf. [fi 16 6] odino mf., he does it without asking 
him; odi Qhene mf., he does not hold or side witli (adhere or stick to) 
the king, he acts against his w'dl and without his knowledge. 

o-fiam', a kind oi shrew-mouse, pr. 1100. 
fiampakwd, hedge-hog; cf. apesee. 
fiamparakwa, = hkontompo; twa f., pr.3402. 

aflase [ofi ase] the lower part or story of a house; hence 1. store, 
store-house, ware-house, magazine; cellar. — 2. prison; cf. dcduafi, 
nneduafo fi; pr. 1126. oda af., he is in prison; wgfaa no too af. ; me- 
kof we§ no wo af. ; oyii me fii af. 

mfiase, inf. [fi ase, s. fi 21.] beginning, commencement; syn. 
mfitiase, nhy^ase, mmoase, asefi, asefiti, asehy§. 

o-flase-fwgf6, pi. a-, jailer, jail-keeper, keeper of a prison, 

a f i b a (p^. id.) s. afieboa. [turn-key. 

¥\A9i,Fnday. Gr. § 41,4. 

o-fie, s. ofi. Meko fi^y I am going home: wo agya wg ofie ana? 

afie-boa, j^Z. irf. or m-, ofie-mmoa, domestic animal, such as 
caMle, fowls, sheep, goats, cats drc. 

o-f i e-b f 6 [ofie, gbgf6, the house-hunter] a by-name of the cat, 
s. agyinamoa. 

o-fle-dk-ntiiw, ofiedentuo, ofituw [ofie a eda ntuw] a dwelling 
witliout fire i.e. without people limng in it, desolate dwelling; fiisty 
mansion, pr. 1131. 

o-fle-fwQ, inf. stewardship. — ofiefwe -(a)dwuma, id., admini- 
stration; 1 Cor. 9,17. Col. 1,25. cf afisiesie. 

0-fic-fwgfo, pi. a-, steward, manager of a houselidd. 

o-fie-mans6, civU war; cf. amahko. 

o-ile-nipa, a home-born slave. 

o-fie-panyin, steward. 
f\fi, a. weak; syn. siamo. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



fifi — afipam. 127 



f i f i, red. v, 5. fi ; fo come forth or up, to spring (of water and 
plants), to shoot up^ out or forth, to grow multitudinoudp ; mmere f. 
siw BO, mushrooms grow ofh ant-hills; - to exude, sweat, ooze, perco- 
late; ahina yi yc foforo nti, efifi. 
a f i f i d e, i>^. wif. [ade a efifi] plant 
flfiri [fr. firi, red,] sweat, perspiration; neho fi f., ofi f., f. fi 
no, he perspires, sweats; f. gaam no, pram no, he sweats copiously, 
f i f i s e [fifiri ase] pricMy-heat, a cutaneous eruption of red 
pimples, attended with intense itchi ng of the parts affected ; s, ahokeka. 
afi-foro [ofi, foforo] a new dwelling; durn af., to remove or 
enter int^ a neicly huiU mansion and consecrate it by a solemnity of 
1-3 days. 

afi-gu, inf, destruction of a house or family, 
afi-hiia [ofi, hua, lit. house-sweeping] a present at parting, given 
by a guest or lodger; wama me af., e.s. oreko babi na wagyaw me 
biribi. 

fikuw, fikwu, F. household. Mt. 24,45, 
afi-kyiri, m-, place heliind a dwelling, pr,535, = okg af. = 
wakyima neho, obii nsa, oye bra. — afikyik6-tAm = asdbu-Ulm. 

mfikyi-fuw [mfikyiri afuw] plantation, garden, or otiier land 
behind the house, = afuw A, opp, afuw-pa. 

ni f i k y i-s a s e [mfikyiri asase] land behind tJie house or houses, 
within the precincts of a town or village; suburb, Jos, 21, 
f i m' = fi mu. 
mfiin', mfimii, inf. [fi mu, s.^9,18] 1, an inconsiderate word: 
asem yi ye mf. = as^m yi fii no mu, this word escaped his lips un- 
awares, he spoke it out at random, inconsiderately, — ^.+ a deriva- 
tive word, Oram. 
m-fimfin, F. == mfinimfini. Mt 18,2.20, 

fin, adv, [Dan. fin, 6. fin] finely, nicely, exactly; oye n'ade 
nhina f. = fefefe, pepepe. 

-fin, mfi ii, a. stale, old, notfre3h, kept over night, having lost 
its flavour from being long kept ; aduan no aye mf., this food (having 
been kept over night) has become tasteless; aduamfin ne aduan a 
ade akye so; fufQfin, nkwamfin; cf nnyafih. 
mfina, F. = nhina, all. Mt 22,28, 
{luauiy V. to make fifie or smooth by grinding, pounding, pla- 
ning; to grind a second time [G. fra]; it is also used with mu or 
so: wafinam awi no (mu) or fufu no ma afe; fa apaso finam so! 

mflnigyer [Eng.] vinegar. F. Mt 27^34, 

nifinl-mfinl, the middle, midst (of a space or thing); in the 
midst of, in, on; mihyiaa no okwan mf., I met him on tJie way, 

o-fi-nipa, s, offenipa; mefree m6 fl nipa hi bae, I called one 
of the people in my house (a relative, pawn or slave). 

fintsiw, V. F. = hintiw. — f.-duia, = hintidua, Mt llfi. 15^12. 

afl-pam, inf. Mi, joining of dwellings, neighbourhood; g-n6 mc 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



128 fi fiefo — fit^ 

bo af., our houses are in conneciwn wUh each other j we are neigh- 
bours. — o-fi(>amf6, pi. a-, neighbour. 

fi-pefo, an unchaste, icanion person. 

fir a, V. 1. to twine, twist, spin (asawa, dow). — J2. Ak. — 
fura, q. v. 

fir, F. = fi, fin. — ofirde, = efise. Mk. 64s. 

firi, r. 1. Ak. = fi, q. r. — 2. to take, receive, or tniif (goods) 
on trust or credit: mekofirf neho ade (se wokoto ade na wiintaa ka 
mprempren na adi nnansa ana nnannan a, na wose: woafiri). — 
3. to give or sell on trust or credit: mifiri no ade ; cf. fern, adefiri, 
odefiHfo. — 4. de or fa., firi, to forgive, pardon: ode (ncbone) 
afiri BO, he has forgiven him (Jtis sin) ; fa me bone firi me, forgive 
me my sin! 

0-firi, albino, wlute negro, a negro with light-colonred, yellow- 
isb hair and complexion. The term ''albino' wsm originally applied bj 
the Portugese to the white negroes they met with on the coast oC Africa. 
(Webster.) Negroes haying that exceptioiial colour of the skin and hair are 
occasionally met with also in the inland countries. 

aflrl,^. m-, 1. trap, snare, for catching game or birds; afiri 
a wode yi mmoa ne: apd, ns^mma, dwakoro; the diff. parts are 
odAan^, oknnti!in, nterew86 or h^ntda, mp^tepra; af. hCian, tlie springe 
snaps up; sum or sua af., to set a trap, to lay a snare, pr. 11S6.20S1. 
2S81. 3031. — J2. machine, engine, gin, contrivance, frame, form or 
mould for any purpose; ade hi a wgye adwuma wom\ se ntama- 
nwemfo de (nsadua) &c. turning-bench, satcing-marhine , coffee-mill 
d;c. — 5. bu af. {or afiripata?), to turn a somersault (or somerset); 
obn af., e.8. ode ne ti kyere fam^ na ne nan ko soro na okogyina ho 
a.s. of we ase. 

afiri-bii, inf. fs. bef] somersatdt. 

afirihyia, s. afrihyia. 

a f i r i m , atuo-suman hi. 

afiripatd, biribi a mmofra goru so; wode nnua na eye. Cf. 
(bu) afiri 3. 

a f i r 1-s h d , a f i r i-s li m , inf. laying a snare. 
firiwa, pi. m-, cord, siring, twine, made of the fibres of the 
leaves of the ananas-plant, cf. nkyekyera. 

efi-86, efiri-se, conj. [cfi se, it comes from (the circumstance) 
that] 1. because; s'.Gv. § 141,1 B. e. 275,1.2. — 2. [=it begiwi from 
(the fact) that] since; s. Gr. § 265; in this sense the two parts arc 
separated and written as two words. 

a f i-s cm [ofi asem] domestic matter, in-door matter, pr. 1136. 

afi-siesie, infj af. -dwuma, management of a household, ad- 
ministration, dispensation; Eph. 1,10.3,2. cf. ofiof^c. 

fit A, V. to blow, fan; cf. huw, hnhuw; f. ogyam', to blow info 
the fire; f. abe, s. ogyaten. 

ff tfi, fitaHta, a., adv. clean, clear, pure, white (nhoma, ntama); 
wahoa fitaf., he is pale, of a sicMy, yellow complexion; cf. fufu &c. - 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



fitae — fo. 129 

2. even, plaiUy level; bo kwan fita, io level or clear the road. — 3, 
= kora: mepe or medo wo f. [ohs.] 

fitae, i>Z. m-, fan; wode fita gyam\ wode demmere na eye. 

fiti, V. 1, a) f. mu, to step into, enter: ofitii (= ghyen) daii 
mu ara po na Qmaa akye; f. kilrotia, pr. 1137. — h) to cause to enter y 
to bore, piercCj pricks stkk: gdo sekan fiti ne nsa aahou no mu, he 
prkks his swollen hand with a knife. — ^. f. ase, to lay the foun- 
dniion, make the beginning ^ begin; syn. fi ase, hy§ ase; onnya mfi- 
tii m^atade ase e, he has not yet begun (to make) my dress. 

fiti fiti, red. v. ofitifiti mensem ho = gnennam m'aso. 

fitii, pi. m-, gindet (gimblet), borer. [G. fidiboro.] 
afi-tid, a private dwelling-house, any dwelling in the town, ex- 
cept the king's, yr. 2876. 

mfiti-ase, inf. beginning; syn. mfiase &c. 
ofi-toto, inf. disturbance in a family. 

o-fi-to w, pi. a-, the connplex of houses forming the dtcelling of 
one family: afitow a ewg kiiro no mu beboro ha, the single families 
in that town will be more than a hundred; mfe anum wgkah af. mu 
nnipa mmiako-'miako da, every fifth year the members of all fami- 
lies are counted. 

fitsi, V. F. 1. = fiti. — ^. == fi. Mt 22,46. 23^39. ofitsi nde dze 
kwgr yi = efi 'ne de-rekg yi. 

o-fi-tiiw, a-, F. afituo, desolate dwelling, uninhabited house; s. 
ofiedantuw. 

o-fi-wura,i)?. -nom, master of the house, master of a family, 
landlord. — o-fi-wurabea, lady of the house. 
afnaba, F. = af^na. 
fo, V. Ak. s. fgw. 
fo, V. Ak. s. fow. F. Mk.3,27. 
fo, a. Ak. s. fow. 
e-f Q , guilt, guiltiness. — b u f g , to pass sentence against, pro- 
nounce guilty, pronounce to be wrong, condemn; - di fg, to be pro- 
nounced guilty by a judicial sentence in a law-suit; to be guilty or 
urong; odi fg, syn. n'asem nyd d6. 

e-fo, exhortation, good advice. — tu fo, to exhoH, admonish, 
give advice; mituu no fo se 6nye papa, I exhorted him to behave 
well. pr. 912. 

-f 0, Ak. fog, person, possessor, pi. people, inhabitants; a noun 
that is now almost exclusively used as a suffix in names of per- 
sons, especially in the pi., see Gr. § 38. In some cases it is written 
separately, e.g. asase no so fo, the inhabitants of that country. 
e-fo, Ak. efog, a kind of monkey, = odiiihy^h, q.v. 
mfo, nfo, F. root = ntini. — gy^ mfo, to be rooted, cf. ndwo, F. 
-fo, a. (usually compounded with its noun) nasty, bad; paltry, 
worthless, despicable; vile; corruptible; useless, spoiled, mined; gkycg 
me ntama-f6 hi, he presented me with a paltry piece of cloth; cf. 

9 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



130^^ ^_ ofo — foe. 

akwamfo, akuro-fo, amam-fo; odam-fo, onipa-fo, asase-fo, asem-fo... 
Cf. gfo, afo, & fono, to loathe. 

o-l'O, an vghj, nasty , dirty, fellow or person; oyc gfii, = oyo 
otantAn. 

al'o [rf. fo, a.] 1. rarra.sSf carrion, the dead body of an animal 
r-^ efunn, abgfd, ab6ka. — 2. smnething ca.st away, but taken up 
again: fa afo, to take up as a forsaken thing, pr. 497. — wdfa m'aseni 
afo, e.8. asein bi a woatu bi fo kan na wantie, na akyiri yi wakyin 
abesi so, he has first despised bid aft^'rwards appreciated my word. 

o-fo, a largo, tree; wgso; wode ne fihii'i poma adare; the bark 
may be used as a cloth; s. oboffi, boftlnnua. 

fo, 1. adiK applied to breathing; ohome ft> fd (fo), he breathes 
heavily, strongly, he pnjfs. — 2. a., s. fgfg. 

fo, a. sdent; syn. dcmm, dinn, kbmm, kdni, krananana; — 
gkran'kn\n n'ani kyeree abofra no se dnye fd. 

foa, V. to add, to give or nse over and above, in surplus; fo 
give or demand besides^ again, into the bargain: foa so: wama no 
fuffi adi dedaw, nanso ope bi afoa so; wagye n'akatua dedaw, nso 
prepe ntama afoa so; wahye atade bi de bi afoa so; wafnra kente 
de brofotilm afoa so. — Phr. gfoa no nsemmoa, he sujtports his state- 
ment by repeating and confirming it. — Cf. fea, v. 

afoa, Ak. afiinii, ]d.m-^ sword; the state-sword which belongs 
to the insignia of a king (,s\ ahennee), being paraded before him on 
state-occasions; tlie emblem ofjudici(d vengeance or punishment or 
of authority and power; Rom. 13,4; destruction by the sword or in 
battle; war; dissension (Mat. 10,34); danger. Wakghyen afoa asp, 
he has confessed, acknowledged, admitted his crime, submits to the 
punishment, pleads guilty before the judge, en; the palaver over- 
comes him. Yede towyi (yede) yi yen konmuafda = yen ho mmusu, 
by this poll-tax we ward off the danger imminent to us (Kf. Akwatia 

[May 1854.) 

mfoa, a kind of calabash; toa bi a mmerante wosow de goru 
agoru biara a efata mu; cf, toa, kora. 

/.. /. , i sw(trd-bearer, the man carrying the kind's 

o loalo, «Z. m-, f i i /• i • i • 

..~ ^ ^., , } sword betore him on solemn occasions; .v. 
o-loasoalo, 1//. a-,l ... ^r r- *• r 

' ^ ] gtanatog, atoa, guanuo, gyaaseio. 

iiifoa-so, inf. [foa so] addition, additional payment or contribu- 
tion, e.rtra-jtay. 

a f d a-t I'l n u , /////, handle, butt-end of a sword, pr. 14SG. 

afo-hn, inf. \h\\ fg] condemnation, the judicial i\.qXo^ declaring 
guilty and dooming to punishment. — afobu-sc'iii [asem a wudi a 
wobu wo fg] a deed deserving condemnation* 

afo-(lo, nfo-di (inf.), F. afgdze, afodzi, damnation, Mt. 23,33. 14. 
fgc, V. to thrive, grow, increase, prosper (bodily or in wealth). 
/ (Jfiron. 22,11. — red. fot^iqe^ to become blooming, health fid, vigoron.s 
(of bodies of man & beast); waff. — n'anim aye yiye; onipa a wa- 
fgn, na afei wafi ase reye kese a.s. waye kese dedaw. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



fofa — fom. 131 



fofa, V, red., 5. fa, fefa. 
mfofana, sores on the sole of the foot and between tJic toes. 
a f o f a n 1 , s. afafanto. 

f of are, afof., s. fefare, afef. 
afofi [fa ofi] keeping at home, resting or doing domestic work; 
refraining from plantation' work, Se woahkg afiira' 'n§ a, wuse : 'ne 
mid\ afofi, 

fofi-dd, the day of the week oa which the heatheii negroes 
do not work in the plantation (da a wonyc adwuma wo afum\ na 
abe de, wonu, nanso wgko wnram\ nso woye ofic adwuma biara ; 
Akuroponfo f. ne Dwoda n6 Fida); onni f. bio == wabu f. so akoye 
adwuma. 

Foffe, 1. pr,n. of a fetish or tutelar genius worshipped at 
Akuropon, Mampon, Aburi and other places. — 3. pr. n. of the 
Friday ten days before Akwasidae. 

fofo, F. fofwo, V. to cherish. Eph. 5,29. 

f ofO, a. fat; of persons: plump, corpulent, stout; wdy^ f. = 
waye kese; ne ho ye f. = ne ho wo srade na ony^ nnompe-nnompe; 
of me at: nam no ho ye f. ; of the soil: asase no mu or so ye f. =^ 
emu dwo. Cf. fow, onofoe. 

f 6 fo, a plant with a yellow flower ( wura hi a ofifi wo mfuwam' 
wodo boro aky^.kyea; ne nfwiren kgko); - me n^ no banu nhinii 
ye f. = nye nnipa pa bi a.s. adehye. 
mfofobemma, a kind of ant. 
afofontobirij a kind of ftfr^/. 

fofore, red. v. fore. 

foforo, in cpds. foro, a. (pi. a-) ncto, fresh, yomig; another; 
ade-fofor6, something new, something else; ad are yi nye, mil me fo- 
f6ro, this hill-hook is not good, give me another; foforo-foforo bi nni 
babi bio, tliere is nothing else, no other besides. Cf. oh em foro, nan- 
twiforo, ayeforo &c. Gr. § 70. 

o-f6f6ro, another (or a new) person. 

foforo, red. v. foro. — foforo-ye, inf. renewal, renovation. 

fofo w a, a kind oi perfume (ohiiam bi). 

fofrahil, a kind of tree; migye wo fof. n6 k(Snniim, I gii)e you 
a riddle to guess (?); - s. fafarahA. 

o-fo koro, j>?. a-, buff (do, £os bubulus, or, zebu, Indian ox. Bos 
Indirus, with a hump on the shoulders and a mane; nantwi bi a 
n'atiko wq pow, emu anini no wo una; wonye na (wo) Asante ne 
Dwabeh; cf. eko. 

f ky e, a.& adv. wet all over, very damp, moist, humid; ne ho 
or ok wan mu aye f., no ntama aye or afow f. 

fo-kye w, a cap made of monkey's skin. pr. 2889. 

f m, V. to draic together; to straiten; cf. hia, guah; ne ho afgm 
no {syn. ne ho adwiriw no), he is cast down, dejected, dismayed; 
ai-erehow afom no, J 6b 14,1. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



132 fom — fonofong. 



fo m, V. to act in a disorderly manner: i. f. so, to err, fail, 
go wrong, mistalie, commit a faidt; okasa a, ofom so pi, u*hen he 
speaks, he maJces many mistakes, — 2. tr. to miss one's aim, fad: 
obo, otuo afom no, the stone, the gun has missed him. — 3, to offend, 
trespass against, wrong: mafom no, I have offended him, trespassed 
against him; fom mmara so = to mmara, to trespass on or trans- 
gress the law. — 4. to take in a disorderly manner: fom adnan ; - 
to sweep, snatch, draw or huddle together; to pick up (things cast 
away or lying vacant) ; to buy up eagerly, hastily, snatchingly: wg- 
fom nam wo gua no so; - <o spoil, rob, jdunder (= paak6de, 1^.76 fi.) 
Cf, fow. 

0-fo m, inf, trespass (S-c, pr. 1188. 
nifom, mistakes. F. Mt. 6,14. s, mfomso. 
fomm, a. anadwofa f., late in the evening when it is getting 
dark. 

afoin-akiim : d i af., to aim at bloody vengeance, pr. 903. 
fomfam, red. v. film; ntotoanim ne duaa woasen de fomfAm 
apoh n^ mfensere anim ma eye fe. 

m fom fa mho, inf. a casing of timber-work dr. s. before, 
m f m f a m s o , (inf.) plaster, cataplasm. 
fom fom, red. v. fom. 
fom fori, red. v. fon. 
f m f n , red. v. fono. 
a f 6 m f 6 n s e m [fom, red., asem] transgression, trespass; - d i af. 
to trespass grievously. Eze.U,13. 

afom foil uud [fom, red., gua] a mistaken bargain, bad job; - 
wadi af , he has made a blunder, committed a fault, done wliat he 
ought not to have done. 

afoinpata, inf. di B,t,totryto bring about a rcconciUaiion. pr. 903. 

fompow [afono, pow] chubby or puffed cheeks, pr. 423.2235. 
m f o m s 6, inf. fault, mistake, error, blunder; offence, transgression* 
foil, v.to become or grow thm, lean, meager; to fade, fall away, 
emaciate; cf. twam, nyam. pr. 1113. 2383.3025. 
o-fon, inf. emaciation; atrophy. 
fona, V. F. s, f&na, fena; ofonaa neho dodo wo adziban a greye 
no ho, she was cumbered too much in making a feast. 

(>foiia, F. trouble, affliction; fatigue; syn. haw; f. wiadze yi, this 
troublesome world. 
afoiia, s. afoa. 

m f 11 e e [fono, v.] disgust, loathing, weariness; ne ho ay§ me 
mf., lie has become loatfisome to me, I dislike or loathe Iiim. 

0-fonni, mfoniiii: ye, di or pe of.; to spoil by violence, Eze.lfi,7. 
12.16.18. [gfomno di, under some pretence he robs him (of something) 
eats i.e. for his own bcnefd.'] 
m fo n f n i, mfoiif, picture. 

fon () fono, a. damp; nasty, dirty; disorderly; ehg ye f, = 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



fono — afore. 133 



eho afow ; - oye f. = oyii neho wusuwusu, ont^w neho, ne bo yo 
slikasaka, kusukiisu. 

fono, V. [red. fomfono] to stir up, disttirb, trouble (nsu, Jo/mt5,4); 
to muddle, muddy, make turbid, muddy or thick; to disgust, vex, an- 
noy, shock, to turn the stomach; to create or excite disyust; - intr, 
to become troubled, - muddy, thick, - vexed; nsu no afono, the water 
has been disturbed, has become turbid or muddy. — fono ani, to 
disquiet, disturb; f. asem ani (boapa ma asem ani asee), to confound 
or disturb a matter, make it intricate; - aduah no afono me, I loathe 
that food; akasakasa af. me, / am tired or weary of dispide; moama 
afono (= moaraa aye tan po), you have made it disgusting, you carry 
the thing to disgust, I have note enough of it and tnore than enough 
(ade fono wo a, na eye tan); neho af., he is loathsomCj disgusting, 
detestable. — Me b o fono me, / have stomach-ache, inclination to 
vomit. [G. mitSine no futa mi; cf. fonUln]. 

afono, (pl.id.) the check. — afonom', the inner part of the check, 
the 2^art of the mouth between the teeth and the check, especially of 
monkeys, the cheeks of wliich form a sort of bag or pouclu pr. 1026- 

m f o n o-a n i, inf, disturbance. 

o-fono ni, a kind of centipede; cf. asasewo. 

o-fono no',j?Z.m-, oven, stove, kiln, furnace. [Port./brwo; G.flono.] 
fouonono, a. damp, wet; odan mu ho ye f.; s.fgso. [G. fiono, 

frofro.] 
fon tafontafi, a. dim, not clear, not distinct; misty, hazy; 
animaye f., the things are beco7ning dimly visible (anopahemahema) ; 
the air is misty, hazy; syn. anim aye sesasesa. [G. futefute.] 

font ail, V. to stir up; cf. fono; me yam* (nh.) f. (red. fon- 
tdmf^ntah) me, my bowels are stirred or stirring, yet without belly- 
ache (ayamkaw). [G. futa.] 

mf^ntan-ani, inf. political agitation. 

0-font6, a kind of shadowy tree; its edible fruit, similar to figs. 

o-fontobia, o-fonto-biri, two similar kinds of tree. 

e-fo o, Ak. a kind of monkey, s. oduahyen. 

afoo, inf. s. afow. 
fora, V. F. = fra. — afora, dzi af., = di afra. 
lore, V. to increase in number, become numerous (by genera- 
tion); wawo afbre, she has born and brought up many children; 
waf. = wadg, n'ase at^rew; aboa no ase af.; ne mma af., his children 
have become numerous; woaf. nti won ani nsg nnipa bi; Israelfo 
force wo Misri. 

fore, V. [red. fofore] to cluster, crowd, swarm, accumulate, 
huddle; nt^tea f. asikre no ho, the ants cluster about the sugar; nnipa 
no hhina akof. obo biako ho; eden ua mo nh. moakgfore so anafo 
ho, why are you all huddled together there below? nkran no iih. fofore 
so; nkran af. akoko no ho pitipiti, the fowl is thickly covered with 
ants; nhoma af. pon no so. 

afore (pi. id.) offering, sacrifice. — bo af., to make an offering, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



134 aforee — foto. 



to offer a sacrifice, to sacrifice. — afore-bo, iw/1 the act of offering 
any thing to 6o%i or to a fetish. — afore-biio, an animal destined 
for an offering. — afgrebo-de, a thing used for an offering. — afgre- 
iniikii, afgr6-p<iu, altar; s. muka, gpon. — afgrewa, pi. m-, a small 
offering. 

afo ree [foro, r.] ascent, stair y stile, set of steps; odau abaii no 
af. no, w gamma wamforo. 

afo ree, 67. a sash with a bell 10 the midst of it^ girded round 
the waist; belt. pr. 1140- 

fgrfgr, F. = frgmfrgm. 
Ofo risuo, name of a month, about April; s. gsram. 
fo ro, 17. [red. foforo] to move upward, go up; to get up, ascend, 
dimb (a hill, a tree, a ladder), to mount (a hill, a horse, the pulpit); 
to scale (a wall); to leap, cover (said of certain animals); foro po, 
to launch into the sea, pr. 645. 

-foro, a. s. foforo, du-foro, gframforo, akutu-f., gyata-f. &c. 
aford, Gy. strap, girdle or belt of leather round the hips, 
aforo-siau, inf. di af., to ascend and descend. 
g-fbrote, s. frote. 
forotowa, s. frotowa. 

forgw, V. [red. forgforgw] i. to cut (meat) into small pieces; 
syn. twitwa. — 2. to make a stew or fricassee of meat, beans &c. — 
3. to serve out liquor. — 4. de.. f., to smear, rub on, besmear, rub 
withy syn. sra, due; gbg kesua de f. kabere no ho; wgde nno forg 
gsekan ho na wgde apaepae abete no mu ; gde dgte, nku, af. nebo 
pgtg. 

forgforgw, a slew or fricassee of meat or dried fish, okro, 
tomatoes, red pepper and fat or palm-oil. [G. flgu, flguflgu.] 

f ro w a, pi. m-, a round brazen box in which the negroes keep 
sbca-butter or grease to anoint the skin after bathing or washing, 
f.-fi, the rancid refnnants of grease in it. — f.-ti, tlic lid or cover of 
tfic box. 

fgsO, fgsgfgsg, a. inoistj damp, humid; wet, watery, weU wa- 
tered; ehgnom ye f. — Cf. fgw ; syn. fgkyc, taka, HSnonono. 
g-fgsgw, a tree with soft wood; wgde ^yQ ban. 

iiifgte(e), white ant, termes, termite; pr. 1146-49. kinds: mfgte-pa, 
rikumia. — mfgte-heiie, s. kyercbcnkuku. — infgt€-siw, ant-lull, 
the conical structure of the white ants, made of reddish clay, and 
from 8 to 12 feet high. 

fgtg(w), V. to stir uj^; mix; to knead, mould (bread), to work, 
(read or trdmplc (clay). Cf. pgtgw. 

g-fgtg, a kind octree; wgsg; mmofra de poma sekah. 
foto, a bag of leather in which gold dust and the balance and 
weights for it are kept; money-bag, purse; pr.434. a bag to keep 
clothes in ; cf. gsanna. 

afo t OS an, inf. the oldening (loosing) of tlic money-bag, pr. 2980. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ofotosfuifo — afra. 135 



o-fotosanfo, ^Z.a-, treasurer, purser; a person who has charge 
of the foto; one of the grandees in a community, who has charge 
of the public money or of the finances of the king, = osannani; 
the head-servant, who assists his master in money-affairs. 
foto, a. depressed (by grief); aye no f. 

afo-tii, inf, [tu fo] the act of exhorting or admonishing; ejchor- 
tationy admoniiion. — o-fotiifo, pL a-, exhorter, admonishcr, adciscr. 

afotii-s6m [afotu asem] exhortation, admonition; good advice. 
fow, V. [red. fofow] to become or make wet, moist, damp or 
humid, to wet, moisten, drench; fam' afow, the ground is tcet; osu 
afgw ntama no kora, the rain has wetted the clotlies thoroughly; - 
fow nno, to anoint with oil: wunyft oba a, wobefow no hno ata dan 
mu (e.s. woremma Qnye adwuma)? 

fow, V. [inf. afow, red. fofow] 1. to collect or gather provisions 
or food on plantations in time of war, to forage; wofow abtirow, 
brode n.a., (nkiirofo a wokg sa no ko afuw biara a wope kotase 
nneema); wokg afow, they are gone to search for provisions. — 2. 
to plunder; to ravage. 

e-f w, fowf6w, a. abundant, copious, plenteous^ plentiful; plenty, 
much of a thing, much for little money; cheap; - abiirow' no ye fow; 
mdto abiirow' k ^yb fow or abdrow fowfow = mdto no abogm^r6w; 
ne ho ye f. (e.s. wosom no a, wunya biribi di), he is bounteous, gen- 
erous, liberal, profitable i.e. granting profit or gain; he is disinter- 
ested, gives ample pay or reward. Onyankp. h6 ye fow, gnte se mo 
abosom dannah-w6-ab6. 

o-fow, n. [cf. efow] abundance, plenty; ample reward; emolu- 
ment; advantage; syn. mfaso. 

afo w, inf. the act of foraging or providing food; search for pro- 
visiofis. pr, 34. — afow-de [fow ade] food or provisions collected; 
forage; spoil. (Afowde, wokgfa a, wuhvviaa ade e, efise eye amanne 
se: babiara a wgatu sa na aduah biara wg ho a, wgfa di kwa.) 

ni fow a, a cutaneous eruption; mf.-abere, with pimples not con- 
taining a fluid; mf.-auini, with pustules containing pus; c/*. dwe,^. 
f r a, V. [= fara, red. frilfra] to be admixed, be mixed or mingled 
with, be among, belong to; nsu fra ne nno mu, water is admixed to 
his palm-oil; mo guan afra wo de mu, my sheep is among yours. — 
2. gfra {scil. nnipa bi mu), he is a worthy man; womfrA (scil. mma- 
rimam^ or nnipam') you are good for tiothing; ado yi mfra kora, 
this thing is of no value at all, quite useless. — 5. de.. fra, to ad- 
mix, to mix or mingle with; gde nsu fraa nsafufu no mu, he mixed 
Ui€ palm-wine with water. — 4. fra (viSih or without mu) often sup- 
plies the Eng. ^re/>. among; cf. Gr. § 117, 3/1 Gen. 42,5. 

fra, a kind of creeper or climber, the strong filaments or fibres 
of which are separated or untwisted by turning (wokylm fra) and 
used as string in thatching houses, in wattling or similar work. 

afra, F. = abafra, abofra, child. 

afra: di afra, to become or be intermixed, commingled; Guanfo 
nh Twifo adi afra; cf. afuntumfra. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



136 afradurii — frene. 



afra-diirut [fra, aduru] mixitire, a kind of medicine, a compo- 
sition of several ingredients; cf, mfrafrae. 

frdfr^, red. v., 5. fra. 

fr^frafra, adv. hriglitly (of a burning fire or light); okanea 
dew f. = framframfram. 

frdfra, frdfrafra, a. L thin, used of things that have aflat 
extended surface; ahabah frafra, a thin leaf. — 2. flat, plain, level; 
syn. tratra; opp. donkudonku. 

frdkd[Eng.]/rocfc. 

frain, v. lo he on fire, to hum, hlaze, flame, flare. Dan. 3,23. 
o-fram, pi. a-, a large tree yielding excellent timber, also used 
to make shingles and for fuel. 

mframa, wind, air; gas; mfr. bo. the wind blows; mekogyc 
mfr., I am going to take an airing; cf. mfare, ahum; ogyafraraa, 
nsuframa. — mrrama-daii, pavilion; cf. mfaredan. — mframa- 
tod, air-balloon; s. ahunmuhyeh. 

frdmfraiii(fram),a.,a^/'. fs. fra.m, v.] blazing, flawing; bright- 
h/, vigorously, flicker Ingly, in a blaze; ogya no dew (orhyew or so) 
ff., the fire burns much; ohuruw traa ogya ff. no so, he leaped over 
the blazing fire. 

franam, v. to be consumed, die away; syn.hyew. Oko a 
mereko yi, moammef we me a, meref. ; okom aba hg nti, woref. 

o-f r a fi' k a , pi. a-, flag, ensign, cdlmirs, banner, standard. [G. 
aflanga]. — si fr., to hoist a flag. — o-fraiika-kurafo, ensign. 

o-franta, a large, roimd car/7?C7?t;e5sr? or jpo< with a wide mouth 
(for palm- wine) = os^ntere (ahina kese a ano tetero, ennii gpodo 
kese; wode nsa f. abesi ho, emu nsa beboro nsdhina 3 ana 4 de). 

mfrd-sa [fra nsa] strong palm-wine, palm- wine to which some 
that has been kept from the preceding day is admixed; nsa a wode 
d^e afrdm*; eye den sen b^nano. 

fre, t;. [f^re, red. frefre] to call; to cite, summon: fre no bera, 
call him in or hither; mede nedin mefree no, I called him by his 
name; pr. 022, cf. hyia. — 2. to call, name, give a name to: wofre 
cyi don? what is this called? wofre no den? = nedih de den? cf. 
to dMi'^ pr. 122.570. 1623.1872. 2S31.3460.3o03. — 3. fre dwom, losing 
■= to dwom ; to lead the choir. 

o-fr c, inf. the act of calling; call, demand: mekotie fre na maba, 
I am going to hear tvhy I have been called and shall tJien return. 
afre-duau, a meal to u^ilch one is invited, pr. 1156. 

fr 6 Ilk 6mm, adv. neatly, nicely; wakyekye ne fi f. 

f r e m m, a. fine, nice; nea eho uni akasay6, in ichich you find 
nothing to blame. 

fremm, frftmfrem, a.^f-acf^. [feuemm, fenemf., fi^Y..]swecty 
tasteful; syn. brobro, dede, dokodgko; flattering; wo ano yc dew 
dodo, wokasa fenemra! - mfremfrcm-ade, .^wcd things; cf.pr.406. 

frcne, s. forene. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



afrese — fua. 137 



afre-se [ofre ase] the reason of a call. 

afre-so, adv, [lit. at a call] suddenly, Frov.6,15, — ^yn. mpo- 
firim; gy are no ayi no af. 

o-frete, gfre-tie, inf. the hearing of listening or obedience to, 
a call. 

ofr^te-kwdu, the distance at which a call is heard; furlong ; cf. 
akwausimma. 

frf, w. [Eng. free] freedam, lihcHy; cf. ahofadi, ofadi; wama 
no f., they have emancipated or liberated him; odi f. = wade neho, 
he is emancipated, liberated. 

afrihy i a, J??, m-, year, syn. afe. [fr. firi, logo foHhy liyia, to meet, 
to return in a circuit to the starting-point; Ab. afrihyiae.] — d i af., 
to celebrate a yearly festival. — atViliyia-de, 1. afabye, annual cus- 
tom ; 2. yearly tribute. — airihyia-di, inf. a yearly festivalf anni- 
versary; the yam-custom. — afrihyia-tow, yearly tribute. 

frofrow, frow, s. f^rg... — fro, frofro, s. foro... 

fromm, fromfrom, a. fresh, green (of plants); dua fefew 
foforo a, n^ababah ye f. — F. prgmprgm. 

frdno', s. f5nono. 
g-frote, j>(f. a-, a kind of antelope witb large boms; deer, stag. 

fr 6 to w a, tbe calf of the leg; me nan akyi f. ye me yaw. 

friifru, afrum, afriimpoiiko, s. furuf., afurum, -p. 

fruntum, a., j>Z. a-, empty, hollow, hciuQ of a bulky, puffy 
appearance witb no substance in it; of grains, Gen. 41,27. aburowf. 
o-fruntuin, a large tree = popo; wgde sen akyene, pam funu 
sidakt^.pr. 1167.202^. 

fu, V. s. fnw. — o-fu, s. ofuru. 
afii, afu, afnw, F. 1. = nwwra, grass. Mt 6^1. 15,19. — ^. = 
fan, herbs. Mt. 13,32. Mk. 4,32. 

fft, adv. much, plenteously, copiously; syn. pi, bebre; anky6 
fil fobs.] = ankye kora ; gkasA ftl, gka nsem fh fu, = gkasa bebre 
kwa, oka nsenhubuw, he talks much nonsense; odidf f. or odi no fu, 
he eats greedily, gluttonously. 

fu, perb. any part of the body or of a vessel tbat may give a 
handle or haft for lifting it up ; phr. nil .. fu, s. under n u. 

a f d, 1. hunch, hump, humpback, j^rotuberance; pr. 1157. — gyare 
af., he has a crooked back. — J2. humpback, humpbacked or hunch- 
backed person, pr. 2928. 

afu-afii, a. [pi. of afui.J knobby, rough, rugged; hunchbacked. 

fua, V. to hold, lay hold of, grasp; to carry; syn. de, kita, kura; 
pr. 1158-60. ofua pcaw, he is carrying a spear; of. abofra wg n^abasa 
so, he is carrying a child on his arms, cf. turn. — 2. to plant, used 
of yam : of. ode, he plants yam. — 3. to become one, come to an 
understanding or agreement; to restdt in; - won ano amfua h5, they 
could not agree about it; nea wgadi afua ne se.. ., the resolution or 
agreement they have come to is, that... 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



138 fiiil — ofuhye. 



fiid, a, 1, single, one, the (very) same; dafua, a single day = 
dakoro; unafua nuaawotwe = uua mfua-mfua awotwe, eight single 
dags, every day for a wJwle week. Cf. b^fua, befud, burofud. — ^. 
hare, sole, mere, simple; - osekanfud, tJie (mere) blade of a knife, 
without a handle. 

afua, F. & G. fog, mist; cloud. Mt. 17,5. 
afua, Afua, infua, 5. afuwa &c. 

afua, a.&(idv. mere, simple, with the accessory notion of weak- 
ness or littleness; oye obabasia afua, she was only a weak woman; 
- a little hit; wonno no afua, they do not love him a bit. 

mfuanfw6, inf. wodi no mf. = (nnipa bebre fua onipa biako 
f wo no), they together hold him and give him a flogging or thrashing. 
mfuatc, the figure of a cross in the form of an X, cut on one 
side of a die; osikyi ho nkyerewe a wgaye no X. 

fiiaw, v. [red. fuf&aw] to chip, cut or slip off a piece: wifii&w 
dua no ho abon akyene, he has cut tlie hark off the tree and cast it 
away; wotwa dua bo ho affiaw; - fufuaw ho ^ to chip, cut off small 
pieces; - wafiifiiaw ode no hh. agu, he has cut the yam into stnall 
pieces; woafuffiaw no (= woabobg no) nkrautc, they have cut him 
with swords in several parts of his body. — Cf duftia, hkamfdaw. 

mfudwe, pr.326. 
dmfudwiima, a kind of parrot; s. ako. 

fug, V. f. mu, to renew, revive; to be rencivcd or revived, he 
taken up again. lonatan fuee o-n6 Dawid aygrikofa rau bio = g-ne 
no nyan wgh aygnkofam' bio, Jonathan and David renewed their 
covenant of friendship ; asem no mu afOc, the matter has been taken 
up again (ahka eregyae, emu aye merew, na wgahye mu den bio), 
fue, v. f. 8 0, to reveal, uncover, lay bare: wakoffiO gdt^ no so 
(:= wakobue so, wakofurafunu so) ato hg, he has dug up the ground 
in order to look after the yam, and has left it uncovered. 
mf fie mil, inf. renewal, revival. 

fufu, a. [2d. af. & red.] white; cf. fita, hoa, hyen, furu-ban. 
fuf u, n. white thing, what is white, pr. 3164. 
o-fufu, 2)1. A-y 1. white person, Euro2>can, but rarely used; s. 
Obdroni. — 2. ohiani fita. pr. 3149. 
mfufu, F. whiteness. Mf. Gr.p. 101. 

f u f u, foofoo, a common food of the negroes, prepared of yam 
or 2>l(intuins, which, after having been cut into pieces and boiled, 
in which form the plantains are called amp e si, are then pounded 
in a wooden mortar (gwgaduru) till they have become a tough doughy 
mass which in the shape of a round lump is put into the soup (hkwan) 
and eaten with it; - wow f., to 2^ound foofoo ; di or* tew f., to eat 
f. — fufu-tow, a ball of foofoo; cf. alien tow, nkwaseatgw. 

fufuaw, red. v., s. fiiaw. 
mfufuwa, a kind of bead, white; s. ahene. 
o-fu-hy e [afuw ghye] border, boundary, frontier; wgbg or wgtg 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ofiu — afiio. 139 



f., iJiey border J hmmd, confine on each other, are hordererSy confiners, 
neiffJthours, landmat^. 

ofiii, s, pataku. 
fuk u, fiikufiiku, a. villous^ shaggy witti soft, long hairs; ogiian 
DO bo ye ff.; iJiat sheep has much hair; akramabmma a wounyin 
pi uo ho iibwi ye fuku = kuha = §ye fe ua eho dwo nanso edoso; 
cf\ 84k ti. 

afu-ky6akyea, humpback; s, affi. 

afum' = afuw mu. — afum'-bayere, s. gd^. 
film fun u, red. v. funu (q.v.), to turn, root or dig up; batafo 
de n'ano f. fam'. 

o-fumni, ph afumfo, in- [afuw-mu-ni], clown, rustic, ])easant; 
a person who leads a secluded life on his plantation, hardly ever 
coming to the town, and hence is ignorant of the rules and manners 
of the more extended spheres of social life; syn. kodaafuom\ kura- 
aseni; cf. okuafo. 

afunl: bg af., te af. (cf. ofonni). 

afun-sie, inf, [efunu sie] burial, funeral, intermfCtU; funeral 
rites, obsequies; pr.l569. syn, amusie; cf. ayi. 

afun-sbd, iw/". [efunu soa] a kind of necromancy, viss. the carry- 
ing of a corpse, during which the dead person is supposed or pre- 
tended to direct the carriers to the house or person of his murderer. 
Phr. efunu asi no, the corpse has hit him i.e. pointed him out as the 
murderer; pr. 1163. efunu ada-ase, the corpse has given thanks, i.e. 
has not hit. 

fun turn, v. to turn, root, or dig up, break or tear up; to plough; 
syn. fct^w, funu, fumfunu; cf fentem. — fun turn afuw no so = tutu 
fam' fa t(5etce asase no. 

afuntumereku, s. futumerefu. 

afuntumfra: edi af., it is jumbled or huddled together, it is a 
medley, mingled and confused mass, jumble, hodge-podge; wodi af. 
= wodi afrafra, wgafrafra mu, they are mixed together. 

funu, V. [red. fumfunu q. v.] to dig, dig up; syn. funtum; f. 
amoa ^= tu tokuru wo fam'. 

f u u u, a. [cf. efunu, n.] dead, rotten, useless, good for nothing, 
wotiUess, vile; gsekah-fiinu, a knife that is not sharp; s. asemfunu, 
gbedefunu. 

e-funu, pi. a-, corpse, dead body of a man, more decently called 
amii; pr.liOS. carcass; of animals it is only used when compound- 
ed with, or put in apposition to, their names: oguan-fuuu, a dead 
sheep; cf afunsie, afunsoa. 

^ffuuini, afunum-ponko, s. afurum. 

e-fii numa, navel; cf. yafunu. 

afunu-sod, inf. s. afunsoa. Obi wu na wose, obi na akum no a: 
nea wose okum no no, wose: funu asi no (nekara); opp. funu ada- 
ase ^^ wansi. 

afuo, Ak. = afuw. — afuofo = mfumfo, s. ofumni. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



1 40 of u p(j — . In Lu rii w . 



o-fiipc [afuw ope] a season of tite year, intermediate hcttceen 
the rainy and the dry season, 

afiiponko, F. camcL Mt 19^24. 23,24. cf, afrumponko, joma. 
fur a, V, Ak. fira, 1, to put on, viz. ntama, a ncgro-dress con- 
sisting of a large piece of cloth wbicb is wrapped round the body; 
red, furafura, pr. 644. — cf. fira, bye. — J2. n'ani afura or afira, A« 
is blind; wafura n*ani, Jie has blinded him. — o-fura-tum, opp. ade- 
inu-taro. — fiira tama, ntama a wafura awia, eny6 nca wode kata 
wo so anadwo. 

afurado, F. blindly, rashly, unadvisedly. 
furefiire, the young of the sharks, pr. 1166. 

o-furei, a kind of river-fish, syn. nnomma. 
furow, V. [red. frtrofiirow] to break off or away, break into 
small pieces, crumble (tr.dtintr.) — Ofuro dan, Ak. = owoBow dan, 
Akp., 7*e breaks or crumbles off the clay from the house or iUi tcaU; 
wafurow d()k6no no mu ; ofurof. asikre; dokono no afurofurow. 

mfurof lirowd, crumb; small fragments ov pieces; syn. mporo- 
porowd. 

o-furu, 1. the maw or stomach of a beast, or (contemptuously 
used, of a man; cf. dawadwa, nsonokese, ayam'dc. Onipa nui furu; 
wo yam' wo furu, you have a matv like a beast, i.e. you are a glutton! 
— ^. pith, the white, soft, spongy substance in the centre of many 
plants and trees (ade a eda duam\ eye merew kyen korow, nso 
eboa; brofere mu wo f.). 

afi'iru, the belly; the womb; cf. yam', yafunu, ayaase, fuuuma; 
pr.l56. — n'afuru abye, his belly is swollen or blown out; wafa 
afuru, sJw is with child, cf. yem. 

furu ban, a. white; syn. fufu, fita; ne bo aye f. se hyirew, Jie 
has become as white as chalk. 

f urufuru, a. mellow (of the soil or a glebe); jwwdery, dusty, 
crumbly; fam' bo aye f., tIte soil there is mellow. [G. fru, frufru, flu, 
fluflu.] 

a^iirixm, pi. m-, ass, donkey. [G. ted&i.] 

afurnm-ponko [afrump. afunump. afrup.] pZ. m-, the mule. 
[F. afuponkQ, camel; G. aflukpohgo, afukp.] 
fii run turn, o-fiiruntum, s. fruntum. 
futu, V. [G. id.^ to mix, = fra; fa nsa no futum', mix thai 
palm-wine with the old one. 

afutu, s. afotu. — Afi'itu,j;r. n. of a town & country and of aman. 

afutu-afutu, pr. 1171, 

ni flit lima, dust of the ground or lying on objects; mf. wo pon 
so; popa mf. no; cf. tutuw. 

mfiitiima-kokonini, a small insect that always goes backward. 

futuuierefu, pr. 1172. />*• ii^-'^^- 

fiitiiru,i>Z. m-, rcdf. futurufutiiru, o. raw, unwrought, in the 

natural or primitive state, consisting of small particles; sikA mf. or 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ofuturufuturu — afuwdow. 141 

sikafuturu, native gold, gdd-dusi; dw6t6 mf., dwet§futuru, native 
silver; abrobe mf., the fibres of the pine-apple leaves (ef. firiwa); 
asawa mf., raw cotton; nbwea ff. =:: nhwea a nsu nnim' na awo. 

0-futurufiituru, a beast, pr. 1173. 
fuw, 17. [Ak. fu; proh, related with fi, v. = fiw] to shoot up, 
eofne fotih ahundanily,^ grow lua^iriantly or rankly; nwnra refuw 
asase no so, weeds arc shooting tip on that land, — 2. to overgrow: 
ok wan yi afuw, this way is overgrown. — 3. tr. to eansc to grotr, to 
get by grotvth, produce plentifully (hair, feathers); me tiri fuw d wen, 
I am getting gray hair; ne ti afuw, his head is covered with hair, 
pr. 669. onnya mfuw bogyese e, he has got no beard yet; anoma no 
afuw ntak&ra, the bird lias got feathers; nnoma no, wgn ho fuwi 
ansa-na mekoyii won, the birds were fledge when I took them, — 4, 
ne b o fuw, his breast heaves, grows, stvells, i.e. he gets angry; ne 
bo afuw me, he is angry with me; syn. ofa abufuw, wafa me ab. — 
/r. ofuw me bo, lie causes my breast to swell, i.e. he provokes me to 
anger, make^ me angry, syn, oyi me abufuw. — 5. \^prob» related 
with fua] to unite in Iwlding: wofuw no afweno, they togetJ^r hold 
him in order to flog him; fvire may be omitted and still be under- 
stood: g-ne ne nua afuw me, he and his brother have flogged me; s, 
den & di .. mfuaiifwe; m6nkofuw adwuma no ho nkowie = mo 
nb. m6nkosu86 ad^. no mu n4 monye, you all shall unite in, con^ 
jointly put your hands to, the work to finish it. 

afuw, Ak. afuo, ^^ m-, 1. plantation, cultivated ground, field 
occupied by vegetables which have been planted ; F. ek wa, Og. ham*. 
In compounds the prefix is lost: odefuw, abrgdefuw, abiirofdw, bah- 
kyefuw; so with koko, mahkani, af^ere, kafe, asawa, asg, hkru- 
ma, ntgrewa, nkate, atwe, ntoa ... Cf. dow af. — 2. F. tcceds, = Akr. 
wura, hwura. 

afuwd, pi. m-, [afuw, dim.] a little plantation; odgw af. 

mfuwa, an old plantation now given up so that the bush grows 
on it afresh; - a place cleared of trees; babiara a wgatwitwa ho 
nnua hhlna. 

m f li w a-n i n i, a former plantation given up about eight years 
ago, where the bush has reached a man^s height ("P^ — kwae a woa- 
dgw no b§ye mfrihyia 8 a.s. 10. 

Af u wa, A fua [= Afiwa] pr. n. of a girl born on Friday. Gr. 
§41,4. 

a f u w-d w, inf. the cutting of the bush; af. ye yaw, - is trouble- 
sofnc; af. adu so, now it is titne to cut the bush. 

Fir. 

The combination of these two letters is not a compound of the 
common f and w (the f in it being formed by the tongue and both 
lips), but a palato-labial transformation from the gntturo-labial 
combination hw, which has still been retained for it in Fante dia- 
lects. — It occurs before e, e, i, in Ak. also before a (fwa = hwa, 
hua). It interchanges not only with hw and iihw or iiw, but also 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



142 fwa — aiifw&\. 



with h, f, s; e.g. fwinta, Ak. = hintaw ; f^inti, sunti, Ak. = fintsiw, 
F., & hintiw. 

fwa, fwa and other words containing these three combined 
letters in Ak., s. hua, hfia... 

fwa, imit expression of the whizzing of a ball flying through 
the air : korabo nam m^aso ho fwa besene, a bullet passed mp ear 
with a whizzing sound, 

fwe, V, [F. hwc; red, fwefi^s^e, g,v,] 1, to direct ihe eye toward 
' an object so ad to see it (always implying inienfional, not acciden- 
tal, seeing^ in contradistinction from hu); to look (at, on)y to view; 
to eye; to consider; cf, fwe, interj. - pr, 140, 894. 1218. 1.318. 2081. 2293. 

— 2. to fix the eyes upon, look at or see with attention , behold; to look 
at in order to imitate^ cf, 12 a, pr. 1232. — 3, to leat^, infer, know : 
da no a wuhu no sa a, fwe se woawo wo foforo, when you have come 
to this, you may know that you have been bom again. — 4, kofwe 
(.. anim), to visit, call on, wait upon; mckof^c no, / am goivg to 
call on him, — 5. to look aft<*r ; to watch, guard; to keep, tend, attend, 
wait on, nurse (oyarefo, a patient); to feed ^nnuan, nantwi, mprako); 
to tnke care of, maintain, provide for (nneauafo, ahiafo);|ir. 976. 101, 
cf 12 d. — 6, fwe.. yiye, to look well (to), to mind, take care, he 
careful; fwe wo adwuma yiye, mind your work; fwe yiye na wo- 
ammo kuruwa no, take care not to break the jug; fwe woho yiye na 
woanfwe ase, be careful lest you fall: cf 12 e, — 7. to expect, de- 
sire, want: mefwe se moba ho hi, / want you to come there too. — 
8. fwe .. okwan, to look out for, expect, wait for (expectantly). — 9. 
fwe .. akyi, a) = fwe.. atiko, to look after, s. 1. — b) to look for 
the things in one's absence, prepare (something to eat) for one's re- 
turn. — 10. fwe.. muy to look, pry or peep into; inspcci, examine. 

— 11. fwe.. anim, a) to look into one's face. — b) to have a regard 
for; fwe m*anim ye ma no, do it for him to please me, to favour me 
until it, for my sake. — c) to visit; mebefwe wo anim, I come to visit 
you. — d) to expect (= fwe gkwan) : gfwe m'anim' wo Osu 'ne, lie 
expects to see my face to-day at Osu. — X2. f w e .. so , «) to look upon 
(cf. 2); fwe so kyerew, look on (it) write i.e. copy it; fwe so ye, 
imitate it. — b) to examine, review, revise: fwe nea makyerew yi so. 
look at what I have umtten and cm-rect it; to overlook] surrey. — 
c) to inspect, control, superintend, govern, nde, Gr. § 213. — d) to 
look after, tend (cf 5): of we nnnaii so; obea gyigyefo fv^e abofra 
so. — e) to do carefidfy: fwe so kan, read (it) carefully, — IS. fwe.. 
atiko, to look after (one). — 14. to try, in hQa .. or hi1 am .. fwe, 
ka.. fwe, so., fwe, twa.. fwe, ye., fwe &c. kan nhoma yi fwe. 
try to read this book. 

fw^! interj. fimp. of fwe, v.] sec! behold! look there! lo! take 
notice! observe! s. fweofweo. 

11 fwe, F. prop. don*t you see? = look here! 
of w e, inf. looking, beholding d-c. visitation; care; providence i£^c, 
an f wc-a, (adv.) F. perhaps, prop, unlooked for [= woanfwe a]; 
= Akr. ebia; - most probably: woanfwe-a, pko a, grama bio, when 
he goes away, he will most probably come no more. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



fwe — nfw6bom\ 143 



fwe, t?. [red. fwef^e] 1, to folly tumble, drop (used of single 
things and never without a locative complement, whereas gu, /o 
fully is used of a collective multitude and can stand without a com- 
plement, like to, which is used of single things). — fwe ase, fwe 
fam', to fall dowUy fall to the ground; ofii dua so fwee fam', he fell 
dotcn from a tree. — fwe.. so \cf gu..8o], to fall to (an action) with 
eagerncsSj rapidity; ode fweo so, ohuruw fwee kwah so, of wee kwan 
so ycredede, he hastened on in his journey, — 2. with the aux, v. 
de, /o cause to fall, throw down: mframa de me dan afwo fam\ the 
wind has thrown my hotise down, — 3, tr. to strikey heat; (ne ba wu 
aworeho nti ode ntama-gow abo aboso, na) ode ne nsa fwe ne yam', 
she heats her breast c^c. in loud wailing; to flogy scourgey cudgel; to 
efiastisey chasten, punish; - of woe no mpire, he whipped him; gf\Xee 
no bambarobam, tatata, f^etgro. — 4, to stingy of wasps or other 
stinging insects numerously falling on man. — .o. to wet thoroughly, 
drench, soaky of rain ; osu fwee me fwee me fwee me ara, / tvas con- 
tinuedly exposed to heavy rain. = 6, of we mu = oboa, he tells a lie. 

fwe, V, ^= fwew. pr. 1785. cf, fwebom'. 

o-fwe, inf, f idling,,,, flogging y castigationy chastisement y punish- 
ment. 

e-fwe, a shrub the leaves and seeds of which, pounded and put 
in water, kill fishes. 

e-f w e, a defective prejmee; oyare or oye fwe, he has a df, prp, 
fwe, faint cry of a child; - bo f., to whimper y tvhine, 
fwe, imit, expression of the sound of a flute or of whistling; 
s, fwirema. pr, 633, 

fw6, Ak. fwete, somethingy anythingy = biribi(ara) - in neg. 
sentences: nothing; fwe nnim\ there is nothing in (it)y it is empty; 
wunnim fwe, you knownothingy you are altogether ignoranty fwe anye 
mo, no harm lias befallen me; wgammu fwe ara anye no, he was 
preserved unhurt; ontumi nye me fwe, he cannot do me any harm. 
— red, fwefwe, fwcfwefwe. 
af w ea, a kind of mole, 

e-fw ea, pi, n-, the serotumy jmrse. — afweabo, testicley stone. 
II f w e a, o large knife used for chopping off the head; cf. oyiwah. 
fwda, fwOawa, Ak. rr^ hoawa, wax. pr. 712. 
fweafwea, a. narroWy pointedy tnpenng; abantenten no fw. 
O-fweain, the current or swiftest part of a river; asubonteh 
mfinimfini a eye den a efa ade no; asu no fw. ano ye den, the river 
has a strong current. 

iifwe-anim', inf. [fwe anim] looking each other in the face; 
s, di^; syn. mmoanim. 

f w e a s e am m 6 [ef we ase a, emmg, when it falls down^ it does 
not hre(dc\ a large eatihen bottle; cf. abgdeammo. 
f w ^-b ere, a time of visitation, 
iifwe-boni', inf, (fr. fwew, to bale out, draw, viz. the water of 
a fish-pond or pool, & bom\ to unUCy viz. in catching or taking out 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



144 fwede — efweiiewa. 



the fishes and sharing them]; di nfw., to make common camCfjain 
inter estSy associate; cf, di 81. 

fwe-de, sptf-gJass; syn. kyikyi. 

afwedo [fwe ade] a deed for whieh one deserves a flogging or 
chastisement. Luk. 12^48, 

afwe e, a place for taking a view, looking out or watching j look- 
otdy watch-tower J observatory ; e.g. the highest part of a building or 
mountain which commands a wide view. 

o-fw6fo, jp/. a-, looker; overseer, superintendent, surveyor, in- 
spector, director; warden; guardian; curator, trustee; keeper, con- 
servator, x>rescrver; herdsman, shepherd; pastor, parson, curate, 
bishop; rider, chief; cf, oguanfwefo, asafo-so-fwefo. — o-lwefo- 
panyiii, pZ. a- m-, bishop, chief or general overseer, super infendeni. 

— Q-fwetb-kiinini, _pZ. a-, archbisJiop. 

fwefwe, red. v. fwe, q. v, — to look repeatedly and intensely. 
hence to look for, seek, search for; to endeavour, attempt^ strive. Mo 
pane ayera, mefwefwe na minhu, I have lost a needle, I am seeking 
for it and do not find it. pr. 284. 1192-90. 

afwefwe, pl.n-, looking-glass, mirror, glass; pane, plate or 
piece of glass. Mefwefw^ m'afw^fw^ mafw^, / am seeking my glass 
to look (into it). — afwefwe-b6''", diamond; jasper. (Ex. 28,17.) 
afwefwQde, F. desire; cf. apede. 
fwefwefwe, adv. s. fwe; omfra fw. = kora; s. abomHa. 

e-f w e m m e, one who snuffles, speaks tJirough the nose ; cf. bo 70. 

afwcm-p6ii, inf. [pon afwene] bleeding at the nose. 
f w 6 m p w, a swelling of tJie nose. 

fwen, V. [rctZ. fwinf wen] to strike, give a blow or slap; of wen 
n'asQm' = obo no sotore. — 2. to inquire about or concerning a child 
in the mother's womb : 6fw6h oba, okof wen ne yere wo okgmfo ii- 
kyen. (Obarima kO a ne yere yem no, ode no ko okgmfo hi nkyen 
na wakobisanebaaowoyafunum' no anom* asem, se gbeba no den? 
oye obarima a.s. gbea? a.s. den na ogye ansa-na waba.) 

afweu-afwen, adv. in great distances; won ntdm' dp^h af., 
th4iy are separated far from one another; nnuano sisi af. = emmen, 
the frees are not close. 

a-fwenakroii, pi. n-, a kind of bat; s. ampan. 

Q-fwene, Ak. ehwen, nhwen, F. ehwen, i. the nose; obo nefw. 
kasa, okasa ne fwenem', he speaks through the nose, snuffles; ne fw. 
dwa ahuhm = oye dwae, he is haughty. — 2. the spout or project- 
ing mouth of a pitcher or jug, directing the stream of a liquid poured 
out; the beak of a lamp; the eye of a needle. — e-fwenem', the in- 
ner part of the nose, nostrils. — fwenem'-kurii, sores within the nose. 

— fwenem-tokuru, nostril. — fwene-ntam', the upper part of the 
nose between the eyes. — afwene: opon' afw., he bleeds at the nose. 

e-fwenee, i??. n-, Ak. = ahene, Akr., bead. 
e-fwenewa, pl.ii-, Ak. == ahenewa, Akr., a kind of beads; 
$, ahene. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



afwenhema — fwete. 146 



afweii-hema, white-nosey = osda. 

fwennore [efwene, doreV] snoiy snivel: mucus, pr. 1199. 
o-fw en-tea, hhw. /"= iJiln nose] a kind o^ perfume or sweet- 
stneUing spices (ohiiam bi). 

e-fwento, o-, a noseless ^yerson, one wJwse nose has been cut off 
by a disease or by way of punisbment. pr, 27L1200(l2832. 

afwen-tu, inf. eradicaiionf excision, destruction of the nose, 

[pr, 1200 b. 
f w eii-nii^- [efwene dua] the tiose; opakum ye wo a, fa ntama 
bo nsuobyew mu to to wo fw. 

fweo-fweo, a by-name of tbe dog; s. the foil. & okraman. 

fwe-o [fwe, imp,&6, Gr. § 144. 145,2.] behold! lot look here! 

fwe-o, fwe-o, holloy holloa! het/, ho! attend! here! pr,1537. 
f.f., iw^ a 6rek6 no 6! holloa, friend, who goes there! 

fwer, V. F. = fwere, to sjJcnd (years, F8.90,9.)'^ to lose (life, 
soul), Mt, 16,23/, nkombyenyi nfwer enidzi, a prophet is not without 
honour, Mt. 13,57, 

fwere, v. to spend; to waste, squander, consume (money ^ pro- 
perty) ; to use up (a lead-pencil) ; to j^ass (time) ; to exhaust (strength) ; 
mefweree sika pi ua mede mebaa odan mu hayi, it cost me much 
money (I had many expenses) before I could oeciq)y this lodging; 
mafw. m'adagyew nhina, / have spent all my leisure. — 2. to lose, 
forfeit, deprive one's self of: fw. tiri, to expose or lose one's life, 
pr. 1592. f w. debisafo, semodebofo, yere, pr. 1700. 3569. 3587. — 3. intr. 
lobe spent, icasted, consumed, exhausted,..; odon no afwere, the watch 
is (gone) down; asawa no afwere, the wick (or candle) has burned 
dowm; m'adagyew nhina n^ m'ahoedeh iihina afwere, all my time 
has past away and all my strength is exhausted. — Syn. see; sa, ma 
esa. [G. fite; ta.] Cf. adefwerede. , 

fweree, n-, a-, Ak. s. fwere w, a-. 

fwerede, anything, with neg. v. nothing; syn, kora; cf. fw6, 
fwete; ebiara nnim' fw., there is nothing in it at all. 
afwerfede, i>^ n-, a kind of bat; s. ampan. 
0-fwerem', s. ofwirem; pr.60d.l201f. 

fweremu-ky ew, F. crown of tlwrns. 

fweremd, s. ofwirema. 

fwere w, Ak. hfweree, nky6kyere, wild sugar-cane, a kind 
a f w e r e w , Ak. af weree, sugar-cane. [of grass. 

fwferow, adv. unawares, all at once; mebefii so ara fw. — 
syn. mpofirim. 

o-fwe-sie, inf. [fwe, sie] providence. 

iifwes6, inf. overseeing ... (s. fw§8o); pattern, example; origi- 
nal; biribi a eda ho a worefwe asiisuw so aye bi; cf. nsusuwso. 

fwe tafw eta, a. acufCj pointedj sharp; wama me osekan a 
ano (ye) fw. — cf. nnam. 

fwfete, Ak. == fwe. 

10 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



146 fwete — fv^im. 



fwete, v, 1. to scrape, scraich; red. fwetefwete: akokofw. 
sumana so. — J2,to scatter, disperse (fw.. gu, bo .. fw., id.; mef w. won 
magn, I shall disperse them); - to squander, dissipate; - to sjmad, 
strew; - to sprinkle, rf. pete; - to dU<soli'e (parliament); to breakup 
(a meeting). — 3, to he scattered, dispersed, dissipated, squandered 
(a capital, pr. 1062)\ to be dissolved; to be in disorder. — 4. to spread, 
be diffused: bore no af wete (adodo, adidi ako) ne honam nhina mu. 

f w 6 1 i, fwiti, the point of a knife, billhook &c. [= fwcne anoj 

f w e-t r o, s. fw. 3. syn. bo-toro. 

fwew, V. [red. fwifwew] to suck in, draw into the mouth (wa- 
ter, marrow from a bone); cf. few & fwirew ^. 

f w e w, V. [red. fwefwew] 1. to throw out or off ox to sweep away 
(water with the hand); ofwew n^anim fifiri, he removes the sweat of 
his face with his hand; gfwew me nsa ho nsn, he flings off the water 
on his hand by a jerk; nsu gun pon so na mede me nsa mefwew 
migui; - to bale a boat; nsu ba korow mu a, wode kora ana nsa 
fwew gu; - to draw (off), drain, etupty; cf. nfwebom'. — 2. gfwew 
aben mu = onim aben-hyen yiye. 

afwe-wo-da(bi), nea waye wo yiye pen, a former benefactor of 
yours, pr. 1188. 

nfwe-yem', F. [nfwe-yiye mu] advisedly, considerately. 

fwl, haste, eagerness; gbgg fwi kgfae, he wetit and took it ha- 
stily, snatched it aivay; cf. fwim. 

fwi (fwit), fwifwi, adv. expressing the cracking, clapping, or 
rather the hissing sound of a whip or switch: ode aba no too no so 
fwft fwit fwit 

fwf (fwtt), interj. in pa fwi', an acclamation of consent. 

fwidom, a kind o£ locust; s. abebew. 

f w i e, V. [red. fwiefwie] 1, topour out from a vessel, usually com- 
bined with gu; fwie kuruwa yim* nsu gu, poitr out tlie water con- 
tained in this jug; fwie nsu gu kuruwa yim\ pour water into this 
jug. — 2. to spill, shed; ofwie mogya = oka mogya, Ite spills or 
sheds blood by murder. — 3. to be spilled, nsa no afwie agu, Luc.5,37. 
— 4. Akp. ofwi6, he celebrates the yam-custom, = gma ne bosom de, 
Ak. otwa dwira, ghye fa. — 5. ofwie nsa, he makes or offers a liba- 
tion of palm-wine. 

afwie, inf. [fwie 4.] Akp. ///c ?/rtm-cw^om = odwira; afwie adu. 
afwie-g^yd, afwiegyA, the fuel for the fire kept during the yam- 
custom; nnyansin a wgde apagyji gya so wg adiwo, da a edi kau 
a wokum gya [s. kum 11.] no kosi da a wowie afahye no. 

afwi6-sa, afwiesd, thej[;aZm-t(?/«c(nsa)or rum brougJit as a drink- 
offering or libation; s. fwie 5. 

fwifwi, adv. sligMy, superficially ; gkasa asem yi hd fw., he 
speaks slightingly of this matter. 

fiVifwi, unsteady, fickle; ghene nennam fw. a, wotu no so, 
when the king is unsteady, wayward, capricious, he is dethroned. 

fwim, t\ 1. to snatch atvay; = hiiam, Ak. fwara; w^fwim me 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



fwfm — g$. 147 

nsAm^ os^kdn no ; f wim (fi) ne nsam' ! — 2, F. wobeka nsembon 
ato bom do akofwim, ihctj shall say evil against you falsely. Mt5^1L 

fwim, fwimfwim, adv. hastily, speedily, nimbly y hurriedly, 
snntchingly; omaa n'adesoa so fwlm, he s^wifily took up his load; 
omaa ne nan so fwim fwim, he hurried away; — (n, haste, speed, 
hurry.) Fwlm-fwim-ad6 k^ sorowsorow, lightly won, lighUy gone. 

fwinta, Ak. = hintaw. IP^- ^^04. 

fwinti, sunti, Ak. = hintiw. 

fwir, hwir, F. [Eng. tvheel? 6. Swili] chariot. Of. teaseenam. 
o-fwirem', fwirom\ a,prick;ly shrub, growing to a heigbt of 6 
feet, brier; n'abA n6 ne dua no wq nsQe-nsoe; pr. 604. 1201 f. Heb.6,8. 
cf. nsoe, nnuare. — fvViremu-kye, s. gfwerem. 

o-fwiremma, whistling, hissing. — bo fw., to whisUe; obg f\v. 
fwefwc; womfaawerehommofw.; onipaanigyea, naobofw. j9r.X205. 

fwireii, f. to penetrate, pierce; break or get through; edom 
no abo afwiren mu abefi ba, the (hostile?) army have forced their 
way through and Mve come out or appeared in this place. 

fwirenfwireii, a. acide, pointed, sharp, having or ending 
in a sJuirp point; = fwetafweta. 

ufwireii, flower, blossom, pr.684. — gu nfw., to bloom, blos- 
som, flower; dua no agu nfw., the tree blossams; dua no nfw. agu 
or ato, the blossoms of the tree are fallen down. 

fwirew, fwirow, v. [red. fwirefwirow] 1, fw. mu, to pierce, 
run through or into, perforate: ode sekan fw. dua no mu, - onipa 
no mu, he thrust his knife into the tree, - he stabbed the man with his 
knife. — J2. to sip, draw (in), imbibe; to drink (iikwah, soup); syn. 
nom. 

fwirow, draught (of a fluid); bg fw. biako pe na fwe! take 
only one draught and try (it) ! 

ufwirow-md, (inf.) the diameter of a globe. 

f\vf ti, 5. fweti. 

O. 

This letter in genuine Tshi words occurs as a guttural conso- 
nant, before the vowels o & u; before (e) e& i, and also before a, 
it becomes palatal and assumes the accessory sound of y, which, 
however, before i, i, e, is less distinct. — The gutturo-labial com- 
bination g\v, when united with the vowel a, is written gua, and, 
when followed by e, e, i, is changed into dw (excepting some Fante 
dialects). — The simple consonant g may in a few cases interchange 
with k; s. borogo. 

ga, does not occur in Tshi words; gy a is used in its stead. 

gar 6 g a, name of a sort of cloth brought from the interior; 
s. ntama. 

ge, ge, gi, does not occur, but gye, gyi; only when the 
e or 1 is nasal, we might sometimes be inclined to write merely g 
instead of gy ; but, as the nasal consonant, when put before it, docs 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



148 geneneiien — g6r6ww. 

not change it into the decided sound of ii, we must keep to gy 
(cf. gyenennycnen, nnyinaso, fr. gyenen, gyina), perhaps with the 
sole exception of the following. 

gene u e ii e ii, adv,, n., tingling ; but s. gy6nennyenen. 
agegenu [G.] dokono a woahono no ne ewo ana asikre afra, 
a kind of pap or thick beverage made of water, bread, and honey 
or sugar. 

giiigan, = gingham, 

gi rase, i>L n-, glass, wine-glass; cf. tomere. 

go does not occur, but go, go, gu. 

go, V. Ak, = goro, Ak. = goru, Akr. 

go, V. F. =rr gow, Akr., gono, Ak. — won do bogo, F. -= won 
do ano bed wo, Mt 24,12. 

go, adj, Ak. F. ~ gow. 

go, adv, in a croivd? wopia kohyee ho go, they all iogethcr ran 
to the spot, 

go, a kind of rccd; sgn, abo'bow; s. kete. pr. 3021, 
ag6, inf, 1, plat/, amusement (=Agor\i)\ 2, affahilitt/y kindness 
of manners, civility, sociuhleness ; wunim ago, you are sociablCy you 
know how to treat, attract or oblige one, 
ago, velvet; cf. bofua, agodwumahono. 

ago, interj, a salutation in or before entering a house by night, 
announcing that a visitor is coming; pr,l)0. cf. kmh, 

iigo, s. nno. 

a go-bone, lit. had play; licentiousness, debauch. 
agode [ago ade] play-thing, toy; trifle, 

agod6n [agoru a eye den] a serious play; wogoru ag., they 
play harshly, forcibly, 

o-gof6, Ak. ogofo, pL a-, 1. player (singer and dancer); play- 
maie; pi. gofo, the choruSy the company of singers (in a play) an- 
swering to the precentor. — J2. an unfaithful wife, lewd woman. 
ago-dwumah6no, velvet. 
ago-hia, pr.l207. 

ago-hina [nno ahina] pot of palm-oil. pr. 1203. 
ogo-hye-ase, promise of a play, pr, 1209, 
ago-kyew, a velvet cap. 

g-gom, slowness, tardiness; neg. nti onnya biribi. pr, 622.1210, 
a g o-m e r d w [agoru a eye mere w, agorupa] a soft, gentle, rea- 
sonable play; wogoru ag., they play gently. 

agona-ne-toa, a kind of plantain; s. oborode. 

gon 0, V, Ak. s, gow, r. 

g o n 11 11 o, red, v, Ak. s, gugow ; ogonn6n6m^ = ogugow' mu. 

goro, Ak. = go, Akr. goru. — agoro, Ak. = ago, Akr. agoru. 

goro, Gy. = nkyekyerewa. 

goro WW, gorgwgorow, a. 1, weak, faint, feeble, languid, 

Digitized by LjOOQIC 



gorii — gow. 149 

duH; Sf/n. b^te, brogo, broko, merew, si^md... Oyaro aye no g. -= 
agurow no ; okom nti wayc g. = wagurow ; n*aniwa aye g. = si^mo ; 
m'akwa mu aye me g. = m*akwa mu nni aliooden bio. — a?, gg., 
waicrish; insipidy vapid, tasteless (nkwan, nsa). -- 3. lukewarm; 
nsu no aye g. = botiir6bod\v6. 

gorii, V, [red. gugoru?] Ak. go, goro, 1. to plat/, sporty frol- 
ic, divert or amtise one's self (nimofra g. abotiten so; agyinamoa, 
mpata g.; g. asafo, pr. 1478.), — ^. to be of a friendly, communica- 
live disposition^ he sociable; g-n^biara goru, he is friendly tvHh every 
body; o-n^ bi nnoru, he is unsociable; - to have intercoursey be inti- 
mate with each other, pr. 1367. — 3. to play for moneys toy amble; cf, 
tow nhoma, tow ntrama, si ntew. — 4, to perpetrate some wicked- 
ness; g. aguaman-noru, to commit fornication; g-n^ bea g., he com- 
mits whoredomy adiUtery; - g. abayigoru, to practise witchcraft. — 
5.^. ho, aj to mock aty deridCy scoff. - b)to neylect, slight. pr.l219. 

agoru, tn/*. Ak. ago, agorg, 1. playing; playy sporty amusementy 
espec. singing and dancing; pr. 1211-18. game; gu ag., to give up a 
play. — 2. sociablenesSy friendliness; onnim ag., he knows no jokCy 
is sourminded; s. ago. — Different kinds of play, consisting of 
singing and dancing (s. asaw), are: adewd (a common name); of 
women: bewd, ad^hkum, nnyjin^; of men: dasumm^n, dwae, agyfe- 
mannare, alienkwa', onnibfamine, nnontwiiwa, paw', asafo, oseky^, 
asfbftlete, antgrfepirA. Other plays are: gware-tow, dam-di or -to, 
atwe-di or -sisi or -tow &c. Children's plays: aba, ba-bg, odo-tow, 
amuamuani, esono-n^-ne-mma &c. 

agorii-gu, inf. the giving up of a play. 

agosana, pr.2185. 

0-gO-sodf6,^?. a-, pahn-oil carrier [fino, soa, fo] pr. 1220. 

ago-tras6 [agoru a etra so] a play carried to excess; wngorn 
ag. a, kanses^ ey6 a, wo ani wu akyiri, ifyouiJilay ovemiuchy though 
it be nothing bady you will afterwards feel ashamed. 

gow, V. [red. gugow; Ak. gono, red. gonnono] 1. to slack, 
slackeHy relaxy loosen: a) to become slacky be made lax, i.e. less tensCy 
firm or rigid, to become loose; hama yi mu agow, e.s. emu yeree, 
na afei asan aye 'merew. — b) to render slacky make less tight, 
make loose; gow wo amirikatu mu, slack thy riding. 2 Kl 4,24. — 
2. fo weaken: a) to become weak; ne nsam' agow, his arms are weak; 
- b) to make weaky infirm, feeble: onipa foforo no gow nipa dedaw 
no mu. — 3. to soften: a) to become soft, tender, mellow: duaba no 
abere na ennowe e; adnan a woanoa no agow = aye merew; - 
b)to make soft. — 4. ho gow, nsam' gow, to become easyy comfort- 
able: ne ho agow no, prop, every thing around him is softy i.e. he 
has an easy comfortable life, = ne ho adwo no (asem bi nni neso, 
nanso biribiara a gf wefwe, ne nsa k3) ; ne nsam' agow = wape ade 
anya bi; cf. 2 a) — 5. to moderatCy restrain: ogow (~ odwoo) nV 
ni kae, she said in an under-tone or modestly, — tutu wo anan gow 
mu di kan, go before slowly. — ^. mu gow, to be spacious: gdah 
yi mu gow, this room is spacious; opp. emu kyere, it is narrow. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



150 gow — gu. 

gow, |)/. agow-ag6w, I, n. fragment, piece, damaged part, rag, 
remnant; remains, ruins; cf. ofa, fere, sin; opp. emu, ^;. amuamu; 

- biribi abo na wuhd n'^fdafd bio no, ne fa no bi na wofre no gow: 
ne infl ni, this is the thing in its perfect state or as a tchole; n6 g6w 
ni = ne fa ni, this is a fragment of it; n'dg6w-ag6w ni = n*afa-afa 
ni, these are the fragments or pieces of it; kOrow no aye gow, the 
iotcn is in a ruinous state; wama ktirow no aye agow-agow, he let 
the town fall to ruins. — IL adj. 1. damaged, spoiled, broken; the 
attrib. adj. in the sing, is compounded with its noun: adaka-g6w, 
opon-now, ahina-g6w(j[;Z. hhinAag6w-ag6w), afwefweg6w; korag6w, 
a leeking calabash; - ^. ragged, tattered: kcnteg6w, ntamagow; 
m'asepatere aye agow; - 5. rz«woM5, decaying, dilapidated: odan- 
n6w; gdah no aye g., yerebebu; kCiro no aye gow; woama adan 
no aye agow-agow; s. I. 

granate^ [It. granata, Sp. grenade] grenade. 

granate,+ granate-akutii, pomegranate, the fruit being in 
shape somewhat like an orange (akutu) or rather like burukuriiw^; 
cf ntoropo. 

gu, r. [red. gugu] J. iyitr., sometimes cansatively used, gener- 
ally with a locative complement: 

1. to fall, pour down (ofa collective multitude, whereas f we and to 
are used of single things or persons) : dua no nfwireh regu fam', 
the blossoms of the tree are pouring down; aba no bi koguu abo so, 
smne of the seed fell on the stones; Mt 13,4 f cf. 11. & porow 4, — 
^. (contin.) to lie (of a collective multitude, whereas of individual 
things or persons da is used); ntrama bebre gu ho, many cowries 
are lying there. — 3. cans, (in connection with a preceding auxili- 
ary or principal verb: to cause to fall or lie i.e. to cast, throw, pour; 
to lay, put (of single things to is used): fa ntrama no gu ho, throw 
the cowries down there; mode abiirow migu nsum', I am pouring 
corn into the water; roframa tetew ahaban gu fam\ the wind severs 
the leaves and throws them down; yerebebu dan yi agu fam', we 
are going to demolish this house and to throw it down; — ode ne 
nsa guu me so, he lay or put (both) his hands uj^on me; ode ne nsa 
guu n'akyi, he put his hands behind his hack. — oka nnuan no gu 
dan mu, he drives the sheep into the stable. — 4. of fluids : to floiv 
out (into, upon), be spilled, shed; (contin.) to be scattered, sprinkled 
(somewhere): ode hno no bae no, ebi gui (== guu fam'); ebi gugu 
dan mu ho, when he brought the palm-oil, part of it was spilled; some 
has been scattered on the floor there in the room; cf. 13. — 5. cans, 
to pour (into, upon): fa nsu gu tumpan yim', pour water into this 
bottle; f wie nsu gu me nsa so, poiir water on my hands. — 6*. to 
fall or hang down, hang loose and tearing, flow: ne nhwi gu nekon 
mu, ne mati, his hair hangs down into his nape^ on his shoulder. — 
7. cans, tothroiv over, put on: ode hnugifso guu ne konmu, he threw 
a loose garment over his shoulders, wrapped himself up in a mantle. 

— ^. gu.. mu, a) to accrue, be added, increase, augment; ne Tvri 
no, biribi rcgugu mu, his knowledge of the Tshl language is increa- 
sing; cf mmagum\ — b) to intervene: nda gum' kakrano, F. after 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



gu^ 151 

some da^s. Mk. 2,1. — 9, gu.. so, a) gu kwafi so, to be on the way: 
ogu kwan so reba. — b) to lean upon i.e. to rely for support, depend 
on, be committed to one*s care: nnipa pi gu me so nti, minya sika a, 
entew, because I have to cme for so many people, the money I earn 
does not stick mith me ; cf. boa, v, — c) to be bent upon, diligently 
occupied tcith: ogu n'adwnma so, he is at his work; wogu aduah no 
so redi, they are still in the hd of eating. — d) to come dowfi upon, 
numerously and impetuously, to attack: wokoguu no 8o(cf wokgtow 
hyee no so, Acta 7,57), — e) cans, obu n'ani gu so, oka n'ani gu so, 
s. ani; ki ntam gu.. so, to conjure, s, ntam (Gr.§243 6); ye..gn.. 
so, to do against, Gr. § 109,32. — 10. gu ase: n'anim gu ase, lit 
his face falls down i.e. he is ashamed, abashed, put out of countenance. 

II. intr., without a locative complement : 

11. to fail, come down: obosu gu, dew falls. — X^. to be shed, spilled 
s. 4. ebi gui. — 13. caus. fwie..gu, ka.. gu, to spill, shed; waka 
mogya agu, he has shed blood. Gen. 9,6. Lev. 17,4. — 11. to succumb, 
be defeated; to run away, flee: dgm agu, the (J^ostile) army has been 
beaten, routed, put tofligJU, defeated, dispersed; woako agu, they have 
been defeated; woagu, they have given way, arc fleeing. — 15. caus. 
ka.. gu, to rout, put to fligJU: yeaka dom no agu, tve have fought 
and defeated the enemy; bo., gu, pam.. gu, to scatter, disperse; 
cf. 3 the last ex. & yepam dom no guu ahabanmu, tee routed the 
army and drove them into the forest. — 16. to become desolate, go to 
ruin: kurow no agu. — 17. to be abandoned, finished: agoru no 
agu, the play has been given up. — 18. to be finished, be over: okom 
agu, the dearth has ceased. — 19. ase gu, to be decreasing; to cease, 
die out, be extirpated: n'ase agu, his posterity is utterly destroyed; 
ode, mmoa, nnipa no ase regu, = woresa; Abotakyifo ase agu, the 
inhabitants o/" Abotakyi have been (as it were i.e. nearly) extirpated. 

III. tr. without a locative complement: 

20. gu ase, /o extirpate: magu wura no ase, I have extirpated those 
weeds; magu m'abrode ase, / have entirely taken out my plantains. 

— 21. to end, to abolish, prohibit: gu aguadi, to stop the trade; gu 
agoru, a) to cease from playing for a time, to put a stop to it for this 
time; - b) to give it up or abolish it altogether, to prohibit it. — gu 
adwuma, to finish the work (altogether, = wie yo kora). — J22. gu 
ne nkyerew, gu n'dpkre or n^ mpire, to finish, complete, conclude, 
consummate: woagu ne nky, = woawie adwuma biara ye; s. nky. 

— 23. gu ns5, to 2)erform the concluding part of a funeral cttstom. 

— 21. gu.. so nsu: woagu no so nsu n.s. woawie asem bi di, na 
nnyafinkae nti ohene ma wogu ne dehye bi so nsu, na obiara antu- 
mi ankae asem no bio. 

IV. tr. without a locative complement (ef. I.): 

25. gu, to sow: gu mo, to sow rice, (cf dua, v.) — 26. gugu, to 
scatter: ogugu aburow ma hkoko. (cf.4.) — 27. gu nfwiren, to pour 
out i.e. put forth blossoms, to blossom. — 28. gu ahome, to emit a 
breathing, pour out i.e. utter a sigh, to sigh, groan; gu homtsen, Y.to 
emit a long breath, sigh deeply. — 29. to found (iron, brass, copper, 
type, bells), cast (lead, tin, zinc, silver, gold) cf. gude; to coin, stamp 
(dare, dollars), — 30. gu asawu, to cast or throw (out) Hie net — 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



152 gua — o^rtiaboii. 



worigugu wo pom', F. tkei/ were casting a net Mo the sea. Mk, 1,16. 
— 31. gu nsu, to make icater, euph. = dweDso. 

F. ga may be called an aux. v,, when it shows the direction 
of the movement or action expressed by a preceding princ. t?. as 
ka, fwie, bo, pam, tow; in connection with a following ma or 
so it supplies the place of the Eng. prepp. info, upon (s.3.5.); when 
no complement follows, it answers to the adv. away (fwie gu, tow 
gu!) or the notion of loss or icaste is contained in the Eng. t\ (as in 
to spiUy to rout). Cf. Gr. § 109,32. 223,4. — 5^. tow., gu, /o vast 
away. — 33. ye., gu, lit. to do (t cast away i.e. to do in vain, work 
for nothing. 

g^a = gua, F. gpira9 Ak. dwa or even dSua. 
gua, V. [rc(?. gugua] //) cut in pieces, cut up (an animal), carve; 
pr. 3025. - to flay, skin, strip off the skin of an animal; gua nantwi- 
nhoma, to skin a bullock; wagua a boa hhoma atoii ; pr.l223. - to gut, 
eviscerate, take otd the bowels. 

e-gua, 1. public place, market-place; market; open place, cf 
abannua, court; - okae wg gua so, he spoke it publicly; oko gua so, 
he went to the market; woafi gua ase, the market has begun. — 2. a 
2>ublic assembly, council; perf. to hold a council, used espec. of the 
elders of a town who assemble for deliberations on public affairs; 
oko guam', h^ went to the place of ctssembly; gua atu = woatra ase 
asore, woafwete gua, the assembly is dispersed, the session is broken 
up; cf bagua, guabo, guam'fo, agua ase. — 3. trade; di gua, to 
trade, traffic, deal (in); cf di bata, mpewa, nsesa, nsesagua, nnu- 
kurogua; odi no gua (or bata) = odi gua ma no, he trades for him; 
g-n^ me di gua, / am engaged in trade with him (mutually); g-n^ me 
di bata, he and I go and buy things &c. — ne gua abg no, he has 
fallen short, has come off a loser, has suffered a loss in his trading. 

agua, pl.ii-^ seat, chair, stool; throne, s. ahennua; nan ase 
a^na,^ foot-stool; c/*. akonnua, akentehnua; aponiiua; mfino'. 

gna, V. 1. to separate; - gua neho, to retire, retreat, withdraw; 
gua woho fi wgfiho == twe woho fi wgn ho, separate or withdraw 
thyself from ihem. — 2. to level: wgagua bepgw hi ani ase, the lower 
slope of a hill has been levelled. — cf. guae. 

agua: bg neho agua, to retire, retreat, get away, make off, run 
away (secretly), take to one's heels, flee, = guan. 

o-ofu^, oguAwA, pi. a-, the guava fruit and tre^. [Sp. guayaba; 
Psidium pyriferum, white guar a; Psidium poniferum, red guava. ^ 

0-gnabi1n, a thorny shrub; nhndre bi a w6de y^ gsdw; wgw^ 

agudbf rim, Ak. adwabfr^m, q.v., a large place for assemblies 
(nea wodi asehkcse a.s. wgbg gua kese bi). 

gud-bg, inf. [bg gua] the act of assembling, the state of being 
assetnbled; assembly; guabg, wgbg no wg neannipa nh. benya atra- 
y6; won g. no ahwie fe yg, e.s. wgammg gua no senea wgbg gwa; 
won g. no akyi ansi yiye. (Wgbg gua di asem, di adae, yi wgahd 
adi, tra ayi ase, nom usa, goru, bg semgde, di hkgmmg.) 

o-guabon [nea ogua bon] one who flays a beast, pr. 1233. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



afj^uabuin — o^nampraheh. 153 



aguahum^ disturbance^ uproar of an assembly^ in a market. 
aguad6 [egua ade] goodSy wares, merchandise. [pr. 3254, 

agud-di, inf. [di gua] trading, trade, pr. 565. 1224. 
o-guadini, -fo, pi. a- -fo, trader, mercJuint; cf.obatani, gpewa- 
o-g u k-d u a , gtiava-tree. [difo. 

giiae, V. g... mu, to disjoin, part, separate, sever, sunder, 
rend; to tear asunder; g. nc nhwim\ g. nwnrani', to part one^s hair, 
Uie needs, the hush (in order to go through); sgn. bae mu, dae mu, 
hah' mu, pae mu, pah mu, tan mu, terew mu. 

guaguagua, adv, very much: ne se bo so g., his teeth chaiter 
from feverish cold; owia pae g. = keteketekete, the sun burns, 
shines very briglU. 

guahii, gudhd [egua, ha] a halm, straw, or stalk of grass, with 
some cowries strung on or added to it, serving to conclude tJie sale of 
a person or thing by tearing it asunder and putting the parts into 
t!ie hands of witnesses, at the same time distributing to them the small 
amount of money (perh. 25 strings) given by the buyer besides the 
actual price; hence, tew ne ti g., to conclude the sale of, lit. to tear 
a straw cancerning one^s head or price in testimony of the sale, which 
ceremony seems to indicate, that the previous connection between 
the seller and the person or thingnow sold is broken asunder. ^..9555. 
Watew ne yerc ti g., he has (completely) sold his wife. The witnes- 
ses are bound to keep the ends of the straw and the cowries handed 
over to them, and, if necessary, to produce them in testimony to the 
bargain; this giving testimony is then called wokotoa guaha, lit. 
they join together the ends of the straw. Me ti guaha da n'akohhua 
ase, the straw of my purchase price lies under his chair, i.e. I have 
been bought by him (as a slave). 

gu-akuro, a kind o£ weed; wode ta kuru so. 

guam, V. [red. guhhuam] 1. to grow together.be double; duAba 
no aguam ntd, Agu^m abieh' = aba no ye abieh, nso ebgm\ the 
two fruits are groum together; 2^1' eguhhuam nta-nta or abieh-abieh. 
— J2. to run or flow down copiously; fifiri reguam no = f. repnim 
no, he perspires copiously. — 3. to run, galop, of horses; opohko 
guam reba. Hab. 1,8. 

0-giidmma [oguah ba] 2i>l. h-, lamb, yeanling; kid. 

ogudmma, a-, pi. h-, \dim.'\ a little lamb, lambkin, kid. 

nnuammdn [oguah, pi. h-, &b«h] sheep- fold, sheep-cot, pen. 

aguamdn, 2>Z. h-, fornicator; ichor e, harlot, prostitute, strum- 
pet. [The j>Z. must not be confounded with the preceding word.] — 
bo ag., to commit fornication'^ cf. bo 41. 106. goru aguammahhoru, 
id. — aguamfim-mo, aguamaimoru, /brw/a/^/ow, whoredom, lewd- 
ness; prostitution. — o-guamlLmmofo, pi. a- (= aguamah) wJwre- 
monger, lecher. 

o-guamm^re [oguah here] a female sheep (or goat), eice. 
guam'f6 [egua mu fo] tlte people belonging to a public as- 
sembly; g. ne baguafo n^ ohene ho nnipa ; s. gyaasefo. 

0-guamprdbeii [oguah, pra.^beh] a sheep or goat with red hair. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



154 op^uammuruwd — ^nantiri. 



O-gu a m m u r u w d [oguaii abaruwa] pL ii-, a grown sheep or 
goat that has not yet had any young, 

aguam-s6m [gua mu asem] a public palaver, pr. 1943. 
guau, V, [red. gunnuan] 1. to wUhery fade, decay, dry (afuw, 
unecma, dua, ababan); syn. botow, kagyaw, kisa, nyani, tuam; - 
to ripen (abtirow g.), syn. boa. — ^. guAn ..bo, to trouble j didress, 
cause pafn or anguish to; me bo gukn me =:= me bo bia me, / am 
in a strait; 6gu^n me bo = oblabia me bo, he troubles, harrasscs, 
annoys, vexes me. 

guaiV, V. [inf. a-, red. gnan'nuan] to flee, rtm off or away; to 
avoid (aaem, kaw) ; to escape. — pr. 1784. 2250. guan do, g. kg, g. 
toa, to flee to .. for sticcour, seek a refuge or hiding-j)lace with a per- 
son or o^ a place. 

Gu&n, j>r. n. oftbe language of Date, Kyerepon, Anum, also of 

K&rakye,Ntwammnru,Nta; c/". Gr. introd. § 5Al. § 1DII,5.6. §2,3. 

guann, a. fine, nice; onipa no aye g., his dress, face, whole 

appearance look fine; wasra nedan mu nti, emu aye g., because he 

has whitewashed his room, it has become nice; syn. Me, k^m^ os6. 

O-gudn, pi. n- [F. egwan, Ak. odwane, odzuane] the sheep; the 
term includes the goat also, but as tbere is a particular word for the 
latter {s. abirekyi), it is commonly used for sheep; if the sheep is 
to be expressly distinguisbed from tbe goat, it is called oguanten. 

aguaii, inf. tbe act o^ fleeing or running away; fligJU, escape. 
fir. 1929. — hasty, hurried steps: fa ag. = tu mmirika; fa ag. ko na 
b^ra! — dze or tutu angwah, F. = de or tutu mmirika, Mt. 5fi. 9,35. 

0-guaii-aniwa (sheep's eye), a kind of bead, s, abene. 
g u a n-d o-b e a, place of refuge for protection ; s. guaiikobea. 

0-guanfo, pi. a-, fugitive. 

o-giiau-faiiii, a dead slieep or goat. 

o-guan-funuma, oguan a n^funumd tua so, a lamb whose 
navel-string has not yet fallen off. 

o-guan-fwefo, pi. a-, shepherd. 

oguan-homa,^?. n-, sheep-skin, leather prepared from it; skin 
of a goat. 

o-g u an-h w i , wool ; the hair of a sheep or goat. (Tbe sheep on 
tbe G. C. bave hair, no wool). 

^ixah-ko-bea J place of refuge for sbelter; s. bintabea. 

o-guan-nam, the flesh or meat of sheep or goats; mutton. 

o-guan-sae, wether, castrated ram or he-goat; cf. opaposae. 

o-gii a n-t c II, pi. n- [oguan & -ten, long i.e. long-legged] the sheej). 

o-guanteii-ba, j;Z. nhuanten-mma, lamb\ s. oguamma. 

o-guantcii-hdma, sheep-skin. 
guan-tiri, sheep^s head; wgye me abofra g., they send me on 
a fool's errand (make an April fool of me); wodada abofra soroah- 
k^fo se; kogye guantiri wo obi hkyen b^ra, na mama wo bi; nso 
ob& biara na obisa no a, se onipa-ko no nim ase dedaw nti, okyere 
no foforo bo kwan. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



op^uantoa — of^uasonipa. 155 



o-guantOa, a kind of plant; woguan wo a, wokobu n^ahabaii 
na woawe. 

agudn-tware [oguan t^a] killing sheep for a feast or a sacri- 
fice, pr, 1125, 

guanuuaiV, a. [= gunnuan, gunnuan6, fr. gu^n] withered; 
dry; ripe; abtirow ^., pr. 678.2044. 

guare, v. \inf. a-] to wash the whole body, to hattie (tr.) [of, 
horo, hoho, hohoro, to wash single parts of the iodf/, or clothes and 
other things]; - to bathe (ifitr.d^tr,), to wash (one's self); - koguare 
no or fa no koguare (wo) asnm\ go and wash him in the river; me- 
koguare, I am going to bathe or to wash myself (by pouring down 
water over the bodj, as the negroes regularly do every day) ; gde 
anka guare, he washes himself with limes, i.e. he rubs his body 
with lime-juice, in washing or after having washed it. pr,2427. — 
ogaare po, samina, nsuohyew, he wasfies himself with sea-water^ 
with soap, icith hot water, — ^. to swim; guare bSra or ko mpoano, 
swim to the shore; ognare twaa asu no, he swam over the river. — 
3. guare asum\ s. asumguare. — 4. to worship some patron spirit 
(family fetish). Aboadefo nhina g. Bosonotwe, all the family o/Aboa- 
dee have B. for their family fetish. 

aguar e, inf the act of bathing or swimming; bath; ablution. 

aguare(-o), a word of politeness spoken by a guest (?) before 
be begins to eat. 

aguare-anni, washing without (subsequent) eating, pr. 2687. 

agiiaree, a place for tvashing or bathing, pr. 1234. 

o-g u a r e f o , ^?. A-^'bathcr ; swimmer. 

agii are-g ud, a scat used in washing one'^ body. 

aguare-ns ra [wode guare a, wonsra] a large kind of lemon, 
so good for washing with, that you need not anoint your body after 
washing, as the negroes usually do. 

agu aase [egua, ase] 1, the king and his elders sitting in coun- 
cil; ohene n6 ne mpanyimfo a woabo gua; • Kwadade aguaase mu 
nnipa doso. — ^. the whole assembly; oko aguaas^m'=^9ko guAm\ 
he went to the council. 

a g u a a s 6 nrT d e, the things i.e. the proper manners observed in 
public assemblies, polite manners; 6ye ag., onim ag. yo (= onim 
nkyid n^ aky^mii n^ kAsA; 6pow), he is polite, polished, elegant in 
manners, well-bred, courteous, — aguaasem-kasAj polite speaking; 
a courteous address; courtesy. 

o-giiaas6inn(, pi. a--fo, 1. an attendant of a king or chief in 
a public assembly, one of his follotvers or train (not one of the coun- 
selors, who are called baguafo). — 2. oguas^m*nipa, = aguasoba. 
gua-s6n [guare, gseh, = ahina a wode nsu gu mu guare] 
hasin, vessel or pot for washing, laver. 

g u a-s 6 [egua so, mi the market] openly, publicly, pr.l222.Mat.6,4. 

aguaso-bd [egua so oba], oguas6m'ni (2), a polite, courteous, 
genteel, elegant, cleanly, clever, active man; bye ag. 

o-g u a s o-n i p a , gentleman. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



156 ognasoiii — gya. 



o-guasoni, member of a council, man of distinction in puUtc 
assemblies. — agiiaso-niwu (^qixa so Amwuli j^i^bliv shame; woa- 
hyc no ag., tJief/ have publicli/ put him to sJmme, made him a puUk 
example. Mt 1,19, 

agu^ton, goods sold at retail: 1. palm-tvine sold by retail; nsa 
a wosoa ton no aban-aban; wode ag. retwam', people retailing palm- 
wine are passing. — J2. pedlergy goods not made in a proper way 
and bought up by peddlers^ ade a wgto di inpewa; fi ippcry, lumber, 
refuse^ out-shot, riffraff; cyi de, eye ag., nsee wo sika wo ho! 
0-giiawa, s. ogua. 

glide [gn ade] a thing cast and wrought of metal, espt'cially 
of gold; trinket, jewel ; cf. 'mranniian (wobg bi na wogu bi). 

gugow, red. v., s. gow; = gonono. 

gugii, red. v., s. gn. — ^^^^^^y !*• s. gu 30. 

gugua, red. v., s. gua. 

gum' = gu mu. Fa tumpah no kgfa nsu gum' bora. pr. IM- 
agunia, fighting, wrestling ov struggling, not in earnest, but /ar 
sport and exercise; pr.1800. wodi ag. == wodi ayeusin (nuipa bi 
goru kitikiti bobo wonho n.a., na eny^ aniboreso). 

aguma-di, inf. wrestling or struggling in a combat for cjcer- 
cise or for a prize. 

guuuuan, red. v. guan. 

guiiiiuane, a. =guannuan, withered, dry, fully ripe; aburow 
g. dokono na 4y^ d^. 

guram, v. to strike, beat with bothliands; cf. biram, bg, 
boro, five. 

gurow, V. to become loose, slacky weak; to break dotcn; to be 
shattered, broken, exhausted; syn. hodwow; gpc ama adakanoagu- 
row, on a<^count of the harmattan the box has become out of joint; 
me nnompe ag., my bones are consumed. Ps. 31,11. m'akwam* hh. ag., 
cdl my joints are loosened; wagurow gSrgww = waye gSrgww, he 
has become quite feeble, imbecile, debilitated, enervated, worn out, 
seedy (as after a drunken debauch). 

g^a, gwan, gwar &c. F. = gua, guan, guare &c. 

gwaii-suma-bew, F. = guankgbea, hintabea. P^. 90,1. 

gwe, gwl, F. = dwe, dwi. 
agwew, F. = adwew. — gwimfo F. = odwumfo. 

gwom, F. = guam', ML 12,38. 

gwoii, F. = dwen, Mt. 18,12. — tg gwon, to go astray. 
gya. [G. d§a.] 

gy a, V. [red. ^y'^gy^^ 1< to go along tcith; to send or lead away, 
dismiss; to guide, conduct; to accompany, especially with kwnn, or 
adding the place to which one is accompanied: ogyaano kwah so 
6nkg po ho, he sent him away to go to the sea; okogyaa no de no kgg 
Atene, he conducted him and brougJit him to Athens; okogyaa no 
hyen no mu, he accompanied him to the ship; (Acts 17,14.15. 20^38.) 
— kogya me sc Nkwantanan, come along with me about as far as 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



gya — gy^biriw. 157 



Nkw.; wokogya wo ygnko 'sa a, woboa woh6 bi, if you accompany 
your friend into the war, you prepare yourself too. — 2. to help, 
assist: onipa yi kogya me adwumaye 'iie, this man is going to help 
me (in ray work) to-day. — 3. gya ..nan, to cover on^s feet (Judg. 3^24. 
1 Sam, 24,3.)y to ease one^s self. ; cf. ne. 

gya, V. Ak. s. gyaw, 1. to leave; gya ho, F. to leave, forsake. 
Eph. 5^1. — 2. to worship. 

gya, n. Ak. s. gyaw, the leg. 

gya, V. [red. gyagya] 1. to let loose, quit one's hold, let pass, 
let dip; wogya won nsam\ F. they loose their hands, to let go, let 
alone; - to loose, loosen, release, set free or at liberty. Mt, 18^.^45. 
Ads 26,82. — 3. to omit, he unthout, cf gyaw; pr. 221. 1004. — 4. to 
desist front. Mk. 14,6. gya me fwe, do not always look at me; cf. gyae. 
— 5. gya.. kwan, to dismiss, let go, set free. — ^. gya.. kyene 
(dan kyene) to give up, relinquish, abandon, drop. pr. 510. — 7. gy a 
inxLy a) to slacken, relax, loosen, let go; gya mu to fam\ to let doum 
to the earth. Acts 10,11. Mark 2,4. — b) to grant liberties. — 6. to let 
floic out: nnipa binom da a, wogya won anom^ nsu gu sQrai so. — 
0. gya siade, to miss good luck. — 10. gya, F. — gyae, to cease. 

gyky adv. disorderly, confusedly, distractedly, in perplexity ; 
cf. gyabegyabe, gyigya, adv. — mmea ne mmofra de su nam gya, 
women and children walked about lamentingly, 

o-gy a, l.fire; pr. 467.1245.1247-53. ogya so, dew, fram, tutu sran- 
sran, dum; - the power of striking fire, pr. 490. — da gya, to sleep 
at the fire, pr. 559. cf. nnyahyee. — 2. fuel, cf. nnyansin, nnyentia, 
nnyina, any an. pr. 1246. 

^S7^y P^' agyanom (F. agyam), father, male parent; syn. gse; 
progenitor, andestor; master; the word is also used as an honourable 
appellation : m'agya Kofi fre wo, Mr. K. calls you. — Syn. gse, 
father, akora, old father. In Ak. agy a is used only in speaking of 
owe'*' own father, omitting the prow, me or yen (my, our) before it, 
whereas gse is used in other cases; agy a ahu wo se Asuom', my 
father has seen your father at Asuom. 

agy a, n. the opposite part or side. — agya no hoa, (adv.) be- 
yond, on yon side, on the other side; cf. asuogya, ayannya. 

gy a , pi. n-, s. gy awa. — tggya = tg apakye. 

gy a, pi. n-, smithy coal, charcoal, made of gs6n4 wood, former- 
ly also of palm-nuts (nnwea) i.e. the shells with their kernels, of 
which the natives did not know to extract the oil. 

gya haw, adv. besides, nevetiheless, nothwithstanding ; eyi 
nhina gy., leaving all this aside, [fr. gyaw, to leave, & haw = ba, 
bea, here, bew, a place.] 

gy h b e gy ^ b e, disorderly, confusedly, distractedly ,falt€ringly ; 
^yn. gyll, gyigya. — gnam ^y, == ogyigyd, n'ani adg nkran, gbg 
8on8ohku. — waye gy. = waye twintwan-twintwan, he reels, stag- 
gers, tumbles. 

gy^bia, Aky. s. gyama. 

gya-biriw [gya, biri] coal, charcoal. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



168 agyabonti — ogyamfo. 

agyabonti, name of a hecist. pr. 1975. 

agyade [agya ade] paternal inheritance; Akuapcmfo a wg- 
kasa Guan, wodi agyade, among those Akuapems that speak Guah, 
the fatJier's property is inherited by the son ; of, wof ade. 

agyadw6 [agya? adwo]: twa agy, to waily lament; wotwa 
agy., they weep or cry aloud, orig. for a deceased father; otwa no 
ho agy., he bewails him; cf. twa adwo, bo bfena, bo abubuw. 

gy ae, t?. [red. gyaegyae] 1. = gya, to drop, let go, let loose, 
let alone* — J2. to set free, — 5. to leave off, discontinue, with an 
inf, wagyae ta nom, he has left off stnoking tobacco ; gyae sii, weep 
no more; gyae no fwe, leave off beating him. — 4. intr. to ahaie, 
cease: mframa agyae, tJie wind has abated; ne yare agyae, his sick- 
ness is over or gone; n'abufuw agyae, his anger has ceased. 
gy ae-a! ifUerj. be silent! 

agya-fanii, asu no agy., both sides of the river. 

agya-fa-me-tg [lit. father take me buy it] a kind of herb used 
to season food; wgde to aduan so; ete se gyene. 

gy a-frama, flame of fire, blaze; cf. mframa, suframa. 
gyahdiife, a kind of cloth (kente); s. ntama. 
0-gya-hene, jpi. a-, 1. the leopard; s. osebg. — ^. a kind of 
butterfly. 

agy a-hind [ahina a wgde gy aw gbosom] a smcdl pot in wMch 
palm-wine is offered to a fetisli. 

ogya-h5-mporoporowa or ntiituruwi, sparks of fire. 
gy^kisi, ashes from the husks of plantains, used in making 
soap; it is also mixed with snu£f, in order to make it sharp; gy^re 
nso a wgde to asrA mn na ano aye hyew. 
agyakiimedii, s. gkankan. 
gykrUj V. to be in the agonies or 2)angs of death, breathe ones 
last, expire ; oregyam, he is at tJie point of death, at the last gasp. — 
^. to bemoan or bewail a deceased person; 6gytim nenua; syn. su. 
— 3. to condole with, express sorrotv, grief or sympathy at tlie death 
ofone^s relation (= kgma no due, kgkyekye ne were). John 11,19. 
agyammeii, s. patu. 
gyam'gyam*, adv. [gyamu, lit. in fire, repeated] hotly, i.e. 
eagerly, swiftly, rapidly; wgakgka asem no gy. ma at^rew, s. ahyds^ra. 
gydm^, adv. [Ky. gyam^a, gyabia] perhaps ; pr. 2438, cf 
ebia, anfwe-a, sese. 

agyammd, a shrub growing about 8 feet high, bearing small 
red fruits, a favourite food of birds; wgde n'ahaban nh hd bono hg 
dudo. 

gyainadiidu,a large kind of drum, kettle-drum; cf. akyene. 
gydmara, -awa, a kind of cloth (kente); 5. ntama, 
gyame, a kind of amulet. 

0-gyamfo, pi. a-, one who commiserates or pities another. 

[pr. 1464. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



agyamu — gyitto. l6d 



agyamu, a kind of amulet. 
gyaii, 5. nnyinnyan. 

gyaii, gyan-ara-gyan, adv. [red. gyennyan, a.] F. = Akr. 
kwa, teta, (Ak.) hunu, in vain, for nothing, without campy icithout 
meaning. 

agy an (pi. id.) arrotc; cf. bemma; pr. 362.372. — spine or quill 
of a porcupine. 

gyane, pr.l643. 8. gyansakyi. 
agyanee, s. pataku. 
agyanka, pr. 1258. 

agy auka, i^^n-, Akw. = aylsa, orphan. 
agyansako, a kind o{ jumping insect. 

gy a n s a ky i, pr. 1643. a by-name of the bird apatipere.pr. 2640. 
agyansrammdy^Z. n-, live coal, burning coal, [gya, sram, ba.] 
agyapad^, 1. heritage, inheritance; nneema pa a eye fe (a.s. 
nkoa, mi^nH, ahene; sika) a wo wgfa awii agyaw wo; syn. apegyade, 
awunnyade. — 2. F. treasures. Mt 6,19. 13,44. 
o-gyapam, a kind of tree. pr.l259. 
gyapatid, a kind of sandals; s. mpaboA. 
gy ap6in, gyapim, a disease consisting in a permanent swd- 
ling of the leg. 

gy^re, soap, = samina. — gyare-ns5, brode-hono a woa- 
byew de rebeye samina; cf. gyakisi. 
gyasil-boafo, s. osebo. 

gy a-ase, lit. under the fire; 1. place where the hearth stands, 
hitchen. — 2. the household espec. of a king» and the people belong- 
ing to it; household servants, domestics; attendants, suite; Qf\Ve ohene 
gy., he has the care of the kings household. 

gyaasefo, i??. domestics, attendants, s. gy aase 2. — ohene 
gyaasefo ne: mfoaf6 (afoasoafo), akyenekafo (akyeremadefo), 
beohyenfo (mmentiabyenfo), ahopriif6, a8oamf6, ketesoafo, konniia- 
soafo, kyinikurafo, mpaboaf6, atufo (ahumfo, tumtofo), abrdf6 (a- 
damfo), sannaf6 (fotosahfo), nsaneafo (sen)) aky^ame. 

gyaaseni, sing, one of the domestics or attendants; s. before. 
gy aase-h6ne, overseer of the king^s household, captain of the 
bodg-guard; cf. ankgbea. 

gy titd (pi. a-), the lion; pr. 1260. other names are: ohy^egyA, 
sdremuse^. — gyata-ba, a lion's whelp. — gyata-bere, lioness, — 
gyata-f6ro, goung lion. — gyata-niiii, male lion. 

gy a-tan n a , 1. a pile oftcood to be burned, especially in pre- 
paring a plantation. — ^. F. a fiery furnace. 

o-gyateii, pi. a-, torch made of dry palm-branches; mpopa a 
woapapaem' na wode abom' akyekyere na woaso de fita abe a.s. 
wode f^efwe ok wan anadwo. 

gy^to, gy atowd, the yaws, a disease of the skin, produ- 
cing ulcerated tumours of a contagious character. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



160 gyatodidi — gyo. 



gyato-didi, a disease of the skin, producing a rough surface 
of the body. 

gyato-duru, a medicine [aduru] used to cure gyato. 
o-gyatofo, pi. a-, a person having the yaws. 

gyatg-nammon, ulcerated sores on the sole of the foot. 

gy aw, V. [red. gyigyaw] 1. to leave, quit, depati from (for a 
time) ; ML 4,13. — 2. to part from (never to return), to forsake, d^ 
sert, abandon, relinquish; Mt. 4^20,22. — 3. to leave (behind), let re- 
main; pr. 12612735.2776. John 4,28. Mt.22^5. — 4. to leave in or com- 
mil to the care of, intrust. — 5. gyaw m u , /o depart this life, expire, 
give up the ghost; cf. wu; onnya unyaw mu e, he has not yet brea- 
thed his last. 

gyaw, V. [inf. a-, red. gyigyaw] gy. obosom, to worship a 
fetish (patron spirii) by bringing him piilm-wine or other gills and 
petitions. Wokogyaw bosom a, wode nsa akotokyiwa ko agyawe 
ho kosSre akwahosan, na titiriw no wogyaw won atamfo tiri so; — 
wode wonho akogyaw no; - osofo gy. ne bosom a, okura nsa a.8. 
oguan na ode koyi mpae ma nea ode bae no. 
agy aw, inf. the act of worshipping a fetish, 
agyawe, place where a fetish (obosom, patron spirit) is served, 

gy aw, w. a gap between the two upper front-teeth. pr.2831. 

gyaw, gyaw a, gya', pl.n-, the leg from tlie knee to the foot. 

— fa., gyaw, to take or embrace the legs, beg pardon; mAf^ wo 
gy&w =pardon me; okotow ne nankroma anira wo n*anim na waf^ 
no gyiw; m6nkofa n^ gyAw. — gyaw-fa, inf. begging pardon. 

gy^wii, the best kind o^ yam; s. od^. 

Syawurusl, a broad and large piece of linen or cloth, sewn 
er of 2 to 4 pieces or 5 to 10 yards (a sheet, Acta 10.); otan- 
kese a wode aboho 2 n^ fa a. 3 a. 4 apam ; obarima-tam a woapam 
(no) ebia sin 3 a. 4 a.s. 6 ; cf. s^pra. 

gye, V. [red. ^y'^^yQ', Q*'^*] -A^* ^y^ [with a narrow ^, whilst 
Akr. & F. (?) have a full e] 1. to take (especially what is offered or 
given), to accept, receive, obtain; cf. fa, nyft; - ^y^ taforoboto yi, take 
this plate (off my hand); begye wo akatua, let me give you your wa- 
ges; megye (=mebegye) m'asranne, I come to receive my monthly 
pay; obi kye wo sika a, wiir^nny^ ana? - pr.307. - ^ye adniaba, 
F. to receive seed, Mt. 13^19 f. — gye ahom, F. to take one^s rest, 
ML 26,45. — gye mpata, adanmude, to take a ransom, a bribe; 
Num. 35f31. Ps. 15^5. — dua biako gye mframa a, ebu, if ofie tree 
receives, i.e. has to stand or endure, (all) the wind, it breaks, pr. 1005. 

— gye bo, to receive a stone, be hit by a stone, pr. 2488. — It may 
serve for the Eng. prep, for = in view of, in expectation of: mete 
ase megye den ? what do I live for? wote ha regje den? for what 
are you sitting here ? cf. Gr. § 243, b. — 2. to take (against the for- 
mer possessor's will), appropriate (to one's self), pr. 302. take posses-- 
sion of, take away from, pr. 1267. gye ne nsam' ade no, take the thing 
off his hands, take it from him; to capture, occupy: oko gyee kiiro 
no, he carried the toum by storm. — 3. to take up, take upon one*s^ 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



gy^ 161 

sdf; woagye hainanka no, they have taken up the hammock; obi 
nnye obi amanne nye ne de, pr. 304. 308. — (>gjee hen wu wui, F. he 
suffered death in our stead; - magye asem no mabo me bo = mafa 
asem no mato meho so ; - ogye ahotsewe asets^na yi (r=awar) to no 
do, F. he enters into this holy estate (viz. matrimony). — 4. gye ntam, 
fo tak^ an oath, i.e. to sir ear with solemnity, in a judicial manner; - 
medentam migye wo, I give you the oath. — 5. gye dase(wia), F. to 
hear (false) mtness, Mt 19,18. 27,13. Mk. 1^44.-6. to draw into Uielum>gs, 
inhale: gye mframa, to take the air, walk out; s. pase; ^yoi htia, to 
scent, smelt. — 7. to seek or try to obtain, to engage: okogyee ahene 
banu adom, he called in two kings to his aid; s. dom, v. - wokogyee 
Akyemfo sa, they engaged the Akemsas allies; cf. gye pa, gyebata. — 
H. gye nim, to gain the victory; to win favour, honour, praise^ glory. 

— '^^ gy® aware, to demand in marriage, engage a woman for mar- 
riage. — 10. F. to take up, buy = to; mekogye tam = mekoto 
Dtama. — 11. to ask, demand (as the price of goods): wugye ahe? 

— 12. to receive as th^ price of something sold : oton ntama no ^y^Q 
dare do, he sold the cloth for ten dollars. — 13. to desire, demand, 
require; nea okom g>e ne me, pr. 2191. cf. 36. - F.=pe, Mt 9,13. - ^ye 
anyibir, to suffer violence i.e. require eagerness and force. Mt 11,12. 

— 14. to require, render necessary: ongye de woko, F. = enhia se 
woko, they need not depart^ Mt 14,16. — 15. to propose in expecta- 
tion of An answer or decision. — 16. to take of or from, exact: ode 
^ee me dare du, he made me pay ten dollars for it; wogye no (ho) 
ayefare, they exact of him a fine for adultery; wagye no (ho) sika 
pi, lit. they have taken much money from him (as a tine), he has been 
severely fined. — 17. to receive, take, collect, gather money or other 
things from other persons; ^. 710. gye or gyigye tow, akwanne&c, 
to raise or levy taxes, custom, toll or dtUy, to lay a duty upoji. — 18. 
to gather, contract, nkanare, rust, pr. 2385. ntuw, mould, i.e. to become 
rttsty, mouldy. — 19. gye ban, to make a fence, pr. 104. 1265. — 20. 
to receive, take in, accommodate, shelter, harbour: wogyeeyen few- 
^,Act821,17.] ekwae yi agye wo. pr. 1872. — 21. gyQ.. torn', to give 
a hearty reception; to receive among or into (a society). — 22. gye.. 
ata, to receive into one's arms, = ye .. atti. — 23. gye.. a wo, to wel- 
come. — 24. gye wo, to cry? — 25. to rescue, retake, recapture; to 
redeem, ransom, buy out of servitude or penalty; to release, free, 
deliver, liberate; to save ; Mt 14^30. 18,11. — gye me (fi) m'atamfo 
nsam\ deliver me from my enemies; gye me (wo) bone mu, save me 
from sins or eml. Mt 1,21. — 26. gye.. nkwa, to save or preserve 
one's life; c/'.agyenkwa. Tit. 3,5. — 27.totake into protection, protect, 
defend, preserve; wgpee me aknnfi me, na Onyahkopgn gyee me, 
they sought to kill me, but God protected me; ode nkrante kts gyee 
nebo, he defended himself with a stvord; ogye ne nua ti, he defends, 
fights for, his brother. — 28. to take along (with), lead, conduct, 
^ide; s. gyigye; cf. gya 1. — gye abofra ta-ta, to lead a child by 
^ hand, teach it to walk. — 29. to take up, admit, believe: gye.. 
di, fo believe; migye no or n'asem midi, I believe (in) him or his 
word; F. gye dzi, Mk. 9^3. (diff. gye .. di, to receive, accept and eat, 
pr. 307.) gye .. tie, to obey. — 30. to take up (a saying) and respond or 

11 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



162 gye — ogye. 



rejyli/ to (it) in one or other way : gye .. kyim, (to tnke up and wrest 
I.e.) to doubt, contradicty dispute; gye., &kymnyey id. Acts 13,4o. 28^29. 
— gye.. pene or knW, to assent; gye.. pen, F. to accept, receive 
(ji saying) 1 Tim. 1,15. — gye.. daso, lit. to accept (a summons) 
and sleep upon, i.e. to linger or delat/ in obeying the summons : se 
wgsamina obi a, ounny^ nnnA so; ommSra ntem. — 31. gye.. so, 
a) to take up i.e. answer y return an anstcer, respond j reply ^o(=bua) ; 
to respond to a call ; to return the firing of the enemy. — b) to take 
up a cause, Mf. Gr. p. 115. — c) to approve (of), commend, congratu- 
late, praise for some performance; adwini a odii no, oman nh. agye 
no so = woakamfo adwini a odii no, ttie wJwle town praise him for 
the execution of his skilful work. — d) gye .. do, F. to set forth: wodze 
won abrabg-pa gye wo nokwar asem no do, they by tfieir life set forth 
thy true word. — e) gye .. do, F. to ligJU upon^ lodge in. Mt. 3,16. 13^32. 
(('f.37.)Mt.27,40. — 32. to call forth continuation (prop. fortJicoming) 
of speech, gye .. ba, to cause one to proceed in his speech by assen- 
ting acclamations. — 33. to be entitled to: wugye daben ? what rejdy 
depending on the week-day of your birth or on your rank and fa- 
mily) is due or belongs to you? migye any^^do, ah^newa, aberaw', 
imu, gb^re. — 34. regyc with a locative or objective complement 
and a verb in the consec. form: to tend to or toward, to aim at, be 
looking for, have in view: gno nso regye kurow no mu akg bi, he 
too was endeavouring to go into Uiat town; o(re)gye una awu, he is 
drawing near to death, his time to die is at hand = oreye awu, ne wu- 
da abeh, adu, newu adu so. — 35, gye bata or aguadi, to take up, 
begin (or enter into) a mercantile or trading connexion, commercial 
relation, connexion in business (oguadifo ma wgkose gdefo bi se gpe 
se g-n^ no di gua). — 36. to require, take up, occupy (a time): adwu- 
ma yi begye nnaawotwe; cf, 13, — 37, to take up, occupy, fill up (a 
space): dua yi agye asase pi, IJuk. 13,7. wim' nnoma begye ne nwin' 
ase, F. the fowls of the air lodge under tJie shadow of it, Mk, 4,32. cf. 
31 e). — 38. to detain: ne nna gyee no traa ho ara, his sleep detai- 
ned him in that place for a while, — 39, gye ntini, to take or strike 
root, — 40, gye,, anom': aduah no agye n'anom', lit. that food has 
taken (root) in his mouth i.e. has become his favourite dish; nam agye 
n*anom', he is fand of meat. — 41. n'ani gye, lit. his eye takes or 
catches (iw/r.^ [or perh. his eye glitters, sparkles? cf. gyigye] i.e. Ae re- 
joices, is joyful, cheerful, glad, he delights (.. ho, in..). — tr. ogye 
n'ani, he amuses himself; gde gye n'ani, he amtises himself with, he 
delights in, rejoices in; Lk. 16,19. — 42, gye, to except, s. gye, adv^ 
GT,%m,Sg, 

f^y e, adv. or conj. except, excepting, with the exception of, eur- 
elusive of, save, bid, only; Gr.§ \M,<^b. 235 b. — gye Onyamc hko 
na onim, God only knows; obiara nnim, gye Onyame nko, no mafi, 
knows but God alone. — gye se or se gye, except, unless, if not; ear- 
cept that, save that. Gr. § 277. John3,2. 

^yc, frenzy, madness, — bg gye, to be mad = bg dam; gbo 
me so gye, he rages against me, 

o-f^yo, inf. 1, the act of taking, receiving,,, s. gye, v, — 2. .<?o/- 
t>atiott, deliverance, redemption, — 3. ogye a wonnye uni, unbcliffl 



1 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



•agye — agyenennyenemisu. 163 

agy e! int. [= agya-6! oh fatherf] oh! alas! woe w me! o dear! 

gyebum, a kind o£ plantain; s. ob6rode. 

gye-de, F. = gye se, except^ s. gye, adv, 

gyedi, -fo, s. gyidi, -fo. 
agyedo, F. = nnyeso, answer, reply. 

gye-dua, 1. [a tree of receiving scil. in its shadow] a sliadif 
tree in the street, umbrella tree; symb. the king, in the phrase: otow 
gy. ababan, he tears the leaves of the shadow-tree, = ohyira ohene, he 
curses the kings life. — ^. t?ie stick of an vmhrella to which the ribs 
are fastened. 

o-gy6fo, 1. one who takes, receives, exacts... cf. otowgyefo. — 
2. rescuer, redeemer, deliverer, saviour; syn. agyenkwa. 
o-gyef6, madman, lunatic, crazy person; syn. obgddmf6. 
0-gy efuo, name of a month, about February; s. osram. 

%y^Ey^^y^y '^oise, bustle, alarm, tumult; ye ^y.^ to make a 
noise, be noisy, boisterous, bustling. 

agyegye-nsu, Akp. s. agyenennyene-nsu. 

gyem' = ogya mu. pr. 3634. 

agyeman [nea ogye oman] defender, supporter, savimtr of the 

agyemannare, a kind of song; s. dwom. [nation. 

agy e-mpar e [nea egye mparow] Siprop or support of a rafter 

(piece of timoer standing on the tie-beam of a roof and supporting 

the rafters). 

gyen, v. [red. gyen'ny^h] 1. to be pure, clear, still (of water); 
nsu no ^j. = emu ye kronkronkron. — 2. to be sincere, simple, 
harmless. Mt. 10,16. PhU. 2^15. — 3. to gaze; ogyeh' n*ani (te se wafe 
n'aniwam'), he clears his eye i.e. he looks closely or sharply; ogycfi 
me = of we me yiye (te s§ ade a ohhuu hi da), of we m'anim ma 
agyen-agy en-nsu, s. agyegye-nsu. [ekye kakra. 

gy^nii, a.&adv. pretty much, pretty long, for a ivhile; cf. 
prann ; gkasae ara gy., osQi ara ^y. — odii nna gyehn supow no 
mu, ^ stayed several days on the island. 

gy ene, v. 1. Ak. = gyen, v. — 2. to separate; the blood at 
death separating into serum and coagulum or clot, **wagyene ne- 
ho" has become a euphemistic expression used in speaking of the 
death of kings or high persons ; he has resigned or surrendered his 
Zi/e = wawu, wAgy^wmii, wa86pa neho, waddn neho, wdkk babi. 
gyene, F. (pi. id.) onion; syn. soprada. 
gy^nennyeneh, a. dear, pure, transparent, bright; syn. 
gyirennyiren, kurennyeh, krohkroh; ode nsu gy. bereeme; wa- 
nah sika no gy. asi ho. 

gyen6n[nyenen]nyenen(org6nenenen,gyenyenyenyeri) 

adv.orn. iinglingy of the shrill, sharp, vibrating sound produced e.g. 

by striking metal; eye m'asom* g., U thrills tftrough my cars; cf. yonn. 

agy onen-ny eneu-nsu, Ak. [agyegye-nsu, agyenagyennsnj 

Aky. takyirldi, dragon-fly, adder-fly, libelMa. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



164 Qoyeiiko — gjigye. 

J^y e II k o, name of a month, about April? s, osram. 
afrjeiikwa [nea ogye or egye nkwa] J. sarioury redeemer, 
deliverer J preserver; the SariouVy Redeemer, — 2, the safety4id or 
eovcritig of leather over the lock of a gun. 

«i j^y e n s ii [ade a cgye nsu, tchiU reeeives Oie icaiei-] guUer; spout. 

*r je H t ia [ogya tia] />/. nnjentia, fire-stiek, fire-brand; fuel; 

remains of a fire, remainder of fuel; mannyi nnj^nsih mannA, na 

gy. bi ua medae; m6nkotwa nnjentia mm^ra! dunnum nny. a ewo 

ofie nhina ansa-na woako! 

fcyt^nnyaii, F. a kind of tree. 

f^ycnnyaii, F. [rer?. of gyan] a., adv. in vain; vain, rile, — 
gycnnyan biara, F. perhaps, 2^ossihli/. 

aj^yen-Hyan-dze, agyen-nyaii-ne, F. a vain thing, vanity. 
o-gy ennyent \Vi, pl.H.-y a person given to vanity, ef. nnycn- 
uyentwi; 1. a thougMess, heedless, careless, foolish person, who does 
not care for advice, but foolishly takes his own way, cf. okwasea. — 
2. a profligate, intemperate, licentious, dissolute, debauched, lascivious, 
leicd person; r/*. ohofwini. — 3. a shameless, infamous, ignominious, 
vile, contemptible, despicable person ; cf. odapafo. 

agyesowd [fr. gye so] a certain tone or melody in music; 
to agy., to sing the accompanying voice. 

gyew^yew: n*asem ye ^j.^ he is rash, precipitate, his man- 
ners arc rough, rude; sgn. bye why ^w. 

af^j'cw =adagyew, leisure; eho agyew na mannya, I did nM 
get time for it, 

gy i d i, inf. [gye di] F. gy idzi, faith. — gy idika, inf, confession 
gy id in i, -to, pi. -fo, F. gy idzifo, pi, a-, believer, [of faith, 

l^y^t^y ''h ^^^' ^' ^' ^' &>**» ^'^' — ^' ^0 ^'' unsteady, unstable, 
fickle; to waver, vacillate, Rog. 149.605, — 3. to be unsettled, excited, 
agitated, in a passion, distracted. Rag. 824. — wagyigya = waye 
basabasa, he is confounded, confused, perplexed; cf. bo nnyinnyan. 
— 4. to be impaired, deteriorated; won Kristosom no gyigyae, their 
Christianity was on the decline. 

o-gyigyafo, a passionate, quarrelsome person; cf, otangyi- 
gyafo. Prov. 9,13. 25,24, 

g y i gy jVg y i g y {\ a,, ad v. unsteady, unstable, fickle, variable ; 
unsettled, disorderly; oye n'ani f^y„ he is unsteady <€r, onam gy, nti, 
ehkyere se no koma da neyam\ his rash, restless, stormy, fidgefty 
manner shows that his heart is not at peace, 

gyigy aw, red, v., s, gy aw. 

gyigj'C, red, v. s, gye 1-40. Other meanings: 1, f^y, abofra, 
to lead, tend, attend, nurse, feed, foster a chUd; raabo bi pa se 6nny i- 
gyh me hk, I have hired a person to attend or nurse my child, — ;?. 
to instruct in, train for: wogyigye no akom. — 3, to lead aside or 
astray; to allure; to coax, flatter; to entice, decoy, tempt, seduce, 
persuade; to cheat, deceive, delude; cf, so fwe, dofedefe, dada, sisi, 
^ ogyigyc-fwiroma; to prevail on, win over or try to do so; obon- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



oji^yi^yedifo — p:yiiia. 165 



sam gyigyec lesu ; ogyigyee no so 6nye bone, he seduced him to do 
evil. — 4. to excite, provoke; ogyigyee me se me n^ no iiko, he pro- 
voked me to figJU with him; ogyigyee me pee m*anom' asem, lie tried 
to elicit y draw or catch a word from my mouth, — 5. gy. ano; a) 
ogyigye m'ano, he teases me, provokes me to fight or anger, — h) 
id. he tries to catch me in my words. — c) se ogyigyee ano a, anka 
§yee tgkwaw, if he had replied to every things it woidd have led 
to a scxifflc. — 6". to begin to grow red or ripe (of fruits). — 7. to 
shine, glisten, glitter, glister, sparkle; gy. so, to dazzle; owia gyi- 
gye lio '•= ye hq hanh; kanea no gyigye m^ani so, the light dazzles 
my eyes. — 8. to sound, eclw, resound; bepgwnom* agyigye, the echo 
rings from that mountain; egyigye m'asom', the sound of it is in my 
ears. — 9. de neho gyigye .. m u , to interfere, intermeddle, meddle 
with; syn. ft-afram'; wgmmfa wgnho nnnyigyera', they shall not inter- 
fere, not meddle (or mix themselves up) with (or in) the matter; nsem 
libin& na gde nebo gyigyem', he meddles or busies himself with every 
thing. 

o-gy igy e-difo, a woman wlw takes things from men and after- 
wards breaks her agreements with them; bye ogy. 

o-^yigyefo, 1. gbea gy., nurse. — J3. (ouipa gy.) seducer, al- 
lurer, flatterer, pr. 2386 f. adversary, antagonist, pr. 2407. — F. tihe 
trmpter, Mt.4,3. = gsgfwefo, gdadafo. 

0-g y i gy e-f w 1 r e m a, delusion, deceptive promise ; lit. a decei- 
ving by whistling to; ogyigye wo ogy., he deceives you by flattery or 
vain promises. 

agy fgye-nnyc-nnl, a story to be received and not to be be- 
lieved, fable, feigned story or talc, fictitious narration; cf. anaiisesem. 
The story-teller first addresses bis audience witb tbis word, perb. = 
will you believe or not? and tbe assembled bearers answer: Yegye 
di, we believe (it certainly). 

o-gy f gyirifo, an inconsiderate, unwary, rash, giddy, indiscreet, 
imprudent, foolish person; cf. gkwasea. 

agyigyirisem, inconsiderateness, indiscretion, imprudence, 
rashness, unreasonable actions, harsh proceedings, violence actuated 
by foolishness; wakodi agy. — cf. nkwaseasem. 
gyim, V. F. = gyimi, to be an idiot dtc. 

o-gyimfo, pl.^^-y a stupid person, fool, idiot, simpletofi dx. 
Bog. 499. oOl. 503. cf gkwasea, ogy6f6. 

gyimi, v. to be stupid, foolish, senseless, thoughtless, crazy, 
mad. pr. 1278. 2708. — o-gyimi, i«/., stupidity, folly dc. pr. 1277. 
ne gyimi nti gnte m'asem ase; cf. nkwaseasem, gye^ adammg. 

gy in a, v. [red. gyinagyina] to stand (of persons and quadru- 
peds, cf. si, ta); to remain firm on a foundation; to stand still, make 
a stand, stop, pause, halt; gyina bg, stop I gdgn no agyina, the clock or 
watch has stopped; owia agyina, the sun has reached its highest point, 
is in the meridian, it is midday. — gyina.. akyi, to stand at the 
bark of or behind, to support, help, back, second, encourage, shield, 
defend^ protect, stay, assist; cf. di.. akyi, boa. — gyina ..mu, 1. 
to stand, hold out, endure, bear, sustain, stand the proof or test. — 



Digitized by Google 



166 ^yiiia — at^yiiiatii. 



2, io flourish; anemdwuma-dafi no gyinam' s$, (he manufactory is 
in a very flourishing state, — gyina..ano, to stand against, witJ^ 
stand, resist, — gyina ..so, a) to stand on, be founded on, rest on; 
wo fo a wudi yi gyina asem a wokae kaii no so, the reason of your 
being declared guitty is your first saying. — b) to stand to, be faith- 
ful to: ogyina nahkasa asem so :=onnan n'asem, he keeps, is true to 
his word. — c) to keep to, obey: wogyina n'asem 8o = wodi n'as. so, 
they adhere to his orders, — d) to flourish, thrive: kilrow no gyina 
80 s(», the town is in a flourishing stctte, — e) to consist in or of; a- 
honu pots no gyina nsem abiesa so, Kurtz § 272. 

gyina, 1. stay, support, prop; odan yi gyina ne odum yi, 
this room is supported by this pillar; one me gy. = me mu-dua, 
m'akyidua, he upholds me, on him I rest. — 2. stay, delay, conti- 
nuance in a place for some time: di gy., to stay or last for a whUCy 
to delay; mesomaa no no, wanni gyina na osah bae, when I sent 
him, he did not stay long, but returned; bone mu anigye nni gy.^ 
sinful pleasure does not last long; ntama yi anni gy., this cloth did 
not last long; s, di, F, G. 

a gyina, the constdtation of several persons who leave a greater 
circle to co^iverse apart; kg agy., to go apart for such a consultation, 
to deliberate; tu agy., to consult apart, [fr. gyina, to stand, because 
the act mentioned is performed by the parties standing.] 

gyina-bea, gyina-bew, standing-place, stand, station; hycn 
gy,, harbour, road, roadstead. 

gyinae, the point or that on which one takes position or in- 
sists as being of importance; the main point, the principal part of 
a statement; object, end, conclusion; - asem yi, minhil ne gy,, I do 
not see the real purport of this palaver; osii n'asem mu gy. ansa- 
na greka, o.s. gkyeree asentitiriw a enti gbae nh nsentitiriw a ewg 
ne kase no mu, he stated or set forth the principal points of his ob- 
ject before he entered into particulars; woanya asi asem no gyinae 
no; eyi ansa-na yerebefa wo gy. no so de akg agyina, you have now 
stated the essential points of the matter; on these your statements we 
shall now hold our consultation; (wgtase nea won nhina kae na 
ckosi asem biako so a, wose:) nea yede asi ne gyinae ne se: ada- 
pen anah obetua kaw no, the decision we have come to is, thai he 
shall pay the debt in four weeks; mohyee negy. den? how did you 
settle it? yeahye mu gyinae se adapeh 4 obetua, we have determined 
that in 4 weeks he shall j)(iy* 

agy inam' [gyina mu]lit.5/anJm//-m, i.e. taking another's place, 
hence surety, security, bail; - di agy., to be bail, give security; odi 
agy. ma me, he gave security or has become surety for me. — cf, 
akagyinam. 

agy inam'fo, tlie members of a council, 

a gy i n a m a, pi. n-, the cat; other names are: ateiikyeraa, fie- 
bgfo, gsa, ameew. 

gyinantwi, a medicinal plant. 

gy i n as6-eh ft-po, a kind of flower, lily? 

a g y i n a-t u , inf. deliberation. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ogyinatuf6 — eha. 167 



o-gyinatuf6, pi, a-, one that has gone for deliberation, 

agjirae, mark, visible sign made upon a thing for some pur- 
pose; significant token; character made, instead of signature, by 
one who cannot write; cf. kgna, kra, nsow, botae; - mehye no agy. 
n.s. wode biribi ato ho na woaf^e no yiye «cnea eda, na se obi de 
ne nsa ka a, woahQ. — agyirae-hye, inf. the Act of marking a thing. 
gyirhnij Akw. = tdf6d^, nkyene. — gyirase, s, girase. 

agyir^twe, a weight of gold = ntaku 16, J2 dollars or ackles, 
9, 3. (As. borpwo, whilst As. agyiratwe is half a taku more.) 

agyiratwefa, a tveight of gold, the half (ofa) of agyiratwe. 
(As. boro6fa, nt. 8, whilst As. agyiratwefa is nt. 9.) 

gyirenny iren, a, pure, clear, clean (of water); syn, gye- 
nennyenen, kurennyen, kronkron. 

gyirigyiriw, a, gristly, cartilaginous, used in speaking of 
things which cause a crunching noise in chewing; syn, hawhaw; 
kotoko nam ye gy. 

The guttural or faucal consonant h occurs before a, o, o, u 
and before the nasal vowels e, i. Before the pure vowels a, 0, o (u) 
some individuals pronounce it stronger than Eng. h, f with stronger 
friction of the breath between the soft palate and tne root of the 
tongue) similar to the guttural ch in German ach, Bacharach; be- 
fore all nasal vowels it is not stronger than Eng. h, and between 
the nasal prefix ii and a nasal vowel or w it is almost mute, as in 
nhina, nhoma, nhwen, nhwi. — Before the pure palatal vowels e, 
e, i, the consonant becomes palatal and has more friction of the 
breath between the palate and the middle of the tongue, so that 
it answers to the palatal ch in German ich, Aachen, Mimchen, or 
y^ of the Standard Alphabet; in analogy to ky, y^y, ny, we express 
this simple sound by the letters by. — The consonant h is also 
joined with the labial sound of w. In our books we retain the com- 
bination hwa only when it assumes open prefixes, as g-hwanyan, 
whereas, when the prefixes are half-open, we write it hiia or hua, 
as o-hudm, o-huan', 6-hu^h. — In Fante dialects we find hw not 
only before a, but also before o, o, ii, and e, e, i; for F. hwo, 
hwo, hwu, we write only ho, ho, hii, and hwe, hwe, hwi 
have been changed into the palato-labial combinations fwe, fwo, 
fwi. — In Ak. even hwa or hvia has been changed into fwa. — 
The simple h is, in single instances, to be found interchanging with 
k, ashann, F. kann; with s or fw, as hintiw, Aky. sunti. As. fwinta; 
with w, as F. ahoba, Akr. awowa; and with y, as Ak. hara, Akr. 
yera, F. yew. 

e-ha, pron, of place (Gr. § 60,3.) Jiere, this place; hither; hence; 
her a ha, come here; it may take the adj, prop, yi after it: bera 
ha-yi, come just here, or an attribute in the possessive case before 
it: b6ra me ha, come hither to me; me ha ye me yaw, this place (of 
my body) Jiere pains me; it may stand as an attribute in the poss. 
case before a noun : eha nnuan, the sheep of this place or country, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



168 ha — ahaboben. 



Gr. § 61, or in apposition after a noun of place, when it must be 
rendered in Eng. by this: waba kurom' ha 'ne, he came into this 
ioton to-day. — ehanom(a kind of plural form), hereabout, here- 
abouts, — The emph. part, ara may be added: eba-ara, this same 
place, just here; wgte hanom-ara, tliey live here about (nowhere else). 
— Cy*. ha-n^-ha, hayi. 

ha, h4, interj. 1. = hahS, &, expressing pleasure or joy. — 
2. a call for attention. — 3. an* expression of contempt. Gr. § 145. 
e-ha, 1, woody forest, hush; gnam ham* kwa, onhu fie kwan, he 
wanders about in the bush, does not find the way home; cf. (a)haban, 
hanam &c. — 2. F. plantation, cf- afuw, kwa. — 5. chase, hunting, 
sport; - ye ha, to hunt; cf. ahayo. 
o-ha, hundred. 

ha, Ak. F. s. haw, v. 
o-ha, pi. a-, a kind of bat; a harmless kind of monkey. pr.lSB. 
aha (interj.) mema wo aha, contr. maha, mahao, / give i.e. wish 
you good day! 

ha, hate, adv. hard, soundly (of sleeping); wada ha, Ac is 
fast asleep = wada nnahg. Acts 20 fl. 

ha, adv. (to V. fwe) staringly, fixedly, unmoveably; ofwe no ha, 
he gazes at him. 

h^bababa, imit. expression of unintelligible chattering or 
babbling (wgkasa a, eye m'asom h., tJieir speech is quite uninielU" 
gible to me), or of the crackling of a fire: with a crackling noise; 
ogya 01' gtanna no rehyew h. 

nhab^mmd (ahaban nketenkete), leaves of different trees, 
ahabam-mema, pr. 1291. 

ahabilim-mono (ahaban mono) 1. fresh or green leaves. — 2. 

(a.) green; of green colour. — 5. a venomous snake of a green colour. 

habdn, 1. bush:=wur&. F. field, Mt. 6^28. 13,44. — 2. apiece 

of land overgrown with bush; raakgtg h. — 3. foliage, pr. 1289. — 

Aky. hahane. 

a h a b d ii, pi. n-, Ak. ahabane, leaf, leaves, foliage ; shrub, shrubs, 
bush, bushes; wood, forest; cf. wura, kwae; - nnuru hi yenh., ebiye 
nnunhin, some medicines are leaves, others are roots of trees; wobe- 
bubuu all. agu yen so, lit. th^y came and tore leaves have cast upon 
us, i.e. they have sympathetically comforted us (e.g. after a defeat), 
haban-sem, an agreement concluded in the bush, without 
witnesses, pr. 2635. 

ahaban-ti\, prepared tobacco in leaves (hands), unrolled to- 
bacco, imported from Europe or America; s. ta. 

a h a-b it y 6 r e , wild yam. pr. 1390. 

aha-bo: watow ah., he has slain a man uniutcntionally, — ne 
nsa apa. 

ahrl-b(Wi pi, n-, beast of tlw forest, wild beast, game. 

ah {1-1)0 1)0, a kind o^ wild vine. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



habodom — ham. 169 



ha-bod6m, j:>Z.a-, (lit. dog of the forest), a kind oi' jackal, gioga- 
rions, brownish, with a slender body and long tail ; cf, hatwea. 

aha-b(isi\ [eha mmusu] the tnarrlng or spoiling of the chase or 
hunting; pr. 307. gje no ah., he does him Itarm in his hunting, drives 
the game away &c. (Obommofo ko M'uram' a, wobg no mmusu mma 
onnya aboa ntowno.) 

uhadd, sleeping in the hush; (ahdy6 k wodd wo mu) eho ye nh., 
there are only single huts to which hunters resort, there while hunt- 
ing one must sleep in the hush, it is an extensive uninhahited forest; 
cf una h so. 

ha-dwiw, tick, a little insect infesting sheep, goats &c. 
hie ha^, interj. a cry to scare or fright away birds of prey; 
oye me hh., he teases or irritates me, cf gtane m'ani. 

ahafi, a remote place in the midst of a wood or forest; gtwec 
neho kgtraa ah. babi. 

e-hdf6, the people from here, inhahitants of this place, toivn or 
country. 

ahafo = nnan so; oko ah. = gkg wuram\ kwaem'. 

ahafod, Akw. = ahaban. 
hagire [Dan. hagel, hagt] small-shot, hail-shot. 

ahjigya, hasket of pcdm-hranches of an inferior, careless make 
berew a wgammg no akyem-medew, 

hah a, v, = hoahoa. fr, 1799. 

hah d, interj, an expression of gladness, satisfaction &c. cf ha. 

h a h a, s. heha. — pr,570. — a h ah a, pr. 1879. 

ahJh^e' Ak^*""""^' } = ^*^*"' *^*^*^' ahabane, F. ahataw. 

hahare, F. attrih. adj., s. hare. 

h ah 1, grief for a great loss; me h. abg meho. 

o-h hhini, pi. a-, a large, hlack ant emitting a bad smell. pr. 315. 

h&harj\, hahra, hahraha, a. hroad, wide, spacious, wide open; 
cf. tetre; gdah no mu ye h. = gdah no mu gow. 

h i\ h y e-h a h y e, culv. heavily (of breathing). 

^hai, a kind of heer made of Indian corn; corn-wine, pito. 

hiU, interj. an expression of fear or astonishment. Gr. § 145. 

hd[mu-]k ram an = habgdgra, is used for wolf; but s. pataku. 

ham, V. to hrawl, quarrel, wrangle, altercate; to chide (Ez. 17 ,2.) 
o-u6 no ham or wghlim = g-ne no yaw, kasakasa, perepere; mekge 
no, na greham. 

O-ham, inf. dispute, quarrel, altercation, hrawl; efi ham mu; 
koo k6 80, from chiding it came to hloics. — bo ham, F. to rehtike. 

[Mt 17,18. 20,81. 
ham' = ha mu, in the hush, tcood, forest; F. on the plantation, 
in the field, Mt. 24,18.40. eham*, Mf. noiihward. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



170 hama — olidu. 



h a m a , irf. a- or n-, 1. cord, strin{f, rope; bond; pr. 1293f,2o30. 
cf. mfiriwa, mofuml, nntiahllni^, ntampebama. — wahye hama = 
wasen ne mene; ode auiwu kohyee h., she strangled herself through 
shame. — ^. climber ^ tendril, creeper, creeping or trailing piant, a 
plant that grows clinging to the ground or trees or other means of 
support; mekobo ahama e.s. mekotwitwa nhamam*, na afe anohyia 
a, na mered6 (Ak.) — 3- twe hama, s. ntontobo. 

hama-biri, a medicinal plant nsed to cure belly-ache, 
ham a-hama, a. boisterous; epo ye h., the sea rages as wheu 
agitated by a storm. 

o-h am a n i , one bound with cords. 

aha man ka, pi, h-, [Span, hamaca"] hammock; cf, denkye- 
dehkye. — ahamaukafo^ hammock-carriers, 

hamanka-soa, hammock carrying, (Phr, bo no akonkon! 
fa to wo atifi ! yebedi no nnyigy^ or adanndn'.) 

a h a m a-n 6 [hama ano] pr, 1123, the end of a string, 

ah am a-sa-de: ne nan ah. = ade a woma ma wodc sa obi hama 
=r atramatiri 24 a wode ma oheue se oroma wonkum nipa. 

ahama-tw6, inf, s, ntontobo. pr, 2841. 

uhamawa [hama dim.] 1. little strings dtc, — 2. vermicelli. 

o-ha-mu-ni, j;/. a- -fo, 1. inhabitant of a plantaiion-mlldge = 
ofumni, okuraas^uf. — 2. a person living in the busli, tcood or forest, 
a savage. — 3. an uncivilized person, 

hhiiy V, [red. henhan] 1, to stretch, extend. — 2. to be extended; 
cf, ghan. — 3. to loosen (intr.J: ahan me, it has been loosened (be- 
come loose) for me, s. "ahih me ahan me" under bin. — 4, red. to 
become or be distant, loose (of texture), 7iot joining closely (of things 
fitted together); ntaraa yi ani ahenhan, this cloth has become ihread- 
bare{?)'^ ntabow a woka sii anim no ah., there are chinks inthe boards 
you fitted together; they no longer fit closely. — 5. Phr. ade no ahen- 
han n'ani so, the thing has become unimportant or indifferent in his 
eyes, he makes light of it, he disregards or slights the thing; ohenhah 
a ahenhan won ani so no nti, womfA ny^ biribi bio, it has become 
so unimportant in their eyes, that they do not care for it any more; 
ne kafe a owg ahenhan n'ani so nti, onko mu bio, his co/fee planta- 
tion has lost all attraction for him, so that he does no more go into it, 
haiV, V. [red. han'h^n] 1. h. mu, to spread out, to extend, to 
open wide; han akatawia no mu, open the umbrella; ohah n'anom\ 
-^ gte n'anom*, he opens his mouth wide, he gapes, stands agape; 
ohan ne nsam* (se ode rebo no), he stretches oid his arms, he raises 
his arm (to strike him). — 2, to swell, augment in force or loudness: 
hah wo 'n6 mu teem', cry aloud, Is. 58, 1. — 3. ohahhan n'ani, he 
stares, gives a stare, he threatens, frightens (ogye biribi aberahso, 
oka asem dennennen). — 4. intr. to be extended, wide open: mmere 
no ahan, the mushroom has opened or expanded; n'ani ahan, his 
eyes are tcide open or staring (of one drowned or taken by the throat) ; 
m'ani ahan, / am quite surprised or astonished. 

g-hdn, a cord, reaching from one side of a river to tJie other, to 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



aln\imui — hliran. 171 



lay hold of in passing over; pr.440, — sanku-hdh, the string of a 
violin or other stringed instrument. 

ah^nmii, the groin (sfire n^ yafunu ahyiae, ayaase). 
hftnu, adv, & a. deary light, bright, himinom, lucid; cf, h^na- 
h&ua, h^rah, hyereh; osoro ye hann, the shy is bright (cf. wim' 
atew); gdan no mu ye hann, the apartment is light; wapue h., Jie 
has become clearly or distinctly visible; n'ani so da ho h., hh' eyes 
are open, clear and bright; anim ye h., it is brigJU, broad daylight. 

— n. light, brightness ; clearness; open, clear place or space, glade, 
lawfi. John 1,4. 3,19, — osoro hann no nti, yehG po *ne, the atmos- 
phere is so clear that we can see the sea to-day; osebo nam na odu 
hann (= pet§) mu a, osuro, when the leopard in his roaming abotU 
comes to an open place, he is afraid; obi nnantew h. mu nyera gkwah ; 
cf. John 11,9. 

hanah^na, a. bright, brilliant, glossy, shining, glittering, re- 
sjdmdent; cf. hann, hyehye; adaka no (ho) ye h., this furniture is 
glossy, bright, highly polished. 

h a-n a m , game, deer, venison. 
ah dn n ^n, four hundred. Gr. § 78,3. 
hd-n^-hd, here and there; woko Akiiropgn yi, nkg h., ... do; 
not go to certain places (to others you may go), 
hanhan, red. v. hah. 

h^nk^re, pLh-, circle; any thing circidar, made of string, 
cloth, iron ; hoop. 

ahilukr6n, nine hundred. Gr. § 78. 

hhan 5d [eha, wood, n6a=ano, border] the border of or between 
the bush and a plantation. 

ah^nsia, six hundred. — a h d n s 6 n, seven hundred. Gr. § 78. 

h a u s p a [Ger. handspatcn] spade. 
g-hantan, a kind of large /rce. 
lih An tRUy pride, haughtiness; arrogance; c/*. ahokyere, ahupo; 

- ye ah., /o be proud, 

o-hdn tanni, pi. a- -fo, a prouA, hatighty person, pr. 1395. 
ahdntan-sem, proud or haughty speaking, behaviour or de- 
meanour; arrogance, coficeitedness. 

ahdnnu, two hundred. — ahdnniim, five hundred. 
ahdiiw6twe, eight hundred. Gr. § 78,3. 
h^ra, V. [red. h&rah&ra] Ak. = yera (F. yew), yeraw [yera- 
haram^ v. = yeram, to yawn, gape. yeraw]. 

haramata^ pi. a- [Sp. harmatan, an Arabic word] the har- 
mattan, a dry wind from the interior of Africa, which blows in De- 
cember, January and February toward the Atlantic ocean and is 
accompanied by a dusty haze; cf. ope. pr. 1296. 

hardn, s. l.to shine, glitter, glister (owia, gkanea, sika); to 
be bright, glossy, splendid, beautiful ; cf. hyereh ; wahyehye ne dan 
niu ma ahdrah, he has adorned or decorated his room beatUi fully. — 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



172 gharau — ehayi. 



2. to make shining^ bright, glossy, heauiiful: woah. ayeforo no, /% 
have adorned (dressed up, trimmed up) the bride beautifuUt/; ahye- 
hyede ah. ayeforo yi, this bride is adorned with finery and jewels; 
beh&rah me ma menko agoru. 

O-hiirau, «. brightness, splendour; m6nfwe nsoroma baran few 
liiirauii, adv, brightly d-c, wapue h. [biako! 

\\kYQj v,to row, paddle; pr. 1731. F. kwine. 
hare, harehdre, F. hahare, a. 1. light (not heavy, not bur- 
densome); cf, duru. — 2, thin (leather) : pr. U19. — 3, quicky nimhk; 
ne h6 ye hare, he is quick, nimble, active, lively; ye wobo bare! ma 
wo ho nye hare ! be quick! aboa yi ye hareharo = tutu mmirika 
ntemntem, this animal is very swift; ne nan ye bare, he is light- 
footed; cf, we we. — 4. light, sligJit, frivolous, vain, wanting dignity ot 
solidity: gye neho bare, n^anim ye bare, n'adwenem ye (no) bare, 
he is lightminded, frivolous, a blackguard, a mean, shameless person, 
g-hare, inf. quickness^ swiftness, briskness. 
g-harem', g-hareSo, quick, swiftly, briskly; oye n'ado hareso 
a has a, three hundred. Gr. § 78. [bdreso. 

hilse, cask, tun, pipe, puncheon; cf. op^nkran, piim'pa. 
h a t a. V. [red. batabata] to spread (clothes or other things for 
the sake of^ drying by the sun or wind); to be spread out; ode nta- 
ma h. awia mu; ntama a ehatae no awo. [G. ka.] 

hat a, hdtahata, a. thin, of things that have a flat, eoctended 
surface, as nhoma, paper, leaUier; asonboma ye pipri, na oguan- 
homa ye h., an dephanVs hide is thick, bid a sheep's skin is thin; 
syn. frdfra, trdtra. 

ah a taw (F. = ahabah), the bush and weeds shooting up afresh 
on a newly prepared plantation, pr. 1298. 
hate, adv. = ha, nnaho. Acta 20/. 
ha-twea, bush-dog, = odemereffiA, odompo, q.v. 
haw,y. to trouble, disturb, disquiet, afflict, distress, annoy , vex, 
fret, worry, plague, persecute, bother, iJother, harass, importune, per- 
plex; to hurt, wound, pain, grieve, mortify dx. F. ha,3/f.5,i0. Mk.5fHo. 
— ghiiw me, syn. 6gu^n (Ak. gdwane) me bO, ohidhta me ho, 6hye 
me ahooyAw*, 6y^ me ayayade or aninnyAnne; wo na wohaw wobo, 
you hurt yourself f - F. gha neho, he disquiets himself. Pa. 39,6. — intr. 
to be troubled d-c. wdh^w = wab€re, aden no, he is weary or tired 
(of); F. ha, to faint, Mt. 9,30. n'ani ahaw, he is lazy, idle, indoHent, 
sluggish, slothful; cf. onihafo, gkwadwerg; - gdd no ahaw, the yam 
has become watery by lying too long in the ground. 

g-haw, inf. trouble, affliction, distress, plague; troubling &c. 

g-hawfo,i>^ a-, one who troubles dx.; afflicter, tormentor dc 
hawh&w, a. watery, insipid, vapid, used of yam not yet ripe 
or fit for eating; hkani a enye ye b. = gy iriwgyiriw, hweuenweue. 

e-hay i (pronounced ehju)=eha yi. — hayi-hayi, hithcr-thither, 
this way-that way: mprempreh gdan nebd kg hayi, na mprempren 
gdan nebd ba b. bio, lie turns now that way and (lien again this way* 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ahdyd — ohempd. 173 



ahd-yo, inf. [ye ha] chase, hunting; kg ah., to go a htmiing. 

ahaygboa [aboa a woye no ha] an anitnal pursued and taken 
hy sjyortsnienf game* 

o-hayofo, pi. a-, sportsman, hunter; cf. obommgfo. 

e-he, Ak. ehene, pron. interr. where? whither? whence? Gr. § 
60,3. 61 , 1 . owo he? where is lie? odi giia wo he? tohere does he trade ? 
okg he? where did he go to? ofi hS? where does he come from? from 
whence *5 he? 

a he, prow, interr, [Ak. son] how much? hoic many? eye ahe? 
how much is it? pr. 2476 f, 1660- wosi ahe? how many are they? - how 
dear? at what price? Gr. § 60,5. 61,2. Woatg iino ah6? how much 
palm-oil have you bought? woatg iino no ahe? hotv dear have you 
bought (or, what have you paid for) that palm-oil? 

e-he-fa, where? on or to tvhat side? eh. na woate sa pen? where 
did you ever hear such a thing? gkyeree no kwah kgg h.? whereto 
did he lead him? F. Mt 2,2. 

heha [haha]: onipa yi de me hehil bo me dim-mone kycre n 
krofo, this man disparages, bespatters^ defames, calumniates me be- 
fore the people; cf sopa &c. 

h e m, V. to bloto one's nose; gh6m no fwenem, he blows his nose. 

ahe ma, a. in cpds. white, light; cf. ahwehhem^. 

a hem a, n. dawn, day-break, the first appearance of light in the 
morning; ah. pe, with the first ray or gleam of daylight; wotuaa ah. 
kgg gda no so, lit. they prevented (i.e. anticipated, had the start of) 
the daicn went to the grave, i.e. they went to the grave before day- 
break, very early; m6n8gr^ ah. mmgra na yenni asem no, rise early 
and come to settle the dispute or palaver. 

hemahema, a. vo-y early in the morning; angpa-h. (= ang- 
patdtn) na wgkge, they went away very early; akwdnkg h. se de, 
inintumi menk6 hi dA, lean never set out on a journey so very early. 

n h e m a-da , morning-sleep. 

ahemadakye, the time before sunrise (4 to 6 o'clock), when 
the cock crows and the birds begin to sing; at dawn, just before 
or about day-break. 

g-h e m m a, o-hdmmea, pi. h-, [ghene, gba or gbea] queen, a wo- 
man who is the sovereign of a kingdom, a female monarch; the con- 
sort of a king, wife of a chief; cf. ghenyere. 

ahcmmdn,^?. id. [ghene man], kingdom^ monarchy; cf. ahen- 
ni; the people and territory or country subject to a king; a people 
having a king; Akp. the town of a king = ahenkiirow. 

ahemanakye, s. ahomad... 

g-hemmea, = ghemmii. 

ahem fi [ghene ofi] the king^s or chiefs house, dwelling, residence, 
palace. — ahemfi-soafo, mXister (lord steward) of the king's household, 

g-hem-f6ro = ghene f6f6ro. [chxxmberlain. 

g-hem-m5ne = ghene bbn6. 

g-hem-pa = ghene pil, a good king; also a courteous title in 
addressing a king. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



174 ohempefo — ahenne. 



O-h e in-p e f , j:>Z. a-, royalisL mm&ra-so-h., Icgiiimist. Hist. 

o-hem-p6poro = ghene k^krakd, a great king. 

0-h e m-p II , j;^ a-, emperor; cf. kaesare. J3i»i. 
hen, F. 1, = yen. Gr. § 58. — 2. ~ hyen, ship, 

o-heii, Ak. = oh^ne. 
hen, F. = ehe, ehene. Mk. 14,12. 

e-hena, hona [F. wana = hwana, Aky. nhwah, nhwae] ^>/. 
hena-nom, pron. interr, who? whom? tvhosc? Gr. §60,1. 61,1-3. — 
heoa dea? wlwse? belonging to whom? Gr. § 62. Wofre hena? hena 
na wofre no? whom do you call? hena sckan ni? osekan yi ye hena 
dea? whose knife is this? 

henakyir, nsatseaba h., F. = aheuniakyiri, the fourth finger. 

a h en-n A n, (pi. id.) [ohc^ne ddn, ad.] a room or house of the king. 

e-hene, Ak. = ehe; eh. fa na woreko? which wag are you going ? 
h^ne, henehene, a. itching, pruHent; cf. hyew, hyerehyere; 
me ho ye me hene or heneh^nehene, my skin itches, is irritable; me 
nsa ho ye me h., me nan ye me hh. (= ekeka me), my hand, my 
foot is itching; eye me h. na mauhuane a enye yiye, it itches so t/iai 
I cannot help scratching. 

O-h 6n e, pL a-, ahemfo (Ak. ghen) 1. king, prince, chieftain, chief; 
in Akp. this title is given to the chief of every town as well as to 
the chief of the whole country; in As. its use is more restricted; 
cf. gdekiiro, gmanhene, gsafohene, gsee. In public assemblies fre- 
quently other words and names are used to designate the king, e.g. 
katakyie, gpanyifi, Agyakwa&c. — 2. the office of a king, kingship, 
royalty: odi hene, he exercises the office of, or he rules as, a king ; 
odi ne hene yiye, he rtdes well; wodi amah so hene, they rtde over 
the nations; wgagye ne nsam' hene, the kingdom has been taken from 
him, he has been dethroned dtc. — 3. di ahene, to make a pompous 
exhibition or display of royalty: oredi ahene 'ne = ghene rebefi gua 
de neho abekyere (a.s. abekyia), he is about publicly to display kis 
royalty (^or, to give a reception); ahene a ebehyiaa mu nna-no no 
redi ah.'ne, the kings who came together the other day will turn oiU 
in parade or appear in state to-day. 

alien 6, J)?, h-, Ak. afwenee, coral, pearl, bead; string of corals 
or beads, pr. 1319 f. ahenepa, ahene-panyih, n, precious coral, having 
the value of gold, as b6td (kakawa), bgd6m, adlaba, n^hkyenemma, 
nnyan6, aseh, teteasg. Other kinds are: bahkoroapem, B.hii(pr.443)f 
abrok6kgkgt6, dad^p6ti, dde, adebgn6a, adob^-aba, adobodobo, 
adwerebia , adw6a-ab\rf (hhiiwA-tuntum), mfjinsii, mfufuwa, ogudn- 
aniwa, hhid, hhflwd, kab6n6a (n^ adeb6n6a), aketebih, hkoruw4, 
hkwadw6, hkwantab6h, mmobltiri, mmorgkgkgd, mmorgt6a, mmo- 
ta, anylnylreh, mp^neme (mpr.), gs^-aniwa, ns^nkw^ne, ns)b{a, 
ntdka, ntahkamagydn^wa, ntdntoa, ateA-m6gya', Att)a', tgkotoko, 
dnt6pllntiri, dntrak{ir6, atwebewii, ntw6mma. 

ahenne(e) [ghene ade] the insignia of the king or chief, con- 
sisting in the chair (ahehhua), the stvord (afoa) and the ornaments 
(trinkets of gold and corals). 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



oheneba — hetsew. 175 

o-he n e-ba, pi. ahene-mma, son or child of a king, royal prince. 

ahene-basd, heads stringed & tied round the wrist. 

ah^ne-dl, inf. the pompom exhibition or display of royalty ^ s. 
oheue 3. 

ahene-mma, 1. s. oheneba. — ^. the best sort of sandals; s. 
mpaboa. 

ahene-mma-nsatea, a tree with edible fruits. 

a h 6 11 e-a s 6 n , heads worn round the hips. 

g-hen ewd, pi. a-, a small, petty king, prince, chief. 

ahenewd, a small head. 

ahenewa, a name given to the members of certain families in 
different Twi tribes, in answer to a salutation. Gr. § 147,9. 
Iieuhau, red. v. bin. 

aheuhfema, ahwenhema, s. osiia. 

ahenni, inf. [ohene-di] 1. kingdom = kingship, exercise of 
kingly dominion. — ^. kingdom, meaning a land and people under 
kingly rule; cf. ahemman. 

ahenniaky iri [ohene adiakyiri] 1. the successor to the throne, 
prince hereditary. — 2. ring-finger, the fourth finger from the thumb, 
coming after the nsateahene; it is also called nsatea safohene. 

ahennim', 1. = ghene anim, the king^s face; the place hefore 
tfie king; nea ghene ankasa te hg, the king's presence; gkg ah. akg- 
ka asem, he went hefore the king to report. — ^. = ghene dan anim, 
the place before the king's dwelling; the court. 

alien ko r a (tet. ayonkorawa), a kind octree; mmofra do n*aba 
si ntew. 

g h (j n-k es 6 = ghene kese. — ohb ii-k A m a = ghene akiima. 

aheiikiiro w pL n-, [ghene kiirow] the tmcn in which the king 
resides, residence, capital. 

ahehkwa, pi. h-, [ghene akoa] the servant of a king (or of a 
fetish = abosonkwa). 

aheii-sdw, a climber, the fibres of which are made into a kind 
of sponge (hama bi a ewg wuram' a wgboro ye sap6w); the sponge 
itself: mepe ah. bi matg mAgu^r^; cf. gsaw, sapgw. 

ah66nsid, ahensid, As. awi^ns^', a kind of mouse or rat. pr. 1326. 

ahentam, = ghene ntam, pr. 1327. 
h en t\d (h^ntiid), pi. n-, noose, running knot; loop; mesh, stitch; 
- wabg (hama no) h.; wgde s^ mm6a, wgde kyeky^re ade; - mabg 
nob. du na mereye wg nnuii so, I have ten stitches on the needle and 
am knitting. 

ah en tow [ghene tgw] a small lump of "fufu", as becoming 
kings, who ought to eat little, cf. e-tgw, nkwaseatgw. 

ah e u-ii u a, pi. n-, [ghene agua] the stool or chair of a king or 
chief, throne. — 2. its carriers. — ah e ii u w d, Ak. id. 

g-h en-y ere [ghene y ere] pi. -nom, a wife of a king; cf ghemma. 
hetsew, F. roof Mt.8,8. Mh 2,4. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



176 he — hia . 

he... he... hi... s. hye, bye, hyi... 

h\, V. to came or drmo to an end or close; to close; to be ftd- 
fUled or completed; [cf, hini, ehih, hhin, nhina.] - m'adagyew rehi, 
mi/ leisure is passing away; me bere abi = aka ketewa se na asn, 
my time is nearly spent; me nna a mode merebeko no rehi or reye 
abi, my days to go away are nearly at hand; obia abi ato no, poverty 
has (notv finally or fully) overt^xken him; - to be spent, wasted or 
worn out by frequent use: os^kdh no rebi or abi ak^ ketewa bi, e.s. 
woasew dade bi asew asew na eresa; otuo no ano abi; - t^ cjcasc 
burning; ogya no abi = awie d§w mix aka nnyansramma iiko. 
Syn. sa, fwere. 

ahi, perb. an inf. of bi: an ending y stopping, reluHance to pro- 
ceed, used of what is irksome, tedimis, wbicb causes dislike or dis- 
pileasure (ade a eye tan or denndnnennen), pr. 1328; - indignafion. 
Phrases: ye abi, to provoke, to excit-e disgust, indignation, resent- 
ment: asem yi ye me abi = tan, this matter is vexatious, irksome, 
afflicting, provoking, teasing^ loathsome, disgusting ^ repulsive, odious 
to me, I have had enough of it; ne bo ye me abi,=mfonee, I am wea- 
ry or tired of him, I loathe him; n'anom' kasaye abi, his talking is 
intolerable, pr. 1492, — tew abi, to be refractory, to resist; to set 
at naught, to despise, utterly disregard; watew me abi, = wds^n m<^. 
86, wammu m^, n'ani anso m'asem, m'asem ansg n'ani, he disre- 
gards me, disdains, slights or scorns to obey me; watew m'asem abi 
= meka mekyeree no se : ny6 se! na obuu so koyee; woatew obene 
asem abi e.s. ebia wo-n^ gbene abgfo a osomaa won kgo bo kodii 
asem no anni asem no yiye na wgyaw se wgfwee wgn; - watew won 
abi, = gmpe wgn nneyee, wgn nneyee ny^ no fe, n86 n'ani, he has 
become averse from them, he disapproves, disowns or disavows them; 
gpgnkg no atew n6 wiirk(86) abi, thatJwrse is refractory against his 
master, (Matew nea eye tan abi maba = many a mayi nea eye tail 
(adi, or) maba guam\ Obi baw wo baw wo baw wo na dakoro eye 
wo tan a,*wu8e: matew abi, asem yi, minni so bio.) 

ah!, 1. fright, affright j dread, terror: oyi no abi, he frightens 
him = oyi no hu, cf. bg pirim or piriw. — ^. mockery, derision, tw- 
sidt; oyi no abi, he mocks at him (= odi ne bo few). 

hi a, V, = bin; dompe, kasae, nsge abia me == abih me, a 
bone is sticking in my throat, pr, 444, 

hi a, V, 1. to straiten, distress, perplex, trouble, to press with 
poverty or other necessity; me bo bia me, / cannot move (in a too 
narrow place); .... se biribi or dodo, / am so pressed, in a great strait 
(2 Sam, 24,14), much troubled; ebo bia me (dodo), it is of (great) 
consequence to me, I am very desirous to obtain it; - ade bia me, / 
am distressed for want of money or food, am needy, indigent, poor; 
pr, 796-801. — impers, ebia me, / am in a strait, in distress, perplex- 
ity, trouble; abia me, I have been reduced in my circumstances, have 
become poor, indigent, needy, I am in need, in want, in distress^ 

pr, 775. 1829-35 2, impers, to be required or needfid ; ebia me sika. 

I need or am in want of moneys ebia so.., it is required or necessary 
that., cf, etwa se, Gr. § 157,2. 255,1 b, — ehbiii, it is no matter, of 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ohtd — ahim. 177 

no importance, I don^t care for it. N'ani afara nti ehia no se obi 
kyereno kwan, or, ehia no kwankyerefo, because he is blind, he 
wants or needs to be conducted by somebody , he is in want of, stands 
in need of a gvide, — Red, hiahia, q, v. 

o-hia, inf. poverty, indigence, want, necessity j straitened circum-' 
stances, straits; pr, 3S2. 740-45. 1336'o6. — ohia de no, hia no, skk no, 
poverty has overtaken him, he has become poor, has been impover- 
ished; odi hia, he is needy, destitute, hard up, poverty stricken; pr.880. 
ohia rehi ato no, poverty stares him in the face, awaits him {s. hi). 
— ohia-da, day or time of necessity, trouble, danger^ distress, pr. 1357. 
hia (Aky.) some membraneous part on the liver of an animal, 
ahid^ a kind of bead; s. aheuc. 
hia-fwe, inf. wodi h., they take core for each other, help each 
other, in time of need, = wodi mmoa or nngboa. 

hiahia, red. v. hia; 1. me ho hiahia me, I am straitened or 
pained, Luk. 12,50. — 2. tr. ohiahia me ho = oguan me ho, he trouh- 
les me, is troublesotne or loathsdme to me, presses me hard or close, 
is hard upon me &c. pr. 1358. 

hiahia, a. F. = hihia. Mt. 7,14. 
O'hl 6.niy pi. ahidf6, 1, a poor man (=nea onni biribi, oh. pa); 
cf. obgrefo. pr. 1359-78. 2864. — 2. a quiet, unpretending, unassuming 
private man (nea ompe ne ho asem, otra babi komm; me de, meye 
ohiani hi a mete me babi); - cf. ayemfo. 

0-hiani-damas, imitative damask. — ohiani-ago, velveteen. 
ahianiwd, (dim.) = ohiani 2., ayemfo. 
o-hia-tQn, (inf.) sale enforced hy necessity, forced sale. 
o-hia-asubo, baptism of an infant whose premature deaUi is 
abide = ade a eye ahi. [apprehended. 

hie, V. [red. hiehie] Ak. hini, to open, to let out; hie pon no 
= bae dan no ano, open the door! hie yen, open to us! Mai. 25,11. 
bie no, lei him out! kohie nnuan no, let the sheep out! cf. hini, bue. 
hiehie, red. i;. hie. — Sihihijpr.1379. 
hieroglifi [Gr.] hieroglyph, a character in the picture-writing 
of the ancient Egyptian priests; nsenkyerene-kyerew. Hist. 

hihia, a. narrow, strait, straitened, close; cf. teatea, mdamuH. 
him, v. [red. hinhim] to move or cause to move one way and 
the other: intr. to shake, tremble, shiver; to totter, stagger, reel; to 
rod; to swing; dua ahaban him, the leaves of the tree sJiake; ehy§h 
Mm, Uieship rolls; ehfi mfi ne ho him, fear makes him tremble; awQw 
nti ne ho him, he sJdvers from cold. — tr. to shake, agitate, to make 
one tremble or totter, to swing; to wag, wave, flourish, brandish; 
mft>ama him nnna, tJie unnd shakes the trees; mframa hinhim po mu 
nsu, the wind agitates the water of the sea; oponko him ne dua, the 
horse wags his tail; ohim neho, he swings. Syn. pope, posow, wo- 
80 w; %e, fefere. 

ahim, inf. di ahim, to shrike: ode ne ti di ahim, = ohinhim ne 
ti; - to wave, soar, hover: akroma redi ahim wo ahnnmn. — twa 
ahim, F. to be lunatic. Mt. 4,24. 

12 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



178 hima — nhin4. 



hi ma, v, [red, himahima] 1, to shake, wag; ohimaneti, he 
shakes his head, — ^, to turn, change; oma ne ti bimae = dane, he 
sJtook or staggered him in his resolutions, he caused him to change 
his opinion or intention. — 3. to remove, toithdraw: hima wo nsa, 
wo ti, woho, turn aside;- to drive away: wahima wo tamfo, Zeph3,15. 

— 4. h. gkwan, /o alter the direction of a way, to tratisplace a wap, 

— 5, to turn aside, diverge, deviate gradually from a given direction : 
asubonten no n^ okwan no himae, asu no hima fii kwah no bo, the 
river and the way parted, — 6, to arrive at puberty; obea no ah.(= 
adan nebo, aboe bra) nti woye no popompordwA. — 7, to punish, 
chastise (? obs.) pr, 131, Ahlma, ih, 

juhimaho-bea, iiliimaho-dantAbah, tropic, the place, or circle, 
or zone at or over wbich the sun in its vertical position gradually 
shifts its apparent course from the northern side of the equator to 
the southern, and vice versa. Geog, 

ahimbiribiriw, F. earthquake. Mk. 13,8. 

bin, v. to stick fast; nsoe abin me (ahih me menewam'), a fish- 
bone is sticking in my throat; twerebo, mabin dade ntam\ the flint- 
stone (says), I am hemmed in, wedged in or sticking between iron, 
i.e. I am in a strait. Bed, binbin; wobegyee asem no hinbin mu, 
they interceded, interfered or interposed in the matter (stopping the 
proceedings). — Abin me ahan me, prop. I stick fast am loosed, i.e. J 
am in a dilemma, critical situation, strait, perplexity, I am doubtful 
which to choose, undetermined what course to pursue. 

e-hin, pi, a-, edge, corner [perh. end, extremity, cf, hi]; As. = 
twea; septum, diaphragm, e.g. the white of an egg intervening be- 
tween two yolks of the same e^^ (nkesna no mu da hin); cf nbin, 
dubiii, nangyebin. 

nh i u, the root of a tree, espec. the buttress-like part above ground 
of some large trees, as, onya, owowa; cf ntini. 

ahind, pL n-, fi, pot, earthen vessel, with a gibbous belly and 
comparatively narrow opening, for water, palm-wine, palm-oil; cf, 
k\\]5M.pr. 485, 1380^3.2188. — ahina, ...nawA,jpZ.h-, rftw. of abina. 

11 hind, nhiniinA, nbinilra, nhina ara, n. (supplying also the 
place of the Eng. adj.) 1, all, every, prop, the whole (number or 
sum, of individual objects). — J2. wliole (in contradistinction to 
fragment), prop, the whole, total, totality, entireness; tJie whole quath 
iity or amount. — Wadi ne nhina, wannyaw me biribi, he has eaten 
all and left nothing for me; pr. 2327; ne sika nh. asi, aU his money 
is gone; Onyank. wo mma nh., God is everywhere; won nh. de won- 
hd, iliey arc all free men; da or nna nh., every day, always, pr, 2378, 
nnipa nh., all men, i.e. every body. — Ne ho asem ahye asase no 
hb. so, the rumour of him has spread over the whole country; yere- 
bebubu dan no hb. agu fam', we are going to break the whole house 
down. — Observ. The pronunciation of this word being very nustable, 
a great variety of forms is met with in the earlier attempts to write 
it, as: ning-yindra, ninyinra (:=: ne hbina), yiua, ninwa, adingna 
(=ade nhina), niyina, nenana (Nig. E.xp, Voc, under all, each, every, 



1 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



hinam — ohfntiiDpr5,kii. 179 

whatever, whole); iniara^ injiana, inyina (R.)^ iDgina (Diet,)t nnyina 
(Chr.)j uy'msirTfi (Mf. €h',)ny\n&TSk(Prk) — When the Ed. had learnt 
that in Elmina it soands hfna, be changed the writing into nhina, 
and thinks it probable that it is made ofnhinoara, even the endy 
utmost, last remaindery cf. hi, r., ehih, nhin. This is confirmed by 
the way in which it is rendered more emphatic, viz, enka being 
added to it, the meaning of which is: there is not wanting (see ka); 
consequently **enka-nhina'* means : there is not left or excluded even 
the last remainder, i.e. all or the whole without exception, 

hinam, v, to squirt, spirt, spurt (water or spittle from the 
mouth); cf, anohyira; - a wo h. ntasu, snakes eject or discharge 
slaver; wohinam no so, thet/ spit on him, 

ahin-andii, n.d^a. quadrate, square; four-cornered, quadran- 
ahiu-asa, n,d^a. triangle; tJiree-cornered, triangular, [gular. 
ahin-asid, n.d^a. Jiexagon; hexagonal, sexangular, 

hiuhim, red, v,, s, him; - ohihhim ne ti de di adehyesem, he 
waves or tosses his head in pride and arrogance. 

hi II hi 11, red, v,, s, bin. 

hiniy V, 1, to shut, close, lock a door, a gate; hini dan no auo 
= koka opou no hini ano; hini berapae; mihhinl ddii no &nb (= 
mento pon nom') ana? - opp, hie; cf. mua. — J2, Ak. = hie, to open, 
utdock; hini dan no, open the room; opp, to mu. — 3. intr, to open, 
he opened, pr, 713, 
Ahinime, name of a month, about October; s, osram. 

hintdb^a, -bere, -bew, hiding-place. 

hintahintaw, red, v., pr, 393, 1265, 

hintahunu, the smallest kind oi ant, 

hintaw, t;. Kuk. fwinta, F. hota, hnnta, to hide, conceal; to 
he hid or concealed; wakohintaw or wah. neho, he has hid himself; 
wah.ne sika, he has concealed his gold; ade a ahintaw nhina befi adi, 
aU that is concealed will come to light, - h. is also used to express 
the adv. secretly: wqye hintaw, or, wohintaw ye, thep do it secreUy; 
ahintaw e, hiding-place. fpr. 183-85, 1384, 

ahintdw-md, in secret, secretly, stealthily, by stealth, clande- 
stinely, 

hintiw, v. [Ak, sunti, F. purow] to stumble, to strike or knock 
ihe foot against, to hurt the foot by knocking against something; ma- 
hintiw bo, I have knocked my foot against a stone; mah. me naii, 
I have hurt my foot (by knocking it against something), pr, 1387. 

h i n t i b 6 , stumbling-stone, 

hintiddd, stumbling-block, any cause of stumbling or falling, 
cause of offence or sin, occasion of sinning, 

hinti-hintiw, red, v, 

bin tin, v. to excite, rouse, stir up; me bo ah. me, my heart is 
stirred up, my anger has been roused or excited, 

o-h In ti(m)pr ^kii, a piece of wood contrived so that it flies back 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



180 ahfs^m — ho. 



• upon whatever touches it; duasin a wode sum afiri; ehuan a, ebo 
wo; - masi anoma no h. pr, 1385 f. 

ahi-sdm [ahi asem] a vexatious or provoking word or matter, 
= asem a eye ahi or tan, abantdnsem ; oka ah. 

ahi-tew, inf, reluctance^ umvillingnesSj displeasure y didike. 
ahl-ye, inf, teasing^ vexation, provocation, 
alii-yi, inf. mockerg, derision, scoff, scorn: cf. fewdi. 
O'hlyUOypl. a-, mocker, derider, scoffer. 

hm hm, interj. an expression of faint-hearted or reluctant 
compliance, acquiescenso or assent, or of anger, pr.3568, 

e-h 0, pron. of place, Gr. § 60,3. that place, there, thither; some- 
times applied to time: then, cf ehgbere; onam bo, there he goes; 
owo ho, he is there, he is present; onni bo, he is not there; ehg ye, 
it is well; - di ho, to he the second, the next in a row, in rank, s. di 
^3. — It may take the adj. pron, no after it: ebo no, wndu ho a, 
wobebQ biribi, there, ifg&u co^ne there, youw'dl see (experience) some- 
thing! — It may stand as an attribute in the poss. case before a 
noun: ehg awgw sen hade, the cold in those countries is severer than 
here. — In connection with some verbs, as gye, sSre, it answers 
to the Eng. 2>rep. from: wagye me bg sika, he has takcfi money from 
me; gsere me bg ade, Gr. § 225,3. — wgba no hg, F. = wgba ne 
nkyen. Mt. 14,29. Mk. 12,18. — ye hg, F. to he dotie, to come to pass. 
Mk. 11,23. 13,4. 29 f — ^nye hg, he it so! — When hg stands in ap- 
position to a noun of place, it must be rendered in Eng. by thnt: 
tcirom' hg, nnua abien sisi hg, ttvo trees stood in that garden. — 
ehoiiom (a kind of plural form), thereahout(8), — The emphatic 
particle ar a may be added: ebg-ara na ope se gkg, he desires to go 
just there; wgte hgnom-ara, theg live thereahouts, nowhere else. — 
Cf, hg-n^-hg. 

ho, v., red. hobo, s. horo. 

ho, V. Ak. = how. 

l\6, interj. expression of contempt; obi ka asem bi na $ny^ 
wo de a, wuse: ho! 

h6\ interj, expressing disdain and defamation : wohuro no h6o 
= wgbg no tutuw, iheg deride or revile him with shouts; wgsg no ho, 
they speak indignantly of him, — ho ho ho, F. interj. of shouting. 

ho, a. dt adv. 1, deep, hollow; ne kuru nom' da tokuru b6» 
there is a deep hole in his wound; n'aniwam' aye h6, his eyes are 
hollow i.e. sunk in their orhits or sockets; cf. honn. — J9, leaky, pre- 
senting a gap or opening to see through: osuhye no mu da hg ho 
nti, gdan no nwini, hecause the roof has holes large enough to see 
through, the house is damp, lets water in; mpapac ho, a fissure, cleft 
or crack that can he seen through. 

ho, adv. d: n. loudly, aloud; a roar, uproar, huhhuh, tumtdt, 
riot; wgteem' ho, wgyc ho, they crif aloud, they hollo, halloo, make 
a loud noise, huhbuh or riot; cf. hgbgbgbg, hO. 

6h o , 6\\b6y interj. F.=n'h66, dabi, no, nay; Gr. § 146,3. Mt.5,37. 

ho, interj. an expression of disgust at 8om<». stench, pr. 460. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



jDho^ 181 

e-ho, Gr. § 118-120. iJie exterior: J. a) of things: the otder or 
outward part, ouisidej surface, appearance ; - h) of persons : the hu- 
man frame; - c) the whole body; - d) the whole person, — 2, of 
place: tlw otdward parts, the space without or outside (excepting 
cases in which akyi or akyiri stands); nearness, proximitif, — 
3. a) of local relations: on, at, by, near, to, sidewards, about, aroundy 
against; - b) of causal relations : o^, at, about, touching, concerning, 
rdaiing to. Gr. § 121/2. 2i0,a, 243 Hem. 1. 

A. Examples in which ho is the grammatical subject of a sentence. 
1. Ne ho ye hfi, - nwohwa, - serew, his appearance excites fear, - 
wonder, - laughter. — 2» When denoting the outer part of a thing 
of which the predicate expresses an action, condition, or quality 
that may be perceived by the senses of vision, smell, or touch : it 
is, in Eng., generally left untranslated, its attribute being the sub- 
ject of the Eng. sentence: Mpata ho wo abon, fishes have (lit tlie 
surface of fishes has) scales; adaka no ho y§ h&uah^na, this furni- 
ture is very bright; ahina ho ye hyehye, pr. 1383.- nantwi hi ni, ne 
ho koko ni fufu, there is a bullock of a red and white colour; akoa 
(afiina) no ho ye fe, this fellow (icoman) is pretty; wo ho aye fi, you 
are dirty; neho ye riwini, ye tan, lie is nasty, ugly; ahohow ho bon, 
the red ant stiffs, pr. 215. 2427. won ho ye htifim, they are or become 
sweet-scented, have a sweet smell; opon no ho ye torotoro, this table 
is smooth; oye onipa a neho nhwi-nhwi, lKi.1,8. okura poma, eho 
apow-ap6w, he has a knotty stick in his hands; mahu dua hi, ehS 
nsoe-nsoe, / have seen a tree with the bark full of thorns. — 3. In 
the sense of body (in contradistinction to mind) h 5 occurs in a num- 
ber of expressions which denote conditions and qualities of the 
bodily constitution of man: Wo ho te den? hoto are you? me ho te 
yiye or me ho ye, I am well; me ho ye p6se or pintihu, I am per- 
fectly well; me ho ye kakra, I am tolerably well; me ho ny6 kora, 
I am not at all well; me ho nye me den, I do not feel tvell; ne ho 
aye no den bio, ne ho agyae, he has got better again; ne ho ye den, 
neho pirim, he is strong, healthy, stout; he has a strong const Hut ion; 
ne ho him, popo, saw, he shakes, trembles, quakes, shivers; ne ho 
ye hyew, he is hot; ne ho huru no, ye no hyew or hyerehyere, Jie 
feds hot; ne ho keka no, ye no bene or henehene, his skin itches, is 
irritable; nehd apa, his body is bare^ espec. of beasts: ase ama oguan 
no ho apa, the mange (scab, or itch) has caused the sheep^s hair to 
fall off; ne ho abubu no kora, he is entirely shattered, broken down, 
exhausted, strengthless, laid low; ne ho aba ne ho bio, neho asan, he 
has recovered from his sickness, is well again; neho tua ne ho, he 
is fat, well fed, corpulent; ne ho twa, ne ho ye hare, kamkam, we- 
^^ he is nimble, quick, active, brisk, alert; ne ho da ho, he is un- 
covered, exposed, denuded; neho aii, he is pure, clean; fig. he has 
been cleared from guilt, acquitted, justified; neho tew, he is bright, 
pure, blanncless, holy; neho ye no yaw, he feels pain in his body; 
oyare; ne ho worow, his skin peels off. — neho awu, s, wu. — 4. 
Other combinations of h 6 , body, self, with a verb, have, by a trans- 
fer from the bodily to the mental province, become expressions for 
mental conditions and a£fections. In some such phrases ho signifies 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



182 ^ eh5^ 

tJie things round ahoiU or the circumstances of a person or thing. 
Neh5 abow no, he is disheartened; neho bono, F, he is amazed. 
Mk. 2JJi, ne h5 dwiriw no, he is amazed, terrified; ne ho ad wo, agow 
(no), aka, k& ne ho, asan no, pesew no or sepew no, ato(no), atn bo, 
he is at ease, calm, composed, comfortable, happy, joyftd, rejoiced, 
contented dtc, ne h5 afom no, he is in anxiety, cast down, dejected, 
dismayed; nehd hiano, kyereno, yeraw no, he is in a strait, in 
distress, trouble, perplexity; neho haw no, hwanyan no, pare no, 
nsen no, titi no, he is impatient, restless, uneasy d;c, ne ho hyia ne 
h5, his means meet his wants, he has all he wants; ne ho a wow, his 
means are dried up i.e. exhausted; ne ho twa, ne ho wo, lit, his about 
is smooth or dry, i.e. he is not disorderly (sakasaka), he is clever, 
adroit, smart, well-mannered; neho ye sakasaka, he is disorderly, 
iU-mannered. — 5. In some phrases ho means the space about, the 
way to get at, or a source, a place to receive something, or the con- 
cerns of a thing: Afuw no ho da ho, the access to the plantation lies 
there i.e. is open, not impeded, the plantation is not fenced in; nhoma 
yi h6 ye me ni or hia me, / am anxious to get this book; nhoma yi ho 
y§ na, this book is not easily to be got at; asem no h6 hia, that word 
(or matter) is of importance. — Ne ho ye fow, good wages may he 
had from him, he gives good wages. Me ho wo ade, - akyede, I am 
fortunate in getting things, - presents. 

B. Examples in which ho is an attribute in the possessive case: 
Wo hd ade ye den, things belonging to your nature are very hard, 
i.e. your dealings or manners are troublesome (?), there is not much 
help to be had from you; - wo hd ade ye n5, things from you are diffi- 
cult, i.e. there is little to be expected from you. — In most cases ho in 
the poss. case must, in Eng., be rendered by prepositions: Oko no 
h6 asem ni, this is the history of that war; ne hd hQ nti wognane, 
from fear of him they fled; wakyerew me n'akwantu ho nhoma, he 
has written me a letter about his journey. 
G. Examples in which ho is the object of the predicate: 
i. ho in the reflexive pronoun forms the object of refl. verbs, cf Gr, 
§57.218,1 a. — 2. h6= the outside, outer part: dufua ne dua a wga- 
fufiiaw ho kakra. 

D. When h 6 is the locative complement of a predicate, or the spe- 
cific complement of a verbal phrase (6r. § 208. 213. 214), or when 
it occurs in an adjunct of place, concern or cause, it always refers 
to an attribute expressed or understood, and is, in Eng., rendered 
by prepositions or adverbs of place. Ote pon h6, Jie is or was sit- 
ting at the table; me nso migyinaa h6 hi, I also stood by; yeab§n 
kiirow no h6 (Gr. § 208,3), we have come (close) to, or, are near the 
town; eti bg akyenehd, a skuU sticks to the drum, pr.llll; mfonini 
sen dan h6, the picture Jiangs on the wall; Akwam' da Firaw bo, 
Akwam is on the river Volta; agyinamoa de ne ti tiS^itwiw nenan 
ho, the cat is rubbing its head against his leg; - waka wo ho asem 
yiye, he has spoken well of you; ne h6 asem hyee (wo) asase no nh. so, 
tJie report of him (his fame) spread over the whole country; nkyene 
ns6 ne ho se : meye de, salt does not say of itself: I have a pleasant 
taste, pr. 1942. mabSr§ (wo) no ho, I am tired of him; mid wen me 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



hoa — ahOdannaii. 183 



nna ho, I am (kinking dboid my brother. M6ka n6 h6; m^ka nb h6; 
ode nnipa ha kaa dom no ho; Gr. § 214,1 b. Bern. 6. 

Verbs that have ho for their common complement: 
bo ..ho, to be double; caus.^o double^ reduplicate; - bata..h6, fam.. 
ho, ka..ho, to join, be added; cans, to join, add; - dura..h6, kata.. 
ho, to envelop, cover; - goru ..h5, di ..ho few, to mock at; guan . ho, 
hia .. ho (caiis, of ho guan, ho hia), to trouble; - tew .. ho (caus. of 
ho tew), to clean, make bright, holy, to sanctify; - tu (atade) ho, to 
brush (clothes); t\Viw (asepatere) ho, to brush, rub, clean (boots) &c. 
hoa, V. to be white, pale, ligJU-coloured ; dwete hoa na sika 
here, silver is white and gold is red ; - to be brigJit, to shine, glisten, 
glitter; - to turn, grow, or become white drc, pr. 293L — okom nti 
n'ano ahoa, his lips have become pale with long continued hunger; 
- to ripen: abiirow no ahoa = abere, aye kg, the com is ripe, yd- 
low or white (to harvest, John 4, 35) ; pr. 672. — hoa ho, to make white, 
to polish; dwete dwinne ho biri a, odwumfo na ohoa ho. Red. hoa- 
hoa, q. V. 

hoa, n. a ligJU colour; UgJU-blue cotton-yarn or cloth; wahye 
no hoa, he has dyed it light-blue. 

hoa, s. hoawa. — hoae, F. whiteness. 

h a h a, red. v. 1. s. hoa. — 2. to praise or extol beyond merit; 
to flatter; - h. neh6 (refl.), to boast or brag (wg .. ho, of..). 

o-ho-anka-nl, a selfish, self-sufficient person; nca grape se onipa 
ho ka no, na ne nkuto pg neho. pr. 141T. 
hoanyah, s. hwanyan. 
e-hovLra,jiist there, (at) that very place; pr. 3251. s. ehg. 
h o a w a, 5. gfw6dwa. 
ahoM, F. s. awowd; ode n'ano asi me ah.; medze me nokwar 
si w'ano ah., thereto I plight or give thee my troth. 
ahobadze, F. pledge. 

ahoba, tJie generative fluid of the male, sperm, animal seed; 
e-ho-bere, that time, then. [<^f- ^^^' 

ahobo, F. s, ahobow. 

aho-boa == onipa ho aboa; cf. tiboa, nsaboa; - neho mmoa 
keka no, he is in a flush or glow, from excitement, joy, passion. 

a h 6-b oa, ah6boab6d, inf. preparation; syn. ahosiesi^. 
hobobobo, adv. loudly, aloud, noisily, clamorously; sii, kasa, 
bom\ teem* h. = ho, hfi. 

aho-bo w, inf. (F.) [ho, bow v.] wonder, astonishment, amaze- 
ment; surprise; eye me ah. (= ahodwiriw, nwohwa), I marvel, 
wonder, am astonished. Mt. 9,33. 13,54. 22^3. 27,14. 

ahdbodze, F. wonder, miracle. Mt. 24,24. 

a h 6-d Ada, inf. [dada neho] self-deceit, self-deception. 

a h o-d a n , inf. [dan neho] turning, conversion. 

aho-danndiV, inf. [dannan neho] repeated change or trans- 
formation; nimblcness, agility, versatility, pr. 2347. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



184 ahodjisd — ahofw^s6. 

ah d-d ^s 6, inf. [da neho so] readiness, preparation, precmUion, 
circumspection. Ah. nje bfi, pr, 1393. 

ah6-(ie(e), F.tLh6dze[eh6tLie\ personal property, effects, things; 
gener. property. — e-h6-de, inf. [de neho] independence, liberie- 

aho-eden, aho-gdeu [ho ye or wo oden] (bodily) health and 
strength; strength in general, power, might, vdtotir; cf. tumi. — 

o-h6^odeiifo, pi. a-, a strong, healthy, stout man or person, a 
man of valour; cf. oberan, otwentwemfo, oturafo. 

a h d d e n-n e, ahogden-sem, valiant, powerful or mighty deeds. 

ah5odeii-iiwuma, mighty works. 

aho-dom, inf. [dom neho] effeminacy, delicacy, softness, weak- 
ness; oje ah. dodo, he is too delicate (in feeling), too tender or weak. 

o-h5d6mf6, pZ.a-, weakling, tender, delicate, effeminate person. 
hodoo, ahodoo, Kj. s. horow, ahorow. 

aho-dwane, At = ahoguan. 

ah5-dwird, ah6dwira, inf. [dwira neho} purification. 

aho-dwiriw, inf. [ho dwiriw] terror y horror, amazement; cf. 
nwonwa, ahOjeraw. 

ah6-dwo, ahodwoee, inf. [ho dwo] rest (from trouble); quiet, 
peaceful, happy state and circumstances. 

hod*o, hodwohodwo, a. dt adv., slack, lax, relaxed, loose; 
weak, feeble, strengtMess; syn. b^te, berew, borogo &c.; ^je adwu- 
maye mu hh., Tie is slack in his work. 

hodwow, V. L to be or become slack, relaxed, loose, weak, 
feeble; n'adesoa ah., his load is no longer tight; wabo akwakora nti 
or ne jare nti wah., from old age or from sickness he lias becofne 
weak; ne nsam* ahodwow =agow. — ^. fr. to dacken (adesoa ma, 
to make a bundle less tense or tight); to loosen (ham a or epow mu, 
a string when tied, or a knot), opp. mia, yere mu; to untie, = sab, 
opp. kyekye; to weaken, enfeeble, debilitate, relax; woahodwow no 
hodwohodwo, he has been entirely disabled, sprained or exhausted 
(so that aU his limbs are, as it were, out of joint). 

ah6-fa-di, inf. [fa neho di] emancipation, manumission, liberty. 

o-hofadifo, pi. a-, an emancipated slave. 

ahofadi-pefo, the liberal party. Hist. 

ahdfama, inf. [fa neh6 ma] voluntary offering of one's self for 
some purpose, voluntariness, volunteering; devotion. — ah. d^m, a 
volunteer company, corps of volunteers, free corps. 

o-hofamafo, pi. a-, volunteer. 

ah5-ef^, -gf^w [ho ye or wo ofew] beauty, fairness, fineness, 
handsomeness, grace, elegance, prettiness. — o-hogfefo, />^. a-, a 
fair, handsome, pretty person; = nea neho ye fe; cf. oso. 

ah6-fi, inf. [ho fi] cleanness; innocence; acquittal; deliverance 
(by the verdict of a jury). 

ah6-fom, inf. [ho fom] dejection, depression of spirit or mind. 

aho-ofwam, Ak. = ahd-ohddm. ^ 

ah6-fw$s6, inf. [fwe neho so] chastity, pudicity; heedfulness. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ahofwi — ahohdrd. 185 



ahofwf, debauchery, dissoluteness, intemperance, lasciviousness, 
lewdness, licentiousness; extravagance, lavishness, prodigality; riot- 
ing, — cf. nnyennyentwi. 

o-hofwini, pi, a--fo, debaucJ^e, sensual or dissipated person; 
prodigal, squanderer; cf, ogyennyentwi. 

a h f w i- s ^ m, profligacy, vicious and pernicious or destructive 
deeding, 

ah 6-go n o, inf. [ho gono or go w] 1, ease, easiness; freedom from 
pain, disturbance, trouble, toil, distress, exertion, annoyance, poverty 
and difficulty; rest, quiet; absence of any thing that ruffles, discom- 
poses or frets, tranquillity, peace, f Asem bi nni wo so, nso wonno 
bi kaw bi na wowo biribi to biribi di.) — J2. carelessness, indifference. 

aho-gaan, inf. [guan h5] vexation, Jmrassing, troubling (act. 
cf &h6yerfiw,pass.). — o-ho gnsihfo, pi. &-, a vexatious, trouble- 
some person, vexer, troubler, disturber. 

aho-gye, inf. [^ye neho] self-defence, self-deliverance. 

ahogye-ko, war of independence, liberation-war. 

ah5-gyigyem', inf [6y^ ah. = ode neho SY^gye mu] inter- 
ference, (interjhneddling; forwardness, cf. t^r6t^r6y6. 

o-hogyigyemfo, pl.&', busy-body, saucy or inquisitive j^crson, 
meddler. 

ahS-h^rah, inf. [ho harSn] splendour, magnificence; cf anuo- 
nyam. 

aho-ehare, -ohdre, Ak, ah6-gh6re [ho ye hare] swiftness, 
quickness, lightness, nimbleness. pr, 506. 

ah6-hia, inf. [ho hia] distress, embarassment, perplexity, press- 
ure (passively), trouble. 

o-hohiafo, pi. a-, = ohoguahfo. 

aho-hiahld, inf. pressure (act.), vexation, tribtdation, trouble. 

aho-him, inf. [ho him] trembling. 
hoho, red. v., s. horo. 

0-h6h6, pi. a,-, 1. stranger, foreigner, cf. onanani, omarofrani. — 
2. guest; meye no h. = migye no wo me fi, mekokye no aduan, I 
show him hospitality; meye ne h. = me8oe ne nkyeh, I put up, take 
lodgings at his house, am his guest; wak68oe h., he has gone to take 
lodgings. 

ah h o ah 5 d, inf [hoahoa neho] boast, brag, bravado, ostentation, 
h h o-b 6 d, a foreign place; okg h., he went abroad. [P'^ff' 

ah h o-d an, a house (or room) for strangers or guests; inn, hotel. 

ahoho-duaii, food of a guest, food obtained by the hospitality 
of others. 

ahoho-fi, a house where travellers are lodged and entertained; 
syn. ahohodan; cf. asoee. 

ahohdrd, ahoroh6ra, Ak. ahoroh6rowd, disgrace, dishonour, 
ignominy, infamy, shame, scandal; wdy^ ah., n'anim aye ah., he 
has been disgraced (perh. disgraced himself), has become infamous, 
abject; ho or ye., ah., to defame, disgrace, dishonour; to msM, abuse, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



186 ohohdrtoi — horn. 

revile; s;y».yaw, ka anim, teetde, ma ani wii; cf, didi atem, gu anim 
ase. — ahohora-bo, ahohora-ye, inf. 

O'hohdvhnijpL a- -fo, an infaynom, despicable, abject, vile per- 
son (onipa a oye bone na obi mmu no; opp, onuonyamfo). 

aho-horan', inf, [horan nebo] arrogance, assumption. Ah. na 
edc ko ba, pr. 

hohore, red. v. bore, to heave, stocll, rise (said of dough]; to 
grow fast, thrive: abofra no ah6hore kokiiro, onipa no ah. aye kese. 

h 6 ho re, mucm, spittle, pJdcgm; obo waw na ofe h., he coiigJts 
and throws out phlegm \ cf. ntasu. 
\io\\OYOj red. v.hoTO. 
{ih6h6w', a species of ant, emitting an offensive smell, of a 
reddish colour, living on trees, espec. lime- and orange-trees. pr. 2427. 
ah6h6w' = ahuhuw, huruhiir6w a efi nipa anom\ breath; n'a- 
nom' ah. bon, ye hCiam, ye hyew. 

g-hgho-y^, a-, inf reception and entertainment of strangers or 
guests, hospitalUg. 

aho-ohiiain, sweet scent or smelh grateful odour, fragramc. 
aho-hurii, inf. [ho huru] heat, warmth. 
ahohiiru-bere, summer. 
aho-hwanyau, inf s. hwanyan. 
aho-hyehy e, inf [hyehye neho] = ahohoahoa. 

aho-hygs6, inf. [bye neho so] self-command, self 'discipline, 
chastity. 

ahO-ehyew, -ghyew, Jieat of the skin or bodg in fever &c. 
cf. ahohuru. 

g-hokafo, a single man; nea onni hi iika ne ho, onni yere, nui 
mma; cf. ohokwafo. 

ahokeka, inf [ho keka] itching, pricking, tingling; prickly- 
heat, a cutaneous eruption of red pimples, s. fifise. 

ahokeka, m/". [keka neho] adornment, decoration; aUire, dress. 

ahokekade, ornament, adornment; set-off, finery; trimmings; 
jewels. 

g-hok wafo, pi. a-, 1. nea okunu se gyere mfam ne ho, a single, 
unmarried person, also a widower or widow; cf. ghokafo, osigyafo, 
okunafo. — 2. nea gyare hi nkurano na biribiara ny6 no, a sound, 
healthftd, hale, hardy, robust, stanch person. 

aho-kyere, inf. [ho kyere] = ahohia. 

aho-kyere, inf [kyere neho] ostentation, vanity, (self-)conceU, 
vain-glory; cf. ahantan, ahohoahoa, ahohyehye, ahom, ahupo. 
g-h kyere fo, pi. a-, an ostentatious, vain, self-conceited person. 
hom, Ak. F. pron. s. mo & Gr. § 58 Rem. 1. 2^ 
horn, v. {red. hSnhom] F. ghom no so, Akr. ghye no so, odi 
no so mmerantesem &c. to mUrage, treat with violence and wrong, 
roughly, rudely. - hom do, F. to rule over. Mk. 10,42. 
hom, a-, F. == homo, strength, pr. 1510. Mk. 12^0. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ahom — ahomegii. 187 



iihdm, inf. F. i. = ob6me. — 2. 6jh ah. = oy§ ahokyere, ahan- 
tan, he is haughty, proud, — 3, n'ahdm ka noh6, he is happy. 

[Mt 5A2. Ps. 128^. 
ah5ma, F. 1, = hama. Mk, 1,7. 7,35, — J2. = nhomft. 

u h &m a, tet. homa, F, ahoma, woma, hwoma, 1, tlie shin or hide 
taken from an animal body (di/f, ^ere); of. oguanhoma, nantwi- 
nboma, asonboma. — 2. leather. — 3. paper; c/'.boro-nboma, kr&ta'. 
— 4.playmg'Card(s) ; tow nb., to play (at) cards. — 5. letter, epistle; 
cf. roSna-nboma. — 6. book; syn. brdkti'. — 7. nb. or nhOmam', 
book-learning; literary knoivledge; osfta nb., he learns to read; he 
studies; onim nbomam*, he is an educated, learned or literary man, 
a scholar. — n h om a, nhdmawd, pi. nboma-nboma, tracts treatise, 
pamphlet, little book. 
auhomaguaii[nbomaadguAh] a dried skin; owuyeanb. yaw, 
• [pr. 3491. 

nhoma-kdii, inf. = nh6mA kAn, reading books; cf. 6r.§203,l. 

uhoma-kjerew, inf. writing on paper, writing of letters or 
books. — di hb., to correspond, have epistolary intercourse. — nb, 
bo kwannya, liberty of the press. — u ho ma-ny ans a^ science. 

n h o m a-p 5 e, nb6ma a woapo no aye }LxkiB! , parchment. 2 Tim.4,13. 

nhoma-sud, inf. = nboma sQa, learning from books. 

nhOma-tintim, inf printing ; nb,- tintim-afiri, printing-press. 

n h 6 m a-t w, inf. card-playing. 
ho man, v. [red. bomabOman] to swell (of a bud, a carcase), 
to bloat, distend; to be puffed up or bloated, inflated or flushed (witb 
pride); to puff oneself up; waboman ako won so, he flew upon them, 
railed at them, used rough and angry words, imolent and reproachful 
language, against them. 1 Sam. 25,14. Cf. boran. 

e-hom-ara, F. = mo ara. 
home, t7. i. to breathe; wawu, onbome bio, he is dead, he brea- 
thesno longer; ontumi nbome nsi so, he cannot breathe well, breathes 
with difficulty (ne bomo no nsi so yiye, ent^ senea da ete no). — 2. 
fo rest, repose; mabSre, mekobome kakra; owigyinae mebomee wo 
Abari; se woforo bepow yi ^ie a, wobebome. — 3. to vibrate, pul- 
sate, beat or throb, as tbe arteries and tbe heart. 

0-h6m6, e- (inf.) 1. breathing, breath. — 2. strength: o, akoa 
yi n'ni borne, dfi, this fellow Ms no strength (to work, to fight). — 
3. Phr. me home tew, lit. my breath rends, i.e. my strength fails me, 
I can bear it no longer, am in consternation, despair, despondency; 
it is nsed in tbe present tense; in tbe preL and perf. tense tbe phr. 
•mebo yerawme" is used for it. — 4. rest, repose: eyi ansa-ua 
manya oh., now at length I have got rest; oh. hi nni asase so, there 
is no rest on earth. — 5. Phr. me home ka me bo, my rest is undis- 
turbed, I have peace; cf. abomeka. 

ahome, (inf.) 1. breath; sigh; gu ah., to sigh. pr. 291. — 2. F. 
rest, repose: kogye wo ab6m^, go take your rest; ma roiuny6 m'ab., 
let me have my repose. 

ahom e-g li , inf. a sigh ; sighing. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



188 ahomegy6 — h6nfeh 6. 

• 

ahome-gy6, inf, recreation, refreshment^ recovery of strength 
and spirit after toil; F. rest. ML 11,28 f. 

ahome-ka, inf. [me home aka me ho] satisfaction, gladness, 
joy, happiness, 

ahome-tew, inf [home tew or tew home] hreatltUssness, the 
being out of breath; distress, excessive trouble, vexation <S:c. biribi a 
etew wo home (something that takes aicay your breath or red) e.s. 
emma wunnya ahomey^, ehaw wo; syn, abotu, ahdyeraw. Owo do 
ahometew (a.s. ahdyeraw) na oka. pr. 3446. 

aho-em6rew, -omer^w, weakness, infirmity, debility. 

ahom-gye, -ka, F. s. ahomegye, ahomeka. 

ahomkam', F. gladly. Mk. 12,37, 

o-h6mo, shouting to welcome a person; bo h., to make a noise 
in welcoming; cf, bo twi. Woboo homo gyee no awo. 
homofo, the criers in chasing game, 
homtseu [ahome tenten] F. gu h., to sigh deeply. ML S,12, 
h II, V. [red. honhgn] to pull otd thai which stuck fast (the blade 
of a knife, the iron of a hoe from the handle, a nail from the wall); 
to extirpate (a horn from a goats head : hoh oguan aben no, hoii- 
hon abeh no); to screw out, unscretc; honhon akycne no mfewa', 
take out the screws of that drum. 

hoii, V. to seize by the nape and push away; 6h6n no = owo 
no nkonsiaw, opo no taw, osum no atiko. 

h 11, t;. [red, honhon] to swell ; me nsa rehon, my hand is swel- 
ling; n'afono ahon, his cheek is swollen; - tr. to cause to swell: mfa 
hon me nan, tJie Guinea-worm causes my leg to swell, 

o-hou, marrow in the bones; brain; tirim h. the brain(s); hoii- 
ntini, the nerves, 

li6nii, a.dtadv, deep, very deep, said of a wound, a well, the- 
eyes in their cavity ; cf. h6. 

honu, the humming or buzzing of flies; wotu a, wote won nta- 
bah mu h. — cf. honyohonyo. 

o-hon4m [= h6 nam; onipa honam, n6h6nam] 1, the body of 
a man or animal ; pr, 1420-22. q-xkh me te se ohonam no ntama, we 
are close or fast friends. Cf, onipadua ; efunu, amti. — 2. the flesh, 
Scr. - ohonAm ak6nno, flesfdy lusts. 

o-honam-ani, otdward appearance; ohonam-ani ha-yi, outward- 
ly; - ghonam-ani-ade, outward, bodily, temporal (not spiritual) things. 
alionam-dzen, F. health. 

g-honan-n6w [ohondm dew] sensual pleasure, sensuality, volup- 
tuousness. 

o-honam-nfpa, a person of one's own flesh i.e. family, kin, kin- 

o-h6nan-k6ro = ohonam koro, Mt. 19,5, [dred or people. 

honan-kuru = honam mu kuru^ pr. 1433 f. 

hg-n^-h6, 1. there and there, certain places there; woko kttro 

nom' a, nko h. — J2. intermediate, middling; indifferent; owo h,, 

lie wavers, is undecided. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



hdohdm — ahooden. 189 



h6iihdm, (pi.) a-, a spirit; (he spirit of man [ah. =g8dinAh 
a.s. sunsiiin, ahanmu ade neh; sunsuma na tetefo freno sa(se): ne 
h. asore uo so akje (orebewu nen); onipa wa a, ne h. fi no mu ko 
soro]. Onyame h., the Spirit of God; Honhora kronkron, the Holy 
Ghost; hohhom ahoto, spiritual joy or happiness; bonhom-mu-ade, 
spiritual things. 

ahonhom,a mild, gentle wind; rf mfare, mfraraa, abura. 
honhom, red- r., s, bom; nbonb6m roe so, ma menb6m^! 
hoiihoii, red.v. hoh, 
houhoii, red, v, boh. 

o-honl, pi. a-, a figure made of clay or wood, meant to repre- 
sent a sick person and pnt at tbe outskirt of tbe town for tbe spirit 
supposed to be tronbling the person; image, statue ; idol. [G.amaga.] 

ah o-nim, inf, [nim nebo] 1, self-consciousness, — 2. conscience. 
Kurtz § 12. 154. 173' — hkwa a ah. worn* or ah. hkxv a ^ personal life. 

ahonimfo+, 1. rational being; 2. person within the Godhead. 

aho-niniifm, inf. [bo ninnim] beginning recovery , gradual re- 
storation from sickness, convalescense. 

ho u 0, V. intr.dtr. [red. bohbonoj to melt (not by fire, cf. nSh), 
to dissolve, liquefy; to steep, macerate; nkyene, asikre no ah.; wa- 
uoa o<le no ma ah., she has over-boiled the yam; ag^genu ne dokono 
a wode nsu bono nom ; ag. is a beverage of maize-bread macerated 
in icater; - ode nsa bonoo yen, he pressed upon us to drink. 

e-hono, 1. bark of a tree, daa (bo) bono or aboh; rind, husk, 
shell; abrgbe ho h., the rind of a pine-apple; akatu bo h., orange- 
peelings. — 2. scales; apata h(J b. or aboh, the scides of a fish. — 
3. F. = Bare, grass for thatching houses. 
honta, V. F. = bintaw. 
honton, a. = tenten, long. 

o-ho-nto-wo-so, an unexpected trouble, espec. used of debts in 
which one is involved by unexpected swearing. Wunnim nea amane 
fi na wote ho a, oh. abeto wo so; as^m a wunnim ase no na ebia 
abeto wo so. Oh. te se obonsam : ahkye na adada nnipa = abeto 
nnipa so. [On the etymology cf. "Me sunsuma ato me so ^= me h6 
aye yiye*; perh. "oh. abeto wo so" means: a matter in which your 
own self did not fall upon you i.e. did not protect youy has come to 
fall on you.] 

ah6-n u, inf [nG nebo] F. nnubo, repentance, pr. 1425. 

ah6-ny a, inf. [nya nebo] the state of having got one's own self 
i.e. a) one's living or livelihood, i.e. wealth, riches, b) mie's liberty, i.e. 
independence; cf. eb6d^, abofadi. — ahonya-de, wealth, riches. 

o-houy afo, pi. a-, a rich, wealthy man; cf odefo, osikani. 

o-honyanyi, F. id. Mt. 19,23. Mk. 10^25. 

aho-nyannyan', inf. [ho nyannyahj horror, shudder. 
h6ny6h5ny6,n. or adv. imitative of the humming or buzz- 
ing of bees or flies; odowd ye h., the bee hunts; cf. h^nh. 

ahooden and other words beginning ahoo... seek without re- 
gard to the o. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



190 h5p^6 — hor6n6a. 



h5p&6 [nea neho apa] (an animal) naked, hare, or bald on 
the body; oguan h., a bald, naked sheep or goat Cf. tipae. 

aho-pe, inf. [pe nehS] self-love, selfishness, egotism. 

oA\6\}efOyph a-, a selfish, self-interested person. 

aho-pere, inf. [neh6 pire no] eagerness (ntem a worepe de 
akoyQ biribi a egye wo ani) ; impatience. 

aho-pere, aho-perep6re, inf. [pere neho] self-defence. — aho- 
pere-ahoQden, ability to defend oneself. 

ah5-popo, inf [ne hO popo] trembling; alarm, fear. 

o-hdprafo, pi. a-, nea okura m&ra de pra ohene ho, lit. a swee- 
per about the king, a bearer of an elephant* s-taH before the king ; 
cf. gyaasefo. 

ah6rd, contr. fr. ahohora; WQyeme ah. 

hordii, V, to raise, enlarge, swell, puff up, expand; spread; 
syn. boman; to make or talk much of; wohoran woho papa, you make 
too much of yourself, you are arrogatit, assuming, overbearing; wa- 
h6ran, he has become haughty, inflated with pride; cf. w4p6w; ne 
din ahoran = nehO asem ahye, ahyeta, he has becotne renawtied; 
oh. ne din, ode ne din ah. kiirow yi nhina, he talked much of his 
dignity in the whole town; ohoran me bo = ohnru me bo, he excites 
my anger; nhoraii wo bo sa, do not fret yourself thus. [Diff. h&ran.] 

horOj V. to raise, throw up; mfote hore slw, the termites throw 
up earth, raise a hill; - to swell; n'ano ahore pgw, he has pouting lips 
(by nature); his lips are swollen (forming a bump, by accident); 
red. hohore, q^.v. 

horhora, F. = ahohora. Mt 1,19. 

horo, v., red. hohoro, also hoho; 1. to wash, espec. by re- 
peated rubbing; to rinse, cleanse. The three forms are discriminate- 
ly applied thus: a) hoho with anim\ auom', nsa, nan, to wash the 
face, mouth, hands, feet; 6^ horo with tam, atam, ntama, atade, to 
wash a cloth or clothes; also akonnua ho, a stool d-c. c^ h oh o r o with 
tirim, ahina mu, kuruwa mu, to wash the head, the inside of a pof^ 
cup, mug, jar, jug &c. — Ohoro fa ayi mu sika, he treats earth with 
water in order to separate the gold contained in it, i.e. he washes gold. 
— J2. to chide, reprimand: 6h6ro no, = oyaw no, obg no ahohora. 
ahoro, a plant with broad leaves; ahaban tetr§te a wode twiw 
awowa. 

horo, a-, 5. horow, a-, 
ahoroh6rd, -hdrowd, s. ahohora ; Bog. 874. 

horghoro, a. puny, small and feeble; tender, weak; soft; 
unripe; sickly. Abofra (no ye) h. = ab. ketcketewa a woawo no b§ 
*ne no; ••- gd^ h. a ennyini na wodi no, wofre no gdedomfl; - abiiro- 
nhwi y§ h., abibi-nhwi ye dennen, cf. nhwi; - n'anim ye h., he looks 
sickly; - obfironi hd(nam) y§ h. 

bdrQbobo, a. bloated; w4y^ h. ta h6 sg n^ oyar4 pJLpasisi. 

lior6n5a, blister; aboh. = dodonku, it has raised a blister. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nh5rodo — ahotwetVirfe. 191 

iih5rodo, not yet fully ripe^ softy ^reen (corn); wgwe abttrow 
ma bi nh. 

ho row, a. [Ky. hodoo] differenty various; several. 

a h r w, «. i. kindy species, variety ; okasa ahorow bebre, many 
kinds of language i.e. many different languages; alioro nhin& bi, F. 
of every kind, Mt 13,47, — ^. times (in multiplication); edu ab. da 
ye eba, ten times ten are one hundred. 

aho-sau, inf. 1. [h6 BtLti'] recovery , restoration from sickness; 
deansing, F. Mk. 1,44. — 2. [sah neho] vindication, (self-) justi- 
fication. 

a h 5-s ^ n, inf. [ne ho san no] lit. looseness, freedom from restraint; 
hence joy, joyfulness, happincsSy frolicsomeness; gladness, gleCy en- 
thusiasm; also extravagance, unruliness. 

ah6-sep§w, inf. [nebo sepew no] joyfulnesSy joyousness, cheer- 
ftdnessy gladness, gaiety, joviality y hilarity y happiness. 

ah6-sesew, inf. [sesew neho] = ahosiesie, 1. 

ah OS io si 6, inf. [siesie neho] 1. preparationy preparedness, 
readiness; cf ahoboaboa, abodaso. — J2. F. adorning. 1 Bet 3^. cf. 
ahokeka. 

ahos6re, inf. [sore neho] carefulness about one's oum person 
OTself; chastity. 

aho-sinsidm, inf. [siam] : ab. n. s. wode wo nsaabo nsura^ afa 
wo bo babi mpen 2 a.s. 3 de reyi biribi agu ; a.s. biribi aka wo ho 
na w6y^ no sa' ylyl gu. 
hSta, F. = hintaw. 

ah5-otan [ho ye tan] F. ugliness. 

o-h o t efo, pi. a-, a holy, righteous person, saint. 

aho-tew, inf. [tew neho t>r ho tew] sanctificaiiony the act of 
sanctifying oneself ; blamdessnesSy chastity, sanctity yhoUnesSy the state 
of being holy or sanctified. 

aho-te we [s. bef] 1. the state o^ being (or, things being) brigUy 
cleaUy tidy; cleanlinesSy neatness; ony6 nenneema afiafi, nehhina 
ahotew§. — 2. F. glory; holiness. 

ahotsewefo, F. Uie rigUeous. Mt.9yt3. Mk2,17. 
hoiiriyV. to take out from .. by force; to snatchy wrcM, wring 
from; h. ne nsam' sekan no, tm'est the knife from his hand. 

aho-to, inf. [ne hoato no] quiet, quietness, peace; happiness, joy; 
comfort, comfortable feeling. 

aho-to-asetjin/*. [tonehoase] self-neglecting, unconcernedness. 

aho-to-s6t, inf. [de neh6 to so] reliance (upon). 

o-h6-trafo,jp^ a-, [nea otra..h6j lit. a by-sitter, assessor, judge 
lateral; counselor, adviser; minister of a sovereign or regent; pr. 13 10. 
ho£se, V. F. = f^ete, pete, to scatter, strew. Mt. 12^0. 25,24. 

ahd-tutilo, Ak. = atataw? samS? 

aho-t w 6 1 we, inf. [twStwe neho] tardiness, slacknesSy slotvness, 
duggishness; backtcardness, dUatoriness; lingering, protaction; gye 
ah. == wosoma no a, omm6 p^nkraii nko. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



192 ho w — hu. 

how, V, 1, to dry on or by the fire; wode gya na wode how apa- 
ta; fa nam gu gya so how; nam no ahow. — ^. io he not sufficiently 
boiled, underdone: wonda aduan na woamfa nsu ahhu mu seneaete 
a, na emmen, na wose: aduah no ahow = auwen (efis^ ogya nni 
ase, nsu pa hi nso nnim\ woammua so nso yiye). pr, 639, — 3, to be 
ligJU, not weighty or heavy in flying or walking: wotow kyew ko 
soro a, ehow; mafon nti, menama, na mehow; to be ineffective: hem- 
ma no how, the arrow has no power to go far, emu ye hare, enje 
duru pi; - gka asem a, na ehow &§ ben = enn4 kora; asem a ye- 
reka yi, ycbo so a, ehow = eteh ani, ani nnd babiara. — 4. to he 
weaky remiss, slack, loose, not fast, not close, not well joined: ekyew 
no how, the cap does not fit tiglU; ehow so = ennA so, enya ok wan 
pi; biribi a ehye ade bi mu na ent6 so pe na ofa nwen ho; syn. ho- 
dwow, cf bg so. — 5. to be lofty: Akuapem asase how soro kyeh 
Krobg. — 6. Fhr, ..were how, how .. were, s, were. 

0-h w, inf 5. how; blasting; r/*.opo, withering. Dent. 28,22, Am,4fi, 

a h o-w o w, inf [ne ho awow] exhaustion of means or property; 
ah. nti ontumi ny^ mfefew-ade a ne mfefo ye, from want of means 
he cannot equal his comrades in finery, 

aho-ydw, castigation, punishment. Mat, 25,46, [i.q. seq.] 

ahd-eydw',-oy dw' [neho ye no yaw] 1, pain, suffering, irri' 
taiion; wohyeno ah. = wgyeno ayayade. — 2. irritability, tou- 
chiness, pettishness, — 3, envy, grudge; ambition^ jealousy; male- 
volence; ahoeyAw d! wo ani abereme! that is nothing but malice! 
you envy me! Cf apese-nenko-nya. 

ahOeyawde = ayayade. 

0-h5Qydwf6, jpLa-, an envious, jealous, malicious person; syn. 
gbofo; odi wosika ana wo adwuma ho aboro; ade a obi ye na eye 
no ho ye no yaw. 

aho-oy 6d, Ak. = ah6eyaw,^am d^c, 

aho-yeraw, Ak. ahoh^ra, inf [neho yeraw no] uneasiftcss, 
anxiety y mortification, vexation, tribtdation, wretchedness, anguish; 
cf, ahometew; pr, 3446, 

hr&hra... s. h&nahana. 
hran, s. h&ran (& horan). 
h u , v. s. huw. 

ohu, a kind oi pap; mmgre a wgayam na wgati bi an5a na 
wgde afra m* bio; awi a wode sughyew aka se wgka abete no. 

hft, «. or adv, imit. of blowing or of a confused noise: mframa 
bg hu, the wind blows strong; ankonam mmg hu, pr. 1708, nnipa no 
kasa hu = hgb6bgbg; kftrow nom' aye hu = ho. — 2, completely: 
wadgw kwae no nh. hO, he has cleared (away) the wood altogether; 
syn. kora; pr, 983, 

h ft*, interj, an exclamation to call one from a distance. 

. hu, Ak. hunu, v. to see; diff, fwe, gyen, kari. 1, to perceive 
by the eye, to behold, discern, descry; mihfiu no (= m^ani tnaano) 
wo hg mprempren (Ak. mihunuu no hg sese ara), I saw him there 
just now; ohui se wawu, he saw that he was dead; - to Imve in sight; 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



hil — liiia. i^ 

to take notice of. pr, 187-93. 1428-53, 2023. — 2. to discover, find, find 
out, invent; mefwefwe me pfine na ininh&, / am looking for my needle 
and cannot find it. pr. 483. 2670. — 3. to recognize: mihua no ney are- 
pa 80 na manha no bio, I saw him on his sick-bed and did not re- 
cognize him. — 4. to perceive by mental vision, note with the mind; 
to form an idea or conception of; to discern, distinguish; to know, 
pr.1014. - to understand, comprehend. - Fhr. hii ase, - akjiri,- 
mu, to understand (the meaning or reason, the consequences, the con- 
tents); hu ano^ ^0 understand how to manage* — 5. to learn; perf. 
to know, understa>id, be conversant with, be able; cf. nim ; pr. 565. 
592.1430. 1438. 1452. wahu neho so fwe, she knew how to guard her- 
self, she has kept Jicrselfpure or chaste. — 6. to know, to have sexual 
commerce with. Gen. 4. — 6'. to perceive by the organs of taste and 
feeling; sj/n. te. — 8. to experience, suffer: wobehfi biribi, gou wUl 
have to suffer something! pr. 586 f. 1451. Phr. hCl amanne, to see adver^ 
sity i.e. to be in affliction, to suffer; to be tormented (F.) — 9. Phr. 
bu ma.., F. to feel for, sympathize with; - hQ .. mm^bo, to look at., 
with compassion, to pity, commiserate, have compassion or mercy on; 
- ha., anim, to obtain admission or admittance before; mahu ohene 
anim 'ne, to-day I was admitted to the presence oftiie king. — 10. Phr^ 
Wuhuu den na woaba yi? lit. what did you see that you have come?, 
i.e. wJuit induced you to come, why are you come? wnhnfi den na^ 
wobesam&naa no yi? for what reason have you summoned him? 

h u, 17. to burn the hair from a dead animal; moye den ni? ye- 
hd aboa, - oguan; wohQ abirekyi hO wq afikyiri. 

e-h u, n. fear, fright, terror; ehft ak& no, fear has befallen him, 
he is frightened. — ye ha, 1. to excite fear; iy^ hfi, it is frigJUfid, 
awftd, dreadful; ne hd ye lift, his appearance excites fear, he isfright- 
/W, formidable, terrible. — 2. to be fearful, ^afraid, timid: 6yk h6 s^ 
ak6ko, he is as timid as a fowl, = 6ye ohfifo. — hq hd, F, to be 
amazed. Mt 12,23. 

ahu, 1. a treasure found in the earth or ground; sika a wota 
wo fam' a.8. nnupAn mu; syn. od^en, asased^; - tu ahfi, to find or 
dig out a treasure hidden in the ground; watu ahfi (afa), he has found 
some hidden treasure, wafa od wen. — ^. = ahfinu, a thing seen.prJ.455. 

h tx&y V. [red. hQahQa] to smell, scent; mema no adnan a, ohfii 
f^^ ansa-na odi, wlien I give him food, he smells (or snuffles) at it 
before he eats (it); okraman de ne fv^ene ahOahda ara akohCi aboka' 
Qo, the dog has with his nose traced out i.e. has scented the carcass. 
Cf. ehfta, htiam. (hiia tie, pr. 1565.) 

htiS, F. hwa, Ak. fifra. 

hii&y i;. 1. to scrape, scratch; htta gde, to scrape or scrcUch off 
the burned parts of the roasted yam ; to graze, to ruh or brush lightly 
in passing (c/lhttfisu); syn. t^ere, tV^erew; cf. hiian, h&ane, & red. 
htihda. — J2. (hQa, cf. red. httahtia) to bring a fresh leaf into close 
contact with fire to mdke it flabby, flaccid: tew ahaban no htta (ka, 
tdto) gya posa sq knranomn. — 3. [inf. ahtta] to beg, to crave for;' 
ohiiaadnan, okohuano adaan, he craves for food, begs food from ^ 
hm; obehM ha d&; pr. 213. cf. sSre. 

13 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



194 ahu& — hUh. 



ah u&, inf. begging (for food), pr, 2Q7. 

H u a, j^T.n. the country to the east of the Volta beyond Akwam 
and Anum, called by the inhabitants £90, by the Akras Ay igbe, 
by the Europeans Krepe. Ok^ Httam'; Ohtiani, j)Z. Hiiaf6. 

e-hiia, smelly odour, scent (good or bad). — te h., to perceive 
the smelly to smell; met^ atudnru h., I am smelling the powder; (tie 
h., pr, 1565,) — gy^ htifi, to scent, smell: akraman ^y^ htia na wg- 
toa won aboa; migye no ho httS. — y i h., to give (yield, produce) a 
good smell, Ca. 1,12,; to have a had smeU, to stink, == boii. 

hiia, brode htta, the viscous juice oozing from a newly cut 
bunch of plantains (atomprdda mu nsu fita a eye ml ; 8§ eka wo 
ntama ana wo nsam* a, §ka ho, it stains (he clothes or hands). 

h \ii.j a. d^adv. viscous, viscid, sticky, glutinous; tenacious, tough; 
syn. hdini, tw&, sIL, mft, fd, prapra &c. Me fufa sq hiil. 

o-hiiae, pi. a-, broom; syn. oprae; wgde ab§ berew na wode ye, 
0-hiiaf6, pi. a-, beggar, mendicant. 

Hullf6, the people or inhabitants of Hiia. 

huahiia^ hfiahfia, red.v, 1, s, htia & hua. — 2. refl. (s.'htia 2) 
to bask; fa gya ma minhuahua meho (= men to) kakra, provide some 
fire (hat I may warm myself a little. 
ahil^hd. a kind of plant. 
ahii^ha, the tobacco-plant, growing wild in the country. 

Huam', = Hti&m6. 

huam, V. to pluck, puU off, out, or from, with a twitch; syn. 
pan, pgn^ tew, tu ; obi renhtiUm won me nsam', John 10^8 f. — 2. 
to decrease, abate; syn. htian, twe; nsu no ahti&m. — 3. to smell i.e. 
to investigate by smelling; combined with tie & te or fwe&h&: 
mihiiam ta matie se eye ana ; ohtiam ta f w§ (Ak. of wam tawa no 
fw§) se ebeye de ana? / smell, he smells the tobacco to know wlidher 
it be good. 

0-huam, 1. the scent or oe^^ur emitted from sweet-smelling sub- 
stances, perfume, fragrance, aroma. — 2. sweet-smdling substances, 
perfumes; aduru hi a eye htiam, se krob6w, beweonua (two kinds 
of gum), mmdwa (a bark), ofwent^a (a fruit), p^pr^ (alo@), 08ik6, 
fofowa, nhw^ne, osonwere. — ye or sra h., to apply perfumery to 
the face, neck, arm-pits, upper arms. 

huani; huamhu&m^ a. odoriferous, fragrant, sweet-smeUing; 
-ye h., to be fragrant, smell sweetly; nehS y§ htiftm, pr. 2427. 4yib.; 
nn6 hti&mhtiilm. 

o-huammo, inf. [htian, bg] or huammo [gbo a ehtian] disap- 
pointment; bo or di h., ^ disappoint; to be disappointed; wadi me 
h., he has disappointed me; $te se w4hti&u biribi a ekura ade bi mn 
na ade no abg fam* (af we ase). pr. 1458, 

hu^n^ t^. [red. hunhtian] Ak. f^ane, 1. to pull or draw away^ 
off or forth, to withdraw forcibly, espec. a thing from under some 
other object; wasoma me soro ahtian m'aseant^erifpr.^OO^; wahuan 
no nan, he has forcibly withdrawn his foot. — 2. to di^oin, dislocate^ 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



huan' — huhua. 195 



put out of joint; to sprain (?) with mu : wahi&an ne nao mu, he has 
sprained his foot; - to be dislocated, out of joint: ne nan ahttan. 

— 3. to snap, to spring or fly up or back, rebound: afiri no ah., the 
spring has snapped off, pr. 3031. — 4. to burst, crack (of eggs in hatch- 
ing chickens). — 5. to recede, flow back, lower, ebb; epo ahttan, the 
sea ebbs. — 6. .. bo httan, to decrease, decline, diminish, lessen (of 
fluids or any thing accumulated, of strength, pain &c); eso ah., it has 
become less or lower; netumi so rehttan, his power is on the decline; 
ne kaw no so ah., his debt has decreased; - cans, huan .. so, to di- 
minish; wahttan me kaw so ama me, he ?tas lessened my debt for me; 
opp. dqre, hjia so. — 7. dhUkn apakje = oto ap., gka (he touches) 
ne nan mu, ne sisi mu, ne gya mu, Jie limps, walks lafndy, in conse- 
quence of a dislocation or fracture in a joint or leg. 

huan^ V. [red. httan htt&n] Ak. fw&ne, to peel, to strip, draw 
or tear off the skin, husk or rind; h. ahttrow == yi bttr6h6no fi abtt- 
row ho; h. akutu, to peel an orange; h. kwadu h5 hono, apat& ho 
bono, to peel off the husk of a banana, scrape off iJie scales of a fish. 
Cf htta, httane, wae. 

huan e, t7. Ak. fwane; to Scratch (neho, the skin when itching). 

— h. nk6r6m, to snore, 
hhn&ney s. nhw&ne. 

hfi&ni, a. = httS, twa, twani. 
o-hiia-sii, Ak. of^fisAo (htti, to graze, nsu, water] the water or 
moisture of the grass and bushes from the morning-dew or rain, 
wetting the clothes of the passer-by ; oh. afgw me ntama. pr. 256. 

ah u-b a, 1. aboa a wokum no a wohtt ne nhoma. — ^. (ehu- 
boa) aboa a eys htt, pr. 1459. 

ahu-de, 1. ade a §ye htt, a fearful thing. — J9. ade a woahtt, 
a thing found out, invention; cf. abQrdiQde,anyansah&de,anyade. — 
ahude-adwene, inventive power or faculty of mind, ingenuity. 

hufo, hnwfo, s. huw. 
o-hfif6, pi. a-, a timid person, coward, pr. 1460. 
ahiigya = bodua, nantwidua, a cow's tail, used as an orna- 
ment on festive occasions. 

huhd, innumerous; mp^m mp^m hiihft (gpedu ahorow opedu, 
ten millions) = Qpehuhi, opepeh&, Qpepet^, innumerable or count- 
less thousands or myriads. 

huhu^ 9. huhnw. 

huhu^ a. [red. of ehtt] fearful, alarmed, fuU of fears and dp- 
prehensions; Qman mu ay$ h. = WQkekft asem se ebia d^m reba 
njt. na wosuro ntia gman no abg t#i. 

huhtia^ ananse h., a spider's web or net, Ak. ntontan. 

hfthiia, red. v. httft, 1. to graze, to rub, touch or brush lighHy 
in passing; ote pgnko no so a, na ne nan h. (= t#S) fam^; ne ntama 
h. (= sesi) fam*. . — ^. with ho or aky i: to be near one: oh. me 
^^ heis always near me; woke babi a, raih. wo akyi (wo hd), I 
crave to be near you wherever you go. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



196 ahuhuA — ohum. 



ahuhud, i. a little famine j scarcity of food; nnansi ji ah. aba 
kakra, provisions have become rather scarce in these days (in May or 
June, when the yam begins to grow). — 2. s. ahuhuwa. — pr. 1253, 
0-huhu-bo, pi, a- [obo huhuw] a fahe weight, pr. 1461, 
ahiihu-de, = ade huhuw, a vain, futUe, useless, tcorfhless, con- 
temptible, mean, base, vile thing or tJiings. 

ahuhu-dze, F. lasciviotisness, Mk, 7,22,, wickedness. 
ahuhu-dwuma, trifling, domestic work. 
huhuhuhfty murmuring; kasa h., to murmur, cf. nwinwi. 
pr. 2187, dzi .. bQh^hQ, F. to murmur against. Mk, 14JS, 

Huhuhuhu^ name of a month, about June; s. osram. 
0-hiihu-ni, jp?. a--fo, = onipa huhuw, a mean, base, vile, ab- 
ject, wicked, worthless fellow or person, pr, 1090, 
o-huhurow, s. ohuruhurow. 

ahiihusem, = asem huhuw, vain or idle words or talk, non- 
sense, futility, vanity; meanness, baseness, vUeness; akoa yi di ah., 
this fellow is fuU off nonsense, plays wanton tricks, 

hiihuw, a. vain, worthless, useless, good for nothing; common, 
despicable; mean, base, vile; se wonni sika a, anka eye ade huhuw 
bi kwa, if gold (gold-dust) were not used in' commerce, it would be 
but a useless thing, pr, 917. Cf. hunu, funu. 

huh li w, red. v. huw, to blow repeatedly; h. nkwan, to blow or 
cool the soup; nkwan no ye hyew dodo, huhuw so naennwolpr. 1462. 

— Ohuhdw' ne hk no, oprapra ne ba h5 huhuw no ho = 68^re ne 
ba, Qf^e ne ba so yiye, she is very particular or careful with her chUd. 

ahiihiiw [huw, to blow] 1, breath; whiff, puff; blast; n'anom'ah. 
ye hyew, ye hO^m, boh, the breath of his mouth is hot, - smells good, 

- stinks; mede m'anom' ah. memaa ne h6 y§e no hyew, I warmed 
him with my breath. Cf. ahohow, ghome, ahuhuwiL, ohuruhurow. — 
2. = ahuhude. 

ahuhuwd, 1. blast, the hot stream of atr coming from a fire; 
i^rama hyewhy^w k efi gyam'. — 2. s, ahuhu4. 

a-hu-kdn [hQ kau, to see first]: wadime ah., he has seen me 
first, pr. 2910. 

hum, V. s. hom. 

e-huni; doum, the fine, soft, hairy outgrowth from the leaves of 
some plants; ade bi a ete se hhwi wq sasono n^ af^erew ni aw6- 
rdh n.a. ho. 

0-h Q m'; a yearly festival, annual custom of the Ouah people TDa- 
t§, Kyerepgn, Mamf^, Mampou, Tutu, Asantemma) and part ot the 
Akems, celebrated with feasting, playing and dancing; amah a wq- 
kasa Ouah hh. na edi hum, tese Akropghfo n^ Aburifo twa odwira; 
c/1 odv&ira, aberekwasi, akohhuro. — od6-him', a festival for the 
fetish at the time of planting (?) yam; s. ohnmkah; - abet^-hi!un'. 
. O-hUm. pL a-, a brazen gun, blunderbuss; tuo tia bi a w6de di 
ahemf6 anim ;' hi^6w4 na wota de ye ne dade a eda ne b5n& ma no. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ahdm — hunh6ii. 197 



ahiim^ 1. a strong wind, gale, storm; roframa kgse or bebrfi, 
cf. mfare, oprannft ; ah. reta, a storm is rising ; ah. tai na ebuu daa 
gaa kwan mu; ah. abesi man ma; ah. abeta ade a etua Qdan atifi 
no ko; ah. abefa onipa afi hyeh Dom\ — JS. s. ahan 3. 

ah am^ introduction of a song; bo aham. 

-hum a, adj. (in cpds.) common, not sacred; s. dahnma, oni- 
hamani. 

h u m'-d a, da a Guanfo di won afrihy ia, 5. ohiim. . 

ahumfO; won a wokura ahum di bene anim, s. obum & gya- 
asefo. 

ahum-kdii, the time of tJie first ohum custom, — ahum-di, inf. 

a h li m-n fe-a h d m , mistte-toe, a parasitic plant on trees. 

ahuin6b6, ahumOb5re,.TnmQborohunu, m/l [hd.. mmobo] 
pity, sympcUhg, compcission, commiseration, mercy; cf timgbo, ayam- 
hjehye. — n'ahfimobQr dosS dodo, F. he is most gracious, 

ahumobor-do, F. mercifully. 
huii, Ak. = hunu, a. d:. adv. 

ahuu, Ak. ahuno, ahonu, 1. ahunmd, ahunum, the air, 
atmosphere, the apparently empty space above the earth; cf. V^im; 
[fr. hunu, a.] — ^. ahiln mti dsl or ato d6 86, something invisible 
(from the air) has come down on him Le. he has fallen in a swoon, 
is in a fainting fit, has had an epileptic fit; ah. y§ ade a wanhii, 
ete se Qhome ara; cf. ahum = mframa, ahonhom, & ahunum^ piti, 
beraw, abiribiriw). — 3. ahuu, ahunmu, ahum, ahuntwam 
kakra, a little while; ma ahun ntwam* kakra ansa-na mentoa m^a- 
8em so, wait or let me wait a Utile and then I shall proceed in my re- 
latum; wokgyi, ahunmutwam^kakraa, hhr^L, you are going now, but 
come again in a little while; ahunmu fa mu kakra a {or, ahun [ahum] 
kakra fam' [twam'] a), na agyae, in a little while it will be over; 
tbonmu faa so no, Qsgree, after a little while he arose. 

a h u n-m u-h yen, air-bcUloon ; cf. mframa-toa. 
huna, t?. [red. hunahuna] 1. to importune, tease, defy, provoke^ 
challenge; wope se wo ygnko hye wo ase na wohy$ no so a, na wu- 
hnoa no nen; wode asemmone hi (anuoden) h. wo ygnkd; ahene 2 
ye dom na obiako hkoa bet^am' a, Qpe s§ ohaw wgn na §yQ won 
wura abufuw (tan). — J2. de neho hh... mu, to obtrude upon, to be 
burdensome to; to intrude among; ode neho hunahuna adwamay§fo 
no mu te se nea oy$ adi^uma no bi, nanso gnye hi. — 3. to threaten, 
frighten, terrify; ode aba, sekan, tuo, buna no = yi no hQ. P8.10,18. 
cf. popo. 

ahunahuro, by-name of the dog. 

ahiin-4n(-&n k4-n sa [ade a ema aniwa hfl (nea ewo dan mu) 
nansade, $nkft] lattice; lattice-window, treUised window, window 
with crossbars; Venetian window blind, jalousie. 

ahunanyllnkwa, F. [nea wuhii no a wunya hkw&] a saviour 
(one from whose sight you obtain Ufe). 

bunhdn, a kind o£ pot-herb or vegetable. pr.Ji537. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



198 himhiiau — ahupo. 



hunhuan, red. v. h&an. 
nhunhunii [hunhunu] 1. the dust ofworm-eaien wood. — 2. 
a worm thai eats wood; wood^fretier, wood-worm. — 5. adj. worm- 
eaten; watow diia nhunhunii nkS, he has felled a iree worm-eaten 
throughout. 

hunhunu, red. v. hunu. 
o-hunky§ree, 1. [hflnu = hft, & kyere = kye] nea wuhQano 
aky§ ; **6, oh. ni!" here I see a friend whom I have not seen for a 
long time! — ^. [ehii, ky§]: Wose: hQnkyeree, na wonse se : nnan- 
kygree, pr.2809. = wose: woye hQ a, na wokje, na wonse se: 
woy$ nnam a, na wnnyin kye. (Obi ye nnam bebrebe wo oko ma 
a, enna wokft no sa.) 

nhuni; inf. [htinu] Ak. = nhai; wanyft nh., Jie has often seen. 
ahufimu, s. ahun, ahunum\ [Gr. § 104,5. 

huno, Ak. = hunu. 

hunta, huntsa, F.=hintaw. Mt 10^.13^5.44, Mk. 4^2. cf sfima. 

hunu, V. 1. espec. with mu: fo hollow (oui), make hollow, ex- 
cavate; to corrode; mmoah. dua. — 2. to be worm-eaten: duanoah.; 
mmo& ire mu ade no, na ehunu gu se kjekyer^. — 3. Phr. n'anom* 
ah&nu, lit his mouth is empty, he has no appetite i.e. he is in trouble^ 
is grieved. 

hunu, a. 1. empty, void, hollow. — 2. unsubstantial; vain, 
worthless, unsatisfying; — 3. idle, inactive, unemployed, unoccupied. 

— 4. unfruitful, fruitless, ineffectual. — 5. mere, simple; bare, na- 
ked; without any thing else; - wokoe Qko-hunu, = wokoe no, won- 
nim as$n-k5 ase, they went in their simplicity (lit. a mere going) i.e. 
ioithout knowledge of the matter in question. — 6. having no proper 
right: nktirofo hunu ne nnipa bi a womfr4 wo abusGam* na Qdo so 
ana ajQnkdgoru so na wo-n6 wo trft. - — 7. groundless, false (ntam). 

— Cf. huhuw, kwa; cpds. adehunu, asenhunu, ntanhunu. 

hunu, Ak, hun, adv. merely, only, for nothing, to no purpose, 
in vain, for no reason, without reason; 6tan me ara hunu, he hates 
me without cause. Syn. kwa, teta, gyan. 

hunu, v. Ak. = ha, to see dtc. pr. 1453. 
o-hunu, one who has seen, pr. 1454. 
ahQnu, a thing seen, 'pr.1455. 
hunu-amanne, ade a em& wuha amanne; h. bra=amanne- 
hunu-bra, pr. 1456. 

ahunum', 5. ahnn; ahunum = ade-tQ-wo-so; ete se abiribiriw, 
nanso etetew wo ani so a, ensan mma bio se abiribiriw. 

ahupo', 1. imperiousness, arrogance, presumption, insolence; 
vident behaviour. — 2. exaction of unlawful profit: imposition, ex- 
tortion (6y^ ah., onam bg nktfrofo fth., = odi tumi hy$ nkttrofo so 
gye WQn ho nne$ma); cf. amimdi. — 3. exaction of undue reverence: 
pride, haughtiness, ambition; 6y^ ah., oho ah., = oye hQ hfi, ne nneyee 
mu 9y§ se qwq biribi, nso onni ahuro; vainglory; gye n'ade hdh^, 
he does things in a light-minded way, acts frivolously. Cf. ahantaa, 
ahdkyere-hunu, ahdhoahoa. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ohupofo — hixTu. 199 



o-hup6fo, i??.a-, an arrogant, overhearing dtc. person; bye oh., 
e.g. he goes to settle matters as in tke king's name, and the Mng has 
not sent or empowered him. 

ahupo-sem^ doings or dealings implying ahupo, q. v. 
h ura, v. l.tohe covered, set or overgrown with; to overgrow, 
to shoot up on; neti ahura d^eo or d^eh ah. n*atifi or netirim, his 
head is covered with hoary hair; edw no sb ah. mm6re, or mmfire 
ah. siw no so, mushrooms have shot up on that ant-hill, — 2. de..h., 
to convey, throw or cast to; ne din ye me se ohtiam a mframa bo de 
hura me, his name is to me as a fragrance which the wind blows or 
wafts to me (Co, 1,3.) — 3. h. ho or ran: to soil, make dirty, bemire, 
bespatter, besmear, bedaub, stain, defile, pollrde; intr. to be soiled^ 
dirh/, polluted, defiled dtc. ohura dan no mu ; gdan no hd ah., n*a- 
daka h5 ah. = aye fi, agye ntuw; ne nnade h5 ah. = agye nka- 
nare; - oh. ne som ho = on86m no yiye na osom no sakasaka, he 
is disioycd or dishonest in his service. — 4. h. .. a ni m\ to abuse (with 
words), to revile, vilify; to disgrace, dishonour; to insidt, affront; 
cf. hye aniwa, bo ahohora. 

hurae, a disease causing violent pain in the limbs; ema wo 
•nnompem* iutaw wo; ne nua ne atutuw. 

ahurahuradwo^i. [ade a ahurii-ahuru na asan ad wo bio] a 
quick but transient bubbling or boiling up; mmfl ennye ah., na ma 
enkg so se afi ase yi. — J2. a plant that can be used for salad. 

hureuhureu, a.dradv. smart, keen, sharp: mako hyehye 
m*anom* h., my mouth burns intensely with pepper. — J2, unmitiga- 
ted, not softened by any admixture; wayam osi&m a.s. adaru h., 
nsn aiikd. — 3, brisk, quick, sprightly: akokoa h. = abofra a oye 
hyew, n'ani ye den. 

h u r i, V. Ak. = hnruw. ^^ 1463^5. 

o-huri', Ak. ohurie, a kind of stinging insect, gadfly (?) = gt^n. 
huro, V. to hoot, cry out or shout in contempt, to mock, deride^ 
jeer, flout; to expose to derision, to put to shame by crying 'hS, hfl, 
ye! wohuro n6 = wgbgno tutuw; Nkranfo huro kgm. 

a hilro, 1. Ak. = ahuru, foam, froth. — J2. scum i.e. dross, refuse, 
recrement; hence what is vile or worthless, a trifle; = fwe, a little 
something; eny6 ah., it is nothing; ehkd ah., nothing at all is wan- 
ting; memfA meny6 ah., I do not make anything of it. 

o-huron, a kind of small tree. 
hiirbnhuron, adv. quick and tall (of growth); abofrd no 
m*p^w, na 6ny\h h.=onyin ntem-ntem, tententen, gb^ran, akg soro 
ntem-ntem; - adedenkruma nyin h., the castor-oil plant grows fast, 
shoots up vigorously. 

nhurodo-nhiirodo,i)?. w. the holes, loops or gaps in stuffs or 
mats of loose texture; - adj. loosely woven: ntama (kete) no mu ye nh. 
hhru, V. 1, to bod, bubble, effervesce; to foam, froth; to be 
picHenUy agitated, to rage; nsu rehuru, the water is boiling; nsu a 
ahum, boiling water; aduan no huru gu, the food boUs over; epg h., 
the sea is raging horribly. — 2. to excite, agitate: h. man no ani, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



200 ^hiiru — nhilwd. 



==^taii6.. ani, tostirup thepeople,Ac. 17^3. — h.bo, toslir upthc breast 
he. to provoke, arouse to anger or pasdon, to incense. — 3. ho hnni, 
to be hot; me bo h. me, I am hot — 4. hum dwira, to anfwunce tite 
beginning of the yam-custom on the previous evening (Wednesday) 
by beating drums &c. — h. biironyl, to celebrate Christmas eve. 

4hiirUy foam, froth, spume, scum; cf. ahuro; ogjam' ah., (he 
¥Hxter or froth ooxing out from green wood in burning. 

ahurubia, pi. n-, a^kind of bird, pr.l466. 

hu rii-f6m, inf. [huruw, fem] : bye b., to give forth upon usury. 

[Eee. ISfi.U. 
ahuru-fi, inf. [huruw, fi]: wodi (dan no mu) ah. = wohuruw 
fi .adi, they jump forth (out of the house) one after the other. 

0-huruhdr6w, steam, vapour; oh. fisen mu, - bakam*, sieam 
rises from the pot, - the lagoon. 

huriihhruw, red. v. huruw, to leap, jump (repeatedly) as 
one who is rejoicing; to gambol, skip about, in sport 
ahuruhuruw', inf. jumping, pr. 1268. 

ahuru-si; inf [huruw, si]: di ah., to exult, rejoice exceedingly; 
woate asempa na wo bo ato wo na woretew akrayam a woredi ako-^ 
n^aba. 

a h u r u s f-d f , inf. exultation. 

ahurutod, F. ahrutsia, pi. n-, a poisonous serpent, with a big 
head and black and light-yellow streaks ; viper, asp. 
0-hiirutiitu, the lungs. [G. flufla]. 
hiirutututu, a. boUing, bubbling (of water on fire) ; raging, 
foaming (of the sea or a swelling river) : |y^ h., it casts up foam; nsu 
ho ani ye b. = menem-menem. 

huruw, t;. Ak.huri, i. to leap, jump, hop, skip, spring, bound 
(tc. b. si, to jump for joy (to jump so as to place oneself again on 
the ground) pr. 378. red. huruhuruw, q. v. - ohuruw fwee kwan so, 
lie quicJ^y resumed his journey. — 2. h. sika, to lend money on usury, 
practise usury. Deut. 23,19. Fs. 15,5. Obi ah. no sika akotua ne ka na 
awo no (adQ, adoso); oh. no sika = ofem no sika hhye no da senea 
wobye no d&, na ohye no da-tia, na wammetua a, 6hh gu s6. 

hu-se, a thing or matter seen and told; se eye mo atoro o, s§ 
eye mo h. o, mo ara mokofaa asem no, whether it be a lie on your 
part, or whether you have seen and told it, it is you who have brought 
(out or on) the moMer. 

ahu-tu, inf. [tu ah(i] the finding or digging out of a treasure 
hid in the ground; digging after hidden treasures. 

hutCihutu, o. rugged, rough tvith hair, shaggy; okuntii no 
ani ye h. = wo nhwi dodow ; opp. dab5, torotorotoro, asawa biara 
nni ani (nsore wo ani); cf. fuku &c. 

hutuma, F. = mfntuma, dust. Mt. 10,14. ML 61,1. 
huw, v. to blow; ohuw nensam\ Jie is blowing upon his hands; 
pr. 1427. — syn. fita; - red. huhuw, q, v. 

iihdwd, a kind of bead; hhene hketehkete hi. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nhw&ne — hye. 201 



hwtt, F. see hiia, Ak. ttm. 

nhw&ne^ a kind of perfume: civet; ohiUim bi; nea okankan 
kjima na okopopa ne to a ewo doa no h5 no. 

h winy an, v. 1, refl. to stir or rotise oncsdf up to livelif ac- 
tion or vigorous exertiaUy to stimulate oneself, to exert oneself; asafo 
bi hw. wonh5 wo ofie na wonhw. wonho wo dom ano a, wgfre wqA 
hdfo; wqHw. wonhd kyere nnipa nti, won h5 7§ hCI; ohene wo hq 
na wanhw. neho a, wonsur6 no; ohw. nehd = okSny&n neho, oy$ 
neh5 kese, gkS nebo ma obi wq bo a obfi se ne nsam' ye dnra (a. s. 
oye onipa). — P. ne h6 hwanyan no = onseii ne ^erem', he is agi- 
iatedy in perturhcUion; cf ne bo s§pew no. — 3. hw. ..mu, to agitate, 
disturb, derange, disorder, throw into confusion; obw. ntramam*, si- 
kam\ ntadeni\ nnipam' = opet§ ntrama &c., oma woy§ sakasaka ; 
gbw. nkran mu, ntetea mn,=8e woje komm a, omA wosore na om& 
woye manyaminyd; ohw. ne nhwi mu, she dislievels her hair, puts 
it in disorder; cf. pesew. 

hwinyauhwanyan, adv. disorderly, in a disorderly state 
or manner; Qde ntrama guu dan mu hg hw. == sakasaka, cf mftnya- 
manja. 

hwe, F. = f wie. Mk 26,7. 
hwg, V. As. = htta, fw5, to scrape, scratch. 
hw6a, f^Sa, F. breath. 
nh w6a, F. abwSa, sand. pr. 917. nhwea-s5, (in) the sandy desert. 
nhw6a-dgn, sand-glass. — nhw6a-nhwea-b6, sandstone. 
§-hwene, F., Ak. nbwen, nose; s. efwene. 
ahwfen-hema, s. ostta. 

nhw^ntea, QfVirent6&, a kind of perfume; duaba bi a wohata 
na wgayam ; s. obttam. 
ahwen-tokur, F. nostrils. 

hwSti, hwiti, s. fw6ti. 
nhwi, Ak. ehw!, (he hair; abfironhwi ye horgboro, ebeabea hg 
oresesabo; abibihbwi ye dennen, ^pompono; cf. akura-hhwi, ehum, 
hQtubfltQ, sakQ. — abo-so-hhwi, dua-bd-nhwi, moss. 

nhwi-nhwt, a. hairy; nehd nb., he (his garment or body) is 
hairy. 2 KL 1,8. cf. horoborg, saktl, fnkti. 
hwt, s. f^i. 

hw, before q, o, u, is often written in F. (by Parker), where 
other dialects have merely h ; e. g. 

hwo,hwoa,hwohwo,hwom,ahw5m, hwon, hwotse, 
ahwuhwudze, ahwfim, hwun (hfl)&c. - 
see all these words in the place they occupy without w. 
hwom, V. F. (perf.) to ebb; s. httan. 

by = X . 

hye, t?. [red. byebyg] 
1. to stick (fast), to be put, set, fixed, inserted (bg, mu, ase, there, in, 
nnderdtc.) espec* in the contin. form; pgtea hyg ne nsfk, a ring is put 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



202 hy§. 

on his finger; dadekyew hye ne ti, he has a helmet on his head; - 
hye mn, to he comprised, included in (= wo mu, fra mu); to set in 
afresh: qjatq no abehyem' = asan aba dennennen; hy§ .. ase, to 
he concealed under, covered hy, subject or subordincUe to, dependent 
on, in the power of. (of 14-16.) — 2. de (fa)., hye (caus., cf. 1), 
to put, set, fix, stick, insert; mede me nsa mebye me kotokum\ I put 
my hand into my pocket; ode ta hye n'abrobuam', he fills his pipe 
(with tobacco); fa (asem no) hye (nh6ma)m', put or write it down 
(on paper) ; ode.. ahy§ kotoku nom', he lias put it into the hag; also 
he has sealed the hag = wasiw kotoku no ano. — de.. hye .. nsa, to 
deliver, surrender; to give in charge of, commit to one^s care. — 3. 
bye..anan mu, to put instead of, i.e. to replace, restore, repay, give 
hack, reimburse; to repair, amend, compensate, indemnify; mehyeeno 
ne sika anahrou, I paid him his money hack. — 4. to put on, to wear 
(of clothes fitting to the body or parts of the body, cf. fura; of shoes, 
hat, rings); Kramofo hye batakari, obiironi nso hye atade, Moham- 
medans put on caftans, but a European wears a coat; ghyee nekyew, 
he put on his hat. — hye haraa, s. ha ma, pr, 170. — 5. to measure 
(com, by putting a calabash into the corn and the corn into the 
calabash and thereby filling another vessel); mede kora mehye 
abtirow, / measure corn in or by means of a calabash. — 6. to fill; 
ohye ta, he fills a pipe ; to pour in (nsa); ghye no nsa, he serves him 
out liquor; pr. 147 L - hye sapow mu nsu, to fill a sponge with water; 
hye atuduru, to fill cartridge-boxes with poivder. — 7. hye .. ma, to 
make full, to fill; hye.. dodowura or nwuradodo, to enlarge or swell 
the numbers, swell the ranks of (without increasing the valour or 
value) : asansafo na ahye atufo no dodowura, unarmed men have 
swelled the number of those who carry guns. — 8. to dye, tinge (ntt^mtL, 
asawa, cloth, thread, by putting or dipping it into the dye, cf. bibiri, 
boa ; pr. 387). — ohyee duku kokg or ode aduru koko hyee dukQ, 
he dyed a handkerchief red (br, with a red colour). — 9. to tan (nho- 
ma, hides, by steeping them into an infusion of bark to convert them 
into leather). — 10. to impress, stamp; hye nsow, hye agyirae, to set 
a mark upon, to mark. — 11. to bring to the possession of some quality, 
iftto some state, to impartdtc. hyebaninha, nkuran, to encourage, cheer; 
hye..b6re, to weary (out), to jade, tire, fatigue; hye..(mu) den, to 
strengthen, coin firm, corroborate; to ratify, sanction; hye.. akonmu- 
d^fi, to impart strength to the neck; pr. 400. hye .. mpamd^h, to com- 
fort, support, strengthen; - hye.. nkyene, to salt, pickle, com, cure 
by salting ; - hye .. prgwe, to spoil (a child), to effemifiate ; woahye 
wohoprgwe, you have spoiled yourself ; - hye.. yamgya, to grieve, 
make angry, to enrage, — hy§ nim, ntwo, to ascribe victory, defeat 
to.., pr. 1470. — 1J2. to bring to some performance: wgahy§ no asuko 
= wgaka ne ti ahye usum', they have immersed him, baptised him by 
immersion, cf. bg asu. — 13. to fix in the ground: hye mpam, jr. 
mpam. — 14. to put, fix, lay; hye ase, to lay a foundation, i.e. to 
begin, commence; F. Mt. 12,1. Mk. 4,1. 5,17. cf fi ase. — 15. to set, fix, 
hold out to; hye ase, to lay a foundation i.e. a promise, to promise; 
hye bg, to promise, to make a vow, to vow. — 16. to order, bespeak, 
give orders for^ to commission (also with ase): mekghye kete (ase) 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



hy^: 203 

wQbg, / am going to order a mat (here; - hy§awQfo, to bespeak (hire) 
people for working the clay (in bnilding a house). — 17. to appoint, 
prescribe: ykomfo bi hy§§ adaru mfta no, a feUshman indicated to 7dm 
a remedy. — 18. to appoint, set, fix (a time); bye tare, to appoint a 
day for the plastering of a bouse; ohy§ (no) da = otQ no da, he 
appoints (him) a day; mabye no sram se 6mmetu& meka, 7^ai;e him 
a month to pay me in; fr, 109.194. — bye da, to do purposdy: manby§ 
(dam') da bi manye; watu ahy§ da, he has postponed it. — 19. to 
fix, set up, institute: bye a fa, to celebrate a festival; hye mom, 
to issue a decree; bye mm&ra, to give, make, enact a law or laws; 
bye ap&m, to «e^ tfp a covenant (?) s. pam. — J^. to set, constitute, 
appoint; by§ panyin, F. Mt. 24,45. — 21. to predestine, predestinate, 
appoint or ordain beforehand; s. by§bea ; to be predestined for, pr. 621, 
22. to command, charge: oby^ abien yi na Qby^^ no kete se 6ny$, 
Qktse two commandments he strictly enjoined on him. — 23. to com- 
pel, constrain, force, oblige; to impel, urge: pr. 195/. qhyee me se 
m^nnom aduru, he compdled me to drink a medicine; se gmma a, 
m^bye no na waba, if he do not come willingly, I wiU compel him to 
come; Or. § 279,2 a. — 24. to put to: bye adanse, to call to witness, 
pr. 164. — 25. bye ..bo akgtQko, to ifistitute cm inquiry or search af- 
ter a missing person or tbing, to set in operation endeavours to seize 
or recover. — 26. to obtrude, to force, press or urge upon: bye af §: 
ode me bye afe or ode nWe bye me, he makes or considers me lUs 
comrade^ forces his companionship upon me. — 27. bye neb 6, a) to 
force oneself i.e. to do with reluctance; -b) to fix upon, resolve, de- 
termine, make up one*s mind; - c) gbye nebo fie, he confines himsdf 
to his house. — bye nebo so, to suppress on^s own feeling or de- 
sire, to command one*s own mind, to be master of one^s self or pas- 
sions. Gen. 43^1. 45,1. — 28. by§..so, to press upon, oppress; to 
restrain, check; bye wo t§kr§ma so! cf. James 1,26. 5,5. - to suppress, 
subdue, stifle. — 29. to cause to bear or act upon or affect: bye .. 
nsew, - domamfiri, to curse, accurse; cf. bg dua, dome. — 30. yi 
..by§, to transfer (a duty) to, make over to; s. ak6mma. — 31. 
hy§ is also used as an aux. v. serving for tbe Eng. ^ejp. against: 
to refer to, relate to, direct against, have for its object: ne bo afuw 
abyg me, wamuna abye me, he is angry, sullen, on account of me or 
against me ; wokasa byee no, they spoke against him. — 31. b. de atuo 
hy§ .. mu, to fire at or on, give fire upon. — 32. de .. bye .. yam', lit. 
to put into one^s breast, bosom, or belly, i.e. a) to bear a grudge, or 
malice: mede no (or asem no) mabye me yam', / owe him a grudge 
(= metan no, wadi me asemmone bi na minyii mimfii metirim e); 
- W to adopt, to take or receive as one^s own child; s. yam'. — 33. 
yi .. ani by§.. nkyenmu, lit. to take off one^s eye Ktki.putit aside, i.e. to 
disappoint; wayi m'ani abye me hkyen mu, he has disappointed me. 
—34. bye .. da so, to accumulate treasures, pr. 667. — 35. bye .. kwan, 
a) to provide wUh money for a journey, cf. akwanbyede. — b) to 
lay in ambush on the way, = tew, siw kwan. — 36. bye., fer, F. to 
abuse, insult, Mt 22,6. — 37. bye .. nsew, F. to secure, make safeorsure. 
Mt2rfi5. — 58.by§8am,F.=durusam, tobe darkened. MtJ24,29.— 39. 
hye .. Dtsirim, F. to advise, persuade, instigate. Mt.l4,8.2r,20.Mk. 154L 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



204 hye — hyebea. 



h y e, V, [red. hyehye, q. vj to extend (intr.) ; 1. to swell: n'af arn 
aHye, his beUp is swollen. — 2, to spread: n'ascm ahye, his famt 
has spread abroad; oyare no ahye (wo) asase no nh. so, (he disease 
has spread over the whole country: ohiani bu be a, enhye, pr, 1361. 
syn. hyehye, hyeta, terew. — 3. to reach: m'ani ahye ho = mahii 
no kakra, / caught a sight, glance, or glimpse of it; onipa no bae 
no, m*ani anhye ne ho (= m'ani ammo no so, mahha no) na okoe, 
when the man came, he went away before I liad got a sight of him, 
— 4. to reach, border: eha na m'akura hye, here is the border of my 
plantation; cf. ohye. 

hye, hyew, v. [red, hyehye, hyehye w] to burn: 1, hye, to 
bum = to hurt with heat or fire: a^ia hye or hyehye me ti, the 
sun bums my head; okanea hyee me nsa, the light burnt my hand. 
2. hyew, to consume or destroy by fire: wode gya hyew ktirow no, 
they burned the town with fire. — 3. to be on fire, to be consumed by 
fire: odan rehyew, the house is burning, pr. 263, — 4, hyew gya, to 
hum charcoal. — 5. hyew atndnru, to blotcup (tr, dtintr.) wUhgunr- 
powder. — 6. to di-y up (tr, d^ intr. of plants, from an excess of heat); 
abtkro no ahyew kora, all the maize-plants are wiUiered. — 7, to he 
consumed (in battle, by famine, sickness &c.), to die in numbers: 
agnan no mu nnipa-mma hyew se sare, in that flight people were 
consumed like grass, — 8. to be lost (said of money, espee. in- weigh- 
ing ont gold-dust for separated items): mede agyiratwe metotoo 
rikoko mfua-mfna, na emu nkokoa 2 ahye. — 9. to spend or expend 
(money) uselessly or to excess: mahyew sika bebre wo meyare yi 
h6. — 10. Phr. '*Wo gya anhye me!** your fire has not burned me! 
i.e. your saying or threat has not made any impression, has not had 
any effect upon me. — Qhy e, inf. burning, being burned, pr. 621, 

o-hy e, inf, 1, the act o^ fixing, putting on &c. cf. hye, v. — 2, 
compulsion (Mf. nhye). — 3. commandment, cf, ahyede, iihyehyee. 

e-hye, gum, resin, espec. gum copal; cf. amane, nsu. 

o-hy e, jpZ.a-, border, boundary, limit, frontier; me-n6 no bo hye 
= to fuhye, / border upon or confine with him; wgde hama to hye, 
they mark or fix the limits by a line or cord, Cf. hye, v. 4, & hyeban. 
hyfe, hyfehye, a. (or w.) famous, famed, noted, renowned; 
distinguished, eminent; of note, of distinction, of rank; (syn. onao- 
nyamfo; cf. hye, v., gdehye;) wo a woye hye no na wuwu a, woye 
wo ay i yiy e na wgbo ase kaw ; ony^ hyfehye, lie does not make mudi 
of himself = gmfd neho nkyer^ s§ oye onipa hi, na qy^ ne nneema 
nhina abotgasem^ (abodam*) n^ komm ; onipa yi ye hyehye, he seeks 
to attract the attention of others. 

ahy@-andnmii, n-, inf. [hye ananmu] reparation, compensa- 
tion, repayment, restitution, restoration, indemnification; amends, 
return; retaliation. 

nhy e-as6, F. a-, inf [hye ase] foundation; beginning; com- 
mencement; promise; di nhy., to give a promise, make an agreement 
hyeban: bghy.=:bghye, dahyia, tohaveacommonboundary' 

o-hye-heeLy predestination, fate; cf. nkrabea. 
hye-bea, F. -hew, a place where to put dtc. Mt. 2Sy52, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ahy^de — ahyemfiri. 205 

ahy^-de [bye, v., adej commandment; cf, 9hy$, tnm&rn, mom. 
hy^den [= hye den, piii on strength^ he strong] a condoling 
or consoling salutation; gmaa no hy., he consoled or comforted him 
(at the death of a relation). 

ahyedo, F. = hhyeso. (Mf. an overpowering.) 
e-hy^-dtid, gum-tree, copal-tree (EltBOcarpus copallifera? Rhus 
copallinum?) s, ehye. — g-hy6-dud, a houndary-tree, 
hyee, a, Ak. s. hyew. 

hy eew-hy 66w, a. burning; neyam ye no hy., his conscience 
pricks him, — hy e^w-hy e^w, adv. flaming, sparkling; ebayifo 
dgw hy. = yer^w-yer^w. 

o-hy§fo, ph a-, oppressor (s, hye J28.); dictator. Hist. 
o-hye-h^md, = hamS a wosesa de kyere ghye, a string indi' 
eating or marking o%d a boundary. 

hy ^hyg, a. glittering, glossy, bright, shining; .ahina a wgde 
ko asu ho ye hy. pr, 1383, — cf. hann, h&nah&na. 

hye hye, a. s. hye. 

hy ehye, red.v. 1. s. hye, v. — J2.to put in due order for any 
purpose, to make trim, firm, compact, tight and snug, to adjust, ar- 
range: 9tamonw6mf6 benwen^ t&m &, ohyehy4 n'as4w& ^nsa, wo 
as^ nh bgs6 mu ; - ohyehye adesoa, he packs a load. — 3. to trim, 
dress; to attire, adorn; to decorate; espec. of women : woahyehye 
ayeforo no, they have dressed the bride ; Qpe s§ ohyehy§ ne h5 papa, 
5^ is very fond of dressing; cf. keka, mia. — ^. hy. so, to join to- 
gether; to proceed with or in: ade kyee no, wode asem no hyehyee 
80, on the next morning they proceeded with the palaver. — 5. hy. 
dom, to reUse, fit out, equip an army (cf. 2). 

hye hye, red. v. 1. = hye, r. — 2. de.. hyehye, to cause to 

he spoken of: ode m* ahyehye = wakoka me hd nsem pi akyere 

nk&rofo. — 3. F. to magnify. — 4. hy. neho, to 6oa5< =hoahoa nehd. 

hyehye, red. v., s. hye, hyew. 1. to burn (vehemently); to 

scorch, — 2. F. to be grievous to; cf. ne yam' hyehye no. 

ahyehyed^, ornament, adornment; jewels; cf. ahokekad^. 

ahyehye e, a shed or hut on a plantation for the reception of 
tods or produce and for shelter from rain ; lumber-room. 

nhyehyee, ordinances, cf. nsiesiei, ahy§de. 

nhyehye-ho, irhyehy§-in\i, nhyehye-s6, inf. = ade a ehye- 
hye (a.s. wode anyehyg) ho, - mu, - so. 
hy ehy e w, red. v., s. hye, hyew. 

ahyehye w-nsa [ade a ehyehyew nsa] a kind of nettle. 

uhyehye-wo-akyi, boasting, pr. 1473. 2765. Cf. akyi. - 

ahyem', F. covenant, agreement. Mk. 14,24. == apam ; s. dziahjem. 

nhyem', F.=:nhyiam'. - nhyemdan=hyiadan. MtlO^ir. Mk.1^1. 

ahygmraa, jpi. n-, [ehyen, dim.] boat; cf. gkorow, obonto. 

ahyem-firi, inf. [hyen,t;., fi, v.] going in and out; di ahy., to 
go in and out, to frequent, resort to or visit often; oiii yen mu ahy., 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



206 hy^h — hjeta. 



he weni in and out among us^ Act$ 1,21, mannni dan mu ho ahj. st! 
do not thus constantty go in and out of ihat room! 

hy^n, V. [red, hyenby^n] to blow, sound, or play a wind-in- 
stniment (aben, torob^nto, adakabeo, hkontwg,...).- 
hyen , v, [red, hjen by^ii] to enter, - mn, into, 
hy§n, a, (only in cpds.) white; cf, oduaby^n, tumm-n^bjen. 
hy $n n. a. dt adv, bright, brilliant, 4y; owia, Qsram, nsororoa 
apAe by. — nyenhy^a , = b&nahina, bright, glittering. 

e-hy^n, tbe moon (called so from its silvery ligbt or lastre); 
cf. 08ram\ 9bo86m. 

e-hyen, string, chord of a musical instrument, cf, sankOhj^n. 
§-hy en, bubble, air-bubble, soap-bubble; abo by., it has formed 
(or risen in) a bubble. 

§-hyen, n-, pron. F. = yen. Gr. § 58. Mf, p, 102, 
§-hy§6, F. n-, j^Z.a-, Ak. yen, ship, vessel (cftihyehwij abyem- 
ma, Qkorow, batadewa, obonto); Mk, 3fi,4,l,38,5,36,''hy. apuekiisfi, 
a ship has come in sight dimly; by. no abegjinakilintann, the ship has 
come in and rides at anchor tn its full size; by. no atu kg Goa, the 
ship has weighed anchor and sailed to Cape Coast. 

hygii-horowy hy§n-nodow, mtMtude of ships, fleet. 
ahyen-hyen-md: di -, to be interlaced, interwoven, entangled, 
nhy§n-mii, inf. introduction. 

nhy en 6 4, obye ano nobo, the farthest point or part of the border, 
hyenntid [bygn dua] mast of a sbip. - ahyeiiwd, dim.oi ehyen. 
hyera, bera, v, F. = bara, ycra, yew, to perish, Mt, 26fi2, 
hy era,i)Z. n-, Y.pot,pitcher. ML 7,4, 14,13, cf, abina, pore, kumwa. 
hyerebarhyereba, a. dt adv. hasty, precipitate, rash, fool- 
hardy, inconsiderate, careless; gye by. = n'adwenem' ve no hare, 
he is light-minded, unsteady; gyen'ade or oka n'as$m by., he acts 
or speaks inconsiderately; aberante by., a very brisk lad, 

hy ere-hyere, F. byerew-byerew, a. dt adv, 1. hoi, burning, 
fervid; me b6 ye me by., I feel very hot. — 2, acrid (?) — 3, urgent. 
hyergn, v. to shine, glister, glitter, sparkle; to be bright, bril- 
liant, splendid; to flame or flare up; ogye ogja no abyeren, he stirs 
the fire, increases its burning; ogye asem no abyeren, he enhances 
or enlarges the palaver, — a, shiny, brigJU, — n. brightness. 
o-hyerem-m6+, = obo a ebyeren, a brilliant. 
ahyese, F.=nbyga8e. Jiff. 15,55. ilffc. 1,1. aby.no, in the beginning. 
ahy6-s^m, = a8em a abye, asem a wQakoka gyim^gyim' ma 
aterew, a report which has spread rapidly. 

n h y $ s 6, inf, [s. bye, 28] 1. oppres^on, tyranny, despotism ; d$n 
Bhyes6 ni I what a tyranny! oye nby., oy§ abdro, he is despotic, — 
2. check, restraint; restriction, — nhy eso-d6, despotic or Ufran- 
nical actions. — iihyeso-do, F. of necessity. 2 Cor, 9,7. 

o-hy^5neho, thereistheborder. — Qhyeso-hene, margrave.SuL 
hyeta, t?. to spread (abroad), to be made known extensively f 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



hyew — hyira. 207 



to he divtdged, propagated; ne din hyetae, his name became widely 
hnown,hehecame famous or renowned; cf. hye, hyehye, horan, ter§w. 

hyew, red, hyehyew, v, s, hye, hyew, v. 

hyew, hyewhy^w, a. 1, hot, very warm; nkwan no ye hy., 
(he soup is hot; cf. nsughyew, hyerehyere. — JS. hot, fiery, fierce, 
wild, vehement, ardent, very active, impetuous, violent, passionate; 
gje or n'ani ye hyew, he is fierce, impetuous, passionate, cf, kr&ma- 
krama, abnfuhyew. — 3. warm, comfortable; ne fi ho ye hy. 
ahye-ye-de, duty, obligation, D.As. 

hy ia, t;. [inf. n-, red, hyiahyial 1, to meet, fall in with, come to* 
gether, assemble, join, converge ; mihyiaa no okwan mu, I met him 
on the way; pr. 1071. — kehyia.. kwan, F. to go to meet; Mt,25yl, — 
me n6 no hyiae (wo) wuram', I came together with him in the bush; 
afe ano reye ahyia, the end of the year goes to meet (the begin- 
ning of another year) i.e. new-year's day is at hand. — J2, intr. to 
be close together, so as to touch reciprocally (said of the teeth); 
pr. 2831, — 3. to agree, accord, be accordant; enkohyia, it does not 
fit properly. — 4, to meet or encounter in hostility, to come upon; 
ohyiA no i, otumi n6, when he attacks him, he is a match for him, 
he is able to withstand successfully, pr, 3223, — 5, to call, send for; 
to cite, summon; cf. fre; to call together, convene, convoke; to in- 
vite; Onyame ahyia no, God has called him (away, or to him, by 
death); ohene hyiahyia ne mamfo, ^ king caUs his people together. 

— 6. hyia gyere, to matry, take a wife; cf. ware; hyia aygforo, to 
marry, celebrate a wedding. — 7. hyia mu, hyiam*, to meet or as- 
semble in the same place; to have an interview; mpanyimfo hyiam' 
(wo) abonten so, the elders assemble in the street, — 8. hyia so, <o 
fill up by pouring in, to pour into; pr. 2545. opp. hnku. so ; nsuyi abe- 
hyia nsu yi so ; wahyia so = wama aye matg. — 9. Phr. me nsa 
hyia m'adwuma, my hands suffice for my work == metumi m*adw. 
JQ, m*ade a mewg ye nhin&, mitumi yg ; - me nsa hyia meho, I pro- 
vide with my hands for aU my wants. - ne ho hyia neho, Jie has aU he 
wants. - 10, da hyia, bg hye hyia, s, ohye, hyeban. - t^ahyia, s. twa. 

ahyia, inf. F. dzi ahyia, to assemble, == kohyia fako. Mt 22,34. 

^hy la, ithyi^o, inter j. a salutation to a person who is met with 
on the way. — ahylahyia, inter j. the reply to that salutation. 

nhy ia, inf. a meeting, interview; an encounter; a call, calling, 
invitation, summons, 

hyia-dant, pi, hyia-adan, house of assembly, synagogue. 

ahyiae, a place of meeting, joining or assembly, 

iihyiaet, drcmt, circumference, compass'^ cf, afefarem'. 
hyiahyia, red, v., s. hyia, 5. 

ahyiakwa. iW luck, fatality, misfortune, disaster; wobehyiaa 
ahy. ; ^b^kaa any. a woakodi. 

nhyiam', it^, a meeting, assembly, conference, convention, con- 
vocation, congress, synod, council. F. nhyem\ — hyim^ «. him. 
hyira, V. [inf. n-, red. hyirahyira] 1. to bless, to wish happi- 
ness to, to invoke or bestow a blessing upon; Oen.l,28,9,lJ2,2,DeHt33, 

— 2. to invoke; hy. wo Nyankopgfi se obedi wo akyi ana, call on 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



308 nhyira — ohyiribi. 



your Qo4 ihat He may assist you. — 3. to bless, praise, glorify for 
benefits, to extol for excellencies; JPis, 103. — 4. to esteem or nccoufU 
happy, Jer. 4^. — 5. euph. to curse, Uaspheme; 1 Ku 21,10. Job2fi. 
wahyira ^hene = watew gyedua aliabab, he has cursed the kings 
life. — 6. hj. BOy a) to decide on (?), to give validity or authority to, 
to ratify, agree, assent to, to sanction: Qhene ahy. so 8§ w6hkain no, 
the king has decided that he shall he killed; mahyira oguan yi so se 
w6nkum no, I have designed this sheep to he killed. — b)to dispose 
of(Vt ^0 renounce, resign, give over: wahy. so akye, lie has given U 
up (as a present to a friend or for destruction) long ago. — c) to 
consecrate by prayer. Mat. 14,19. Lk. 9,16. — d) to accurse, devote to 
destruction ; to destroy utterly ; Deut. 20,17. Josh. 6,21. — 7. Phr. Ohy ira 
n'ano, he blesses his mouth, is used for some religious or ceremonial 
observances of the heathenish negroes, viz. a) = oguare asnm', he 
washes at the watering-place, s. asumgnare ; - b) he takes some water 
into his month and squirts it into the calabash again, uttering cer- 
tain petitions to his soul (for money, length of life, honour, recov- 
ery of lost property &c.); or, he spurts the water to the ground 
and invokes a blessing or a course on others ; ~ c^ he takes some 
consecrated fluid (water mixed with some ^'medicine*') into his mouth, 
spurts it and mentions something by which he brought a curse upon 
himself, asking for the removal of the same, and for new blessing. 
{b) Anopatutu mpanyimfo sore na wohohoro won anim a, na wode 
nsn no bi gu won anom'^ na wohinam gu koram' bio, na woka won 
tirim asem biara a ehia won, se ebia (wose) : Me k&ra^ mes^re wo 
sika, mes^re w6 nnyinkye, mes^re wo anuonyam, me biribi wq ba- 
bi a, ma emmek& me nsa n. a. — Otu nsu de hyira n'ano = otu nsu 
de gu n^anom' na ohinam mu gu, na gde hyira obi a. s. ode bo obi 
dua. — c) Woabo wohd dua na nsew no akita wo (e. s. woyare), na 
okQmfo k5 a wofre ne bosom no abehye aduru am& wo, na wutn 
aduru no bi gu wo anom*, na wuse : ''Me k&ra, se mabo meho dua a, 
mehyira m^&no**, na woka wo tirim asen-kd a enti woboo dua no, na 
afei wuse: 'ne medan nsew yi.] — Mihyira m'ano mepa, I caU upon 
my soul to ward (rff danger. — nhyird, inf. a blessing. - hhy.neno, 
lit. blessing i.e. (all or nothing but) blessed is he. Mat. 5. — Ohyirauo 
nhyira-fvr6w,ohyira no nansonekdmaredomeno; cf.nkQmmodom. 

ahyira-d6, a blessed thing; an accursed thing. Josh. 6,17.7,1. 

nhyira-s§ni, a matter about one's cursing the king^s life. 

nhyiren, F. = nfwiren. 

hyir6w, white clay, a white kind of earth, used like lime to 
whitewash houses (sra odan). — bo hy., to dig white clay and form U 
into baUs; - bo, ma or sra obi hy., to make strokes unth white clay on 
one's body to show thai he or she has been acquitted of tin accusation^ 
or that a woman has been set free by her former husband to marry 
again; - qhq n*anim hyire, Ak. he rubs his face with white day 
i.e. entirely gives away his dave as a present to another person (-in 
Akp. only a blow on the slave's back is required for this purpose). 
— WQabg me hyirehunu. — gu hyire, As. to divorce. 

o-hyiribL pi. a-, [Guan] a ligfit-minded fellow, = aperewa; oye 
ohy. =3 n'adwenem' ye no hare. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



L J. — ka. 200 

I. 

The vowel i does not begin any Tshi word, except when a pre- 
ceding y is omitted (ye n' Mye = ye no yiye); in F. it occurs as a 
prefix before close sonTids instead of e (ibi, idu = ebi, edu). 

J. 

The consonant j is not used m Tshi. — Instead of F. jue, jui, 
jo, jii, see dwe, dwi, dwo, dwu (dzCie, dzfii, dzo, dzu). 

K. 

The guttural consonant k occurs before the vowels a, £1, o, o, 
0, 6, 11, fi. Before e, e, e, i, the simple k is used only when the next 
syllable of the same word begins with s or (, and when e is shor- 
tened from a (by reduplication, or in k6na=k&ra), in all other ca- 
ses the k before palatal vowels becomes palatal and assumes the 
accessory sound of y, which is distinctly heard before e, e, - less 
distinctly before e, e, i, i. (In Asante the pronunciation of the y is 
less distinct than in Akem, especially before r: ka kere no = ka 
kyer§ no.) 6r. § 10,1. — The gutturo-labial combination kw now 
occurs only before a; when followed by §, e, i, it is changed into 
tw (excepting in someFante dialects). Gr. § 11. 12. (In Fante kw 
occurs also before o, o, u. where the other dialects have simple k.) 
— The simple k in single cases interchanges with g or h, as in 
brpgo, ahahantwere = broko, akekantwere. Gr. § 19 B. 

k a, i\ [red, keka] 1, io bite, to seize or wound with the mouth; 
Qkraroan aka me nan, a dog has bitten my leg; qwo ka onipa, the 
snake bites (man); cf. kaw & sgw. — 2^ to sling: ntontom aka mo 
nsa, a mosquito has stung my hand; cf. bo. — ka, v. Ak. s. kaw. 

ka, V, 1. to remain, be left where or as it is; Benyamin kaa 
n'agya nkyen wo fie, Benjamin remained at home wiUi Ms father; 
ma ehka! let it remain as it is, let it alone, forbear, leave off, leave 
it undone; eno de, §ka wo ankasa nsam* or wo fam\ as for thai, it 
is It ft to you, that is your own business; pr. 372, — impers, aka me 
nko, I only am left; ebeka wo hkd, you will be left alone, pr,1097, 
ka (= eka) mehko a, anka wobeny& nea wope, for ought I have 
to say, you might obtmn what you desire; cf, Gr. § 276,5. pr,14T6'79, 
cf. to, pr. 3283-86. — ^. ka h o , /o remain or continue in a fixed place, 
in an unchanged form or condition, — 3. ka so, to remain on or in, 
io abide with: mmere, wonnl nka so, luxurious life is not indulged 
in or does not last for ever, pr, 2036. — 4. ka aky i r i, to remain or 
stay behind (one's companions in walking &c,): woaka akyiri, mk 
wo nan so ! you remain behind, make haste! — 5,to die: waka babi, 
he is dead; gkaa a woe, it died at the birth, or, it was still bom. — 
6, not to be where it ought to be, to be wanting or missing; generally 
impers, aka dgkono, kgfa bSra! bread is wanting, go and fetch it; 
aka me biribi, / want something; enkdno fwe, he wants nothing; 
aka mmofra no bi; wgko hS? some of the boys are missing; where 
have they gone? QbakO pe na aka, but one is missing; obiara nkae 
S, won nhina wq ha, nobody is missing, they are all here; bena na 
aka? or aka hena? tcho is missing? aka Kwaku, minhQ no, Kw, is 

14 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



210 ka — ka. 

missing y I do not see him; enkAme e, mewo ha! I am not missing, 
I am here. — Aka k&ina or kkkrA or k^tewa (se), (very) litth « 
wanting, often corresponds with the adv. almost, nearly, soon: aka 
kuma (se) na wato n8um\ he had almost fallen into the water; aka 
kOma (se) na dna yi bepo, this tree will soon lose its leaves; ekaa 
kdm& (F. d^ = 8^) na won nsa kaa ghene, they nearly caught the 
king, — 7. ka ano, (to stick or be accustomed to one's lipsj to he 
ready, easy, fluent: dwom a misQae no aka m'ano, the hymn I hare 
learned is always ready on my lips, or, on my tongue's end. 

k a, V. to he cammon, often met with, usual, frequent; ade a eka 
(= ewo ho da) ni, this is a common thing; sa nhoma yi ta ka, such 
hooks are often met with; ntama yi nta nka (=enni roan mn da or 
pi, wonnya sa ntama no), such cloth is seldom to he had; sa nnoma 
yi nkd dodo, such hirds are not very common; y^gyeeyeh nido a 
§nka, they showed us no little kindness. Acts 28,2. 

ka, V, F. = kae. — ka mroon, F. to wail, Mk. 5,38. 

ka, v. [red. keka] /. to touch, to come or he in or hring into 
contact with, to join drc. (1-25); II. to move or stir, to he or cause 
to he active (26-40); III. to move in order to join (41-51). 
(I.) 1. to touch, come in contact with, pr. 466, - to handle (slightly), fed 
i.e. perceive by the sense of feeling; mfA wo nsa nka dade no, na 
ado, do not touch the iron, for it is red-hot; gbekfla ahempoma noti, 
she touched the top of the sceptre, Est. 5,2. — adurn no kaa n'ano, 
the medicine touched his mouth; pr,3315, fwe nkaa m'ano e, noOting 
has passed my lips yet; wode kda u'nno, they put it to his mouth, 
John 19,29. okaa n'ano no, gmpe se onom, when he had tasted there- 
of, he would not drink. Mat. 27,34. — 2. de .. ka .. ano, to taste, eat; 
ope se ode biribi ka n*ano, he would have eaten, Acts 10,10. — 3. ka 
.. fwe, to examine hy feeling or tasting, to feel, to iaste^ to try; ode 
ne nsa kaa no fwee, he felt him, Gen. 27,22. ka nsa yi fwe! try this 
wine! Ps. 34,8. — 4. to touch, hit, strike against; ka gu, to spill; 
waka nsa no agu, lie has spilled the mne; ka mogya (gu), to shed 
hlood. — 5. to touch, come to, reach; wo hlioma no kaa me nsa, your 
letter came to liand, readied me. — 6. nsa ka, to attain to, ohtain, re- 
ceive, get, gain: me nsa ak& nhoma no, I have received the letter; ne 
nsa kaa nea ode too ne tirim, he gained his purpose. Acts 27,13. — 
7. to touch, to meddle, interfere or have to do with : (mamfd me nsa) 
mahk4 nhoma no, / have not touched the hooks; de neho kgka obea, 
to touch a woman, 1 Cor. 7,1. - meho renka, Ishcdl have nothing to do 
with it, — 8. to touch, affect, strike, hefaU, seize, take possession of 
hecoiue tlie property of: ehQ k§se kaA no, great fear hefell Aim, he 
was sore afraid; ohia aka no, poverty has come upon him; pr. 1340. 
- awerehow bi aka no, some grief has hefallen him ; nna aka wqd, 
they were lieavy with sleep, Luk. 9,32; asomd^oee nka mo! peace he 
unto you! — 9, to heat (a drum, akyene, bom ma, atumpan, otente, 
mpintin). — 10. to strike or flog with (mma, mpire, twom); wokaa 
no mpire, they scourged him; Acts 16^3. woaka no dade, Ak. = woa- 
kum no, — 11, to make a painful impression on: wadi a8§m(roone) 
na ak& n'ani = ama n^ani aye no yaw, or wahtk so akatna, he has 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ka^ 211 

done something (wrong) and it has affected his eyes (as pepper rubbed 
ioto the eyes for punishment) i.e. he has had to si^cr for it, 1ms feU 
the had consequences in a manner not easily to he forgotten; raerna 
aka wo ani ! / shall let you suffer for it, serve you out for it! — 12, 
to touchy hurty injure, harm, afflicty distress: yeankawo, Qen. 26,29, 
to transgress against: y§aka (== yeafotn) yen Nyankopon. — 13, ka 
gya, to hold to tlie fire for a moment, to wither (green leaves) hy 
fire; fa ahabaii yi ka ogya posa so kuni nom\ put tliese leaves to 
ifie fire a little and then squeeze them out upon tlie wound. — 14, ka 
.. byew, to warm (up), cook up: ka nsu no hyew, warm tttis water; 
fa hkwan no koka no hyew, take that soup and warm it (put it on the 
fire again). — 15. to dip up, eat up any kind of pappy or pulpy food 
or medicine with some other more substantial food, as bread, plan- 
tains &c. fa nnuru yi noa no nkwan, na fa aduaii biara ka, hoil these 
herhs into a soup and eat any thing you like with it, — 16. to stick 
together, he closely united in friendship ; he on good ienns, in union 
or concord; to agree together; to suit, accord, harmonize; o-n^ no ka, 
or wgka, they are good friends; g-n^ me nka, or yenk^ we do not 
agree together; aduaii yi n^ nam yi ka, this food and this meat agree 
well togetJier; aduan yi n^ me yafunu nka, this food does not agree 
with my stomach. — 17. me ho aka (some part of me that was, as it 
were, attached to the departed, has gone from we, i.e.) lam in trouhle 
ahout^ tJhe loss of a relative. — 18. ne h 5 k a n e h 6, lit. his self, or, what 
is about him, sticks or fits to his self (0 !•©• he is well content, con- 
tented, satisfied, pleased, happy, feels comfortable; me ho kcl me ho 
wo m'akura ha, / live quietly, peaceably Jwre on my plantation ; - 
me ho aka me ho = me ho ato me, cf. ahomeka. — 19. u'ahom ka 
no ho, F. he is happy, glad. Mt. 5,12, — 20, n'ani k a, his eye is 
pleased (^voi^, is attached to or caiHivated by any pleasing object), i.e. 
he rejoices, is pleased, rejoiced, delighted, glad,h<ippy; m'ani ka ha (or 
aka ha, my eye has been caught or attached to, cleaves to this place), 
I like this place; m'ani ka adwuma yi ho. Hike this tvork; m'ani 
aka, / am (or have been for some time in the state of) rejoicing. — 
^i. n'ani ka ase or fam\ lit. his eyes arc fixed on the ground, i.e. 
he is bashful, modest, decent, chaste, sober, discreet, considerate, de- 
liberate, careful (=gyen'adeyiye; opp. onipa a n'ani ye sorosoro, 
gye u^ade sakasaka). — 22, k H .. h 6 , a) to be in contact with, to ad- 
here to, cleave to, stick to: ewo aka me nsa h6, tlie Iwney sticks to my 
fingers. — b) to be added, joined to, conjoined, connected with ; to he 
given over or in; to belong to; akyede yi ka wo asranne no ho, this 
present has been added to your wages. — c) to accompany (in doing 
something), to go with, be tvith: gkii me ho na yekgg Osu, he accom- 
panied me to Osu; Onyankopgn ka yen ho (= di yen akyi) da, God 
is always with us. cf. 25, — d) k&h 6, when connected (as an aua:U- 
iary verb) with another principal verb, is often rendered by the ad- 
verbs also, moreover^ too, besides: odi hia na gyare ka ho. he is very 
poor and sick besides; cf. Gr.§ 237 c. — e^ de..ka ho, caus. to add, 
join, annex, umte to; fa kakra ka ho, add a little; in Eng. we may 
oflen use the adv. more: ma me kakra m6iika h5, give me a little 
more; gmfii me bi mekaa ho, he gave me some more; manya nkesua 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



212 ka^ 

dn, na mepe du maka ho, I have ten eggs and tcish for ten more. 
— f) aduan no aka no ho = ato no ho, the food has done him good, 
pr.924f. — ^^, ka ..ho (aduru), to daub, paint: maka pon no ho 
aduru, / hdve painted the door (with colour); waki adaka no ho 
koko, he has painted the box red, — J24. ka neho, fo adorn or dress 
oneself: waka neho fefefe = wakeka nelio, she has dressed herself 
very nicely, — 25, ka .. do, F. = ka .. ho (22 c), di akyi(ri), to join, 
to follow; wobaka' no do==wobekaa no ho; w^oka niodo = m6Dka 
mehS, miinni m'akyi, Mt 4,19, 8, 1.10. 9 J^, 

(II,) 26. to be in commotion: ne tirim* ka, his head is a little touched, 
affected with insanity (in a slight degree); he is touclhed in the head, 
crackbrained, crazy. — 27. ka neho, to move, stir; gnW neho bio, 
wawu, he moves no more, he is dead; to bestir oneself, be active, live- 
ly, quick; w6n'ki w6h6 ara?! mil you be quick? — 28, kft..n8a, 
/o be quick, active, agile, alert, diligent; kft wonsa = kft woho, be 
quick! make haste! oka nensa, he is diligent; (diff. eka ne nsa, it 
comes to his hands i.e. he receives, s,5.) — 29. ka ..mdti, to raise or 
draw up the shoulders, to shrug, give a shrug, — 30, ka aduan, a) 
to turn the food in the mortar with the hand: mekoka aduan mama 
me na. — b) to stir the food in cooking on the fire; ode ta ka abet6, 
nkokonte; cf. nil mn. — 31, ka nkwaii, to deal or serve out soup, 
pr. 207, — 32. ka afa, to blow the bellows. ^— 33. ka atuo, to take up 
arms (prop, guns) in order to fight against some one. — 34. to move, 
put or set in motion, impel; to drive, compel to move on, urge or push 
forward, urge on and direct tJie motions of; mframa ka hyen no kg 
anim\ the wind moves the vessel onward; ka nnuah no ko dan mn, 
drive the sheep into the pen; ka hkoko no fi adi, drive the fowls oui; 
ka teaseenam, to drive a chariot, 2 Ki.9,20. ka (afurum) no ko aral 
drive (the ass) and go forward, 2 Ki. 4,24, — 35. to excite, distract, 
agitate, trouble: ne bone aka no, his sin drives him about restlessly. — 
36. to stir up, cause, bring about, tokwaw, a quatTd, brawl, scuffle, 
amanne, mischief (cfksL, to speak), — 37. to move, actuate, incite, in- 
duce, instigate: den na ekaa no se ommSra? what induced him to 
come? — 38, to attack; wokgkaa won nkaakjiri, they attacked them 
from behind, — 39. kA ok wan mu, to commit highway-robbery. — 
40. to try to move or stir: ^kh no bftbl 4mmd (or, me-, wo-, g-, wg- 
kS no babi [scU, a,] em ma, wherever it is touched, or, try as you icill, 
it does not succeed, \,e,) it will not do by any means; wama me adwu- 
ma a mekano bfibi emma, he has given me a work to do which I 
cannot carry out by any means, 

(III.) 41, ka.. bom', to unite, join, put together, reconcile. — 42. 
ka.. bg ..ho, ^0 conjoin, connect, annex, combine, associate, attach, 
affix dtc, ka ad^^bAw (batabata ho), to bind the shoots oftJte yam- 
plant to the supporting stick; s, adwobaw. — pata ka .. bg ..h5, to 
reconcile, 2 Cor. 5,18 f, Eph.2,16, — 43. ka .. f am, to join mth an ad- 
hesive substance: fa amane (hye, manng) ka kuruwa no fam, join 
or mend (the broken pieces of) the jug with gum. — 4^. ka.. toa, 
to join, to bring to the proper place or connection, to set a joint, to set 
(a limb): gka me nan a ahiian no toa, he sets my dislocated foot. — 
45. kjl ..foa, F. (^^k« ..ffi, nfi .. fn?) to embrace; gdze n'aba kano 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ka — okk. 213 

fqa, he embraces him, — <f^. k a .. k u .. h 5 , to bring near together , 
8. ku. — 47. ka .. kfta an im, to join the opposite ends, s, ktia. — 
48, ka .. h y e, to trouble aud force, i.e. to exact, or enforce payment 
from; wabcka me ahy§ n.s. wode bi kaw na wabehye wo agye wo 
ho; of ka bye in ka, to speak, — 4,9. ka .. by e mu, to confine, shut 
up, close, straiten; to keep in (Lk. 19,43), hem in, urge, press upon, — 
50. ka.. tom\ to shut, lock; to shut or lock in or up; ka pon no 
torn', shut the door; ka no to dan mii, lock him up in tlie room, — 
ka wo ano torn', F. = mua wo ano, hold thy peace, Mk, 1,25, — 51. 
k |[ .. room ano, /o pack or roll up; waka ne hb. amom ano. — 52, 
ka .. gy aw, to throtc aside and leave i.e. to pass by; yehCiu Kipro 
no, yekagyaw benkum (yegyaw too b.) na yekog Siria, Acts 21,3, — 
53, ka is also used as a secondary verb in phrases like the follow- 
ing: onnwu nnkil, may he not die, not even tasting of or touching 
it; ommmo nnka, may Jie not break it, not in the least, not in the re- 
motest manner, i.e. God forbid that he should die, — that he should 
break it, 

ka, V, [red. keka] to emit a sound, to utter, speak, say, tell; cf, 
kasa, se, be, besebese, bo 75-8.2., woro; - agyinamoa ka ne mene- 
wam', the cat emits a sound from Us throat, i.e. it purrs; woaka, thou 
hast said it, Mt, 26,25. 64. — ka as§m, to utter words, speak, talk; to 
deliver a speech, tell a tale; to preach; den asem na moka? of what 
do you talk? ok& me bo asem, he speaks or talks of me, often meaning : 
he speaks ill of me; oka (oto) anansesem, he tells a legend, — ka.. 
kyere, or ka with a personal object, to tell, to say to; okSa asem 
bi kyereeno or okaa no asem bi, he told him something, — ka.. 
hy e, to ascribe a saying to, to impute to; to speak against; waka 
asem no abye me, e.s. eny^ me na mekae, na obi aboapa {or apa- 
tuw) aka ato me so. — ka kaw, ka amanne, by spoken words to 
cause or incur debts, mischief, to involve oneself in debt, in (the 
mischief of) a public law-suit or fine, — ka .. ma .., to speak for, put 
in a word for, intercede, recommend; cf, kasa ma. — ka.. anim, 
or ka alone with a personal object, to rebuke, reprove, reprimand, 
reprehend, chide, scdd, blame, censure; onipa yi, waka me 'ne = 
waka n'anim, watwiw m'anim 'ne; — =: twiw anim; r=— kasa kyere, 
ta fo; ka ntam or ka alone, to utter an oath, to swear (upon,pr. 344, 
to appeal to by an oath) ; to cdnjure, caU up, or bring about (a sick- 
ness); cf, ntam, di nsew. — ka .. sie, to foretell, predict, 

e-ka, pi, n-, ring, pr,267, s. ka. 

e-ka, pi. a-, (Ak.) debt; s. ekaw. pr, 747 f, 1497-1503, 

aka, Ak. enmity dx. s. akaw, akaye. 

aka, tcaier into which charms (short sticks [bofunnua] or pieces 
of string daubed with red wood [korgw] &c.) are pttt to be used for 
an ordeal or trial to determine guilt or innocence. Phrases: bo aka, 
kg aka ase (pr, 379.)', aka no ato no. Akab6 ne se : obi wia ade a.s. 
gy$ bone bi a, na wgkgfa aka de bebisa no se ewom' ana. Wgkg- 
f^efwe onipa a gwg aka, na wabehono aduru n6 nsu de ata hg aho- 
horo wo anim, na se wo na woyee sa bone no a, na wuntumi mmue 
wo aniwa, a.s. niwa (a cowry) ahyeii wo aniwam'. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



214 oka — iikaboho. 



o-ka, e-, ditchf trench, canal; the led of a river; 6y\ ki, he digs 
(makes, sinks) a ditch. 

nka, 1. smelly scent; - te nkS, ^o perceive the smell, to smell. — 
^. noise, report, rumour; mate ne nka (se obeba ne), I have heard 
of him, have hadneu^ of him (that he mil come to-day); wotee ne nki 
(== ne ho asem terewe) asase no nhina so, his fame spread abfvad 
in all that countrfj, — 3. perception; te nka, to learn, hear, come 
to know, he informed of; mate nka se yeadan bone, / know from 
experience that we have become bad or sinful- 

afika, Ak. aiikiina, ankara, conj, then, in that case; (former- 
ly;) under other circumstances. This word is put at the head of a 
sentence to indicate that the idea expressed in the sentence is no 
present reality, but either a) a thing of the past, or b) merely im- 
aginary, its reality being excluded by auother fact or being made 
to depend on the reality of another idea expressed in a conditional 
accessary sentence preceding the principal: (a) kah no anka 0- 
nyahkopgn ben fam\ formerly (it teas so that) God (or Heaven) was 
near the ground; (b) anka meba, na meyare nti mintumi memmd, 
I should come, but I cannot, because I am sick; or, se menyare a, 
anka meba, if I were not .sick, I should come; - na anka! (=na se 
entc sa de a, na anka eden ?) what else? of course! 

ka, kkw4, j;Z. h-, ring, finger-ring; link of a. chain; c/*. petei, 
k^p6, nomifiiru, tonkoka'. 

a k a, a kind of fish, pr. 1899. 
a Ilka, ai'ik^wd, akaiikawa, 2^1* "-» lime, lemon; s, duaba^. 

nka, F. = nkae, remnani, rest, the others. Mt 22,6. 25,11. Mk. 1,38. 

aka-bkso = akagyinam'; security, surety (for the payment of 
a debt; lit. a coming up for debt); d i ak., to stand or give security; 
mede no akabaso, I owe him money by standing security. 

k&-bed, manner or tvay of speaking; 6b6hu ne k., he will know 
hotv to say that, to speak of that further. 

kfiber^, pLn-, a kind of charm (suman bi) consisting of a 
stick driven into the ground and wound round with strings, inten- 
ded to keep off evil spirits from entering the towns and houses and 
to avert their influence from the inhabitants; wokyeree bayifo k., 
they caught or bound a wizard by (or tied for him) a k., they have 
made fetish against him, by driving a stick into the ground and 
performing certain ceremonies with it, whilst imprecations are ut- 
tered against an offensive person, whose death or some other calam- 
ity is supposed to be effected thereby. 

kkbl, k^bikabi, a. (added to esum, darkness) thick, deep, ut- 
ter; cf kusu, tumm. 

aka-bo, inf. [bo aka] undergoing Hie ordeal by water; s. aka. 

akd-bo, inf. [bo kaw] making or contracting debts; osafoheue- 
di no, eye ak., to be captain causes one to incur debts. 

o-kabofo, pi. a-, contractor of debts, pr. 1506. 

nka-bo-ho, inf. [ka.. bo..h6] annexion, annexation; comhi- 
nation. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



iik&bom — iikafra. 215 



Ilka-bom', inf. [ka.. bo mu] union, joining, conjunction, com- 
pound, composition. — hk.-apftm, a separate league, confederation. 
kabonnafo (ekaw, bonna] a person strolling and making 
debts; stroller, vagrant, vagabund; nea ontra ne kiirom na Qnennam 
aman so bo aka sakasaka; obo ka na ODtua; cf. obadueduefo, kobofo. 
kab5nn6a, -a^ pi. n-, a pad for carrying loads, undertaken 
on account of debts; sumi a w6de soa ad^soa; woabo ka na w6kQ- 
s^m h\ na wosoa a, euna wQfre no k.; woankasa w686d ap^ ade a, 
enna wQfre no adeb6nn6a. 

kab5nn6aue adeb6nn6a, a kind o(bead; s. ahene. 
kabonn6ruwa, j?a^, bolster; sQmi dennen a ebinom de soa 
adesoa, ebinom ye no tententeh de to won stlmi ase. 
akabii, inf. (di ak.) = akab6. 

Q k a d a [ka-dedaw] old debts. Woy e asobiannaso a, wo nk. yera. 
akd-ddn [dan kaw] exaction of debts. 

ukd-den [kaw, den] rigorous enforcement of payment; 6d^n no 
nk., he rigorously exacts the payment of the debt from him. 
k4de, a kind o^ yam (bayere); s. od^. 
akade [ka, ade] seasoning, spice, condiment, sauce, any thing 
that makes eatables savoury; ade bi a wode reka adnaii h5 adi na 
aye wo de: nam, mako, bdtiru, asikro n.a., meat, pepper, butter, 
sugar dtc. added to or eaten with any species of food ; cf atomde. 
. ka-dedaw', an old debt, prA507. 
akdd6, F. kad6, shell-lime. 
a n k a-d ^enhjihe young fruits of the lemon-tree. pr. 1805, 

kae, V. [inf. nk46, red. kakae] to remember, recollect; to re- 
mind, put in mind, call or recall to mind. pr. 1508 f. 
nkde, inf. memory, remembrance, recollection. 
ixkh€ [ka, to be left, remain] remainder, remnant, rest, residue; 
the others. F. nka. Cf nnekae, nnikae. 
o-kaefo, pi. a-, remembrancer, reminder. 
Kaesaret, Caesar, emperor; cf. ohempon. 
kafet, coffee, the berries (kafe-aba), the tree (kafe-dua), and 
the drink made from the berry ; - ye kafe, to work, dress or prepare 
the plucked berries till they are ready for sale; noa k., to boil coffee. 
kafirimd, a kind of amulet or charm; cf. siimlln. 
o-kdf6, blood, used by hunters, = mogya, Ak. bogya. 
0-kaf6, i??. a-, [ekawl l, creditor: akafo rebedan kaw. Lk. 7,41. 
— » 2. debtor, pr. 1510. mahti me k. = nea ode me kaw no. 

o-ka-foni, pi. a--fo, 1. debtor, onipa a gde k&.pr.l51L cf. ode- 
firifo. — 2. creditor: me kafoni a mede no kaw ni. 
o-kafo, (pL a-) driver, taskmaster. Ex. 1,11. 5,6. 
o-kafo, pL a-, As. a good friend; mek. = nea me-ni no ka, 
mepe n'asem, medo no. 

nka-fra^, inf. [ka.. fra] mixing. — nkafrade, the elements of 
a chemical mixture. — kafra-nyansat, chemistry; cf. adufra, -8§m. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



216 kaguam — dkakaiitw^re. 

ka-guam, doubling or increase of (ictive debts (?) pr,1513. 
kagya, a plant growing on ant-hills, pr. 2926,2971. 
kagy aw, t?. to mther, fade; anopa na ahaban (nfwiren) yi 
ye frgmfrgm, na awia yi de, akagyaw = aye bete koko; cf, bow, 
guan, ki8&, nydm. 

aka-gyinam' [ekaw agyinam'] security or surely for a debt; 
d i ak., to bail, give or stand security, 

0-kagy inamdifo, p^ a-, a bail, security, surety, guarantee, 
kd-hi [ekaw ahi] refusing to pay a debt; pr, 1513. otew no k., 
he insults his creditor. 

kdhiri, Ak. kabire, Akr. kdre, pi, n-, a pad, consisting of a 
bolster stuffed with any soft substance, or of a cloth, or of a bundle 
of dry banana-leaves tied up in form of a ring, which porters put 
on their heads to rest their loads upon; pr.l391. — bo k., to make 
a pad; cf. sonkahiri. — twa kahirim', to break off connection; o- 
n6 n'abusQafo atwa k., he and his relations have come to an open 
rupture, they have broken off the friendship. — kahirim'twa, inf. se- 
paration, break of friendship. 

iikkhb, inf. [ka..h6, to add[] addition; the thing added; an 
adjective; cf, mfdkftho, nkekah6. 

a n k i-h 6 no, n, lemon-peel, pr. 1514. — adj. lemon-coloured, ci- 
trine, 

o-ka-hye, inf, [ka.. hy§] 1. the act of enforcing or exacting 
payment; extortion; sa kahye yi ase ne den? — J^. the act of tm- 
puting a saying to somebody else. 

kdl, interj. an expression in cursing a person; e.g. in pursuit 
of a fugitive, an Asante man may, with his legs crossed, pronounce 
this word with the name of his king or fetish: Kdf, Osee a, fwe ase 
e! cf. tram. 

kaka, s. keka. 

o-kaka = okekaw. pr. 1515. 

nkaka, F. especially; s, enka-nka. 

nkaka: nkuku ne nk., patterns ware, pottery, eartJien ware. 

a k ak ab 6 11 -s 5, ma bold, daring, regardless, obstinate, forcible, 
violent manner; yerekg no ak. = akokobiriso, mmarimasem so, 
anuodenso, aporiso. 

akakaben-ne, oyh-, \oredi n'asem naseodifod, odibemo, 

akakabensem, odi-, / owy ahooden 6, onni ahooden a ode 
bedi 5, ono de, nea esi ne tirim ara na odi, he acts in a wayward, wil- 
ful, stubborn, obstinate manner. 

kak^6, any thing that frightens children; bugbear, frig^Uftd 
beast, terrific object. 

ka k a e, red. v. kae. (Etg-dabi-a mekakae ns^m pi, na se min- 
tumi menkyere ase yiye nti, meuk^.) 

ak ak a-ni [ani] a bad, wild, angry face; wantutn me ak. bi, he 
made no bad face towards me. 

dkak^ntwere, s. akek... 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kakara — okam. 217 



kakara^ -a, s. kakra, -a. 
akdk&Vagyd, Ak. akyekyeregya, a kind of wild goat. 

kakdrak^, 1?;. n-, cockroach, imported from Europe; cf. te- 
ferew. F. moth, Mt 6,19, 

kakate = ntane-ani; bo k., to he dispersed, disturbed, dis- 
composed, unmanageable; nnaan no abo k. = atu apetg, woboa won 
ano a, eny^ 'ye. 

kakawa, 1, Akp. the smallest, least, — ^. a kind of yellow 
precious bead, = bota; s. ahene. 
akakawere, 5. akek... 

kdk6ro^ a string of beads worn round the waist; nhdwd k 
wodsina na wode abobare (akyekyere) ntama a.s. asawa h5 de to 
ascn mu. 

kakrd, a., w., adv. little, small; few; a little; a little while; - 
ma mensn kakra, give me a little water; me ho ye kakra, / am not 
very well; tra ha k., stag here a moment. — agya k., the father's 
brother (cf. wgfa); ena k., the mother's or father^s sister; cf. gsewd. 
kakrd, kakrdwa, F. kakrdba, little, very little; kakra bi, 
some, a few; aka kakra s^, verg little is wanting. Cf, ketewa, kuma, 
kwad&. 

akakra, littleness, s^tidllness, slightness, weakness, pr.48, 
kdkra, kakrakd, a.dtn, large, bulky, extended, great; bulk, 
largeness, sise. — cf, kese, kokiird, hah^rS... 

akakramakoro, pi. n-, a small beast of prey, in shape and 
size similar to a civet-cat. 

nkakrd-nkdkrd, by little and little, by degrees, gradually. 
nkakramantan: abo won nk., it has provoked them t^ a fu- 
rious pursuit, 

kdkresaw, a. great, mighty {ohene, osafohene); big, large 
(odonko, asoamfo); ade a esd pi no; cf, otitiriw, kese. 
nka-kuhd^ inf. [k&.. kfi .. h6] reduplication, Oram. 
k aku m a = eka, ekaa or aka kQma, it wants, wanted^ is want- 
ing but little, i.e. almost, nearly, well nigh, 

nkd-kyeree, inf, wanyano nk., he has often, repeatedly, told 
Mm. Cf, Gr. § f04,5. l05,l.c. 107,22. 230,2. 

o-k a-k 7 e r e, inf, information; knowledge, wisdom ; pr, 1634, — 
cf. nyansa. 

g-kd^kylre [neeiok€aL&kjiri]theyoungest child ; c/*. apopaydm'. 
o-kddkylri = okyirikafo, one who remains behind, pr.t516. 
ukd-aky iri, inf. [ka, akyiri] aggression or attack from behind; 
WQkgka won nk., they are going to attack them in the rear, 
kdm, ^. k^m-kam. 
kam, V. F. = kame, to deny, refuse, 
o-k dm, pi, a-, n-, incision, cut, gash, wound; hurt, damage; mark 
left by a previous injury, scar; flaw, crack in a vessel; cf. nkamd; 
woabono kam, woabobono akam, ihey have wounded him {hny where, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



218 kam — kameso-kwakye. 



whilst f e means a woand only in the head) ; tafroboto no atew kam, 
the plate is damaged (Ky.). pr. 485. 589. 2680. — d i kam = di dem, io 
he damaged, deficient (gka ho biribi). 

kam'y kit md, with di: kurow no di kam (adi kamu = aka 
mu), iJietown is besieged, invested^ blockaded , blocked up; 2 Ki. 24,10. 
wodi k., they are surrounded, woato dom mu. 

akam^ a species of wild gam, eaten in times of famine, 
kama, F. lance, spear. (N.E.Voc.) — kama, v. s. kame. 
kam a, a. dt adv. fine; nicely; asoredan no ye k., wama me 
nhdma k.; wasiesie ne dan mu ara k.; woanweue kyew no ara k.; 
syn. fefe, gnann, &c. 

ka-ma, inf. [ka.. m^,.^intercession, recofnnhendation; - kama- 
nhdma, a letter of recommendation ; cf 2 Cor. 3,1. 

iikama' [gkam, dim.l^ incision, cut, gash, wound; - sa nk., io 
make incisions in a human body, in wood &c. - f we ne mfem nk., F. 
belwld the gashing wound in his side! 

kama, a contraction of a conditional sentence : if it be so, then. 
Obi bes^re wo ade bi na wuse womma no a, ose: kania(= woaroma 
me a), meko, Ak. kara-5,mmd-^ = woka na amma (mu sa) a, ma 
menko e! 
Ank^lraa, pr. n. of a man. pr. 1517. [pr. 1518. 

aiikama-brafoo, ankamawa-fnimoa, a by-name of onuniim, 
^nkamaseperepe, a by-name of the goat; s. abirekyi. 
o-kamafo = gkasamafo. 

kame, Ak. kama, to withhold or keep from, pr. 628; to refuse, 
decline, deny; to check, restrain, debar, hinder, forbid, prohibit, pre- 
vent; to object to, oppose, protest against; - wope se wofa ade yi a, 
men kame wo, if you tvish to take this thing, I do not forbid (it) you 
(I give it freely, gladly); wobeko a, menkame (wo), if you will go, 
I do not prevent you; menkame wu (= mem& owu ho kwan), 1 do 
not refuse to die; - to contend or be concerned for: okame n*ade yi 
ho kyen no (gmp^ se obi fa), he has this thing of his more at heart, 
is less inclined to give it tip, than that, — k. is often to be rendered 
by scarcely, almost, nearly: okasa a, yekame ate, when he speaks, 
we can scarcely Jiear what he says; ekame ma aye du, Ak. ekama 
ma n'aye du, it makes nearly ten; 6r. § 235 a. ekame ma anka me 
nneema fihina abobo, almost all my things were broken; ekame ma 
anka wawie n'afuw nhina dow, he has nearly finished his plantation 
work; wokameahfi, they are near finding i.e. have almost found (it); 
wgrehkame ahu, it is scarcely to be seen. 

akamekame, contradiction, contention, altercatian, quarrel, 
struggle; wodi ak. (woyaw biribi so a.s. wgpcre biribi), they ham a 
quarrel or struggle (about something), they are at variance, 

akame, a sickness of children, making the face swell and in- 
jnriously affecting the skin in a line from the forehead to the crown 
of the head. 

kamese-kwakye, name of a bird. pr. 1519. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nkrim^na — kane. 219 



iikamf&na, Ak. s. nkramfoa. 

kamfo, t?. to exiol, praise; st/n, bo din, yi aye; ok. ne wura, 
he praises his master; wok. biribi a eye fe, onipa a oye biribi a eye 
nwonwfl. pr, 1521, 

n k ^ m f 6 , inf. praise, 

iikdinf6, a kind of yaw, of yellow colour, od^ kokoko; pr.l520, 
Akamfd, s. Okanni, Akan. 

nka-mfuaw, adv. [nnkammfftaw (?) ka, to (ouch, fttaw, to chip]: 
eyi nhina nk., all this may remain untouched, i.e. leaving all this 
aside, besides, exclusively of all this; eno nk., setting that aside, 
k&inis*S,' [Port, camisa, camisao] shirt, shift. 
ki^mkam^ a, brisk, lively, sprightly; quick, nimble, agile, ac- 
tive; strong, healthy, syn. wewe. 
akammo, inf, = akam-bo. 
ka-mu, s, kam. 

khh, V, [red. kenkan] Ak. kane, 1. to count, number, reckon, 
tdl; k. ntrama, to count cowries, — 2, to read, used in the simple 
form with an object, in the red. form without an obj. 

0-kdii, inf., counting (ade-kan, ntrama-kau), reading; misua 
okenkan or nhoma-kan, / am learning to read, 

e-kaii, (F. n-) n. the first, foremost or fo^-mer place, rank, or 

time; hence (adv.) kan, kaii no, F. ekanno, nkan no, first, at (the) 

first; before; mefa nea ebeba k., I will take what comes first; — 

fonnerly ; previously ; waba nea kan ote bio, he has got (to the same 

place or into the same situation) where he was formerly; ekan no 

wokoe, afei de wgye biako, formerly they had tear, but now they 

agree; - di k., to be first, foremost; to go before; cf di anim; cf Gr. 

§ 83,1. - kan heme, formerly, a long time ago; s. kanky^rekyere. 

-kail, a. in cpds. first; cf, abakin, adekdn, aduahkdn, ahukdn. 

kan, F. Ak. s. kanii, kane & kan kan. 

kan n, adv, clear, bright, not dim; n'ani da ho k. (=biribiara 

86 gyarc a.s. asabow nni n'ani so), his eyes are perfectly clear, he 

is quite lively, quite sober; F.— hann, q. v, — eho tew k., that place 

OT spot is light, luminous; odan no mu aye k.; kanea yi ma odan 

yim* ye k. sen yi; cf, anikan. 

AkaUypr, n. of a country or nation and language; s. Gram. 
Introd. Notes § 1. 3.4. 8. & Okanni. 

kana, t;. & w. s, kra. — ankana, Ak. s. anka. 
o-kana, -kyi, s. okyentl. 

ukannare, F. fikandar, rust [=nea eka dade or nnade, that 

which affects iron or iron tools] ; also copper rust, verdigris; - do or 

gye (or ye) nk., to gather or contract (or corrode with) rust, to rust, 

kaiVdi, inf. s. ekah & okannifo; onnyae me kah-di, he does 

not leave off walking before me. 

kane, a-, Ak. s. kan.^. 966. — Akane, Ak. s. Akan. 
kane, F. = kan, kann. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



220 kine — okankan. 



k&ne^ kan, Ak. F. stinginess^ niggardliness; 6y^ kdne, F.= 
neyam' ye hwene, oy§ ayam-onwene, he is stingy; 6b6 no k4h, Ky. 
F. = qhq no ayamgnvene, he is stingy or illiberal towards him. 

kine, a- (kanne?), competition, emtdation, contest; si k., to 
contend, vie, or cope with, to do in competition; to rival, to strive to 
equal or excd each other ; cf, akinsi, oper^dso ; me-n6 no sii kane 
tutuu mmirika, / run a race with him. 

akane, euphorhiortree, spurge-tree (emu nsu ye bgre, the juice 
of it is poisonous), 

nkaue [formed fr, kan, to count, in analogy with nkarii, nsa- 
suwi] number; numbering, counting; list; ne hk. si s^; ode oman 
no nk. beree ghene; kofa wohnk. (-nhoma) no bera! 

0-kan 6il, F. kandzea, pi. a-, n- [Port, candea, candeia, G.kande, 
kane, or fr. kann?] light, lamp, candle; gsoro or wim' akanea-puruw 
no, t?ie celestial luminaries. Kurtz § 135. 
kandd-dua, candlestick. 

akane-sl, inf. s. akansi. 

nka-iihina, all or the whole without exception, s. nhina. 

nk&nf, 1. a species of yam (with poisonous leaves) consisting 
of several varieties; s. gd^. — ^. a kind of butterfly; s. afafantg. 

nkani-htine, a variety of nkani i. 
O-k^nnl, j^?. Akaiifo, a man of Akan descent; a man speaking 
the Akan or Tshi language, 5. Akan. Oye Odgnkg a.s. Okanni? gye 
Okanni ba. Akoa yi de, waye nehd Kanni, this fellow has become 
like a genuine Tshi man. The name is used for the inhabitants of 
Akem, Akwam, Akuapem, Asen, Asante, Dankyira, Twuforo, Wasa, 
in contradistinction to the Fantefo and the Nngnkgfo and other pg- 
tgfo. Dabihg na anka nsuanofo pgtgfo ni Otwini nnuare gu&sen 
koro mu, nanso wg-n6 nnipa-pd mma nnldi. 

o-k^nnl [id.] a nice, refined, well-mannered man; gyegkanni= 
ne ho ye fe, n'ani atew, gny^ atetekwS'; - okanni ba, pr. 1525. 

0-k a n n i f 6, 2?^ a-, = gkandif6, better: odikanf6, q,v. 

nka-anim', inf. [ka anim] rebuke, reproof; cf aniroka; esiane 
ne nk.a gka wgn anim no nti, wg-n^ no nkd. 

akauka' = ahka. 

e u k 4-11 k a, adv. not fo mention, not io speak of, especially ; m mo- 
fra yi ye mmofra bone, na ehk. na oyi de (ony6), these are bad 
children, but above all this one. 

Kankan, i. Nkran K., a town by the inhabitants called Kan- 
ka, Kehk§, Kinka or Ginga, by the Europeans Dutch Accra. — 
2. Butch; K. brgfo, the Dutch; K. Abrokyiri, Holland, the Nether- 
lands. 

kankafi, a.d^adv. stinking; with an offensive smell; ne ho k., 
he stinks: ehg ye k. dodo, there is a bad stench; efunu bgn k., a 
carcass stinks; ebon kdnkan(kan). 

o-kankan, -ne, pLh-, civet cat, Viverra civetta; cf.hwILne. — 
by-name: agyaktim^du. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kaukantiri — kant&un. 221 

kank&ntlri; tbe lid of a powder-case (toa a wode atudurn 
gum^ ti). 

akank^wd; s, ahka'. 

kankO; Ky. = kordkdma; etwa k. 
iikdukom, a kind oi mushroom. 
akankrima-kdro, -dii, pi. h-, s. akakr... 
kfiiikraiiii, a., adv. large, broad, long and big; cf. k^krft, 
ktlntann; oje onipa k. = okg soro tentententen ; n*ano k. = n'ano 
tetere. 

0- k aij k ran tan, a lean man, pr, 281B. 
kau*k ua, ph n-, tbe fruit of a tree called pam6m (q.v.), used in 
bleeding as a cup (cupping-glass), 

k anku m a, crocus, curcuma [Heb. karkom, Co, 4,U.^ Ar. kur- 
knm, Skr. kunkuma]. 

kaiiky^, v, [inf. n-,] to pray, rehearse or spe<ik a prayer ; to 
invoke or call upon (the fetisb). Mek. metirim; raek. mabg mpae 
= meka asen-kO a migyina so merebebo mpde ; merek. roa me 
bosom na wafw§ me nkwa so. — Obi yare a.s. ofom bosom a, ode 
D8fi a. ognah de koma obosom na osgfo no k. ma no se 6mfa mfiri 
no a.s. ne ho nje ne den. — Osgfo atifi na wgkahkye bo, di nsew 
fwefwe nokware. 

u k a 11 k y e, inf Wobefi ase akankye (a.s. asgre) kanky erekyere 
a, wose: Onyankopon n^asase, m6mmegye nsa nnom, a.n. afei wo- 
afre obosom biara asfere no nkwa, sika, mma, ahdtg n.a. 
kaukye, a mark made by a stroke or line. D.As. 
nkankye, As. cake, (N.E.Voc.) s, kankyew. 
katfkye', i>Z. n- [Eng.] can, canister; watering-pot; any tin- 
vessel; tin, tin-plate. 

kaii-ky^rekyere, at the very first, in tiie first beginning; 
first of all; formerly. [G. tSutSu klenklen.] 

kan ky e w, F.=dgkono. [G. ab6l&' k^md, Coast lang. kenche.] 
akano [ekaw ano] 1. price of goods, ne bo ankasa. — J2. bill of 
charges or expenditures, account of goods sold or delivered, invoice. 
u k a n s a^ a medicinal plant, 
kansa, kasa, Mt 26,35. s. the foil. 

kanse [kano se] or kans6-s$, (conj.) tJwugh, aWwugh, even 
if; k. gko a", obi beba bio. Gr. § 141,1 B ^. § 278,2. 
akan-sl, inf. [si kane] competition, rivalry; race. 
akdnsl-de, the prize set out for competition; a wager, stake. 
kantamma, otuo k., the cock of a gun or musket, pr. 3387. 
kantamanto, the '^language** of the drum of the chieftain of 
nkantaml; a kind of yam; s. od^. [Aburi, 

kllntiLii; collar-bone, clavicle. 

kantan, v. to spread &nd stretch irregularly, to sprawl, strag- 

f^e; to straddle; s. kenten; dna bH bi abn abekantan kwan ma ho. 

kiln t a nil, a.dtadv. straggling, stretched out irregtdarly; high 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



222 k&ntankaniki — karg.. 

and broad; straddling; dita no ab& nhina aye k.; gbarima no abe- 
gyina odan ano k.; ne nan k. 

kantankaniki, kantaukraiikyi, sickle; a longy crooked 
sabre; dade kontonkye bi a Nnonkofo de twa sare ne mo; cf, k6n- 
tonkQrdwi, pampankwd. 

k^ntaukurodo, asase aowo nmia, an cpitbetic appellation 
of God (Onyankdpon); okata nneema nbina so, obye nnipa nhina 
nso so. 

akantaniiua, Ak. akantannwa, s, akentennua. i^r. 2o^. 
O-kanto, candle-woody a certain tree and its wood whicb is bur- 
ned as a candle or torcb ; dua bi a woso ano na edew Se okanea; 
ok. koko na edew, na ok. byeh a.s. fofu de, enn^w. 

fik^nt6, crooked legs; wonantu akurunkurum se adare, a.s. 
wo nanny^bin anim aye konkronn. — o-kaiitoni, a man having 
crooked legSj a bandy- or howlegged person. 

11 k an torn', F. a-, [nka.. nto mu, do not touch,, not pxd m] adv, 
not to mention, to say nothing of, (how) much less, (Iww) much more; 
omfii ase e, na hk. se wawie, he has not yet begun, much less finished. 
kanto-nfni, a kind octree. 
nkannuan, a. uncovered (of SihouBe)^ unfinished or beginning 
to decay; - odan no aye nk.; odan hk. = odah a ^nn{ suhy^, nk 
ereye abii; adah hk. hko na esisi bo. 

kanwe, a. fresh, new and strong; vigorous, unimpaired; flor- 
id; oniparaono k., a fresh healthful youth; dua k., a green, fresli 
tree; cf foforo, amono. 

g-kinweii, a kind of tree; wodeseh baduaba. 
kanyaii, v, to stir, incite to action, instigate, rouse; - k. neho 
to stir from long quietness, rouse and exert oneself, be active, lively; 
[cf kfi, nyah, hwanyah]. 

Ilk any an, ramp, prank, frolic, gambol; ramping, pranking 
dtc; agitation; opohk6 no at^w hk., the horse has become shy, ram- 
pant, frantic, 

k^nyaiiii, a. prickly, spiny; thorny; kotoko bo k.; s. adwo- 
kii; syn. nnya'-nnyi', hwrahh. 
akape, scissors, 

kaper, F. [Eng.] a copper. Mk. 12,42, 
akapfire, inf, [pere kaw] the shifting off of a debt; mibu wo 
ak., I shift off the paying of my debt to you upon another in reference 
to money due to me (e.s. roede wo kaw na obi de me bi, na mise wo 
se: kogye onipako no ho tua wo kaw). pr, 2919, Cf. obutew. 

akapimafwe [ka, pirn, fwe] familiarity, intimacy; di ak., 
to be familiar, intimate; to favour each otlier in return; me nk wo 
nni ak. bi, we have no close communion; cf, twaka &c. 

kapo, pL h-, bracelet, armlet; sika, dwete, dade k., - ofgciddc. 

kara, v. s, kra, 

k&ra, t;. s. kra, kSna, k^na. — afikftra, A. s. ahka. 



C^gitized by Google 



5kard — okdsddi. 223 



5-kard, s. ok'rA. 

kara..., s, kra... 

karada, kararft, n. noise, f^stling, e.g. of palm-branches.pr.46*^. 

karadada, adv, (with) a rushing noise; ef. kurududu. 

kara-^mmd-a, Ak. s. kama. 
o-karawd, s, okra. 

kardwd, 5. a kind o^ monkey, pr. 1182, — '2. a barren, vnfruii' 
fid male animal. Job 21,10, boa onini ana obarima a on wo; cf, obo- 
nin, kjenene. 

kare, v. is not used simply; s. red, kekare. 

k d r 6, s. kdbf ri. 

kari, v, [red. karikari] to weigh (gold, sugar &c.); io pay by 
weight; to ponder in the mind, to balance; to take aim; to regard, 
esteem, care for, neg. to disregard, make sligld of, pr.l527. — de.. 
ani k., to watch, vietc, review, muster; to observe, take heed to, attend 
to, mark, Lk. 14,7, to look searchingly at, to consider or examine for 
the purpose of forming an opinion or finding out something: nnipa 
a ewg ho nhina, mede m'ani mekari won (= mefa won itiu) a, mehfi 
won mu t6r6fo no. 

nkarii, v.n. [kari] weight, quantity of heaviness. 

karibo"^, pi. n-, a stone used for a weight; a pound, 
o-karikari [nea okarikari sika] a weigher of gold-dust, 

k as a, t;. [red. kasakasa, q, v.] 1. to speaJc, ialk,=kSi asem ; oka- 
sadodo, he talks too much; men^ no kasa, I am speaking ivith him. 
(F. kasa nokwar daba, speak the truth ahvays.) — J2. to chirp, chat- 
ter (of birds); cf. akasanoma. — 3. to crack, crackle (of burning 
thorns, shoes), to creak (of a door on the hinges); to crepitate, grate. 
— 4. ir. to censure, reprove, reproach, upbraid ; pr. 340 ; to chide, 
abuse; mepe se nie-ne wo tra ; na wokasa me de a, minti6. — 5. to 
decry, speak ill of; woak. me! — 6. kasa ky ere, a) to speak to (cf. 
ka.. kyere). — b) to instruct, admonish, exhort; cf, tu.. fo. 

0-kdsd, inf. 1, speaking, speech; the peculiar manner of speaking, 
the particular sound uttered; pr,2479. — 2. language, dialect; okasa 
a edi aduasa = ok. nhina-nhina a ewo wiase; ok. ahorow bebre wo 
asase 8o. — 3. word, expression, cf. asem. — 4, di,. kasa, to fine, 
mulct, amerce, Wadi no k. ne se: wodi ohene asem bi na ohene n6 
wo adi asem na wabu wo fo nd wagy^ wo sikd. 

iikd-sa [kaw nsa] additional payment for not having paid a debt 
at the set time; da a wohyee wo adu na woannya bi amma a, na 
wogye wo sika foforo. 

akasa-bebiif [okasa a wode buu be] a proverbial saying, by- 
word, proverb ; (wode) aye ak. 

Q-kasa-bere, weariness from speaking; fa ok., to grow weary 
by speaking or admonishing, pr, 3463, 

kasa-bo-d i n, repeated mentioning of a matter, with indigna- 
tion or cursing, pr, 1529. 

0-kdsd-df, a-, inf. [di kasa] penalty, fine, mulct, amercement; 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



224 kasae — okasasfe. 

syn, sikagye; - okasadi [=oka8a a wodi no] yaw nti na onipafi 
ne ktirom. — akasadi ye no fe, qy^ ak. (actively), lie is in the hahU 
of imposing fines. 

kasae^jpLn-, a bone; syn. dompe, nsoe. 
kasae+, v. w. a verb. Cham. 

akasae, i??. n-, a tingling instrument; awowa a woafitifiti ano 
de awowa nka ahyehyem' na wgwosow de goru; cf. akasawd. 

nkasae^ inf. talk, sayings; report, rumotir, public talk; misuro 
ho nk., I am afraid of its being talked about; ne hk. nyed§, the con- 
tents of his speech are disagreeable. 

o-k a s a f 6, pi. a-, talker, chatterer, babbler, prattler, loquacious 
person. 

akasa-gua, n-, slander, calumny, backbiting; syw.ntwiri; mtd- 
tering, grumbling; odi no (ho) nk., he grumbles, mutters against him, 
gives vent to his ill feeling against him, yet not in his hearing; 
wo nh bi wo asem na wonkd wo n^anim na wobo din yaw wo so; 
a.8. obi ay§ wo biribi, na w6m{& mmo n*anim nyaw no, na w6yaw 
gb ahunm\ 

o-kasa-gjefo, i?L a-, intercessor, mediator, advocate. 
kasdk^sa, red. v. 1. s. kasa. — J2. to talk much, talk noisiJp; 
to chatter. — 3. to dispute, contend in words, altercate, wrangle. 

akasakdsd, inf. dispute, contest, altercation, wrangling, quar- 
rel, broil. 

iikasa-kod [okasa nkoa] the end or aim of a speech, scope, pur- 
port, design and tendency, meaning, import. 

0-kdsd-kyfer6, inf. [kyere kasa] the teaching of a language; 
instruction in a language, grammar. 

0-kasa-ky 6re, inf. [kasa kyere] admonition, exhortation; syn. 
afotu. — o-kasaky erefo, pi. a-, monitor, exhofier, Uistructor. pr.9U. 

o-kasa-inafo,i>/. a-, (F.) mediator, advocate; s. gkasagyefo. 

o-kasa-m§, inf. lit. satiating with speaking i.e. tnlkativenesSj 
loqtmcity, garrulity, pr. 1530. 

kdsamp^re, As. = sasabonsAm, a wild man (satyr, sylvan) 
of a monstrous size, mentioned in fabulous tales. 

iikasanim, pr.^55. = hkasae, nnompe, bones. 

nka-san-mii, inf. repetition, (reHteration in speaking. 

akasa-noma, ^2. n-, a kind oi sparrow, prop, chatter-bird. 
kasa-nydnsa, good advice; okyereno k., he gives him an 
advice. 

kdsante [nea wokasa a gnte] a disobedient person. 
Easante^ pr. n. formerly given to a nation in the interior, 
frequently at war with Asante. 

o-k a s a-p 6 n"*", paragraph. 

o-kasa-san-mii, awkward repetition in speaking. Wdkhsiskn 
mA (= ti mu) pi; gyama wo were afi nsem a wose beka no ani? 

o-kasa-sf e, inf. previous c^reement; pr. 1533. — di k., to talk 
over a matter beforehand, previously; okodi k. ansa-na waba. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



akasawn — akaUisia. 225 



a k a s a w a, pL n-, a kind of brazen bell hanging inside a drum 
(kettle-drum) and giving a doleful sound; cf. akasae. 
kase, k&se-n'ara, ak^sedze, F. s, kesc &c. 
akas6, 1. the indif/o-plant, Indiyofei-a tinctoria. — ^. indigo, s. 
brti. — S, imlif/o colour, bhu% darlc-blne; cf. bibiri, hoa. 

k as 0(3, a message, officird address or communication; gbo 
(n'anom') k. = amane6, he delivers his message. 

kaasee, privg, 7iecessan/-hm(se ; st/n. duase^, duAs^, tea &c. 
k as I aw, himch. Husier, (of fruits, keys); cf. osiaw. 
o-k a s i e, a kind of animal. rj£^ ^q ^ 

nka-sram-s6+, Inf. [ka, sram, so] 1. harrowing. — J2. harrow. 
ka-su, manner or wag of sjjcaking, reporting or stating a. 
matter; pr. 2878. syn. kabea; yennya asem yi akasu, Ak. 

kata, V. [red. katakata] 1. to cover; often with 8 0> ho, anim: 
to overspread, red, envelop, enwrap, Infold; r/.dura ho; - k. mu, to 
line or finish the Inside of, = dura mu. — 2. to cover, conceal, cloak. 

— 3. to cover, protect, defend. — 4. to extend over; he sufficient for. 

— 5. to overwhelm. — 6. k. mpa, to cover the back i.e. to bring up 
the rear, to be last, make the conclHslon (of a train). 

k a t a b a u, a. large ; dua k. kokilr 6 si ho. — k a t a b a n a, adv. 
very much; wohyee no k. se onye, they forced him very much to do so. 
ukata-bo [ade a ekata bo] breast-plate, cuirass; cf. adebo. 

katae, the cover of a gun-lock. 
ukata-li6, F.a-, v.n. cover, covering, envelope, integument; F. 
garment; cf. iikataso. 

katakata, red. v., s. kata. 

katakata-su-muamua-s6: wodi asem no k. (= womfd 
asem no nto kwanmu peie, na woksl no ebf-n^-bi ara) they muffle 
or stifle the palave^r. 

II kata-k o n m ii [nea ekata kon mu] mantle, shawl. 
o-katakyf(e), pi, a-, [also okwAtakyi] a gcdlant, a brave, val- 
iant, gallant, hold, undaunted, courageous, powerful man, herOt giant 
(F. Mt. 12,^9. Mk. Sf27.); onipa a oy§ nnam na ne ho ye den na oso, 
afj/a. obSran, dommanin; sometimes it is put for A:iw^; in pr. 2647. 
it is a by-name of the swallow, = bold, nimble; cf. akatanini. 

katakyi, kw., bravery, valour; kw. nti odii nim, through va- 
lour he conquered. 

ka tarn an [nea okata oman] one who covers the wJwle nation 
or world, a mighty ruler, used also as an attribute of God. pr. 1534. 
kata mail, katamanso, a very large umbrella of gaudy col- 
ours used on festive occasions; cf. kyinii^ bamkyinii. 

akatamasfaba, F. girl, maid, virgin. Frotten, 1760. s. akatasia. 
iikata-m li, v. n. the lining of the inside. 
akdtanini = okatakyi, used of a tree in pr. 1535. waye neho 
ak. agylt'ben [F. katanin-agya bina ] a onni mfuwam^ nanso onni 
kwaem\ = odi amanterenii. 

akatasia, F. girl, maid, damsel; s. ababa, oh abasia. Mk. 6,22. 

15 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



226 iikatas6 — kaw. 

nkata-s6, v.n.i. cover, covering, lid. — 2. great coat, overcoat, 
cloak, mantle. — 3. ne bone fto nk., a colouring, palliation of his sin. 
kataw', overwhelming (V) pr.4o4. 

akatawia, pi. n- [ekaU awia] umbreUa, parasol; sgn. asowit. 
kate, r. to harden; k. anim, to harden the face, i.e. to dare, 
brave, defy; to be froward, refractory, obstinate; okat^ or wakite 
n'anim. 

kite, a. 1. hard, of eaUbles (opp.so/l): aduan k. ne aduan a 
enye de. — 2. hard, of the face or rather the mind or will: waye 
n'anim k. = dennennen, Jie has a decided purpose, is finnly deter- 
mined, inflexible, stubborn; cf. ket6. — 3. difficult to bear or endure, 
rigorous, unreasonable; n'asem ye k. = den ; g-n^ no di asem k. = 
ajeyesem, a8$m a enni aso, asem a eka ne babi emma. 

uk^t6{e)j ground-nut, earth-nut, Arachis hypogaea, the plant 
and fruit. — nkate-futiiru, ground-nuts in tlie husks, 

iika^t^^ inf. feeling, perception, 

iikatend^^, sense, the (5)senses. 

akitewa, a large fruit, the seeds of which are eaten by the 
negroes; syn, aky^ky^A, 

ka-tiri [ekaw, tiri] capital, principal, stock, pr. 366 
kktirik^tiri, adv. to tutu or pere, said of bo or koma: 
flutteringly: ne bo (koma) tutu k. wo ne yam', ne bo pere ne yam' k., 
his heart throbs or palpitates violently, 

akdto, v, n. [watQ no kaw] satisfaction, the money paid in set- 
tlement of a claim for adultery with one's wife, .syn, ^y^fare; wagye 
no ak., he has taken satisfaction-money from him, 

iika-to-hgt, v, n, [ka, to speaks to hg, to lay down] agreement, 
stipidation; aiiicles, conditions or terms of agreement. 

katraka, F. ring, Jtoop, circlet, crown, Mt, 27,29. s, hankare. 

akatrdm, wodi wonho ak., they stnke one another, fight, com- 
bat (like gladiators); twn b^ra tetretem' ha na yenni ak.! 

aka-tiid, v. n, [tua kaw] payment of what is due or deserved, 
wage^, salary, pay; hire; (ak. pa,) reward, recompense; (ak. bone,) 
punishment, penalty, deserved chastisement. 

aka-tutii, inf, [tutu kaw] procrastination of the payment ofn 
debt; wode bi ka na oredaii wo na wores^re no ma wato wo da na 
woakgpe sika abetua no. 

ka t w i, spleen = tAni. pr, 607, 

kaw,t;. to ferment, undergo fermentation, become sour, be leav- 
ened, said of palm- wine and dough ; syn. pae. Wode angpas4 si 
hg na edu anadwofa a, na akaw; woyam mmgre si hg na edinna- 
nsa a, na akaw ana apae, = aye nwenenw^ne. 

kaw, V. [red. kekaw] 1. to 6i7e = ka; to bite off, knap; pr. 529. 
— to masticate, chew, (?) cf ^esaw; - kaw so, to bite upon or cff; 
pr. 708. 2013, — 2. kaw m u. kekaw m n, to cry, make a noise, scream; 
cf. bom', bon, teom'. ^ 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ekaw — kekare. 227 



e-kaw^ l^/.a-, [ka, fo be wanting] a debt; pr. 1497 -loOS. tJiat which 
is duCy liability; a dtdy neglected, trespass* — bo k., to make, con- 
tract a debt; de or ma k., to have debts, to owe (a debt); dan k., 
to recover a debt; pr. 721-23, tu a k., to pay a debt; otaaa no so kaw 
pa, he rewarded him; otuaa no so k. bone, lie punished him, 

akaWj enmity, hostility; haired, gmdge; woye ak., = wonk^, 
they are at enmity, at variance with each other; cf, akaye. 
a 11 kaw, a kind of river-fish. 
kiiwa, ,s'. ka. 
ank^wa, .s. anka. 

kdwu, ammoniac, a resinous gum brought from the interior, 
ofa pungent taste, likegyakisi, used as a medicine or put into snuff, 
aka-y^, /w/*. fye akaw] enmity, contention, strife, open nipiure; 
ak. wo wQh ntam . 

keka, red. v. [inf. n-] 1. frq. of ka, to bite; to sting; ntontom 
keka me, the mosquitoes sting me, — 2, to itch, to cause a particu- 
lar uneasiness in the skin, which inclines the person to scratch the 
part; me nsa ho keka me, mihiiane, my hand itches, I scraich it. 
^yfi' y§ bene. — keka m u = &-. kekaw mu. 

keka, red, v. 1. frq. of ka, to touch, — 2, to stir, more: ade 
no keka neho, the thing moves; okekft neho, obenyah, he is moving, 
he will awalce, — .9. to adorn, dress (by washing, anointing, putting 
on clean clothes &c.); to trim; wakeka nehd se ayeforo; k. funu, 
pr. 1536. — 4, to stain. — 5. to touch, fumble, feel or gro])e about; 
ade saa yen no, yenh6 kwan na yekeka. — 6. k. nftm, to cut meat 
and boil it with salt, pepper, oh a, tomatoes dc, into frofrow. 

keka, red, v,, frq. of ka, to speak, relate; to rehearse, repeat, 

keka, irritability; fierceness, ferocity; - oye k., he is fierce, 

wild, unruly, intractable, quarrelsome; abofra yi ye k. = n'ani ye 

den, dennSnnen, hyew, woka asem kyere no a, ont^, onsur6 biara, 

omfer6 biara; - n'ani ye kekakeka -^ n'ani ye hyew, ^y^ hyew. 

11 keka, inf, biting, pr. 1832. — iikeka, F. = nkekac. 

akek^-boa, pi, n-, a tcild beast, beast of prey, 

akeka-dnru [okekaw aduruj a medicine against tooth-ache. 

nkekae [keka, to touch, stain] stain, blot, spot, speck; ntama 
no dy^ (ddan) nk., nk. ay§ atade nom', = atade no aye fi. 

Q-k e k a f o, pi. a-, an irritable, irascible, quarrelsmne, mischie- 
vous persan; nea gye keka a.s. anieden, na da nhina onam pe atu- 
taw (ntokwaw), = omanef6. 

n keka ho, inf. [keka ho or neho] 1. moving. — .?. addition, 
what is added, cf, nkaho, mfdkahd. — 3, dressing, adotmrneni; cf. 
ahdkekade. 

akeka-nam, a jumping insect. 

ak^k&utwere, akak... ahah..., pi. n-, scorpion. 
kekdre, red.v, to take up something great; to try, attanpt, 
undertake, dare, venture; okekdr^ dan, he lays the foundation for a 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



228 kekate — nkeresiakyew. 

large house; ok. adwuma sy obeye a, ontumi nye, tchen Jw fries to 
work, he cannot; wakekare n'ani se obebo me ade, he purposed 
beating me, dctennined to heat me; wak^kar^ n'anim se obetumi 
abu dan no, nso ontumi, he presumed that he could pull down the 
house, hut teas not able to do it; gkekare n'anim repe me ayaw me, 
he ventures to scold me; ok. atoro ma me, he is so hold as to frame 
a lie against me or to imptde to me a lie. 

kekate: wab§bg me k.,? 

ke kaw, red. v. 1. frq. of kaw, k. nhwi so, pr.20t3. — 2. ke- 
kaw mu, to hark, yelp (gkramah k. mu); to cry, scream; abofrano 
resii na okekdw' mu se: e, wura, fwe nea woreye me! c/l bobom'; 
to howl, yell. — nkekaw-mu, inf., howling, yelling. 

g-kekaw, Ak. okaka, 1. anom^ a. ese mu k., tooth'ache,=B,de&ty 
boaduam; etutu s§. — 2. tirim k., a kind of head-a^^he ; epa ti. — 
3. aniwam* k., an inflammation of the eye, which may cause blind- 
ness or swelling of the face. — 4. nsahO k., the tchitlow, an inflam- 
mation and suppuration of the finger; ekum wo awerew. 
a ke kaw ere, akak..., pi. n-, gad'fly, horse-fly (?), s. oteii. 

kekem, F. = kekaw mu, to cry. Mt. 14,26. 20,30 f. 

kekrakekra, a. rough (of leaves with a rough surface). 

kekre, As. s. kyekyere. 
o-kekrebesi, a kind of plant. 

kern', F. = kaw mu, to cry. Mt. 8^9.14,30.27,46.50. ML 1,23. 

k e 11 11, adv. expressing the sound of a bell ; edgn bg k. 

kena, s. kra, kana. 

ken kail, red.v.l.frq.ofksLU, to count, tell; to read. — 2. wg- 
kcnkan su-dwom, they wail, set up a lamentation (for the dead). 

0-k en k an, inf, reading, = nhoma-kan. — keiiKan-hoina, read- 
ing-book, reader; primer, spelling-hook. — o-kenkaii-ukyerowe, 
-iLsenkyerene, printed letters, cf. ntintimi. 

kenkenkeu, kenkrenii, s. kyeh.., kyenkyerenn. 

k elite, pi. nkentewa, country cloth, a home-inadc negro-dress, 
consisting of a number of narrow stripes of cotton-cloth sewed to- 
gether. Diff. kinds, .*?. ntama. Cpds. with adj* kentegow, kentepA &c. 

ken ten, v. to spread out, straggle, straddle; = kantan; gye.. 
k. so, to occupy much space; Lk. 13,7. — Wagye uhoma pi no ak. 
so kwa, he has accumulated those many hooks to no purpose. 

k^.ntenn, a. d- adv. straggling; straddling; broad, wide; s. 
adwoku. 

keiiten, i>/. n-, wicker-basket; cf. kyerenky^, plrebi, s^soa. 
sikentenuua, akantannua, Ak. ...nwa, pL n-, [agua a cken- 
teii] a stool or chair with straddling legs. 

kere, kere, kerebenn... s. kyere, kyere, kyerebehii... 

kereliia, F. s. kesua. 
11 ken* sin, a-, the date-palm, date-tree, Phoenijr dactyl iferu. 
iikei'esia-kytjw, a-, a hat made of the leaves of the date-palm. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



iikesa — kete. 229 



iikesa, s. nk^sewa. — kesaw, a, kasiaw. 

kese, Ak. kesee, 7^7. a-, akese-akese, 1. f/reaiy t/rand; large; 
biff, bitmt; pr. 1658. kese n'ara, F. excccdiny greaty Mt:J,lO, 7,27, — sgn. 
bansoiiD, banteiiH, kokuro, k&kra, kakresaw, k^taban, kunini, ti- 
tiriw; koti, k^ntann, kuntann, vSi; petopgn, ky^madu; -pou; v. so. 
— ^. loud (of ene, voice). 

k e s t», adv. greatly, sirongh/, very much, in a high degree dc. 
!>!/n. 80, pi &c. — mframa hq k., the wind blows violently, 

kesen'ara, F. exceedingly, Mk. 5,23, 15,14, 

kose, n, greatness, largeness, stoutness, 
o-kese, Ak. okesee, a great man; a large, big or stout person, 
akese-dze, F. [ade kese] a great deed, deed of renown; (heroic) 
feat, noble achievement, exploit (also in a bad sense). 

kese, kesekese, a, dry, arid; syn. v, wo (opp, fgkyc, foso, 
wd, moist; v. fow); asase kese, the dry land (opj), cpo, the sea); fam* 
aye or awo kese, the ground has becmne perfectly dry. 

kesem'j kese-fjBm*^, in the arid zone; in the south; soidh. 

k s e k e s e, 5. atirimkesekese. 

keseiienene, ne tirim ye no k., he (prop, his head) is dizzy, 
confused, bewildered, perplexed, puzzled, 

kes^w, tu k., to emaciate, become tabid, lean and pale (as wa- 
sted by tabes, consumption or another sickness); -<: kyenkyen; to 
grow or turn jndc; watu k. fita = wafon aye ffta, he has pined away, 
become tabid or worn out so that he is (juite pale; n*anim atu k., he 
looks pale from anxiety and fear; asem bi aba wo so ua wo anim 
apatuw ahoa. 

nkyse Wa, -sa, a kind of plant 

kesiw, f. to belch, 

kesi, a roll of tobacco, rolled tobacco, orig.from Portugal ; 5. ta. 

k e s r e k e s r e, a kind of tree. 2^^- lo38. 

kesu [Ger. Mse^ cheese, 

kesua, -suwa, 2)1, h-, F. kerefua, egg; wgbg nk. tafo, they are 
m a friendly, familiar, intimate footing, cf. di 79.S2.83, 

k e t ^, pi, a-, a mat, the usual bed of the negroes, pr, 798 f. 2236, 
Diff. kinds : nt6mma or mpa, apa , aberewd, go-kete. — bo or nwene 
k., to weave, plait a mat; sew, to spread out, bobow k., to roll up the mat, 

k e t e [with full e] 1, a kind of reed with thorns, growing near 
rivers, that may also furnish walking-sticks; cf, demmere. — 2- a 
Hide or pi2JC made of it, played before kings and accompanied by 
other instruments (e.g. odurugya), drums and bells. 

kete, ketekete [with fulle] a. dado, bright, -ly; in full lustre; 
owia afi kkk., gsram apae kk.; awia ket?, in or at broad daylight, 
broad noon, — k(»tein\ south; cf. kesem\ Scr. 

kote, adv. 1, hard (?) cf. kate. — 2. sharply, strictly: ghye 
no or gbra no k., (F. kitsi, Mt,9,30.) he commands or forbids him 
stricUy; mekraa wo k., I let you know plaitdy, erpresdy. — 3. thick- 
ly: wgakyere so k., they throng thickly, cf. pepepepo, pftipiti. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



230 kote — kii'ididi. 

k 9 1 e, 5. ketekete, ketewa. 

o-k e t e, 5. oketew. 

fikete: si nk., 1. to he (istride, straddle; o%\ hkete = ne nan 
(mu) asekyisikyi, hl^ feet are bent outward. — ^. to put sometbing 
astride (on the ground or on branches of trees?) in order to mark a 
place in the bush as destined for farming. 

aketebfn [oketew bin] a kind o^bcad; s. ahene. 
ketebo, a name of the leopard, s. osebo. 

o-kete-bofo, ok§te-hw^mf6, a manufacturer of mats; s. kete. 

a k e t e-h e n e :. d i ak., to be the chief of mat-weavers, pr, 1727. 
k 6 1 ^ k e t e , a. d- adv. (to the v. stia) small, very stnatl, very 
little, tiny; nworam ye aboa a osda k., woaiifwe n' 'iye a, wunhu 
no, tlie itch-mite (siro) is a tiny insect, scarcely to be perceived tcith 
the eye. — pi. nk(5te hkete; cf. ketewa. 

nketekrakye, diliyence(?) si nk., to apply close attention, 
yreat carefulne^^% to be zealous, take pains; syn. bo mm^deh; w4bl 
hk. se obekyerew hhOma no, he is closely or intensely engaged in 
icriting tJtc letter. 

aketekre, -kyere, i)?. h-, cricket pi\ ld40. 
ketem', south; cf. kesem'. 8cr. 

iiketenkete, terror, Jwrror, consternation, panic; hk. akita 
or akyireno, he is terror-struck, horrified, paralyzed or stunned 
(with fear), = wabirikyi. 

akete-iiwene, inf. weaving or plaiting of mats; s. kete. 

o-kete-iiwemfo,i??.a-, a weaver ox plaUer of mats; s^w. ketebofo. 

g-k e t e-s o a f o, carrier of (the king's) mats; s. gyaasefo. pr. 1341. 

aket(isia, F. s. akatasia. 

o-k6te-aniloro, a tree with fruits similar to figs. 

o-ketere I pi. a-, lizard; s. odAhnenll, ntafont4f6, gborom, osA- 

o-kete\v / manapA, abosomAketew, oky^ky^. pr. 509.720.1473, 

hketijw i\ , a kind of sandals. [1542-49. 

ketewa, a.[pl.i\'\ cf.ketckete] small, little; mmofra hketewa, 
little children; syn. kdrna, kwdda, c. sfia. — ketewa, F. ketse- 
waba, very small, very little; k. bi, a little, a few; a short time: wa- 
mk me abodo k. bi, he has given me a little bread; mmofra ketewa- 
bi, some few children; onipa te asase so k. bi na own; syn. kakra, 
kdkrabi; - ketewa se, very little; ^kk k. se (kdkra s^, kdma »e), 
very little is wanting. 

aket e wa, pi. h-, a little person; mmofra yi mu aketewa no na 
n'ani atew, that. little one (smallest one) among these children is an 
intelligent boy. — aketsaba, aketsewaha, jd. h-, F. a little one, the 
least. Mt 2,6. o,19. 11,11. 2o,4iJ. 

11 k e t s e^ F. rather, in preference. 
kill i [Eng.] king (in Europe) pr. 246n. — kini, v. s. kyini. 
kirididi, kirrr: bo k., to rush (forward); woboo k. koodah 
nomu, they rushed into the house. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kisa — kitikiti. 231 



kisa, t7. 1, to turn, cf, dan'. — 2, to wring off (akoko kon, 
the neck of a fowl), — 3, to turn in or over tfie fire: to roast (yam, 
plantains, meat), pr. 1550. — 4. to change hy the heat of the sun or 
by sickness: to wither, fade, decay, shrink, dry up; awia ak. nwiiri, 
(he sun has withered the grass; gyare ak. no kora, a sickness has 
wasted him very much; cf. kagyaw, po, guan &c. — 5, n'ani akisa 
(mp.) = n'ani agyina (ne kiirom), his eye is turned i.e, he is longing 
for home, is homesick. — 6. n*anim' akisa, his face has turned pale. 

o-kfsi(e), pi. 9L'y a rat; by-names: kwarifiia, aduokii, manni- 
anno. pr. 210. 371. 610 f 1444. 1551-57. 

O-kfsibiri, a kind of tree; sare so dua a wodi. 

a-k isiw&y pi. n-, 1. a yotmg rat. — 2. a young child. — 3. dandi- 
prat, mannikin, dwarf, pigmy; oye ak. = omfrd, he is a worth- 
less fellow, to be accounted good for nothing. 

iikisiwa-fe: ye nk., to associate with children, opp. ye afehye. 

nkisiwd-sem = mmofraasem, childishness, 

akisi-kuru, ulcer, a sore discharging pus; s. ekuru. 
kita, 17. i. to touch; to hold, have in hands; syn. kura, fua, de, 
wo ; generally with mu: to seize, lay hold of; syn. fa, kyere, so mu ; 
- ok. poma, he has a stick (in his hand); mik. pon mu, I lay hold 
of the table; kita noma na wannuan, lay hold of him lest he run 
away; s. nketenk^te, kitam\ — 2. F. to adJiere or cling to; Adam 
bon' kitaadasa nhina. — 3. to hurt; to take vengeance on, pr. 655. — 
i. kita 8 0, /o wipe, to rub atvay, off, out; to polish; syn. popa, twi- 
twiw, twutwuw ; k, poh so, wipe the table; fa wo nan k. ntasu so, 
rub off the spittle with your foot. 

kit am'! imp. = iyiterj. a salutation to one engaged in work« 
or in eating, equivalent to : God speed! or I wish you a good appe- 
tite! - to which the reply is: mifua no, I hold it. 

11 kita, = nkriimakwah. 
kita-d6ii, lit. hold-fast, a name of the ^p4sew, q. v. 
kit^e, p?. n-, file; rasp; = twitae. 

aki t a-o s \i a, j?^ n-, the most poisonous serpent, able to shoot 
through the air from one tree to another. 

akita-twerebo, the hammer of a musket, in which the flint- 
stone is fixed by means of a screw. 

Akita-wo-ns a, name of a month, about July; s. osram. 

akitferekii, pi. n-, a species of beans, the seeds of which are 
roasted and eaten, pr. 1559. 

kiti, V. [red. kitikiti] to gnaw off, nibble, scratch o/f (with the 
teeth or nails) ..ho, the otUside; = titi ho; nkura akitikiti od^ no ho 
= woadi ho bi ; cf, bebee ho. 

kitikiti, a word expressive of turbulent or violent commotian; 
wgye k., they are turbulent, tumultuous, unld, unruly {syn. basabasa, 
bisibasa) = wogoru na wgde won nan pempem fam' k., in playing 
they stamp and trample on the ground, making a clattering noise ; 
wotu mmirika k., they run with a clattering or pattering noise; onam 
kkk. he tramples, patters, treads naisUy, stamps, wcdks furiously; 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



232 kitirfkitiri — ko. 



wnyi anoma a, oye kitikitikiti (=^ piltuputuputu) = Qpere, a bird, 
when caughty struggles desperately; ogya no adew kkk. (kyirikyiri- 
kyiri, framframfraiDf frafrafra) the fire hums vefiementlgt brightly j 
tvith glaring or daiiing flames. 

kitirfkitiri, v. = kitikUi, v. 

kg, V. [Ak. also korq^ pret kgre; red, kokg] to go; more par- 
ticularly: 1, to go alongy to walk (cf. nam, nantew); yeko ntem, tec 
are walking fast; obayifo reko e ! there goes a witch! pr. 60. — ^. toga 
off, away; to pass away, leave, depart (opp, ba, to come, tr«, to stay), 
gko, he is gone (cf. wako under 3.); meko maba, I go away bid sJiall 
come again, cf. Gr. § 112. 147,4. pr.l590. - wokg-bae no, wgbekae 
Be : ewom' sa, when they were gone and returned, they repotied, that 
it was so (that the matter was true); - wobekg, na me de, metra ha, 
you will depart, hid I shall stay here. — to escape, pr. 601. — 3. to 
go to a place: wokg he? tvherc are you going? mekg ofie, I am going 
home; gkg n'akura, he has gone to his plantation; pcff. wakg, he ha^ 
gone and returned: wakg Osii preko, he has been at Osu oficc; yere- 
kg wuram', we are going into the hu.sh ; gkgg bepgw so, he went upon 
a mountain; yebekg ghene nkyen, tee shall go to the king. — 4. to 
be going to do something, to set ahoid doing, - with and in the in- 
gressive prefix kg-, ko-, s. Gr. § 93. 96. 107,11. 280,1 b.c. (pr.30O. 
1218. 2081.&C.) — 5. to go for some object, with some purpose or in- 
tention, used with an infinitive (v. n.)ov some other noun: gkg aduan- 
tg, he has gone to buy food; cf. Gr. § 126.280,2. — gkgg anyan, she 
went for wood (fuel); wgrekg asika, they are going to wash gold; 
kg ahayg, to go hunting; s. 13-15. — 6. de.. kg, fa., kg; in connec- 
tion with de, fa or similar verbs the meaning of kg (esp. 2.3.) be- 
comes causative : to take aicay, to take to a place, to lead, conduct: 
wgde no kge, they led him away; ma wgmfA no nkg, let them take 
him (away or with them), yr. 13S2. — 7. In connection with other 
verbs, kg frequently supplies the place of an Kng. adv, or jnep.: 
a) the place of the adv. away, denoting removal: Ouyk. ayi m'a- 
manne kg, God has taken away my affliction ; b) together with a 
noun of place it supplies the place of a prep., denoting a direction 
towards a place : oguan kgg wuram', he fled into the bush; ka oguan 
no kg dan mu, drive the sheep into the pen ! wonky ekyire ne nsa 
nkg n'akyi, they shall tie his hands behind his hack. — 8. kg (yiye), 
to fit, becmne, suit (well), used of clothes : at^d^ yi k6 me yiye, this 
coat fits me well; ekygw no nkg me ti, that hat does not fit my head; 
ka no kg me nsa, |>r. 5^^. — ^y. kgmu, kom\ to enter, penetrate; 
gsekan nnamndm twa wo a, ekom*, when a sharp knife cids you, it 
penetrates deeply. — iO. kg so, to go on, to continue {cf. da so): ko 
s6 kan ! or kdn k6 so ! continue to read, read on / - kg so yiye, to 
prosper, increase. — 11. kg nten, to agree well, be agreeable, to go 
straight i.e. to do, to succeed, be to the purpose, ansiver an end; eko 
me nten = et^^m^; n'asem a greka yi tee me, what he mys appears 
to me correct, I approve it; aduaii yi kg me nten, =: eye me de, 
this food suits me well; ehk6 nt^n, it does not go straight, it wont do. 
— 12. kg bone, to issue or terminate badly, to be ill-fated in child^ 
hearing, to die in or afler the labour of childbiiih. — 13. kg abuw, to 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ko — nk5. 239 

go a-hatching, to sit, to cover the eggs, pr. 2776, — 14. kg adidi, to go 
to feed Hi>on; nek&ra ko ad. — l^j. kg gsa, to go to war, pr. 1563' 
1579. 1581. — 16. kg .. ase, F. to become stibject to ; bon ami yeakg 
yaw ne wu ase, bg sin tee have become subject to pain and death. 

ko, V. F. 1. to sit, Mt 24^, = tri, tSna; ko fain\ F. = Ak. trft 
ase. — ^. to cower, squat, couch; s. kow. — 3. F. to remain; qhko 
fakor da, he continueth not, Job 14,2, 

k 6, V. 1. to figltty combaty contend, strive, in battle or in single 
conflict, with arms, blows, words; to be at tear; gde nkrante ni no kdo, 
he fottght unth (i.e. against) him ivith tl^ sword; wgda so rek6, they 
are still at war with each other, pr, 1589, 1591 f. 1962. 3952. — k6 dgm, 
to wage war, carry on a war; ko ntgkwaw, to fight, strive or struggle 
in close contest, to wrestle, scuffle, pr. 3606. — ^, tr, to fight, combat, 
oppose; ko nkran, to keep off, drive back the wandering or visiting 
ants (by fire or smoke), pr. 1590. — 3, ko nnoma, to shoot birds, to 
kill icild fowls, to foicl. pr. 2040. — 4. ko a wow, to ward off the cold. — 
5. ko a wo, to be in travail, in labour, in parti^rition. — 6'. k6 yere, to 
dismiss or divorce a wife. pr. 1593. 

e-ko, Ky. lake; pond, pool; = gtare, cf. atekye; ekg bi tH bg. 

nko, the cavity or hole in which the yam is planted; cf. nkgbg, 
okgmoa; gbg nkg fna gd6 worn'. [31t, 15. Mk. 7. 

nkg, ukO, F. ye .. ho nkg, to defile ; .. ho ye hkg, to be defiled. 

hko, slumber, doze, nap; tg nko, to fall or drop asleep, to doze, 
nod, be drowsy, sleepy.— 6wg ne ti (or neho) nko, he shakes^ tosses 
(throtcs up) his head; he nods (?). 

o-ko, okowd, ak6wa, top, gig, whirligig; bg ko, to spin the top. 

tj-ko, Ak. ekog, a buffalo, 
ko, in the phr, bg ko [to join, Iiave company icith, the buffalo, 
roaming about as it does?] 1, to run away, deseii; wabg ko, he has 
become a fugitive, leaving his native place on account of debts or 
palavers. — X^. to throw off obedience, fall off, apostatize, revolt, turn 
recreant; s. akobg, kobgfo. — 6'. wabg ko, site refuses her husband, 
ko, imit. adv., expressing tlie sound of falling drops of water: 
nsuasgko, watir lias dropped audibly; metee se nsnnosge kokoko. 

e-ko, num. one; used in counting; in other cases compounds are 
employed, s, biakd, Akp. bako, Aky. bieko; cf. koro. Gr. § 77. 

ko, adj,profi,<, the one concerned or in question, the single, par- 
ticular or respective person or thing; who, what, which, in indirect 
questions; cf. Gr. § 74,1. Eye hena? minnim nnipa-k5; who is it? 
I do notknoio who it is; cf. oniko, gyako; eye den? minnim dekdde; 
eye dua ben ? minnim dna ko, whctt tree is it? I do not know what 
kind of tree it is; wankyere da-k6 a obewie, lie did not tell which 
day he would finish (it). 

iiko, adv. alone, only, but; apati. aside; - me nk5 ne kuatb, 
/ alone am a planter; aka me nko (= gno nko), he is left alone; 
eyinom nko eni won su, these form a kind by themselves; eyi nko- 
ara-kiM etia abien a, mefwe wo ! but for this one time! when U occurs 
a second time, T shall flog you! s. hkuto. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



234 (»k5 — koa. 



o-k5, inf. 1. figlUy fighting y war (rf. osa); combat, contest, strife; 
battle, conflict; pi. nkopeh, battles; gko wo ye-ni Akwamfo nUm\ 
there is war between us and the AJcwam-people. — ^. divorcemetU, 

ak5, inf. fighting, war; di ako, to war, be engaged in war, he 
at war (with); wodi ako = woko; Akjem n& Asante ta di ako, 
Akem and Asante are (or were) often at war with eacli other; cf. 
akodi. 

kQ, adv. red, yellow; added to b er e. ^o &e or become red, ripe: 
aaka bere ko, the lemon ripens (or is) yellow; the low tone of ko 
may be changed into the highland low tone, whereby the idea of 
redness is made emphatic : akutn yi abere ko^, this orange has be- 
come quite or JUghly red or ripe. — ko may be used as a predica- 
tive adj. when die verb is omitted (Gr.§248,3a): fweno, n*aniko! 
look at him, Itow red his eyes are! in other cases the form of the adj, 
is k o k 0; 9* t7. — ko, kokg, are applied to different shades of r(^, 
brown and yellow, and likewise the v. bere and the adj. -ben (in 
cpds.), F. men, memmen, memmene; whereas fiery red seems to 
be denoted by d^nn , y^hn, y^mm§nn, scarlet or vermilion by -dam 
(in cpds.) and dam&rama, crimson by -dam (cf. a dam) and by the 
V. bere-dum ; cf. akutuhono, orange-coloured, ankahono, yellow (as 
lemons), bofua (odubeh), yellow; dodowe, brown. 

ko, kokoko, kokOko, adv. used with ky i or tau, to hate; 
Qtan no ko, lie hates him ardently, fervently, extremely. 

k 0^ the unicorn, an antelope, in size nearly equal to a horse or 
cow, furnished with one horn on the forehead ; spoken of, as really 
existing, from Fante to Krepe. [G. nmanma.] 

ak6\ pi. n-, parrot (Psitaccus). Diff. kinds: opesare, grey (P. 
erythactis, ne ho ap6w aye se nso) ; akoh^ne, red ; dnkye, dark (ne 
hoasi tumm); dmfudwdm^ (ne ho aye ho-n^-ho, biribibiribi, not ea- 
sily described) ; Awlrikwdw\ green (esono ne nko). — Mmofra ako 
(in children's lang.) = abebew, grasshopper, locust. 

ako a, 2?Z. n- [akowd, orig. akobd?] 1. a male, man; fdlotc; 
akoa no h6 ye fe, that is a fiandsomc fellow; akoa no diihene pi, 
tJuU man sJwwed himself a king indeed (a saying elicited from a 
native by the description of Solomon's throne, 1 Ki. 10,20.) — 2. a 
nwle slave; bondman, serf. — ,-;. a servant, subject; Kokofu bene 
ye Asante bene akoa; Akyem bene nkoa dgso sen Akwam bene de. 
— In cpd. words akoa is changed into kwa or k wa and ko; c/*. 
akokoa,akwakora = akwakwara, akwaiikwa, ahenkwa, awurakwa, 
Kwad^o, Kwaku (Gr. § 41,4) Kofi, Kofori &c. 

kda, v. [red. koakoa] 1. to bend, crook, curve, tp\ dintr.; perf. 
to be bent, crooked or curving; syn. konton, kuntun, pono, pompono; 
okda dua no, lie bends the tree; koa (= pono) wo nsa bSra; k6a 
akutu no bSra na raentew, hcud thai orange (i.e. the twig on which U 
hangs) toward me that I may pluck it; ne nsa akoa = akonton, his 
Iwtnd is crooked; poma no ti akoa. — ^. fa poma no kda no, hold 
him by the stick! — 3. koa mu, to join together , to trim in, to insert; 
to joint, uHictdate, unite by means of a joint; ekoam\ it is connected, 
holds toget/icr ; medc makoa mu, 1 have joined it. — ekoakoam*. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ukoa — akodJ. 235 

it coheres, is afiictdated, jointed. — ukoakdam', v. n, atiictdcUionf 
joining, juncture, connection by joints; a joint, node; cf. iitdatoam\ 
akwa. 

11 k o d, the end, the lust, utmost or upmost part, upper end, top 
(of a tree), extremity, termination, border; pr, 1008. afw^rcw no, ne 
hkoa nko na ode maa me, he gave me only the upper end of the sugar- 
cane ; - of. nkasakdd; - nkoadse, s, nkwaase. 
akoakyirikyiriw, a kind of spider. 
akoha (?): Esono akoa na esouo akobd. Ak. pr. 3015. 
nkoba [eko, aba] a whip made of buffalo's skin, consisting of 
2,3,6,9 lashes twisted together; wgde nk. nko ara na efweno, they 
fiog hi7n severely. 

k 6-1) lie [ko, ba] i. a male child horn after a brother or sister 
who died; cf. ap6nt^. [G. gbobalo.] -r- 2. a cupboard, closet, press, 
wainscot-chest. [wokQfa ade worn' do ba; G. kobai.] 
ako-bau, F. defensive wall, fence, bulwark, rampart, 
a II k o b e a, -fo, [asafo a wote bene bo a wonko bea (= babiara) 
da gye se ghene atn na wotiam'] the hinges body-guard. 

kgben[kQko,ben] a kind of cloth dyed red (yrith ntwoma and 
bise). worn at funeral customs and in warfare; scarlet. Nah. 2,3(4). 
k 6 be re [Port, cobre, Dan. cobber'] copper. 
ko-bew, F. a place to sit; a seat = agua. Mt. 12,39. 
ako-bowerew, a thorny shrub. 

k 6 b i [kwdbi] a kind of river-fish. [G. did^e.] 
11 ko-bo, inf. [bg nko] meting holes for tht planting of yams. 
ako-bo, inf. [bg ko] secession, dcsertian, defection; disloyalty; 
stubbornness; apostacy; sedition, rebellion, revolt, mutiny. 

o-kobofo, pi. a-, fugitive (slave), maroon; runaway (e.g. on ac- 
count of debts, pr. 493); deserter; vagabond; apostate, renegade; re- 
heller, rebel, revolter, mutineer, seditionary. 

ako-dadweu(akoadad^en) F. care; Mt.l3,22.MJc.4,19. cf. dadweh. 
k d aa f u o m' [lit. goes to sleep in tiie plantation] = atetekwa, 
onipa a gmpgwe, n'ani ntewe, an uncivilized, rustic, boorish, clown- 
ish, barbarous tnan; cf ofumni. 

kodaanna [gkgda anna, he goes to sleep (in order) not to sleep] 
^sleeplessness; ije no k. = emma onnya aday^, U causes him sleep- 
less nights. 

okodze, F. a story, tale. Ps. 90,9. 

akode, = sense, a kind of food prepared for the fetish (tute- 
lar spirit). 

akode [gko ade] 1. a thing or things used for fighting, weapon(s), 
annour. — J2. things paid for fighting, reward paid to warriors when 
they return. 

nko-deu, hard fighting; g-ne wgn kOo nk. ansa-na grepam wgn. 

akodi, inf. [di ako] warfare, military service; war, warring; 
hostilities. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



236 akodlhj^n — okoha. 



akodf-hy ^n, a war vessd, man-of-war, 
akodf-hy(^nmu-iil, a naval officer. 
kodob^ii, a bird, oriolm galhida? 

k o d i a w i\ 0, pL n- [nea wode kodi awu] pistol; 5^/1. at were wA. 
o-ko-d6in, a by-name of the leopard^ 5. osebo. 

kodoso, a cutaneous eruption, a kind of ntwom; s. ase. 
akodwobo, a kind of ^/one containing iron, of which suitable 
pieces are used as slufjs for the charge of guns; Qp6mni6 bi a wo- 
bubu de poma atuo. 

koc, «;. [red, koekoe] to notch, jag, dent, indent; wakoe daa 
no mu, nso metraa so (no), ammu, he has notched the pole, yet when 
I sat on it, it did not break; wgakoekoe akantannua no nan ho, the 
legs of the chair are wrought or notched htj turnery. 
koekoe, a small tcorm. pr, 1635, 
akoekoe-l)6a, jpZ. n-, insect (called so from its body having, 
as it were, notches or incisions). 

a k 5 e, akoe-mu [ko, t;.] figMing-placCj field of battle, pr. 168SJiS13. 
kofn-bera fgo tcdce come]: waye k., he or she has (by grow- 
ing up to an age of 6 or 7 years) become a fetcher or ^fetch'Sinne- 
thing", i.e. one that can be told "go and fetch it" i.e. can be sent 
on errands. 

kofabyoow, Akw. = mpofirim'. 
ak 6 fa 11 a, pi. n- [ok6afana, af5a] 1, a sword of war. — x^ a sword 
of state, tJis king's stvord, a sceptre. — 3, embl. destrneiion by the 
sword or in batUe; war; dissensimi; royal authority and^oirei*. 
kofe, F. = fita, plainly, thoroughly. ML 3,12. 
Koff, pr. n. of a boy or m<in born on Friday. Gr. § 41,4. 
k ofi, pl.&'y a bed in a garden or plantatiofi. Matwa ak. 2mere- 
bedua nkate. Nkranfo na eta twa k. wo won akura ukwanta. Eto- 
dabia wotwa k. kurukurawa, etod. wotwano ahinanan. 
kofirimS, a kind of amulet or charm, pr. 3114. 
o-kdfo, pi. a-, fighter, crmibatant; a man able to go to war, war- 
rior; opponent, adversary. 

akofo-de [akofo ade]: osam' ak. kfmini, warlike feats. 
o-kofouf, pl.—fOi a man of valour, warrior, champion; syn. 
dommariraa, osabarima. 

k 6-f 6 r o [§ko a wasi so foforo, wasi nsiforo] a young buffalo. 
kofwcibi', 2>/.n-, [akoa&?] a private, common, low, mean, 
vidgar young man, young fellow, chap; cf. nkwafwcabanfo, apapa- 
fwekwa, akwanihumani, odeseni. 

iik6-gu, inf. defeat; di nk., to suffer a defeat; cf. komusu. 
ko-<^yau [koko, gyan, nothing bid red] a kind of red cUdh 
(ntama a wode adidi hko anwene). 

ako-gy inamoa, s, akwagyiuamoa, okraman. pr.l637. 
o-k g h a, s. okwaha. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



koha — kokodm. 237 

kuha', koha, a large bird with long legs, a long neck, a crest 
on its head and feathers like a Guinea-hen, making a noise like 
geese, living in the vicinity of rivers ; from its strong voice it is also 
called Sakumo-bentia, ihe Sahum'trumpet i.e. the trumpeter of the 
fetish of the river Sakumo. 

ako-henej s. ako. — oko-nhoma, hill of divorce. Mt. 5^31, 
ak6-hyen, = akodi-hyen. — ak. safoliempauylh, admiral. 
kokO; red. v. ko, to go; mmea no rekokokoko anyan. i 

koko, V. inf. n-, to pety fondle, indidye; to bring up delicaielift 
to spoil hy too much tenderness; opanyin no kokg nerama, e.s. woye 
bone a, ontwewgn asonti, won ani nso obi; Hdafo k. wonmma do- 
do; red. wgkokokokg wonmma; s. korokoro. 

koko, 1. the breast, cJtest; nek. aye konkronh; nek. ahoii; 
pompo asi nek. so. — 3. heart = courage, boldness; pr.1038. syn. 
bo, koma; s. kokom*, kokodnru, akokobiri. 
k6ko-s6, adv. boldly, energetically. 

koko, pi. a.-, a grain, a small hard particle of salt, sand, earth, 
e-koko, Q-,2;Z.a-, h-, hill, a natural elevation of ground; cf be- 
pow, bepgwa, akokowa, pampa, pempe, siw. — F. koko tsentsen hi, 
an exceeding high mountain. Mt. 4fi.(cf. 17,1)5,1. 

k5ko: bo k., to warn, forewarn; to threaten, menace (with 
something); mede ade yi mabowo k. na ny^ sa bio; s. kgkob6. 

Koko, pr. n. of a female, said to be the mother of Aknapem 
and Akem and the yo'unger sister of Dede, q. v. 

koko, = koko, red, e.g. in the j?r. w. Owusu Koko. 
koko, 5. red. kokgkoko. 
ako kg, />^. n-, the domestic fowl, hen (akokober^), cock (akoko- 
nini); j>r. 1641-61; by-name: ntiwa. 
akoko, F. looseness of the bowels. 

Ilk ok 6, inf. indidgcnce, the spoiling of children by too much 
tenderness. 

kokcV, a. [pi. akgko & red.] red, yelloic, with their several de- 
grees or shades; s. kg, kgkgkg. — n. redness, yellowness; pr. 467. 

g-kokO, a red person, whose skin is not of a glossy black (tun- 
tum), but of a brownish hue. pi\ 810. 

koko', yellow, rii}e. plantains (the husk is yellow, the substance 
inside, espec. when boiled, is red). 

koko, coco, an edible root of three kinds, one came from 
Jamaica, the two others are also called amankani & ntwibg. pr. 853. 

kokoa, kokoa (kokwa, kwokwa) F. hiU, mount, numntain. 
Mt. 5,14.14,23. 17,1.9.21,1. Mk.9,2. — Ak. bepgw; cf koko, akoko w^. 
akokoa', i>?. n-, babe, baby, suckling, nursling, infant. 
akokoaba, F. id. Mt 11,25. 21,16. 

akoko-akoko [pi. of gko, ako] qiiarrclUngs ; abusua no mu 
wg ak. dodo nti, won nhina ntra fako. 

kokodm', pi. n-, corner; a secret or retired place; pi. in the 
corners, in secret, secretly; oye n'ade iik. nk. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



238 nkokoas^m — kokokyiiiiako. 

nkokoa-s^m, a secret; forbidden transact ions, 
a k 5 ko-b a, pi hkokg-mma, chicken, ptdl^, 
akokobane, = dab^nka, an iron crow. — kokobe, pr,1663. 
k6ko-b6r^bera [lit. go, go, come, come}: gyeno k., Jiede- 
ceives, deludes, decoys him, makes a fool of him, = ogyigye uo. 
ak 6 ko-b ere, g-, pi. h-, a hen. pr. 363.1664. 
ak5ko-besa [the fowl will he coiisnmed i.e. eaten up] a shrub, 
2-3 feet high, the root of which has a sweet smell and is put into 
soup with fowl. 

k6ko-beto [the fowl will lay scil. eggs] the little finger (by 
which hens are examined whether an egg is to be expected), 
akoko-bew u [the hen will die] a kind of herb, killing fowh. 

kokobiutorc, a shrub with eatable fruits, 
akoko-bf ri (koko, breast, biri, to be black, Jieavg, stout, immo- 
vableli braveness, boldness, courage connected with violence; cf ko- 
kodiiru. — akokobiri-so, boldly ==^nimkrimisb. — akokobiri-seni, 
violence; di ak., to commit violence; syn. akakabens^m. 
k Q k o-b o, inf. [bg .. k6kg] warning. 

kokobo, a small beast of prey of the size of a* small cat; 
weasel? pr. 1665. (K. ak6kyeri m^akokg kokg kg.) 

akoko-bo ue [akokg bgn] the time when cocks crow early in the 
morning, cock-crow, (at) cock-crowing. 
akoko-biiw, hen-coop; syn. pesu. 

hkokQd^-s^my pleasing, but unfounded and dcceitftd repre- 
sentations, fl4xti€ry, flirtation, humbug; - di.. hk., to flatter, wheedle, 
coax, hoax, humbug; nk. na grekayi, he talks, without thinking, re- 
presents things in a better light than they really dc8erv>e. 
kokQ-ddmma = dgnngmma. 

k6koddma, a. quite red pr yellow (or ripe)\ bgmmgfo-adna- 
ba ye k. = kgkgkgkgkgkg. 

kokodommo, a kind of corn. 
ak6koduodii&, a small bird with a yellow breast, pr. 1666 f 
koko-diiru, courage, valour, bravery, intrepidity; .syw.abgo- 
duru, cf akokobiri. 

k6kQdVire,a plant the root of which is mashed and put on ul- 
cers; wnra hi a §tetare fam'; mmofra tia so debg nkuro (agora hi). 
akdk66, n-, a disease of the toes, corroding or destroying them, 
akokdekd, F. Mh 13/. = akoko-akoko. 

akokQfwerew, Ak. -e^pl.h-, wood-hen, = asam&nt^. 

[pr. 151M8J668. 
ak6ko-kwaiitenn(, pi. n- -fo, a bird, the pin-tailed sand-grouse. 
Ex. 16,13.'Nu. 11,31. = ab6ko. 

kgkQkokQ [ko, imp. go!] gy§ no k., he drives him away. 
k6kokoko, k^kgkg, s. kg, kgkg, k6kgdoma. 
kokokyiiuako, a kind of bird. pr. 3474. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kokom — akdkotafi. 239 



kokom' [koko mu] I. (he hfxasty bosom, — J2. tJie breast as the 
seat oi ihQ passions, affections and operations of the mind. — 5. the 
concave side of a joint, opp. to the knuckle : nankokom\ tlie cavity 
of the leg behind the knee; basakokom, the cavity of the arm at ths 
elbow, 

nkoko-nh wi, the hair on the breast (of a lion), 
akoko-nanta [cocks-claw] a shrub with edible fruits, 
akokonimpd,, = akokonini-pa. pr, 1672. 
ak 6ko-n ini, pi- n-, a cock. fr. 353.1669-73. 
a-k6ko-niwa [hen*s eye] the sore of a toe the tip of which has 
been accidentally knocked off, the little bone in the midst of the 
raw flesh reminding of a fowFs eye. 

ak ok6no, i^Z. n-, a big white worm found in palm-trees, the 
larva of the beetle called aslimanadwo, eaten by the negroes and 
esteemed a great dainty, pr. 1674 f 

iikokonda [okoko, ano] the brink of a lake or river. 
kok5nte, n-, a kind of food, prepared of plantain, looking 
like country-soap. pr. 2147. 

ak6ko-pesu, hen-coop, syn. akokobuw. 
kokora, a tJwrny climber or prickly bush, a kind of bayerc, 
with leaves like nkani, the tubers of which are eaten in famine. 

[pr, 1676f.2505. 
kokord, n-, concealment, recess, retreat, hiding-place, asylum. 
— bo nk., to hide oneself before the enemy. 

Q-kokordni, pi. (a- n-)-fo, a person in a place of concealment, 
^onachoret, recluse, hermit; monk (cf. ntwehoni). 
nkokora-fekuw, monastic order. Hist. 
k6koram, kwakoram, scrofula, a disease, espec. in the head 
or neck, by which the lymphatic glands swell and ulcerate ; syn. 
akuru; it is even said to cut the nose, lips &c.; king^s evil, struma; 
hronchocele, goitre, wen, pr. 895. 

ukgkore, F. abiSrow a amnm yiye aye nnodowA-nnodowA, 
maize of stunted groioth. 

kokorow, odee k. = dwok5rgw. pr.828, 
k6kosakyi, a name of the vulture, s. opete; it is sometimes 
put for the name of the king, which the speaker does not dare to 
mention, pr. 513-15. 1678-80, 

ak6ko-ser^ [Iien^s tfUgh] the trigger of a gun. 
k6k6sl [Europ.] the cocoa-palm (k.-dua.^ Cocos mwifera)ar\d 
its fruit. 

k6ko-s6 [s. koko] boldly, energetically. 
o-kokos6nf, j9?. a--f6, man, in contradistinction to the wor- 
shipped spirits (fetishes), in the language of the fetish-priests, [fr. 
k6ko, on ttie hill, or k6kos6, s, before.] 

Kgkosukwakwawia, name of a month, about Sept.? ^.osram. 
ak6ko-taii, i??. n-, a hen which has chickens, — ak6kotau ne 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



240 kokotd — koni. 



lie in ma [itie htn and her chickensj the Pleiades, a group of 7 stars, 
the brightest of whicli is Alcyone. 

kokot^, the wild hog. sf/n. batafo. 

k okote, a species of corn, resembling millei, pr. i7S4. sytt.awi 
[G. nma]; diff. at6k6 [G. ^koko]. — k.-fuw, a plantation of such 
corn, s. afuw. 

koko teko, tekot^k6, hiccoiajh; k. si me, I have the lUccough. 
fikoko-tware, inf, [twa akoko, killing of fowls] sendiwjfood 
to the relations or acquaintances of one's own husband or wife, 
akokowa, pi, n- [koko, dim.} a small hill, hillocJc. 
nkokowii, a kind of /bot?, prepared of maize-bread with palm- 
oil; abiiroduan bi; dokono a woapesew mu de nno agu so. 

kokoyeredungyei, a strange insect, 3-4" long, looking 
like dry sticks ; = kriimpoh-^kumgudn. 

kokro, F. thistles, Mt. 7,16. 

k o k r b 6 1 o, the golk of an e^^. 
akokromfi, yi\ 518. cf, akukomfi, pr.lSOL 

ko-kiima == (a)ka-kuma. 

kokuro, a kind of herring, larger than mpan^i & mmah. 

k 6 k u I' 6, k.-ampon, s, nsafufu. 

kokuro, kokuro ko, a. great, large, big; .<?//w. kese, kakra&c. 
— adv. greatly, venj much; ne nsa ahoh kokftro. 

ko kuVo-beti, the thumb, pr, 221.752.1682. — k.gya(d\Va, da) 
so, Ak. he replied bg an abusive gesture. 

ko kurO kd, a, (s. kokilrd). — n., largeness, bigness, greatness; 

largeness of the body united tvith strength, pr. 753. 

o-kokuroko, a stout, corpulent man, pr.lGSS. 

akokiiroko-de, great things; wgfwefwe ak., they make gyeai 

pretensions. — akokurok6-s«jui, boasting, bullying, swagger, boast- 

fidness or insolence of manner. — wodwen ak., they have high ideas. 

kokwaw, red, v. 1, frq. of kwaw. — 2, to grow smooth and 
round (mmosea, pebbles, pr.2046.) ; perf. to be smooth. — S. to smooth, 
make stnooth, syn. torom, — 4. to become well knotcn or familiar to; 
woanya hkae nti akokwaw wo, by repeated recital you have attai- 
ned a fluency in saying it; adwuma no ak. no, he is (perfectly) well 
acquainted with, or well versed in, that work, the work lias becmne 
easy to him. 

ak6-kyew, helm, helmet, steel-cap, casque; syn. dadekyew. 

kom, V. [inf. a-,] to dance wildly in a state of frenzy or ecsta- 
sy, ascribed by the negroes to the agency of a fetish; to be posses- 
sed tvith a fetish; to perform the actions or ^yractices of a fetish man: 
s, akom, n-, okomfo. pr. 1698. red. konkom, q.v. 

kom', = ko mu, to enter, j^enetrate. 

kom^ V. to bend, bow, incline (tr. & intr.), perf. to be wry, in- 
clined, turned or bent to one side ; syn. konton, kuntuh, koa, kyea; 
dua no akom; kom dua no ko nifH; kom wokoma ma niease, 

[Frov. 2^, Ps. 119112. 1411 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



komm — ak6mnia. 241 



komm, a. quiet, stUl, silenty peaceable; ye or m6nye k.! be 
quiet! — adv. quietly y silently; oda ho k.» he lies there quietly; ofii 
adi k., the went out silently. 

komm, a. 1. neat, complete; entire, intact; safe; ade a mede 
memanaa wgfi no, ode kge k., the things which I transmitted to them 
were delivered by him safely; oka asem a, oka no k., when he has 
something to say, he says it cofnpletely, — :2. net; of a capital sum 
of money the principalj in distinction from interest or profit; me 
sika k. na miregye, meiifwefwe mfentom' biara maka h6» I want 
only the principal of my money to be paid to me, I do not desire any 
interest besides; sika a woagye no k. si (ntramatiri) 600, the money 
he has been made to pay amounts to 600 lieads of cowries (without 
the 50 per cent increase of that amount, due to those who lent the 
money). — 3. safe and sound, but at the same time only, solely, 
singly, merely i.e. without anything besides: okodii gua, wamfd biri- 
bi ammA, ne ho komm na ode aba, he went to trade, but has brought 
hack nothing beside himself. Cf. sgnn. 

o-k m, hunger; gkom de m', hunger seizes or holds me, i.e. I am 
hungry; scarcity, dearth, famine, pr. 521. {cf. ahuhuwa); in general: 
want o/* something; cf. nsukgm, takom, namkom. 

o-k 6m', a kind of eagle; cf. gkompete. 

akom [kgm] inf. the state of being possessed with a fetisli, i.e. 
a temporary madness or ecstasy, expressing itself in dancing and 
wild gestures, aud ascribed by the negroes to the agency of a fe- 
tish; wafa ak., he or she has taken in such an agency, has been pos- 
sessed with a fetish. 

u k o m, v.n. [kgm] oracle, communication, revelation, or message 
delivered by God or a fetish to a prophet or a fetishman; prophecy; 
prediction. — hy e nk., to prophesy; to foretell, predict; to soothsay. 
Kramofo ny6 akgmfo, nanso wghye nkgm; cf. kra. 

nkom = nko, in to nkom, pr. 996. — totg nk5m, !F. Mt25,5, 

komd; F. a-, Ak. k5nona, korona, L the heart, as the centre 
of the bodily system. — J2. the heart as the centre of the affections: 
a) kOma-pA, a good i.e. joyful heart, contentment, cheerfulness, glad- 
ness, happiness; asem no ama me koma-pd, this matter has made me 
happy; mewg no ho koma-pa, I am not at enmity with him; me k6ma 
atg (me yam'), my heart has subsided (in my breast), i.e. I am con- 
tented, happy, cheerful, at ease, at rest; syn. bo to; pr. 773. — b) 
od^en ne kdmam' bone, he devises (is contriving) evil in his heart. 
— c) oyare koma = ne bo haw no, he is passionate, given to anger, 
irritable, touchy, resentful, pettish; ne koma awu, he is not excitable 
or irascible, has no feelings of revenge. — d) koma-bone, an iras- 
cible temper, pr. 153. 1694. 

ak6m-ma [akgm ba] a child obtained by the (supposed) help of 
fetish, bound, in afterlife, to observances similar to those of a 
Kazartte. (Onyi ne ti, wgmm6 no atifi, onni nneema nh., gye se wa- 
kgbg afgre ayi ne ti ansa na gwg ho kwan se gye senea ne mfefo ye, 
a.8. onyin wo ba na oyi hy^ ne ba a, na gny^ sa bio.) 

16 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



242 koma mtew — nkommodom. 

komam'tew, inf. cleanness or purity of heart. 

nkom-man [akom,bah] the fence within which a soothsayer 
performs his practices. 

iikg-mana, = nko-moa. 

ukomandd, shelf er, refuge, lodging, abode. Wota no no, dua 
yi ho na obehintawe de gyee ne ho nk. WannyA biribi amfA annj^ 
ne ho hk. 

akoma-toDi', F. satisfaction; cf, aboto(yam'). 

o-kom-bekum-wo, a kind oi plantain; s. oborgde. 

o-kom-hoii^o, pi. ti'y hdperj assistant, accomplice, associate or 
co-operator in the practices of a fetishman; pr. 1695. cf. akgrnfowa. 

n k6 m m e r a a, j[)?. -fo [akom, b6ran] = okomboafo ; odi no uk., 
he is his accomplice or disciple in fetish-practices; cf asapate. 
kommere, F. = dwedwewa, the gullet. 

akom-mew [ekon, bew] a tumor of the neck or throat. 

a k om fem, pi. n-, 1. the domestic guinea-fowl. —J2. a beetle sim- 
ilar to theamanku. — akomfem-tiko, a kind o^ herb. 

o-kb mf 6, pi. A-y [kom, akom] i. = obosomfo, a fetish-man, pos- 
sessed with or prophesying by a fetish; soothsayer, diviner. — 3. = 
os6niknf6, charmer, sorcerer; syn. buwfr^fo, mpAkyiwafo, ntafowa- 
yifo. — Cf. gsofo. The komfo (1.) pretends to be the interpreter and 
month-piece either of the guardian spirit of a nation, town or family, 
or of a soothsaying spirit resorted to in sickness or other calamities. 

akomfo, head over heels, head foremost ; - hye ak., to tumble 
topsy-ttirvy; to fall headlong, to precipitate; wo .. ak., to throw head- 
long, to precipitate. 

akonifo-ddfi, = akonnan. 
Akomf6d6, t^. n. of a certain company, yr. 1962. 

akomfo-hen^, s. eton. 

akomfo-hy6, inf. precipitation. pr.231. 

akomf6 wa, jpZ. n-, a disciple or apprentice of a fetishman. 

iikom-hye, inf. [hye nkom] prophesying, prophecy. 

iikom-hye-fo (F.-nyi)^^. -fo, soothsayer, prophet ; cf. odiyifo. 

iikg-mo4 [nko amoa] a hole dug for planting yam in. pr. 858. 

nkg m-mg, inf. [bo kgn] 1. talk, chat, familiar discourse, conver- 
sation. — bo nk., di hk., to converse; me n^ no hq hk., I converse 
with him; deh hk. or hk. beh na mobg yi? what are you conversing 
about? what is your conversation? — ^. concent, care, sorrow, so- 
licitude; eye me hkgmmo-m6, it is my heartfelt desire; ma yehkope 
yehhk.pd bi nni, we have better things to care for (than to sit here). 

— 3. complaint, lamentation. — di hk., <o complain, lament, moan; 
odi ne nua ho hk., odi hk. ma ne nna, lie moans about his brother. 
(Mehk. ni, medemerebgme koh.) — 4. beads worn round tlie neck. 

— u k Q HI m o-d i, inf. lamentation. — u k q m m o d i f o, p?. tel. /o- 
mentcr, moaner. 

n kg III III g-d 6 rii : d i .. hk., to simulate sympattty with a suffering 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nkommomim — ekon. 243 

person. — iikommod6mf6, pL id., nkommodifo a ogoru nnipa ho, 
one who simulated sympathy and in the mourner's hack ridicules or 
censures him, 

iikommo-mim, talkaiiveness, loquacity, by which others are 
prevented from taking their due part in the conversation, pr, S569, 

ukommo-to, inf, [to hk., to meet conversation']: osram ye nk., 
the moon comes up at the time of evening cmiversation, in the days 
following after the full moon, about 7 or 8 o'clock. 

0-kom-muafo [nea obua okom] (fprovider against hunger, pr,3106. 

o-kom-pdt^, a bird between the eagle and vulture. 

iikompew-do, F. grudgingly, 

Akompifd, = Afiituf6, a tribe in Fante, speaking their own 
language (Guan?) besides theF. — The Tshi people consider them 
as uncivil, or, counting them among the "potgfo", as less civilized 
than themselves. 

o-k m p i- w e r e, i)r. 1701, 

nk5m-p6no, inf, [pono kon, or kohmu pono] unwillingness; 
indignation, vexation, annoyance, trouble, — iikomp6n-ad6, vexa- 
Uous things, annoyances; da batafo ye me nk. = hyeme anibere.— 
Tikromp6no-s6, unwillingly, reluctantly, 

nkom-pow [ekgn, pow oi- pow?]: bu nk., to turn the head 
(prop, neck) in order to look round about or back : obu nk. fwe won 
nbina, obu nk. fwe n'akyi. 

kompu, necklace, string of beads; ahene k. da ne kgn mu 
(ahyia ne kgn pe, atwa ne kon ahyia pu, = esi ano pe); s. kona. 

kon (full o), the gurgling noise of liquor pouring from a bottle; 
pratUe. pr. 2742. 

kon, V. s. red. konkgn. 

e-kon, Ak. kgno, the neck of a man's or animal's body, the slen- 
der part of the arm; s. bakon; neck of a vessel; bank of a river; 
8. nsukgn; throat, cf. menewa; - ne kon do (aduan, own), lit. his 
throat deepens for, i.e. he lusts after, desires, covets, longs for (food, 
death); own do no kon, he listeth to die. — obo ne kgn, he speaks 
out in conversation, pours out his heart, — gtoto ne kgn, he turns 
his neck aboui for making a show, or in contempt, or in disobedience; 
he looks about in a haughty, contemptuous, impudent manner. — ne 
kgn asen, his neck has become stiff, he is obstinate. — kdn-akyl, 
the back part of the neck, nape; afei yekura adwuma yi kgnakyi, 
now we have this work fully in our grasp or power, have got the better 
of it, are able to manage it ai pleasure, — kou-mu, kgn-mu, the 
inner parts of the neck; the throat, in tJie throat; in or round about 
the neck: sika ntweaban gu ne kgn mu, he wears a gold chain round 
his neck (cf. Gen. 4142.). — ne kghmu ye den, his neck is strong, 
enabling him to carry heavy loads on his head ; gsafohene no kgn- 
mu ye den, that chief bears (as it were) or commands a large, power- 
ful army; - yede tow no yii yen kgn mu afoa, by that tribute we 
warded off the war or destruction impending over our heads; - yeayi 
yen kgnmn ahuruhuro, = yeayi adwuma a eye den afi yen kon mu. 
Cf. iikoQ-mu. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



244 k5na — nk6nkQii. 

kdna, necklace^ string of heads; nhene a WQasina no hamu 1 
so a ahyia konmu pe; s. kompu. 

kona-b6agy 6, osekantia k., a knife without a handle. pr, 2851 
diikO-nam [nea ne nko nam] a lone traveller ^ a person walking 
or travelling alone, without a companion, pr, 1706-9, 

akoii-ndii [akom d^n] a house in which soothsayers have their 
business; syn. akomfodah. [G. gbatSu.] 

akondo, F. s. akouno. ^ 

ako-n^-aba, inf going and coming, pr. 1595 f. 2483. — di ak., 
to go to and fro. — ak.-di, inf. intercourse, communiccdion ; com- 
merce. 

nkongya, F. s. nkonnya. 

akoiihania [akwanhama] subsistence, sustenance, livelihood, 
means of support. — bo., ak., to provide for; onipa yi, me na me- 
bo no ak., this man is supported or fed by me. — akgnhama-l)0 
sukut, boarding school. 

akoii-huaii, inf. [ekgn] distortion or spraining of the neck, 

akoii-hiiro, inf. [huro kgm] lit. derision of hunger, the annual 
feast of the Akra people at the harvest of corn and yam ; cf odwira. 
[G. homgwo.] 

akoii-hye-ase [akom nhyease] the prediction given in sooth- 
saying, pr. 1703. 

k 6 nl, a.dtadv. silent, absolutely sHll, speecMess, perfectly quiet; 
wayek.; men^no kasaa, ogyinaho k., ommQame bi; syn.k6mm, 
demm, dihn. 

n k o n i m [gko, ni m] victory, triumph; nk. abira ne nkogn ; pr.6.24^ 
— di nk., to be victorious, to triumph. — iik6nim-df, inf. 
koniabo = akoa a n'ani abgno = anitgre. 
k6u k(5, pi. n-, tumbler, large drinking glass. [G. id.] 
koii kom neho, v. red. (£• reft., to be puffed up, flushed, proud; 
to strut, flaunt, look big; syn. kyere nehO; wak. neho te ho, — watra 
hg se ghenc bi na gmp^ se gye fwe (gmpe se gde ne nsa ka pane). 

11 ko nko mi; ascaris, pi. ascarides. 

akoiikommiia: wabu ak., he stoops, is crooh-bachtd; adesoa- 
soa bebr§ nti ne mn akarum na pgw kakra bi aba n^akyl. 

koiikon, V. red. to be pending, to hang (down); to wave, soar, 
hover; demmere a abukaw na ekonkgn hgno, omrou no kor&( 18.42,3); 
gdan, akentenima no k. hg, the house, the chair, is crazy, rickety, 
does not stand firm; anoma bi k. dan no so, a bird soars over thai 
house. — konkoii, F. to be bruised: ndzembira wakonkon,ilfM^r?0. 

koiikQii, a. dark, pitch-dark, deep, full, added to anadiSro, 
night, gdasu, midnight; wofi anadwo kkk. agoru agoru, tliey began 
in the dead of night and have played until now. 

akoiik6ii, adv. [ekgii]: bono ak.=:fa bg wo kgh ho, put it 
(the pole of the hammock) on your shoulder. 

1) k oil kg II, a cough of children; hooping-cough? asthma? 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nkofikon^nc — ak(3iinocle. 245 

nkonkon^ne, a discolouring of the skin of negroes, ascribed 
to sitting by the fire. Wot& tra ogyaho a, na eye wo nkoko-nkoko; 
mmerewa a woda ogya pi no na ^ta ye won; nea aye pi na aye ko, 
na nea anye pi no na aye atuntum-atuntam a.s. nwranwran. 

nkonkonsd. falsehood, dupUciiy, double-dealing, dissimulation, 
hypocrisy; ojh nk. — syn. nk6utompo, nnabrabA. — o-konkon- 
s a n i, pZ. a- -fo, a false, insincere, hypocritical, double-ton gued fel- 
low; pr. 1705. ^ye ok., syn, ot6r6fo, okontomponi, odabrabafo. — 
nkonkonsd-sem: odi nk., he plays the hypocrite, is false, dissem- 
bles, feigns, pretends to act for somebody, whilst he is against him. 

nkoukon-nua^ a shrub, of the bark of which a medicine is 
made to cure nkonkgn. 

akonk^r^Q, Ky. the fruit of the okuo-tree, similar to an a- 
corn, but larger. 

Kdnkori, a by-name of the Asantes. O- -nl, pL A- -f6. 
konkdruwd, dysentery. — k6nkr5ii, pr.3607. 
o-kdnkroma, a kind of tree; wgde sen ahoni yi 'musu. 
kdhkroiiii, kgukrgnkoiikroii, a. protuberant, prominent; 
bowed, curved, arched, vaulted; of roots of large trees; ofram hhih 
nyin sesa okwah mu kk.; of the legs, s. nkanto; of the cJiest: no 
k6ko ay§ k., he has a vaulted chest: of a long or Roman nose: ue 
fwene k. ; Brofo fwene k., Abibifo de tritra ; n^anim k., adesoa k. 
k6nkiiro (konkiir6), duab6n k w6de8esaw' wiird, a piece of 
bark to take up and carry off sweepings. 

ko ilk wan, red. v. kwah, q. v. 1. to wind or wrap round, to 
put on or round: ode ntama no ak. ne konmn a.s. neh(3. — 2. to go 
or make a round-about way: oreba no, okohkwane ansa-na ode besii 
kwanmu.) — 3. to make digressions, to use circumlocution: nsem a 
mede mibisaa no hhlna, ode konkwane a.n. ode besii kwah mu; ok. 
asem no ho, Qmfd nto kwanmu; wo de, wudi asem a, wope se wode 
k.dodo! 

koumu, s. ekon. 
nk 6 h-mii, Ak. nkonom', the axil or axilla formed by a branch, 
shoot, or many shoots, with the stem of a plant; the young shoots 
rising from an axilla or sheathing leaf, the new blades of palms, 
plantains &c. pr. 1608. 2720. 

akon-mu-d6n, strength in the neck, pr.400. 
e-kgno, Ak. s. ekgn. 
k5no, V. to work or prepare, dote, earth or clay, for building 
purposes by mixing it with water and working it with a hoe; cf. wow. 
a k o-no [ok6 ano] the front of battle, pr. 312. 
akonno, inf. [kon do] Itist, appetite, longing desire, cupidity, 
concupiscence; wiase ak., worldly lusts; honam ak. n^ aniwa ak., 
t John 2,16. — eye no ak., it excites a desire in him, Cf anibere. 

ak6nno-de, a thing eagerly desired, object of lust; pleasure, 
pr. 133. — akonnQ-so, for pleasure, pr. 641. F, wUh delight, cheer- 
fnUy. 2 C<yr. 9/. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



246 konom — nk6ntompow. 



konom^ nkonom^, Ak. s. kon-mn, nkonmn. 
akonon, iikondn, kdn5nk6n5u, s. akroh, nk5ron, kronkroo. 
konona, korona, Ak. = koma, heart. 

k6nnore, a kind of spider, spinning strong yellow threads, 
akonow, F. = akroh, nine. (Mf. Qr.) 
akon-se [akom ase] explanation of soothsaying practices. 

k6ns6bre, Aky. k6us5miri [Eng.] constable. 
nkon-sidWy owo no nk.==opono taw, 6h6n no, 68iimno atiko, 
he seizes or pushes him by the nape. 

akdn-sin [ekon] headless body, trunk; torso; cf. akiintunsin. 
ak6nsoii,jp?.n-, kontromA, chimpanzee. pr.ld7L baboon? N.E.V. 
nkons5nk6nson, chain; fetters; cf. ntweaban; w6g^ no nk., 
they bind him with chains. 

akonsontew, a plant. — ako-nsuro, a kind of fowl. 
akontd^ the wife's brother, brother-in-law. — akontagye, id. 
a k on tit', F.&pl.h-, [Port, conta] account, reckoning, calcuia- 
lion, computation; biU; cf. akano; number, cf. dodow, ano. — ak. 
senkyerene, cipher. — (y e or) b u ak., to cast up an account, to cal- 
culate, compute, reckon; Mt 18,23. — fa ak. no hye nhomam\ put 
down the account on paper; fa ak. no hye wo tirim, na woko a, wo- 
aka akyere no, keep the account in your mind thai, when you go, you 
can tell him. 

ak5nta-bu, inf. [bu ak.] reckoning, ciphering, arithmetic. 
akontagye, = ak6nta; pr. 2814. is a pun : akonta ^y^^ brother y 
o-kontan^ a large tree with edible fruits. [take! 

akdnta-sem = asem aewo ak6nta n^ ak6nta ntam\ 

k n-t e n [ekgii tenten] qhq ne k. f we, he stretcJies his neck to look. 
nk6n-tla [ekgn, tia] a kind of small black fly or mosquito. 
nkontimma, club; cf. nsaba, aporiba, apotiba. 
k 5 n t i w a [tet. kwenti wa] a kind of gourd used for calabashes 
and in tanning leather, pr. ITU. 

konto-konton, red. v. konton, q.v. 
nkontommer^, the young tender leaves of the koko plant. ;>r. 1713. 

nkdntompo, falsehood, falseness, mendacity, perversion of truth, 
unfairness; insincerity, duplicity, double-dealing; dishonesty; hyjHh 
crisy; slanderous lie, calumny; perfidy, treachery; syn. nkonkonsa, 
nnabrabd; cf. nseku, ntwiri, nydtwom. pr. 764 f. — twa (no or no 
ho) nk., to be false, dishonest; to tell lies, bear tales; to slander, ca- 
lumniate; to deceive, delude; to act or deal perfidiously, treacherously. 

o-k6ntoinponf, j?Z. a--fo, slanderer, liar, calumniator, hack- 
biter; talebearer; hypocrite; perfidious or treacherous fellow, traitor; 
pr. 1714. - ose asem bi na oye wq nnipa anim, na ony^ no kokoam'; 
syn. otorofo, konkonsAnf, dabrabdf6, fAtwafo. 

nk6ntompow, Y.brag, boasting, pretension, ostentatioti; oy^ikk., 
he brags, makes a show as if he possessed riches which he has not 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kontoii — nkonyL 247 



konton, konton, v. [red. kontokontofi] to bend, curve, make 
crooked; to he bent, curved, crooked; okwan, duabasa no ak.; dua, 
ofasa no mu ak.; asu no kontokonton pi; si/n. kom, kuntun, kilrum, 
kjea, pono; cf. kontonkye. 

kQiit6n, ba^, bight, gulf; epo abu k., the sea forms a bay; 
cf. donnon, braka. 

uk5nt6nk4ntrin, tliat which has numerous curves and wind- 
ings, or forms curious complicated figures, or is entangled, intricate ; 
arabesques, orwamcwfe of furniture, garnish; flourish {m writing); 
dua no abH nhina aye nk. = akyeakyea pi. 

kontoukrdu, a. circular, round, in the shape of a ring; di/f. 
korokorowa, kurukurnwa, puruw. — n. a round, ring, circle, cir- 
cumference, circuit; cf dantaban, hankare, katraka, — bo k., to 
make a circle; bo or twa ..ho k., to go round a thing; cf. twa..h6 
hyia or si. 

k 6 n 1 11 k u r 5 w i, 1, the halo or luminous circle round the sun 

or moon. pr. 1712. 2844, — 2, si<ikle; syn. kantah-kr^nkyi, -k^nfkyi. 

kontonkye, a. i. crooked, curved, bent, wry, tortuous (dua, 

poma, ok wan), pt*. 998, 1014, — ^. distorted, perverted, dishonest (nne- 

yee); untoward, froward, refractory, 

akontonkye-s6m intrigue; trick, artifices; crooked ways i.e. 
dealings, crooks (of the heart &c.); frowardness; n*ak. a obekekae 
nh. abo no bo or abua n'atifi. — di ak. = twa nkontompo, ye ade 
a entee. 

ak5ntono, Akw. = nkontompo. 

o-kontoro, a kind of beaver, — 0-k5nt6r6, abe ho biribi (?) 

ak5n-t6ro, h-,[akoni,atoro] deceitful oracle, lie in soothsaying, 

kontromfi, a species of monkdy, chimpanzee; other names: 

adu, ak6n8gh,eku,eku-m^reme, kw&gysidii.pr, 154. 195,237, 1445,1715, 

n k o n t w e, accordion, harmonica, '■ 

kontwekontwe, adv, limpingly, toUeringly ; nam k. , to walk 
lamely, to totter, stagger (from infirmity by sickness or old age.) 

ukontWe-bew, in a state or condition of infirmity; oyare no 
gyaw me nk., the sickness has left me in, or reduced me to, a feeble 
condition. 

akon-nua, Ak. -iiwa, phn- [ekon, agua] the common stool of 
the negroes, a low stool neatly carved out of one piece of wood; 
also the king's stool, throne, s, ahehnua. [When a man has his stool 
carried after him, it is carried by his attendant not on the head, but 
on the shoulder, at the neck (kon) or nape, prob. from some super- 
stitions notion, cf. butuw.] 

koimua-soafo, pi. a-, a carrier of the king's stool, s. gyaasefo. 

o-k6nndni, a large tree; eho fita s^; cf. fofrahd. 
konnuroku, a. mean, vile, paltry, worthless, despicable, mis- 
erable. = btirohono. 

nkonya, F. nkongya, miracle, wonder, miraculous act; - yi 
nk., to perform a miracle. — inf, nkonya-yi, cf. ntafowa-yi. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



248 nkonyade — konibd. 

nkonya-de, a miraculous act or acts; ye hk.; cf. anwonwade. 
nkonya-yifo, a performer or worker of miracles; cf, osumanni. 
akon-nyigye [akom, gyigye] training for the performances 
of a **komfo«. 

ko ny 6, a kind of amulet; suman bi a wgde pe odo ana mmea; 
wode blbiri n^ ahene n^ aboa bi nhwi na eye. 

iik6nyobi, the thorn-apple, Jamestown weed; Datura sir atnonium. 

k6-penlpe,pZ. a-, a mound of earth or embankment thrown 

u]p for fighting or defence, huUcarky rampart, fortificaiion; c/lpempe. 

k6p6n, jpZ. n-, a single figJUing, battle, action; wako nk. du, 

he has fought ten batUes, 

ak5-peree, a place for fighting in defence, bidwark, fortificatian, 
entrenchment. — o-ko-peref6, pL a-, defender, champion. 
kOpo, F. [Eng.] cup. 
kor, F. = koro. 

kora, V. i. to hide, cover, conceal; syn. hintaw. — ^. to con- 
tain. 2Chr.2fi..6,ld. — 3. to lay aside, keep, preserve; k. me ye, F. 
keep me safe; - to store, treasure up; sgn, sie. — 4. to burg; kora 
honam wo asase mu, to commit a body to the ground; syn. sie. — 
5. to care for, manage; nensa nkoranehkoa, he is not able to man- 
age his subjects. — 0. kora so, a) to conceal, keep close or secret, to 
withhold from; mankorA m5 fwe so = matnfa biribiara mankoramo, 
I have withheld nothing from you, Acts 20,27; 5j^w. hintaw, siw so.— 
b) to keep, preserve, spare; ohofwiui ntumi nk. ne sika so; wowo 
tam na wokora so a, ekye; syn. kyee so. 

k 6 r ^, {pi. ak6raf6) 1. a fellow-wife, viz. when a man has sev- 
eral wives, they call one another m6 k6ra; s. kbrM;pr.l2. — 2. 
sister-in-latv, a woman's brother's wife; cf. gyere. — 3. thejealmisy 
of a woman; cf. ninkunu ; - t w e k., ^o 6e jealous; o-n6 mo twe afuw 
no mu nneema ho k. 

kord (tet. kwara?) j?Ln-, gourd; calabash, a vessel made from 
one half of a dry gourd scooped out and used for various purposest 
s. sakora, nsoase, kdroklima; cf. apdkyi, tod. 

kora', korawd, a small calabash; cf kyekye. 

kora [kwa ara?] red. kora-kora, adv. merely; quite, wholly, 
entirely, completely, totally, thoroughly; in negative sentences: (not) 
at all. Gr. § 134,5 c. 248,4. — ne fi abo korakora, his house is com- 
pletely ruined. 

akord, 1. an old man, = tLkw9kor&. pr. 1722 f. — bo ak., to 
grow old. pr. 880. — 2. father, sire, used by one speaking respect- 
fully of his own father; cf. agya, ose & aberewd. 

diik5rd, pl.n-, [Dan.,D., Ger., Eng. anker] cask, syn. pankraii 
&c.; anker, a liquid measure (10 gallons). 

kord-bfed, kordbdw, hiding-place, [kora, v., bea, bew.] 

kordb5,pZ.a-, buUet, musket-ball ;pr. i724. c/*. iiboba, mp^neme, 
kotokyerewdse, hdgke. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



akorad6 — koro. *249 



a k o r a-d 6 [ade a wokora] pi, id,, a thing that is hidden or pre- 
served, a treasure; cf, ademude. 

o-k 5 r af6, ph a-, = k6ra, fellow-wife; jealous woman; 6ye m6 k. 
o-kora-kltafo, he who holds the calabash, pr, 1725, 
kordkora, red.v,, 1, s, kora. — ^. k... mu, = siesie, sesew, 
to bring about reconciliation and peace; wok. man mu a, enna emu 
redwo. 

kdrakora, s, kora. 
Auk or-an koro [koro] a, of single, separated, scattered, scanty 
existence, rare, thin, not dense, not copious; abtirow ahk., ears of 
maize bearing only single or scanty grains; cf, nkore-nkore. 

a k r a-s e m [kora asem] a palaver among or concerning fellow- 
wives of tlie same man. pr, 296, 

ak6ra-simma, pl-ii-y [nkorata sin, ba,] an upright 5<fcA: or post 
in the frame of a negro-house, espec. one forked at the top to re- 
ceive a pole or beam for the rafters of the roof. Gy. kw&tia; dua a 
abo nta a wode si dan mu de agye beae (de beae atom'). 

nk6rd-ta [F. nkorbata, /r. koro, ba = basa, nta, twins] branch- 
es of a ramification, proceeding from the same stem or place; dua 
no abo nk. (nta, abS, abasa) abiesa, the tree has shot out into three 
branches; Cfen. 40,10. 

akora-ten, pi, n- [nkorata tenten] one of the (2) principal posts, 
poles or uprights (king-posts), supporting the ridge-pole of a roof, 
akora-ten [akora tenten] a tall old man. 
nkorbata, F. s. nkorata; nnuia nk. = nnubE, Mk, 11,8. 
kor^yi^Z. nkore-nkore, a, alone, single; cf. koro; onipa bako 
nko-k6r^ na obae, only one single person came; mihyiaano nenkdto- 
kbr^, I met him quite alane; anyamesem mu nsem nkor6-nk6r6, 
single passages of the Bible; nnipa no gyinagyina hkore-nkore, the 
people stand about singly, straggling or isolated; cf, koro. 
kor6, a cutaneous eruption; a kind oi itch in the skin, 
koree, inf [ko, v.] act or manner of going; minim ne kore6 
ne ne bae , I know his going and coming i.e. his whole conversation 
or manner of life, 

g-kore, 1??. a-, eagle; syn. 6k5ropon; cf, gkom. 
o-kore-bla, pi, a-, a smaller kind of eagle, 
o-korefd, a kind of beast (bird?), pr.l729. 
kore-dada, = nea okoe dedaw, one who has gone before, 
kore-kyerekyere, = one who went in the beginning, pr, 1730. 
koro, v. Ak. = kg, to go. 
k6ro, Ak, s. k6r6w. 

koro, V, to close, unite, coalesce, heal with a scar, as a wound; 
dua no ak., kuru no ak. 

koro, num, one; adj. the same; only, single, alone, but one, sole; 
uni^e; pr, 1359.1616.3223.3256. cf, ^}gio, biako, gbako, nko, nkuto, 
kore, fua, prek5 & penkoro; wowui da-koro (pe), they died on the 
(f>ery) same day; oye neba-koro, neba a gwoo no koro, he is his 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



250 koro — ukoron. 



only child, his only-begotten son; 6bi da-koro da-koro or nna-koro 
DDa-koro, lie comes only on certain days, occasionally, now and then; 

— joL nkoro-(n)koro, F. = mmiako-mmiako, one by one; cf. ahkor- 
ankoro, fikore-nkore. — kor, F,l, bako, h'lAkd, Mt 5,18.19.3639.6^7- 

— J2. = koro, kronn, single, ML 6,22. — 3. = ko, what, Mt 7,2. pi. 
nkokor, Eph.5,33. every one in particular ; nkorkor: nworaba woii 
animnyam nkorkor, one star differs from another in glory,! Cor. I5,il 

— ekoro no, F. = biakd no, obako no, the other. 

koro, a pot before the place, tree&c. of a so-called /c/tsA, con- 
taining water, palm-wine, leaves, eggs, cowries &c., which things 
(called abo), when stirred up by the komfo, supply what he has to 
soothsay; syn. kunkunia; ahina a wode nsu n6 nhabarama [nnnm- 
wa-nnuruwa] n^ nsa n^ nkesuwa n^ ntrama agum* na eta obosom- 
pa no anim. 

0-k6r6, a kind of tree; dua kokur5 a woso. 
ak6r6bo, 5. osebo. 
k6rodo-k6rodo,i>ra«ie, babble, tittle-tatUe, chit-chal.pr.irSS. 
k 6 r o d 6 m, 5. osebo. [*• kiirodo. 

akoro-g(5w [gk6r6w g.] a^rohen bowl. pr. 1372. 
O-koro-kesd = gk6r6w kese, pr. 1732. cf. koro-kuma. 

k o r k r 0, red. v. = koko, to pet, fondle, indulge ; ok. ne ba, 
7ie cherishes, , is indulgent towards, his child; ok. n'ano kyereme, he 
makes his mouth i.e. words palatable to me, u^ses fair and flattering 
speech towards me. 

korgkorg, As. bar, bolt; F. krakra? [G. kloklg.] 
akorok6r6w, obtrusion, intrusion, intrusiveness; - odi me so 
ak. (e.s. oko a, enky6 na waba, ;,;), he intrudes himself ujwn me, 
pesters or troubles me; edeh na wudi me so ak. se? why do you thus 
importune me? 

korokorowa, a. round and small, of grains, seeds, globules; 
cf. kurukuruwa, puruw. 

akorokorowa, -kora, pi, n-, a weavers shuttle. 
koro-kuma [gkorow, kQma] the largest sort of calabash. [6. 
tfienesa.] Osram atwa kr. = atwa puruw. 
iik6r(5m, snoring. — hiiane hk., to snore. 
Nkoromma, i>r. w. the ninth child; Gr. § 41,5. [G. Akron.^ 
akoroma, pL n-, a bird of prey, hawk. pr. 1734.2776. 
akdroma-bia, a smaller kind of hawk. 
g-korgmfo, s. kromfo. 
koromporow, a small insect, having feet like tiny sticks; 
cf. krampon, krompono. 

korgn, korgno, n. s. kroh, krono. 
korgu, v., k5ronk6rgn, a., s. krgn, kronkron. 
akoron, akoiion, n-, sSSSnf^s. akron. 
n kor oil, iikoiiou, a pit dug on purpose to seek gold, a shajL 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



korona — kdsoroma. 251 



— fikoron-dwuma, mining, mining operations. — nkoron-tufo, 
gold-digger; miner. 

korona, As. = konona; s. koma. 
akor6nk6ran, F. raven, = an^n^, kw^kwdd^bf. 
nkoro-nkoro, F. s. koro; mmako-minako. 

kordnte, a kind of bird; lark? 
g-koro-patu, a kind of bird. pr.l735. 

k 6 r 5 p e 6, pZ. n-, a broad-headed brass nail, hiUion; cf. pot worn, 
o-koropon, a large kind of eagle, = okore. ^. 1735. 
k6r6sa, three Unes cut on one side of a die, s. osikyi. 
kor6sa-anan, four lines ditto. 
Rkorbi^ik, pl.ii', pin. 

akoro-t6n [k6r6w tenten] canoe; cf. ob6nt6, F. bat&dewd. 
koroto, F. only one. Mk. 12,32. — kortomo, only; s. nkuto. 
k6 r6w, 1. the core or inmost and hardest part of the stem of 
a tree, that has become red or brown by age; 5. korow-beh. — 2. 
an amulet or charm (pieces of string) dyed with it. 

0-k6r6w, pi. a-, 1. a large, round, flat, wooden vessel, made of 
one piece of wood (wode onyft a.s. owowa na esen k.), used to wash 
clothes, to bathe little children &c.; a howl; a van or fan, for win- 
nowing grain; syn. ap^wd, apampa (cf. kor6kAma). [G. tSese.] — 
2. canoe, boat made of the trunk of the silk-cotton-tree (onyS) hol- 
lowed ont; pr. 1731. == okorokese, akoroten; cf. batfidewa, obonto, 
ahyemma, hyen. 

akorowd, i??. n- [korow, dim.} bowl; stnall van; small canoe. 
Dkorowd,5.nkoruwa. — k6row-b6ii, the red inner part of & tree. 
hkoruwd,!. 9, play or dance of old women. pr.2099. — 2. & 
kind of bead, $. ahene. 

koro-ye, F. kor-ye, unify ^ communion; = biako-ye. 
^kosau, i7if [ko, san] going and returning; di ak. = di ako- 
n^abd, to have intercourse. — ak.-ntini, vein; ntini a mogya a eko 
honam mu nam mu san ba komam\ 

k6se, k5sekose, interj. of deprecation, pity, indignation; a 
term of civility used in excuse e.g. for having accidentally pushed 
against a person : I beg your pardon! excuse! (syn. tafarakye;) alas! 
dear! fye ! 

k6s§, F.ye.. k., to be doubtful to. - gny6 hen k., we do not doubt. 
kos6nene, s. kes^nenene. 

kosq^v.Y.==z\Loiq,tohneelJcdldown.Mtl5;i5.18;i6.Mk.l,i0.U,35. 
k5s0; ddv. gorgeously y splendidly, of adorning; ode sika u^ 
nhene ahyehye neho k., she has adorned, bedecked, bespangled her- 
self in a gorgeous manner, brillianUy. 

akoso-bi-afwe+ [fr. so., fwe] speculaiion (in trading &c). 
ko-soroma, the morning-star; cf. owuodi, kyekye-pe-aware; 
\fr. oko&nsoroma: k. fi a, nase worekotua oman bi a, en'na wode 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



252 k6sonk6 — kotob^nkye. 



h& se ade reky§ (it shines so bright as to enable an attack on the 
enemy early in the morning); or, fr, eko: k. fi a, na eko asore ko- 
didi; or,-/r. ko, to go: yeko sare so a, na yefwe na y^A^ nantew.] 
kdsoiikd, a large bird on the savanna, 
kosow, V, F. 8. koso. 

kQSQw, kwQSo, ^?. n-, F. sheep, Mt 25,32 f. cf. oguaii. 
O'kb so Wy partnership; si k. = di ntQnt6, to join or associaU 
in a trade or business under an understanding that there shall be a 
communion of profit; pr, 2336. cf, nfwebom', nnuammoa. 

0-kosow-fekiiw, joint-stock company y society of shareholders. 
kosow-sf, inf. the forming of an association or partnership. 
kosow-si-de-pefo, socialist. Hist. 
Akbsud, Akwasiba,j)r.w. of a female born on Sunday. Gr.§41,4. 
ako-sum-abe-hyen-nipa, Akw.: waye neho ak. = gnam sum 
mu ko. 

kot^, obsc. a man's yard^ penis; syn, akori, barima, n'anoso. 
kot6, kotdkotd, noiscy clamour, din, noisy talk, noisy quarrel, 
brawl; asafo no di kot^kot^ == wokasa gyegyegye. 

hkdtehy l.the principal or full sum^ amount, or number; seuea 
sika no te na wobegyee no n'ak. nen, they took from Mm the money 
in its full or complete amount; of money, however, it is better to use 
aboten. — 2, the chief or pHncipod thing, the main point; ns^myi 
di Kristofo kyere mu ak. = ye mu nsenk6nini a.s. nsentitiriw. — 
3. the main part; asafo nomu ak. kuram' ara; dom no ak., the main 
body (adu ho); the whole army (si se n^ s^, including every person). 
— 4. substance; essentials. 
akotere, As. = gketere. 

n k 6 1 e w-m u, nkotete m\ inf, [tew or tete w oko mu] desisting 
from and parting after fighting; wodi nkOtewmu, e.s. nuipa bann 
ako, na obi ampam neyonko ua wofibanu nhina gyae; wodiinko- 
tetem\ thej^ parted with equal strength after an undecisive batUe, 

k5ti, a.dtadv. large; rank, luxuriant; od^ no afi k., the yam 
has come out with luxuriant growth, cf. dwobesAre. 

akotid, s, akwatiA. — akotia-a-ote-ate-so, (-siw-so), a plant. 

koto, a staff or stick borne by the eunuchs of the Asante kings, 
o k 6 to, pi, a-, crab, sea-crab. 

akoto-bo, searching for crabs, pr. 329. 505.857.1431.1739-47. 
koto [£ng*] coat; asrafo k. k^ko. 
koto, t?. s. kotow. F. Mk.5,6. 

kpto, t?. [inf, n-] to entreat, beseech, supplicate^ implore; usu- 
ally combined with s 6 r e: mekotQ mes^r§ wo, I beg and beseech you, 
I beg you earnestly, I implore or entreat you. 

nk6to, inf. entreaty, supplication; nkotg-s6re, id. 
nk6-t6, inf. [tg nko] sleepiness, drowsiness; slumber. 
ak6toa, s. ak6towa. 
kotob^nkye, a kind of cassava or manioc, pr. 38.42. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kotobonyi — kotow. 253 



kotobonyi, kwot,, F. a foolish man. ML 7^ 

k ot o d w6, |>Z. n-, (he knee; syn. naDkroma. pr. 1349. 

koto-fd [efaagkoto apiiw afi n^amoam' aba] earth of a brown- 
ish-ydlow colour like sienna (terra di Sienna); three kinds of a 
dingy^dlow clay, one of them agreeing with odubSn. 

kotoi, a name of the leopard; s. osebo. 

K5tokQy pr. n., a bjr-name of the Asantes. 

koi6k^y pi. a-, porcupine, pr. 1749 f. Worebek jere k. a, w68iim 
ap& nk ^b^ no. 

akot6ko-hy^: me nipa ayera na mahy§ no ho akotoko se 
wontie nsem mmeka nkyere me, a man of mine has been lost and I 
have (as it were, made an entrenchment round, so that any way he 
takes ho may fall in, i.e.) sent round to make inquiry after him and 
bring me word; - ne biribi ay era, na wahye h6 akotoko se wgnko- 
fwefwe mma no, he has lost something and issued an advertisement 
aboiU it to seek it for him. 

o-k^tok6ro, i>^a-, a hook; pr. 172. — ak. ni n'aniwa, hooks 
and eyes, cf. nsoae, nsdamMe. 

kotgko-sabire, pr. 1754. 
akotok6t6w, inf. [kotow, v. red.] repealed bows, repeated acts 
of throwing one^s self at somebody's feet, prostration. 

kotoku, Ak.-o, pi. n-, 1. bag, sack, pouch, pocket; pr. 768.syn. 
bgto, botowd = k. a wode tu kwan, pr. 1752. atwea = k. a wode 
ntama sie mu n.a.; cf pae, tekrekyl. — 2. purse, money-bag; cf 
foto. — 3. a wrapper or cover that has the form of a bag; agyan k., 
quiver; akatawia k., the cover of an umbrella; also the skin of a 
beast, s. wore, woro. — 4. a dress that may be compared with a 
sack, coat, cloak; Brofo hye k. mu = wohye atade. 

Kotoku, Akyem K., pr. n. of the Akan tribe dwelling at A- 
kyem Soadarn, formerly also (under king A gy eman) at Gyadam. 

kotdkii, a kind of aquatic (or water-)fowl, as large as a tur 
key; anoma a odidi asuom*. 

k(^t5ku-saab6be. the flower of a certain tree; a kind of bird. 

[pr. 1751. 3580. 
kotoki'irodii, i??. n-, a kind of wasp. pr. 1753. cf. gyannare, 
= gy e-ad are, mpenna. 

kotgkyerewdse, a kind o{ shot, s. korabo. 
akotokyiwa, = a gy ahina, cf. gyaw & nkuku. 

Kotonimrna, name of a month, about July; s. osram. 
akoto-pene, a certain play; di or ye ak., to play at blind- 
man's-buff, pr. 3257. 

nk5t6po, F. = nkon tempo, Lk. 19,8. 

kotoromod, kuturumoa,^; cf. nsdkot^), knturuku. 
n k o t Q-s e r §, inf. [koto, sere] supplication. 
kototwe, a kind of animal; obobo nnua wo wuram'. 
kotow, V. 1. to stoop, cower, couch, crouch, squat, pr.2160. - 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



254 ak6towa — 5krd. 



to kneel; to perch (of birds), sometimes = sen (of men). — k. ne nan- 
kroma anim, to kneel down; k. ..nan ase, pr, 1755, — 2, to how to^ 
and, combined with sore, to worship, adore, revere, reverence; cf, 
sore, som. Fib, 5,7, 95,6, 138,2. — akotow-akoUyw^inf, frequent cotich' 
ing dbc, as of leopards, yr, 1756. 

ak6towa,-wa, ^Z. n-, a small cask of gun-powder (Ys keg); cf. 
atentenim\ okwdddm. 

iik6tiiini-dl, a baU for playing. (F, o, wonk6tilimi y6!) 
k6 1 w^-as 6 k u m, a kind of huiterfly, flying about in thousands 
about the time of planting corn. 

a k 1 w fe, a hly, a basket roughly made of palm-branches or reeds 
to carry pots of oil or palm-wine, cf. ky^nkyen. 

o-kotwe-b6ref6, pi. a- [nea 6kotwe asem anase am^nnd hk] 
originator, author, abettor, instigator, nngleader. Cf. gfarebae. Ok. 
nkoe a, omansdbodf6 nko, pr, 

ko w, V. 1. to cower, crouch, squat; s. ko & kotow. — 2, tr, lo 
bend forward: k. ahina no ! 

o-k6wd, akdwa, [oko, dim,] top, gig, whirligig, 
kra, k&ra, v, [infit-, red. krakra] 1. to take leave of, bid fare- 
well; makra wo, I am now going, therefore good-bye! — 2. to de- 
part, leaving an injunction or commission to those that remain. — 
3, to dismiss on an errand, Acts 17, 15., to give an errand, — 4. to 
send word to. — 5. to tdl a message. — 6. to advertise, advise, ap- 
prise, inform, give notice of (in person, cf. 1,, or by some other per- 
son, cf, 4.). — 7. Phr. wakra me una, a) he bade me good-nigJU, cf 
nn4kr4nnd; b) he took leave to May away one or two days; wankri 
m6 nnA, he did not say tliat he would stay over nigJit, — 8, to appoint 
or ordain beforehand, to predestinate; cf. nkrabea. 

kra, k&na, v, to pray, to put up, recite, or repeat prayers, to 
mutter prayers, to ask or inquire of God, to prophesy, soothsay (said 
especially of Mohammedans, s, Kramo) ; cf, kankye, pa kyew, sSre, 
kotow, sore, bo mpae; hye nkom. 

kra, k&na, kSna, n. a mark == agyirae; wahye ne nneema 
nhina mu k., he has marked all his things, pr. 3590. 

n k r a, inf. [kra] 1, taking leave, — 2, errand, mandate, order, 
commission, word, message; information, notice; pr, 1761. nkra bi 
nni akyiri bio, that is all I have been commissioned to say, I have 
nothing else to say, — di nkrd, 1. to part, be separated; quit- each 
other, = di mpapaemu; ye-ne mo adi nkra, we have no connection 
with you any more; Q-n6 ne kra adi nkra = waka babi. — 3. to 
have conversation or communication, me n^ no nni nkra or nkradi 
(q. v.), I have no communion or friendship^ unth him. 

ukrd, w. blood, syn. mogya, kafo; tuo no aka or abo aboa no, 
6gili nkrd, the gun has hit the animal, it bleeds. 

5-k'rd. 5kdrd, F. e-, pi. a-, 1, the soul of man. According to the 
notions of the natives the kdra of a person exists before his birth 
and may be the soul or spirit of a relation or other person already 
dead (cf. bra, v. 3.) that is in heaven or with God and obtains leave 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



okra — krWa. 255 



to come again into this world {cf, Ababio); when he is thus dis- 
missed in heaven, he takes with him his errand, i.e. his destination 
or future fate is fixed beforehand; from this the name ok&ra seems 
to be drawn (cf, kra, v, 3. 8,), and the realization of his errand or 
destiny on earth is then called obra or abra-bo, q,v. The k&ra, 
put by God or by the help of a fetish into a child, can be asked 
while it is yet in the mother's womb {cf. fweh). In life the k&ra is 
considered partly as (he soul or spirit of a person {cf. sunsum, hon- 
horn), partly as a separate being, distiuct horn the person, who pro- 
tects him (me kra di m'akyi), gives him good or bad advice, causes 
his undertakings to prosper (pr. 83.) or slights and neglects him {cf, 
okrabiri), and, therefore, in the case of prosperity, receives thanks 
and thank-offerings like a fetish (cf, asumguare). When the person 
is about to die, the k&ra leaves him gradually, before he breathes 
his last, but may be called or drawn back {cf, tVire kra). When he 
has entirely left (whereby the person dies), he is no more called 
k&r a, but sesaorosaman. — 2, destiny, fate, lot, luck; ne k&ra 
ye, he has a good luck (can be said even of game that escaped the 
shot of a hunter); ne kra yiye, happily, luckily; ne kra ny6 = ne 
ho ade nye ; cf, okrabiri. — 3, pi, akrafo, a male slave chosen by 
his master to be his constant companion and destined to be sacri- 
ficed on his death in order to accompany and serve him in the other 
world; syn, akrakwa. 

o-kra, okarawa, pi. a-, a female slave destined to be sacrificed 
on tlie death of her master, pr. J783. cf, okra 3, 

o-kra, a kind of grasshopper ; cf. abebew. 
kra, klirawa,2>Z. n-, a kind of monkey; kra-iiini, -berejpr. 1781. 

nkrd-bed [kra8., bea, manner] fate, destiny, appointed lot, at" 
lotted life, final lot, manner of death; pr. 1762 f. 2538. syn, hyebea. 
Wobewo wo a, ha wo asem a Onyk. de ka kyere wo se ebeye wo, 
ebia ose : wode tuo na ^beko, ebia osekan, a.s. Odomankama wu 
n.a., eyi na wofre no nkr. 

kr^-b6f^§ [send word (kra 4.6.)'. come and see!] a wonder, 
wonderful sight, worthy to he advertised to persons dwelling elsewhere 
to con%e and see. Wodi mm&ra yi so yiye a, afika wgne kr., if they 
would live in close conformity with these laws, tliey would come to a 
state or conditimi that wauld he spoken of as a wonder far and wide, 

o-krabiri [okra a ebiri] 1. a hlack sotd, not caring well for the 
person to whom he belongs. (Wose: onipa kra ye koko na ofura 
nnwera; na se obi kra ye tuntum a, en'de eye mmusu, okrabiri nen; 
wope sika a, wunnya hi, wonam a, wonky^ na wunya amanne.) 
pr. 1530. 2453. — 2, a blackguard, person of low character (an abu- 
sive word). 

k r 4 d d [krSda , G. klal A] white linen or cotton cloth, calico, shirt- 
ing, white haft, soft croydon, maddapoUam; syn, nnwera. (Kan tete- 
fo no, da a woguare asum' no a. s. won kra da adu no na wofr$ 
DO kradi ; Aburifo n6 Amantensof6 da so fre no ea ara 'ne.) 

kr^da^ k&r^ra, rattle, rustling, the noise caused by tearing 
cloth or paper, or by grasing a branch with a hook, fr, 466. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



256 kradada — iikramloa. 



kradada^ k&rad..., cf. karududn. 
kradakrada, a kind of bird, 
akr a-d6, 1, [okra ade] a thing belonging to the soul; a bdoved, 
favourite thing. — J2, [nkra ade] a final present given by a trader 
or retail-dealer to the pedlar employed bj him. — 3. luck, good 
luck, good fortune, godsend, pr. 118, 

nkrd-df, inf. [dinkra] 1. separation, parting, = m^^ptiemrn.— 
2. communion, communication: me n^ wo nni nkradi, / and pon 
have nothing to do with each other. 
krado, a. ready. [G. klalo.) 
kradoye, inf. readiness, adroitness, 
kr &dbsLj padlock. [G. id.] 
nkrd-dtid, & kind oUJwms, briers; wonamsareso kwaufuim'a, 
nkr. titiw'; cf. sakrdn, akrate, Heb.6,7. 

akra-duan, favourite dish or food, pr.254. 
akrafo^ pi. of okra 3. & okra. 
krd-kd [kra, v., kaw] a debtthepayment of which is demanded 
by occasionally sending word. pr. 721, 

0-kra-kofi, a kind of chintz, s. okraku, ntama. 
Q-kra-kofw§, -kose, -kosu, inf. sending word that one shall go 
and look, say, weep, pr. 1761. 1764. 

kr akra^ a. & adv. 1. briskly, quickly ; - me n^ no siim^ kr.; 
nantew kr. — J2. s. anikrakra. — [G. id., hot.] 

krakra, F. bar, bolt. [As. krokro, G. kloklg.] 
akrdkraku, a chink, fissure, cleft, crack, crevice of the earth 
from the burning sun. (Asusowbere akyi awia bo a, fam^ apaepae 
wo Bare so.) 

0-krdku, a kind of chintz or cotton cloth printed with flowers 
in different colours, named from a man who first bought and wore 
it; s. okra-kofi, ntama. 

krakdm^jpZ. n- [Dan. kalkun, T). kalkoen] turkey. 
karakuma, 5. kankuma. 
ak r a-k w a, pi. n- [okftra, akoa] a slave, considered as the king's 
ok&ra (s. okra 3); a soul-slave, body-slave, page, valet de chambre, 
0-kr^-ky6re, Ak. k^rakere [okara, okj^re, lit. soul-binder]^ 
soul-money, gold and precious beads fastened to the wrist of the 
right hand in thankful acknowledgment to the "kra** for having 
enriched the person. 

kram&krama, a. hot, fierce, wild; n'ani ye kr. (n'ani ye 
kekakeka, y§ hyew, 6j^ hyew), ?ie is fierce, wUd, unruly. 

o-krimaUj^Z.a-, F. n-, = F. obodora, a dog; ot^eA, a bitek; 
nicknames: 6pe, akwagyinam6& senekotoku, fweo-fweo, ape-a-be- 
gyebi, anadwoboa a obi mfa ne nsa nhyem* (ntom*), n.a. 
o-kramaii, a sickness of the genitals, gonorrhoea. 
o-kraman-awiw, pi. a- -n wiw (prop, dog's-louse) fl^a. 1 8am.24,U. 
iikramfo a, Ak. -tan4, a kind o{ small sea- fish. pr. 1776. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



krammen — akrawa. 257 

k r am m e 11 [kramo aben] a hollow cane or reed, used in smok- ' 
ing tobacco as a pipe-stick (tasen-dna, pipc-tuhe) and in writing 
(by Mobamroedans). — kraineii-nua, id,, = gberaii-'motoam'-dua. 
kramo, KrtXnionl, pi. -f6, Mohammedan; pr.3085. cf, kra, v. 
akramo-s^m, I Mohammedanism, islam; 
n k rfi m o-s o m, / //«c creed of the moslems, 
akrdmya, a by-name of the vtdture, s. op6t6. pr. 742. 
k ram poll (okum gudn) s, kokoy^rfe-du&gy^f, krompono. 

kran u, a. wildy disorderly , confused, entangled, intricate, (Kan- 
no afuw no so ye kr., e.s. nnua s^si 86 nk 6gugu 86, na afei woparae 
yi de, §8o atew.) 

ukraii, wildness, fierceness (of the eye): n'ani do hkran, he 
chafes, rages, raves; n'ani ado n'ade a eyerae no ho nkran, Jte is 
raging, furious ahmd, greedy after the thing he has lost. 

kraii kran, red. v., kr. .. ani, to give a fierce expression to the 
eye, to disfigi$re one's face, make one's self fright fid, he eager about, 
fr.l779. okr. n'ani = oye n'anim hQh6hD, 6yi (6hy^) nnipa hfi, Jie 
assumes a frightful countenance ; okr. n'ani kyeree abofra no se 6nye 
fS, he looked fiercely at the boy that he should he silent. 

akraiikr&n-s^m, di-, to act upon others hy intimidation; 
to have a baleful influence; owia nni akr. senea gsram ye. 

nkr^u , Ak. nk&rdn6, a kind of black ants biting severely; they 
wander about in great swarms and thus often invade the houses 
killing and devouring every thing living that comes in their way. 
pr. 313.1539.1590.1777. [G. tSatfiu, -bii.] 

Nkr&ii, pr. n. 1) of a country, people and language on the Gold 
Coast, called by the Europeans Akra (Accra) and by the natives 
themselves GA; 3) of one of their leading towns, which is also called 
Eniresi, Jamestown. See Gr. p. XXI. aud Zimmermann, a Gram- 
matical Sketch of the Akra or Ga Lang., p. VIII, and a Vocabulary 
of the same, p. 86.^ 
0-krannf, jpi. Nkrkuf6, an Akra-ma^i, Akra-people. 
kran a, krani, krananana, silent, absolutely still, perfectly 
quiet; syn. dinn, komm. pr. 1152. 1174. Woko, na kr., s. Gr. § 248,4. 
nkra-iihdma, a stuff or cloth, scarlet-red or crimson; the red 
of English uniforms; cf adidi, damarama; nkra = bogya. 
kraiik6, the shea-butter tree; - aba, its fruit; s. nkfi. 
akrdnte, hedgehog; ewo apesee ni kotoko ntam?; Fante de, 

[wony^ nil. 
ukrAnte, sword, sabre, cuflass; cf. afda; 6s6 nenkrantem\ 
akra-s#m /a word belonging to your soul] secrecy, secret. pr. 260 
kr4ta' [fr. Port. Sp. It. carta] a leaf of paper. 
krata-fa, half a sheet of paper; a page in a book; cf. bu6p^n. 
krata-m6, a sheet of paper. 
akrkte, akrdt6, akAr&te, a kind of cactus, a prickly plant, 
akrate-abd, an eatable ftmit of cactus. [G. agbdmu.] 

akrawa, a kind of gun. Cf. klirdwi, akarawA. 

17 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



258 nkrdwiri — kr6nkr5n. 



ukrAViriri, a kind of drum; s. akyene. 
akray Airf [akyere yam'?J tew-, to frisky frolic, he froUcsome. 
gap, merry; gtew akr. =■ ohuruw dannah nehO, he leaps or skijis 
mill joy and pleasure, as children, kids, 
kre . . . kri .., s. kyere . . . kyiri . . . 

krebeiin, s. kyerebenn. — krofwere, a small bird. 
11 k r e s i d, 5. n keresia. 
krididi, s. kirid... 

Kristofo, Christians. Kristoni^ aChristian. Kristofo asafo, 
the Christian Church. — Kris tofo-sem, -soni, the Christian re- 
//^i(m;Xristofo8om- kyere, instiniction in (the doctrines of) the Chri- 
st ian religion, — Kristo-sem, -sum, Christianity. 

kro, kro, ... s. koro, koro, ktiro. — kro, F. = okorow. 
akroba, akrobase, i?^ n-, F. = akdrowd, akura, akuraase. 
Krob 0, pr. n. of a mountain, country, people and language 
(or rather dialect of Adanme) between Akuapero and the Volta, 
called by the natives Krq, — Krgboni, pL Krobof6, a Krobo-man, 
Krobo^eople. — krobow, s, kttrobow. 
akrokraw, dew dropping from trees. 

kro kro &c. s. korokoro. 
nkrokrotibane, Gy. frog. pr. 1785, 
iikrom, akroma, Nkromma, s. hk6rgm, ak6rdmjl, Nkdromma. 

kro me, a disease of the knee, causing it to swell, 
o-kr om f6, pL a-[kron, krono] thief robber, ^= owif6; cf. odwow- 
akrommo, inf, [bo kron] stealing, theft, pr. 228, [twafo. 

ukr6mp6no, s. nkgmpono. 
kroii, Ak. krono (k6r..), tlieft, larceny; syn. awi; bo-, tosteal, 
to practice tlieft, commit robbery; s, wia. 

ki'Qn, koroii, v. to be high, elevated (bepow); to be deep (ahina, 
kora, kuruwa); - esiw no rekrou; bepow no k6ron, wugyina so a, 
fam' ye karonkiiron; Abetid dabere k5ron kyeh Okwau akOrow 
nhina, Ab, lies higher than all Okwau towns, Cf, kiironn. 

kr5ii kroii, k6ronk6rgn, a, high (odan, bepow), lofty, ardumts; 
steep; F. obo kronkron, a steep place, Mt.8,32. — n. steepness; cf 
sronsron, kgnkrgnh, ktironkilron. 

kroiin, s. kiironn, ktironkdron. — krou, V. clearly. Mt8,25, 
kro 11 11, a., adv. pure, clear; nsuno aniagy^nkr., kurennyen. 
kronkron (k6nonk.), a. <£- adv, 1, pure, clear; unmingled, 
unadulterated; nsu kr., pure water: nsa kr., unmixed palm-mne, 
— 2, real, true (cf, pgte). Otwini kr., a genuine Tshi-man; omam- 
frani nnyin kr. (pr.2004), a foreign settler does not become pure, ie. 
he mil never become quite like a native, so as to retain nothing of 
strange habits. — 3, fair, fine, beautiful: n'anim ye kr., Jte has got 
a very fine shape; onipa yi, n^anim atew krkrkr.; ad were, ne daa 
kdnonkonon -= fefefe; anoma no, n^ dfia kr., that bird has a benu- 
tiful tail. -4. unspotted, unsullied, unstained, untarnished^ unpol- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kroiiki'onni — kua. 259 

luted, tmdefiled, immaculate, clean, chaste, innocent, -p 5. holy, per- 
fect; hallowed, sacred; oye nie kr., he makes me holy, sanctifies me; 
oje'kr., he is holy. — adv, clearly, distinctly; correctly; kasa kr. 
— n, L purity; genuineness, — 2, reality, slncetnty; enye ne kr. so, 
it teas not (done) in the right manner, in its due form. — 3. holiness. 
kronkroiini, pi. -fo, a holy person; syn. ohotefo. 
kroiikroii-ye, L sanctification. — 2. holiness; cf. ahotew. 
akroii (akSnon), n-, nine. Gr. § 77. 
Ilk roil, s, hkoroh. — krono, Ak. s. kron. 
akfonnoe, a disease brought on by unchastity; oyare a efi 
boasipem' n^ mmape; eka nebo a, nea oyare no ntumi ntu nammon. 
kru,... krum, 5. kuru,... knrum. 
iikrum, F. 8 i -, to sigh. Mk. 7,34. 

o-k r A n ijpl. a- -f 6, sailor, one of a ship's crew; Kroo-man, Kru-boy. 
k u, k u, tbe cry of tbe bird obereku & aferaw. 
ku, V. s. kuw. — e-kii, 5. ekuw. 
e-k u, a species of monkey, = kontromfi, chimpanzee, pr. 1787 f. 
kfi, V. Ak. F. = kfim, to kill 

ku, V. -ho, to he bent to, to join; n'ani ku me ho, he cares for 
me always, visits me, has me in mind, defends and saves me in trouble, 
is always zealous and active about me, = Qnt6 me ase; ma wo ani 
nku ho = fwe (nea woye a. s. ewo wo nsam' no) so yiye; mo ani 
iiku mo ho yiye = m6fifwe moho so yiye wo biribiaram'. Wgakg- 
ka aku no ho redino kasa, tJiey together urge or importune him, 
press upon him, demanding something from him. 
o-kn, gap, cleft, chasm, gulf, abyss; precipice. 
iiku, sh^a-btUter, a kind of grease got from the fruit of a tree, 
used by the negroes as ointment to make their skin soft and glossy, 
uku-aba, the fruit from which the shea-butter is got. 
11 k d-d u a, the shea-tree, Bassia Parkii; s. krankd. 
ki\d, 1. = afuw, platitation, farm; meko m6 ku^m^; m^ ku^m* 
lie ha-yi; ni kua aba (= n^aduan ayg yiye) afe yi so; onyaa kua 
afrihyia yim'; 6y^ kua = ope adwumay§ nanso nea oye ye yiye, 
he understands how to make a good plantation; ne ho wo kua, he is 
successful in his plantation-work; cf. kwa F., akua i., okuafo. — 2. 
kA4,a-, the working of a farm or plantation, husbandry; agficuUure. 

[2 Chr. 26,10. 
akiia, 1. = k^ik 2. — 2. brgd^ba akiia, the young sJioots or 
suckers at the foot of a plantain-stalk. 

^kiia, akiiawa, a recess in the court-yard, a small yard behind 
a house, used as a kitchen, washing-place, store for oil, palm wine &c. 
Akua, s. Akuwa. 
kua, V. to bring near or together, to join; used with ano or 
anim; cf. kCi. — kiia (== pfia) gya yi ano, put the (burning) ends 
of these two pieces of wood nearer against each other; gpon a emu 
haneno, awowbae ara pe na ebekQaa anim bio, as soon as the cold, 
damp weather set in, the chinks in the door disappeared; m6mfa mo 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



260 iikuaba — kdku. 



ti nkua anim na menfwe nea gkyen ne ygnko tenten, bring pour 
heads together that I mag see which of you is taller than the other; wg- 
ka asein de kQa no, they press upon him with remonstrances, try to 
induce him by entreaties. 

iiku-aba^ s. nkd. 

o-kuafo, p/. a-, [kua] planter ^ farmer, husbandman, espec. one 
who excells in husbandry, pr, 1587. 1790. 

ak uani a, a kind of plattt, pr. 1791. 

akuapem, a Danish musket, pr. 1792. 

Akuapem, j9r.n. of a country, 5. Gr.p.XII. Ak. asafo: Ak6m- 
fode, Kyeremim, ApagyA, Apesemak^, Asonko, Atiwa &c. 
()-kuap6m-maii, the kingdom of Akuapem. 
0-kuap6iini, pi. Akuapemfd, an Akuapem-man, Ak.-people. 
kube, i. the fan-palm, Borassus flabelliformis? — 3. (k.-aba) 
its fruit, pr. 505. 179^. 

ku-dedaw, an old sore; kuru a akye, akisikuru. 

kudo', cart (to carry stones, earth &c.), wheel-barrow; dedge; 
- twe k., to draw a cart. 

kiidy, helm, the rudder by which a ship or boat is steered; - 
dannah k., to steer. 

nkii-dua, s. nku & krank6. 

ukd f e, beads or other things worn round the wt^t as ornaments, 
not as amulets; nsumamma a wokura bobo wonho few-so. 

0-ku f 6, pi. a- [ekuru] a person full of sores and wounds ; nea gyare 
a.s. watutu akuru. pr. 1800. 

kti f II, kufukufu, I a. shaggy, rough with long hair or wool, rag- 

kiiha, kiihakuha i ged, rugged, bristly; gkraman, oguan, gsa 
ho nhwi a a8gre(sgre) ye k. ; cf fukti, sakti, hutQhQtu. 

k u f w e-k u f w e, pr. 2143. 
^kiikomfi, 1. a kind of grasshopper; cf akokromfi. pr. 1801. 
[G. gig6nlgig6.] — J2. onipa a gnam fen fen fen. 

kukd, V. s. kukuru. — kiiku, F, palsy. Mt.Sfi. 

kii ku, pL n-, earthen vessel, pot — iikuku n^ iikaka, patterns 
ware, pottery, eaiihen icare, crockery. — kuku is the general name 
for earthen vessel, but may also be used in limitation to smaller pots, 
whilst OS eh is a larger cooking-pot, and ahina is a general name 
for pot, especially a pot for keeping or carrying fluids; kuruwa 
is a drinking-vessel, not of native black pottery, but of European 
manufacture, of earth, porcelain-clay, glass, wood or metal; pgre 
is 9, jug of stone. — 1) Of kuku, ahina, pot, being more deep than 
wide, or as deep as wide and narrow-mouthed, we note the following 
particular kinds: abahhina, bgm, b6n8uwa, agyahina or akotokyi- 
wa, ahina, kuku, kukuwa, kutu, akutuwa, hkyera, gp^dg, asahind, 
asSa, or Ak. nsemma, gseh, gs^ntere, osentid, sikakiiku, sobuwa, 
at&hina. J2) Of asahka, a dish, wide open and less deep, we note: 
abey&, aboy&, Ak.=as(iiika; abuabuogydsb, akyem-asahka, kwan* 
s^h, anandn6wa, oposi, asahka-sanya, asAhkasgh (has a foot), tapo- 
asahk.-i, ntrotrowA, ayawa. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



iikiikii — kum. 261 

nki\kti, a kind of f/am, s. od^. 

akukua, L a small drum of the king's, more esteemed than 
any other; wode twom nhoma dura ho, se odehye bi wu a.s. asem 
pa bi ba a, enna woka. — ^. a kind of butterfly; s. afafanto. 

0-kukubaiV, Ak. -ne, a small wild animal of a yellowish gray 
colour, with a long tail and pointed snout, feeding on corn & fruit. 

[pr, 1802 f. 
k u k u ba u k u^ a cutaneous disease or eruption^ with pustules 
smaller than those of ntoburo. 

k u k u d u'd h', hud; nkruma no abo k., the okra has budded. 
akukuhddeu, 6y^ ak., <5di akukuh6dens^m, J^e acts roughly, 
onam ue bSrah a oye no so kukuru ade a eye duru. 

ktikuradabiy corn (maize) of the last year; cf, popftroku. 
n k u k ii-ii w e n e, inf. pottery. 

kukuru (kuku) v. 1, to rise: owia akukuru, the sun is risen; 
si/H, pue, sore. — ^. to raise up, take up, lift up single, espec. heavy, 
things from the ground (aba, bo kese, adaka, duku, kaneadua, 
pane &c.); pr. 2792. syn. ma so; of many things tase or mdma so 
is used. — 3. red. of kuru, to thatch, roof (adan so, houses). 

kukur u-bln-sih, -sini, pi, n-, a kind of beetle, dung-beetle. 

kukuru-me-t^-awiAm' [lift me up, place me in the sun] name 
of a disease, making the body bloated and the mind doltish; syn. 
fa-gbo-to-me-gyam'. 

k u k u w, red. v. kuw, to pidl off, out; to have the nap worn off; 
w'oak. neti so, they have pulled out his hair in lighting, or, his hair 
has been cut with scissors (not shaved) in a disorderly manner; ntama 
no ani ak., the cloth is threadbare, shabby, worn out. 

kiikuwa, pi. n-, a small earthen vessel, smcdl pot; s. kuku. 
akukuwil, ^. akukna. 

kum, V. Ak. kd [red, kunkum] 1. to kUl, slay, put to death; 
pr. 339.1^73.2194.2444. wgakum no, euph. woayi no ho, they have ca-e- 
cu/^d /^i/it; hyperbolically, to denote a strong sensation: awow, gkgm 
rekum me, the cold, hunger is killing me, i.e. I am very cold, very 
hungry, — ^. to defeat, overcome, vanquish, destroy; k. dgm, to beat * 
the enemy, conquer, gain t1^ victory, pr. 1990. — 3. to cause to cease: 
6khm mi k6m, he stills my htmger; but: okura me k6m. he kills me 
with hunger, i.e. he starves me; k. sukom, to quench the thirst; k. 
kum, to heal a sore, pr. 1038. — 4, to tire (out), weary, wear out: 
wokum nuipa n^ kasa, nsenhunu, serew, = wgde kasa ... kum nnipa, 
they tire one out with speaking, with nonsense, make one die with 
laughing. — 5. to silence: mikum no aniwu, I silence him with shame 
i.e. I stop his mouth, make him ashamed to speak. — 6. to disfigure: 
oknm n'anim = omuna n'anim, he darkens his face, makes a dark, 
angry, or sad face. — 7. to defde, pollute, desecrate: obi kum fi a, 
wgde nnuan mogya n.a. na wgde dwiram\ if one defiles his dwelling, 
U is purged or purified by the blood of sheep dx. — 8. (k. ano) to 
hinder from using, to stop, prevent, obstruct: oknm gbosom ano, he 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



262 okum — okiimpa. 



prevents the fetish from eaiing the new yam oflFered to him, by trans- 
gressmg a fetish-law. — 9. (k. ano) to prevent the effect or ef/iciency 
of to render ineffective, inefficient: wakum aduru no ano = ode 
nea aduru no kyi aka no, he has made the medicine ineffective (by 
adding to, or eating with it, some other thing incompatible with the 
medicine). — 10, k. ano, to finish, accomplish, complete, make ready 
[= G. gbe na, Tw. wie]; wakum n'adow ano = ahaban a wosii, 
wawie adow. — 11, kum gya, to put out the fire made at the yam- 
custom, hi/ putting new yam into it {vf ode da Moro koto afwiegyam') 
to show that new yam may now be eaten universally. — 12. to ditUj 
to become dtdl or blunt, said of a) the edge (ano) of an instrument: 
osekan no ano akum, the edge of the knife is blunted; b) the mouth, 
taste or appetite: n'anom akum, his mouth has lost its sensibility or 
taste, i.e. he has lost the appetite; c) the eye: n'ani kum, his eye lacks 
its vigour, is dull or heavy i.e. he is sleepy, drotcsy, F. n'anyiwa akum, 
Mt 26,4S, — 13. to be effaced, obliterated: dare no ani akum, the 
stamp (marks or characters of coinage) on the dollar is effaced; srete 
no so nsensane no akum, the lines drawn on the slate have become ob- 
literated, indistinct. 

o-kum, inf. the act of killing drc; defeat. 

o-kum, a tree similar to an oak; wode ye nnaka &c. cf. okuo. 
k 6 m a, a-, pi. n- & nkdma-nk6ma, a., small, little {syn. kakri, 
ketewa, kwada); young (opp, panyin); the form with a- is added 
to names of persons: ne ba akuma, his youngest child; me nuaak., 
my small i.e. younger brother. — f^^y^ kfinia, tfic fatJier^s brother; 
ena k. or kakra, the father's or mother's sister. — n. a Wle; aka- 
kuma (shortened into kokfimA) little is wanting, used for almost, 
nearly; soon. Gr. § 235 a. (229.) 

kktimmvLypl. n-, okunu nuaba, the husbands sister. 

akuma, i)Z. n-, hatchet, axe; syn. abonud, atwapo. 
kfimaba, F. = kGma. 

kum a-b i, F. kfimaba bi, very little, very feiv. 
kum-afrote (that which kills antelopes, inducing them to 
run after the semblance of water until they are exhausted) a mirage, 
an optical illusion frequently seen in deserts, presenting the appear- 
ance of water; fata Morgana. Is. 35,7. • 

Kum-ap^m-^-ap6m-beba fif you kill a thousand, a thousand 
others will come] a by-name of the Asantes. 

ekii-m6reme, s. eku = kontromfi. 

fikumid^ a kind of small white ants; cf. mfote. 
ku mi-yaw [pr. n. of a man] a kind of bayere, s. gd^. 

o-kiim'kom (who kills i.e. stills hunger) a word used in address- 
ing a benefactor, beneficefU man, = gdefo. 

o-kiim'n ip a (wJw kills a man) a title used in addressing or prai- 
sing a king, as having the power over life and death. Cf. Gr. § 
39,9 b. 

k u m u n, a. rising in pillars (of smoke) ; Jod 2,30. Acts 2,19- 

0-kum-pd [= okunu pa] a good husband; it is also used as a 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kuminram — kaiituu. 263 

pr. H- of a slave presented by a man to his wife, reminding her 
constantly that her slave is the gift of her '*good husband". 

kum-mram, a powerful means to cleanse or keep from ovU. 

k umpgno, F. the European governor] k. Brofo, the governor 
and his chief officers (secretary, commissary, military officers, chief 
justice). 

akiiin-siiindn, an amulet tvhich hills i.e. destroys (neutralizes) 
the power of other amulets. j>r. 115. 

kumtoa, a kind oi razory s. oyiwdn. 

kun, pi, ekunom, F. = okdnu, -nom. 

kdna, widowlioody the state of a tcidowcr or widow; gye k., he 
or she is in the state of a widower or widotv, slie performs the duties 
of a ioidow. 

kfina-ba, kfinab^a, a widow hAu^ part of the inheritance of 
her husband^s successor; ofa no k., he marries her hy right of in- 
herilance, 

kuna-dan, a widow^s house or room. 
o-kfinafo, pi. a-, widower; tvidotr; gbarima k., oba k. 

k u nfi kd wa, the first child born after the death of a husband 
from his successor (brother or nephew) and named after the former 
husband; oye k. 

akim-far, F. adultery of a tcife. ML 3,32. 
e-kun-for, F. = okunu foforo, bridegroom. Mk. 2,19. 
o-kfmini, F. kunyin, ^?. a-, a. notable, distinguished, einineni, 
remarkable, renowned; capitcd; bone-kdnini, a great, chief oy car- 
dinal sin (opp, bone mfetewa-mfetewa, minor sins); gwo dih-k. = 
din a eso na eye hwSnwa; don-k6nini, the main army; onipa-k. 
=onipa a oye mmaninuc na neho a.s. nea obeye nhfna ye hwohwa; 
asen-k. = asen-titiriw. 

kunkuma, i. the water-pot of a fetish, s.k6ro. — 2. bouquet, 
bunch of flowers, nosegay? wgakyekye nfwireh no k., they have tied 
up flowers in large leaves. 

akunse [okum ase] a cause or reason for killing ov for waging 
a war against a people. 

k u n s li n k u n s li ni, discord, dissension, cmitention, strife, va- 
riance, enmity; qnh no ntam^ aye k. bi, wodi k., k. da wohntam', 
ihey are at variance, at enmity. 1 Cor. 1,11. 2 Cor. 12,20. 

khntatiiy a. 1. large, bulky, huge, enormous, gigantic; clumsy; 
esono gyina ho k. ; hyen no abegyina k. {s. hyeh); sore fi me fi na 
wngyina ho k. se gdan (gpgnkg). — syn. kiiikraun, k^ntann, kftn- 
tunh, ki'isQ; wi. — 2. esum k. = kabi, pitchy darkness. 

o-kCintu (pi. a-), wool; woollen cloth, flannel; woollen carpet, 
blanket. — kuntii-kye, a cap made of woollen cloth. 

akdntumma [kuntun, ba] a little would-be-great, blusterer, 
swaggerer, bully, ruffian, pr. 1826. 

o-kuntumpa' [kuntun, clumsy'] the hyena, s. pataku. 
kuntuii; V. 1. to bend, crook, curve; to be bent, crooked, or 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



264 kuiitun — okuraaseiii. 

curving; dua, ofasu no mu ak.; syn. kom, kontoii. — J2. fo bend or 
subdue under one's rule, to mUy govern, sway. — S. to fights wrestled 
pr, 1826. — 4. to strut, be swelled or puffed up, to bluster, sicagger, 
boast. 

kfin tdu, a crooked piece of wood in a snare or trap for catch- 

[ing birds. 

kfintunu, a. large, bidky, huge; dark; clumsy; cf. kSntanh, 

k un t u n, a by-name of the hyena, s. kfmtumpa. [kusu. 

akuntim-akuntu n, blustering, swaggering, pr,1670, syn. ahokyere. 

k 11 n t u n-si n, a headless and handless, sometimes feetless triitik 
of a human or animal body; cf. akonsin. 

0-kunu {pi. okununom) husband; the sister^s husband. 
o-kun-ydw' [okiim yawyAw] a pain fid way of killing; if. ato- 

o-kuo, a large tree with fruits similar to acorns; c/!okuw, oknm. 

akuos6ii, the seven elders of a town (y)-^ Nkran asafo ak.^ the 
seven companies of Dutch Akra. 

k u r a, v. [red. kurakura] 1. to grasp, clutch, to hold by clasping 
with the fingers, to have, to bear in hand or on Uie arms; to be in 
(the grasp or gripe of) one's hand: okura poma (wo ne nsam') or 
poma kurano, he has a stick in his hand; ok. abofra wo n*abasa so, 
he bears a child on his arm; cf. turn, Gr.§ 102,2. Bern. — 3. to hold, 
contain: iihdma yi kura nseh-horow anan, this book contains four 
different matters. — 3. reft, to be self-dependent or independent, to 
stand by itself; nsem abien yi kurakura neho ^ne nhina dede neho), 
ebi nnan hi, each of these two words is by itself (has its own meaning), 
they cannot be interchanged. 

a kura, pi. n-, mm*se. pr. 311.7 20.1836 ff. — by-names: bewa, da- 
biebio; aduemme, ahyemme (otewabe); akura-tawia; s. abotokura, 
odontwf. — nkura-se, inf. [se nk.] pr. 232. 

akura, pi. h- = akttrowa, F. akroba, [kfirow, dim. Gr.§20,4] 
hamlet, a village on a plantation, inhabited by the family and the 
slaves of the proprietor; gkg akura, Gr. § 124,1. ote akura, lie lives 
on the plantation. - Ak. village, country town, i.e. any town besides 
the capital. 

kuraba, F. = kuruwa. Mt. 10,42. 20,22. 

a ku ramp on, by-name of the tree called gsesea. pr.2917. 

nkiirdn, courage, firmness (?) - hye.. nk., to encourage. 

nkriraii-hye, inf. encouragement, — baninhahye. 

nkuranto, ya nk., reply on a salutation, made to royal prin- 
ces at Knmase. 

n k u r a-u h w i [lit. mice-hair] down, the soft hair of babes or of 
the face (the beard) when beginning to appear; nhwi biara a ennya 
mmirii; the pubescence of plants. 

o-kuraaseni, pi. n- -fo [akura ase 'ni] clown, fustic, peasant; 
a person living constantly on the plantation, never coming to the 
town; syn. ofumni. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kureiifi — Akiiropoii. 265 

kurefin, a, deary clearly visible; minepow gyinae k. 
k I'l r enny en, a. clears limpid^ pure ; nsu no ye k., ani atew k. 
kuro, Ak. F. (pi. a-), s, kttrow, kuru, & kiirokdro. 
nkuro, complaint; controversy, dispute, contest, debate; me ne 
no wo nk., I have a complaint against him; me n^ no boo nk., I 
made'my complaint against him; meboo me nk. mekyeree won, I 
told th&tn (brought before them) my complaint (against another per- 
son); wgbo nk., they are engaged in controversy, they state their ca- 
ses before the judges, pr. 588. (asem bi nto bi n6 bi ntam' na worekeka) ; 
cf. kokodwe. 

akuroba, akurobase, phi\-^ F. =akiira, aknraase. Mt9,35.21,2. 
nkuro-bo, inf. = nten-yi. 
kurobow, a sweet-smelling resin or gum; the tree yielding 
it; dua bi a emn nsn nene se ehye na ne hOam nti mmea yam ye. 

a kuro do, n-, card, song of mirth, lay; a play with dancing 
or ambulating and singing, accompanied by the clapping of hands 
or by adenkiim-bo; amusement, sport, frolic, gambols; - wotweak. 
= wgto dwom kyini mmSron so, they sing or carol in the streets; 
they play, frolic, tcanton\ ak. na gnam twe da, loitering about and 
sporting was his constant occupation; otwa nk. = gkasa pi, n*ano 
ye b^reberc or betebete, he is loquacious (?). 

akuro-fo [kurow fo] the site of a destroyed town, = amamfo. 
iikiirofo [pi. of kiironi] the inhabitants of a town, townsfolk; 
people; me nk., 7ny relations, my townsmen or countrymen; cf. okilro- 
mu-ni. 

kiiro-kese [kiirow kese] a large town, city, capital. 

kur6kur6, a kind of pot-Jterb or vegetable; fan a wodi. 

kurokiiro, a. loquacious, talkative, garrulous; taUling, pratt- 
ling, prating; chatting, chattering; pert, forward, bold, meddling; 
fraward, peevish, fretful; 6y^ or n'ano ye k. = blrebire, he is lo- 
quacious d^c. (abofra a oka n6§m a ense no se oka, na oka asem biara 
a obehu, ode ueho fra nsem nhina mu &c.) 

o-kiir6kiirofo, i>^. a-, babbler, blabber, tattler, talker, telltale; 
a grumbling, peevish person, grumbler. 

o-kuro-mu-ni, pi. a- -fo, inhabitant of a town; ahgho ne akuro- 
mn-fo, strangers and residents; cf. kuroni. 

kuroun, kuroiikuron, a. 1. deep, very deep; amoaor abura 
yimu ye kiironn or kilronkiironkiiron, or, dgkk.; syn. donkudonku; 
low in situation, lying far below or beneath: bepgw no kSrgn, wu- 
gyina so a, fam' ye kftronkilroh; woforo dua a, nafam^ ado kk. — 
2. deep, precipitous; bepgw no sian kk., tJie mountain descends in 
a steep declivity. Mt 8,82. 

kiir6ni [ki1row-ni] ^ot^n^waw, countryman, i.e. one of the same 
town or country with another; cf. hktirofo. 

iiku ro n 11 u a, sandals of wood; cf. mpabod, ntokota. 
A kiiro-p h [ktirow, pgn] pr. n. of the capital of Akuapem (also 
called Koman) and of a town in Akem. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



266 Ilk 11 ro tarn* — kunim. 

hkitro-tam' [hkurow ntam'] the way between two towns. 
nk liro-tepa: obo fik., he travels froni t^wn to tmvn; s. tcpA. 

kiiro-tia [kfirow tia] end, border, outsklrt, entrance of a town. 

kiiro-tia, |;/. h, a country town, village, opp. to the capital; 
a petty, tmimportant town or country (as Akuapem, Akem, in com- 
parison with Asante). 

nkuro-tow, Ak.-too, the single toivns or townships of a country. 
"Akyem hk. si 333.** Cf. araautow. 

k li r 6 1 wi am d n s a, the leopard, s, osebo. pr. 519. 984. 

kiiro w, kfiro, pi, h-, 1. town, village; cf. aknra, oman. — 2. 
any inhabited place or country, one's own country or home; oko kfi- 
row bi so, he went to some foreign place; gko ne kuroni\ he lias re- 
turned to his native country. 

kiiro-mu-panyih, burgomaster. - kiiro-nipanyimfo, magidrutc 
akurowd, F. akroba [kiirow, dim.'] a small town; s. akura. 

kiiru, V. [red.kukuYu^q.vJ 1. to tie together (r/".nkufo); to tit 
grass on a roof i.e. to thatch, roof, put a roof on, cover with a roof; 
ok. (Jan so == ode sare kata dan so. — 2. to lift tip (in order to show): 
ode knru neho nini kwa, in this he exalts himself for nothing, boasis 
without right or reason. 

kurd, V. [red. kuriikiiru] s. kuruw. 
e-k u r u, Ak. kuro, pL a-, a sore, wound, pr. 1423-25. 1854-60. — 
cf. apirakuru, a bleeding wotmd; akisikurn, aw 7^/ccr; pompo, a boil 
abscess. — Ne kuru adg nsu, his sore has collected pus or purulent 
matter; - ado mpumpunase, has swelled or bloated the skin with scrum 
or matter; - atu, has become purtdent; - aporow, has become putrid; 
- asa, awii, has healed; - ne nsatea ye k. pr. 2796, - oda ak. mu — 
lie ho nhina atutu ak. pr. 700. - kum or sa k., to heal a sore, 
a kuru, = kokoram, q.v. 

k ii r u d u du, the cracking, crashing, clattering, rattting or rum- 
bling sound of bursts or 2)e(ds of thunder, of an earthquake dr. — 
osoro bobom' k.5 asase wosow kurnruru. 

kiirududu, adv. accurately, exactly, in due order; syn. ^e- 
pepe ; tase nhoma yi boa ano k. 

kurukere, s, kurnkyerew. 
akurukiiro-de, pi. n-, iikiirukiir-ade, old things, old articles. 

kurukurupa, a kind of yam, s. od6. 

kurukuruw, red, v, kuruw. 

k u r 11 k u r u w a, a. round and large, of flat and globular things; 
circular; globular, spherical; cf, korokorowa, puruw; kontonkron, 
dantaban, hankare, katraka. 

kurukyerew, As. kurukere, v. to scrawl, scribble, wnte; ode 
asem no ak. nhoma no so ; cf. kyerew. 

kurum, v, [red, kurunkurum] to bend, bow, crook, curve; to 
be bent, crooked, curving \ ok. nemu; osekan no ak.; ofasu no ak. 
= akuntun ; nkant6n{ ndntu akk. s^ addre; syn, kom, konton &c. 

kunim, a, bent, crooked; false; dua yiyek.; adaDse-kitrdm, 
false witness. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kiirum — kiitii. 267 



kiirum^ n. wogye no k. = wogyeno pone, wopeneno, they 
applaud, nod assenty receive or accept favourably, 

nkuLMlinia^ okra, ochra, okro, Hibiscus esculentus, an annual 
plantaud its green seed-pods abounding in nutritious mucilage, used 
for soups, salad, pickles. — nkrdnia-fdu [c/*. fan] the young leaves 
of the okra plant, used for soups like cabbage. — Dkrfima-tttw [cf. 
afnw) an okra plantation. — iikrQma-kwdn [cf. iikwan] a soup 
prepared with the green pods of the plant. 

o-kiirftn(, i?7. a--f6, s. okrfinf. — kurunkuriim, red. v. kurum. 
nkuriinyaii, a kind octree; dua bi a wowo nedua; wode si 
dan ye akoraten. 

klirutlayisf, an iwa k., eyeball, apple or globe of the eye ; pupil. 

kiirutu, an animal, pr. 520. 

kuruw, V. to cut several things together or plenty of things 
(it once (sare, brode, nnua, ti, nsa, nan); to cut into several pieces 
(onipa, dua); red. kurukuruw; syn. twitwa. 

kuri'i wd, pi. n-, a kind of vessel, espec. for fluids, artificially 
made of earth, porcelain, glass, wood or metal; pitcher, jug, mug, 
cup dx. Cf. kuku. 

kuruwd, Okw. = kord. 

k ii s u, kusukusii, a. 1. dark, dusky, obscure, dim, dull, gloomy, 
shadowy, nebulous, indistinct; gdaii mu ho ye k., it is dark in the 
house ; m'ani so ye me k., my eyes are dim, it is dark before my eyes ; 
hyeh apue k., a ship lias appeared indistinctly on the horizon; wim 
aye k., the sky is dark, overcast, clouded; anim ay§ k., the air is 
dusky, the dusk of the evening has set in; dua yi (ase) ye k., this tree 
is shady. — 2. rank, luxuriant in growth; nwura no abum k. = aye 
ahaban bebrS, od6 no abua k. — 3. overgrown with wood, wooded, 
woody. — 4. damp; s. kusukusu 2. — 5. dull, heapy, weak; me tirim 
ye me k. (from want of sleep); me yafunum' ye me k., J have a strange 
feeling inmy belly, haveno appetite. — kusu-tam', k.-asase, ^.kusum. 

kusukAkft, a thick mist or fog; cf. omununkum. 

kds u k II s II, 1. s. kifisQ; ogya aso kk., the fire lyurns dimly. — 
2. damp, dirty, nasty; syn. fongfono, wusuwusu. 

kusum', kustl-fam', k.-asase, norili. Scr. (Heb. zaphon.) Cf. 
kwaem', ketem'. 

kusiim', fraud, deception; wadi me k., he has defrauded or 
cheated me, taken imfair advantage of me; kusum-a-ne-ktiriim, /raiw? 
is (nothing but or tfie same as) falsehood or unrighteousness, he has 
bluntly deceived me, wawie me ye korft. 
k k u s 11 w, a kind of river-fish. 

I'lkuto [nko, to, adv.'\ alone, only, but; ne hkuto (= ono nko) 
vg hg, he alone is there; onni biribiara se duaba nk., he eats nothing 
hd fruits. 

kutiiy a kind of j^o^ used to boil soup in; cf. kuku. 

k ii t u, ktitiikutu, expresses a feeling of being bloated, or, the 
noise of boiling water; me yafunu(m^) ye me ki!itu, me yafunu ahuru 



/ 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



268 akuti i — kwa. ___ 

aye k. = me yaf. abye, my belly is bloated or puffed up, inftcded, 
distetidcd; aduao no huru kilitukutu, Ihe food bods with a bubbling 
noise. 

akutU, ^/. id.y orange; orange-tree, — akutu-aba, orange-seed. 
— akutii-duii, orange-tree. — akutu-guri, apple (combining qual- 
ities of akutd & oguawa); cf, granate-akutu. 

kutu-bo, dan kutii do bo, F. cornerstone. Mt 21,42. Mk. 12,10. 

kutudiidi'i, bud; knop; syn. kukudo'dti'; abg k., it has pro- 
duced (or grown into) a bud. 

k u t u r k u, pr. 2438. gyama-k., pr. n. ? coward? 

k II t u k u, F. \ ph a-, fist, the hand angularly clenched so as to 

kuturukd, I render the knuckles bard and protuberant; cf. 
twere & the foil. 

kuturumod, fist, the hand clenched roundly so as to approach 
to the shape of a ball; cf. kutruku & twere. 

ak u-tutu, inf. a disease producing ulcerating sores; oyare ak. 
or akuru, watutu akuru, akuru atotow no, oyeoknfo; cf. kwakoram. 

kuw, V. 1. to draw or pull out, off, away; s.red. kukuw; okaw 
no afwe ho = gwere no afwe fam\ Jie draws aicay his feet to make 
him fall. — J2. to cut close to the root: ode adare k. wura, sare; knw 
dua no ase = twa aso pi ara ma ento fam' (that the cutting reaches 
to the ground). 

e-ku \v, pi. (akuw)akuw, a heap, a collection of things; a collec- 
tive body of persons, pr. 684. — b g k., to make a heap, put in heaps; 
gboa ntrama k. gugu hg. 

o-kuw, a large tree; eho wg nsge, esow aba k(J\ tentrehu hyein\ 
Akuwa, s. Akua. 
nkuwa-nkuwa = akuru nketenkete, small sores. 

kwa, V. s. kwaw, kwae & kwati. 

kwa- in cpds. is often a shortening of koa or akoa; some- 
times it is -kwa, or shortened into ko-. Gr. § 20,4. 

0-kwa, adv. only, solely, merely, simply, purely, absoltdely; 
without design, insipidly; without cause, gratuitously; gratis, for 
nothing, to no purpose, to no profit, vainly, in vain; unused, unem- 
ployed, idle; gkgg hg kgfwee kwa, he went there mdy to look; gnam 
hg kwa, gny^ fw$, he merely walks about, doing nothing; obi mfgn 
kwa, pr. 1.31. 1784. 2383. wgtah me kwa, John 15,25. — munyaa no 
kwa, m6mfa mma gkwa, Mt. 10 J8. gprem no da hg kwa, tlie canon 
lies there unused; ogyina hg kwa, he is standing there idle. It is also 
used elliptically, 5. Gr.§248,4. Syn. teta, hunu (Ak.hun), F. gyaii, 
gyennyah (ara); t^ta ara kwi; cf, kora. 
akwa, pi. n-, F. = akoa. 
akwa, a round-about way, by-way; yi akwa = kwae, v. 

k w a, t?. [red. kwakwfi] to make incisions(?). 

kwa, pi. a-, n-, 1. joint, juncture of limbs in an animal body; 
joint or knot in the stem of a plant, as of grass or cane; ahenemm? 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



akwa — kw^du. 269 



m^akwa akron* yi biaraso, I have no heads tied on any of my nine 
joints. — 2. joint = the part incladed between two joints, knots or 
articulations: ne nsatea kwa 1 se akwa 2 atwa, one or two joints 
of his finger are cut off; okyee me afwerew nkwa 2, he gave me 2 
joints of sugar-cane. — 3, link, ring (of a chain). — (4, It is ques- 
tionable whether kwa can be used for a limb or member of the hu- 
man body, or for a member or fellow of a society: Kristo akwa no 
bi ne mo, meye Kristo ho kwa.) 

*Akwa akr6n a WQhye so ahen^ a.s. firiwd ne: wo bat^ew so, 
wo bakon so, wo nantu, wo nanase n^ wo asenmu a.s. wo konmu. 
a k w a = akoawa, a small slave. 

e-kwa, pL a-, F. = afuw, plantation; Mk, 13,24. — oko ne kwa 
80 akofa aduan aba; madow akwa abien. — akwa-so-fo, F. the 
people limng on the plantation, = mfumfo, s. ofumni. 

ilk wa, life, vitality; vigour, health; happiness, felicUy; cf. ase- 
tra; iikwa ni akwahosan, life and health; - gye nkwa, to preserve, 
to save from death. 

ak w ^ b ^, akwdbo! inierj. [akg aba] welcome! form of salutation 
to one arriving after a temporary absence; cf aba-6, abo, Gr.§ 1 47,5. 
oma no akwdbi, he bids him welcome. 
akwabdu (obsol.) = ntetea. 
Kwab6nfi., i^r.w.ofaboy or man born on Tuesday. Gr.§4l,4. 
kwabfena-afwi [pr.n. of a man] a kind of bayere; s. oM. 
k wabferau [akoa gberan] a wetl-sized, strong slave, pr. 187. 
kwaberentuw, s. kwae. 

Kwaberenyan, a village belonging to Kankan (Dutch Akra), 
where Adow Dan kwa, king of Akropong, died, wherefrom the name 
became an oath of the kings of Akropong. 
kwa-beteii, cf. qh^t^n. pr. 2828. 
akw^-bo [nea wobo no kwa] = oboab6, QS^bow, g. v. 
ukwa-dd; lit. life-day, a day of 24 hours, including the night; 
da a adekyee n6 adesae wom'; emu nnohfwerew 12 ye adekyee, 
na emu 12 ye adesae; cf. adekyee, awia. 

kwada, -dawa, a. small, little; syn. k^tewa, ktlma, kakr^. 
akwa da, a little boy or cMeZ=abofra ketewa; F. an old man, 
= akwakorft. — as^m akw. na woka kyere me = nea woka no, 
cny^ se wudwen ne no. — nkw ada(wa)s^m, 1. trick(s), sty pro- 
cedure, pr. 164. — 2. = mmofrasem (?). 

akwadamma, musket; syn. otuo. pr.2262. 
kwadaw, v. to be exercised and brought to cleverness, to be 
practiced, accustomed; wakw. ho, he is weU versed or exjyert in it, 
accustomed to it. Cf. kokwaw. 

o-kwdd u, pi. a-, a species of antelope; pt*. 515. s. gdab6. 
kwadd-ampQii-kyerefo, = ewea. 

kw^diS, kvvadu-aHii, jil.id. banana; banana-tree; Mma sa- 
pientum; cf. gborgdo. — kwadii-bakua, a species of banana-tree. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



270 okwddiim — iikwakorabere. 

— kwadii-diid, banana-tree. — kwadu-ddru^ the whole cluster of 
fruits of the banana-tree; s. oduru. — kwadu-fuaw: auodeaetaa 
n'aba no ano. D.As. — kwadii-siaw, a hand or smaller duster of 
4 to 8 bananas, s. osiaw. — jS\ epaulet, shoulder-piece of military of- 
ficers, called 80 from its resemblance to a hand of bananas. 

0-k wdddm, pL a-, a large barrel of gunpowder (Vs keg?); cf. 
atentenim\ ak6towa. 

o-kwadw6ro, a-, idleness, sloth, laziness; 6y^-, Jte is idle, laztf, 
slothful, Syn, aniliaw, werehunii. — 0-kwAdw6f6, F. kwadwefo, 
pi, a-, idler, lazy person, sluggard; Mt 35,26. syn, onihafo. 

K w k d w 6, j?r. n. of a male person born on Monday ; Gr. § 4 1 ,4. 
kwadwo-bowere, = gsebo. 

ukwadwd, a kind of bead; s, ahene. 
kwadwem, F. lamentation. Mt, 2,18. 

kwa-dwom, a song of mourning, a song expressive of sorrow 
and lamentation, delivered in a dramatic manner; an elegy (dwom 
a.s. as§m a onipa wu a womoma wo n'ayi ase de ka ne nsem a otraa 
ase no odii); okobe kw.; onim kw. be = onim su; to, twa, momakw. 
kwae, V. to go round about, take a round-about way, by-icay 
or side-way; syn, yi akwa, kwati kwah, man babi; - to turn {the 
enemy); - to avoid, evade, elude; to dispense with; eye ade a wod- 
kwae (nto ho), Uisan indispensable thing or matter ; yebekwae ntam 
ama wo, we shall absolve thee from the oath, 

e-k w d6, forest, wood, thicket; pr. 1006; the wooded inland coun- 
try, bush-country; cf. wura, ahaban, odoto. — kwae-berentuw, a 
dense forest. — akwaefo, people living in the bush-country. — 
o-kwaefoiii, one of those living in the bush-country. — kwaem', 
kwae mn, pr, 1673 f, in the forest, wooded inland; notih; r/*. knsQm'; 
opp. pom' = po mu. — akwaewd [dim.] small wood, grove, cop- 
pice, copse, shrubbery; underwood, pr,1872. 
kwafo, pi. a-, F. = okuafo. 

nkwafw^^ba, s. kofw. j low, mean people; cf, akwanihum&ni. 

n k w a f w e a b a n f 0, j?i. \ the lowest people ; cf, odeseni. 
kwdgyadii^ = kontromfi. pr. 1875, 

akwagyansa, = odompo. pr. 1887. 

akwagyinam6d fakoa-agy., slave of the cat] ^.okr^man. pr. 1637. 

o-k wdhd, okoha, a disease in the limbs, rheumatism; okw. ano 
ye den kyen os^nmii. 

nkwahama^ pr. 1793. cf. nnuahama. 

akwahosan^ life and health, returning or long continuing 
health; pr. 162.2519. ma onnya iikwa n^ akw., = ma ne ho nyc no 
den. (F. nkw& ahosan, saving health. I^.6T,2.) 

nkwahumafo, s, akwanihdmani. 

akw&ko, a kind o( yam, s. od^. 

akwakora, akwakwarawd, pLn-, an old man; syn. akora; 
wabo akw., he has become an old man. 

iikwakora-bere, old age; cf. mmerewa-bere. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 






kwakoram — gkwau. 




kwakoram, =^ akututa? cancer of the nose? s. kokoram. 
Kwaku, ^.w.ofamaleperson born on Wednesday. Gr.§41,4. 
g-k wakil, -o, pL a-, a species of monkey = osiia. pr. 4.521.1009. 
kwaku-ntakii-amlni, a by-name of the goaf. s. abirekyi. 
kwakiirekure, a kind of bird. 
o-kwilkwil = ddb6dAb6. 
kwa'kwad^bi, raven; syn. anene, w&wS. 
kwakje, a by-name of the vulture, opete. pr. 2688. 
kwakye-agjei, a by-name of the apetebi. jjr.2692. 
Kwakye, pr. n. m. KwStkyewa, pr. n. /*., yr. 3583. 
g-kwa-kyenkyeiia = kwae mn akyehkyona, a kind of hoopoe. 
akwa-ky^re [akoa akyere] pL n-, roguCj rascal, scoundrel, vil- 
lain, wretch; gallows-bird, crack-hemp, crack-rope, hang-dog. 

A k warn (Akwamu)^r.w. of a Tshi tribe, their country or king- 
dom, its capital and dialect. Gr. p. XII. -^ O-kwanmi, Okwamu- 
ni, pi. A- -fo, an Aktcam-man, Aktoam-people. 

a k w dm-m a, -m a [ok wan, dim.'] pi, h-, a small way, path, lane, 
by-way. 

kw^man, pi. h- -fo, a slave of a deceased king before he has 
a new master; - pi. people without a king; the common ^^eople, the 
jwpidare; mob, rabble, pr. 1882. 2890. — kw^raaii-maii,2)/.-aman 
[nkoa-gman] republic; democracy; cf, kwasafoman. 
kwamaii-man-pefo, democrat. 
kwaman-tumi, nkwamaiifo-tumi, ochlocracy. Hist. 
ukwammanSa, pr.2478. 
Kwa'me, Ak. Kwamena, /w.n. of a male person born on Sa- 
turday. Gr. § 41,4. [G. Kwamli.] 

kwame-fwi [pr.n. of a man] a kind of bayere, s. od^. 
kwame-tabi, a by-name of the akwantwea. 
kwa'mena', an ant-hill of small white ants. pr. 1883. 
akwdm-mew [gkwan, abew] the roots of trees running across 
the road; any obstacle in the way. 

akwam-fanu [ok wan afanu] clover, clover-grass, trefoil. 
o-kwam-ferene, alley, walk, avenue of trees. 
o-kwamfo, jf;Z. a- [kwane] roiver. 

akwam-fo, pi. n-, [ok wan, afo] a desolate, bad, impassable way. 
o-kwani-fuwi [ok wan a afuw] an overgrown way. 
akwdm-mg, inf. [bg kwan] the making of a road. 
nkwam-mge, a well-made road. 
kwan, V. F. s. kwane 3. 

k w an, v. [red. kohkwan q. v.] to wind or put round: ode ntama 
akwan n'asen, h^ has wound a small cloth (of 1 '/^ yards) round his 
loins ( — of a large cloth f u r a would be used). 

0-kwan, pi. a- [Ak. ok wane] 1. way, road, path; ne H kwan, 
the way to his house, pr. 48.3. cf. otempgn, gsa, akwamma, unantam\ 
iikurotam^; passage, walk, route, course; cf. afae, mpotam'. — ^. 






Digitized by VjOC^IC 



272 akwaii — akwaijko. 



opening: onipa ho akwan nhina, s. fei. — 5. place, space. — 4. fig. 
wap, manner, mode; proper place or manner, order; s. kwanmn, 
kwanso. — F. means; mboa n'akwan no, (he means of grace. — 
4. fig. permission, allowance, leave, libeiig, license; occasion. — F. 
kwanmu, lawfidly, righteously. — Phrases with governing verbs 
^alphabetically arranged): hg kwan, to make a wag; - bg kwah 
(fita), to clear a wag. - fa ok wan (bi so), to take a wag or road; - 
fa kwanmu, F. to be lawful. - f we., kwan, to expect, look mdfor. 

- fom or to kwan, to miss the wag. - gya.. kwan, to dismiss, dis- 
patch, accompang. - h y e .. kwan, to suppigwith necessaries or means 
for ajourneg. - hyia..kwan, kwan mu, kwan so, to meet on the 
wag. - kQ kwan, to go on ajourneg. - kyer e .. kwan, to show the 
wag. - kyere..8o kwan, to betrag. - ma. .(ho) kwan, to give way 
i.e. to give permission, occasiofi, leave, libedg, license, to permit, al- 
low, suffer; to admit. - n y a (ho) kwan, to obtain permission, be per- 
mitted, find occasion, be able. - si kwan (mu or) so, to set otU (on 
a journey), to depart, -"siw.. kwan, to hinder, impede, obstruct, 
prevent, prohibit, forbid. - to kwan, to grant or give libcrtg, freedom, 
to give a loose; ode papa kwah a to yen bg, he has laid before us, i.e. 
enabled us to choose, the wag for good. - to (or f o m) kwah, to miss 
the wag. - tu kwah, to undertake ajourneg. ~ twa ok wan, a) to 
make or cut out a wag = yi kw. y b) to cross or pass over a way. 

- c) to shorten a wag, pr.l892. - yera gkwah, to lose the wag, go 
astrag, to err. - yi kwah, to open, prepare or make a Hew wag. — 
Okwah no ano afuw, na akyiri-nohoa de, wgabg, the beginning of 
the wag is overgrown, but farther on it is cleared. 

akwan-akwdii, adv. along the wag, in walking; pr. 24T4. odii 
brgde no akw.; grekg no, na gto dwoni akw. de kg. 

0-k w a ii-a s e, the end of the wag. 

o-kwaii-aso, the edge or border of the wag; cf. gkwdhky§h. 

11 kwan, soup; nom -, to take (prop, drink) soup. Cf. aduah. 
kwdne, V. 1. to cackle; akokg no kw., gbeto, this hen cackles, 
it will lag (eggs). — 2. to hatvk, hem; gkw. ne menewam\ he is clear- 
ing his throat; kw. hohore, to force up phlegm bg hawking. — 3. 
F. kwan, to row, paddle; sgn. hare; deriv. gkwamfo. 

0-kwane, Ak., 5. gkwah. — iikwane, Ak., 5. hkwah. 

akwanne [gkwah ade] passage-^noneg, passage-toll, tunipike- 
toll, toll, custom, dutg. 

Q-kwan-fwg^ inf. [fwe gkwah] expectation. 

akwaii-hyed6 [ade a wgde bye gkwah] subsistence, money 
given to carriers to buy their food on the way. pr. 3004. 

ak wan-hyid, inf. [hyia..kwah] going to meet one. 

akwa-niliAinani [akoa onih6mani] a person of no rank, of 
low social condition; = gdeseni. 

akwdn-k6 inf. [kg kwah] setting out on a joumeg; pr. 1071. 
akw. hemahema se de, mintnmi mehkg bi da, I shall never be aWe 
to sei forth upon ajourneg so earlg in the morning. 

akwdn-ko-gyd, inf. [gya, akwahkg] accompanging on the wag; 
cf. akwAnnyd. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kwaiikoni — Nkwantanaii. 273 

k w aii-kor^^ As. kwaukwara, nkwantd, pL n- [nkwaii, kora], 
large spoony ladlCj soup-ladle^ carved of wood. pr. 1896, 
kwankora-senfo, a maker of ladles. 

ak w an k w a, pi, n- [akoa] youihy young man. pr. 1897. — syn. 
aberante, -wa, -kwa. — 2, dandy, fop, coxcomb. — iikwaiikwa- 
s^m, strutting, flaunting, finery, foppishness; ostentation; di nkw., 
pr. 2.30,253. cf. kjea & inmerantiwasetn. 

iikwaiikwa-diia, Ak. = osekyedua. 

o-kwdii-ky eii [okwan nkyen] the way-side, by the way, pr,1898. 
tlie edge or border of a road or path ; syn. gkwan-asd. 

o-kwaii-kyor^, inf, the act o( showing the way. pr. 648, 

o-k w an-kyerefo, pi. a-, guide, leader. 

O'kw ail-ma, inf. [xnH qkw&ii] permission, dllotvance, leave, li- 
cense; admittnnce. 

o-kwaii-mu, a-, in the tcny, in Die proper manner, = kwanso, 
«-; cf, abrammo-kwanmu. 

g-k wdii-mii-ka, inf, occasioned high-way robbery. 

o-k w a u m u k a f 0, high-way robber. 

akwau-mii-sem [a word heard on the way, Gr. § 194] news, 
report, informaiion received on the road, 

iikwa-nod [kwae ano] the neighbourhood of tfte primeval forest; 
cf, nhanoa, nsanoa. 

Kwanokii, pr. n. of a weak or worthless man. pr, 2969. 

ukwa-noma [kwae anoma] a bird from the (primeval) forest. 

g-kwan-s$u [hkwan, gsen] soup-pot, 

iikwdn-siane [okwan, siane] by-way; cf, akwd, akwatikwan; 

akwansi-de, s. akwansisem. [wafa nkw. 

o-kwan-siii [ok wan Bin] pi, a-, the extent, length or distance of 
a way or roadf from one appointed halting place to another; pr, 818, 
— a mile. 

akwansimma f dim.] pi, n-, a smaller division of a way; a sta- 
dium; a furlong; cf. ofritekwdn. 

akwan-siw, inf, [siw kwan] the act of hindering d^c, hinder- 
ance, impediment, obstacle, 

a k w a n s i-s § m, hinderance, impediment, difficulty, 

o-kwan-srdf6, pi. a- [era okwan] scout, spy. 

0-kwdii-s5, a-, on the way, in the proper place, manner, order; fa 
nneema no toto n^akwahso = siesie nneema no yiye, put these things 
in order; eny^ ne kwanso = ne kronkronso, that is not the proper 
way, — kw4Ds6-kwdiis6, properZy, orderly, in due order; 6y^ n^ade 
nh. kw. — akwau-so-sem^ = akwahmusem. 

ukwan-td [okwan nta] double road i.e. the place where a road 
I>ranches off into two, or, where two roads cross, pr, 284. 2983, — 
ogyina own n^ nkwa nkw. 

ukwan-td [nkwan ta] As. = kwankord, ladle; cf, bebata^ 
iikwantab^u^ a kind of bead, s. ahene. 
nkwanta-bisd; a plant. — Nkw., j[>r. n. m. 
Nkwan ta-n ail; pr. n, of a town or village (in Akem&c.)i^om 
which fonr roads proceed. 

18 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



274 akwanted — okwasea. 

akwaiite&y s. opurow. 

a-kwantemm^refiid, a kind of bird, 

akwantemfi, somewhere in or on the wayy not near the start- 
ing-place nor the end of the journey. 

akwanteii-befua, a single paini-nut foxind on Uie way. (Wo 
ba nkasa a, na wofa roa no di, na okasa!) 

o-kwantenni, wanderer, traveller, trademnany journeying tra- 
der y syn. batanf ; nea qnkm rekodi guA; akwantemto asafo, caravan, 
company of travellers or merchants, 

ok w kn-t (5 n t e ii, a long way or journey- 

o-kwan-tia, a short way or journey. pr,281o. 

u k wan-tla [ok wan tia] pr, 1903. the end of a way; the outskirts 
of a town, syn, kur6tia. 

akwan-tu, inf, [tu kw sih] journey , travel; voyage. — o-kwan- 
tufOji^^.a-, wanderer. — akwantii-kdtokii, travelling-pouch or -hag. 

— akwantus6 [akwantu ase] the reason for undertodclng a journey, 
Uie intention, aim or design in travelling. 

akwan-twed, a kind of animal; by-narae: kwame-tabi. 
akwdn-nyd; inf. [gya.. kwanj dispatching; accompanying on 
the way, syn. akwahkogya. — o-kwan^nyafo,i>Z.a-, companion, con- 
ductor; escort, convoy. 

ak wan-ny a [ok wan agya] the opposite side of the way. pr..S69. 
nkwdn-ye [nea wgde ye nkwah] boot, gain, advantage; ichat 
is given in addition (over and above 'usim' and 'ntoso') in buying 
fishes. 

g-kwapae, fool, blockhead, dullard &c. Rog. 501. :=^ okwasea, 
ogyennyentwi. — iikwapae-sem^syw. nkwaseasem, agyimisem&c. 
kwapen, by-narae of the dog; s. okramah. 
kwarifd, -fud, == okfsf, rat; pr. 210.371. 
kw as a, nkwasS, a kind of tree or shrub; oduahyen di n'aba. 
k w lis afo [hkoa asafo] jyZ. id., a person or thing belonging to 
the whole company or community. — kwasafo-de, a thing or things 
belonging to a community or serving for the use of all; common or 
public propetiy. — kwasafode-pe, communisni ; kw.-pefo, commu- 
nist. Hist. — kwasafo-diid, a tree (bearing fruit) for common use. 

— kwasafo-man, republic; common-wealth; syn. kwaman-m^n. 

— kwasafoman(pe)fo, the republican party. — kwasafo-ni, pi. -fo, 
a republican. — kwasafo-s^se, a cammofi, coinmon or public 
ground. — kwasafo-sem, a palaver in which every body is aUowed 
to give his opinion. 

iikwa-ase, the end of a plantation ; afuw (F. akwa) no hkoa 
a.s. ano a.s. an afo a ede reko hhanoa. pr. 1O07. cf. hkoa. 

g-kwasea, pi. h-, h- -fo, fool, idiot, ignorant or stupid person, 
silly feUow; simpleton, dolt, dunce, dtdtard; oye okw. se oguah, he 
is as stupid as a sheep; - syn. ogyennyent^X^i, ogyimfo, oses^o; cf. 
obodamfo, ogyefo; kwapae, kwatee, tibohkgso. — kvf a 8 e^f fool- 
ishness, stupidity. — iikwaseam\ in a foolish manner. — fikwa- 
soa-de, foolish things or deeds; V. (-dze) folly. — iikwasea sgui, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kwksdsa — kwaw. 276 

foolish tdlJc or behav^iour, foolishness, folly. — iikwas ea-t ow, a 
large dumpling of the favourite dish of the negroes called *fufu\ 

kwlis6sd, a mixture of chaff and red clay to rub [kwaw] the 
floor of dwellings with; wode oskio a.s. roposA6 a.s. brodeba-akiia 
na wgde ye. 

Kwasi, pr, n, of a male person born on Sunday. Gr. § 41,4. 
Akwasiba, -wa, Akosua, jir. n. of a female born on Sunday. 

Kwasi-da, Sunday; cf, dapeh. — akwasi-dae = adwedae. 

kwasi-^maukwa, talebearer , telhtale; ^ye kw. =yye nsi- 
kyi-n84yam\ he is double-tongued, deceitful, treacherous; cf. gfdko- 
n6-fibaf6. 

kwasiare, overweening, haughtiness, conceit; woy^ kw. =^ 

[woye ah&ntan. 
ukwa-s5m, inf. F. -— nkoa-s6m, service of slaves, slavery. 
0-kwasonf, ;??. a- -fo, a person (pi. people) living on the plan- 
tation; s. ofnmni. 

kwTitSiy leprosy; syn. pit'i, fawohokodi; yarekw., to be leprous, 
o-kwatanl, jpi.a--fo, leper; syn. opitini. 
o-kwatakyi, 1, a brave person, valiatit man, — ^. bravery, 
vailour; - s. okatakyi, akatanini. 

kwat^e [recent] foolishness, conceit, foppery, flaunting, brag- 
ging, pretentiousness ; 6y^ kw. = ohoahoa neho; cf. kwapae, okwa- 
sea, kwasiare. 

kwdterekwa, ragamuffin , ragged or nea rly naked fellow ; 
pr. 1910. F. kwatserkwa, Mk. 14,52. cf. kwati, kwawow. 

kwdterokwOy adv, barely, merely; oki kyere wo kw. se: 
do me! he gives the absolute command: love me! 

kwati, V. to omd, to leave, set or lay aside, pass by, avoid, 
evade; not to come into, not to pass through; it servos also instead 
of tbej^rep. ivithotd: wgakwati bene adi asem no, they held the pa- 
laver withotU the king; raokwati me a, muntumi ny^ fwe, or, mun- 
tumi nk. me nye fwe, John 15,5. pr. 1027.1031.1039. — kwati dufuaw 
or kyem, to go round a "medicine*^ or a shield =-- to call upon a fetish. 
kwati, kwdtikwati, a, bare, bald, naked, nude; smooth; 
simple, plain; cf. kwawow. — watwitwa ne ti so kw., he has his head 
close shaved, close cropped; neti apakw.kw.; dua no ho or so (ye) 
kw. (= pata, without leaves); masSh mprampro no ho kwkw. 

kwdtia, pi. n-, Ak. a forked stick or post on which the poles 
for the construction of the roof rest, = akorasimma. 
Kwdtla, pr. n. m, — Akwatid, Akotia, pr. n. m. 
akwatia [akoa, ti&] adj. sm^zll, short; pr.J2833. — n. 1. a small 
person^ short man; fr. 693. 3564. — 2. a wooden bar or bolt, door- 
bar, cross-bar. 

akwatid-bibii'l, a kind of river-fish. 

akwatl-kw an, pi. n-, round-about way, by-ivay, side-way. 
kwaw, V. [inf. a-] 1, to rub the floor with a mixture of red clay 
and chaff. pr.I867. ~ 2. to wear off; s. red, kokwaw. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



276 kwaw — kyg. 

-kwaw, a. plain^ simple^ common; nnua-kwaw, s. kjeh dan. 

Kwaw, (F.)iJr. n. = Yaw. Gr. § 41,4. 293,6. 
akwawd [akwa, dim,\ a small plantation, pr, 2299. 

kwdw6w, rt. harey empty y unfurnisJted ; mere, alone; plain, 
simple; cf, kwaterekwa, kwati; wis! dan-kwdwow agyaw ho araa 
no, he has built a single house and left it so to him without any ap- 
purtenance {&8 kitchen &c.) or furniture: wakan'asem kw., = waki 
asem a eho da ho na nnlpa nh. te ase. 

kwQ, kwe, kwe, kwi, F. = twe, twe, twe, twi. Gr. § 12.293. 

kwia, F. = twa. Gr. § 12,2. 293,1 c Bern. 3. 

kwo, kwo, kwu : kw, before o, o, u, is often written in F.fPrh) 
where other dialects have merely k.; e.g. 

kwo, akwoa (Mk, 12,2.), kwokwa, = ko, akoa, kokoa. 

kwoii, akwondo, iikwongya = kon, akonno, hkonya. 
ukwouhyefo, akwotuia = nkomhyefo, akatua &c. 

kyakya, tSatSa, akyakyawa, -kya, s, akyekyewa. 
o-kyame, s. gkySame. 

kye, v. 1. to last^ endure, continue, hold md, stand for a lotig 
time, pr.lOOl; to be long he. of long duration; n'asemakye dodo, his 
speech was very long; to stay long, to stay away ov out a long time; 
wAky^biara nen, he has stayed out long enough indeed; s. Gr.§231,l. 
3-5., where instances are given to show the rendering by the t?. kye 
of the Eng. adtwrbs and phrases Hong, a long while, a good whilCy 
for a long time, long ago, not long ago, a (long, slwrt) while ago,long 
since, long before, soon, soon afterwards*^, — ^. to delay, defer, with- 
stand a long time, require a long time before, with another verb in 
the inf.: 6ky^ ne b«l, he delays his coming, lie does not or will not 
come soon or for a long time; Luk. 12,45. ekye bo or bu, it withstands 
breaking, i.e. it will not break soon or easily; enky^ bo, it does not 
withstand breaking, i.e. it will easily break, it is fragile; ekye see, 
it is not easily spoiled or ruined, w durable; enkye see, it is not 
durable, is perishable, frail; pr. 1017. Gr. § 231,2. 

ky e, V. [red. kyeky§] 1. to divide, or separa/e into classes, or- 
ders, kinds, parts, portions or shares, to cut up, parcel (oid); - kye 
nam, to cut up a piece of meat; often with mu: kye akata no mu 
abieii, ditndc the orange into two parts. — 2. to share, part, araong 
two or more, to distribtde, divide among several; to apjwrtion; to 
present or give (also a single thing to a single person) : gkyee ne 
mfefo nhina ade, he distributed presents to all his friends; ode dukfi 
kyee me, he gave me a handkerchief. — 3, to give away, make a pres- 
ent of: memfd me ba menkye, I do not give away my child, pr. 3538. 
— 4. to forgive, pardon: ode me bone akye me, = afiri me, he has 
forgiven me my offence, — 5, to remit, to acquit of (a debt) ; wamfA 
me kaw no ahkye me, he has not absolved me from (paying) mydehU 

kye, V. :/. Ak. = kyew. — 2, F. (khe) = kyekye, kyere, kye- 

[kyere. 

kye, V, 1, to become clear, visible; to appear, cotne to light; to 
come or bring forth, to obtain or impati consistency; this v, is only 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kye — akjeafo. 277 



used in connection with ade: ade kye, the day breaks (lit. the things 
become visible?) [G. d6e tSere or tSere]; wo abofra yi, nea woy§ yi, 
worenkyg ade, you child that you are, by so doing you will (not bring 
things to lasting existence or duration i.e.) not live long or fare weU 
or prosper; pr. 565. — ade renkye no, things wUl not prosper to him, 

— 2. s. red. kySkye. 

k y e, interj. expressing the unwillingness of a monkey to give 
up what he has got, pr. 1787. 

ky ^, adv. in an elegant^ exquisite or luxurious way; wakyekye 
nc fi kye. (ade a eho tew fgremm, asem biara nni ho.) 
e-kye, Ak. s. kyew. 

o-kye, inf. lasting, duration; oky^ naanky§, it did not last long, 
akye, F. = anka, ank&na. — nkye, F. 1, = anka. Mt. lfi.11^1.12/. 

— jj. A word expressive of an attempt. Mf. Gr. p. 46 (hkhe). 
akye, fishing-net; c/*.adwokii & atra, boa, eb6a,asitwu. [G.atS^.] 
e-kye, ekyen(V) F. immortality.? Cf akyewa. 

akye [fr, kye, v. a forth-coming?] a salutation y greeting , espec. 
in the morning; compliments^ respects; cf. makye. — ma akyS, to 
salute, greet (cf, kyia) ; mema wo yere akye ; I beg to send or pre- 
sent my kind regards to your wife ; ma no akye ma me, give my re- 
spects to him or her; obi aba ha abema wo akyS, a person has come 
who desires to pay his respects to you. 
an'kye, a kind of parrot; s. ako. 

^ n k y 5, a kind of icild cashew tree with fruits eaten by theKrobos. 
ky 6a, V, [red. kyeakyea] to become or make oblique, inclined, 
distorted, wry, crooked, squint rfr.; to slope, slant, bend, incline, dis- 
tort d'c. akyea, it is wry, sloping, not straight; kyea asem, to wrest 
judgment, to pervert one's cause; okyea n'aso di asem, he perverts 
judgment; wakyea n'aso abn no ntenkyew. Cf. kyew, v. cf* a, 

kyea, ky^4 fnif-'O ^ bending sideward or a sideward inclina- 
tion of the head, as for close or careful inspection; a look from the 
side; ofw^j no {or ne) kyc^d, he looks or cares well for him (her, it), 
is careful for or mindful of him = gmmd biribi nhia no, n'ani ka 
{or ku) no ho ; onfw^ no kyea, he does not even look at him, does not 
care the least for him. 

hk jea: to-, pr. 2863. 

nkyeae, i. obliqueness, crookedness: the slanting of a wdU; 
minhu dan no nkyeae hi. — ^. a sloping or slanting line. — 3. fig. 
crooked way; crooks (of the heart &c.); yenhuu nenkyeae da, we 
never found in him any fault, wrong, tresjyass or deviation from mor- 
al rectitude. 

ky6a, V. to walk in an affected, conceited, ostentations manner, 
to strut, to behave proudly; okyea = odi nkwankwasem, oye neho 
mmerantede. 

akjeafo, ankyeaf6, -g, a person or thing worthy of distinc- 
tion, excelling others of the same kind; gbedew mu nni anky. = ob. 
biara ny^ fe, biara hky^n h\,pr. 7 1.17 16. 17 19. 3546. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



278 kyeakyea — kyekye. 



kyeakyeayred. v., pr.3l73, — kyeaw-kjeaw, a kind g( sandals, 

o-kye&me, i>?. a-, speaker, reporter , interpreter; one of the 
plders of a king or a negro-town or community, called linguist^ who 
in their coancils has the office of a speaker being the month-piece 
of, or reporter to, the king or the assembly; - di ky., to be or ados 
a speaker, Cf. opanyiii. 

aky e-buro, parched corn, pr.394. syn. nkye-wee. 

aky e-de, pi, id, [ade a wokye] present, gift: cf. adekyede, kye- 
fa, ayeyede. 

akye-duafi, fried meat, cakes dtc, Cf, nkyewa. 
kyee, v. -so, to spare, retain as precious, save, ttse sparinglif; 
cf, kora so ; okyee n'aae so, he is ihrifttj, economical, parsimonious, 
close; - red, k^eekyee, q,v, 

ky^-6dwo [6ky6 a edwo]: (>ye k. = onipa a oka asem a, 
edwo [etwa]. Cf, pr. 2659 f, 2606, 

kyeeky^e, red. v, 1, s. kyee. — 2, ky. mn, to mix persons 
or things of different kind or size, to alternate, to catise to siwceed 
hy turns, to arrange in reciprocal succession ; gwo kyeekyee mu, sht 
bears sons and daughters alternately [G, efo nmafi]; momfa mmofra 
no nky. mpanyimfo no mu; wasina n'ahene akyeekyee mu, e.s.enj^ 
ahene sukoro, na esonsone na Qde afrafra mu. 

kye-fa, F. [kye, of&] portion, share, allotment, dividend, 

iikye-g6 [nno a woakyew ma aben na wode asi ho ma adan 
fita na wuguare a wosra] palm-oil prepared for anointing one^s skin 
after washing, 

iikye-hama [nhama a ekyere] bonds; oda nky. (mu), he is 
bound, kept in bonds, fig. he is restrained or hindered in an action, 
prohibited to act in a matter; onam nky. m' na obae, he came in 
bonds, as a captive, 

nkyekwaky enna: bo- =: di ahantansem. pr. 1921, 

akyekya , s, akyekyewa. 
kye kye (mu), red, v., s, kye, to divide. 

kye kye, the evening-star; osi sram nkyen, osram yere nen, 
odi sram akyi da; hence it is also called ky^kye-p6-aware, awar6- 
m'p^-n5, or, pe-h^ne-ad\, owuodi, implying thsit it is betrothed t^ the 
moon and desirous to be married to it, though never able to come 
up with it, or, that it is desirous of becoming king (instead of the 
moon), and that, when the moon dies i.e. disappears, that star takes 
its place; cf. ko-soroma. 

kyekye, ;jr. a-, callosity, hard spots of the skin; ky. asi ne 
nsam\ ne nsam' asi ky., {or asisi aky.) his hand has become (or his 
hands are) callous; ne nankroma anim asi ky., his knees have be- 
come callous, 

ky eky 6 [full e] spindle; nkora ntra-ntra abien a wode dua 
ahyem' ; wode nsatea dan no a, na etwa neho na wode to asdwd. 
kyekye, a kind of kente, s. ntama. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kyekye — akyekyeregya. 279 

kyekye, kyikyi, spy-glass; telescope. 

kyeky e, red* i;.[e/*.kyere, kyekyere] i. to bindf tie (up), hind 
together J pr, 1923. — 2, to gird, girdle^ girt; wakyeky e n^asen = wabg 
neho 80. — - 3, to precipitate^ form a sediment, to tlmhen, inspissate, 
coalesce, concrete, congeal; aburow, dote no aky. (after being dis- 
solved in water or soaked), — 4. to groio or become firm, hard, solid: 
od6 no aky. kakra-ara gyenii. — 5. ky. kfirow, to huild a town, 
pr. 447. — 6. gkyekye ne were (lit. he ties up his hreast?) he comforts, 
consoles, solaces him; ne were akyekye, he has been or is comfor- 
ted, consoled. 

kyekye, red. v. -..so, to keep close together; oky. nesika 
so = omfk ne sika nt6 aduan nni, nto ntama mfnra. 

u kyeky e, iw/". avarice, stinginess, niggardliness* cf. smihere, 
ayamohwene, kane. — o-kyekyefb, ^.a-, miser, niggard; pr.l922. 
one heaping up treasures; cf. oyamohwenefo. 

o-kyokye, a kind oibat, having bumps about the head.pr. 711, 
kye'kye, n. a sound agreeable to the ear, harmonious, satis- 
fa<^torif, gratifying; wdfl ky. akyi, he comes behind hand, a day after 
the fair. 

ilkyekyed, a large fruit (melon?) with eatable seeds; syn. 

[akatewa. 

akyekyea, a dish of roasted meal of Indian corn or maize. 

nkyekyern', inf. [kyekye mu] the act of dividing; division; 
part, section, verse; fraction; syn. nkyem*. 

kyekye-mawe, As. a fish of a finger's length. / 

aky ekye-mawe, F. locust. Mt 3,4. Mk. Ifi. - s. boadabi, abebew. 

uky^kyera, nkyeky^rewa, Gy. gorg, a cord made of pine- 
apple fibres (sevenfold, mfiriwa). 

iiky^kyere, a kind of gras^ or weeds preventing the growth 
of any thing else; sare atenten bi a ete se nnua; papyrus; rtish, 
Job. 8,11. cf. sakran. * 

11 k y 6 k y e r e, wild sugar-cane ; syn . f werew. 
kyekyere, red. v. [kyere] 1. to bind, tie, tie together; ky. 
boa, to make a bundle; ky. adesoa, to prepare aload; wgkyekyeree 
ne nsa kgg n'akyi, they tied his hands behind his back; bone aky. 
n^ani, sin has blindfolded him. — 2. to gird, girdle, girt; cf. nkye- 
kyeremu. — 8. to be tied round a thing; dukfi ky. neti, she has a 
handkerchief tied round her head. Cf. kyekye. 

kyekyere [kekre] roasted corn ground into flour; syn. osidm; 
wgde abOrow a wgakyew na eyam ky. 

aky ekyere-e, pi. n-, tortoise; cf. awuru, apuhurn. 

[pr. 1465. 1467. 1924-31. 
n k y e k y e r e e, a wea ver^s spool ; Syn. dodo wa. 
kyeky erebesi, a kind of tree; dua bi a eho wo nsge, ey§ den, 
n^lhaban nteantea, wode eho bono ye hama, ebgn na ebon ; wokgr 
ase a, wntu nnee. 

akyekyere-gy^, -twe, a kind of ant. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



280 kyekyerehii — kyeii. 

kyekyerehd, a kind of food prepared of maize. 
k 7 e k y e r e-k 6 ii a, different sorts of precious beads drung to- 
gether, worn by kings, pr, 448. 

akyekyere-k6iimti [neaekyekyerekonmu] nccMace ; neck- 
nkyeky ere-mi'i, belt, girdle; syn. aboso. [cloih. 

nkyeky ere-s6 fnea wode akyekyere adesoa so] that tchich is 
bound upon a load in addition to it. 
nkyekyerewa, s. nky§ky^ra. 

iikyeky^wa, 1. notchy indentaiioti; gsekan no an© abo nky., 
the edge of the knife has got a notch. — ^. a clicking or smacking sound 
produced to scoff at one ; wgbo no nky. (=ntwom), ihep deride Aim, 
scoff at him by smacking tpith the tongue. 

ukyekyewa, the spicy bark of a tree ; cinnamon ? 
akyekyewd, -kya', a humpbacked, hunchbacked person. 

[pr. 741. 1046, cf afn. 
ky^kyewa^ a. small; okura adaka ky. bi s^ or adaka kete- 
w« bi a ete se. 

0-kye m, i>?. a-, a shield plaited of twigs; nwene ky., to make a 
shield; woyeno tetere akinanan ; buckler; cf. nwAky^m, wokyem. 
akyem-akyem, a. [^pl. o/'okyem] flat (as the wicker-work of 
a shield); atntnw nti abofra no nsa adan aky. 

nky em', inf. [kye muj division, part, fraction; s. hkyekyem'. 

ky em, 17. to press (together) forcibly, to force out. 
Akyem, jpr.w. Akem, a country consisting of two territories, 
Akyem Abd^kwa and Aky6m K6toku, Gr. p. XI. XII. — pr.n.m. 
dnky ^m', pl.n-, a small bird, perhaps 300 living on one tree, 
kyema, s. kyima. 

ky^madu, a. large, said of a bunch of bananas, palm-nuts, 
akyemddud (kgko), a kind of beans. 
kySmS', a most precious kind of cloth from the interior (sa- 
rem'), made of silk-thread, pr. 1365. (pr. 805.) 
akyem-medew, s. obed^w. 

k y e m f e r e, i>Z. n-, potsherd, pr. 3669. 
o-ky e m f 6, ph a-, a large spider; its bite is said to be venomous, 
o-ky e m f 6 o, pi. a-, a shield-bearer (of the king of Asante). pr. 799. 
Akyemfoo, pr. n. of a sea-coast town in Fante. 
ky^mi, a kind of small fish, pounded and made into lumps, 
stinking = ose^-s&min^. pr. 2345. [6. gbemono.] 
kyemmiri, F. a kind of snake. 
nky em-pa e [nkyene pae] a bag of salt. pr. 3609. 
n k y e m-p e, equator. D.As. 
nkye-mii, s. nkyem'. 

Q-kyemwd [okyem, dim.^ a small shield, target. 
kygn [Ak.F.kyeneJy. to surpass, go beyond, exceed, excel, be 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kyeii — hkyene. 281 



larger than; syn, 8§n, cf. tra; it is ased for the comparative form 
of £Dg. adjectives and the conj, than; after another verb it is trans- 
lated by more than, better thatiy rather thauy when negative, by not 
80 .. as, not more .. than, Dabodabo ye kokiiro kyen akokp, or d. 
kyen akoko koktiro; Onyame nhyira ye kyen sika; metnmi maye 
kyen nea wosnsuw; moanyin sen me, enti mntu mmirika kyen me; 
biribi nky^n ogya kok5. R,p. 202, Gr. § 73. — kyen so (without an 
expressed object of comparison) to be eminent, excellent, superior; 
nneema a ekyen so, extraordinary things. 

kyen, t;. to erect the sides of a house; wokyen dan, wokyen 
nnua-kwaw no, they put in the common sticks for the walls of a negro- 
house. — Cf, nkyen. 

ky eii, r. [s. kyfinkySn] 1, to become hard, dry, stiff, durable; 
ekaw kyen na empSrow, pr, 1498, — ^. to make hard: wokySh won 
yafunu, tJiey abstain frotn food, live on scanty food, s. yaf. — 3. F. 
gkyen ne kon wg n'agya do, he rebelled against his father \ cf sen kon. 

Okyefi, j>r. n. a surname for the name Atiammo. 

a k y e n, the side, side-part or 2)l(ice by the side of a thing ; in 
connection with verbs it is, in Eng., often rendered by prepositions, 
as, near, by, mth, to, from; or by adverbs, as, aside, apart, private- 
ly; F. Mt. 14,13. Mh i5,5. = gfa; - ogyina me nkyen, he stands near 
or by me; kyekye da sram nkyen, the evening-star is near tlie moon; 
mekg ne nkyen, / am going to him; eii ghene nkyen, it comes froim 
the king; cf, Gr. § 122. — Cpds. s. gdankyeii, gkwankygn. 

o-ky ena, F. e- [gkye da] to-morrow; the day or a day follotcing 
the present; gky. bi, some future day. 

o-kyena-kyi, the day after to-morrow* 
ky§ne, r. Ak. F. = kyen ; m'agwima kyene me, my work is 
too hard (too much) for me. 

kyene, v, to swing, fling one's self, as an ape from one tree to 
another; gkyene e.s. (kontromfi, duahyen) gtow fi dua biako so kg 
biako so. — de.. kyene mu; ^ cross, to throw across: gde ne nan 
akyene mu, h^ has crossed his legs. In the combination tow., kyene 
the v. tow means to throw, send, fling, hurl from the hand or from 
a starting place, and kyene points to the end and aim of such 
movement, s. Gr. § 109,.32. 243,&. Kyene is used of single things, 
gu of a multitude of things or of materials ; gtow tnmpan no kyenee 
pom', he hurled the bottle into the sea; watow ne sekah akyene, he 
has flung his knife away, or, he has lost his knife (by carelessness). 

aky ene,pZ.n-, drum; diff. kinds: gbgmma (akyenek^se), atQm- 
pih, hkrdwiri, adedenkiira, et^i, akuku4 (at Kumase and Akro- 
pong); sa n kyene yi nhina di bene anim nh n'akyi; gt^nt^, mpin- 
^"; gyamadudu; - ka or yan aky., to beat a drum. 

u kyene, salt. Akw. tdfode, gyir^m. — Fhr. hky. atem\ U is 
sufficienily sailed; nky. atwam\ it is excessively salted, overscdted; 
nky, no nt^ adem\ the salt has lost its savour; wgny^ nky, na woa- 
hono, the rain w'dl not kill you; waka nky. agu (lit he has cast away 
sail) he has ceased to use salt i.e. he is dead; n'aniwa soa nky. = 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



282 ukvenohoa — kyeiikyeiiara. 

n'ani kum na n'aniwam' aye no fremfromfrem or dededede, he isai 
the pMfd of dropping sweeiJ If asleep; akoa yi, gye m^anim nkyene, 
medai^ mebo a, na oye m'atiko yiea, he speiiks good words in my 
earSf heMnd me had ones; cf. wotoo no tekremakyone, they laid scM 
upon their tongue for him by sweet words; onan nkyene gu n'asom', 
he bribes or persuades him; obeka hky. a, mirentieno bio, though 
he try his best to persuade me, I will not listen to him any more. — 
bo nky., s. bo 98. - si nky., ft. nkyenesi. 

a k y e n o-b 6 a,}?!, n- [aboa a gkyene] ape^ monkey {^euera} name). 

akyeiie-dam, s. adam. 
ky en edur u, a tree the wood of wliich resembles cedar-trood; 
cedar^; dupoii a wode sen akyene, ye mpuran &c. 

akyene-ka., inf, drumming, bent of drum; syn. ayan. 

g-kyene-kfifOj drummer; syn, gkyerema, oyanfo; ef. gyaasefo. 

a-kyenc-k§sej the king's large drum, called gbgmma. pr.711. 

nkyeiie-mu, v.n. a crossing of two lines as in the sign of mul- 
tiplication X ; ef osikyi. 

kyeiiene, a barren, sterile^ unfruitful female (of animals); 
oguan yi abu ky., this sheep has become fat instead of bringing forth 
young; cf, obonin, karawa. 

jukyene-iikyeue, adj. salty; nsu nky., bracki^i water. 

nkyeno-si, inf. the putting of salt into bags. [Wosi nkyene = 
wgkyekye nky. wg abobow mu a.s. akyem-medew mu a.s. ahaban 
biara mu.] 

o-kyene-8oafo, pi. a-, a carrier of a drum. pr. 2822. 
nkyene-s6af6, pi. id., satt-earrier. pr. 1943. 
ixkyeii-k6k6j pL hkyene-ak6k6, a grain of salt. 
ukveukyerama, a kind of grass. 
uky6hkyemk^6, pr. 1944. cf. kyekyemawe. 
nkyeiikycn, F. = hkyene-hkyene; saltness. Mk. 9,-50. 
kyeiikyeii, red. v. [s. kyen] 1. to make or grow hard, dry, 
stiff, numb; awgw akyenkyen me, the cold has benumbed me; wa- 
kyenkyen na oye awu, he has became torpid and is about to die; 
onipa wn a, gkyenky<*n, when a man dies, he becomes stiff, — 2. to 
strain, to put to the titmost tension, excH to the tdmost: kyenkven 
woho ma adaka no so» exert yourself (call up your strength) to lift 
np the box. — 3. V. to dry up, tcither away. ML 4,6.1 1,20 f 

kyenkyeii, a. stiff; tadua ky. pr. 3156; s. ky.-ara & kven- 

[kyenkyen. 
ky ^11 kySii, basket, pannier, ma deofpalm-branches and reeds, 
to carry palm- wine; syn. akgtw6; cf. bedew, apakan, kyerenkye. 
akyeiikyoi'iy pi. id., an unripe jmlm^nut. 

kyenkyea-be-infi, pr. 310.1940-47. 
akyeiikyena, a bird with a large bill, the toucan or horHhUi 
buceros? pr. 1948. — by-names; pebiakrro, m^amea. 

kyeiikyeh-ara, adv. hard, forcibly; needs, necessarily, «»- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



akvenky^nne — ky^re. 283 

dispensable; absolutely, by all meanSy peremptorily, positively y utterly; 
mise, memma ghko ; na o»e kyenkyen-ara obeko, I say, I do not 
tcisk to let him go ; btU he says, he null go by all means. [Cf. G. ke, 
kSle, still, yet, though,] 

aky enkyen-ne [kyenkyen, adej a forced matter or thing; - 
pdo ny6 aky., love is not enforced, obtained by force. 

iikyeiikyene, something hardened; biribiara a akjdnkjgn, 
86 dote, adaan a aye dennennennen na wudi a enye bio, nam a 
woahow Da aky^n; - obosu nky.+, hoar-frost; nsu nky.t, ice; amO 
nky.t, a mummy, 

kyenkyfineuHj s. kyehkyoronn. 

kyenkyenkyen, adv. hard, rigidly, inflexibly, unrelenting- 
ly, excessively; (jhyeno ky., he forces him hard, rules over him with 
severity; Eniresi-abiirofo nhye abibifo ky., the English do not deal 
rigidly with the negroes; otgn n'ade abooden ky., he sells his things 
exceedingly dear. 

akyenky^n-nuru [aduruaeky6hky$n| a medicine for hard- 
ening any thing, for embalming a corpse, for mummification, 

kyeiiky entakyi-a, ado. by force, forcibly; eny6 kyenkyen- 
takyi-ekyf do, it is not an irresistible love; kyenkyentakyi-^i a, 
ose m^mmayenko, he absolutely wants me (or, with all his migJU he 
forces me) to go unih him; syn. ky5nkyen-ara. 

kyeukyentakyi-kurow, pr. 2818. 

kyenkyerenii, a. d: adv. very hard, dry, stiff; cf. kySn & 
kySnkyeh, v. — nam no aye kyenkyerehn, the fish (or meat) is well 
dried; asase no mn {or so) ye kyfenkySngnn, = emu akySn or awo, 
ihe land is Mrd and dry, arid, meager, barren; ne ntama no asen 
ky. ; ne nsa seni ky. or kyehekese, 1 Ki. IS. — wakySn ky^nkyer§hn, 
he has become stiff (in his body or joints, for some hours) : ey4 akose 
abiribiriw-twa, .syn. ade ato no so, ahunmu ato (oi* asi) no so. 

kyenkyerenkyeu == kyenkychkyeh. 
akye-nya-de [ade a woakye anya] share, portion, = kyefa. 

kyepe, Akw. = pedna, to. 

kyepefij F. portion, inheritance. Mt. 5,5. 
nkyertl, a kind oi pot; s, knku. 

kyer,F. kyere, Ak. = kye, v. to last, endure; F. roambekyer', 
/ am not to remain long; gb§kyer ahe, Jiow long will it last? bekyer 
ahS nko, how long (wilt Uiou stay away)? Ps. 90,13. 

kyere [kye, v. to lastdx.^ a delay ^ lingering, prolonged stay; 
mehhy^ wo ky., I do not detain you, will not cause you a delay or 
detepition; wannye ky. yee ntem kgg hg, he hastened there without 
delay. 

kyere, v. [red. kyekyere, q. v.] 1. to catdi, lay hold on, seize 
(by pursuit); to take captive (ky. or fa dommum), apprehend; to 
detain; agyinamoa ky. hknra, akroma ky. nkokg; pr. 3111.1954-57. 
ky. asem, Lk. 11,54. — 2. to bind, tie round (adare, the handle of a 
hUlrhook). — 3. to become thick, to curd, curdle, clot, concrete or coa- 
gtdate into a thick inspissated mass; nufnsu no aky., the mUk has 
curdled. — 4. ..mn ky., a) to be narrow; gdan yi ran ky., this room 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



284 kyere — akyere. 



is narrow; opp. mxx gow, to he spacious. — b) to be hurtied and in- 
distinct in pronunciation : Aburifo kasa mu kyere, e.s. wokasa ntem- 
ntem na emu ntew a.s. emu nnA ho. — 5. kyere mu^ to interweave, 
tissue f variegate; woaky, mu = otamanweDef6 adi mu adwini; s. 
ukjeremu. — 5. to be in great distress or straits: ne ho kyere no = 
ne ho hia no wo mma nhina; ne tirim aky. no (e.s. asem bi aye no 
ehfi niawereho nhina), he has become distracted^ out of his senses or 
wits. — 6, to press or be pressed togetJwr; kyere so, to throng, crowd: 
nnipa no aky. so, the people are crowded together; woky^re no so, 
theff throng him; woko kyere tow, thei^ huddle together into a cZusttr, 
swarm or crowd. — 7. kyere {or kyekyere) sa, to prepare for icar 
(by collecting an army &c.); wakyere me ho sa-bone, he has plan- 
ned, devised or determined eml against me. — 8. to show or manifest 
ill wiUf hostUitify animosity, aversion, to bear malice, to make one fed 
a grudge; s, nkyeree. 

kyere, V. [red. kyerekyere, q. v.] 1. to show foiih, j^rodwr. 
exhibit, present to view (often preceded by de, fa, yi, with the ob- 
ject that is shown) : fa mfonini yi kyere no, show him these pic- 
tures; mede maky. no {or, maky. no mf.); - fa woho or yi woho 
kyere, shoic yourself; gkyere neho (dodo), he i*? ostentatious, boast- 
ful, vaunting. pr.:i82. 1318. - yi.. ky eve, to manifest, reveal, make 
knotvn. John 1,31.^,11. ~ - 2. to show, point out (to): to guide or lead 
to; kyere no kwan, shoiv him the way; kyere no odan a obedam\ 
lead him to the room where he is to sleep, pr. 1617. — 3. kyere ase, 
to show the reason, meaning, sense, i.e. to e.v plain, interpret, pr. 1950. 
kyere lino, to siate or declare the amount, number, weigM dr. F. to 
declare. — 4. to teach, instruct in: mekyereeno nhoma-kan, I taught 
him to read (cf. red.). — 5. to advise, c(mnsel, exhort: okyeree no se 
onnnan, he advised him to flee; pr.226. — 6". to have a direction or 
situatiofi toward, to front, face, to look toward: adannim ky. apuei, 
the frojit of the house looks eastward; nemfensere ky. abonten so, 
his window faces or looks into the streH. — 7. After another verb, ky. 
often shows the direction of an action and is rendered in Eng. by 
iheiprep. toward (Gr.§ 223,4): oterew ne nsam* kyere gsoro, he spreads 
foiih his hands toward heaven ; or it denotes the reference to a per- 
son and is rendered by to: ka.. kyere, to sjjcak or relate to, to tell, 
give instruction or information to, to inform: okai ne dae kyeree no, 
he told him his dream; wanya asem no nki nkyeree, Jie has often 
incidcated this matter; - to makeknown, re veal. John 1,18. — 8. kasa 
kyere, a) to speak to. pr. 513. - b) to instruct, exhort, admonish. pr. 911. 
— 9. to do for a pretence: wobg mpae tenten kyere, they for a jm- 
tence make long prayers. Mt. 23,14. 

kyere, F. unless, except {^^ye')-^ till, untU: mgdg w'ky. owu 
apa hen mu, I shall love thee till death us do part; cf. kyere-de. 

kyere, inf. Ak. = gkye, lotig duration, time. pr. 1949. 
o-ky ere, the act oi teaching; doctrine, ride, precept, inslrt4ction. 
o-kyere, precious beads and pieces {ingots) of gold, fastened 
round the wrist; s. gkrakyere. 

aky e r e^pl.ii-, a wretch worthy or destined to be killed; pr.636J9o8. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kjeree — ukyerekyerewd. 285 



cf, akwakyere; wode no too akyere, they sentenced him to he killed 
after previous torments in dragging him along the streets, 
kyeree, = aboso, the batten or movable bar of a loom. 
iikyeree"^, v,n. [kyere, i.] example, sample, pattern, instatire; 
syn^ nfweso; elio nky. bi ni. 

nkyeroe [kyere, v.\ 1. manner of binding; state of bondage, 
bonds; nkyeree a womd wokyeree no yee no yaw se. — J2. a grudge, 
ill will, animosity, hostility, malice, aversion; medenena ho nkyeree 
(= ne ho tan, ne ho ahi) na mede merekyere no, I make him feel 
the grudge I owe to his mother; mfA m'agya ho nkyeree iikyer^me, 
do not make me suffer for the aversion you have conceived to my 
father. — 3. = duasoe, kaasee &c. 

nkycre-ano, inf. V. answer, declaration. 

iikverease, inf. explanation, interpretation; cf. asekyere. 

akyereba, -wa, -ba, pi. n-, F. sister; cf. onna-ba. 

[Mt. 13,56. 19,29. Mk. 3,35. 6^. 
kyere be II 11, kfereb^n-krebeiiu, (fnll e) o. c^ adv. 1. erect, 
upright, straight, not crooked at all; (ogyina hg ky., nnua no anyin- 
nyiii krbkrb.) — 2. fast, firm; syn. pintinn. 

o-kyerebeii, jjL a-, a species of snake; oye ahantan se oky. 
kyereb^iikuku, tlie queen of the white ants, = mf6teh^ne. 
ky ere hik{s 6), a three-angled piece of wood or shelf fastened 
in the corner (or nook) of a room to put things on ; s, kyereso. 

kyere bo, hardened dung, excrement; onipa, atoteboa biara 
a.s. akoko bin a eye dennennen; syn. bin, sebew; cf. bintnw. 

kyere-de, F. (in order to see) whether; = kyere-se; or only: 
kyere: Mk. 11,13. — kyere oboku no, hoping to kill him. 

a k y e r ^ d e w a, a little something to make a show ; a small token. 
akyerekyo, an animal that eats nnripe plantains, pr. 1960. 
akyerekyereo, id.? a kind of rodent animal; s. opurow. 
nkyerekyera, -kyere wa, dry land, barren desert; nky. sone 
nea wura ntunii mfiti yiye na aduan nso mmo. 

kyere kyere, a. only used together with kan, s. kahky.... 
kyerekyere, red. v., 1. «. kyer§: the red. form is used, with 
the meaning to teach, instt^ct, when the thing or matter that is taught 
is not mentioned; cf. didi, kenkan. — 2. kyerekyerg .. mu, to ex- 
plain, expound, elucidate, illustrate. 

nkyerekyeree, examples, instances; s. nkyeree; ehonky.bi. 
g-ky erekyere f 6, pi. a-, teacher, instructor, tutor; preacher, 
miniMer of the gospel. 

a k y e r e k y e r e-k w a 11 , li t. tvhat shows the way ; 1. the forefinger, 
index. — ^. in a slnp the helm, or perh. better, the steering compass. 
— 3. way-'mark, direction-post. 

ukyer§kyeremu, inf. explanation, explication, elucidation. 

kyer§kyerew, red. v., s. kyerew. 
u kyere kyere wa, engravings, figures, pr. 2583. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



286 nky6rekyerewa — kjerewo. 

nky^rekyerewa, 5. nkycrekyera, 

o-kyeremkjpLA'y drummer, by the fetish-priests called oyamfo; 
pr. 1961, aheue n6 aky.» lit. kings and drummers, i.e. Idngs and other 
chiefs, 

akyeremadel'o, the king's drummers, j^- ^^^' ^- gyaasef9. 
ukyeremma, whiie flakes of fishes (gbrode-hono a wgahjew 
mu gyaren86 mu apgwapgw a ededam' titafita no). 

iikyeremii, a kind of precious cotton cloth, mixed of red and 
black, similar but far superior to mmobom\ 

kyereiiky ^, J??, n-, 1. basket made of wicker (hama n^ mpo- 
pa), strong & coarse, used to cover fowls, chickens &c. — of. ken- 
t^n, kyfenkyen, (akotwe), s^sea, plrebi, tekrekyi. — ^. hird^s cage. 

ky erep^ii, pL n-, rote, tine, rank, file; wafua ode gyau nko 
kyerep^hkyerep^n, Jie has planned yam in (several) rotes consisting 
only of '*gyawu**. — F. aky. mu, in rows, Mt.6,40. 

kyere-se, conj, (F. -de) = se ebia, whether or if perhaps; 
Gr. § 141,1.B. a. kofwe ky. gwg ho ana? koka kyere no ky. obetie 
ana? ko ky. wobenya biribi aba na yeadi. 

kyereso, = ky^rebias6, duabon a.s. duabia wgasen de ahye 
kokoam^ na wgde nneema gu so. 

k'yere-sua-sem (-nh6ma)+, eat€cMsm.Kurtz§7, 

kyere-tie, listening to instruction; meko ky., I go to have a 
lesson; asubo ky., the attending to instruction previous to baptiging, 

kyer^tie f o'*', (pL id,) catechumen. 

k y e r e w, v,{red, kyerekyerew] Ky . t^ere, to ^vrite ; to engrave; 
ky. nhoma, to write on paper, to write a letter, deed, document, tract 
or book; cf kurukyerew. 

ukyere w: the phrase gu ne nkyerew is used when of things 
portioned out successively nothing is left; wokye ade hi mu wie a, 
wgka se: yeagu ue nky^rgw, = yea wie kora, we are at the end of 
it, we have done or finished, all is spent, there is nothing left; aduan 
a yede koe no, yesan akodi bi a, na wgagu ne nky. dedaw, when 
we went again to partake of the victuals we had taken mth us, ihetf 
were already done (finished, consumed, used up). 
akydrewa, -ba, Ak. F. sister, = onua-bd, -bea. 

kyerewd, screw; cf, mfewa. 

kyerew-de, jp^ n-, letter, character in icriting (s, kyerewe) 
or printing (s. ntintimi). 

kyerewe, -e, pi, h-, a line, syn. nsanhg; a mark or character 
in ivriting; letter; s. kyerewde. 

11 kyere we, -e, 1, engraved or impressed artificial lines or fig- 
ures on calabashes, pottery &c.; ahina no ho nky. ye fe. — 2. any 
engraving, writing, drawing, design, delineation, — 3, the lines in 
the palm of the hand. — 4, a mark, notch, incision, groove, — 5. 
the worm or thread of a screw (nkyinkyimi). 

g-kyerewfo, 7)Z. a-, writer; scribe; clerk; author (of a hoo\i\, 

kyere-wo, a kind of bird, catching snakes. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



akyetgii — akyi. 287 



aky e-tofi,i«/. [kyere, tgo] catching and selling; wodii Krobg- 
fo aky., iheg took to catching and selling the Kroho-people, 

e-kye w^ Ak. ekye, hafy cap, bonnet, any covet: for the head: cf, 
bftro-kyew, fo-kye &c* — pa., kyew, lit. to take off the hat, to heg 
subntissivelg, to entreat, supplicate, beseech, peUtion; to beg pardon; 
5yw. koto, s<5re, koto sere; [G. kpa fai, Vac. p. 66.] niepa wo kyew se: 
fa firi me, I beg you to forgive me! wo kyew ni! lit. your hat is this, 
i.e. / beg your pardon! kyew nhina yo wo dea ^= fa iiri me, na fa- 
firi fihina ye wo dea, eny^ me dea, / have nothing to forgive, I crave 
only yofir forgiveness; mepaa no me bone ho kyew, I asked him to 
forgive the wrong done by me, 

kyew-pa, inf. entreaty, supplication, asking for pardon. 

ky ow, V, to fry, bake, roafit, j^circh (akokg, nam, nkyewa, kafe, 
abOrow, pr. 394,, ase n.a., with or without fat, in a pan. on a roaster 
or potsherd, whereas tdtd is, to bake in an oven, or, as kisa, to roast 
at the bare fire. 

kyew, i\ to squint; cf. kyea; okyew n'ani, he squints his eye, 
looks asquint; n'ani akyew, he squints, is squint-eyed. 

-kyew, a. in cpds: crooked, wry, wrong, unjust; s. brakyew, 

[ntenkyew. 
akyew-akyew, adv.squintingly; gfwe noaky., he looks at him 
in a squinting manner, by side-glances. 

ky ew'ky ew': ne ho ye no ky., he feels uncomfortable, tmeasy, 
is anxious, timorous, apprehensive, susjncious, from a bad conscience, 
from fear to be seen. 

akyevva Nyahkopon, F. the immortal God. Cf. ekye. 

iiky ewa, fried calces, roasted meat, delicate food; c/*.akyeduan. 

n ky e-w e-e [abdrow a wgakyew na wgwe]jpflrc/<e<? corn. pr.l944. 

ky i, Ak.kyiri, v. [red. kyikyi] to turn the back to; 1. to dislike, 
not to like, to loathe, have an aversion to, hate, detest, abhor; cf. tah; 
to shun, fear, shrink from. pr. 417.1190. 1517. neg. not to be against^ 
pr. 1805. wonkyi, it vi not objected, not found unallowable, pr. 1488. 1963. 
woka no sa a, wonkyi, you may say so, although it is not the right 
word or answer. - abosom nhina wg ado awokyikyii. — J2. to abs- 
tain from, to avoid, to consider as forbidden (by the fetish) and 
unclean; mikyi, Jam not allowed to eat it. — 3. kyi anim, to shtm, 
keep clear of, beware of, get out of the way of; nea ese sg yekyi n'a- 
nini ne gbonsam, he tchom il is necessary for us to shun is the devU. 
— 4. kyi ayi, to abstain from certain victuals for a month to a year 
after the death of a member of one's family. 

kyi, v. [red. kyikyi] to press, squeeze, wring or crush out; wg- 
horo ntama a, wokyi mu nsu no agu, in washing clothes tJie water 
is wrung out fram them; kyikyi atam no mu; - kyi nufu, to milk; 
kokyi nnuan no nufu, go and milk the goats; - kyi nuo, to press otU 
oil; kyi bobe-aba, to pre^s grapes; Gen. 40,11. 

akyi, cf. akyiri, Ak. akyire, Gr. §11 9. 120,4. 130,5. 1. the back, 
the hind(er) part, rear; the outer (outward) part, outside of a vessel 
or enclosure, of the hand. pr. 468. — 2. the space behind or outside. — 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



288 iikyi — okyikaf6. 



5. behind (qwq m'akyi, he is behind me; dua bi si dan no akyi; 
pr. 2160); oidside, wWiotd (opoh akyi, outside or before the door); 
after (of time) ; opranna akyi na osu to da, aft^r a thunder-storm 
it always rains. — 4. in specific cases or phrases: a) the property 
left at a person's death; b) the time of one^s abseficc; c) one's sup- 
porters or relations. — di ..akyi (di akyiri), to follow y go or come 
after; to sticceed; to accompany j attend j assist; to pursue, cJKise; 
pr.89.3. 895. 898 f. — ogyina m'akyi, he stands behind me, backs me, 
supports, assists or protects me, stands security for me. — n'akyi tweri 
me, he leans upon me, s, aninsem. — waba m'akyi, Jie has come in 
my absence; obi aba wo akyi, somebody came to visii you whilst you 
were absent. — edom abefi yen akyi, the enemy has made his ap- 
pearance in our rear, at our back, behind us. — wafi m'akyi ako ho. 
he went there without my knowledge; - siesie m'akji, provide for mtf 
coming home (that I may find something to eat); of we n'akyi, sfie 
looks for the things which he has left; nea wode fwee m'akyi wo he? 
iohat did you prepare for me whilst I was absent? - ohyehye n*akyi, 
he boasts of what he has not with him (what is left behind or expected); 
- owo bi wo n'akyi, he has a rich relation; n'akyi ny^ durn, he is 
not of a rich or renowned family, ISam. 18,23. 

nkyi, F. adv. then, now, afterward. Mt. .3^10.12,44 f. Mk. 1,14. = 
eno na; cf. akyiri no, F. n'ekyir' no. 

ky ia, i;. \inf. n-, red. kyiakyia] Ak. dwa, 1. to shake hands, 
greet, salute, bid welcome. — J2. to give or send one's compliments; 
cf. ma akye. — 3. to bet, wager, lay (a bet or wager), hold a wager; 
wokyia wo so, they hold a tvager on it; me nh no kyia, I wager iclth 
him; kyia me e! lay me a wager! 

ukyia, inf. joining hands, salutation, greeting; (pi. nkyiakyia, 
Mt.23f7); bet, wager. 

aky i-de [kyi, v., ade] a detfsiable or abominable thing; any food 
disallowed by the fetish ; wadi n'aky., he has eaten wh<U he was for- 
bidden to eat. 

akyi-di, inf. following after, pursuing, pursuit; pr, .300. 
kyi-dom, tM rear, rear-guard, reserve of an army, reserve 
troops of the centre. 

akyi-dua, a support, stay, prop; a defender; n'akyidna aba, 
the person in whom or t?ie thing in which he trusted is no more. 

akyi-dtiaiV, knnaf6 adaan a wodi, bread of mourners. Has. 9,4. 

0-kyifo, nea okyi ad nan bi. pr. 1965. 

akyifo, pi. n., the stcccceding generation; cf. akyikafo, nkjriri- 
mma; yen akyifoa wobae yi de, won ani nso nnipa, this rising gen- 
eration has no respect of others, = ne-mma yi ani nso mpanyimfo. 

aky i-fwe-d6 [ade a wode fwe obi akyi] necessities or presents 
prepared for one to receive him as a guest or on his return home; 
m^aky. wo h§? what is prepared for me? 

akyi-gyind, inf. [gyina akyi] support, assistance, protection. 

o-kyigy\n&{6j su^pporier, protector, counsel, attorney, advocate^ 
comforter. John 14-16. — 2. one who handles (a gun), shooter, pr.lT92. 

0-kyi-kaf6, pl.Hy 1. one left behind, left in charge o/* something 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



kyikyi — kjiuliyia. 289 

by a departing person. — 2. heir (= owunnyafo, gdedifo). — H. 
straggler. — 4, otie who remahis behind, the last. Mat Wyl2.14.1(!, - 
•>'. okyirikafo, F. nkyirdzifo. 

kyikyi, kyikyi, recL vv., s. kyi, kyi. 

kyikyi, kyekye, i('h\sroi)ey spg-gJms; of, afwede. 

kyi kyikyi, ye-, to rrenJc; opoii no rebue no, eyeeky. =^- e- 

[kasae. 

kyi kyirikyikyiri, vttriilines-% rashtfess; oytj ky., he does 
not sit qidet, is rash, nnnd//, turhtdcnl, refractory, 

kyiiii', = kyi mu. 

kyim, v. [red, kyinkyim] to tt(rn, ttcisf, windy wrings tcrest: 
.v//».dan', kyima; to turn round, revolve, wheel; woky^m hama, fra, 
nsa...; wiase oronipa nkwa rekyiYn, the world, or human life, is not 
permanently standing, is turning, wheeling. 

kyim, v.n. wresting (fx. ogyeme kyim. he tales my word and 
wrests it, he doubts, disputes what I say. pr. 76. Cf. akyinnye. 

e-ky im, a food prepared of blood, spiced witb salt and pepper. 

kyima, v. 1. to turn, twist; oky. nekoii, ne ti, ne nsa, safg. — 
J2. to ttitit aside: dom no akyima akofa nkwansianc abesi kiirom', 
the enemy turned and entered the town by a round-about way; - oko- 
kyima, he goes to ease himself, to the privy ;(pr. 569.) F. he goes about, 
Mi. 4,2.3; - wakyima neho = wadaii nehO, a) he has withdrawn; b) 
he has eased himself (evaeuated his bowels); ef. ye neho yiye, gya 
ne nan. — H, = ye bra. 

kyima, blame, blemish, defect, fault; ne ho nni or nto ky., there 
is no defect in him; neho tew or to ky., there is something amiss or 
faulty with him; ne ho tew ky. (biribiaraye no a.s. ono ye biribi) a, 
wode bebisa wo, if any thing goes amiss tvith him, you will answer 
(be answerable) for it. 

nkyimfiri, an engine with a combination ofivheels, wheel-tvorh. 
ukyimi', a winding; the thread or worm of a screw (mf^wa 
no ho nky. at5r6m); wheel (?) 

iikyi-mii, inf. [kyi ma] the act of icringing otd. 

kyiii, v. = kyini. 
O-kyiiiako, a kind of bird, s. kokokyiniako. 
Akyinin, Akyinlintan mogye mogye, a surname given to Euro- 

kyini [Eng.] = hing (in Europe); mesom ky. [peans. 

ky IdI [Ak. kyin; red. kyihkyini] to circulate; to walk or go 
(round) about (oky. dan ho; oky. man mu, gnye fwe; osebo kyini 
kwaem', owiaky.wim'); to rove, ramble, roam, range, stroll, wander. 

ky iiiii, pi. n-, a large parasol of kings, also called kataman; 
ef, akatawia. — ky.-knrafo, s. gyaasefo. 

kyin-hyia, inf. lit. a turning round and meeting; the revolu- 
tion or rotation of & wheel, of he hands of a watch or clock; an hour, 
r/1 donfwerew. — di ky., to turn round again and again; hnf^wi no 
adi ky., the screw turns tvithout catching hold in its box. 

kyiuhyia-mlVamu, whirlwind. 

It) 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



290 kyinkyim — nkyfri-mma. 



kyiukjini, red, v. kyim. — F. to tarrt/, ML 23 fi. orekyihkyim 
ne bd, he delays his coming; cf, twentwen. Mt 24,48. 
kyiiikyin, -kyini, red, v, kyin, kyini. 
iikyiiikyinii, fako a obi kyinkyih h^. 

kyinkyirau, bo-, to he idarmed by sad news, ef, bo twi. 
iikyiii-so, inf. circtdation, the act of goivg ahoid or passing 
from place to place or person to person. 

iikyihso-iihoina, circular, circular letter or paper, 
akyin-ny e, inf. [gye kyim] doid)t, unbelief (F. Mk.9^4), dis- 
belief scepticism; dispute y controversy, debate; ogyeno akyinnye, 
(better : ogye no kyim) he disptdes with him, caUs in question or ejr- 
presses dissent or opposition to what he says; pr. 440.2147.2716. — 
oye aky., he is a habitual disputer. 

o-kyinnye-gyefo [akyinuye-gyCj inf.] doubter, sceptic, dis- 
puter, controvertist. pr. 1966. 

kyiri, v. (F. kyir) = kyi. 
akyiri, Ak. akyire, F. akyir, 1. = akyi 1-4. (In Akr. akyi is 
used witb a noun or pronoun before it, akyiri without such.) — di 
akyiri, to go or follow after, pursue drc. — san aky., to turn back, 
return. — 2. behind; in a distance, afar off: onam aky., he wdJes 
behind, or, in a distance; - ka aky., to stay behind. — 8. the time 
after; - akyiri no, F. n'akyir no, afterwards: kan no gmp^ se gko, 
aky. no gkge, at first he did not choose to go, but afterwards he went; 

- akyiri yi, recently, lately; wo akyiri yi nhoma, thy last letter. — 
4. the latter end: aky. besi yen den = ebewieyen den? how will it Ite 
with us fimdlyY aky. besi mo yiye, it will turn out well for you; mi- 
suro aky., I am afraid ofttie consequences; - ohu akyiri, a) he is 
far-sighied, long-sighted; b) he can account for it. — 5. nam or fa 
akyiri, to do withotd the knowledge of another. — 6. m'akjiri firi 
ho, my mothers family, my maternal relations are from that place. 

aky iri-di, inf. following or going after, pursuit. 

Rkyiv\{(V\)i'Oy follower(s)'; F. akyir(dzi)fo, the last. Mt. 20,12. 14. 
ky iri-afase, a kind of razor [ekyi afasew, it does not agree 
with af., getting dull when used to cut af.]; s. oyiwan. 

kyiri-aheml'io, a middle sort of sandals; s. mpaboa. 

aky iri-kAfo, = okyikafo, one who remains behind, the last. 

a kyir i-k y e r e w f o"^, telegraph. 

akyir ikyifi, -kyiri, far, distant far behind, far away, (tit) 
a remote distance; okg akyky. asase hi so (or, asase hi so akyky.), 
he has gone to a distant country; - ..ani ye., akyirikyiri, s. tLnii^A- 

- mma wo ani nny^ wo akyiri kyiri se merebehye wo da-tenten hi, 
do not apjyrehend tfiat I shall put you off very long. 

nkyiri-n kyiri, F. akyiri-akyiri, backwards; s. pini. 
kyirikyirikyiri, adv. blazing, in fnU blast, in or with a 
brigtd flame, lustily, vigorously; ogya no dew ky.=framframfrain, 
frafra, kitikiti. 

nkyfri-nuna, F. (Akp. in songs) the rising generation, =nky'i' 
fo, 'ne-mma, mma a woaka akyiri a wgwo ho 'ne-yi. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



akyirisau — L. M. 291 



akyiri-saii, vnf, [sah akyiri] harl'sliding; ef, nsanakyiri. 
o-kjirisai'ito, ph a-, F. hacksUdcr, 
a k y i-s a ii, inf, f/oing hark. 



ikyiwadOy ~ akyido. 



I.. 



The letter 1 is used only in foreign proper names. In some 
Fante dialects 1 is used for \\ probably only by people who are not 
of '^I'slii origin. In words adopted from foreign languages, d is put 
for I as an initial sound, audi* in otlnr cases; r/*. dagire, bru, dare, 
dadare, liagire, i^c. Gr. g 293, 1 1 r/. 

Words which have m as the first letter of tlieir stem (usually 
with another in, in verbs sometimes with two uis before it), but 
are not found under M, — seek under B. 

The consonant m, when radical or original, is united with nasal 
vowels (a, c, i,o, u); whenever it is followed by pure vowels, it is 
a transformation of b, caused by a preceding ni (or orig. ii, n) or 
by negligent pronunciation. — It interchanges with b, w, ii, u; 
Gr.§ 18.19 B. 37. — ni before f has a different pronunciation, being 
produced not with both lips, but with the lower lip alone. 

m is a frequent prefix before stems beginning with p, f, ni, 
and with I) which is then assimilated, i.e. changed into m. This 
prefix is found 1, in nouns in the sing, and plur. (Gr. § 29,2. 35,3. 
42,2. 43,1. 104,3.5.), in a feiv ndjcrtives (as mmerew, or in plural 
forms as mmia-mmia), in mtmcrnls (Gr. § 77, 7^,4.6. 81.), and in 
some adrerhs (derived from or formed like nouns, as mmom, mpo, 
Gr. § 134,3 h). — ^. m is also a prefix of the 2 nd. imperative and 
all negative forms of the verb (Gr. § 91,10. 92. 95,1. 96 II.) — As 
a prefix, m, being a semi-vowel, usually forms a syllable by itself, 
except when it is joined to a preceding vowel or pronounced to- 
gether with the ni of the subsequent syllable in equal tone. Gr. § 
23,2?/. 24,3. 95,1. 96,2. 

\\\ i. = me, pron, a) before a vowel; h) after a verb (in quick 
.speaking). — ^. = mo, j9ron.( seldom). — Gr. § 55 Reni.^, bG.Jlem.^, 
— H, -^ mu. Gr. ^ 120,2. 

mma, i;/., s. gba; nnaa, 7>Z., s, oba, tcoman, aba, rod. hh^ place. 

-uia, F. mba, fmffix in dimimdive forms of words terminating 
in in, u, ne, ni &c. Gr.§37,l. ,v. bamma, barima, bemma, abomma, 
d^mma, odammi &c. 

-ma, seems to be a formative suffix of verbs (buma, hima, kyi- 
ma) and noans(adwuma, mframa, aguma,hama, abema, lihoma&c.) 

ma, V, [red, mem a, moma q, t\] 1. to give, hand, communicate, 
hesiow, confer, impart, grant, present (cf kye, de.. hye nsa); to de- 
liver, yield up ; to aUow. When the thing given is mentioned in the 
form of a simple object, it is usually put after the personal object; 
oth#*rwise an aiix. r. (de, fa, yi &c.) is used: oma me sika; ode ne 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



292 ma — mabo. 

sika uhina ama me; ma me nsu! fa wo ade no ma me! Gr.§206,1.2. 
pr. 1916. 3 176. — ma ok wan, io give leave or permission dr. s, gkwan. 

— J2. io put, fipphf to: wgde (asem no) ma nnipa n^ mmoa, the word 
is used in speaking of men and beasts, — ,V. to dedieate, s, moma. — 
4. to address with a salutation, to wish one something (ma akye, 
nnopa, akwaba, amo, due&c.) — .>. ma asem, to tell or relate a story: 
cf. m6ma (ho). — 6. to let, eanse, make, allow , permit or stiff er one 
to do any thing (used as an auxiliarg before another verb, s. Gr.§ 
91,10. 107,25. 255,3. Bern.) : ma entra ho (Ak. ma no tena hg), Ul 
it (remain) there; gma wgkgkyeree no, he lei them go and eatch him, 
he had him caught; gma wgbekyeree no, he suffered himself to be 
caught by them. pr.40Sf4S9f.i969f — 7. (used as an aux, after an- 
other verb, s. Gr.§ 109,32. 243 /;. Bem. 1.2.) io perform an action or 
to be in some state or condition for the benefit of out of st/mjjothtf 
with, or with respect to somebody : gye adwuma ma me, he works for 
me; odi nkgmmg ma ne nua, he laments for his brother; gbgg tuo 
maa Kofi, he shot himself that Kofi should or m^ist do the same. — 
Sometimes ma shows a general and indefinite reference of the prin- 
cipal V. without an object following, cf. asempa a Luka kyerew mae; 
in F. it answers to the adv. very: gye few ma, it is very beautiful. 

— 8. ma., so, F. do, to raise, lift, lift up: ma adesoa no so, lift or 
take up thai load; cf. kukuru ; ma wo nan so, lift your fed i.e. quicken 
your steps, be quick, make haste; gma n'ani (ne nsa, ne ti, ne ndntin, 
ne'n6) so, he lifts up his eyes (7</5 hand, his head, his heel, his voice); 

- to hold up; - to elevate, exalt, elate ; gma neho so, he exalts Mmself; 

- to take and carry away, to remove ; io take up : wama n^asem so, 
he has again taken up his speech, — .9. ma, to plaster: wgde abanto- 
atere ma gdan ho, nsemso ani, they plaster the wall of the house, the 
ceiling, with a trowel. — 10. ma, to cause, occasion, serves also for 
the Eng. conjunctions so that, Gr. § 27.3,1 r. 

ma, F. — am&na, amoa. Mt. 15,14. 
e-ma, a. ;)7. ama-ama, fulh filled up; cf. matenn, matg; ro'ahina 
aye ma, my water-pot is fidl; ye, hy e or gu.. ma, io make fuU, io 
fill (up); wghyehyee nhiua no ama-ama, they filled the water-pots: 
nsu ayetumpan no ma, the bottle is fidl of water; wakyerew uhoma 
yi ma, he has written this paper full. 

e-ma, w. fulness; ema mu nni sin, fult is ftdl. 
ama, lime, bird-lime; pitch; glue; cf. am^ne. [G. id."] 
ma, ^. slimy, ropy, clammy, glutinous; viscid, viscous, sticky: 
syn. matamata, fa, s^, twa &c. 

Am'ma [contr. of Amem^newa] F. Amba, pr.n. of a female horn 
on Saturday. Gr. § 41,4. 
nnmia-auuwo-kora ^^ nea wamma asem no ahhwo kora. 
amma-ahuwo kiirow = kurow a emma gmanmu nnwo da. 
mmaba-bero [ababa, here] maidenhood. — mmaba-sem, 
d i -, to be fond of dress or finery, to try to appear lady-like. 

mabo, inter j. [= raema wo aba-6] welcome! salutation to* 
stranger arriving; cf. akwaba; Ah. (Amantonsofo na etS ka.) 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



mndn — omampaiiyin. 293 

mada, F. = me ara; m. nko = mo ara nko, I (of) myself. 
made, mide, a kind of //awj, a. gd6. pr, 1988. 
in ad wo, Inicrj. [memawo ad wo] good evening! 
uiuiae, inf.freq, [ba] waba ha m., he hits often come here, 
o-mafo, pL a-, giver, 

uiina-jj^oru [mma ag.] unchaste play with womenj fornication* 
uimagum', v.n. [ba gu mu] reinforcennent. pr, 1990. 

maha-o, ipitcrj. [mema wo aha] good dag! a form of salutation 
used in the middle of the day. 

mti ko, the pepper-shrub and its fruit, consisting of pods with 
many small seeds, of a hot, biting taste, Cayenne pepper , Capsicum, 
pr. 1898. - Diff. kinds: nt6n k6 (the largest), nnyera (the smallest); 
mako koko (with red pots), m. tuntum (with dark-green pods), m. 
fita (with whitish ^odi»)\ m. db6rti, brofo m., opapo m. — mako-duu, 
the pepper-shrub. — makowa, [dim.] wabehye m'asem ani m., he 
has put pepper in the eyes of my palaver i.e. has made it grievaus 
to me. 

mniako-mmako jobako, pl.\ one by mie, one after the other, 
each by himself pr.?89.'^548.S258. 

m m ak m in a-s e ni \s. bdkomma | manners and dealings of high- 
bom persons, impcriousness. — mmakomaseui-pefo'*', aristocrat, 
the aristocratic party, aristocracy. 

niakuruwa [kuruw = twit w a] a kind of lejyrosy {cf. kwata, 
piti); when it has cut the fingers and toes, it heals, 
makye, interj. [mema wo aky§] good morning! 
g-mamma [oman ba] citizen; pi. oman-mma. 
o-mamma [oman, dim.] a small toivn or state; cf akurowa. 
am a mm a [am^ne aba] the fruit of a tree called amiine. 
amma-mknni-auwu, a kind of yam; s. od^. 
0-m^mf6, s. omaiifo. 

amamf6 [oman afo| pi. id., a desolate, deserted and decayed 
dwelling-place or habitation, ruined town, the site of an ancient ton*n; 
pr.2003. syn. aktirofo. — amamfo-hama, a kind of creeper, climber; 
wgde gye ban, kyere adare. 

y-mamfrani, pi. a- -fo | nea ofra oman J settler, a person tcho has 
ctnne from another place and settled in a totcn. pr. 2004 f. 

a mam moo [omnh bg] destruction or ruin of a town, country or 
nation. — amammge-s^m [asem a ebg gman| a cause of mischief 
or destruction for a town or nation. 

g-mammoft), one icho brings mischief on a community or nation. 
g-mammg-nipa. id. 

g-mampam, pi. a-, the guana, iguana, a very large species of 
lizard, eaten by negroes. 

g-mam-panyiu, 2^/. a- |orgman-mpanyimfo] a chief, eider, al- 
derman, chief officer or magistrate in a town, tribe or nation; sena- 
tor, pi. senate. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



294 auminnu'i — urnaiiadc. 

amdm-mii, inf, [human] deportment, cmnportmcnt, demeanmtr, 
behaviour, conduct, manner of living t^ygether in a community; den 
am. na wo-n6 me rebuyi ? what manner of fjehaving yourself toward 
me is this? wo am. ny6 me fe! your demeanour in this totvn does not 
please me; wo am. mu e? how are you doing in your situaiiofi? m*am. 
mu ye, I am doing well. - am. pA, sociahleness, sociable disposition. 

amammui = am^mmu; mo am. = senea mubu mo man fa. 

amanimui-s§m [nsem a wgfwe so bu man] statutes or regu- 
lations for a community. 

a m a m-m u m [omah bum| disturbance or confused state of a 
country or town. 

mail, t\ to turn or go aside, to turn in somewhere from the way 
or journey; m^h na mensen, go aside, let mc pass! waman (wo) 
nkwanta so ho, he turned off from the main road to the other way 
where it branches off from the former {opp, wafa tempoii no so); ye- 
duu Mamfe no, yeman koo ofi bim\ when we came to M., we turned 
aside to a dwelling; otwam* a, oman me, when he passes through mp 
town, he turns in at my house. — ^. to pass by, not to happen: eyi 
mman w6 = eyi mpar^ wo! may this not happen to you! 

0-maii, Ak. omane, pi. amah & amah-amah, 1. (Akp.) town, syn. 
kGrow = a collection of houses larger than a village, cf, akura. — 
X?. the inhabitants of a town as a political body, a community. — 3. 
the body of inhabitants of a country united under the same govern- 
ment, a nation, tribe, people, state, pr. 200:i. — i. the people i.e. thf 
mass of a community as distinguished from their king or rulers. — 
5. the representatives of the people, assembled for public transactions 
with or without the king. — 6*. pL amah-amah, the nations of the 
earth, the heathens. fScr J — 7. Phrase: bu mah, s. hn 28. 

in'miliiV, a kind o^ herring, more common and smaller than two 
other kinds called kokuro & mpanei. pr. *J16. 

man a, m&ra, mra, v. to send (a thing or tilings) by an occasion 
or opportunity, to transmit; wam&na me aduah, nam, sika, he has 
sent mc food, meat, money; merekyerew hhoma mamrA Abrtrokyiri, 
/ am writing a letter for (i.e. to be sent to) Europe ; 'nera raede hhoma 
memUnaa Nkrah, yesterday I sent a letter to Akra; (when it was 
sent by an express messenger, soma is used: *nera mesomae ma 
wgde hh. koo Nkrah); - mmuruku yi li Abilrokyiri na wode mauae 
(man A a me), these boohs were transmitted (to me) from Kurope. 

0-mn n a, inf. sending, transmission; - omaua hhoma or-kyerew. 
a letter. 

am ana, amkra, Amona. Ak. F. nejtt younger brother or sister; 
oye m'am. "—oye m'Akyi-bd; oye m'am. kiima, he is the brotlwr or 
sister coming second or third after me. 
Ak. s. amod. 
mmara. 

amana-dc [m^na, ade| pi. id. a present transmitted: "^ goods or 
letters conveyed by the post. — am.-fwefo, postmaster ; am.-kurafo, 
postman, letter-carrier. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



anijiime — oiuanfwefo. 295 

amanaet, post, post-office, — amaiiae-fw6fo, postmaster. 
m^n^-gua: di-, to trade by sending for articles^ instead of 
one's own going. 

g-mana-hhoma, m&na-homa, gmima-kyerew, letter, dispatch. 

a man-am a II, 6\ oman. 

g-m a ii-a n i d a ii, revolution. 

g-man-anitane, disorder, disturbances of a town or state. 

g-mdii-aniwa, y;/.-fo, an important or principal man in a town 
or stcUe (able to care for it and an honour to it); a noble, nobleman, 
peer; ph the chief men, head men of the town. 

g-man-ba, pi. -mma, citizen. — omaii-mma-obgio or ananinu- 
sifo, deputy, rejnreseniative of Hie people. 

g-maii-mmd-panjin, burgomaster, mayor. Hist. 

aman-bu, s. amamrou. 

amandze, -hunu &c. F. s. amanne &c. 

a mane, l.lime, bird-lime; pitch; glue; resin, gum; any vis- 
cous substance exuding from trees and used to catch birds with, to 
mend pots, some also (as ktirobow) to rub one's body with, in or- 
der to make it sweet-scented; rf. ama. — 2. a kind of tree; cf. 
am^mma. 

a mane, amanne, F. amandze [omah ade] trial, trouble j af- 
fliction, misery, misfoHune, calamity. pr,3Hl. 462.567. — hfi am., /o 
he unfortunate, to be in afflictian, to suffer. — n y a am., to get into a 
mess or scrape, into diffictdties, to be prosecuted or involved in a law- 
suit. (The word in its primary sense probably was applied to the 
trial of a cause before the judges in presence of the people, and to 
the grievous results of such a trial.) 

aman-ne, Ak. -nee [oman ade] 1, a public tax; custom, impost, 
duty, contribution; cf. tow, akwanne. — ;i, custom, fashion, habit, 
manner, ways or usages (also religion) of a people. 

amanne^, = kasee. 
mane, Ak. mane^, quarrel, brawl; quarrelsomeness, quarrel- 
some dispositimi; syn. atutuw ; 6yh mUnd, oredi mance, he quarrels, 
squabbles, wrangles, brawls. 

g-manefo, quarreller, wrangler, brawler, quarrelsome j^erson. 

amanne-aba, a kind of creeper, climber; wodi n'aba. 

amanne-hi\nu, inf. [hu amane] 6'w/ferm</, affliction, tribula- 
tion, trouble, adversity, unhappiness, misery, wretchedness, torments; 
yegyina amandzehunum\ F. we stand in jeopardy, am.-kiirow, hell, 
(Gehenna, the place of torment. ~ g-m a nn e h u n u fo, pi. a-, a suf- 
ferer, one who labours tinder affliction. 

g-m an ne 111, onni-bi-amanef6, one who is in affliction, being 
icUhouf a friend or supporter. 

g-manfo, the people in contradistinction to the king or govern- 
ment; tite members of a community as distinguished from tlieir rulers. 

g-man-fora-nyi, F. sojourner. Ps. 39,12. s. omamfrani. 

g-mau-fwefo, i>i. gm.-a-, consul. Hist 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



296 in.iii«ro — luriiuK). 

inau^o, s. m^n no. 
o-uiaiVlithie, the hiny or chief of a nation^ (own or vUlage. 
o-ni a n - u \\y i u m\ parllnmeni. 
o-inaii-iilijiam'fo, member of parUament, 
o-manni, pi. amAnnffo, an aajuniniamc (uea oben wo abusua 
ho kakra a.s. obi hunu a wunim no); yiied^ pr. 284. — cf gnianmuni. 
— om. dorowa, a needle of native mannfadurc. 

maiini-amfre, gagy bridle; a piece ofwood put in one'a mouth 
to prevent his talking or swearing [wo manni gyina ho, nso wuu- 
tiimi mfre no]. — to., (anom') m., to gag. 

inanui-aniig, a by-name of the rat; s. okisi. 
ininaniii-ne [gbanin ade, mniarimad6j manfidy valiant deedif. 
Ill ma II ill- wow [obanih awow| shudder, shuddering, as before 
a daring feat; - -mm. agu no so, he shudders, sJiakes icith horror; vf 
awose, ayise. 

mmaiiiii-yare [gbanin] any disease of wen from uuehastity: 
beae, gkraman, b^ba, akronnge, twow. 

niniaiiin-yc, -yo, manliness, valour; cf. abanins^m. 
amankaiii^ an edible root, coco --= ko'ko; a small species i» 
indigenous, a larger species was introduced in Akuapem from the 
West-Indies in 1843. 

Ill an k a H a [me iinkAsa] Ak. me ara, Itngself; my own. Gr. §59. 
a niaii-ko [gman ak6| civd, intestine, domestic tear; am., woko 
a, wontwA tiri, wgmfa nnommum nso. — wgko am. = woko mma- 
tgkwa, fighting with fists, sticks dr. abgntehko, fighting with guns. 

g-man-korakora, inf. peace between neighbours or pahies op- 
posed to each other. 

g-mfiiikrsido, y>Z. a- [G. mankralg| the first in rank after the 
king in some of the small states or their capitals (leading towns) 
on the Gold Coast. 

aiiiaiikrofi, a kind of tortoise, pr. 19^*7 > 
aiiiaiiku-o, a large species of beetle. 
g-maii-kuw, -kuo, pari of a nation. 
amafikwatia, a kind of bead; s. ahene. 
< )-m a ii-k y e r (J w-ii i, chancellor of state. Hist. 
in maiikyiri, = hAh akyi, i.q. duasee, dua-so &c. 
o-man-nima, 7>/., s. gman-ba. 

g-man-mmara, public law; constitution; cf. amanyg-ramrH. 
g-mAn-nimara-poio, constitutional party. Hist. 
g-maiiniiiiii, y>/. a--fo, countryman, townsman, one of the same 
country or town with another. 

niAiio, man'iio. mango fruit; mango-tree {inSinO'dufi.) 
mAiio', miiii no [Ger. bank] footstool: bench, form; c/*. benkyi. 
man no, 7. (sare so dua bim* amane a wgde t^re ahioa) the 
gum of a tree, used to plaster up leaking pots; gum elastic, caout- 
chouc, India rubber. — JJ. the tree yielding such gum. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



amaniionc — omdnf^m. 297 



amjinnonc [omafi & ?] a foreign ciruniry; abroad; pr. 1496. 
(alioho a.8. ananatb) kfirow bia euy^ wo kdrow-a. Am. asem yedi-ua. 

o-man-perefo, protector, defender of the commonwealih. Hist. 
Mans a, Mensri [oba, esa] 2)r. n, m, of one born as the third 
chiUl of his mother. — Mansa [oba, esa] 2?r. «. f given to a girl 
being the third child of her mother. 

amrin-san [omah, sah, ef. santen] all people, all nations; the 
human race, mankind, pr. 455. 1712.2844. 

o-nian-s^c, calamity, ruin, destruction of a nation, state or town. 

a in an-s e m [oman asem] state affairs, business of state, political 
affairs, policy, politics, public negociatian; diplomacy. 

o-inrmsem-difo, iH. a-, diplomatist. 

o-mansem-kyerewni, pi. a- -fo, secretary {or chancellor) of state. 

aman-sesew, ( organisation, reorganisation of the state; 

a m a n-s i e s i e, / restoration of peace and order. 

o-man-sin, 7^/.a-, a subordinate, partly independant, part of a 
nation; a province; woaye wonho om., wgde or wgada won m., they 
are a separate people for thanselves. 

man so, discord, disagreement, variance, mutual animosity, ho- 
stility, enmity, strife; - twe m., to be at variance; g-ne won wo or 
twe m.\ m. wg ye-n6 Krgbgw ntam'. — o inanso-boafo, pr. ^Oi^. 

g-m ansofo, a person offended with, or at variance with, another; 
fptarrcllcr, wrangler, brawler, pr. 2017. onipa yi ye gm., this is a 
quarrelsome, revengeful, vindictive person. 

o-maiVsoafo, minister or secretary of state. Hist. 

a ni a u s o f o, people of other countries; lieatliens. Mk. 10, 33. 

g-m a n-s o-f we, the government of a country; reign, regency. 

g-mansofwefo, pi. id. or a- or gmanso-afwefo, a man at the head 
of a government, regent, ruler, consul. 

g-mansofwe-nyansa, policy, politics. 

a ma n-s 6 m, the service of a subject due to the head of a state; 
am. na yesom no, we serve him as his subjects, not as slaves (nkoasom). 
manso-pe, quarrelsomeness, quarrelsome temper or disposi- 
tion, litigionsness. — g-mruisop6fo,j?Z. a-, a quarrelsome, contentious, 
litigious, seditious person. 

amrmso-sem [mansd-.isem] a cause of disagreement, discord, 
contention or hostility; controversy, litigionsness. 

g-m a n-a s 1 u f o, demagogue. Hist. 
mfinsO-twe, inf. discord, strife, quarrel; hostility, sedition, 
open rupture, disruption; diff. atfiatew. -- g-mans6tw^tb, i>7. a-, 
a quarrelsome, contentious, brawling person, seditionary. 

man tarn, o. to bind, tic, fasten, a cow or sheep with a rope, 
a ship witli an anchor, so tliat some liberty is left for movement. 
pr. IOCS. — cf. kyekyere, sa. — red. mantam-mantam : no ntini m. 
abf>-kuw ho, its roots fasten themselves to a heap of stones. 

g-niantam, pi. a-, a populous district or nation; a people form- 
ing n distinctive political bodff. a state. Akyem nh Akuapem, am. 
abieii yi, Asautefo tumi won. — mantam-fa, paHofastate, province. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



298 omaiituii — Ama owia. _ 

o-man-tdiiy /)/.a-, [omah, otan] a primitive people; a fnother-dak 
or country; an independent state; omah a eso, omah kokdrokoa 
ne hko da ho. 

o-man-tease-kur6w [kurow a eti tetete te ase se omah] a m- 
Hon of long standing or existence. 

aman-ten [amah a etoatoaso kg pi, cf. teh] a series or succession 
of towns. Amdnteh-su fi AkCiropoh kosi Berekuso; mpoanofo am. 
da po ho. — amaiiteiisofo, the inltahitants of such towns. 

am^nfceren ii-a d e, double-dealing, duplicity ; odi am., he is 
double-minded f halts between two opinions or parties, sJiift^ or turns 
from one side to the other, shuffles, prevaricates; s, di 7. 

om an-tid, pL a-, province. 
man ti ase, subordinate towns, dependent of a leading tmcn 
(as the coast towns from Osu to Nino are dependent of Nkrah pa). 

aman-tifi [omah atifi] the upper part of the country, the high 
country. 

amari-toro [omah atoro] high treasmi. 

o-man-toto, inf. disturbance of the good relations between fm 
countries. 

Ji man-tow, (pi.) [omah, tow] single states, tribes or districts, 
towns, townships or communities; Akuapem am. si 17. 

o-man-nua, a neighbouring people; woany^ woh mannuAfopa 
bi, they were no good neighbours to them. 

0-mS.iVnwoee [omah, dwo] peace, tranquillity of a people, 

a-manyakil', a kind of yam, s. od6. [E(fe lang.] 
manya-manya (n.,a,, adv.) disorderly, in a confused state 
or manner; scattered; crotvded, teeming, stvarming; cf. hwanyah 
mu, sakasaka; - nuipa nennam ho m., people waUc there in a crow- 
ded confused manner; mpah nennam dahmu m., the house or rooftt 
is swarming with bats; woaye m., they have been confused, jumbled 
or huddled (together), are dispersed (woh hh. hko fak6, oyl afa ha, 
oyi afa ha). Gen. 1,20.21. 

o-man-nyina [omah gyina] welfare of the (whole) peoiAe; firm 
establishment of the kingdmn or commonwealth, pr. 3010. 

aman-ye, ami1ny6, inf. [ye omah] social relation, demeamntr, 
behaviour, deportment (in living together with others) ; i?^«. amammu, 
abrabo; wo amanyo ny6 m6 fe! dye amanyo-pA = obu amammuipa. 

ama n-y o-d c [ade a wgde ye omah na aye yiye] good manners: 
morality, civilization. — o-miiii-y ^i'o, a good, quiet, considerate citi- 
zen, onipa a oye omah yiye, ope asem a ema omah mu d wo. pr. 2020. 
— a m a 11 y o - m m a r a, constitution ; h y e am., to give or agree upon 
a constitution. — amany Q-sem, politics. 

^mapa (sikAlimapa), native, pure gold that has not yet under- 
gone any operation and is unmixed with dross ; wode amapa hko 
gu petea a, eny^ yiy^* gy® se wofram'. 

Oma-omc /he who grants sat ikying] an appellation of God. 

A ma- 08 11 [he who gives rain} ditto; .s*. Amosu. 

Ama-owia [he who gives the sun] ditto; s. Amowia. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Hnnr4)(j — muiatahokvi. 299 

HI m a-p e, inf, [pe, gba] love or fondness for women, cotirtiny of 
or gointj after women, fornicaiion. pr. 2021, 

mara, m'adn, F. = me ara; mara a! it is /, Mk. 6^0. 

in mar a, v. n. [b^ra, bra] laiv, commandment, order, decree, 
edict, regulation, ride, statute. - h y e (or d i) mm., to make, give (or 
is'iiie) a law; - d i mm. s o, (or ye mm.) to observe or keej) a law; - 
to mm., to transgress a law, 

mard., mra, v., s. m&na. — auia r^, s. am&nS. 
amara, s, amonl 

mm ara, a broom or fan made of an elephants tail or ear used 
by the ahoprafo or mmSratofo (q,v.) before the king. 

mmarabara-mi^, s. mmrabram'. 

m m ^ r a-ddh o [mm&ra a eda bg] an old law, a standing rtde. 
amarSrde, s. am&nade. 
amaradow, s. amrado. 

mmara-frene, s. frene. 

mmara-hye, inf, the act oi giving laws; s. mmilra. 

iniiiara-hycfo, 2)1, id., lawgiver, legislator, 

m ma ran, s. mm^ran. 

mmaranuiiaii, trinket, trinketrg; jewel; syn. gude. 

m mark-to, inf. transgression (o^ aIaw), — mmaratu-de, /me 
for the transgression of a law; wobegye nehg m., Jw will be fined, 

mmaratofo, i>/. id,, transgressor (of a law), malefactor, 

mma ra-t olo, mmunat., pi. id., nea otow mmara a.s. gpra ohene 
ho; sf/n, ohOprafo. 

0-m a r a t o ii i, ^>/. a- -fo, mulatto ; better : omuritoni. 
mare ma re, a kind oi' cloth; ntama bi a enam ahorow bcyc 
se 4 a wgapam afa; s, ntama. 

nimara-yofo [nea oye mmilra] a fulfiUer of the taw. 

mmarima-de [gbarima ade] = mmauinn^ , oye m. ^^ oye 
nnam, he is manly, behaves tike a man. 

mmarima-sem — abaninsem. 

mmarima-so, manly, manftdly. 

mma-sit<ya\v [gba, sigyawj the state of being without children; 
di mm., to he childless, deprived of child r on; s. has. & iSam. 1.5,33, 

nima-sii [nsu a eb«, efi nsu aniwam' baj living water, issuing 
continually from the earth; rvnning or flowing water; gde mm. bi 
a okohui gkwan mu kum ne sukgm, he found some spring^waler on 
the tcay and quenched his thirst with it. 

m a t a t \V e n e, a kind of climbing plant or creeper. pr,1167Ji022. 

m mat alio, ////*. [batahoj 1. the act o^ adding ov joining a thing 
to another. — :i, the cooking or roasting of different things on the 
same fire, which is superstitiously avoided. — 3. appendage, appen- 
dir, accompaniment; cf.iikkhb, nkekaho. — mmataho-kyi, the act 
of avoiding or shunning promiscuotis cooking or roasting. 



Digitized by LjOOQIC 



300 matji — mem. 



mata, mat^matil^ «. slimy, clammy, vloggy, (flnimous, luhri- 
couSy viscmiSy mucous (e.g. fwenore); syn. ma, prapra; cf, sa, twa; 
dote 110 ye m. (eny6 samsam). 

ma-t^iiii, «. brim fid, full to the brhiL 
mma-ti, Ak. batiri [ba, baw, basa, & ti, tiri] shoulder ;-in&to ue 
m., / have empowered him, s. to 17. - oka nem., he shruys, gives a 
shrug, 

ma-to [ma, G. to J choke ftd, topful, crammed. 
mmfifcokwaj mmatdkwa [aba, abaw, ntokwaw] i^cw/y/t*, /</////- 
lug with fists, sticks cCc ; woko m. = wok5 amahko. 
g-maj\t\ta, a mediciu al |?2cin/. 
ama-woho-so-o, inter j, said to a leaving visitor, 
me, pron, F. eme, /, me, my. When prefixed to a verb having 
close sounds (i, u, full e & o, gya, nya, twa, dwa), it is written mi; 
the e is dropped before the prefix a-. Gr. § 53-59. 

e-m e, mint, Menta, an aromatic herb used as a medicine; Mt.23^S. 
ebinom due suman a, wode fra akoko noa na wodi. 

o-m e, pi. a-, the palm of the hand or a stroke with if; wgabo no 

me, woabobg no ame; F. Mt. 26,67. — cf ntentemme, bo twere^ kutrn- 

moa, kutruku, sotgre; bo fe,i^/.afe; guram. [G. gba ma, gbla inai.] 

m§, V. [red. meme] tr. to feed to the full, to fill, satisfy, satiate; 

- intr. to eat so as to be satisfied, to eat enough; perf. to be satisfied 
or satiated, to have enough; pr. 243 f- - wame s^, lie has eaten his fill. 

— didi me, to eat enough, pr. 2154. — gme, inf. the act of satisfying 
i£-c. or of eating enough; the state of having eaten enough, so as to be 
satisfied; satiety, fulness, pr. 2191. 

ame, inter}, come in! said in answer to ^go, by which word 
one's coming (in darkness &c.) is announced. 

mm6a-mmed, mmeae-mmeae, pi. s. bea, beae, place. 

meamea, 5. akyenkyena. 

mm e am u-dua, F.mb., mberemu-dua [dua a ebi bea mu] cross. 

m e-a r a, j)ron. even I, just I, I myself. Gr. § 59. F. mara, raada. 

am e e w, name of the cat in fables, from its voice; s. agyinamoa. 

mm^-fe [abe ef^| the refuse or trash of the palm-nut, the fibres 

from which the oil is taken out. 

m'6hemehe(mehe), a. fine, finely woven, smooth; nekenU* 
or kete ani ye m.; nhoma or atuduru no ani ye m.; watwitwa nam 
no m., better: nketenkete. 

m e h o, myself. Gr. § 57. pr. 242. 
m me k wail [abe nkwan] palm-nut soap, a greasy soup, pre- 
pared with the pulpy or mealy and oily substance of palm-nuts, a 
favourite dish of the negroes, 
ammekyevva, not having come to stay or /((*7 long; onipa yi am. 
=== amma ammeky^ kora. 

mem, v. [red. memmem] to sink (down, nsum\ in water, nsase 
mu, in tlie earth); to be sunk, swallmcedup, absorbed; nsu no am§n). 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ameme — menommeneii. 301 

tJie water has been sucked wjp, absorbed in the gnmnd; to disappear^ 
hide or lose oneself y be lost (wuram\ In tfic bush); to (cause to) sink, 
put tinder water, immerse in a fluid ; osraman aniem fani\ the light- 
ning (thunderstone) has entered the ground, 
a me m e, a kind of animal, pr. 523. 

me me, red. v, mL 

memmen, F. red. a., s. men. — amemeii, F. redness. 

mem m ene, red. v. mene; pr. ^6*94. — red. a. men. 

Memeneda, Mera6r§da, Saturday. Gr. § 41,4. 

memmoiic-ahene (one who swalloivs up kings) a vaunting 
appellation of a king; ohene biara a oye otnmfo, ghye ahene nh, so. 

amemmenemre fwamemmene nemf?, he has sivallowed his 
side] disgust, displeasure, dislike, distaste, vexafioyi, indignation; eye 
no am. r= ompene, eny^no de, eny6 no abodwo, ey§ no a^ereho; 
ode am. sane, vexed or fretting (at his mistake) he returned. 

amemim, leech, blood-sucker, Hirudo, Sanguisuga medicinalis. 

[G. Siti.] 

men, memmeu, memmene, F, a. red; onipa-m^mmen, otam- 
memmen, sika-m'.; cf. beii, koko, tofammen. 

mena, s. mSna, mmara, mra. 

meniise, mene ase, menewdasc, the utider or lower part of 
tlte throat, gullet or esophagus; the heati as the seat of suppressed 
resentment; a grudge; ode me m., ode me ahye m., he bears nie a 
grudge or spite; obi n^ wo wo asem na omp^ se oka a.s. onnyit ho 
adagyew a ode ka a, ode ahye neyam' a.s. nemenase. 

menase-bofunnua or -da' (daw4), the nvida in the throat; ne 
menase-da ayi, ahon. 

menase-p6w, 1. the prominent paH of the throat, Adam^s-apple, 
(the projection formed by the thyroid cartilage in the neck). — ^. 
a grtidge, hinder ance of cordialitg; owo no m., he owes him a gmdge. 

menba, F. = menewa. 

mene, v. [red. memmene] to swallow (up), suck up, to gtdp 
(dotC7i), devour; to ingulf, absorb, pr.2694. mmene nam sa, na wo- 
80W ansa-na woamene, do not this gtdp down the meat, but masticate 
it before you sicallotv it. 

mene, menewa, the throat, gidlet, esophagus; wotwaa ne 
raene, they cut his throat; pr. 387. — okoseii ne mene, he went and 
hanged himself. — ne menewam* a wo, his throat is dried up; cf. 
menase, amcnew4. 

mmene [ben] nearness, neighbmtrhood; gbeda mmene 'ne, he is 
to sleep in the neighbourhood to-day. 

menem, t?. <o stcell, e.g. of the virile member. 

menemmenem, red. v. to stcell, of a river; - nsn no ani m. 
= ye hurntututu. 

men em men on: ye m., to be absorbed, imbibed (water, in 
the ground). Am. 8,8. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



302 menenuua — niereiikonjan. 

menennua, F. publicly, ML 64.6.16^ = gua-Bo. 
menewa, menewdase, s. mene, menase. 
amenewA: otim no am., he takes him by the thronf. Mt. 18^8- 

menewam' kiiru, sore throat 
o-m6ii6-awo, pi. a-, a bird of the savanna, as large as a tur- 
key, in form like a raven, black with a white breast. 

me-iiko-medi (I alone shall eat or enjoy): ye m., to be self- 
ish, self-interested, pr. 357L 

mmeukyee, mmenkyeue [benkye(n)] = mmene; mefre wo 
akyirikyiri a, ^y^> me mmenkyenS, if 1 call to thee as from a far, 
answer and save me as one being near. 

Mensa, Mansa [gba, nsa] pr, n, m. ('-= the third child). 
mensa, -SjI, a kind of yam y s. ode. pr. 2033.2201.2559. 
m ensure, == bensere, basin. 
mm en-son [aben,n8on] a kind of wind-instmnient; seven harm 
blown together (mraen ason na wode gyc dwom biakd so). 
amenson, V. = amansan. 

mm e ran, mmSrah, surname^ by-name: wobp no or wopaono 
m., they yive him or cry out his (honouring) by-names; cf. gberan, 
nsab^ran. 

m m6r an te- bcre [aberante, here] yotdh, Ihe part of life between 
mmofraase and nkwakorHbere. 

mmerantd-bo, exuberance of youthful gaiety, arrogance, pr, 88. 

mmerantiw«a-som [aberante wa, asem] brag, boast, rainit, 
ostentation; eda adi wo kasam^ ne nnoyeem': oye m. ^= oyt* ahAn- 
tan; nkwankwasem (flaunting) da adi wo nantew n.a. mn. 

m me r e, pi., s. ebere. 

mm ere, Ak. mmere, mushroom, fungus; s, ananse-ntamma-f. 

mmere, s. mmere w. [pr. 373.399. WSi. 

aniere, amere, mmere [obsol. = here, bea, nea] place or man- 
ner (in which) ; where; amere (= amere a) wuii e? ^= nea wufi c? 
— fako mer§ ogyinae na ohuu sa no, ommekyere na yentie! — 
amere woye ni! =8enea woye ni! F. mbeye m'adwima de-mre n'a 
sem kyere n* ara, I shull do my duty according to his word. 

amere, 1. a plant used as a medicine on sores, pr. 2035. — 2. 
s. amiri. 

nimer ebere [here] a disease of the skin; eye onipa ho kgk6'. 

mm ere bo, berebo, liver. 

mm^reboa, a species of ant. small, of a reddish colour, hav- 
ing their nest upon trees ; nt^t^a bi a wowo dua so koka onipa. 

m m e r e h u a, pr. 855. 

mmere nu'u hid, F. -^ mmeamudua, cross; cf. as§ndua. 

mmere n k e n s 6 ii, -sono, ihe young, light-green shoots or blades 
of palms; .v. I'lkonmu. 

merenkonyah, ^r. f?.W. - I'ikuma. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



mmerenson — mia. 303 



mmere-nsoii [bere, ason]: nna-m., the u^hde round or lenffth 
of days or of time; all days throughout, Se wq n6 me anko a, nna-m. 
(eha ara nna oha) uk wodk 86 t^ hd! if yau do not go with me note, 
you will never get away front this place ; s, OdoiDaDkamd boo nna-m. 

ui me r e-s a [obfere mu nsa] refreshment after hard work or figJUing. 

m m e r e-s u [obSre mu nsii] refreshment after a journey. 

mmerew, a. [berew, berebere] 1. soft (e. g. wood, pr,1244.), 
impi-essihUf yielding. — 3. meeky mild, — 3. tender; delicate, effem- 
inate. — 4. trcak, feeble, infirm , sickly; neho ye m., he is not strong 
(bodily); - oye m., a) =^ odwo, he is meek; b) he i^ weak, yielding, 
pliable, indulgent; n'aso ye m., he is obedient. — Syn. b^te, b6do, 
b6ko, b5r6g5, d4b5, dufudufu, d^fe, fifS, f<^tefete, h6d\v6, hor6horo, 
n A, n*i, nydmo, si^mo, posoposo, p68opo80 &c. opp. den/ 

m m e r e w a-b ere [aberewd, bere] the latter part of life or old 
age of a woman, following after mmababere. 

mmerewa-se m, dealings, talkings or concerns of old women, 

mm^sa [abe, 8h, to hang down?] 1, a catkin or nment of the oil- 
palm. — ^. a braid, plait or tress of hair; gnwene neti m., owow 
nenhwi m., she plaits the hair; m. tetare (fomfam) ti ho, pna de, 
egyina ho. 

mmesoa, Ak. = boaea, mmosea. 
mesemes6,i. Ak. = nketenkete. — ^. a kind of cloth; Abfiro- 
kyiri kente bi na Akyemfo atono sa. 

rametemma [betem, oba] the thorns betireen the nuts of the oil- 
palm, pr. 68S. 

mmew, i. a kind of reed or msh, bulrushes. — ^. a kind of 
printed cloth; s. ntama. 

Ill mew [bew, ph] places, mottntains; mmew-nhoma, map, chart, 
geographical drawing or delineation; atlas, collection of maps. 

Ill me w a [abe, dim.'] a creeping plant or climber, winding round 
palm-trees; abe ho hama; wotwetwe sum ns^mma; wode ye tui. 
m \,pron., conjunctive form of me before close sounds. Gr.§ 54. 

mia, V. [red. miamia] 1. to press, squeeze; atade no nko me 
yiyo, emiame, the coat docs not fit me well, it pinches me; adesoa 
no mia me ti so, the load presses my hea4. — 2. to press together, 
to shut, close (the eyes) ; omia n'a n i , a) = omiia n^ani, he shuts his 
eye; b) he meditates; c) he exerts himself, fries his best in doing some- 
thing. — 3. mia .. mu, a) to press together: mia mu ma enye tra- 
wa kakra, squeeze it to make it thinner, — b) to restrain, restrict, 
straiten; omiane kwannyamu, he restricts his privileges. — c) mia- 
mia.. mu, to repair (odan mu, biribiara a asee na wopam a ebeye 
'ye mu); cf. pompam, dwuw. — 4. to arm oneself, take arms, be in 
armour, go in arms; orebemia = orebebo ntoa na wase akotwga na 
waso tuo mn. Dawid n^ GoUat kokoe no, wammia na okoe. — 5. 
to adorn or dress oneself; wamia = wakeka neho, wafura ntama a 
eye fe, wahye atade a eye fe; mia is more used of men, hyehye 
more of women. ' 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



304 amia — amo. 



am la, v. n, the state of being armM; armonr; wokoo amiamn. 
thef/ went in full mfnmr. 

aiiiia-(le, (a piece of) armour or dress, 'pr, 3114. 3195. 
ni m i a-s o, inf, 1. exertion. — 2. ado bi a wode amianiia biribi so. 
UHiiiako-inmifiko [biako,^?^] one by one, one after the other. sin(/h(. 
nimiehe, Ak. how many? = ahe. 
niifiia-duaui\ .«?. kwata. 
mikum-anaTiso, s. aturnkuku. 
mini, V. F. to preponderate (?). 
amim, e-, undue advantage, prevalence or superiority; greedi- 
ness; fraud; force^ violence, pr. 249. 7o3. — d i .. a., to over-reach, 
defraudy take in, cheat; to do violence. — yea., to be selfish, self- 
interested, greedy; inequifahle, unfair, unjust. Onyaiik. nye amim, 
neyam'ye. 

amfm-di, inf. the act oi over-reaching, defraudation; videnee: 
ade-kye mu wope se wofa nea eso; syn. nsisi. 

0-m f m f 6, ph a-, a greedy, avaricious, rapacious person ; syn. 
onlberefo, odlfud^p^fo. 

minsiniy v. F. to be gloomy, clouded, loioering, of the sky. Mt.lSfi. 
amiri, a beast of prey(?); a hunter (?) pr.544. 

A'miri, a surname of the Asantes. 

amirikd, ni-, \s. abirika] a run, mnning, race, rapid course or 
motion; de m., to be in full speed; tu or tntn m., to run; to hasten^ 
hurry, [6. foi (dfie, d§o, hie, §a, tse f.).] 

aniirika-de, tJie object or things for which a race is run. 

a-mirika-den: otu am., he runs with all his might. 

a-mirikd-til, inf, the act of running, a run, course. 
mo, m6-6! or mm6, F. mbo, [the o is full & pure] interj. a form 
of congratulation, thankful acknouiedgment, and of wishing success: 
well done! well then! good speed! good luck! hail! all hail! It may be 
said twice, thrice &c. Cf, amo. 

mmo, na mmo (mmo) F. = mmom, adv. rather; then; hut. — 
Mi. lOfi.28. 19^5. 22,43. 24,45. 25fi. Mk.5,26. 10,26.48. 14^31,1 Cor. 15,46. 

mo (with nasal o), })ron. (F, Ak. often bom) ye, you, your. 
When prefixed to a verb before i, u, full e & o, gya, nya, twa, dwa, 
it is m U-. Gr. § 53-59. 

m 6, v, to fie about, wrap or wind round; mo amoase, to tie (he 
under-garment abotit the loins. 

mo, v, F. to be bad. Mt. 6,23. 12,34. s. muo. 
amo [pure full o] F. am bo, congratulation, felicitation; ma a., 
to congrattdatc, felicitate, hail, praise, acknowledge, to wish joy, good 
speedy or success; mema no amo, I bid him good speed (God speed); 
woma no amomomo, they hail him. pr. 242, 729. — Cf. m6. 

amo [amiio?] badness(?) some moral defect, as ingratitude, stingi- 
ness; wayi m' amo = wannd m' ase, he has manifested against m 
ingratitude, i.e. he has been ungrateful to me: woyi m*arau - wo)i 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



emo — mm6b6. 305 

me ayamonw^ae (wos© me yam' ye nwene), diey upbraid nie ivUh 
or accuse me of stinginess. 

o-ni 0, rice, Oryzn, the plant and the grains; gu mo (in Kyere- 
hi: saka mo), to sow rice. 

iiioa, r. [red. moamoa] 1. to (father, press or form into a ball, 
lump, round mass; to roll or wrap up: m. duku no hye wo ntama 
mn; wamoamda ne ntama ahye ne mmgtoam\ — J2, to become or 
male close, narrow, short: wamda n'akatawia ano, he has closed his 
umbrella; odah m> ano amoa, the aperture of the room has been di- 
minished; (ne yare nti) nenan ano am5a, his steps have become short, 
ontumi utwe ne nan mu se kaftno bio. 

in 111 6 a, v.n. [boa] help; wodi m., they midually help, aid, assist 
each other; cf. di nnoboa, di hiafwe & oboa; F. mboa, grace. 

m moa, s. boa, mraoadi. 

in m 6 a, a kind of checked calico, chilloes. 

aniod^ Ak. amana, hole, cavity, pit, den, ditch, trench; cf. etfi, 
oka, nkonon; - bo or tu a., to dig a hole. 

m moadabi, s. boadabi. 

nim6a-df, inf. [di mmoa] mtdnal assistance. 

mmoa-di, inf. [di mmoa] the taking of bribes. 

miiioa-doma [aboa, doma] animals of all kinds, pr. 540-44. 

amoagyanftwd, -gyanoa, a species of food tor widows, pre- 
pared of mashed maize; s. siw 1. 
a in 111 oak 11 a, j!>Z. m-, a kind of squirrel; syn. adwere. 

inaioana, F. which. Mk. 2,9. 12,28. 

mmo-anini, inf. [bo anim] the state of facing each other; di m., 
to face each other; wodi m. fwe woiiho anim* ara, they sit opposite 
each otl^r looking each othe^^ in the face. 

mo-ankasa, | you yourselves; your own; 
m o-ar a, j>ron. ) even you, just you; Gr, § 59. 

Diino-ano [eboano] breast, cheM; sdmdu bi sen nem., an amu- 
let hangs on his chest. 

uimoa-aiio, inf. a gathering together; cf. anoboa, mboaanofo, F. 

mmo-ase, inf. [bg ase] beginning, foundation (of a town, king- 
dom). Cf. ammose, iihyease, mfiase &c. 

auio-ase, pl.xn-, [mo ase] the under-garment or loin-cloth of the 
negroes, syn. Qtam, oddnta. 

m ui o b a [boba] dry twigs, brush-wood, stnall sticks of a fagot, 
inmoba-dua, a plant, the rods of which are tied across the sticks 
or poles in the framework of a negro house; s. nw5rri. 
m III d b i t f r i, a kind of bead, s. ahene. 

m n\ 6 hbymmoboro^ pity, compassion, mercy; 6y^ m., he causes 
pOy i.e. he is pitiable, miserable, pitiful, deserving pity, he is a poor 
fellow; ohu me m., he looks on me with pity, is pitiful or comjmssio- 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



306 mmobommOlx) — mom. 



nate towards mCy pities mCy has pity, mercy on me, slums me mcrcf. 
hu (or fwe) yen m., have mercy on vs. 

mmobg-mmobo, a.&adv., miser all c, pitiftd, in a nmcrahh 
state or condition; n'anim ye m., he looks tcrctchcd, miserable, Aa>' 
a sad countenance, 1 Sam. 1^8; onam m., he walks about in a snd 
condition, 

mmobom' [bobo mu] 1. a kind of white cotton cloth iiiterK(f 
ven with red threads in squares; kente no ye m., wode adidisika 
anwene mu ahinanan-ahinanan. — 2. a collection, accumulation, 
mass, heap, assemblage; opp. ankorankoro. 

mmgboro = mmobo. — mmobgrm', F. humbly. 

m m b r b u n u, inf. [hu mmoborg] mercy, mercifulness. pifff> 
compassion, mildness; cf. ahftmobo, timgbo. 

ninioborobuinifo, pi. id. a merciful person. 

mmoboroni, pi. -fo, a pitifid, pitiable person. 

mmo-deu, v. n. [bo v., den a.] a strong exertion, effort, seal 
earnestness, ardour; -bom., to be zealous, strenuous, eager, anxious: 
m^bg m. mafwe, / will try my best. — ilimgdcii-b6, inf. [bg mmo- 
deh] exertion, zeal, eagerness, diligence. 

mmg-f6ro, v.n. [bgv., foroa.] a new exertion, new beginning: 
- bg m., to begin anew; mefi *ne mabg asetra foforo ho m., from //>- 
day I shall begin a new life; eyi na 6reb$ m. (= grebg ase foforo) 
dsl dAh. 

mmofraasc, \ [abofra, ase, here] childhood, the time from 

mmofra-bere, I birth or infancy to puberty. 

mmofrjl-abrocle, a siliquose j^lant. 

minofra-forowii, -akokoa, -kgkgte, different kinds of planiii. 

mmofra-som, childish talkings, dealings or concerns. 

mmofuma, 1. a kind of tree. — 3. the inner hark, Uie bast or 
fibres of that tree; gtgtga bo bono. — 3. a siting or cord made ot 
it, = unCiahama; cf. miiriwa; diff. bofu, boffinnua. 

amo^om, a kind of tree; sareso dua bi. 
mogy d [s. b6gyd] blood; cf. kafo, dase, danse; ka or gu m., 
to shed blood; wgama m. agu fam*, blood has been shed. — mog>'a- 
su-feiie (-funu?) matter, 2>us; the serum exuding from a wound. 

mo bo, yourselves; raoh6h6, moh6 m^h6, yourselves mutmllf 
Gr.§ 57.218,1 a. 

ni g h [mm6h^g, G. muhg] curtain, veil. 

mmg-bo, inf.[hohQ] doubling, duplication; double; pair (f^nm- 
twi m. anan, four pairs of oxen); multiplication by two or wore than 
two; mitua no kaw m. anah, I pay him or restore it to him fourfold- 

mmg-kdw [mmgre a akaw] leaven, leavened dough. 

mmg-kwa, the borrowing of anoUier^s garment. 

mom, V. [red. mommom q.v.] to roll or tcrap uj), furl, envelop: 
to squeeze together (that the hollow space disappears): doroben no 
amom; mom akatawia no ano, shut or put up the umbrella; waka 
ne nneema iihinfi amom Tmo, he has packed up all his things. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



em6m — j\m6noni. 307 



e-ui6in [ormmom', fr, bo mu?] i. ordinance, injunction , decree; 
interdiction, prohibition^ prohibitory law; cf, mmara; woaliye mom 
se obiara mmmg so, they have decreed that noljody should mention 
the matter; every one is forbidden to speak of it. — 3. agreement; 
of. mmom'; woakohye m. ^= woapam. 

in mo in', iyif\\iqv(\\\\joiningy reconciliation; agreement, conven- 
tion y contract, stipulation, treaty; communian, peace, 

mmom', adv, (s. bef) F. mmo (= mpo, Ak.) rather, in pre- 
ference, more properly ; mepe eyi m., I like this better; mepe ha-yi 
m, kyen ho, / like this place better than that one: eno m. na eny^ 
kora, that moreover is not good at all, that is even worse. 

mo in A, mema, red. v. 1. s. ma. — 2. to dedicate, devote to; 
ode asoredan (sika, ne ba) momaa Onyame. — 3. to praise, ejctol, 
exalt, glorify; woraoma ohene::^wgbg ne mmeraii ka nea waye ne 
nea ne nenftnom aye agyaw no n^ abusua ko a ofim* ; abrafo m. 
ohene ye neh5 hu. — 4. onim m6ma = kwad\vom-to or -be. — 5. 
m. ho, = keka ho nsem, to speak of a matter in detail, to enlarge - 
upon, expatiate on, give a discourse on, make the application of. — 
6*. red. to talk unintelligibly ; wobisa no asem a, n'ano mom4m6ma. 
nimoma-ho, inf. (s. bef) circumlocution; discussion, explana- 
tion; expatiating o^i, (idle) talk; eho m. ni. 
m 5 m a, moma-so, the forehead, front. 

m 5 m m 6 m, red. v. 1. s. mom. — J2. to shrivel, shrink together; 
to curl up (as withering leaves). 

mommdno, F. momon, a. s. aroono, rate. 
mdmonoto, momroto [G.] uncircumcised; uncircumcision. 
momporo, a strap of leather pnt round one s neck and drawn 
so as to strangle the person. 

nion, V. F. (= mo, mtig?) to be unrighteous. Eeb.6,10. 
nimQn (cf. boh v.) a neigh, neighing, tvhinnying; - bom., to 
neigh, whinny (of horses). Jer. 5,8. 8/J6. — k a m., F. to wail. Mk.5^8. 
nimonna, s. bonna; - to m., to intrude upon women by night, 
to ravish. — inf. m-t5. 

am5na, F. mona, s. am^na, am&ra & amoa. 
indnkyem, v. to bend, turn up, wrinkle; to double down (a 
leaf &c.); to be bent, turned up, to get a boss (as, a brazen vessel); 
gsekah no ano am., hhoma nom^ am.; awowa no am. = babi atom* 
sen babi. 

ilmono, -m6no, red. m6nmi6no, or m6mm6no, a. raw; fresh, 
green, soft; unripe, immature; un dried; unboiled, crude; s. Gr. § 
70,1-3. gd6m6m6no, ode-am6no, an^mmono (wodi andmmono, they 
eat meat, wodi ndm m6mon6, they eat raw meat), gde no y6 momo- 
no; cf. ahabdmmono. — am6no k&hw^, quite fresh or new, used also 
of persons, as, a blooming youth; cf. bun. 

amouo-aka-ogya = nam momono a wgahow dakoro pe. 
Hni6nom' [amono mu, lit. in the fresh] directly, immediately, 
forthwith, on the spot; obo no bog no no, a. hgara na gtge, tvhen ilte 
stone hit him, he fell dead on the spot. F. amonm Iioara, suddenly. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



308 monom — mmdwd. 



mono III; red. monommonom, m6roinin5r5iD, a, smooth; opon 
no ye m. ; rf, eso ye torotoro. 

ni in n t o II k y c = okwao kontonkye, pr, 1900. 

m in o pom Ilia [cf. bapomma] ^. cf'|>/., a respectable, hofimmhlr 
person (onipa a oye opanyin h^-ne-ho nanso onim do). 

inbordo, F. = mmoro-s6, ejcceedingly. 

mmore [bo, bore, t;.] dough, 

mniore-lniy ~ pitahu. 

muiorka, F. = ramokaw, Mt. 13,33. 

mmorokokowa, a kind of heady s. ahene. 

mmorommorome, s. aborom^ -m^. 

mmoro-sa [bftro, nsa] n/w, brandy, bronghtfrom Enrope or 
America; ef. nsA. 

mmoro-so, inf. [boro so] abundance, exuberance, orerfloicing 
fulness. — adv. exceedingly. 

mmorotoa, a kind of bead; s. ahene. 

inmo-sa, nsa a ebo?r, strong drink, = mpAhyewa. 
ainmgse; = mmoase, ase, beginning. pr.lS91. 

miii6sea, s, bosea, pebble; gravel, pr. 2046. 

m m s e a w a [dim.] small pebbles, gravel. 

e-m 0-8 i, inf. s. erao & si. 

ill mo si, a kind of country cloth, s. ntaroa. 

Amosu, AmA-osu [nea oma osu, Gr. § 39, 9. j the Jiain-girer, a 
by-name of God; r/". Amowia. 

m in o s a w a [obosu, dim.] the early dew, condensed before day- 

mmota [bota, dim.] a kind of bead, s. ahene. [break, 

motau, V. F. = mantam. Mt 21,^. Mk. 11,2. 

m m o t g, -doma, green (plantains), fresh (yam), pr. o98J133. 

mmotoam' [ba = basa, toa, muj arm-hole, arm-pit. 

mmotoam-ma, a swelling or tumor in the arm-pit; wgboapafreno. 

mmgtoa-siti, na pompo no anhdn koktiro anye 'motoam' ma. 

mmgtoaase: wabo ne m. afa oba no na ode no aguan akotra... 

nimotg-krdma, tfie new yam of the first crop; wopan m-; rf. 
mpow. — m-m\ m-bere, tJie time or season in which the new yam /^ 
taken out; mmotokroma-b^re adu. 

mmgw, mediation, negotiation in a matter between two naiiona 
which may lead to war; di m., to mediate, act as a go-betweefi, irp 
to reconcile ; abofo yi di m. ; woadi ntam^ m. dedaw, na anye yiye. 

Amowia [nea omaowia] the Snn-giver, he who gives sunltine: 
a by-name of God ; cf. Amosu, Ama-ome &c. 

m m o w Ay a tree, the bark of which is burned to coal and mixed 
with sweet-scented spices; ohdam bi; dua bi a wotwitwa na wode 
to gyam' ma edan gyabiriw, na woayam na wode nhwane torn' na 
mma de fra won adnni mn do yo wonhd (won anim, akyi, koko so. 
nan ho, nsa ho). 



Digitized by VjOOQ[C 



mniowerebiwa — emu. 309 



mm o we re hi w a, -wuwa: gy arc m-, he has lost his nails hy 
the whitlow (s, okekaw 4.) or by gy ato; s. bgwerewua. 

am 6 yi. inf. [yi am6| ingratUndc, 

o-m 6 y 1 f 0, an ungrateftd person, 
• mmo-to-ho, inf. [bo to ho] procrastinatio^ny postponement, ad- 
journmcnt; delay. 

mmg-to-s6, inf. [bo to so] false aceusatlony syn. osusuka, ntwa- 
to8o; nye wo ygnko ho mm., do not cast anything upon your neigh- 
hour wiifwut being able to prove it. 

mmra & cpds. s. ram&ra. 
mra, v. s. m&na. — mmra, 5. mmara. 

mmrabram', v,n. \s. bra mu] the act of ivifhholding, conceaU 
ing dee.; unfairness^ dishonesty y misstatement; dissimulation. 

amrade, omra-kyerew, omra-iihoiiia &c. s, amanade &c. 

amrado, ^inviiAoyr \2ovi. governador?'\ governor; c/*. broheiie. 

iiimran, s. mmSraii. — mmraniiuan, s. mmSr. 

o-mrdtonf, s. omnratoni. 
m II, pron. s. mo. 

e-mu (u = u), the interior. 1. the inner or middle paH, inside; 
any part or point within the limits of a line, surface or body. — X^ 
the inner part^, cf. anom\ as6m\ mfem', yam' &c.; the space tvithin 
or inside. — S. the interior of a country: emu noho (nohoa) tonn, 
far in die interior. — 4. As a postposition after nouns & pronouns 
it stands for the foil, prepp. <t advv.: in, at, into, throwjh, tvithiny 
inward, inside ; between; of time: in, at, during, iviihin; of a plu- 
rality of things: among, amo7igst; connected with certain verbs (as 
fi, to proceed from): out, from. See Gr. § 1 19. & Eem. on the tone 
of mu, which is high after a preceding low tone, and low after high 
tone. When used as a postposition or complement, the vowel u is 
oflen dropped, and the remaining m' connected in pronunciation 
with the noun or pronoun to which it refers, or with the verb. — 
5. In some 2)hrases emu forms the grammatical subject (instead of 
the thing to which it refers), as : emu da ho, it is or lies open, is mail- 
ifest, plain; emu do, it is deep (abura, asu no mu, epo mu do) ; emu 
gow, it is spacious; emu tSrew, it is wide; emu ye den, it is diffi- 
cult; ne yare mu ye den, his illness is severe; emu ye duru, it is im- 
portant; emu ye hare, it is easy; emu siwme kakra, emu ntew me 
yiye, Gr.§215. — 6. When compounded with nouns, mu expresses 
a manner of doing = after the manner or fashion of; e.g. mraari- 
mam\ nnipam\ brgfom*, s. Gr. § 131,4. — 7. In composition with 
verbs, mu has the power of an adverb, meaning in, between, to- 
gether; c/lbam', bom', dam\ gum', worn', nnim', hyiam', tiam' &c. — 
luu or m' influences the pronunciation of preceding vowels, making 
the open vowels (a, e, g) half-open (a, F. e ; e, o), and the half-close 
vowels (e, o) close (i, u). 

e-m li, the interior or middle part of tfie body, the chest, thorax, 
rump, back; espec. the upper part of the bach cf akyi; gyare n6 
vitiy he has a disease of t/ie chest or lungs; ne md bu fanh, his rump 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



310 infi — iniilirnnuhn. 



is flexible; opono ncmu, he is hending his back; otec nc mu, he 
stretches his bade. 

mu, a. \^pl. am u am a] 1. whole, entire, complete; unbrokm, in 
good condition; opp. sin, gow, piece, fragment; odii dokono mu, ht 
ate a tvhole (loaf of) bread; onipa yi, gye mu (pirim), this man Is ruit- 
sickly, but lively (indeed); odi mii, he is without blemish or defect 
(mpakye ridzi mu, F. Mt. 15,31); edi mu = enni dem; nknruwa no 
biye amu-amu, ebi nso ye agow-agow, some of the vessels are whole 
(not broken), others are damaged, — ^. true, real; full, earnest, se- 
rious, sincere; eye me asedd-mu, it is a matter of h^iatifelt (thanks to 
tnc, I am tndt/ thankful for it; eye me nkommg-mA, it is a matter 
of deep concern, serious care, grave solicitude to me, I earnestly wish 
or desire it. — 3. j>erfect, accomplished, excellent: onipa-mu, a man 
of distinction, of rank. pr. 2397. 

e-m fi, a-, n. a whole, entirety, totality; bo no mu, say it at once- 
mebo no amu maka se: / will gather or sum it up in these words:.., 
mu, mo, t\ F. — ratio, to be bad, 
amu, o dead (human) body, corpse; a more decent expression 
than efunu. 

mil a, V. 1, to shut, close; om. ne nsa ano^^^r. 468), n'ani, heclo- 
ses his hand, his eyes; om.n'ano, he shtds his mouth, holds his tongue, 
is silent, keeps silence, forbears talking, pr. 247. — 2, to be shut or 
closed; n'ani amua, his eyes are closed, — 3, anim' amQa, remfla, s. 
anim. 

mm 11 ad a, s. abnada. 

mmuae, v,n, [bua] an answer; ascmmisAnenem., questions 
and answers. 

muamila, a, narrotv (as, the opening of a small bottle or 
phial); cf. dwedwcwa, hiahia, teatea. 
a m fi a m li a n i, blind-mans-buff, 

mmii-ano [bu ano] the edging, hem, skirt of a garment, 
mmua-so [bua so] cover, lid, pot-lid; cf, mmutuso, nkataso. 
mmua-tama, Akr.-tam; Ky.-tomA [ntama a obi de bua (kata) 
neho so] a cloth to cover one's body, also in sleep {opp. gdaso); o 
cover; cloak, pall, j^cdlium (as of the ancient Greeks). 

mbubiiA, F. = bubuafo, pi, m-, lame j^ersons, Mt. 15^0 f 
mmubui, v,n. [bu, v. red.] 1. lameness, a disease in the legs 
causing inability to walk. — ^. a fraction in ciphering. 

rabubui, F. a) pcdsy, Mt. 4,24. 9,2. b) fragments, crumbs, Mt 15,37. 
mbubuinyi, F. a man sick of the palsy, Mt. 9,6. Cf. obubuafo. 
mii-dud [dua a ehye onipa mu na otumi gy ina] support, skfff 
oflife^; onipa m. ne kankyew (F.) or aduan, man's staff of life is 
bread (food); pr. 2398. 

mu-hama, a piece of cloth or rope tied round the chest to show 
excessive grief; - wabo m. = awerehow aka no na ode hama anase 
ntama abo (akyekyere) ne yam'. 

m u h u m u h fi, a. fine, of dry things that are ground ; obo be- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nuika — oiiiuniiiikrnn. 311 

dwiriw wgii aye atodnru m.; oykm kyekyere m.; st/n. Kko^nko] cf, 
bodobodo. 

muksi, mukyia, in-, l)ukjia, hearth, fire-place; the hearth 
ou which the negroes usually cook their food consists of three round- 
ish elevations, formed of clay, between which the fire is made and 
oil which the cooking-pot is placed. 

muka-ase, the place or apartment where the hearth is; kitchen, 

a m u-k y c n e^, miimmi/. 

mum, a, L deaf and dumb, — 2, having no opening or en- 

trance. — e-mum, mumu, deaf and dumbness, dumbness caused by 

deafness; cf, asitiw. — o-miim, e-murau, a person who is deaf and 

dumb, pr.2047. F. Mk. 7,37, 

Miimo, name of a month, about December; s. osram. 
o-mumo, mdm6,j!>Z. a-, [muo, v,] an ugly, Ul'lookingy ill-shaped, 
bodily misformed person; (nea n'anim a.s. nehonam ny^ fe, ne ti 
kokdroko, n^aniwa nkete-nkete, n'aso ntitiwa-ntftiwa nkete-nkete, 
nekoh tia u.k.) pr, 217,1801,2048-60, (mumo-kaii, miimo-kyiri). 

amumo-y^, F, amumuye, inf. crime, (act of) wickedness; wan- 
tonness, looseness. — ye am., F. Mt 13,41. 22,18. Mk. 7,22, 

o-mumoy^fu, j?/. a-, miscreant, mischievous, wicked 2ierson, 
villain, scoundrel. 

o-mumo-w^sewa [omnmo aoye n'ade wese or wewc] a person 
not fair, but clean and tidy ; opp. oyiyeburu. 
mumu, s. mum. 
amumuaha, a kind of plant. 
amumuy^, 5. amumoye. 
m una, v. [red. munamuna] 1, to become or be dark, to look 
yloomy; osu am., the clouds are dark, — ^. m. an i m, ~ kum anim, 
to darken the face, make a sour face, to frown. — 3. wamuna, n'anim 
am., he looks sullen; he is gloomy, sad; wamunaahye me, he frowns 
upon me; pr, 248. — onam munamuna, he is melancholy. 

o-miinamiiuafo, i?Z. a-, a sullen, morose, peevish, discontented 
fellow; woye om., you are always displeased, discontented, 
m u n i, V. to roll about, pr. 1364, 
mmunkam-so, inf [bunkam] transcendency, Kurtz §165. 
muntum,t?. to turn over, turn upside down, ivpset, overset, 
overturn, subvert; m. toa {or aduru) no = fwie gu! — syn. dan aui 
butuw. 

amiintum-^mum, adv, secretely, privately, in secret; yedii 
asem no rfm. = yehintaw kokoam' dii asem no na obi ante. 

munum*, mCirQm, v. [red, mtinum-mfinum] to cover entirely, 
wrap up, enwrap, wrap round; syn. kata; qde ntama bemilnum' 
yen so, amdnnm poh so nneema fihina so, am. ne hdnam nh|na; - 
om. fasn so bae, he tumbled over the waU(Y). 

o-mununkum, i^/. a-, 1. fog, mist; om. resi, a fog is coming ; 
cf. knsukuku. — ^. cloud, cf.hqvt, osu, suwisiw. — H. F. blackness, 
cf tnmm. — 4. a kind of dark-blue cloth. — 5. adj. dark-coloured: 
afasew m. bi ye adweadw^. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



312 nnio — N. 

mild, V. to he hady physically or morally; omiio = oye omiV 
mo; ne nneyee mtio = ny6. 

o-muratoni, pL a- -fo, [Eng., Port.] a mulatto. 

mmiiro-nuo, bttro hno, olive oily sweet oil, 

m n r n m, s. mtinum. 
amu-sie, inf. [sie amu] burialy inter menty sepulture. 

mmu-s6, inf. [bu so] abundance. 

mm us II, -o, mischief y misfortune , disaster, misery, ealumitif, 
adversity; a thimj that causes mischief cH. m. aba inc so, a ealamiitf 
has befallen me; ahogden bcibreyem., too much strength brings mis- 
chief y 'pr. 581.648.1894. — bo m-, to cause mischief to come, to do mia- 
chief; mabo meho m., I have brought mischief upan myself. — fa in., 
tosufferfor mischief done; pr. .555/. 1788. — yi m., to remove or ward 
off mischief ; s. mmusnyi; mekobisa me bo, mckoyi me ti m., lam 
going to ask advice (i.e. to consult the fetish- man) to get rid of i»p 
adversity (lit. to remove my head's calamity) ; p^-. 898. — (7/*.obu8ufo, 
obusuyefo, ahabusii. 

mmiisu-bo, inf. the act of cursing; the committing of an act 
or acts that bring mischief. — m miisu-yi, inf. the removal of mis- 
chief ; oyi ne ti mmusu ne se: ode ade a ode rekoyi mmusii no si 
neho ananmu de koma obosom a.s. gsaman-ko a g-ne no anya no; 
ne se nti mmusu biara a wobcyi no, wgde kwati onipa-ko no ti an«i 
na wokoyi. 

musumusum, F. wim ye m., the weather is foul, stormy. ML 16 ft 
am u-t one tone, inf. Ak. the act of keeping one's back straigld. 

amu-tcw, inf. [tew mu] prop, a rending of the interior or heart, 
i.e. grief y afflictiony distress; diff. ntewmu. 

mu-twa, itif. [of twam' = twa mu] adekyee ye awie mu-twa, 
the day (daylight) is abmU to finish passing y i.e. the day is nearly sjnmt 
or passed. Mk.6y85. 

mmutu-s6 [butuw so] cover d-c. cf. mmuaso, hkataso. 

o-mn-yare, e-, a disease in the chest or baeky causing difticuh 
breathing, crookedness of the back &c. cf. sisiyare, gseiimu. 

Words which have ii as the first letter of their stem (usually 
with another n, in verbs sometimes with two lis before it), but 
are not found under N, — seek under I), or, when y follows, 
under G (gy). 

The consonant ii, when radical i.e. original, is united with na- 
sal vowels {cf. M); whenever it is followed by pure vowels, it is a 
transformation of d, caused by a preceding n (or orig. m, u) or by 
negligent pronunciation, as in anadwo, Ak.adadwo. It interchanges 
with (1, r, m, n; Gr. § 18. 19. B. 37. — n before y & tw, is not 
dental, but palatal. — ny is either original before Ti, e, iy or, when 
followed by pure a, e, i, it is a transformation of original gy, usu- 
ally caused by a preceding n (m^ n). 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



n — oiia. 313 

II- is a frequent pre/ix before stems begiiiDiDg with t, tw, s, n, 
and with d which is then assimilated i.e. changed into n, also be- 
f<»re stems with y and <ry^ (in which cases we write n-y and n-ny). 

— This prefix occurs 1. in nouns; 2, in verbs, viz. in the 2nd im- 
perative and all negative forms. It forms a syllable by itself, if it 
be not joined in pronunciation to a preceding vowel or to the ii of 
the subsequent syllable. See under m-. 

n' often stands for ne (pron, poss.) before a-, seldom for no 
(pron. ohj.). Gr. § 58. It may also stand for na, conj, 

II a, conj. 1. and. — 2. bid, however, yet, nevedhelesH, noiw'dh- 
standlng, vf. de, nso, nanso. — 3, (na) for. — If any part of a sen- 
tence (subject, object (»r other complement, attribute, or adjunct) is 
to be rendered prominent, it is put at the head of the sentence and 
n a follows with the proper sentence, in which then the part put at 
the head is indicated by a pronoun. Gr. § 247. 
ijnua (F. inna) r= eno na, then, id that time, after this. 

aiiii, ana, F. ana, ana, am}, conj. 1. or; vf. anAse. — ^^ a par- 
ticle noting the sentence, to which it is attached, as an interrogation ; 
when the question is indirect, the dependent sentence is connected 
with the principal one by so, and the words 'se... ana' are equiva- 
lent to the Eng. conj. trhcther or if. Gr.§ 139.1 42.1 53. —In F. ana 
is also found at the head of an interrogative sentence. Mt.6,!i6.7,16.2:i. 

ana, F. ^-r ansa , before, prior to, pre vionsly. ML 5,18.24.26. 8,21.2D.&c. 

n na, v.n. [da] sleep; wada own nna, he sleeps the sleep of death; 
wakra me nna, s. kra, v. 7. — nna-nna, s. eda. 

nna [s. nnawa], or, nna-ase-nhwi, the mane of some quadrupe- 
dal animals, as the horse, the lion &c. - gyata wo nna; gy ata nnil- 
ase-nhwi ye kiifukufu (fukufuku); odvvennini no nna-ase-nhwi doso. 

o-n Ti, e-, {dullness? slowness? cf. na;) the exact and original mean- 
ing of this n. (ov adj.?J is not easily determined; we give the de- 
rived meanings thus: 1. scarceness, scarcity, rareness, rarity; want 
of, lack, defect. — 2. rareness or value arising from scarcity, cost- 
liness, precionsncss, importance. — 3. difficulty of access (to obtain 
or to perform). — i. disUlce, disinclination, aversion, repugnance. 

— Phr. na is used as a complement of the verbs ye, d i, do, as the 
foil, examples will show. a. (J.) Nnipa pa ye 'na wo asase so, good 
people are rare (ov scarce) on eatih; pr.2950. aka kakra se nd min- 
ui nkesua na bio, in a short time I shall no longer have scarcity (or 
want) of eggs, i.e. I shall soon have eggs enough; nnansa yi nno h 5 
ye na, just note oil is scarce; ade h5 ade ye na, pr. 805 f. — (2.) Adc 
yi ho ye me na = eho hia me yiye, this thing is valuable to me, I have 
it at heart; o, se hhoma ho ye me na; minya a, anka mepe! oh, I 
desire such a book; I wish I cmdd get one! — (3.) fiho ye na, = eyc 
den se wobenya, it is approached or gotten only with difficulty; hho- 
ma yi ho ye na, mape bi mape mape, mannya, this book is not easi- 
ly to be got; I sought for one repeatedly, but got none ; (mape me- 
beree ansa-na mekonyae, I had lang to seek before I fmind one). 
Adwuma yi ye oyf-nji, this work is not easy to perform; Gr.§ 105,5. 
onipa nye dada-nit, man i^ easily deceived ("Mundm vult decipi^); 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



314 (jiifi — imaho. 

yr, o73.634S6o,7S8J880. — h. (3,) Asempa no dii ho byen-na kaiiiio, 
the gospel (had, or met wiihy (Ufftctdty in entering) had no easy en- 
trance there at first; ofa abnfuw a, wodi no pata-na, 6r.§ 105,5. — 
c, (4.) OdQ mena, he has (entertains, harbours) a secret haired against 
me; he hears me a grudge or spite, he hears a malice or Ul-mll a- 
gainst me; Laban doo lakob na se wafa n^ade de anya neho, L.owed 
Jacoh a spite hecatwe he had enriched himself from his (i.e. from Us) 
property, Cf. adona, Dowuona. 

e-na, ph enanora, 1, mother; Tpr, 2057-2069, — in Ak. it is used 
only of the speaker's oton mother: ena aba, my or our mother is cmne; 
cf. onl, awo. — ^. an honoaring title of another elder female: ena 
or me na Aforo fre wo, Mrs. Aforo calls thee, 

an ft, relatio^iship, ancestors, mothers (?); to ana, to give one's 
genealogy, prove one's descent, claim relationship ;pr, 358, e.s. wokyero 
wo nh obi ntam' abusuasem a cda mu. 

nu, (n, or«.?) weah, dtdl (cold, sluggish, hcacy, phlegmatic i') 
n'adwenem' (ne tirim', ne komam*) ye no na, he douhts, is doubtful, 
irresolute, in perplexity, at a loss (which way to take &c.) = onha 
nea gyc, se 6nny6 nni o, onnny^ nnni 6, onnim, Gen, 45^6,;- syn, 
nann, nennann; nl, merew &c. 

nnabrabd, = nkgnkgnsd, nkontompo; oy^ n., ^-.gdabrabdfo. 
iiada, nara, F. = gno ara, eno ara. 

nil ad A, v.n, [da da] deception, delusion, imposition, imposture^ 
deceit, fraud; temptation; cf. nsisi, nnyigye, kusiim-di; sgfwe. 

i\niii\i\-^^xn,fratidtdence; stratagem, trick, cheat, wile, artifice; 
cf. nkwadasem. 

nnade-dworg, nnadewa asin-asin, a kind of gold used as 
currency by the Akems in ancient times, before they learned to use 
gold-dust from the Dankiras. 

anadwo, F. anadwe, Ak. adadwo[da, dwo, lit. the coolness of 
the day] night. — anadwo-boa [aboa] a niglU-animal, nocturnal 
bird drc, pr, 1283, 2072 f — anad\Vo-d e [a thing (ade) brought into 
the house by nigJU, secretly] bribe; cf, boa, adanmude. 

anadwo-fa [ofa, half,pati'\ F. anafoa&c, //^cZa/c evening after 
sunset (ade reye asa na anim reniQa); cf. anwummere, — 2. Aky. 
any part of the night; cf. gdasu. 

anadwofa-SQm, an evening-word, an occurrence, altercation 
or quarrel in the evening, when men are usually intoxicated by palm- 
wine. — anadw O'^fi^orWy playing in the nigJit. pr. 2180, 

anadzo-gua, F. = anah ase agua, foot-stool. Mt, 5,35.22,44. 

nnae, v.n. [da] couch, bed, day-bed , sofa; cf. mpa. 

anafo, the place below, the part ofa bed or couch at tlie feet; the 
under or leeward coast; F. leeivard, eastward, syn. boka; opj). atlfi. 

anafofo, the people of the lower or nether part of the town or 
country &c. — analba, F. = anadwofa, evening. Mk.6,47' 

ani^frdnaku, a plant; n^aba kum nnuan. pr, 2075,2472. 

anago, F. (anagyo) =r anadwo, night. Mt. 28,14, Mk. 13,35. 

nna-ho, a deep sleep. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



F^r^^ 



iniakardTiiiri — nnaine. 815 

nna-kanl-niia [da & kra, v.']: g-nJ no ko n., wgko n., thet/ 
go to sleep bidding each other good nigliiy i.e. they are on friendlyj 
familiar, intimate terms with each other; cf. wakrarae nna, under 
kra. [Diff, w6k5, na krina !] 

nna-koko, a fowl or slicep given by a man to his bride before 
she comes to sleep with him. 

g-nak wa, 1. a large tree with very fine flowers, hard wood and 
a thick bark; wowaewae eho bono de saw wura. — J^. a man no- 
tonus for some deed and, therefore, able to do the same thing again; 
on. se obcye yi, obeyc ampa; ade a asi netirim' no, omfere ho se 
obeye; - waye on., he has become famous; wobo nedih a» na asem 
bata ho. — Diff. A'nakwa, pr. w. in pr. 2596. 

nam, v. [a = a; used only in the continuative form (in all 
other forms fa or nan tew is used); red, nennam] 1. to walk, to be 
in any progressive motion, to go, run, crawl, creep, swim, fly, saild'C. 
to travel, pr. 2078ff. Cf. kg. Onipa hi nam ho, a man is walking there; 
mihuu no segnennam ho, I saw him walking there (to and fro); ehyen 
uo nam ntemntem, the ship sails very fast; gkwadu nam ntemntem, 
the antdope runs very fast; anoma nam soro, na apatanso nam nsum', 
a bird flies in tJie air, but a fish swims in the water, pr. 457.1437.2081. 
— ^. nam is often combined with m u or so before another verb of 
motion, thus noting the way in which that motion is performed, or 
the means or mediator of an action, and is then rendered in Eng. 
by the prex^ositions through, by; e.g. gnam mfenserem' kgg dan mu, 
he went through the window into the house; gnam atoro so dad&a no, 
he deceived him by a lie. Gr. § 108,27. 223,2.237 a. — In F. it is also 
combined with nti: gnamhom atsetsesem ntsi wamma (= moamma) 
ncmbra antsim, Mt.15,6. — 3. nam so, to proceed, walk on; to do 
forthwith, straightforward ; wgnam so reba, they are coming on, draw 
near. Gr. §111. Mrk. 15,43- - obi nam so beka kyeree me, some- 
body straightway told me (of it). — nam ntenteso, ^.this. — 4. nam 
(sQm) ase ye, to do underhand, secretly, privately (Gr.§ 1 11): ghene 
pee onipa nam ase koyii Akyem bene asitiw, the king appointed a 
man secretly to apprize the king of Akem of the matter; gnennam 
m'ase (=gpe me bone, gpeme amane-nyd, ofitifiti me nsem ho, odi 
me ho nseku), he aims at me, seeks my hiui. — 5. to exist in a cer- 
tain number, to be so many together (Gr. § 199,4); yenam basia na 
ebae, we were six of us when we came; nkyeneboa nam ahorow pi, 
aj^cs (monkeys) are of many different kinds. 

e-uam, i. flesh, meat of any animal; pr. 2077. 3301. 3407. cf. gho- 
nam. — ^. fish = nsunam. — 3. the flesh or soft, pidpy substance 
of fruit, also of palm-nuts: mSngo yi ho nam dgs5; abe yi ho wg 
nam bebre. 

nnam, a., red. nnamnam, 1. sharp, of a cutting instrument, 
of soap; gsekan yi ano ye n. ; samina no y§ n. se, eye ogya! — ^. 
brave, bold, daring, intrepid, courageous, valiant. — nnam, n. sharj)- 
ness, efficacy; p^\2939.272.3. bravery, boldness, valour; cf. abooduru. 

nnam-kyeree, nnanky. [nnam, kye] pr. 2809. s. ohfln kyeree. 

nna me, wedge; dua a wosen ano afanu de pa ogya. pr.2065. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



r 



316 iinniinnereiison — iiriim. 



n 11 a-m iii e v c-ii son, all days throughout; length of days; s. p. 303. 

nam in oka [nan, ratio or bone, ka, to touch] the striking or 
knocking of the foot against something, considered as an ill omen 
(waka nan bone, he has struck his foot painfully^ 

o-nammon, |7?.a-, [enan,boh] 1, foot-print, foot-mark, foot-step, 
pr. 290. 354, — 2. step, stride, — 3. tlie sole of (he foot; the foot; 
pr. 2087ff,24Gl, — ondmmon-mu, the sole of the foot. 

nammoiVkoro, a narrow pcUh, pass, way for only one foot. 
g-nammon-tenten, 1, a long step; fan., to walk with long 
steps, to stride, pr. 378. — 2, a person who takes long steps, ivho is a 
good walker, a long-shanks, Gr. § 39,9 d pr. 3003.3005. 

niianimon-nampan [s. gddinpan], vestibule, porch, ante- 
chamber, lobby, waiting-room, the place of the door-keeper; a hmse 
through tvhich a way leads to the inner yard; a covered entrance 
into the yard of a dwelling. Ky. ntwironod. 

ana ni-mo 11 o [nam amono] fresh meat, opp. nanliowe (wodi an., 
they eat meat; wodi n^m m6mon6, they eat raw meat). 

nam-pr owe, rotten meat. pr. 364. 
nnaii so, s. nnahso. 

n a iV, V. [red. nan'nftn] to melt, liquify, dissolve (tr. d' intr.), to 
become liquid, be dissolved; said of metals, wax, tallow, fat (srade, 
nku, nno &c. opj*- da); cf bono. 

e-n a n, 2)1. id. & a-, Ak. iiane, the foot of a man, in Ak. the ewtrem- 
ity below the ancle, in Akp. sometimes including the leg (gya) and 
thigh (sSre); the foot of any animal; of quadrupeds, tlie hind-foot, 
hind-leg (the fore-foot or fore-leg is called nsa); the foot of a table, 
candlestick &c. — Ne nan ye hare, he is UgJU-footed, swift-footed. 
— mo uafi-ase ye me bare dodo, you go too fast forme. — wo nan 
ye den a, (na) wobedu ntem, if you are a good ividker, you tcill 
soon be tJiere, — ode ne na n m u kyere, he takes to his Jieels. — gnara 
ne nanmu = ne nan hunu, he walks barefoot; gnam ne nan a no, 
he goes on tiptoe. — gnam me nan ase, he is my attendant, one of 
my followers, icalks in my suite. — me nan ka ase, 1 feel the bottom 
of the river. — ne nan tia adare so = nenan gyina gkwan so rekg, 
he is on the point of staiiing; pr. 3561. — tutu woanan duom na 
merebd, go on slowly (leisurely), I am coming after, — tutu wo 
anan m u kgtra babi, change your place \ gtwe ne nan mu, he walks 
quickly, with long paces; gtwetwe nenah m u, he stretches his feet; 
gt went wen ne nan ase, he lingers, walks lingeringly. — bg anan 
(s. bg 27), to walk together, keep pace; mintumi ne mo mmg anan, 
I cannot keep ]}ace with you, — Cpds. a. nanase, nahhin, nahkroma, 
gnammgn, anafimu, nansa, nansih, nansoa, nantin, nantu, nannwea. 
anan, n-, four. Gr. § 77. 

11 a nil, nennaiiu, = na, q.v. — aye n'ani so nann, = onhft 
noa 6nye no ; cf. ya. 

nTma, pd, nananom, F. nanam, 1. grandparent, grandfatlter 
(n. barima), grandmotJier (n. bea); pi, forefathers; first parents. — 
2, (pi, nenanom) grandchild, = gbanana. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



onana — naimodow. 317 



o-nana, -ni, stranger , foreigner, pr.2094, 
an an 3.-d e, a thing (things) against the rule; opp. ade-trene. 
nanahdy a cutaneous eruption appearing after some stay at a 
foreign place; ase akese-akcse; uknwa-nkuwa bi a etotow nipaho 
te se nsowa. 

anannannewa [nan, vJ( a brass box in which shea-butter is 
molten for anointing. 

0-nana-ni, pL a- -fo, stranger ^ foreigner (nea ofi kiirow bi so; 
eye yaw kakra; "ghgho" ny^ yaw). pr,2095. 

nnaiVani, inf. [dan ani, of. anidan] perversion; subversion; 
revolution; n.-manso+, revohUion, 
n an a ii k an s o, great-grandchild. 
anana-nsa (Aburifo mmrah); wgye an. = onanani nsa won 
(mfrA woii mu). — ananaransa-fo, people tvho do not permit foreign- 
ers to mix with them. pr. 2096. 
nau-anu, pr. 2U27. 

ndn-ase, 1. the foot, tJie lotver paH of the leg. — ^. the bach or 
upper part of tJie human foot from its junction with the leg to the 
toes; cf. nansa. — 3. the space or 2>la^e under one's feet. See enan. 
anana-t^u, [cf. ntenkyew'] partial, unfair judgment; bu an., 
fo Jiave respect of persons in judgment. 

n a h-h i ii [s. hih] the shin, the fore part of the leg or crural bone. 
nnan-lio no, the axis on which a sphere revolves, pole. D. As. 

n a nh w e [nam a ahow] dried meat or fish; opp. anammono. 
anaii-hyehjem', = ananwuram\ 

o-nanka, a large horned snake, syn. eb6re. pr. 524.2097.2356. 
nankasa, = gno-ankasa, eno-ankasa, gnoara, enoara. Gr.goO. 
naii-kom [nam kgm] scarcity or dearth of meat or fish. 
nan-kofi, the joint between the leg and the foot. 
nan-koro, pr. 2127- 
anankotf [enah& ?]: tow an., to kick with the (hind-)foot; - 
gpgnkg tow me an., a horse kicked me. 

naiikroma [enah & ?] pi. a-, the knee; syn. kotodwe. 
nankroma-bemmen, anankroma-b^n, a swelling of the knee. 
nhhktim [nam &?] a piece of meat, the leg or any other part, 
nankwi, F. == nantwi. — nnan-kyeree, pr.2809. s.nnamkyeree. 
nnan-mii,«»/'.[danmu] 1. change, transformation; reform; con- 
version. — 2. inflection, conjugation. Chram. 

anan-mii [s. enan] lit. in tlie feet i.e. footsteps, i.e. instead of, in 
the place of; ogyina m^an., he stands in my place, represents me; - 
(de..) hye or si an., to supply, replace, make up (for), compensate, 
restore, repair, repay dtc. 6r. § 237 b. 

anaiumu-hye, -si, inf. s. hhyeanahmu, nsiananmu, hye S, si, r. 
ananmu-sifo, pi. id., rej^resentative. 

nna-no, nnanobi, the other day, lately, recently: .s. eda, dabi. 
nfm-nodow - nam dodow, yr. 3611. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



318 nansa — nnantwerem. 



n an-s a, ninsa-bon, the foot below the anTdes, consisting of nan- 
ase & nammoDDiu. \s. enan, nsa, sAbon.] — nansa-atade, gaiters. 
nna-nsa [eda] three days; nna-nsa-yi, in th^se days, nowadm/s, 
in our time ; recently, lately, of late. 

niiansa-()m dn, a thing of only three days standing, of no long 

duration, temporary, provisory, tratmtory; - eye n.ade, it is a thing 

that sJiofily passes away. — n.-mansof^elo, provisional government. 

an^nse, spider; of kgnnore, ntikfima, okyemf6; pr.2098ff.— 

an. akyere me nan, my foot sleeps. 

ananse-huliua, a spider^s weh, cobweb. Ak. nt6ntdn. 
aiianse-akete-nwene: eye an., it is (a thing like) weaving a 
mat of cobweb, i.e. vain, unsuccessful work. 

an an s e-n ta in m a, 1. cobweb. — 2. bob-net, bobbin-net, ground 
of lace. — 3. hair-net. — 4. & kind of mushroom, s. mmdre. 

ananse-sem, stoi^, tale, fable, fictitious narrative; to an., io 
teU (prop, spin) a tale. — [anaose asem, lit. a tale of An., being a 
mythic personage, gener. called agya Ananse, to- whom great skill 
and ingenuity is attributed, a personification of the spider ; his wife 
is konnore, his son ntikuma.) 

n A n-s in, F. a-, stump of a leg, pr.934. one-footed person. Mi. 18 S, 
na-n so, conj. [na nso] and also, but also; but, yet, still, hotc- 
ever, notwithstanding, pr. 7.12.606.512. 

nndn-s6. a place in the forest with a hut or huts for hunters 
to sleep in; eno ye nn. =2 $ye nhada, q. v. 

n an-s 6 a, toe; the particular toes have the same names as the 
fingers: n. kokiirobeti, the large toe; n. kyerekyerekwan, n.-hene, 
n.-henniakyiri or safohene, n.-kokob§to. 

nanta, nantam, the foot of a bird. pr.l648. 
nnan-tam' [odan ntam'] a narrow passage, alley or lane be- 
tween houses. 

nan tew, v. [inf. n-, red. nantenantew] to walk, to travel on 
foot; onantew dodo, onim udntew dodo, he is a good walker; rf nam; 
- red. to wander, rafnble, rove; cf. kyini. 

o-nante-b6re, toil and weariness by travelling. 
o-ndn tefo, pi. •-, walker, traveller on foot; wanderer; pr. 2102-7. 
syn. Qkwantemfo. -^ anantenaute, inf. wandering, rambling rfr. 

an an te-s 6 [nantew, ase] the reason for, or the cause or aim and 
object of travelling, of a journey. 

n a n t c w-y iy e, nante-i6, inierj. farewell! 
ndn-tin, -tini, Jieel. 

nantin-ka: aye no n., it caused him to stop where he was. 
nantiii-iikafd: 6ye n., = onantew a, nenantin iik4 fa yiye, 
nso onsi si-pd, he walks (steps, treads) more with the fore-part of the 
foot, the heel scarcely touching the ground. 
n a n-tii, the calf of the leg. pr. 2108. 
nnan-twerenr [odaii &?1 a covered way, thoroughfare, pas- 
sage, alley between houses, leading into a yard. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nantwi — ne. 319 



nantwl [Ak. -e, F. nenkwi] j??. a-, hidl, ox, cotV; a single bo- 
vine animal; pi, (horned) caitlCy neat; pr, 976, 2109,3612. — by-name: 
popododobi. — nantwi-ba, jpl, nantwi-mma, calf, — Hantwi-bere, 
pL a-, cow, any female of the bovine genus of animals. — iiantwi- 
biiriiwa, heifer, young cow. — nantwi-foro, steer, bullock, young 
bull (from 1 to 4 years old). — nantwi-nlioma, hide of a bullock, 
— nantwi-kafo, -fwefo, herdsman. — nantwi-nini, bull, bullock, 
any male of the ox kind. — naiitwi-sa6, a castraled bull, ox-calf or 
bull-calf, steer, ox or bullock, 

anaii-wuram'[enan, wura, mu] an entangling of the feet with 
those of another; yeadi an., we have mutually entangled ourselves 
e.g. in using '^sakraman" in Twifor ^fox" and "nangbfi** (meaning 
the same as sakramah) in Ga for "wolf", — di anauwUrawuram', 
= ananhyehyem', to be intermixed, as by marriage, in friendly inter- 
course, concerning the settlements, as the English and Dutch on the 
Gold Coast before 1867. 

naii-nwea, ^Z. id., a-, [enan, ad we] tlie ankle, anklebone. 
nftn-ny ehiii, pi, id,, a-, [nan, gya, hin] the shin; s. nanhin. 

anapa, F. = anopa, (in tht) morning, Mt 2148, Mh 11,20, 

anapatii, F. = anopa-tutu, early in the mornipig.Mt,20,l,Mk, 1,35, 
nara, F. = gnoara, enoara. Mt, 13,57, — e-nara, s, en^ra, en^da. 

n n a r e ka [dade, ka, cf, kawd] bridle (head-stall, bit and reins). 

imaase, inf. s. ndaase, aseda. — iiiia-ase, s. nna, nnawase. 
na-so, F. = nanso, and yet, howbeit dc, — anaso, F. =ji ana nso. 

ana-to, inf, enumeration of ancestors and their children in the 
natnral order of succession, genealogy; pedigree. 

n n a w a, nna, mane of a lion &c. See nna. 

nnawa-se [-ase] the wings of an army; - twa n., to go^ march 
or follow behind the wings of an army, 

unawase-twafo, the reserve-troops of the right and left ioing. 

nnaworopewa: mm^a nhwi k w6dwere s\ won atifi sj^ dua', 
the hair of women twisted or contorted and tied up that it standft out 
from the vertex or top of the head like a straight stick. 

iiuawutd [dawura nta] a town-crier's bell, consisting of two 
pieces of iron fixed in a wooden handle; s. oddwum. 

ne..., nne..., inFante words, are often written nye..., ndze... 
ne, pron.poss, [ono, eno] his, her, its; titeir (of things). Gr.§66. 
n e, Ak. d e (F. nye), to be (to the full extent of the meaning 
of the predicate), to be identical with, to consist in; cf. ye. When 
ne is used, the subject coincides with the predicate, or entirely 
absorbs the characteristics of the predicate; when ye is need, th() 
subject partakes of the characteristics of the predicate; e.g. 6neh^ne, 
tie is the king (the one reigning for the time in the country of the 
speaker) ; oye oh^ne, he is a king (as there are other kings beside 
him) ; 6ne k^s^, he is the great one (no other being great to the full 
extent of the word or in comparison with him) i.e. lie is the greatest; 
oye kcs^. Jte is great (as others maybe likewise), pr. 1375,1721,2191. 



Digitized by 



GoogI 



320 lie — nedadu. 



From Gr. % 102,1.199,1. it may be seoo that this verb occurs only 
in the continnati ve form, that the position of the subject and of the 
predicate or rather the complement of this verb may be interchanged, 
and that ne yi, ne no, may be contracted into ni, ncn. — Tbe 
negative is expressed by premising en ye to the positive sentence: 
eny^ ohene ne me, / am not ihe kiu(j. Gr. § 247,3 b, 

ne, ene, F. onye. ronj. [/>. de, r. fo have, hold, Gr. § 139.] 1, 
and; tciih; pr. 63.249. 101o.3460. It connects not sentences, but words 
or parts of sentences, viz. collateral subjects, complements or attri- 
butes, Gr. § 245,1.3.4.5. — ^. trith, from, an account of; orewa ne 
serew, he almost dies tcith laughter: due-ne-awgw, bear up agninsi 
the cold, cf. due 8 a) k Gr. § 2406. 

ne = de or nh: obeko a, one IdLna = obeko a, gye okyena, If 
he says he Kill go, lie means tomorroic. (pr. 1962.) 

e-ne, enne, nne, 'ne, F. nde, fo^ay, transformed and con- 
tracted from edi yi, this dag, which is often added : ene-dayi, this 
very day; cfAn French atijourd'hui (lun=^ho€ die, on this day), and 
in Ga nmene gbi ne. 

ane, F. tcest; tcesficard, icindirard. Mt. R^ll. = anafo. 
ane, F. = an^ or. 

ne, f. 1, to each (Lat. cacare), ease the body by stool, go to 
stool; less offending or euphemistic expressions .are : kyima, ko dua 
so, ye neho yiye, gya nenan &c. — inf. ene; pr. 407.501.2112' — 
2. to exudCy discharge, s, red. nene. 

e-n e, n n e (formerly written e-ne), F. ndze, 1. a sound, voice, 
noise or report of any object perceived by the ear; cf. gyigj^* — 
J2. the human voice; ode 'ne kese teem', he cries tcith a loud voice; 
ne 'n^ nso, his voice is not loud enough; ne 'ne afa, he is hoarse; ne 
'n^m' asi ^ow, he is hemmed in his voice; omftne ne so, he raises his 
voice ; osi ne 'ne ase, he speaks low or softly. — 3. the tone, pitch or 
degree of elevation of the voice or of an instrument: en^ a eko soro, 
a high tone, eni a esi ase, a lotc tone, ene a eye ho-ne-hg, a middle 
tone. — 4. clamour, vociferation, complaints, quarrelling dx. — bo 
*n^, to set up or raise a clamour, make a noise, vociferate; ne 'ne a 
obo da no tuatua m'aso, his coftstant complaining rings in my ears; 
obg 'n^, = okasakasa da, n'ano nnd, biribiara a ne fifo ye nso n'ani. 

n e a, Ak. d e a, F. ny ia, dzea, dza, [the n. de = ade, or tbe 
pron. of the 3rd pers. sing, (gno, eno) together with the rel. part. 
**a**] 1. he or she who,, he that, that which, what, also him or her 
wlu), he whose, lie whom drc. according to the context of the sentence 
and the succeeding pron. belonging to the rcl. part.; see the expla- 
nation and examples in Gr. § 64. 65. — 2. (tlie place) wltere, tltc 
manner (extent dr.) in wlmh; Gr. § 65,11.12. ^ pr.2nS''2283. 

nne-bo, inf. [bo 'n6] clamour, vociferation, chiding, quarrelling. 
pr.331. — nn^bofo, a contentious, quarrelsome, peevish person (oni- 
pa a ope akasakasa n^ ko da); syn. gmanefo, wdnafo. 

nneda, F. ndeda, to-day a day i.e. yesterday; s. nnera. 

\iV'i\iiih\J(fday fen days, ten days ago; 'ne-dadu-dabiaku, iodrtjf 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ungd^6 — nnenkyense. 321 



it is 11 days since,.,; -dadu-nnamien, 1J2 days dtc, (Gr. § 80,5); 'ne- 
dadu-nna'num, this day fortnigJd, 

nii<^A6€,inf,\dL^dih'\lyinginwait,lurking; wUe, aHifice.Eph,4^U, 

iinee: tu-, to walk softly y slowly, carefidlyj stealthily, on tiptoe^ 
= nam breo, bete, de nansoa nantew ; cf, tu nsongo. 

n nee ma (F.nyemba, ndzemba), ^iJ. of adee witb the dim* suff- 
ma (= mm a), things; furniture ^ goods y property ; pr. 2284. s, ade; 
sometimes it is put twice; nneema-nn^ema tvvam*, all things pass 
away, 

nn6'fsL^ in f hoarseness of voice. 

n n e f e d e f e-s e m [defedefe, asem] blandishment j flattery, 

aiiefoa, anofwa, F. ML 2,14. 14^2,5. ^-= anadvvo, anadwofa. 
n6-h'4', Ak. = ha. 

no ho, F". noho, pron. refl, himself herself itself; de n., nya n. 
see de, nya. Gr. § 57.218,1 a. 

nne-kae [ade a ekae] a relic, relies. 
nein, v, to he diligent, a^mdnons, sedulous, persevering, indus- 
trious, careful; - onem n'adwuma (anyamesem-kan, suku-ko) ho, 
he is diligent in his work (in reading the bible, in going to school); on. 
neho sg = ony^ n^h6 ses^sesa, ommo ueho aliora or anyampa, he 
is cautious, he takes care, is mindfid of himself dtc, 

an em, diligence, industry, activity; assiduity, constancy , perse- 
verance; care, carefulness, heed fulness, - y6 or di anem =^ ye nsi, 
to he diligent, persevering, of an active mind; to be careful, heedful, 
mindfid of, and taking up, every thing, pr. 2020. 3550. Oyarefo nni 
(nye) anem, a sick man cannot carry out any thing. 

anem-de-yo*, inf. [ye anem ade] industry, manufacture. 
anem-dwuma+, manufacture; an.-dAn, manufactory, 
n n e-m m a, children of to-day i.e. the present generaiion.pr. 2285. 
n en = neno, Ak. de no, do no. Gr.§53.199,l . pr. 18.37.28.33.3591. 
nen ay grandchild; s. nana. 

n e n n am, red. i\ nam, to ivalk (much, abmd, to and fro), pr. 95.3. 
'ne-nna-nnaiu four days ago; 'ne-nna-nkron, 9 days ago, ne- 
nna-nsa, 3 d, a., 'ne-nna-nsia, 6 d. a,, ne-nna-nson, 7 d, a., ne-nna- 
nnnm, 5 d, a., n^-nn^-aw6tvve, a week ago, Gr. § 80,5. 

nene, red.v, 1, s. ne; wanene neho = wakyima neho. — 2, 
to exude: dua no n., = nsu a ewo mu no, wutvva (wobg) ho a, efifi 
ye apowap6w wo dua no ho. 

anen^, j?^i^. or n-, raven; s, kwakwadabi, wSwft. 
anene-diirn, rc^'w, ^wm; .<?. ehye. — anene-duhuam,t &^?w?; 
the resinous and odoriferous or aromatic sap or juice of certain trees, 
anene-mmea, nea one gu mmea-mmea (Jicre and there), pr.2286. 
nn^uky^nema, -kyferemma, n kind of coral or bead of a red 
colour ; s, ahene. pr. .3117, 

nneiikyen-se [odenkyem, ese] a prickly plant, thistle, 

21 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



322 nnera — ani. 



nnera, F. ndeda [to-day a day] yesterday, 

nne-yee, v.n, F. ndzeye [ade-ye] doings, works, actions, deal- 
ings, proceedings, practices, conduct, manner or way of acting; cf» 
adwuma, bra, abrabo. 

ni..., irni... in Fante words, are often written iiyi..., ndzi... 
n i = ne yi, ne oyi, ne eyi. Gr. § 199,1 Bern, — wuni-o! here 
you are! wuni mini a, ahka enen (.= ene no), if we both were to- 
gether in one place, that wotdd be the right thing. 

uni, neg.v. di, standing also instead of the neg, form of wo, 
not to have; not to be at a place. Gr.§ 102,2.3. pr. 906-922. 2305ff,— 
nnim\ nni mu, not to be in or among; not to be true. 
ni, Ak. v., = nim (F. nyim), to know. Gr. § 102,2. 

O-ni, Ak. mother (not that of the speaker, but of another person); 
cf. ena, niwa, onua. pr. 1. 

0-ni, i. relative, relation, kinsman or kinswoman, = obusuani; 
onipa yi, me ni ni (me bi ni); neni awn. yr. 251. 2287 f. 317 6. — 2. 
a person in general : a) in compounds or derivatives, forming, as 
it were, a suffix which in the plural number is replaced by fo; Gr. 
§38. — b) in the lengthened form oni', when followed by no, ko 
or the rel. part. *a\ Hena na wasee m'ade yi? - minnim 6ni'-k6; - 
6ni n6 nnu^! 6ui a 6bese^e m'Ade yi mmeyi n^h6 adi komm! Cf. 
onipa, gya. 

e-n i, honour; di no ni, show him honour, honour him. pr. 900. 
ni, a. weak; waye ni, = wagurow; s. nK, merew. 

an i, pi. id. 1. the eye or eyes; a look;pr. 2293ff. syn. aniwa (dim.); 
m*ani ny6 hhu akyirikyiri ade, / am short-sighted; n'ani abg, his 
eyes are destroyed; n'ani biako atu, one of his eyes is taken out; ani 
mua n^ ne tew, the twinkling of an eye. — 2. the face, visage, coun- 
tenance, cf. anim\ — 3. the face, front, forepart; also the front of 
an army. — 4. the face, surface; ntam4 no ani atii, the cloth has be- 
come thread-bare, shabby ; asas^ ani, tlie surface of the ground, coun- 
try, globe; nsu-aui, po-ani, on the water. — 5. the face, visible pari 
(cf. nyame-ani), pr. 2109. outside appearance, extem(d aspect. — 6*. 
colour; ntama no ani ahoa = nt. no apa, the cloth has faded, lost 
its colour, its colour is gone. — 7. a key-hole; a lock; cf. adakani. 

— 8. Phrases. The eye and its look being expressive of understand- 
ing, intelligence and prudence, of affections, of moral qualities &c, 
ani (or ani so) is used with the following verbs (which are alpha- 
betically arranged). In A) ani or ani so is the grammatical subject; 
in B) ani, ani so, ani akyi, is the grammatical object of the sentence. 

A) n*ani ba me so, he remembers me; n^ani ba asem no so, he 
recollects the matter; n'ani ba neho so, he comes to himself, recovers 
his senses, Acts 12,11. Lk. 15,17. - n'aui a here, 1, lie is in a passion, 
impassionate, strongly affected, in a rage, angry; pr. 2290. - 2. he is 
grieved, sorrowful, mournful, in a fit of grief or mdanchdy ; pr. 2292. 

- n'ani here ade (sika, mmea), he covets, desires, eagerly wishes for, 
lusts after something (money, women); pr. 2298. 2291. n'ani here a- 
d wuma, he cannot rest satisfied till he gets something to do. - n'ani so 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



api. 323 

biri no, he is giddy > - n'ani bo me so, his look falls an me; n'ani 
bota me, he has a look of me, - n'ani Ah u^ he is tired by expecta- 
tion, impatient; yeatwen no ma yeii ani abu (ma afonoyen) = ye- 
atwen no abSre, we waited for him till we were quite tired. - n'ani 
da ho, he is modest, unassuming; he is sober, temperate, moderate, 
cool, considerate ; he is awake, in his (sober) senses, in his Hght mind; 
n*ani so da ho, he is awake; n*ani da ho kanh, he is fully awake, 
lively, brisk, cheerful, quite clear, - n'ani da kwan (so), As. he ex- 
pects, is in expectation; n'ani da sa, so is his intention; se m'ani da 
ni, so is my intention, thus I have purposed; - n'ani da me so, he 
hopes, trusts, confides in me, relies on me; n'ani daa so se meba, he 
hoped I wotdd come; n'ani da, akatua so, he hopes for a reward; 
m'ani da Nyahkp. so, / trust in God. - n'ani da neho so, he is cau- 
tions, circumspect, considerate, - ani ad an (ani ^= surface, appear- 
ance), the matter has changed, circumstances have altered, the aspects 
are different; omah no ani adan, =man86twe aba omaii no mii, the 
people or public a/fairs are in a state of disturbance. - n'ani do nkrAn, 
he rages, is furious, frantic, rabid, infuriated. - n'ani dwoy he is quiet, 
peaceable, calm, tame, soft, mild, gentle, meek; oye n'ade komm komra; 
aboa no ani adwo, the beast has lost its wlldness; cf. n'ani ye mer^w; 
opp. n'ani abere; - n'ani advirudwo, he has been softened, appeased, 
pacified. - n'ani af a so, he has overlooked it; cf. n'ani apa so, ne 
were afi. - n'ani af i, he has arrived at tJic age of discretion, is cun- 
ni^ff; cf' n'ani apae, atew; - ani afi, the surface is clean; s. Hi 3.7. - 
n'ani afura (Ak. afira), he has become or is blind. - n'ani (a)gyc, 
he rejoices, is joyful, glad, cheerful, pr. 2208, 2296 f - n'ani gyina 
(ne na, ne kiirom'), he longs, is homesick for (Ms mother, his courUry), 
syn. wafe (ne na); cf, n'ani akisa, twa. - n^ani ah aw, he is lazy. - 
n'ani ah an, Ais eyes are wide open i.e. he is astonished. - n'ani ahy e 
me ho, he has had a glimpse of me, - n'ani ahye w, he has become 
passionate; opp. ad^udwo, fiase dwo, ka fam'. - n'ani aka no so, 
ato no so dwen, he stares at him. - n'ani k a = gye, he is glad, joyfid; 
n'ani aka m'anim, he has become familiar, intimate with me; n'ani 
ka me ho, he (or a tame beast) is quite used to me; n'ani ka fam' or 
ase, he is quiet, cod, considerate, thotlghtfid, modest, discreet, moderate, 
unassuming, = n'ani da ho. - n'ani so ka, he is crazy = ne tirim 
k2. — n'ani aIlisa^ he is longing or homesick for. - n'ani kH me ho, 
he cares for me <S:c. s. kii. - n'ani kum, lie is sleepy, drowsy, pr, 2298, 

- n'ani akyew, he is squint-eyed; s. okyew n'ani (B). - n'ani nni 
neho so, he is beside himself, not in his right senses; cf. n'ani wg so. 

- n^ani any an, s. ani-nyanne. - n'ani apa so, he has forgotten U; 
cf. n'ani afa so. - n'ani apae (= afi, atew), he is cunning, - n'ani 
8 a .., he aims at, is after, is bent upon, tries to find out, pr, 1652, 2754, 
n'ani sa me, he seeks my harm. - n'ani as en hayi pe, he feels quite 
exfmfotiable or happy in this place; n'ani nsen, he is never happy, 
does not feel comfoHaUe, pr, 3416, - n'ani sg no, he is pleased or con- 
ieni with him, he respects or honours him; pr. 570, 2299. - n'ani atata 
(nsn), water i.e. tears have filled his eyes, his eyes are swimming wiih 
fears, - the tears standing in the eyes, - n'ani soaterewno = n'ani 
so aye no tetere, he is absent, wandering, - ani tew, *< (Us surface) 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



324 ani^ 

is pure, clear; tam fufu a anyi tsew, F. a clean linen clofh,Mt.2?fi9. 

- n'ani a t e w, his eyes are open, he is intelligeni, prudent, shretcd, 
cunninii {syn, waben); he is civilized, - n'anisoatew, helms become 
sober, conscious of hintself. - n'ani atetew, he has recovered, coHec- 
fed himself, come to himself. Acts 12,11. - n'ani a to, he is disappoin- 
ted. - n'aui atg dwen, he looks and looks, forgetting himself, stares at 
one place; cf. n'aui aka no so. - n'ani so toto, t6to,pr. 2300. - n'ani 
ato (neho?), he is bashftd, ashamed, disgraced(?). - n'ani too so, it 
came into his remembrance, = okaee. - n'ani tra no, he is preten- 
tious, pr. 580. - n'ani atra ne nton, he is supercilious, presumptions, 
hattghiy, arrogant. pr.2S02. - n'ani atu ato ne nsam', he is in anxie- 
ty, confusion, jjerplexity (by grief &c.) = n'ani abere, onbA babi, 
awereho akata n'ani twom, etc se n'ani atutn agu. - n'ani tiiano, 
he sees him with his eyes; anyi tnia ho, F. it is visible. - n'ani twa 

- n'ani gyina or kisa, his eye is turned towards, he longs for. - n'ani 
wo 80, he bears it in mind. - n'ani awo = n'ani ye den, onsuro 
fwe, he is not timid. - n'ani a w u, he is ashamed, abashed; pr. 2S0S. 

- n'ani wu ade, he is bashful, - n'ani awia no, he is fallen adeep. 

- n'ani ye den, he is hardy, forward, presumptious, insolent, self- 
tcilled, stubborn, obstinate, impertinent, impudent, audacious, bold, 
daring, dauntless, resoltde, intrepid. Hog. 742.861.885. - n'ani ye hyew, 
he is hardy, rash, fierce, unruly, turbulent. - n'ani ye kramakramii, 
he is fierce, unridy, tcild. - n'ani ye no kwanmu kwahmu, he lookb 
out for (or, is ca peeling) some news or message. - n'ani so ye kra- 
kra(kra), he is in anguish or anxiety. - n'ani ye no akyirikyiri, he 
apprehends, fears, suspects. — n'ani ye 'merew, he is soft, meek. - 
n'ani s o ye s^kas^ka, he is bewildered, confused. - n'ani ye osoro- 
soro, =oy^ n'ade sakasaka, he is fickle, inconstant, careless. - n'ani 
8 aye no tetere (or aterew no), he is absent, wandering, his mind 
is troubled. - n'ani ye no ntirentire or totototd, he is in consterna- 
tion, alarm, confusion, perplexity = eye no aniani. - n'ani so jeuo 
ya, he is astonished. - n'ani so aye yiye, lie is tipsy, flustered. <f*c. - 
n'ani so ny^, he is tipsy, muddled dr. cf. bow (nsa). 

B. Wpde abare ani, they have engaged in battle, hare come fo 
the close, are fighting hand to hand; cf. bare; ani = /ace, front, face 
to face; oko no abo ani, the figMing has begun, both fronts meeting 
together, encountering each other. - obu no ani, he tvinJcs at him ; ef. 
anikyew; obubu n'ani, he winks, twinkles ; obu n'ani gu .. so, ^^ tcinis 
or connives at, overlooks, does not take notice of. - Qda or odeda n'ani 
akyi, odwudwo n'ani akyi nantew, he (she) has the eyes half shut, 
has tcanton eyes (nea wgde yc ne se: mmarima de frefre mmea, na 
mmoa nso de frefre minarima). - odah n'ani, //^ ttirtis his eyes some- 
where; odah asem bi ani (= surface)^ he changes a matter (e.g. a 
word said yesterday); woadan abiisua {or gmari) no ani, the fatnUp 
(or natimi) has got a new head; t4 adah n'akoa ani, he has changed 
his slave i.e. sold one and bought another in his stead. - odwo n^ani. 
he moderates his haste, his demand. - gfwe m'ani akyi, he looks 
whether I make a dark or cheerftd face. pr. 343. - ogow n'ani kae, he 
said in a low or soft voice, gently. - ogyeh n'ani fwe no, he looks 
sharply or closely at him. - gliaiVhftn n'ani kyere me, he flireatens or 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ani — 5,iiibere. 325 

frightens me hy his looks. - ahenhah n'ani so, it has become unim- 
poriant in his eyes, s. hkh. - aka n'ani, he has got to suffer for if, has 
been served out for it, - oka n*ani gu so, he shuts his eyes for steep 
or death. - omia n*ani, Jie squeezes his eye, i.e. he exerts himself he 
tries, endeavours; memia m^ani maye preko, / will try and do it at 
once. - omQa u'ani tew, he twinkles. - opupuw n'ani (kasa) kyerce 
won, he spoke roughly to them, Qen.42,7.30. - esi n'ani so, it presents 
itself before his eyes, i.e. it enters into his thoughts, mind or head. - 
cso n'ani, it pleases him, he is pleased with it, has complacency in it. 

- wode aso ani, tliey have fallen in with the enemy, are engaged in 
battle or close fight, cf. wode abare aui. - susnw wo ani ^y^ me kakra, 
lit. measure your eye take from me little i.e. moderate your demand, 
do not ovet charge me. - gtane won ani, he disquiets, disturbs, teazes, 
troubles, annoys, deranges them; ohye n^ hia ne awereliow tane nipa 
ani. - gtew n*ani, 1. he opens his eye (from sleep); gtetew n'ani, he 
opens the eyes; 2. he is cautious, cf n'ani atew. - nsa atew n*ani so, 
he has become sober after his intoxication. - gtoto n^ani, he casts his 
eyes or looks in different directions, he looks about. - ode n'ani to me 
so. he confides or puts his trust in me; ode n'ani too m'anim yco, in 
deference to me he did it; fa wo ani to m'agya anim yc* ma me, for 
my father's sake do me this favour. - woatu(taj n'ani, they have put 
out his eye(s)i in wo ani kyere Sidon, set your face against S. Ez.2S,21. 

- woatu won ani de refwe no -^ wgref we no dinn, they set their pier- 
cing looks at him; edeh na wututu wo ani refwe or rekyere me, tvhy 
do you look at me so piercingly? - ot^an*ani, he turns his eyes, looks 
arotmd; pi. wotwitwa won ani, they look around. - otwaa m'ani so 
nnyinam, / caught J7(st a glimpse of him. - gwg me h6 ani. he has an 
eye upon me, aims at me, seeks to get at me. - eyi n'ani, it (turns off' 
his eyes, i.e.) displeases him. - wayi m'ani ahye me hkycnmu, he has 
disappointed me. - mekoyi m'ani so kakrsi^ I am going to take a nap. 

ani, a disease of the eyes, ophthahny. 

ani-adam, 1. a red eye. pr.3373. — 2. a kind of shell-fish; its 
."ihelly of a red colour; s. adam. 

aulanf, 1. (adv.) the surfaces only i.e. superficially; perfuncto- 
rily, negligently, carelessly; mefwee no an.; onyamesom ny6 ade a 
woye no an. :=ebinebi; gko aniani, he has to face or fights with op- 
ponents on more than one side(^) pt-. 1592. — 2. n. embarrassment, 
puzzle, distress, pcrpleiity ; eye no an., asem no ye wgn an., sotgre 
abien y? an. = anikrdkra, pr.3041. - anianl-d6, a superficial, out- 
wardihing. - m\\QX\\-Avf\\xnii^superficidl, perfunctory, negligent icork. 

aniape, a kind of jumping insect. 

anf-ase, 1. the cheek; nsensane abien twa n'an., two lines are 
cut across his cheek. — 2. the side or slope of a hill: bepgw no ani 
ase fa ye kQronkdronkilron, na u'an. fa de, esian hkakra-nkakra; 

- sOare bi aniaso, s. s&are. 

^nf-bere, inf. [ani bere] 1. desire, longing, concupiscense, cupi- 
dity f covetousness; sikayeno an., gold excites his cupidity. — 2. 
excitement, irritation, exasperation; desperation; pr. 1597. — 3. grief 
sorrow, distress, bitterness. — 4. hot displeasure, animosity, anger, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



326 aniberesem — i^nfo^ye. 



icrathy rage, — 5. F. (anyibir) violence, Mt 11,12, — ani-bereWre, 
coveiousness; ani-bereberee, Ak. rage. — anibere-de ^=^ ade a eye 
wo anibere. — oniberefo, p^. a-, a person easily excited. 

anibere-s^m = asem a emi anibere. Obfironi u^ yen redi an., 
the European brings us to desperation. — tinibere-s5, adv, flushed 
teith anger; in defiance; nea wote yi no, wote no anibereso; F.anyi- 
berdo, vehemenUg, Mk, 14,31, earnesflg, 

ani-biri, onibirifo, F. anyibir, anyibirfo, Mt 11,12. s. anibere 5. 
6nnl-bie, one who has nobody, a helpless, destitute person. 
onni-bi-amanne-dwom, s, dwom. 
oniiibiamannef6, = omannenl. 

ani-bi-ann^-s6, forgetfulness, carelessness, negligence; anibi- 
ann^86-86, by negligence; cf. asobiannaso. 

ani-bu, inf. [n'ani bu] impatience, tbe state of being tired of 
waiting. 

ani-da-h6, inf. [n'ani da ho] 1. modesty, decency, continence; 2. 
mindfulness, attention; circumspection, carefulness; 3. discrimination, 
judiciousness, good sense, intelligence; 4. taste for the fine arts, sense 
for mechanics. 

ani-da-h6, inf. the state of being aware or conscious of some 
matter ; §ye no an, na oy ee, he was well aware of what he did; opp. 

ani-d^-s6, inf. [n'ani da so] hope, F.anyidado, anyidar. [nsapa. 
nidf, inf, [di ni] honour; enyidzi a ofata, F. due reverence. - 
enyidzim', F. reverently. 

nid(5 [oni = onipa, do] humanity, gentleness, affability, kind- 
ness, amiableness; bye n., he is humane, kind, benevolent.^ 

ani-dwo, inf. [n'ani dwo] calmness, mildness dtc. of temper. 

ani-eden, ani-§hyew, s. annoden &c. 
nifft, F. enyifa, anyimfi [eni, fa, the side of honour?] 1. right 
(opp. behkum, left); the right side; Qte men., he is sitting at my right 
(hand); mefa n., / shall turn to the right. — 2. that which is on the 
right side; (nsa) n., the right hand; aso n., the right ear. — 3. the 
right wing in an army. — 4. the south, as the region or direction to 
the right of a person who faces the east; cf, kese-fam\ 

0-nifafo, a right-handed person, 

ani-fli-s6, inf an oversight, error, mistake, inadvertence; ey§ an., 
it was done inadvertently. 

an f fere, inf, sharpness of sight, quick-sightedness, penetration, 
sagacity, acuteness, cunningness, skillfidness, 5/^«e^;>-anitew; gye 
n., he does every thing cunningly, in a sty manner; commonly in a 
bad sense, sometimes in a good sense: woyean. a, nnipansankft wo. 

0-niferefo, pi. a-, a keen-, sharp-, quick- or clear-sighted, saga- 
cious person or animal; anoma n., a quick-sighted bird. pr. 2491. 

ani-firlie (Ak.), anifiirae, inf. [n*ani afura] blindness. 

o-nifir^efb, onifuraefo, F. nyifurafo, j>L a-, a blind person. 

knigyey in/*, [n'ani gye] yo^, gladness, delight, happiness, pleas- 
ure, gaiety; syn.anik^, ahSsan, ahosepew, ahOmeka,ahdto,abotoyam'. 
— anigye-bea, a place of joy; an. sen awobea,pr.-55i0. ubi bene ibi 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



^nfgycn — enim. 327 



pattHa, where it istcelly there is one's country. — iinigye-de, ajjleas- 
urCf pleasurable thing or performance, enjoyment^ ammement, sport. 

ani-gyen: F. anyigyenm', soberly. 

^ni-gyina, inf. [n*ani gyiua] homesickness; longing after, de- 

ani-ha, staring eyes; of we no an., he stares at him. Z^***^ fof' 

kni-haw, inf. [n'ani aha\y] sloth, lazinessy tardiness; pr. :?S14f. 
syn. akwadwero, ^erehunu (Ak.). — gye an. {or an. aka no), he is 
lazy, idle, inactive, — aniha-boa, a kind of ;^^. 

o-nihafo, pl.R-y one too lazy to do any thing except eating and 
chatting; sluggard; pr. 2^11 ff. syn. gkwadwofo. 

ani-ha-y i, mdward, 4y; an. senkyerene, an outward sign. 

o-ni-hum ani, one who is not a fetishman or priest, one of the 
laity; layman; (= onipa hunu?) cf. akwa(ni)hflmani, ayemfo. 

^nf-ka, inf. [n'ani ka] joy, gladness dtc. s. inigye. 

anyikaber, F. covetousness. Mk, 7,22. 

anyikaberedze, F. covetous desires. 

nni-kae, v.n. [di, ka] remains of eatables; diff. nnekae. 

^ n i-k a ii [ani, kah] prop, being of a bright or clear eye, i.e. alive, 
living; syn. animono; wosieeno an., they buried him alive. 

o-nikanfo, F. nyikanfo, a living soul; pi. a-, the living. 

knikeLii-iiQ y property given to a son in the father's lifetime; opp. 
awunnyade. M'agya ama me an. ansa-na orewn. 

il-ni-kisa, inf. [n'ani kisa] homesickness; c/". anigyina. pr.2316. 

6-ni-k6 [oni, ko] the person concerned or in question, the parti- 
cidor or respective person. 

inf-krakra, bewilderment, anguish, anxiety; desperation; own 
an., agony, pangs of death, mortal fright 

^nf-kum, inf. [n'ani knm] sleepiness, drowsiness, inclination 

[to sleep. 

Anf-kyew [ani, kyew a.] a wry look; obuno an., he eyes him 
askance, asktw, he squints at or leers upon him. 

nim, v. [Ak. ni, F. nyim; used only in the contin. form; cor- 
rel.v. hii, Gr.§ 103,2.] 1, to know; minnim no, miiihQQ no pen, I do 
not know him, I never saw him; nira de, to know things; onim d^ s^h 
me, Jie has more knowledge than I; nim nyansa, to have wisdom, to 
be wise, learned; nim hhomam', to have book-knotvledge, to be in- 
structed, educated, learned. — 2. to know or understand how to do 
a thing, to be able, can (denoting an acquired ability or skill, de- 
pending on knowledge and exercise, Fr. savoir; cf tumi); wnnira 
den ye? what can you do? what acquirements or accomplishments 
have you? onim ay an or akyene-ka, he can beat the drum; onim 
asenka, lie can deliver a speech, is a good speaker; onim nantew, he 
is a good walker; minnim ko, I cannot fight; minnim ye, I do not 
knoiv how to make it; minnim di, I have never eaten it, do not like it. 
Gr. § 203,1. — pr. 2318-50. 

nnlm' = nni mu, not to be in (without, pr.581.); not to be true. 
e-nim, praise, honour, laud, approbation; perh. acknowledgment. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



328 aiiim. 



recognition, recognizance; pre-eminence; victory, triumph; cf. nko- 
nim. Meye ade y\ mama me wnra, na manya n^anim nim ; nim ne 
ade a woaye so ayeyi a woyi wo ; wode abanins^ra na eye, eny^ 
adgw n.a.; ohene ko a neo, odi nim. — ^y^i nim, to gain the victory; 
di nim, to triumph, 

a nim [anl mu] i. the face, visage, countenance; n'an. apompono, 
his face is wrinkled; pr. 2352 ff. — J2. Uie front, frontside, forepart; 
cf adannim. — 3, tJie space in sight, in front of before; pr. 413, = 
(prep,) before, in front of, in the presence of; abofra fwe nsum^ wg 
n'agya anim a, onwii; pr. 1319. — (=adv.) forwards, on, onwards, 
Gr. § 1 1 9. — 4, the face, surface, top, upper part, e.g. of the stamp 
of a tree, pr, 403. cf. ani. — 5. the surface of the earth within the horizon, 
together with all the things visible by daylight; s, the first phrases 
under 7 A. — 6. m*anim\ my paternal relations; cf, m'akyiri. — 
7. Phrases in which anim is A) the grammatical subject, B) the 
grammatical object or locative complement: 

A) anim fo^baebae, boeboe^buc, it dawns, the day breaks, mom- 
ing twilight sets in; anim aye fontafontan, iiwaninwani, ses^sesa, if 
dawns, gets twilight; anim tetew, the sky clears up, it gets dayliglit; 
anim aye we, it is full daylight = ade aky6 kora, about 6 o'clock. 
— anim te ase, it is still daylight, — anim akata, the surface (of the 
earth) has been covered scil. by the shades of evening or of night, 
= ade sa, the night sets in, it is groiving dark; anim abiribiri, amua, 
aye kusQ, it has become dark, — n'anim gu ase, lit. his face falls 
down i.e. he is ashamed, put to shame, - n'anim kisa, siam, bg tuo, 
tow tuo, his face changes, loses colour, grows pale, perf. he is pale 
from anxiety, he is anxious about past or impending calamities; he 
is ashamed (n'anim asiam — - n'ani awu). - n'anim amuna, h^ looks 
dark or gloomy from resentment (anger) or sadness, he is sullen or 
sulky, - n'anim tew, he looks kind, friendly, affable, cheerful. - u'a- 
nim tweri, he is welcome; asem a mekokae no, m^anim twerii = rai- 
nyaa anuonyam. - n'anim awo, s. n'ani awo. - n'anim ye duru, he 
is grave, dignified, venerable (owo anuonyam, wodi no ni, wuntumi 
nka n'anim mmofraas^m). - n'anim ye fere, he is venerable, has a 
solemn, majestic air, inspires or commands resj^ect. - n'anim ba or 
ye nyam, he is illustrious, dignified, honourable, honoured, respect- 
able, respected. - n'anim ye hare, he is lightminded, fickle, frivolous; 
he is a mean, base, vile, disreputable fellow. - n'anim ye tan, he is 
ugly, detestahle. 

B) waba n'anim dodo, he has gone too far with his promise. - 
obu n'anim = oyiyi ne nhwi ano, he shaves off the hairfram the fore- 
head. - of we m'anim ye, he does it frotn respect to, in deference to or 
with a regard for me; pr.262. syn, ode n'ani to m'anim ye, s, ani; 
odi asem a, of we onipa anim yiyi mu, in litigations he has respect 
of persons; cf, Bxim. 2,11. James 2,1.4. - okum or omuna n'anim, he 
darkens his face, is sullen, sulky, gloomy. - okyi m'anira, he dete^ 
me. - oye m'anim nkyene, he flatters me, speaks well of me in my 
hearing; s. nkyene. - oyi n'anim (ye), he sets his face, has the in- 
tention (to do something^, is serious, earnest, upright (in doing some- 
thing): mayi (m')anim se merekycrewnhoma^ne, / have the decided 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



animma — aniinutete. 329 

intention to tcrite to-day; .. se nhoma ara na mesQa, I have devoted 
myself to study; wayi anim se bone ara na obeye, he is bent on no- 
iking hid misdeeds; obi anyi anim anka ueho asem pefe, John7,1S. 

- opirim n^anim, he sets his face fixedly^ has the decided intention^ 
is fully resolved (to). — otiatia in*anim, fie scorns, disdains, abuses 
me; opp. ohu me, odi me ni. 

anim m A, [onini,(im.] a young or small male animal; c/*.odwen- 

[nfmma. 
nimdee, F. uyimdz^, inf. [nimde] knowledgCy under standing y 
intelligence^ wisdom; s. nyansa. — wahu or wanya or owg n., fie pos- 
sesses knowledge^ isintelligenly wise, prudent, considerate ;pr,191.3355. 

— ne n. doso, fie possesses extensive, vast, immensefcnowledge; oseree 
Nyankp. n. pa, na wamano n. kese. 

nyimdzem', F. according to knowledge, 1 Pet 3,7- 
o-nimdefo, ^Z. a-, a well informed, intelligent, sensible, judi- 
cious, prudent person; cf onyansflfo, obadwemma. pr,300o. 

anim-diiru [n'anim ye duru] gravity, dignity, solemnity (fere, 
nidi, anuonyam, suro wom'). 

nimf^, enyimfa, a-, P\ = nifa. -— nimfi, pr,2356. 

anim-gu-ase, inf. [n'timmgusifie] shame, shamefacedness, bash- 
fulness; confusion; ignominy; cf. aniwu. — animguase-de, shame- 
ful tfiings, disgraceful deeds, acts or actions. 

anim-hare, ligfUmindedness, fickleness, frivolity; baseness, vile- 
ness, infamy. — o-ninihdretb,pZ. a-, an unjmncipled, disrejmtable, 
mean, profane, impudent, insdent person, a blackguard; obo bra 
bone nti, obi ani nso no; n^ani hwu ade. 

animhdre-sem, frivolity, impudence, blackguardism &c. 

anini'ho, in front ttc. s. anim. 

a ni m-h o a, inf. paleness of tfie face, pidlidness; green-sickness, 

[chlorosis. 

ani-mia, inf. [omia n'ani] exertion, endeavour, fair trial, per- 

[severance. 

anini-kum, inf. [oknm n'animj suUeness, suUciness. 

aniin'nkyeTi(»-atiko-y\s{l, pr, 2353. s. hkyene, sereserebokroh. 

anim-enyani, -oiiyam, Ak., enyimnyam, F. s. anuonyam. 

nnimni6, inf. [-^^ din-bo| mentioning of one's name in a bad 
way; - nnimmo ;,; doso, afei j;yae! // has been mentioned enough, 
leave off now; nnimmo-dodow ye oww, pr. 253.2337. — woaboano 
nnimino-ky^w == wommo no din pa, na da wobo ne din a, oydw 
n^ nDom6 na eka h5. 

ani-mommono [ani, amono] adv.,n., alive; cf. anikah. 

animpi? F. enyimpi, Mt. 11,12, by force; cf. mpi. 

anim-pirini, inf. [opirim n'anim] earnest, earnestness, ardour, 
zetil, fixed determination or attention. 

anim-te-ase, before dusk, wfien it is (was) still dayligfd. 

anim-tew, inf. [n'anim tew] friendliness, graciousness, cfiecr- 
fulness. — animtew-ade, delightful, acceptable things. 

an im u-tete, inf. [anim tetew] Kuk. daybreak. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



330 animtid — nipadua. 

anim-tid, -tia, [aniin,tia,t?., tia, adj.] disgrace, disdain, scom 
spurn; bu.« an., = tiatia.. anim, to hold in contempty make light o/, 
set at nought, think nothing of; to despise, contempt, slight, scom, 
spurn, kick. 

anim-tiatid, inf. [otiatia n'anim] scom, disdain, abuse. 

o-n 1 ni, pi a-, 1. the male of animals; pr. 2359, akoko yi ye n.; 
it occurs espec. in cpds. (odwennini, ak6konini, nantwinini, opon- 
konini &c.) Gr. § 41. — i. a person distinguished in or notable for 
something, reputable, notorious; - onipa yt, oye 'nini, s.eb. oye opa- 
nyin bi a owo sika bebre na owo nnipa. Deriv. anfmma, ninkuna, 

[aninsem. 

e-nini, the largest species of serpent found in W. Africa, boa, 
python? syn. opantene. 

ninnim, red.v. to recover, to be or become better, regain somt 
degree of health after sickness; ne ho an. no, he is a little better now; 
wayare na ne ho aye no den kakra. * 

n in-k lin u [onini, okunu] jealousy of a man; pr. 2360. cf kora. 

— t w e n., ^ 6e jealous. 

0-ninkuf6, pi. a-, a jealous man; cf. korafo. 

anin-s6m [onini asem] manliness, manfidness, bravery, bold- 
ness; di an., to act courageously; mise medi an. a, na mo na m'akyi 
tweri mo na midi. 

O-n i n s 6 m f 6, ony., pi. a-, = gp6mf6, a woman who is with child. 
n in sen, v. [F.nyinsen] to conceive, become j^egnant; s.jem. 

nninVv^o [din, wo, cf. kwawo] the bare name without the offi- 
cial title ; gbg me n., he addresses me unceremoniously. 

ani-nyan-ne [ani, nyan, ade] ^ro^. things which make the eyes 
get sotir (?) i.e. torments, extreme pains, severe suffering; pr. 2361 
oy^ me an., he torments me, inflicts excruciating misery upon me. 

o-n f pa, pl.n- [F. nyimpa] 1. man, a man, human being, person 
(it may be used also of God or spirits) ; pi. men, people ;pr. 2362-2439. 

- it is frequently put as an object or attribute, where it is not ex- 
pressed in Eng.: owgksLOin^a, a snakebites (man); abentua onipa 
ano, the horn is put to the mouth (of a man), pr. 79. Gr. § 202. — 2. 
a man of note,a notable, respectable, reputable person ; oyiye, oye on., 
this is a good or worthy, respectable man. Cf. oni, odesani, onipa-rot 

0-nipa-ba [onipa 2., gba] a person oftJie kings family, espec. by 
his mother; on. na oko no! on. ni! 

nip a-b d u, 1. the stature, frame, bodily structure, make or build 
of a person; ne n. ye duru sf , he is a very heavy man. — 2. the 
character or qualities of a person; stamp, kind, sofi, set or race of 
people; wo n., woye awi, thou art of a thievish set of people. 

nipa-diid, 1. the figure, form, shape ofone^s body; the body; 
cf. nipamu, ohonam; nen. ye ase oyi, as to his bodily appearance 
he is nearly like this one; onipa yi, ohyehye (gkeka) ne n. ho, na, 
ne k&ra de, gda adagyaw, this man trims his body, but his soul is 
naked. — 2. the character, stamp, kind or sort of person, nipaban; 
wo n. wg hgyi, wdn y6! such a one as you, you are not good! won. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



onipam u — ^nitwA. 331 

wg ho yi, metan wo ! ( — medo wo !) mcmpd wo n., mth one like you 
I tcUl have nothing to do! 

o-n i p a-m u [miS, a.] i. a compJeie many the whole man or person; 
wo n. yi, meinp^ wo (metan wo, medo wo); onipa mii a ote ho» ade 
ky§ a, ony^ fwe; adidi nko na odidi, he is an idlefdlow; aU day 
long he does nothing but eat, — ^. a full i.e. fresh or vigorous man: 
wo D. a wugyina bo yi, wuntumi hkukura adaka yi! such a strong 
man as you should he able to lift up this box! — 3. an excellent, dis- 
anguished, honourable, eminent man. 

o-nipa-s^e, s. gsae & oyitotonl. 
nipa-su, F. = nipaban; nen. ny6 fe. 

o-nipa-t6n, a (^hysxchWj) perfect or completed man ; s, ten 2. 

^nl-pfiii, the caHty or socket (orbit, glene) of the eye. 

nni-so, i/i/*. = eso-di, rule, ruling, domination, mastery, govern- 
ment, sway; control, — nniso-pe, lust, thirst of power or ruling, 

ani-si^f [oni = onipa, asiei] burying-place, burial-place. 

^nf-so, inf. [so ani] pleasure, gratification; delight, contentment; 
will, intention; eny6 me anisg, a) = en86 m'ani, eny^ me fe; b) = 
eny6 se mimmu wo a.s. m'ani sa wo (wgde to gpauyin bi tafrakye 
kasa), not that I disregard or disrespect you, 

aniso-de, a thing or deed affording pleasure; syn, anigyede; 
ade a eye an., wodan no biribiara a, enye yiye, any pleasant thing 
(e.g. a meritorius deed) cannot be turned into anything else. 

a n 1-s 5-h e n h dn, inf. [ehenhan n'ani so] negligence, carelessness, 
heedlessness, recklessness; syn. anibianudso. 

ani-so-ter^w, inf. [n'ani so atgrew no] distraction, wandering, 
absent manner, absence of mind. 

a n i-s 0- w o h 0, self-complacency. 
n i-sii [ani, Ji8n]tear(s); more frequently pronounced nusii, q.v. 

^nisuatet^w, cyelash(es). pr. 2440. 
nitdn [oni = onipa, gtan] envy, spite, hate, hatred, enmity, 
rancour, malice, malignity; opp. nidg; cf. gtan, akaw. 

enyitau, F. id.; nya-, to be envious, Mt. 20^15. 

o-nitdmf6, pi. a-; an envious or spiteful person. 

^nl-tane, inf. [tane ani] teazing, continued chiding, troubling. 

anitanee, v.n. [ani ataue] disquietude, disturbance, disorder, 
confusion, tumuHt; syn. gy^gy^gje, sakasaka, mansoti^g; an. aba 
kttrow nom\ the town is in an uproar. 

o-nite^o, pi. a-, [anitew] n prudent, intelligent, shrewd person. 

a n f-t e w, inf. [n'ani atewi^rwrfewce, intelligence, sagacity, shrewd- 
ness; good sense, judgment, judiciousness, understanding, 

nf-tiri [oni = nnipa, eti] a man's head; skull; cf. tikora. 
Tiitiri-s5, a place of skulls; a place having the form of a skull. 

a II i- 1 6, inf. F. [n^ani ato] shame, bashfulness. James 4J9. syn. auiwu. 

a-ni-tore [nea n'ani atg?] a one-eyed person, pr. 2441. 

^ni-twa, inf. [ot^an'ani] the turning of the face or head in look- 
ing round. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



332 aniwa — iino. 



^nf wa, pL id. F. anyiwa, anjaa [ani, dim.] 1. the eyt as the or- 
gan of sight or vision; pr. 2444ff. — obu n'an., he shuts his eyes; cf. 
aniwabubu, mia, roQaf tew; n'aoiwam^ aye ktir6nn or h6, his eyes 
lie deep, are sunk in their orbits, he is hollow-eyed (from leanness or 
by nature); n'an. di atwasi, his eyes are rolling from pride, haugh- 
tiness, anger. — 2. the eye of a plant, hud, sprout, germ. — 3. nsu 
an., a well or spring of water, fountain, source, — 4. of other things 
resembling an eye: a) pane an., the eye of a needle, syn. pane aso 
or fwene; h) the eye or catch for a hook; c) adaka an., key-hole, c/". 
adakani. — a. aniwa-so: F. anyiwa-do, outward, I Pet. 3^. n'anyi- 
wa-do, rightly and duly. Cf ani-hayi. 

ni w a, a single cowry (from its similarity to an eye); pr. ii442f, 

— niwa-du, uuodu, ten cowries; cf ntrama. 

niwa [oni, mother, ba, child] ^=^ nua, brother dx. 
n 1 w a-m m a [oni, dim.'] relatives onihe nwtliet^s side; nua mroa, 
brother's children. 

aniwa-biibu, inf. [bubu aniwa] the twinkling of the eyes; o-ne 
no di an., they wink at each other, they have a mutual understand- 
ing, they give each other hints by winking. 

aiiiwam'-kekaw, s. gkekaw, 3. 

u 111 w a m'-k u r u, a sore eye. 

kuivi a-k n ( w a, a kind of yam, s. ode. 
n i-w 11, death of a relation, pr. 296. 

ani-wu, inf. [nani wu] shame; cf. aninigiiasc. atere, anito. 

kniw u-d 6, shameful things or deeds. [pr. 464 J24o 1.2953. 

ani-yiyi, inf. [yiyi ani] carelessness, negligence, neglect, heed- 
lessness; oye an., he w careless. 

o-n 0, pron. he, she; him, her; me-ne no ko, / and lie (or she) fight 
i.e. / fight with him (or her). The poss. form is n e (F. ne & no), his, 
her, its. For the pi. won is used. Gr. § 53-59. 

e-uo, pron. it; pl.enoy enonom, they, used of things; pron. poss. 
ne, its, their. In the place of an object it is usually omitted. Gr.§202,4. 

— J2. intcrrog.part., eno dabeh naobeba? on which day will he come'^ 

no, pron. dem. 1. that, the. Gr.§74,2. It is sometimes not trans- 
lated at all; aka abofra no biako, one boy is missing; when added 
to biako, it imparts to it the meaning the other, the second: aka 
abofra biako no, that other boy is missing. 0/'. yi, nom. — 2. When 
added to a subordinate sentence, it answers to the conj. when. Gr. 
§ 264,1 . (As it points out a thing as already mentioned or known, 
so it may likewise point out a fact expressed in a sentence.) 

a no, 1. the mouth of any living creature, snout, muzzle, beak, hill, 
nib; espec. the outward motdh, the lips{&s the borders of its opening); 
the mouth as the instrument of speech; pr. 2452-6 L hence in some 
phrases (ip. below) speech, language; opp. anom\ the inside or cae- 
ity of the mauth; the mouth as the organ of taste; s. anom* & cf. the 
phrases under i^. — J2. applied to inanimate objects : opening, aper- 
ture, orifice, spout, of a bottle, pot &c. ; the opening for a door (upon 
aao da ho, the door stands open); tho entrance or door of a house 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



mo. 333 

(odanano); the mouth or muzzle of n, gi\n, — 3, mouthy mouth-piece: 

a) =: a speaker, Ex,4,16. — b) of any wind-instrument. — 4. edge, 
end: a) edge, verge, brinks brow, brim, rim, margin, border, skirt, 
end (cf. mmnano); e.g. gpoii ano, the edge of the table; hence shore, 
beach: mpoano, tJie seasJiore, asubonteh ano, the bank of a river; 
also the cutting or sharp edge: osekan ano, the edge of a knife. — 

b) point, upper end, top {cf. ti, atifi, fweti, opp. ase) ; peaw ano, the 
point of a spear; - sting, prick, prong. — c) the outer or utmost part 
or end, tip: tekrema, nsatea ano, the tip of the tongue, of the finger; 
onam ne nan ano, he walks on tiptoe. — d) the remotest or hindmost 
patis, extreme end, extremity, limit, termination, boundary; ofi asase 
ano nohg bae, he came from the uttermost parts of the earth. Mat. 12,42. 
eny^ ano bi ni (lit. there is not: some limit is here, i.e.) there is no 
end to be seen, it is excessive, infinite, unspeakable, indescribable; 
ohaw a ghaw me ny6 ano-bi-ni; Gr.§137. ehg awgw ny^ ano-bi-ni, 
the cold there is or was excessive. — e) tJie fore or foremost rank, 
point, part or parts, the front: ogyina dgm ano, he stands at the front 
of an army. — />. iJie space along, at the end or border; the place of 
performance; = prepp. on, at, along; Gr. § 1 1 9. gwg n'adwuraa ano, 
he is at his work; onam ano ano, he walks along the shore (of the sea), 
Gr. § 1 28. — 6. the end, limit, or bounds of a heap, collection or 
number of things; number, amount, sum: the icorth or price of a 
thing: wonniano, they have no end, are numberless; wodiano (they 
adjust the end), they agree about or stipulate a sum to be paid, they 
come to terms. — 7. the (well')defined state or condition, order; §wg 
ano ano ano, every thing has its order; cf. wg-ano; me de, mahu me 
de ano ampa, I do know hoiv my matters stand; neho ano, his own 
welfare, pr. 977. — 8. efficacy, efficiency, onward course, power, 
strength, severity: awia ano ye den, the heat of the sun is ven/ great; 
ehg awgw ano ye den, the cold is very severe there; ne yare ano ye 
deii, his sickness is very severe; ne tumi ano ab6re ase, the efficien- 
cy of his power hasMbated; ma nebSre no ano mmfere ase, grant 
thai his sufferings be mitigated; wabSre ne bra-bone ano ase, he has 
moderated tJie course of his bad conduct. — 9. agreement with ; = 
prepp. after, according to; gye no brgfo nsa fino, he performs it after 
the fashion of the Europeans. Gr. § 131,4. — 10. answering or cor- 
responding to, on account of, for: gsom me kaw no ano, he serves 
me for that debt; bgme bosea dare du, na wobg me a, mesom wo 
ano. — 11. opposition to, counter-action to; prep, against: gy are no 
ano aduru ni, this is the medicine against that disease. — 

12. Phrases in which ano or anom' is A) the grammatical sub- 
ject, B) the grammatical object or other complement, or its attribute. 
A) ano here ase, its efficacy, severity d:c. abates; cf. hnoS. - n'ano da 
mu, he is (or was) all the while heard crying aloud. - n'ano ahoa, his 
mouth has become pale from long continued hunger. - eha na m^ano 
abeso, lit. my mouth has reached to here, i.e. this is my last word, the 
utmost I can promise, so far I can go in tfie bargain. — n'ano tew, 
he is eloquent, speaks fluently; cf. ne kasam' tew, he speaks plainly. 
- n'ano atg, he has done speaking, finished his speech; ma m'ano ntg 
{or nsi) ansfi-ua ka wo de, let me speak out, and then you may speak 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



334 ano — noa. 



whcU y&u have got to say; n'aiio a obuei anto» he had begun to speak, 
hut did not finish. - n*ano ato me, his mouth has reached me i.e. he 
has spoken had of me; da n'ano veto wo, he always speaks iU of 
yoUy challenges you; - n'ano toto, he speaks confusedly; oka asem 
no a, - ontumi nka mma en tee, he cannot relate it aright. - m'ano 
ntwae e, my mouth is not yet cut off, i.e. / have my own mouth still, 
I also have something to say, - n'ano a wo (wose), he is eloquent, has 
a voluble tongue, — n'ano ye birebire, kiirokiiro, p6rcpere, he is 
hasty, inconsiderate, indiscreet in speaking. - n'ano ye de papa, dew 
dodo, doko, fr^mfrem, his mouth or tongue is (too) sweet, i.e. he is a 
flatterer. - ano ye den, s. ano S. - n'Ano ye den, he has a sJtarp 
tongue, uses strong, ahusive language, is quarrelsome; pr, 194.571. - 
n'ano ye duru, Jie is not talkative; he is close, reserved; netam or 
n^amoase. ano ye diirn, his purse is heavy, lie has a well-lined purse, 
pr. 493. - n'ano ye t6ro, torofe-tftrofo, he has a slippery mouth i.e. he 
cannot keep silence or secret, he hlunders out or lets out secrets* - 
n'anom' ahunu, ahyehye no, pr. 264. - ano aknni or asiara, the edge 
has hecome hlunt, dull. - n'anom' (cf. ano 1.) akiini or asiam, his 
mouth is tasteless or undone, lie has lost his appetite. - n*anom* atew, 
/*€ Jias recovered his appetite. - n'anom' ye no de, he has a licketish 
mouth, likes dainties. — 

B) b^re.. ano ase, to ahate, allay, mitigate, moderate; cf. ano ^; 
kan-no n'ano ye den, na afei wab^re n'ano ase, formerly he talked 
hlusteringly, hut now he has moderated his tone, -bo ano, to stop, 
ward offf resist, pr. 2. s. bo 62. - boa(boa) ano, lit. to lay or adjmt 
the ends, i.e. to gather , collect; to prepare; s.boa. - di ano, /o come 
to terms, to agree, accord, to strike a bargain; cf ano 6. - agye n'a- 
nom', s. gye 26. nantwinara agye n'anom', he has hecmnc fond of 
beef. - obyira n^ino, s. hyira 6. - aka n'ano, his mouth has been used 
to it, he has learned it well, is able to repeat it easily, s. ka 5. - okasa 
amrado ano, he is interpreter to the governor; wonkasa wohbo ano, 
they do not speak with each other. - wakum obosom no ano, he has 
prevented the fetish from eating (taking the yam offered to him). - 
wakum (n'adwuma) ano, he has finished (his work); better: wawie 
(n'adwnma). - kyere ano, F. to declare. - mesart ni'ano, I justify, 
vindicate, clear myself. pr.4S6.''ao ano, to keep hack, restrain, pr. 2." 
oto(to) n^&no ase, he lets his mouth be at rest; gnto(to) n'ano ase, he 
does net hold his tongue. - ototo m'ano, he falsely accttses me, slan- 
ders or calumniates me; pr. 435 f. watdto neho ano = wanoa bore asA 
neho, s. noa. - ontow n'anom toa ma, 5. toa. - mitn n'ano mewo faro*, 
I refuse to hear him (lit. I pull out his mouth, I put it to the ground). 
otntu m'ano sisi, he contradicts me, he distorts or confounds what J 
am saying (prop, pulls out what I have stated and puis it somewhere 
else). - yi ano, 1. to interpret, to explain; 2. to refute, confute, dis- 
prove (a statement) ; perh. to remove tJie force (ano 8) of the accu- 
sation or opposite argument; to defend, apologize, make excuse. 

noa, t;. to cook (aduan, food, nam, meatjy to boil (nsu, water)\ 
pr. 24S7ff. — noa gsa, to prepare for war by some superstitions pro- 
ceedings: boiling certain herbs and sheep's blood, mentioning the 
enemy's leaders and calling on the fetish to make them weak. — 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



andd — Unof&a. 335 



wanoa bgre asa neho, he has prepared poison to stick fast in him- 
self, = waka as^mmone agu neho so, watdio nehd ano, watow dna 
afwe neho so, he has injured or slandered his own character. 

anod, n- [ano 4. dim,?'] used onlj in compound nouns, a place, 
space or region adjoining or contiguous to or bordering on that which 
is indicated by the first part of the cpd., s. nh^nod, nkokonod, n- 
komanod, nkwanod, mpenod, nsanoa, nsunoa,ntentenn5a,ntonanoa. 

o-no-au kas a, nkhkdsa, (lie) himself; (she) herself, — ndnkasa 
n^bd, his (her) own child. — on6-ara, id,; just he, even he {or she); 
the same; obarima a 'nera wuhuu no no, onoara ni, this man is the 
same whom you saw yesterday, — e-n o-a ii ka s a, nankasa, itself, 
— e-no-ara, itself; even that, just that; the same thing, Gr. § 59. 

ano-babde, iw/*. [ano, baebae] dispute, contention; - di an., to 
be engaged in a dispute, 

niiobae, v.n, [dgw, ba] plentiful produce of husbandry or of 
the fields; ma nn. nkata yen mfuw so, let our plantations be cornered 
wiih produce! 

ano-bi-ni, lit. some limit is here; eny^ dno-bi-ni, it is unlim- 
ited, excessive, extraordinary; s, ano 4, d). Gr. § 137. 

a n o-b er e b e r e, soft speech, pr, 2452, 

ano-bir^bire, a talkative, prattling mmdh or tongue; 6yh an. 
= 6ye bfrebirefo. 

ano(boa)b6d, inf, [boa ano] the act o{ gathering, 

nngboa, inf, fdow, boa] co-operation in farming work; wodi 
nn. = woboa wohho dow, wosonsom wonho, they aid each other, 
co-operate, are allied, work together, 

an o-b one, a quarreller, brawler; onipa a asemmone fi n'anom 
da, obna nk&rofo so da. pr, 2453. 

an O-b 6 w, ivf, [ano a ebow, a stinking moutJi] a scornful, mock- 
ing or jeering reply, 2 Ki, 7,2, oma me an., lie gives me a scoffing, iron- 
ical, abusive, instdting or defying reply, 

ano brdmmram, cf, ano-bf rehire, -kiir6ktiro, obrdmmramf6. 

a no-da- so [ano a eda so] the upper lip; an. bogyese, mustaches; 
gyaw an. bogyese, to grow muslachios, 

ano-d^, flattery; eny^ me anode o, it i^, I assure you, no flattery, 
when I say this, — ano-d^fedefe (ano a enka ahuposem) fair, 
mild, flattering speech, 

an6-df, inf, [di ano] agreement, bargain, compact, contract, 

anodi-sera, resolution of an assembly, decree, Kurtz §7, 

nnodowa-nnodowa, s, dodowa. — nnodowe, s, dodowe. 

ano §n nam [ano a eye nnamj sharp-pointed; a sting; ma bone 
ano anoennam nknm, grant that the sting of sin may be blunted, 

ano-f^fa, the Up or lips (ase an., tJie lower lip, gsoro an., the 
upper lip) ; F. anofamfa, Mk, 7,6, 

no^a, nofSa, F. = anefoa, anadwo(fa). 

ano-f5a: twitwa..an., to ctU or wound with the sword ofone^s 
mouth, i.e. with grievous speech, to scold, ~ yaw, bo .. ahohora. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



336 onofb^ — nom. 



o-nof66 [nea gfow obi ano] one who makes one's motiOi moist or 
fat (fofo, with meat), a benevolent nourisher, heneficient enteriainer 
(wosom no a, womS, omm^ wo ano nbod). 

aniM'rdnakd, anafranaku? pr. 2075.2472, 

ano-ghare, quickness of speaking. pr.lOSL 
ndhSa, n6h6S, noho, Ak. dohM, beyond; the place (places) 
or regions beyond. Gr. § 1 27. 

ano-hoba, F. [ano, ahobaj promise; cf. cbo, nbyoaso. - bg an., 
=: si anowowd, to promise, MtHJ. anohoba-man no, the promised 

ano-iih5ma, Ak. = anofafa. [lattd. 

ano-hyira, inf. s. hyira ano. 

ano-kese, a large-monthed person, pr. 2464. 

6no-k6 [ano, oko] lit. mouth- fighting, dispute; jest, raHlery; wo- 
(t^i)twa on., they have a dispute with each oilier; g-ne no twa on. 
{or di akdsd) kwa, he is merely jesting with him. 

n6k6dsiri, a valnable kind of cloth, softer than silk (koko, 
fufu, tuntum, ankahono, bonwoma, apop6biri); cf unokua. 

nnokonngk o-a d e [dgko] sweet or agreeable things, pleasures, 
luxuries; cf. rafefewade. — nnokonn6ko-asgm, sweet, pleasant 
words; flattery; cf. dokodokos^m. 

anokorampoii, a certain parasitical plant (climber) growing on 
trees, pr. 2473. 

n o-ko r [anokoro] unanimity, unison, common consent; yen., 
to be unanimous or in unison, to agree. — iiok6ro-s6, nnanimmi^y, 
with one accord, by or tvith one consent, to a man. 

0-noko-twd, inf., s. gnoko. 

nnokua, a kind of cloth, s. ntama, nokoasiri. 

ano-kuin, inf. [kum anoj cmnpletion, bringing to an end. 

a n o-k u r 6 k u ro, pr. 1085. 2455. = ano-brammram, ano-bfrebire; 
6y^ an. = 6ye okfirokurofo. 

An6kwi', pr. n. m. 

o-nokwdfd, i?^.a-,^ a truthful, trnst worthy, faith fid, honest, up- 
right person, pr. 755.2474. 

n ok ware [anokoro?] truth, truthfulness, faithfulness, Jum- 

esty, probity ; pr.761f.2475ff. —din., to be true, truthful, faithful 

honest, to speak the trutti, to act honestly; odi no n., a) hea.<isures 

him; b) lie acts according to his promise, deals faithfully with him. 

iiokware, nokwarem', F.nokwar, nokwgrem', truly, in tntth. 

a-ii k w a-s ^ m, truth, a true saying or story; ku n., to speak 
truth; - honest dealing, pr. 755. 
nokwere, Ak. = nokware. 

11 m, pi. pron. the (company of) ; in most cases it may be con- 
sidered as a suffix, used espec. when a phirality of persons known 
as connected is referred to, but also with the neuter pron. eno and 
the local pronouns ha & ho, s. Gr. § 42,5; 60,1.3; the companions 
ov party of, Gr.§G3. owura W. nom abesen kg, Mr. W.teith his parti/ 
has passed. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



^ iiom — nnoiVabien. 337 

n in, V. to drink (nsn, water, naa, palm-wine (tc.y or any fluid) ; 
n. nkwan, to take soup; - to smoke (ta, tobacco) ; cf. we, mene, som 
(asra), num; - nom mframa, to inhale air; pr, 869. cf» gye 6. — nom 
abosom, to confederate, s. abosom. 

anom* |ano mu] th^ mouthy viz. the inmlc of it, espcc. as the or- 
gan of taste; s. an o, 1.12, with the phr. n'anoin akum, atew, ye no 
de; §;yo anom, tow anom toa mA; pr,2AG4ff. - wososp n'anom' anka, 
they drop lemon-juice into his mouth (to he spit out) i.e. they in a cun- 
ning way and with ill intention compel him to give his opinion. 

anom'-kekaw, s. okekdw 1. 

a n m'-k u r u, sores in the mouth. 

a no ma, dim. anoma, 7>Z.n-, 1. bird, fowl ; pr. 248 Iff. cf. atuboa, 
atakraboa; an. atu ncnnam dan ho, a bird flics about the house; - 
ko nn., to fold, to shoot birds; y i nn., to catch birds. — ^. a certain 
appurtenance to a weaver's loom. — 3. Phr. anka anoma, without 
any exception. 

nonia-furu [anoma afuru, bi)'d's belly] a finger-ring thicken- 
ing at the back part, having, as it were, a *belly^ of gold, silver, beads. 

u 11 6 mm a, a kind o^ river-fish; syn. ofurei. 

anoma-kw adee, a kind of bird in the Akem woods. 

anommanne, an evil, wicked, vicious deed, espec. when done 
in secret; vice, wickedness, viciousness; oye an. = odi nsemmone; 
oyc me an. =ioye me ayaydde, oy^ me ho sk wo ns^m mu; cf. amu- 
moye, ram&rato, abusus^m, abonefosem. 

o-nommaneni, 2;^ a- fo, a vicious, wicked person. 

g-noDiaiikoma, F. 1. s. Odomahkama. — 2. eternity (?)F8. 90,1. 
— on. gya, everlasting fire, ML 18,8. — on. ahem man, eternal king- 
dom ; On. Nyankopon, the eternal God. 

an 5 maw a, pi. n-, nnoma , nnomH mma, dim. of auomd, q. v. 

a n o m'-d c w, lickerishness. pr. 392. 3548. 

o-u m d 6 w-f 6, i^Z. a-, a lickerish person, dainty-feeder, sweet- 
tooth; nea ope nam pi. pr. 2494. 

anomdze, F. Mt. 25,35. = anonne. 

a no me [nom, v.] a drinking-place. 

nnOme, inf. [dome] cursing; curse, malediction, execration, im- 
precation; pr. 198. cf. nsew, nnuabg. 

a n o ui'-h o h O r o, inf. pr. 2495. cf. anohy ira. 

n u o ni p e-n n o m p e, a. [dompe,^>^.] i. bony, strong-limbed, stout 
(wpye beran a won ho nn.) — J^. extremely lean like a skeleton (so 
that the bones are perceptible) ; s. fofg. 

nnommum, s. dommum. — nnommiim-fa, s. dom..., capture; 
cajHivity. 

n n on, inf. graceful, affected walking; s. don'; pr. 230. 

x\i\oh-ah\eu, two o'clock; nnoiVabiesa, three o'clock; nnon-nan, 
four o'clock; nnon-dn, ten oV/orA*; nnoii-dubiako, eleven o'clock; 
nnon-dumieu, twelve o^clock; s. odon, Gr. § 80,4. 

22 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



338 anonne — dn5w4tere. 



anonne, F. anomdze, [ade a wonom] a drink, beverage, potim, 

nn6nn66niina [won a w6do ade mma = amanmTna] children 

or members of the communitf/ or people. (Oh^neba da mo ase, nn.!) 

Nn5iik6, -m', the coxintries in the interior to the north of the 

Tshi and E©e tribes, inhabited chiefly by Mohammedans; cf. odonko 

& Gr. page XIV.XV. (Introd. § 2). 

nnoiik6-besa, a kind of couniry-clothy s. ntama. 

imoiiko-nnoiiko, a kind of T/am, s, od6. 

nnoii-kde, s. donkoe. 

nnoii-kroii, nine 6'clocTc. Gr. § 80,4. 

nnonnommd [don, dim,"] a little bell. 

anonnom-nsa, 6j^ brof^re no ^n., he sucks out the papaya-fmi 
as if drinking liquor. 

nnonnontutuo, Gy. rags? 

nn6nn6wa, a kind of bees; cf. odowA. 

nnon-sia, six o'clock; nnon-soii, seven o*clock. 

nnon-niim, five o'clock; nnoii-wotwe, eight o'clock. 

nnopa-6, interj, menngpd, = m6m^ wo nnapA, (I give i.e. idsh 
1/ou) good sleep! good night! (reply: da yiye!) Gr. § 147,3. 

an op d, Ak. adopa, F.anapa, [eda, pa] morning; in the morning. 
angpa-h6ma(hema), anopa-tutu, very early in the morning (about 
5 o'cl.); - 5. anapa, adekyee. — anopa-didi, anopa-duaiV, breakfast. 
— anopa-dwuma, pr. 2497. — anopa-nom' [anom'] pr.2496. 

angpa-sore, morning prayer or service. 

ano-pd [ano pa] a mouth that tises pleasant language ;pr. 2458-60- 
a good or friendly reply; gma me ano-pd, opp. anob6w. 

ono-p ou-hunu, empty boast or bluster, ade a wuuni bi ho aho- 
hoalioa. pr. 1086. 

nnora, Ak. = nnera, yesterday. 

o-no-se [ano, se] F. concord; b o on. tSna (awar m), to live to- 
gether (in the state of matrimony). 

a n o-s ^ m [ano asem] boc^, vaunt, rodomontade, bluster, stvagger; 
6y6 an., he boasts, exaggerates (always in a bad sense). 

anosemfo, a (vain) boaster, swaggerer, braggart, Tpr.2498f. 

a n o-s e s e-a d e, braggaH. yr. 959. 

ano-sfn, one witJioid lips, whose lips are cut off by way of 
punishment; cf asosin, 

ano-so, pudenda, genitals, nakedness, 

nnotee, Ak. s. dote. 

ano-t6w, inf. fluency of speech. 

an6-t6, inf. sending an abusive tcord. 

an6-t6, rin6-toto, inf. false accusation, denunciation, sycophancy. 

anowdt^re, dnowdt^re, a species of melon. F. anumdna, ane- 

dn5wdtere, lavender-tcater. [mora? 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



anowowd — onufut^n. 339 

an o-w w d [ano awowd] promise; wasi me an., he has given me 
a promise; s. anohoba. 

an6-yi, inf. [yi ano] defence (by answering or accounting for), 
vindication. 

nu, V. [red. nunu] 1. to stir (kutum\ mmekwan mu, mogyam' 
= ka kyim); pr. 2500. — 2. to move; mframa nu franka nom*, the 
wind moves the flag, — 3. to pokCy pick; to cleanse, by removing, 
with a pointed instrnment or the lingers, that which is objectionable; 
onu n'asom*; onu n'aniwam* = oyi n*an. (with a hair of the *bew'). 

— 4. na abe, to get out the palni-nui-cluster from near the stem and 
between the branches, by pricking or pushing with a long-handled 
pick or digging bill, to pick or gather the palm-niUs from the trees. 

— 5. nu neh6 (refl,) to repent; manu meho wo me bone ho or mu, 
I am sorry for the sin I Juxve committed, - nnvi woho, do not be un- 
easy about it. pr, 473, — 6. nQ.. fO, to touch, lay hold on, seize or lift 
up and remove; nu ahina no fQ, lift up that pot; munnfi no fu (= 
mtSmmano so) mfa no nko, lift him up and carry him away (on your 
arms) ; onG no fu = oso obea no ahene or asenmud^ mu, oso gba- 
rima no ddntA mu; onQu wofii a.s. ofaa wo fa p^? did he only show 
fJie intention or really commit lewdness with you? — 7. nfi agoru, to 
perform plays, e.g. before a new-made king. — 8. n& nyimpa, F. 
to catch men. Mk. 1,17, 

e-uu, ttco, both; this simple form is only used in counting and 
in compounds; more frequent is the cpd. form abien' (= abienii), 
mmienii; won bfinu, both of them. Gr.§ 77.80. fr. 1390.1731.1859.208L 

o-nua, F. nuia, [=oniwa, on!-ba, mother^s child] brother; sister 
(F. akyerewa); cousin, the mother's sister^s daughter (ena-kakra ba) ; 

— me nuanom, (F.niiianom, nuiamo, nm&m) my brothers and sisters; 
annanom, (voc.) brethren! woye nua(nom) F.anuiam (Mt.23fi,), they 
are broHiers or sisters (or cousins)\ pr. 2502 ff, — onua-panyiu, an 
elder brother, pr. 2501; onua akuma, a younger brother. Cf. niwa- 
mma, akyir^wa. 

o-nua-banin, o-nua-bWmA, brother; pi. nuabarimanom. 

o-nua-b^a, onua-b4, onuawd, pi. -nom, sister; cf, akyerewa. 

nnuddewa (As.) & nnuafw6, s, ntgrowd. 
nue-nue, slmcness; carefulness; syn, bSreo; - bg n., to be 
cautious, to act considerately, wiUi circumspection; gbg n. akgkyere 
anoma; gbgmmgfo no bog n. koyii ue foto. 

anu-ed^n, anu-ehy^w, anu-enydm,5. anu-gden, -ghyew, -onyam. 

aniifo, F. fishers, catchers, Mt 4,19. 
nufii, (conn. n6 nufu) F. numfo, the breast of a female, udder; 
meton. mUk. — ma .. n., to stickle; Mk, 13,17- - num n., to suck; - twa 
.. n., to wean. — nufii-an5,j?ap, nipple, teat. — nufu-boa, mammal. 

— nufu-kyi, inf. the milking of goats, cows &c. — o-nufu-maf6, 
a suckling woman, wet nurse, — o-nufu-ndmf6, a sucking child, 
suckling baby, nursing-child; F. pi. nQmfoanomba, MtM,16. cf, ako- 
koa. — iiufu-sd [nufu nsuj milk, 

0-n u f u-t 6 u, the Baobab, or Adansonia digUata, a famously large 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



340 nufutwa — nuru. 



tree, and its fruit called MonTcey's-hread, having the size and shape 
of the long hanging breast of an elderly woman. 

nufu-twa, inf. the act of iceaning (a child), ahlactation, 

iiiiubo, F. = ahonfi, repentance* Mt.SjS. — n.-kwanmu, Iiemiy 

[repentance. 
mim, F. s. onua. - nniam-benyiii = nna-barima-nom. 

nnuku-iinukuwa [dClku'r/Zw. pi."] handher chiefs, small pieces of 

[cloth. 

11 n 11 k u r o-gii A [adukuro, egua] smuggling, clandestine trade; - 
d i nn., to smtiggle, to batier, traffic or trade behind the stems or in 
the inches or nooks of large trees; cf. dupfin. 

nuin (nnfn), v, to sncl\ to draw the breast, — nunr =^ nunin. 

an urn, n-, five, Gr.§77. — anum-anum, a plant, the sqnashed 
leaves of which are put on a sore caused by the Guinea-worm. 

A'nuni, pr. n, w., sign, the fifth child, 

Aiiiim, pr, n, of a town, country and tribe to the north-east of 
Akwam. Gr. p. XX. The town was destroyed by the Asantes and 
Akwams in 18G9. 

nfinri, r, red, 1. to stir up; s, nu. (onun6 nno mn). — 2. to 
ticJcle; wanfinu mc mil maser(^w, he caused me to laugh by lidding. 
niinu, niiru, i\ 1, to blamCy censure; pr, 1067. 2o05f. — onfmu 
no = gbo no sobo; asem yi de, memfa h6 fwd, na t6ta nk wunilnu 
m^ yi, this matter does not concern me in the least, and yon blame 
mc undeservedly. — J2, nfmu neho, to blame oneself, to repent. 

o-nuniiin, an aromatic plant, used like eme. pr. 2507. 

an u-od 6 ii, F. anyiedzen [n'ani ye den] hardiness, fortcardness; 
presunqytion, insolence, self-will, stubborn ess, obstinacy, impudence; 
audaciousness, audacity, boldness, daring spirit; 31 f, ha'oism. 

anii()(lenne[ade]/)roo/5 of, or deeds proceeding from, hardiness 
i('c, — o-nuodciifo, pi. a-, a hardy, forward, insolent, impudent, au- 
darious, bold, daring fellow. 

anil giiycw [n'ani ye hyew] hardiness, rashness, ficrcene^, nu- 

[ruliness. 

an u-o ny a m, Ak. animonyam, F. anyimnyam [n'anim ye nyam] 
Vit.. splendour of the face, hence L glory, splendour, brilliancy, excel- 
lency, celebrity, honour, dignity. — 2. condescension, grace, farour, 
undeserved kindness. — o-nuonyamfo, 7)?. a-, a glorious, praisewor- 
thy, eminent, excellent, illustrious, celebrated, person, — anuonyani- 
po, inf. eagerness for glory or distinction, ostcntcdion, prct^ntiousne:?^, 
selfishness. — anuonyan-hunu,-pe, vain-glory, boast fulness, empttf 
pride. — aniionyannc [adc^] glorious thing.s, deeds, actions.propcrties. 

nnura-lio, inf. [dura ho] 1. the act o^ covering, decking, lining 
dr. — J2. a cover, covering, case (of a pillow), coat (over a thin«r), 
coating; envelope, wrapper. 

nil ura-mii, inf. [dura mu] J. the act of lining, finishing the in- 
side of dc. — J2. the lining of the inside. 
niirfi, r. s. nunti. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



p?^:^? 



iiiiurni 



nya. 



341 



iinnrni, o,n, [duru] a divine ordinance^ will or det/rcc; inflic- 
tion, faUdity; an. abcduru no, an affliction came (down) upon Itim 
hif name imknown Uf/enct/ or reason; cf\ obubnafo. 

nusii, uisii [aiii nsii] tear, tears; n. gu, tears are sited ;pr. 1509.2508. 

— n. jitatn no, tears stand in his eyes; n. abu ne kon, tears start 
from her ctfcs, slie bursts into tears; n. tere or tetere no, tears (juali 
oaf, trickle or run dotvn the cJwek; -=c n'aniwa poroporow nsu. 

niisuvva, F. nyisna, Mk. 9,24. id. 

nya, v, [red. nyinya] J, to yet, receive, obtain, acquire, find, 
gain, come by, come into possession of, win; to receive as a reward, 
pr. ,396. — in the perf tense: to have, 2^(>i>scss; da osram wu a, onya 
n^akatua, at the end of every month lie yets his wages; niinnyji da- 
bere, I have no sleepiny-place; yr. 2298. — mdny^! I have found 
something! m^nyam' (= mo), / shall get you (i.e. 1 tvill avenge my- 
self on yau)! pr.693.1198.2d09-34.28l6.:^2ol:3407.367r. — ^.nya ade, 
to get things, grow rich; pr. 973. 1371. — nya neho, to get oneself i.e. 
to become a freeman, pr. 1623., also to become rich ; in the perf to be 
free (cf. de neho), to be rich, pr. 2524. — 5. Pfirases in F. : nya (obi) 
abiifii, tobe angry, vexed, indignant, Mt. 20 ,24. 21,15. - nyaafodi, to re- 
ceive condemnation, Mt. 231,4. — nya Hnyitan,^o be envious,Mt.20,to. 

— nya (obi) yam'gya= de (obi) hye neyam\ to have a quarrel or 
grudge against, Mk. 6,19. — nya ayamhyehye, to be moved with cam- 
pas.b'ion, Mk.6,34. — oyer nya okun lio fekwii, inboa na awerekye- 
kye, the wife enjoys tlie Jtusband^s company, help and comfort. — 4. 
Phrase: me-ne no any a (scil. oko), I have got into a quarrel or con- 
fiict with him, we are at variance, I shall fight with him, — Cf the 
full, examples of Id' 4: me n^ no ntnmi nnya, I and he cannot get (if); 
mintumi n6 no nnya, I cannot get (it), though he get (it); me no no 
rennya, mintumi me n6 no nnya, I cannot be al variance with him. 

— 5. nya, put as an aux. v. before another finite verb, denotes the 
setting in of the action expressed in the latter: onya ba a, befre me, 
(IS soon as he comes, call me; wanya aba, he has come now; when 
both verbs are negative, it denotes that the action has up to the 
time present or in question not been performed, and must accord- 
ingly in Eng. bo rendered by not yet: onnya* mmae(e), he has not 
yet coma; onnya nhui no, ose. orennye nni da, wlien (or as long as) 
he had not yet seen it, he said, he would never believe it. Gr.§107,14. 
230,3. pr. 642, — 6. nya with the freq. form of the infinitive denoti^s 
repetition, frequency or acquired habitualness of the action expres- 
sed by the inf.; wanya sa nkae, Jie has become used to say so, he 
often says so; manya ntee, I Jiavc often Iieard (it); manya no fo 
ntui,manya no hka-kyeree. Gr. §104,5.105,1 c.107,22.230,2. /jr. V^m 

o-ny ii, pi. a-, slave (prob. called so from his or her being bought 
or acquired); pr.2534. cf. akoa, afana', odonko, anyenson; odi me 
nya, he deals tvith me cruelly, sets me hard to work. 

o-ny a, /^?. a-, Ak. onyina, sillc-cotton-tree., Bombcuv; esowtentre- 
hu; pr.2536. wgde sen okorow n^ ahyemma. 

ny'a, adv., a., n., slowly, tardily; pr. 719. — slow, alack, tardy, 
lazy, languid, drawling, drowsy, sluggish; — slowness, tardiness. 



Digitized by 



Goo<m 



342 nnya — ony^me. 



> 



slackness; - 6y6 nya, he is tardy y sluggish, Syn. berew, pgntwe; </. 
nydmo; anihaw &c. 

nnya, pi. of gya, gyawa. 

anyakdo, a word of civility added to ya in reply to the salu- 
tation of a man superior in rank. Gr. § 147,9. 

anya-biiw: qhq no any,, he calls him his slave, pr.434. 

anya-de, invention; cf, ahude. 

anya-di, anyadimQ, rigoi'Otis treatment of slaves; akoa yi, oyj 
any. se biribi, this fdlow treats his slaves with excessive rigour. 

anyS.-duasa, thirty slaves, pr. 2535. 
ny&fi, v.l. to despise, contemn, look down upon, think nothing 
of, treat with contempt, to scorn, disdain, spurn, kick, trample upon. 

— 2. to maltreat, useUl, abuse; ed^nnawunyafi nose? nnyafinyafi 
abofra no sa! 

nny dfiu [ogya mfih] an old fire, fig. an old palaver, pr. SUi. 

nnydfin-kae, remembrance or producing of old grievances; s. 

nnyafoa, Akw. [gya,?] = mmoba hketenkete. [gu..so nsu. 

nnyahyfe^ [ogya» hyew] a burning, large fire, cofiflagralion, 
e.g. on or proceeding from a prairie. — Da bi nny. fi Huam nohg 
bye we ara kodnu Nkran. 

nny am, inf. [gy am] commiseration, compassion. pr.2144, 
nyam, v. F. = yam, to grind. Mt. 24,41. 
ny am, v. [reef, ny in nyam] 1, to move quickly, rapidly, one wop 
and the other, to wave, brandish, flourish; 6njhm (ohim) gya, he 
waves a fire-brand. — 2. to wink. — 3. to squint; onyam n'ani nifa, 
he squints with his right eye; n'ani anylim, he is squint-eyed. — 4. to 
wither, fade, decay; red. to shrivel togetJwr (of plants); cf. gu^Oi 
ti^am &c. ababan, dua no anyam ; wAny^m, he has become lean, is 
consuming, wasting or pining away = waye nySmo or siamo. 

ny am, a. shining, bright, splendid, illustrious, glorious; digni- 
fied, honourable, stately, august, majestic; graceful, beautiful; accep- 
table. — o-nyam, n. glory, dignity, majesty, grace dtc. Cf. n'anim 
yenyam', n'anim ba onyam, pr. 18. & anuonyam. Na wo de, woanim 
ye nyam den ara na wokyere woh5 se? who are you (in u^iat con- 
sists your dignity or claims) that you behave thus? 

ny am 5*, v. ^0 move to and fro; to beckon; oiiy. nensa, he beckons 
with his hand. 

nyamma, a. 5maK, now only confined to proper names: Botwe 
Nydmma or Nyimma. — Anyammd, pr. n.f. 

0-njhm6y (no pi.) 1. heaven, sky, pr. 227. 2052,, prob. called so 
from its splendour or brightness, cf. nyam and the root div- in Sans- 
critic languages; c/lgsoro, \vim\pr. 234.1653,2436.2538^777 J2787^S55. 

— ^. Ony^m6, the Supreme Being, the Deity, God, the Creator of 
all things; Ony. nnyae ade bo da, God never ceases to create things 

facArding to the notions of the negroes); in recent-use also: a god 
of H^theists, with a newly introduced pi, a- ; the heathen negroes 
are,^Bea^^a great extent, rather monotheists, as they appl^the 




Digitized by VjOOQIC 



nyameuni — ny&ue. 343 



term for God only to one supreme being). Cf. nyankonr^ Onyaiikopon. 
— 3, Ouyain6, pr. n. of a slave, given him in acknowledgment of 
the help of God enabling the owner to buy the slave. Other names 
of this kind are : Onyame-as^m, Onyame-ye-adom. 

nyame-ani, the firmament, the visible expanse of heaven, the 

sk^ in which the sun, moon and stars are seen. — o-nyame-bayerc, 

a kind of yam, s,qd^. — o-nyain6-bewu-n^-mawu, a small trail- 

ing plant. — o-nyame-dua, s.osennuru. — o-nyame-kyifo, i>i. a-, 

an impious, ungodly person. — nyame-mau-mu, F. heaven. — 

nyame-mu, in a godlike or godly icay or manner, after God. 

ny ame-so, the upper (inward, invisible) part of heaven, 

anyame-s^m [Onyame asem] 1. the Word of God, the Bible, tlie 

Scriptures. — J2. the religion of tJie Bible, opp. abosons^m, idolatry 

and fetishism. — 3. a divine ordinance, will or decree, pr. 3547. — 

o-nyamesenkafo, preacher. 

o-nyame-sdm, a-, the service or worship of God; (the true) relig- 
ion; godliness. — 0-nyames6mf6, pi. a-, a worshipper of the true 
God. — o-nyames6m-pa, true godliness, piety. 

0-nyain6wd [dim., denoting a female] i.= onyam6b6a, a god- 
dess. — ^. pr. n. of a female slave or of an *apenteba\ 

ny&mo, a. lean, feeble, tender, sntaU; waye ny. = siamo, he 
has been emaciated; wawo ba ny. hi, she has born a weakly child; 
abiirow no afifi ny,, the corn has come out slender, meagre, poorly. 
nyamo, adv.weak,powerless, strengthless, faint, drooping, lan- 
guid, slow; n'awerehow nti onam nyamonyam5 = bereo-beroo; - 
asem to Qmah so a, woyc nydmonyamo. 

any&mpd,-pa, disgrace, disjyaragement, dishonour, infamy; ghg 
me any., he heaps infamy upon me, he abtises, disgraces, defames, 
vilifies me, = obo me adapa or ahohora, ommu m^ &c. 
anyampa-bo, inf. = adapabo, ahohorabo. 
anyampa-sitiw, 1. s. asitiw. — 2. simulated deafness; gye-, he 
feigns himself to be deaf. 

n yan, Ak.nyline, v.\red. nyinnydh] to sour, become sour, turn 
acid; aduan no anylin, the food has become sour (from being kept 
over night &c.) Cf. nyane, nyinyanyinya. 

nyau, Ak. nyane, v. [red. nyan'nyan, q, v.] to awake: 1. to 
cease to sleep; to awake, rise, arise from sluggishness or from death; 
perf. to wake, be awake. — 2. tr. to rouse from sleep, to wake (up), 
awakefh; to raise, cause to rise up from death. Cf. kanyan; sore, 
o-nyaii, inf. awakening; resurrection. Cf. gsore. 
anydii [cf. ogya, fire, fuel]: ko anyan, Ak. ko nnyina, to go 
for wood or fuel; inf. anyan ko. 

nyane, v. Ak. s. ny&n & ayah'. 

nnyane, a kind o£ bead; s. ahene. 

ny &ne, nyanenydne, n.c^a. the sour taste of food rising from 

the stomach; the sour or pungent smell of a lish being carved; nam 

no y^ ny^ne, the meat begins to smell, e.s. ennya mmon kankan e, 

nanso eyi hiia a ema onipa bo yerew no; - ^y^ me nyane, U (6.g. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



'Mi aiiyaukania — anyaiL*-ad»»n. 

a medicine, food ) is repuguuHi or iffftPt»icr. bigkiff disUu>itffd to me, 
goes against m^ taste or indi nation; mem cue a, cnkn; - ncm^viisi. 
ioath'Some; - cf. nyan, aDinyanDe. 

an yank a III a. a tree and its edible fmit resembling sweet-sop; 
pr. 577,3491 brofo-any^ stcecl-sttp, Anona squamostt. 

Nyaiikamago, />r. n. of tbe first cbild bom afler iine ealU*<l 
Tawia, q, f. — Xyaiikamatiiakosan, pr. n. of tbe second child bom 
after one called Tawia. 

any an-ko, inf. [ko anyan] tbe going for tco^td or fad. 

nyaijkom, Y. ^^ osn, rain. — anyan kouia, pr. 577. s. -kdma. 
O-nyankOme, F. tbe name for God in F. ( Afutu). W. T,Mallei\ 1670. 
nyankOmmereniere, osn a yete se eto babi na emmen yen e 
(eto abunm, osoro akjirikyiri). pr. 2549. 

nyaiikommerclere, a kind of tree. pr. 2550. 
o